Skip to content

Nic Adams on AI, Rare Earth Minerals, and Human Talent in Cybersecurity and Advanced Electronics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/11/02

Nic Adams is the Co-Founder and CEO of 0rcus, the first privatized U.S. commercial hacking startup built by elite black hats to outpace nation-state threats and redefine modern cybersecurity. With roots in offensive threat design and non-attributable operations, Adams has advised both national security stakeholders and private sector leaders on advanced exploitation and AI-driven attack surfaces. A frequent commentator in Forbes, DowJones MarketWatch, and SC Magazine, he brings real-world adversarial expertise to building proactive, resilient security systems. Represented by Brenda Christensen of Stellar Public Relations, Adams is a recognized voice in cybersecurity, AI security, and digital defense.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is the future of AI and advanced electronics linked to rare earth minerals?

Nic Adams: The future trajectory of artificial intelligence and advanced electronics is intrinsically linked to the availability of specific rare earth minerals and critical metals, whose unique properties are indispensable for next generation hardware. Neodymium and Dysprosium are paramount due to their critical role in high strength permanent magnets, essential for efficient electric motors in robotics, actuators in advanced AI hardware, and cooling systems in high density data centers. Gallium and Germanium are vital for advanced semiconductors, particularly in high frequency and high power applications that enable faster processing and greater energy efficiency in AI chips and specialized processors. Lithium remains fundamental for high capacity, high density batteries powering mobile AI devices, autonomous systems, and energy storage for data centers. Beyond these, Terbium and Europium are crucial for phosphors in advanced display technologies and sensors, while Yttrium is critical in specialized ceramics and as a component in certain superconductors. These elements are chosen for their superior magnetic, electrical, and optical properties that cannot be economically replicated by more abundant alternatives, directly impacting computational performance, energy efficiency, and miniaturization capabilities.

Jacobsen: How is insecurity globally working in this context?

Adams: The current global supply chains for rare earth minerals and critical metals are characterized by significant insecurity, largely due to extreme geographical concentration and the resulting geopolitical risks. China dominates the extraction, processing, and refining of many of these critical materials, controlling approximately 60% of global rare earth mining and over 80% of refining capacity. This near monopoly creates a profound single point of failure and provides China with considerable economic leverage. Geopolitical risks include the potential for export restrictions, as observed with past Chinese limitations on certain rare earths, which could severely disrupt global manufacturing. Trade disputes, such as those involving the United States, can lead to the weaponization of supply chains. Furthermore, environmental regulations in major producing nations, or increased domestic demand within those countries, can also impact global availability. The long lead times for developing new mining and refining capacities outside of dominant producers, typically 10 to 20 years from discovery to production, exacerbate this insecurity, leaving consumer nations highly vulnerable to supply shocks. Diversification efforts are underway but are projected to progress slowly over the next 5 to 10 years, meaning heavy reliance on existing concentrated supply chains will persist.

Jacobsen: What about the factor of human talent in this environment?

Adams: Human talent constitutes the foundational bedrock for advancing AI and hardware innovation, far beyond the mere availability of raw materials. Chip designers are the architects of the physical infrastructure, translating complex computational demands into efficient silicon designs that underpin AI processing. Their expertise in materials science, quantum physics, and semiconductor engineering directly dictates the speed, power consumption, and form factor of AI hardware. AI ethicists are equally critical, albeit in a non technical capacity, guiding the responsible development and deployment of AI systems. Their role involves identifying and mitigating algorithmic bias, ensuring data privacy, establishing frameworks for accountability, and addressing the societal implications of autonomous AI. Beyond these, data scientists are indispensable for curating, processing, and interpreting the massive datasets that train AI models. Machine learning engineers translate theoretical models into practical applications. Software engineers develop the operating systems and applications that run on advanced hardware. The interplay of these diverse human skills, from theoretical abstraction to practical implementation and ethical oversight, is what drives the entire innovation lifecycle in AI and hardware. Without this human capital, even abundant material resources remain inert.

Jacobsen: AI research scientists are a limited resource. What does that mean in this context?

Adams: The AI and electronics sectors face significant talent gaps, primarily in highly specialized interdisciplinary roles. The most acute shortages are observed in AI research scientists with expertise in areas like reinforcement learning and natural language processing, machine learning engineers capable of deploying and scaling AI models, and specialized hardware engineers proficient in ASIC design, quantum computing architecture, and novel materials science. Data from Randstad in late 2024 indicates that the demand for AI skills has grown fivefold in the last year, with 64% of organizations struggling to hire AI professionals. Furthermore, there is a notable gap in AI ethics and governance professionals, a field that saw 65% year over year job growth in 2024, highlighting the emergent need for responsible AI deployment. To close these gaps, multi faceted strategies are required. Increased investment in STEM education at all levels, from K-12 to postgraduate, is fundamental, emphasizing hands on learning and problem solving in AI and electronics. Industry academia partnerships are essential to align curricula with market demands. Reskilling and upskilling programs for the existing workforce can rapidly transition professionals into AI roles. Finally, fostering diversity and inclusion in STEM fields can broaden the talent pool by actively engaging underrepresented groups, leveraging untapped intellectual capital.

Jacobsen: How can people invest in human capital more and what will be the effects?

Adams: Investments in education, retraining, and diversity within STEM fields are fundamental determinants of long term technological competitiveness, yielding profound and multifaceted impacts. Education, particularly at advanced levels, directly cultivates the fundamental research capabilities and engineering prowess necessary for breakthroughs in AI and advanced electronics. It builds the pipeline of qualified professionals who can innovate, develop, and deploy cutting edge technologies. Retraining programs address immediate skill mismatches, rapidly upskilling the existing workforce to adapt to evolving technological demands, thereby maximizing human capital utilization and minimizing talent bottlenecks. This ensures a responsive and agile workforce capable of absorbing new advancements. Diversity in STEM fields is a critical, often underestimated, accelerant of innovation. Diverse teams, encompassing varied cognitive styles, cultural perspectives, and lived experiences, demonstrably lead to more robust problem solving, enhanced creativity, and a reduction in inherent biases within technological solutions. A 2020 study in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences suggests that diverse teams outperform homogeneous teams, even if the latter are considered individually more capable, due to the broader range of perspectives. While women comprise only 35% of STEM occupations and Black individuals 9%, despite making up 11% of all jobs, increasing their representation unlocks significant untapped innovative potential. By expanding the talent pool and enriching intellectual discourse, these investments directly translate into superior technological innovation, enhanced global competitiveness, and a more resilient national economy capable of adapting to future technological paradigm shifts.

Jacobsen: How can technological advancement in materials science introduce more efficient and novel means of producing the needed materials, even less reliance on virgin rare earth minerals?

Adams: Yes, both technological innovation in materials science and advancements in recycling can significantly reduce dependence on virgin rare earth minerals, though the timeline for substantial impact varies. Technological innovation focuses on developing alternative materials or redesigning components to minimize or eliminate the need for rare earths. This includes research into rare earth free magnets (e.g. using manganese bismuth or iron nitride), advancements in solid state batteries that reduce reliance on lithium, and optimizing semiconductor designs to use less critical elements. While promising, these are long term initiatives, with widespread commercialization and substitution likely taking 5 to 15 years, depending on the specific application and R&D breakthroughs. Recycling innovations, particularly for end of life products containing rare earth elements (e.g. consumer electronics, electric vehicle batteries, wind turbine magnets), offer a more immediate and tangible pathway to reduced dependence. New processes like hydrometallurgy, pyrometallurgy, and direct magnet recycling using copper salts or selective extraction have demonstrated high recovery rates (up to 98% for certain REEs). China currently leads in rare earth recycling patents, but Western nations are rapidly investing. Significant scaling of domestic recycling facilities, incentivizing consumer recycling, and improving collection infrastructure for electronic waste could yield measurable reductions in primary demand within 3 to 7 years, providing a faster, more sustainable route to supply chain security.

Jacobsen: People and critical materials are scarce. Any final thoughts on this points of contact?

Adams: The challenges of sourcing critical materials and human talent are deeply intertwined and represent a dual constraint on sustainable innovation. The development of advanced AI and electronics hardware, which drives innovation, is directly reliant on the availability of rare earth minerals. However, the expertise to efficiently extract, refine, and integrate these materials into complex systems (from materials scientists to chemical engineers) is itself a critical talent pool facing shortages. The intersection becomes particularly acute in areas such as developing new rare earth free materials or implementing advanced recycling technologies. These solutions, vital for long term material sustainability, cannot progress without highly specialized research scientists, engineers, and technicians. Conversely, without access to these critical materials, even the most brilliant human talent cannot translate innovative designs into physical products, leading to a bottleneck in hardware development. For sustainable innovation, this means a holistic strategy is required. Investments in materials science research and pilot recycling plants must be coupled with parallel investments in STEM education and workforce development specifically for these niche areas. Failure to address either the material or the human capital deficit will inevitably impede the pace and scale of future technological advancements, creating an unsustainable innovation ecosystem where theoretical breakthroughs cannot be materialized or deployed.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Nic.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI, Chips, and Global Power: Joshua Charles on Geopolitics and Energy Resilience

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/11/01

Joshua Charles is the CEO and Founder of Frontier Dominion, a strategist and policy entrepreneur specializing in great power competition, U.S. foreign policy, energy resilience, cybersecurity, and frontier markets in Africa and the Middle East. With a Master of Public Policy from the University of Chicago and a Bachelor of Science from Cornell University, he brings expertise in econometrics, national security, and emerging technologies. At Frontier Dominion, Charles provides institutional investors and policymakers with forward-looking intelligence on critical minerals, market entry strategies, and AI-driven innovation. His insights on geopolitics, defense, and economic resilience are regularly featured in policy commentary and global media.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Charles examines how AI and semiconductor dynamics are transforming global power structures. Charles highlights the strategic rivalry between the U.S. and China while noting the potential for nations like Japan, Vietnam, and African countries to play pivotal roles. He emphasizes safeguarding chip production through Indo-Pacific security, domestic investment, and Africa’s leverage in rare earth alternatives. Charles also identifies rising AI threats such as cyberattacks and deep fakes, while stressing energy resilience through infrastructure, regulation, and partnerships. He concludes that AI-chip diplomacy will eventually stabilize global power, though not yet.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you see AI development reshaping great power competition?

Joshua Charles: I envisage AI development reshaping great power competition by materially enhancing the power and influence of countries that are able to gain either a competitive advantage or absolute advantage in AI tools and infrastructure. China and the United States are two powers to monitor, though countries like Japan and Vietnam, for instance, may leapfrog in global power dynamics relative to other nations should their diplomatic strategies in AI and geopolitics serve them well.

Jacobsen: What strategies should the U.S. adopt to safeguard chip production?

Charles: The U.S. should increase its military resources in the Indo-Pacific region to protect the existing supply chain in Taiwan, while it bolsters its chip production domestically. The U.S. government may acquire stakes in different chip producers to inject more capital into existing suppliers that may have financial deficits to produce chips domestically as quickly as they likely desire.

Jacobsen: How can Africa leverage resources to become a decisive player in semiconductor supply chains?

Charles: Africa can leverage its resources to become a decisive player in semiconductor supply chains by scaling assembly, packaging & test hubs for AI accelerator packaging. Furthermore, serving as a location point for the refinement of gallium and germanium alternatives would shift the global reliance on China, which has recently added regulation to protecting its rare earth elements.

Jacobsen: What emerging threats should governments and private actors be prepared for with AI?

Charles: Governments and private actors should be prepared to face emerging threats such as increasingly sophisticated cyberattacks and information manipulation such as deep fakes.

Jacobsen: How can the U.S. and its partners ensure energy resilience?

Charles: The U.S. and its partners can ensure energy resilience by addressing three core issues stalling sufficient energy production: (1) mobilizing financial resources to construct transmission lines expeditiously, (2) cautiously removing regulatory red tape for environmentally friendly projects, and (3) form public-private partnerships to create the ecosystem required to finance large scale energy projects.

Jacobsen: How might the Middle East’s growing role in energy and digital infrastructure intersect with the U.S.-China rivalry?

Charles: I postulate that the Middle East will continue to invest in the Global South, with a strong focus on African countries in Southern Africa such as Zambia, Botswana, and the Democratic Republic of Congo. Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates will likely lead these investments from the Middle East.

Jacobsen: What signals or market indicators can anticipate geopolitical shifts in the AI-chip race?

Charles: I would argue that it is the physical vulnerability of supply chains, ranging from fabs in East Asia to corridor transportation and logistics, that can anticipate geopolitical shifts in the AI-chip race.

Jacobsen: Do you foresee AI and chip diplomacy stabilizing global power structures?

Charles: In the future, certainly. However, in the interim, no. I believe global power structures are highly adaptative to whoever dominates across AI and chip diplomacy.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Joshua.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Magnesium: Arlena Crouch on Wellness, Energy, and Recovery

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/11/01

Arlena Crouch is the founder of Heavenly Hands Massage and Bodywork, where she integrates massage therapy, holistic health coaching, and biblical nutrition principles to support women’s wellness and inner healing. With expertise spanning movement medicine, natural health, and hormone balance, she empowers clients to pursue vitality through sustainable lifestyle practices. Arlena emphasizes recovery, functional strength, and authentic beauty over aesthetics, guiding women toward resilience and long-term health. A writer and practitioner, she shares insights on fitness, nutrition, and minimalist self-care, championing holistic health rooted in wisdom, faith, and the body’s innate ability to heal and thrive.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why does magnesium matter to the body?

Arlena Crouch: Magnesium is essential to over 300 bodily processes and plays a critical role in nerve conduction, muscle function, and cellular energy production. At the mitochondrial level, the powerhouse of the cell, magnesium is required to generate ATP, the body and cell’s primary energy source. This makes it foundational for energy metabolism and physical recovery.

Jacobsen: What is its general role in maintaining health and balance?

Crouch: Magnesium helps regulate the balance between tension and relaxation in the body. It supports everything from cardiovascular balance to stress resilience and sleep. It also balances calcium, allows muscles to relax, supports electrolyte balance, and facilitates cellular repair by enabling mitochondrial density, which is essential for optimal cell integrity and nutrient absorption.

Jacobsen: What are the common signs of deficiency?

Magnesium deficiency often includes muscle cramps, tension, fatigue, brain fog, and poor sleep. Because magnesium is depleted through stress, sweat, and high activity, even active individuals with a “clean” diet could unknowingly have suboptimal levels, which can impair recovery and increase inflammation. 

Jacobsen: What are the potential benefits related to sleep, stress, or energy?

Crouch: Magnesium promotes deeper, restorative sleep by calming the nervous system and reducing cortisol spikes. It supports adrenal and mitochondrial health, which directly impacts your energy levels and stress resilience, making it a natural aid for anyone battling burnout or fatigue. Transdermal options, such as magnesium chloride gel, magnesium flakes (a form of Epsom salt that’s highly absorbable), and magnesium oils, are beneficial post-activity to replenish levels quickly and can aid in deeper sleep. 

Jacobsen: When and why supplementation might be necessary?

Crouch: In that world with soil depletion–which means vegetation depletion– supplementation has become necessary. In addition to this, dietary intake, absorption, or lifestyle factors, such as extreme stress and intense exercise, can create a need for supplementing magnesium, in addition to getting as much of it as possible in your diet. These factors named exceed what food alone can replenish in today’s world. One way to get magnesium into your body without any absorption barriers is topical magnesium chloride products (e.g., flakes, oils). These are highly bioavailable and effective options with minimal GI side effects, beneficial for muscle recovery and energy restoration, and can positively affect magnesium levels. When used appropriately, these products and internal magnesium supplementation are considered both safe and essential to long-term wellness and performance.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Arlena.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fertility Specialist Dr. Madeline Kaye on PCOS, Egg Freezing, and Advances in Reproductive Care

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/31

Dr. Madeline Kaye is a fertility specialist at the Texas Fertility Center who helps individuals and couples start and grow their families. Using advanced fertility treatments and personalized care plans, she diagnoses and treats the complex causes of infertility. With experience working as both an OB/GYN and later a fertility specialist, Dr. Kaye offers a comprehensive approach to women’s and reproductive healthcare. Although she cares for patients facing all types of infertility, she is especially passionate about providing integrated care for polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) and egg freezing patients. Her goal is to offer world-class care and compassion while empowering patients on the path to parenthood.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Dr. Kaye highlights the importance of multidisciplinary care, mental health support, and emerging technologies, such as AI and stem cell research, in shaping the future of reproductive medicine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you help women with PCOS improve fertility outcomes?

Dr. Madeline Kaye: PCOS affects fertility primarily through two mechanisms: hormonal miscommunication between the brain and ovaries, and insulin resistance. Both contribute to irregular ovulation, the biggest barrier to conception. Because of this, treatment is multifaceted. We focus on lifestyle strategies—nutrition, exercise, sleep, and stress management—that strongly influence hormonal and metabolic health. Depending on individual needs, we may also recommend supplements or medications to improve insulin sensitivity. When ovulation remains a challenge, fertility-specific medications can help restore hormonal signaling and increase the chances of pregnancy.

Jacobsen: What are the most effective fertility treatments for PCOS patients?

Kaye: For some women with PCOS, lifestyle changes alone can be enough to restore ovulation. But many need additional support, and this is where fertility medications are highly effective. The most common first-line treatment is letrozole (Femara), which stimulates egg growth and maturation by altering estrogen signaling in the brain. Letrozole can be used alone or combined with intrauterine insemination (IUI) to improve success rates. In other cases, in vitro fertilization (IVF) may be recommended. IVF is often particularly successful in women with PCOS, since they usually have a higher egg reserve, allowing for more opportunities to create healthy embryos.

Jacobsen: How can lifestyle changes complement fertility treatments when there is polycystic ovary syndrome?

Kaye: Lifestyle changes are a powerful way to support fertility for women with PCOS. By improving insulin resistance and promoting hormonal balance, they can help restore more regular ovulation—and for some, this may be enough to achieve pregnancy without additional treatment. Even when medications or procedures are needed, a foundation of healthy eating, regular movement, adequate sleep, and stress management not only enhances treatment effectiveness but also supports long-term reproductive and overall health.

Jacobsen: What barriers exist in receiving early diagnosis and treatment for PCOS-related infertility?

Kaye: PCOS is complex and looks different for every patient, which can make diagnosis challenging. Many healthcare providers have limited training in PCOS or lack the time and resources to provide comprehensive, multidisciplinary care. In addition, education about what a normal menstrual cycle looks like is often insufficient. As a result, women may not realize their cycles are irregular—or that PCOS could be the underlying cause—leading to delays in both diagnosis and treatment.

Jacobsen: How does integrated, multidisciplinary care improve fertility success?

Kaye: Because lifestyle factors are central to managing PCOS, a multidisciplinary approach offers the best outcomes. In my practice, I often collaborate with dietitians, and ideally every patient would also have access to fitness professionals, mental health providers, and dermatologists. This team-based care ensures patients receive comprehensive support—addressing not just ovulation and fertility, but overall well-being.

Jacobsen: What role does mental health support play in fertility treatment?

Kaye: Mental health support is essential, yet too often overlooked. Infertility is an incredibly stressful journey, and chronic stress can worsen hormonal imbalances by raising cortisol levels. Having strong emotional support—whether from loved ones or mental health professionals—can make a meaningful difference. Practices like therapy, meditation, yoga, or other stress-reducing activities not only help patients cope but may also support better hormonal regulation and fertility outcomes.

Jacobsen: How are you advancing reproductive care for women with complex fertility conditions?

Kaye: I prioritize understanding each patient’s individual goals and concerns, then tailoring care accordingly. We dedicate time to addressing lifestyle factors that influence fertility while integrating evidence-based medical treatments. Collaborating with other specialists allows us to deliver more comprehensive, personalized care and maximize the chances of success for women facing complex fertility challenges.

Jacobsen: What emerging technologies and treatments shape the future of fertility care?

Kaye: Fertility care is rapidly evolving, with new technologies expanding what’s possible. Artificial intelligence is being harnessed to improve patient counseling, embryo and sperm selection, and treatment planning. IVF laboratories are becoming increasingly automated, reducing errors and potentially improving access. Researchers are exploring stem cell therapies to regenerate eggs, as well as novel diagnostic tools to better evaluate the endometrium and implantation. These innovations hold promise for making fertility care more precise, effective, and widely accessible in the future.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Kaye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Vernon Oakes on Cooperative Principles, Economic Dignity, and the Power of Shared Ownership

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/30

Part 2 of 2

Vernon Oakes hosts Everything Co-op, a weekly radio show and podcast on cooperative economics airing on WOL 1450 AM in Washington, D.C. He is the General Partner of Everything: Coop Communications LLC. In 2024, Oakes was inducted into the Cooperative Hall of Fame for elevating cooperative leaders and educating listeners nationwide. His program features practitioners across credit unions, workers, consumers, housing, and purchasing co-ops, emphasizing democratic governance, shared ownership, and community wealth-building. A seasoned manager and educator, Oakes spotlights evidence-based strategies for under-resourced communities to build equitable, resilient local economies through cooperation in the United States.

In this two-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Oakes frames strength as cooperation over domination and roots it in co-op values: self-help, self-responsibility, democracy, equality, equity, solidarity, and ethical values of honesty, openness, social responsibility and caring for others. He explains consensus-building as respectful conflict resolution, where decisions may be slower, but implementation is faster. Oakes highlights lifelong education as the fifth principle and ties cooperation to emotional intelligence and community dignity. Examples include credit unions, worker co-ops such as ChiFresh Kitchen, and Ujamaa in Pittsburgh; he notes that federations like Mondragón demonstrate that co-ops can scale. His closing: “There’s a co-op for that,” and “co-ops help people to come out of poverty with dignity”.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, metrics for success could include member well-being, community reinvestment, retention, and wage equity. How do you assess those — at least qualitatively, if not quantitatively — to see the real impact in communities that organize for and by themselves?

Vernon Oakes: I like to look at it through the cooperative principles. There are seven in total. The first is Voluntary and Open Membership — meaning anyone can join regardless of race, gender, political affiliation, religion, or age. It’s voluntary and inclusive. The second is Democratic Member Control — one member, one vote.

The third is Member Economic Participation — members invest in the co-op, usually through a membership fee. When there’s a profit, the members decide what to do with it. Typically, those funds go into one of three “buckets.”

Some profits are retained within the organization to support its growth. Some are directed to the broader community — donations, sponsorships, charitable efforts. And some go back to members as dividends, or “patronage,” so that members share in the wealth they helped create — not just through wages but through ownership.

Then there’s the Fifth Principle — Education, Training, and Information. This is my favourite and, I believe, the most significant benefit of joining a co-op. Education and training before you start, while you’re growing, and after you’ve matured — you never stop learning. It’s the foundation of cooperative success.

I learned about co-ops through my work in property management. I started managing affordable housing cooperatives — most of them led by Black women in Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia. Many of these women, despite having only a high school diploma, made brilliant business decisions. They knew how to run a business and how to hold everyone — the property manager, the auditor, the lawyer — accountable. They made sure people did what they were hired to do.

It was through this process of continuous education, training, and information that I saw the power of the cooperative model. The sixth principle is Cooperation Among Cooperatives — meaning co-ops within a community work together for the benefit of that community and each other. And the seventh principle is Concern for Community — concern not only for people but for the planet itself. These ideas are built into the DNA of the cooperative movement.

Based on these principles and the values I mentioned earlier, co-ops help people learn how to work together — with respect and trust at the core.

Jacobsen: Critics sometimes say co-ops are slow. What’s your response to that?

Oakes: They are — absolutely. When you have a hundred-member co-op trying to make a significant decision, like whether to buy another building, and you want everyone’s input, that takes time. Getting everyone’s opinion to reach a collective choice slows things down.

But here’s the key: while decision-making is slow, implementation is fast. Once a decision is made collectively, everyone’s on board, and things move quickly. Of course, if there’s an urgent decision to make — say, a sudden market change — co-ops have committees, boards of directors, and hired management who can act faster when necessary. But overall, yes, co-ops are slower in deliberation because inclusivity takes time.

Jacobsen: There are also large-scale examples — Mondragón in Spain, for instance, or credit unions, or SACCOs in Africa. What do these show us about the success of co-ops in vastly different cultural and linguistic contexts?

Oakes: Mondragón is the best-known example. It’s a federation of worker cooperatives in the Basque region of Spain, founded in 1956. I don’t recall the exact numbers now, but they’ve grown to around 81 cooperatives employing more than 70,000 people.

What’s remarkable is how they handle economic downturns. During the 2008 global recession, not one Mondragón worker was laid off permanently. Even when some businesses had to close, others absorbed those employees. Workers in healthier cooperatives took a 5–10 percent pay cut so everyone could keep earning a living. That’s humanity in action — philanthropy in its most valid form, caring for people.

And if we look at credit unions, they’re another kind of cooperative — consumer co-ops. The credit union movement in the United States was inspired by examples from Canada, particularly Alphonse Desjardins’ pioneering work in Quebec in the early 1900s. Those ideas spread south, becoming the foundation for the U.S. credit union system.

The people who deposit their money into a credit union own that financial institution. They can run for the board and help direct how the business operates. A credit union provides products and loans — to buy a car, a house, or even a computer for your children — at the lowest possible rates, because its purpose is to benefit its members.

Banks, on the other hand, serve shareholders. Their goal is to maximize profit by charging the highest rates possible for mortgages, car loans, computers, and student loans. Credit unions must still cover their expenses and maintain a margin to survive, but their focus is on what benefits the consumer, not outside investors.

There are many types of cooperatives beyond credit unions — rural electric co-ops in the U.S., and housing co-ops, which are especially strong in Canada, with some beautiful architectural examples. REI, the outdoor recreation retailer, is another consumer co-op. It began when a group of climbers — I believe in Seattle, not Colorado — pooled resources to import high-quality mountaineering gear that wasn’t otherwise available in the U.S.

My personal favorites, though, are worker co-ops — businesses owned and controlled by their employees. These are usually formed with extensive education and training, both at the start and throughout their growth. One example is ChiFresh Kitchen in Chicago. It was founded in 2020 by four Black women and one Black man, all formerly incarcerated. Because people returning from prison often face barriers to employment, they created their own jobs and ownership through a cooperative.

They began during the COVID-19 pandemic, providing prepared meals for churches, chartered schools, and hospitals. They succeeded — and then expanded, forming a housing co-op that now owns two buildings with nine units for ChiFresh workers. Over time, these interlinked cooperatives — housing, food service, and others — became a small ecosystem of mutual support.

There are also two other major cooperative models often used by farmers. The first is the purchasing co-op, where groups of farmers or small businesses come together to buy the equipment or supplies they need at a lower cost, like dairy farmers pooling resources for feed and machinery.

The second is the marketing or producer co-op, where farmers collaborate to sell their goods under a shared brand. Cabot Creamery and Ocean Spray are classic examples — farmer-owned cooperatives that process and market milk, cranberries, and other products collectively, ensuring stability and fair returns for their members.

These marketing cooperatives sell products to the marketplace and often add value by turning raw goods into finished products — for instance, Ocean Spray makes cranberry juice, or Cabot Creamery produces butter, cheese, and yogurt. This allows members to secure better prices and maintain more control over both what they buy and sell.

There’s also a cooperative in Pittsburgh called Ujamaa, founded primarily by Black women artists who create jewelry, paintings, and clothing. They maintain both a storefront and an online presence. Individually, the artists might not have been able to afford that space, but by working together cooperatively, they can.

Co-ops exist in countless forms and are all around us. ACE Hardware, for example, is a purchasing cooperative. These organizations do tremendous good for their communities. The money stays local — in worker co-ops, for instance, the workers live, earn, and spend in the same community.

In low-income areas, money might circulate only once — if it comes in at all — often leaving the community immediately through outside spending. In wealthier neighbourhoods, that same dollar might circulate five to eight times, supporting local growth and resilience.

Take Black Wall Street in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Before it was destroyed in 1921, reports indicated that money circulated thirty-two times within the community before leaving it. Residents earned, spent, and reinvested locally — at barbershops, blacksmiths, and other small businesses — fueling a thriving, self-sustaining economy.

Jacobsen: Any favorite quotes — biblical or cooperative — that you’d like to share?

Oakes: There’s one I always like to repeat: “There’s a co-op for that.” Whatever the community problem, there’s a cooperative — or one can be formed — to solve it. But my favourite is from Dame Pauline Green, former president of the International Cooperative Alliance: “Co-ops help people to come out of poverty with dignity.”

That dignity — the sense of self-worth, voice, and participation — is perhaps the greatest reward of all. Co-ops offer many forms of compensation, financial and otherwise.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Thank you very much for your time and expertise today. It was a pleasure speaking with you.

Oakes: Thank you, Scott. I appreciate it.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much. Take care.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Eco-Friendly Digital Art: Sara San Angelo’s Pretty Lil Studio

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/30

Sara San Angelo is the Owner and Chief Artist at Pretty Lil Studio Art, a Charleston-based brand specializing in eco-friendly digital downloads, printable art, and unique wall décor. With a passion for sustainable design, Sara offers instantly downloadable artwork that allows customers to print at home or through professional printers—saving costs while reducing waste. Her studio features an eclectic mix of abstract florals, historical themes, vintage photography, and inspirational quotes. Perfect for holiday gifts, housewarming presents, and minimalist décor, Pretty Lil Studio Art provides stylish, customizable, and affordable art for every occasion. Sara champions green gifting, mindful consumption, and digital creativity, helping customers add personality to their spaces while supporting sustainable living.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What inspired the creation of Pretty Lil Studio Art? 

Sara San Angelo: I come from a long line of graphic and commercial artists.  My Grandmother, back in the day, drew business logos by hand and painted them with an airbrush.  I loved watching her work.  My mother worked for many years as a graphic artist for our local newspaper, the Post & Courier. So I grew up in a very artistic and creative household.  My Dad, on the other hand, was a successful businessman and gave me that business sense and ambition which has stuck with me from a very early age.  At 11, I won a school-wide logo contest for the school mascot. I believe they still use it to this day. At 16, I was creating and selling bumper stickers at school. I attended college for Communications, but I filled my non-credit classes with art history and design courses. I learned Photoshop and Illustrator well enough to make basic designs, but I really blossomed when I discovered Canva, which is very easy to use. I created all these great designs and art, but didn’t know what to do with them.  Then I found Etsy, and found out you can sell digital art.  I almost fell out of my chair! So I started my Etsy business 5 or 6 years ago, and created my own website last year, and never looked back!

Jacobsen: How does offering downloadable digital art contribute to eco-friendly living?  

San Angelo: I love downloadable art because it is so eco-friendly! There is no packaging, no shipping, and you can print on recycled paper for truly green art.  Better yet, I sell digital art that is meant as screensavers and framed TV art, so it is almost completely eco-friendly.

Jacobsen: What are your favourite art themes or collections?  

San Angelo: My most popular collections are actually the historical photos I digitally remaster.  I’m a history buff, so I love finding old archival photos in the public domain and restoring them. I have one of the largest collections of rare JFK photos for purchase on the internet.  Historical quotes are also very popular. I receive a lot of teachers around back-to-school time who decorate their classrooms with my affordable educational supplies. Next is the clip art, which I love doing and harkens back to my graphic artist family, which must be in my blood.

Jacobsen: What is the creative process behind designing a piece of printable art? 

San Angelo: I have so many ideas throughout the day that I keep a sticky note pad with me (I’m old school, lol). Then, when I can, I sit down at my computer and start creating.  If it’s an inspirational quote, that is pretty easy, as I have a signature style for that. If it’s a work of art or logo, I can sit there for hours moving around one line here, another circle there. I like to think I have a keen eye for design and symmetry, so if one line is a millimetre out of place, I try to get it just right.  I’msuper OCD. Lol.

Jacobsen: What draws you to these themes of quotes and historicity? 

San Angelo: I am from Charleston, SC.  We are steeped in history here. This is where the first shot of the Civil War was fired (SC was the first to secede from the Union). The pirate Blackbeard blockaded the harbour in 1718. We were home to several Declaration of Independence and Constitution signers. When you go downtown, you are thrown back in time with all the historic buildings and cobblestone streets. I was really drawn to it. Then I worked for a pictorial history publishing company, which really sparked my interest in the field. 

Jacobsen: How do you see digitization transforming home décor, even gift-giving? 

San Angelo: I think it is going to be the wave of the future.  People are shopping online more than ever, so it is just a natural evolution of shopping in the digital world.  But instead of waiting for your art to arrive, you get it instantly, and in many cases, get it printed the same day. So this is the ultimate timesaver, especially for last-minute gifts. I think interior designers and people who stage homes for a living would really benefit from the speed of obtaining your décor. Another thing to consider is that more and more people are interacting and living in virtual worlds, such as The Sims.  They need to decorate their homes with digital art.  That’s where I come in. However, breaking into that space can be complicated. 

Jacobsen: What are the key tips for printing at home? 

San Angelo: First, ensure you have a reliable printer and high-quality ink.  Next, select the type of paper you would like to use.  Do you want photo paper for the vintage photographs or maybe a matte finish for showing detail in the art? Most printers we have in our homes print out at a max of 8.5×11. In your printer settings, there are sizes, and it will show youwhat it looks like printed on the page. Most of my pieces can print out at a max of 16×20 or 18×24, but you can make them smaller to print at home. That’s why I like digital art.  It is extremely versatile in terms of sizing. Ensure your images are high resolution to prevent them from printing out blurry.  All mine are 300 DPI, which is high res for printing.  I wrote a whole blog on printing here: https://prettylilstudioart.com/printing-your-digital-art-a-comprehensive-guide/#tips-for-home-printing

Jacobsen: What is the role of art in green gifting during the holiday seasons? 

San Angelo: Well, with digital art, it is a viable option.  I don’t think people put art in a “green” category, perse. But with digital art, it checks so many of those boxes. I think the future of art is looking much greener!

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sara.

For more info:

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Vernon Oakes: How Cooperation, Not Domination, Builds Strength and Dignity in Communities

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/29

Part 1 of 2

Vernon Oakes hosts Everything Co-op, a weekly radio show and podcast on cooperative economics airing on WOL 1450 AM in Washington, D.C. He is the General Partner of Everything: Coop Communications LLC. In 2024, Oakes was inducted into the Cooperative Hall of Fame for elevating cooperative leaders and educating listeners nationwide. His program features practitioners across credit unions, workers, consumers, housing, and purchasing co-ops, emphasizing democratic governance, shared ownership, and community wealth-building. A seasoned manager and educator, Oakes spotlights evidence-based strategies for under-resourced communities to build equitable, resilient local economies through cooperation in the United States.

In this two-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Oakes frames strength as cooperation over domination and roots it in co-op values: self-help, self-responsibility, democracy, equality, equity, solidarity, and ethical values of honesty, openness, social responsibility and caring for others. He explains consensus-building as respectful conflict resolution, where decisions may be slower, but implementation is faster. Oakes highlights lifelong education as the fifth principle and ties cooperation to emotional intelligence and community dignity. Examples include credit unions, worker co-ops such as ChiFresh Kitchen, and Ujamaa in Pittsburgh; he notes that federations like Mondragón demonstrate that co-ops can scale. His closing: “There’s a co-op for that,” and “co-ops help people to come out of poverty with dignity”.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re here with the lovely Vernon Oakes, host of Everything Co-op, the leading weekly national radio program on cooperative economics airing on WOL 1450 AM in Washington, D.C. Everything Co-op is also available as a podcast. Thank you very much for joining me today. I appreciate it.

Vernon Oakes: Well, I want to thank you for having me on. I look forward to our conversation.

Jacobsen: I want to start on a positive note. You’ve received several awards, including your induction in 2024. There have been others as well. What were those, and after decades of service, what did they mean to you?

Oakes: When I came to D.C. in 1986, I worked with the Stanford Alumni Consulting Team, or ACT. I joined a team to work with Community of Hope, a nonprofit providing homeless services and health care to low-income residents. The founder asked me to join the board, and I served for 18 years; I also served as interim general manager for six months and helped hire the current general manager.

Community of Hope recently gave me the Tom Nees Award for Exceptional Service, recognizing my 39 years of involvement with that community. Last week, I attended a celebration at Stanford on Friday. Stanford Graduate School of Business is celebrating its centennial — 100 years — and they selected 100 alumni who have provided high-impact service to their communities. I was one of those 100.

What it means to me is that it’s exciting and humbling. I grew up in Bluefield, West Virginia, on Tank Hill. I’m a Black boy from working-poor parents. To go to Stanford, to be recognized, or to come to D.C. and realize that, but for the grace of God, I could be homeless at any given point — and that I could take the skills I’ve learned, both leadership and business knowledge, and use them to help that organization — that’s very powerful to me. Very rewarding.

Jacobsen: This is Bluefield in Mercer County?

Oakes: Mercer County, West Virginia.

Jacobsen: Beautiful, green country. I love green spaces. Old trains run through my hometown, too.

Oakes: Yes.

Jacobsen: You mentioned the phrase, “but for the grace of God, go I.” We have a little extra time, so let’s explore it. We’re in an era of black-and-white thinking. People want to demonize secular people as immoral and hopelessly lost, and they want to demonize religious people as fundamentalists who wish to take over the government. Reflections like yours matter. Within your Christian faith, how does that inform your spirit of service — to the community, the world, or even to an individual you might encounter on the street?

Oakes: There’s a scripture to the effect that man is the head of the household as Christ is head of the church, which means being a servant leader. A man is to serve his spouse, his children, and his community — to lead through service. For me, that’s the foundation of my leadership and training, including when I earned my MBA. When I got the MBA, I wasn’t particularly spiritual. I was in it for the money — that was clear. Later on, it became something deeper…

A spiritual leader. And the thing I like about cooperation and cooperatives is the set of values: self-help, self-responsibility — it always starts with self, helping oneself and being responsible — then democracy, equality, equity, and solidarity. Solidarity means working and making decisions together in a way that lifts everyone; when the boat rises, everyone rises with it.

There are also the ethical values of honesty, openness, social responsibility, and caring for others. These principles of cooperation truly align with my value system, making it exciting to work in this cooperative space with like-minded individuals.

Jacobsen: You argue that strength begins with cooperation, not domination. How are you defining strength for men in 2025?

Oakes: Strength for men is found when we come together. In Black, Brown, and Native communities — really, since the beginning of time — when there are hardships like what we’re going through now with this political climate in the U.S., or during the Great Depression, we’ve had to pool our resources to survive. During slavery, Black people had to pool together.

That strength came from the group — from the collective, from solidarity, from cooperation. Sometimes it wasn’t called a co-op, because the formal structure came later, with the Rochdale Pioneers in 1844 in England. But the spirit of cooperation has existed, for me, since the beginning of time.

If we were in the Sahara Desert fighting the sabre-toothed tiger, we had to do it together. If we were in the Ice Age, trying to survive in caves when it was minus fifty degrees, we had to do it together to make it through. Togetherness, I believe, is the core of humanity — finding strength through cooperation.

Not the John Wayne ideal of “I’m the toughest, I’ll pull myself up by my bootstraps” — especially when you don’t even have boots — but the question of how we work together to move our community forward in a positive way.

Jacobsen: That’s an important point. It brings to mind Peter Kropotkin’s 1902 book Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution. He wrote it as a counterpoint to the “tooth and claw” misreadings of Charles Darwin’s On the Origin of Species from 1859. It took forty-three years for someone to respond to those distortions. Kropotkin offered one of the first proper readings of Darwin — that survival doesn’t mean being the strongest, fastest, or smartest. It means being best suited to one’s environment.

Human beings, through cooperation and mutual aid, have been able to thrive across all groups. Whether you look at Britain in that period or North America today, the same principle applies: cooperation is a key factor in survival.

Oakes: Yes, and I’d add that in the cooperative space, learning to get along is a skill. There are even classes on it. There’s always going to be conflict. You and I grew up in different times, we’re different ages, different cultures, even different countries. And if we’re in the same group trying to make something happen, we’re going to disagree.

And we could be 180 degrees apart — you may want to go left, and I want to go right. But what I’ve learned in cooperation is that if we can learn how to talk and really hear each other, we may find that going straight is better than either of those two ways. We might even discover a solution that neither of us had imagined. It’s about learning how to resolve conflict positively — respecting and trusting each other, and recognizing that we’re all working for the good of the group. That’s solidarity.

Jacobsen: How are co-ops better training grounds for character than traditional firms?

Oakes: I like that question — I really like that question. I told you I was at Stanford this past weekend. On Friday morning, I was sitting at breakfast with George Parker, a finance professor who taught me during my time there. He earned both his MBA and Ph.D. from Stanford and was one of the 100 alumni honoured for making a significant community impact.

He told me he liked co-ops, having been in the Peace Corps in the early 1960s and ran a credit union in Peru. He used the word Kumbaya about three times, describing co-ops as people coming together, loving each other, and getting things done. For me, that “love” isn’t necessarily about singing in a circle or hugging; it’s about respect and trust. That’s the core of cooperation — the core of humanity — learning how to get together and work as equals.

We live in a hierarchical world — at home, in church, and at work. We’re trained to function within a hierarchy. Learning to operate cooperatively as a group requires training. Education and training are central — in fact, “Education, Training, and Information” is the fifth of the seven cooperative principles. That’s the one I love most: training before you start, while you’re beginning, and after you’ve started. You never stop learning if you want to succeed in cooperation.

Jacobsen: This one’s particularly important. There’s a noted gap in emotional intelligence — often observed by women or by older, more experienced men — among many younger men, even adult men. Some of this might actually be developmental; boys and men tend to mature a bit more slowly in that area. How can the cooperative principles provide a space for cultivating emotional intelligence? I don’t mean book smarts, but sensitivity, awareness of context, nuance, and empathy.

Oakes: Emotional intelligence. My father’s father fought in World War I, and my father served in World War II. My parents didn’t say things like “I love you.” They didn’t hug. That was their culture — a distance, emotionally. But you still knew they loved you. You could see it in how they provided for you, not necessarily in what they said or showed.

I got hugs from my mom, but not from my dad. It was just a different culture, a different generation. Today it’s quite different. I just turned seventy-six, so that gap feels even more pronounced when I look back.

Jacobsen: Are you suggesting that many men of that generation expressed love for their families not by being with them, but by being away — through providing rather than presence?

Oakes: That’s right. If a father left his family, that was abandonment — no love there. But if he was working and away, that was his way of showing care. That wasn’t my situation, however. My father had a more traditional eight-to-five job.

My father worked an eight-hour shift, so he was around a lot. As I mentioned, we did the gardening together in the summertime. I had access to my dad, but affection wasn’t expressed the way it is today. Now it’s normal for a man to say “I love you” to his son, daughter, or spouse, to hug or kiss his spouse in front of the children. I never saw my father do that. I never saw my father kiss my mother.

Jacobsen: That’s striking. At the same time, there are international differences where public displays of affection aren’t frowned upon, but they’re done in private. It’s not that love isn’t there; the expression depends on cultural context — between the public and private faces of affection.

Oakes: In the co-op world, I define a cooperative as any business that is owned and controlled by its members for the benefit of its members. There are more technical and legal definitions, of course, but at its heart, that’s what it is — ownership and control by members, for members.

When members make decisions, they are usually made democratically — one member, one vote. Sometimes, though, co-ops use sociocracy, a form of governance based on consensus. That means everyone must agree 100 percent. I didn’t think that was possible until I learned methods to make it work. To reach consensus, you have to know people, understand them, listen to them, and respect their perspectives.

That process itself is a kind of love — not romantic love, but brotherly love. Say Scott and Vernon are in a group together: Scott wants to go left, Vernon wants to go right. We listen to each other, respect each other’s views, and look for the best path forward. I had to let go of the idea that I’m right. Instead, it becomes we’re right. We find the best choice together, and that becomes the right choice.

That takes respect. That takes trust. And within that trust and collaboration — that’s where love lives. That’s where emotion belongs in cooperation.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Oscar Trelles on Longevity: Breathwork, Training, and Mindset for Men Over 50

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/29

Oscar Trelles is an entrepreneur, healthspan strategist, and certified Wim Hof Method (WHM) instructor helping people extend their healthspan through natural, science-informed practices. As founder of Breathing Flame in Málaga, Spain, he integrates breathwork, functional movement, fasting, cold and heat exposure, and mindset training into a practical, systems-based approach to healthy aging and age reversal. Through the Reverse Aging Challenge and the free Reverse Aging Academy, Oscar turns complex longevity research into clear, actionable routines for everyday life—prioritizing resilience, recovery, sleep, mobility, and stress regulation. He frequently comments on sustainable habit-building, hormetic stress, and the intersection of mindset and healthspan, emphasizing results without dependency on gadgets or pharmaceuticals. Media and practitioners seek Oscar for grounded, evidence-aware insights that bridge longevity science and real-world change. For more information:

In this interview with Scott Douglas JacobsenTrelles emphasizes consistency over volume in training, sleep as a stress reset, and slow nasal breathing for cardiovascular health. Nutrition strategies include time-restricted eating, protein prioritization, and anti-inflammatory foods. Trelles highlights the role of mindfulness, recovery, and resilience in building sustainable, low-injury routines that extend healthspan and empower men beyond 50 to thrive.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How should men over 50 adjust strength, cardio, and mobility training?

Oscar Trelles: By 50, recovery speed isn’t the same, so the focus should shift from volume to consistency. Strength work should center on compound lifts at moderate loads, enough to preserve muscle and bone density without chasing personal bests, but optimizing for goals. Cardio should emphasize zones 2–3 (steady but sustainable) to build endurance and protect the heart. Mobility can’t be an afterthought: daily joint work, especially hips and shoulders, prevents the stiffness that sneaks in with age.

Jacobsen: How do sleep, breathwork, and heat–cold exposure effectively lower stress?

Trelles: Deep sleep is the body’s primary stress reset, but most men under-sleep without realizing how much it costs them. Breathwork regulates the nervous system in real time, shifting from fight-or-flight to rest-and-repair within minutes. Heat and cold add hormetic (acute but controlled and temporary) stress that teaches the body to tolerate discomfort better, so the everyday stressors feel lighter.

Jacobsen: How can breathwork protocols enhance cardiovascular health?

Trelles: Slow nasal breathing raises CO₂ tolerance, which improves oxygen delivery to tissues and reduces blood pressure. Short, controlled breath-holds condition vascular flexibility, similar to interval training but without strain. Over time, this builds efficiency: the heart works less to deliver more.

Jacobsen: Which nutrition and fasting strategies aid healthy aging?

Trelles: Time-restricted eating (e.g. 16:8) stabilizes insulin and supports cellular repair. Prioritizing protein (at least 1.6g/kg) preserves muscle, which is one of the top markers for healthy aging. For fats, choose olive oil, oily fish, and nuts; for carbs, favor slow-digesting sources tied to fiber. The key isn’t austerity, it is consistency in eating foods that don’t spike inflammation.

Jacobsen: What role do mindfulness and mindset training play in sustaining men’s wellness?

Trelles: At 50, ambition is rarely the issue. Rigidity is. Mindset work builds flexibility, helping men pivot when injuries, setbacks, or life stress inevitably show up. Mindfulness isn’t about being calm all the time; it’s about noticing stress early and choosing a response instead of reacting automatically. That choice is what sustains wellness over decades.

Jacobsen: How can men build sustainable, low-injury routines for long-term healthspan?

Trelles: Two rules: don’t max out, and don’t skip warm-ups. Train at 70–80% effort most of the time and cycle intensity so the body adapts without breaking down. Rotate through movement patterns (push, pull, hinge, squat, carry) rather than hammering the same muscles. Think durability, not records.

Jacobsen: What biomarkers and simple at-home measures best track progress in longevity?

Trelles: Grip strength, resting heart rate, HRV (heart rate variability), and waist-to-height ratio are simple but powerful. Add sleep quality and recovery for daily feedback. Check CO₂ tolerance weekly. Lab markers like fasting insulin and CRP (inflammation) round out the picture if checked yearly, but first learn to listen to your body.

Jacobsen: How does the cultural shift toward balance and recovery change men’s approach to training after 50?

Trelles: The old story was “more is better.” Now men over 50 are learning that sleep, recovery, and balance are what let them keep training long term. Ice baths, sauna, and yoga aren’t fringe anymore; they are the tools that make strength and cardio sustainable. This cultural pivot has given permission to train smarter, not just harder.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Oscar.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

What Is Banksying? Sofie Roos on Ghosting’s Slow Fade

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/29

Sofie Roos is a licensed sexologist and relationship therapist with 18 years of clinical experience. Based in Stockholm, Sweden, she specializes in sexual health, intimacy, and couples therapy. She works at Venhälsan and writes for Sweden’s Passionerad, where she offers clear, practical guidance on sex, relationships, sexually transmitted infections, and sex toys for diverse audiences. Roos is known for a warm, evidence-informed, and nonjudgmental approach that helps individuals and partners navigate desire, communication, and trust. Her practice centers on respectful, inclusive care that meets people where they are, translating complex topics into actionable advice that supports healthier, more satisfying relationships. Roos writes for Sweden’s Passionerad: https://passionerad.se/.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why people engage in “banksying” and how it differs from ghosting

Sofie Roos: Banksying is closely related to ghosting, but with the difference that during ghosting, you abruptly stop answering your date’s attempts to make contact with you, while when banksying, you slowly let it come to nothing! 

This means that when banksying, you slowly stop answering or reaching out at the same frequency, you make up excuses for not meeting up, and you become more distant, so it’s a slow death of the relationship where you not really straight up end anything, but let the time and your less engagement lead to some sort of stop. 

It might sound cruel, and it is, but people banksying must not do it out of being mean, but often because they’re afraid of ending things, and feel it too overwhelming to say goodbye, so this feels like an easier way to go! 

Actually, many people who’s banksying does it because from their point of view, it’s less damaging for their partner than if ending things right away, because one thinks that the other person’s feelings will cool off and lead to a situation where it feels natural to let go, without any hard feelings, even though the suffering often becomes much bigger if being banksied than if straight up being dumped! 

Jacobsen: What are the psychological effects of being “banksied” on the person left behind?

Roos: To be a victim of banksying is extremely confusing and can be very emotionally draining since there rarely comes any explanation or ending, just excuses and weird explanations for this behavior. 

This puts the person being left behind in a very tricky situation where you don’t know if this is a phase the other person is going through and if they want you and it’ll turn better soon, if you have done anything wrong or if they simply aren’t interested anymore. 

The hope will in most cases be what’s strongest, so you’ll keep fighting, even though your partner often already has moved on, which is what makes banksying extra mean…! 

The effect of this is often temporary low self-esteem, that you start doubting your own worth, the whole relationship and your role in it, and you start questioning what you did or might not did that lead to this – even though it many times doesn’t have much to do with you at all, but with the partner! 

It can also become more difficult to really let go since there never comes any real ending, so this person can be difficult to stop thinking about, and they become a sort of opened wound that never truly heals. 

Jacobsen: What does this trend says about modern dating and emotional accountability?

Roos: Banksying says a lot about how people today treat close romantic relationships, often a person that much is invested in and that deserves a much better and way more fair treatment. 

In my opinion, it’s a clear sign that dating and relationships today go way too fast, and that we many times tend to consume them rather than treating it with the respect a relationship deserves. 

People have been afraid of ending things with their partner in all ages, but back in the day we still went up and said “I’m so sorry but this doesn’t work anymore”. So the dating apps and the modern way of meeting people has made us lose the respect for each other on the dating scene. 

Many today simply prioritize their own comfort instead of taking responsibility for the people that get invested in them, which is a big lack in emotional courage. 

I wouldn’t go so far and say that we’ve lost empathy, but the respect isn’t there anymore, much due to the rules for how you date today is completely re-written! 

Back in the day you often dated a person being related to your life in some way, such as a co-worker or a friend’s friend that required that you ended things nicely, but today you often don’t need to meet the person you dated again, so you simply don’t have to take the same responsibility for your actions anymore.

Jacobsen: How people can recognize it early and protect their emotional health?

Roos: If you begin to feel that the communication start happening more from your side only, that you hang out less and less even though there’s really no great explanation for that, and if it feels as your partner is stop investing themselves in your relationship the same way they used to, then that’s early signs of the eventual beginning of banksying – it it not already has started to happen.

In this situation, it’s important to bring this up to conversation with your partner, and actually confront them. 

Saying things such as “What is going on here?”, “Are you no longer interested in me?”, “Are you going through a tough time and need support?”, and “How can we go on from here? Because I can’t take this situation where I’m not knowing what’s happening, rather say that you’re no longer interested than do like this!” are great things to let them hear.

Also don’t take no answer for an answer – push them if necessary until they let you know what’s going on, and don’t accept the eventual (and very likely) excuses! 

Remember to always be honest to yourself and trust your gut-feeling. If something feels off, it’s most likely off, so don’t ignore that. 

To set ultimatums or set your partner in an uncomfortable situation where you ask the tough questions is fully okay if that’s what you need! The most important in this situation is to prioritize your feelings and well-being first. 

Jacobsen: What is the appropriate Advice for those who may be tempted to fade out of relationships this way?

Roos: All I can say is to end things with respect, and do it the way you would want it to be done if someone was about to call things off with you. 

This doesn’t mean that you need to have a long explanation prepared, but just a simple “I don’t feel as if I want to keep meeting you anymore, so I want to stop dating you / be in a relationship with you” is enough!

And even though it’s not ideal, even doing it over the phone is a better alternative than banksying! 

This is not only way more respectful for your partner, it’s also something that will make you grow and become more mature. And who knows – what comes around goes around, so hopefully, you’ll be treated with the same respect back the day you eventually is being dumped by someone!

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sofie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Banksying vs. Ghosting: Colette Jane Fehr on Modern Dating

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/28

Colette Jane Fehr is a couples therapist and relationship expert providing practical, compassionate guidance to help partners rebuild trust, improve communication, and resolve conflict. She works with dating, engaged, and married couples, as well as individuals seeking to transform relational patterns. In private practice at Colette Jane Fehr Relationship Expert, she blends attachment informed, trauma aware, and evidence based strategies tailored to each client’s goals. Focus areas include intimacy, boundaries, life transitions, and repair after betrayal. Colette contributes commentary on relationships and modern dating and is available for media interviews and workshops and conferences.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why do people engage in “banksying”?

Colette Jane Fehr: Most people who banksy aren’t trying to be cruel, they’re trying to dodge a hard conversation. They rationalize fading with a softer exit as less hurtful, but it’s really about avoiding their own discomfort.  There’s nothing kind about basking and the irony is that by trying not to hurt someone, they actually cause more harm through ambiguity.

Jacobsen: How does it differ from ghosting?

Fehr: Ghosting is an abrupt cut off. One minute you’re talking, the next there’s radio silence. Banksying is slower and sneakier: texts get shorter, plans fall through, the energy drops. And because it’s gradual, the person left behind stays stuck in limbo, confused, struggling to figure out what’s happening. It’s ghosting in slow motion and it can be just as painful.

Jacobsen: What are the psychological effects of being “banksied”?

Fehr: It can trigger anxiety, self-doubt, a feeling of being gaslit, and a deep sense of rejection. You’re not sure if something is wrong or if you’re just imagining it. That uncertainty creates cognitive dissonance, which means you’re trying to make sense of mixed signals while your nervous system is stuck stays on high alert. The lack of closure makes it harder to heal because you’re stuck questioning what really happened.

Jacobsen: What does this trend say about modern dating and emotional accountability?

Fehr: It reflects a bigger problem in the modern dating world: we’re losing our tolerance for emotional discomfort and we’re de-humanizing people and their feelings. Dating apps and constant access to new people make it easy to treat relationships like disposable experiences. But relationships require communication, consideration, and emotional maturity.  If we keep choosing avoidance over accountability, we don’t just hurt other people,  we stunt our own relational growth.

Jacobsen: How can someone recognize banksying early and protect their emotional health?

Fehr: Watch for inconsistency and pay attention to your gut. If someone’s energy shifts their messages get vague, or the warmth fades, that’s your cue. Don’t ignore your gut feeling. Address it directly and maturely: I’ve noticed the energy shift between us. Is eventing okay? If they avoid the question, don’t beg for clarity.  You deserve directness and mutual effort. If you’re constantly trying to decode someone’s behavior, that’s already your answer.

Jacobsen: What advice do you have for people tempted to banksy someone else?

Fehr: Say the thing. Yes, it’s uncomfortable. But having a short, honest conversation is an act of respect. You don’t need a long explanation, just a simple, “I’ve enjoyed getting to know you, but I don’t see this going further.” That’s how you build emotional integrity. You don’t have to keep dating someone, but you do have to take ownership of how you end it.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Colette.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 7: Canada–U.S. Rift, Carney’s Asia Pivot, and a China Reset

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/27

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Tsukerman unpack Canada’s escalating spat with Washington after a $75M ad lambasted Trump, coinciding with his abrupt exit from trade talks. Tsukerman frames the ad as a convenient pretext: a face-saving door-slam that squandered U.S. leverage and nudged Ottawa toward Beijing. With Mark Carney courting Asian partners, the pair parse whether murmurs of a Canada–China “reset” are really an escalation of a long tilt. They revisit Reagan-versus-MAGA trade history and the political theatrics at play. Bottom line: tariffs, ego, and misused leverage risk fracturing North American cooperation while expanding China’s influence.rebuild a viable middle class.

Interview conducted October 24, 2025, in the afternoon Pacific Time.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now we can jump to Canada for The Maple Monitor.

Irina Tsukerman: Oh, Canada.

Jacobsen: We have trade friction with the U.S., a flashpoint, a token for a war shot here, and a U.S.-targeted advertising campaign. He used, in a 1987 Ronald Reagan speech, a reference to another series we did this week. Trump expounded, “We’re going to terminate trade with Canada.” The ad campaign cost $75 million Canadian, which is approximately $55 million American. Premier Ford has said he will rescind the ad. This is all… this is like a combination.

So, to give context to non-Canadians, this is entirely in character for that family. I’m not just talking about the family—this has torn apart the relationship in trade talks so far. So, to give some preliminary context, and then I’ll lean into the meat of what we’re going to talk about today.

It sounds like an American politician to me, and the reaction was very American. It sounds ridiculous, completely overblown, and inappropriate—and it also sounds like an excuse Trump was looking for to withdraw from those talks. The proportionality of the cost of this ad versus what’s at stake is literally a fraction. It makes no sense, and it’s not serious.

Tsukerman: What’s very interesting to me is what no one is pointing out, which is that Trump had promised the American voting base to make basically 90 deals in 90 days, or something like that. Meanwhile, he couldn’t even deliver to Canada. So I’m thinking that, because trade talks were not going the way he wanted, he needed to find a way to exit with his head held high—to make it look like he was leaving from a position of strength, slamming the door on his way out. This ad gave him the excuse to do it.

It’s so petty and ridiculous—it’s very Trumpian—but I do think there’s a practical reason for it: to escape while he could, and then have an excuse for why he didn’t deliver anything at all. “Oh, well, the Canadians made me do it. They did this terrible thing.” Somebody else is to blame. The people he’s been attacking and claiming he wants to dominate are, somehow, to blame for his own childish reaction to an ad that was entirely truthful and accurate to begin with.

The other issue, of course, is likely his own ego. He felt insulted that Reagan was being compared favorably to him. Trump has been trying to corrupt and hijack Reagan’s legacy in every way, and he was being called out for it. His bluff was called, and I think he had to make himself scarce before it got any further.

Jacobsen: Now to what is basically Carney—or Mr. Carney—following up on his statement that made him famous: “The 80-year relationship is over—economic, intelligence ties, everything.” This is punctuation on that former state. So this is the arc we’re seeing for this relationship. He’s visiting Asia, looking for new alliances and trying to reduce dependence on the United States—at least on the U.S. under President Trump. He’s looking at diversification in the Philippines, Malaysia, naturally South Korea and Japan. Carney, May, Li Qiang, Xi Jinping, Theresa—Canada–China relations. I suspect that how that goes — whether they meet or not — will depend on whether Trump and Xi meet, because trade and other things are intertwined.

Tsukerman: Trump had an opportunity with Carney to put significant pressure on him to fix the issues the U.S. is unhappy with in Canada—weakness on terrorism, border security concerns, fentanyl, and so on—all these things the U.S. could have used as leverage. Instead, now Carney has an excuse not to do anything about any of those things. Trump could have used this to push Canada away from China, even Carney. Politically, it was a mistake for Trump to alienate his own conservative counterpart. And even with Carney in office, he could still have leveraged that relationship meaningfully. Instead, he’s essentially given it up completely.

So all the things that Trump does not like about Canada are about to get much worse precisely because there is now no one to stop Carney from doing whatever he wants, in whatever way he wants. And China is certainly not going to stop him. China will be encouraging these moves because what is bad for the U.S. is good for China. Beijing will likely push Carney’s worst instincts and exacerbate all the existing issues in exchange for the perception of independence from the U.S., populist and nationalist talking points vis-à-vis the U.S., and, of course, the economic advantage and stability that Trump is undermining with his tariff policies. If Trump wanted to hand Beijing a gift, he is serving it on a silver platter right now.

At the cost, too, of whatever claims MAGA makes about security, the Monroe Doctrine, the Western Hemisphere, and North America. All of that is falling flat because, instead of using what leverage he has to accomplish meaningful results, he is simply giving up.

Jacobsen: There is speculation among prominent news writers that this meeting, if it happens with President Xi Jinping, could be seen as a reset for Canada–China relations. I will opine here a little—it seems sentimental and idealistic to me. It looks more like a repair process, part one, if anything.

Tsukerman: Well, for a reset, there needs to be something to reset from. I am not aware of any significant policy change since Trudeau’s days. In fact, while Trudeau complained about Chinese interference, he also catered to China both directly and indirectly. Carney has not done anything dramatic to move away from that. There has been a kind of quiet lull of non-development, essentially maintaining the status quo. Maybe Carney will try to be more active in managing the relationship, but that sort of reawakening is not a reset—it is simply doubling down and pursuing a more active, involved policy.

So far, the current line in Canada has been very pro-China, both in direct foreign policy, favouring China, and indirectly, by creating an environment that allows China to expand its influence more than it probably should. Whether through fentanyl smuggling into the U.S., political interference, espionage, or simply undercutting relations with the U.S. and redrawing internal political lines, these issues are ongoing. They have not changed. They may even increase. But that is not a reset—that is an escalation.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Thomas Westenholz on Banksying in Modern Dating: Emotional Accountability and Relationship Patterns

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/27

Thomas Westenholz is a couples and individual therapist based in Brighton and Hove, UK, and founder of CoupleTherapy.earth. Trained in Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) and Somatic Trauma Therapy, Thomas helps couples break destructive patterns and rediscover emotional safety. He also supports individuals navigating anxiety, depression, ADHD, stress, and life transitions. As co-host of the Couples in Focus podcast, he offers clear, relatable insights into modern relationships. Thomas designs innovative well-being programs for individuals and corporations, blending science-backed practices with practical tools to foster resilience, clarity, and connection. For more information:

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Hi Thomas, thank you for speaking with me today. To begin, could you share a bit about your background and what you’re seeing in your work around modern dating challenges?

Thomas Westenholtz: Hi, I’m Thomas Westenholz, a couple and individual therapist trained in Emotionally Focused Therapy. I work with a lot of people who are trying to make sense of dating in a world where emotional accountability often gets pushed aside. Trends like banksying — when someone slowly fades out of a relationship without ever really ending it — aren’t just confusing, they’re emotionally painful.

Jacobsen: Why do people banksy, and how is it different from ghosting?

Westenholtz: Ghosting is like slamming a door shut. Banksying is more like slowly walking out of the room while pretending you’re still in it. People do it because they don’t know how to handle hard conversations or face the discomfort of disappointing someone. It’s often not about malice — it’s about emotional avoidance.

Jacobsen: What happens to someone on the receiving end?

Westenholtz: Being banksied can mess with your head. You’re left wondering if you’re imagining things, if you said something wrong, if you’re too needy. That uncertainty creates anxiety, self-doubt, and even a kind of heartbreak with no clear end point. The grief drags on because there’s no closure.

“When someone fades without a word, you don’t just lose the connection — you lose the chance to understand what happened. That’s what really hurts.”

Jacobsen: What does this say about modern dating?

Westenholtz: It shows how conflict-avoidance has become the norm. A lot of people haven’t learned how to end things with care — they think silence is kinder than honesty. But real connection requires emotional responsibility, and avoiding that stunts not just the relationship, but personal growth.

Jacobsen: How can you tell if it’s happening to you?

Westenholtz: If someone starts replying less, stops making plans, and seems emotionally checked out — but still won’t talk about it — you’re probably being banksied. You feel the distance, but there’s no conversation to make sense of it.

Jacobsen: What if you’re the one thinking of fading out?

Westenholtz: Just be real. Even a short message like, “I’ve enjoyed getting to know you, but I don’t feel this is the right fit,” gives the other person something to hold onto — a sense of respect. Avoiding the discomfort doesn’t make it disappear, it just hands it to someone else to carry.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Thomas.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Banksying in Modern Dating: Insights from Lorene Cowan and Madeline Trenholm on Ghosting’s New Evolution

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/26

Lorene Cowan is a certified matchmaker, entrepreneurial life strategist, and founder of Yoke, the innovative dating app designed for ambitious professionals seeking meaningful connections. She is the author of The Yoke Experiment, a groundbreaking book that applies entrepreneurial tools like strategy, metrics, and vision to modern dating. Through her coaching company, Entrepreneurial Success Lab, Lorene helps entrepreneurs align love, life, and business without burnout. A sought-after speaker and media voice, she blends emotional intelligence with business insight, guiding people to build legacy-driven relationships and purpose-driven careers. Her mission bridges personal growth with professional ambition. More here: https://www.wemetonyoke.com/.

Madeline Trenholm, MSW, LICSW, is a licensed psychotherapist and the founder of Maddy Trenholm Counseling in Minneapolis, Minnesota. She specializes in helping clients overcome perfectionism, burnout, trauma, anxiety, and performance blocks through evidence-based approaches, including EMDR. With professional experience spanning private practice and international work, Maddy supports individuals from diverse backgrounds—whether athletes seeking mental performance strategies or parents striving for balance and resilience. Her practice emphasizes compassionate, client-centered therapy focused on reconnecting people with purpose, self-worth, and emotional strength. She is dedicated to guiding clients toward sustainable healing and personal growth.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As a certified matchmaker and founder of the upcoming dating app Yoke, you’ve observed trends like “banksying.” Why do you think this behavior has emerged in modern dating?

Lorene Cowan: Banksying is essentially ghosting with a longer fuse. It often stems from emotional avoidance—people want out, but fear confrontation, guilt, or the discomfort of expressing disinterest. So they fade slowly: slower replies, fewer plans, vaguer engagement. It gives the illusion of “not being that bad,” when in reality, it prolongs confusion and pain.

In today’s swipe culture, where people are overwhelmed with options and often lack relational skills, this behavior becomes a way to exit quietly while avoiding responsibility.

Jacobsen: What effect does being “banksied” have on the person left behind?

Cowan: Being “banksied” can feel like emotional gaslighting. The relationship doesn’t end with clarity; it erodes. That ambiguity can lead to obsessive overthinking: Did I imagine the connection? Did I say something wrong? Should I follow up again?

Unlike ghosting, which at least provides a harsh finality, banksying keeps hope alive just long enough to erode self-trust and confidence.

Jacobsen: What does this reveal about modern dating culture overall?

Cowan: Banksying reflects our collective discomfort with honesty in relationships. We’ve created an environment where people fear being “the bad guy,” so they choose the passive exit. But avoidance is still an action; it just lacks integrity. The irony? Many who banksy don’t want to be ghosted themselves.

This trend also highlights the growing need for emotional maturity in dating, not just chemistry or convenience.

Jacobsen: For someone who might suspect they’re experiencing this, what are the early signs of banksying?

Cowan: How to Spot It Early

Some early red flags:

A noticeable shift in tone or frequency of communication

Vague excuses or chronic “busyness” without rescheduling

Energy that feels non-committal or distracted

If the connection feels like it’s slowly slipping without explanation, you might be experiencing banksying.

Jacobsen: And for those who might be tempted to banksy instead of giving closure, what would you advise?

Cowan: If you’re considering fading out, ask yourself: What conversation am I avoiding, and why?

Ending things with kindness and clarity not only respects the other person but also shows self-respect. Closure doesn’t have to be dramatic. A simple, direct message can prevent someone from internalizing unnecessary hurt.

Jacobsen: Why do you think some people choose this approach rather than addressing relationship issues directly?

Madeline Trenholm: Banksying appears to be a longer form of ghosting. People who have had childhood trauma or prior stressful relationships and breakups may crave a relationship, but fear long term commitment. For some people it can be a sense of control knowing that they were the ones to end the relationship rather than be broken up with.

Jacobsen: What role does conflict avoidance play in this behavior?

Trenholm: Additionally, some people fear conflict and rather than discussing issues and seeing them as a natural part of relationships, may see problems as meaning the relationship is not working and are afraid to address the issues and see ‘banksying’ as a solution to this and a gentle letdown, indicating that dating these days are more and more leaning towards avoidance as a solution to problems.

Jacobsen: How should someone respond if they notice their partner may be withdrawing in this way?

Trenholm: If someone is noticing their partner may be withdrawing, it’s important to address this right away but in a noncritical way and state their needs and start a conversation. Conversely, if someone is noticing the urge to “banksy” their partner, they should also reflect on if their relationship is really that problematic and dig deep on what is causing this urge—whether a fear of conflict or something else. It’s also important to attempt at problem solving and if a breakup is in order, then being clear and direct is kind.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lorene and Madeline.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Thomas Westenholz on Banksying in Modern Dating: Emotional Accountability and Relationship Patterns

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/27

Thomas Westenholz is a couples and individual therapist based in Brighton and Hove, UK, and founder of CoupleTherapy.earth. Trained in Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) and Somatic Trauma Therapy, Thomas helps couples break destructive patterns and rediscover emotional safety. He also supports individuals navigating anxiety, depression, ADHD, stress, and life transitions. As co-host of the Couples in Focus podcast, he offers clear, relatable insights into modern relationships. Thomas designs innovative well-being programs for individuals and corporations, blending science-backed practices with practical tools to foster resilience, clarity, and connection. For more information:

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Hi Thomas, thank you for speaking with me today. To begin, could you share a bit about your background and what you’re seeing in your work around modern dating challenges?

Thomas Westenholtz: Hi, I’m Thomas Westenholz, a couple and individual therapist trained in Emotionally Focused Therapy. I work with a lot of people who are trying to make sense of dating in a world where emotional accountability often gets pushed aside. Trends like banksying — when someone slowly fades out of a relationship without ever really ending it — aren’t just confusing, they’re emotionally painful.

Jacobsen: Why do people banksy, and how is it different from ghosting?

Westenholtz: Ghosting is like slamming a door shut. Banksying is more like slowly walking out of the room while pretending you’re still in it. People do it because they don’t know how to handle hard conversations or face the discomfort of disappointing someone. It’s often not about malice — it’s about emotional avoidance.

Jacobsen: What happens to someone on the receiving end?

Westenholtz: Being banksied can mess with your head. You’re left wondering if you’re imagining things, if you said something wrong, if you’re too needy. That uncertainty creates anxiety, self-doubt, and even a kind of heartbreak with no clear end point. The grief drags on because there’s no closure.

“When someone fades without a word, you don’t just lose the connection — you lose the chance to understand what happened. That’s what really hurts.”

Jacobsen: What does this say about modern dating?

Westenholtz: It shows how conflict-avoidance has become the norm. A lot of people haven’t learned how to end things with care — they think silence is kinder than honesty. But real connection requires emotional responsibility, and avoiding that stunts not just the relationship, but personal growth.

Jacobsen: How can you tell if it’s happening to you?

Westenholtz: If someone starts replying less, stops making plans, and seems emotionally checked out — but still won’t talk about it — you’re probably being banksied. You feel the distance, but there’s no conversation to make sense of it.

Jacobsen: What if you’re the one thinking of fading out?

Westenholtz: Just be real. Even a short message like, “I’ve enjoyed getting to know you, but I don’t feel this is the right fit,” gives the other person something to hold onto — a sense of respect. Avoiding the discomfort doesn’t make it disappear, it just hands it to someone else to carry.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Thomas.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Trauma, Emotional Repair, and Real Connection: A Conversation with Therapist Kaitlyn Steel

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/26

Part 2 of 2

Kaitlyn Steel, LMFT, EFCT Certified, and CCTP, is a licensed marriage and family therapist and certified Emotionally Focused Couples Therapist through the International Centre for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT). She is also a Certified Clinical Trauma Professional. Based at Keystone Therapy Group in Virginia, where she serves as a Board-Approved Supervisor, Kaitlyn provides both in-person and virtual therapy to clients across Virginia and New York. Her practice centers on emotional connection, attachment theory, and trauma-informed care, helping couples and individuals strengthen communication, repair ruptures, and build secure, resilient relationships grounded in empathy and authenticity. More info here: https://keystonetherapygroup.com/kaitlyn-steel/.

In this conversation, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Steel talk about how trauma shapes perception and communication in relationships. Steel explains that trauma can cause people to misread emotional cues—becoming either hypervigilant or numb—and to interpret their feelings as unshakable truth. She highlights how this can trap couples in cycles of misunderstanding, where perception feels like fact. The discussion also turns to healing: keeping communication simple, leading with empathy, and cooling emotional “boiling water” before clarity returns. Steel’s practical wisdom centers on the nervous system’s role in love—how physiology, safety, and repair form the true foundation of intimacy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So most people, most of the time, are calm. They have a reasonably objective sense of what’s happening interpersonally. But people who’ve experienced trauma can go one of two ways—hypervigilant or numb. In either case, they’re not reading the situation accurately. They’re either over-reading or under-reading the emotional tone. Sometimes, one pattern shows up more in women and the other in men. How does that trauma response affect someone in their intimate life—say, when they’re just having a regular fight or disagreement?

Kaitlyn Steel: It creates a lot of confusion. When someone has experienced trauma—especially relational trauma, which often comes from childhood—their nervous system learns to survive by making very rapid assessments of danger. Their brain says, “I need to know what’s happening right now so I can stay safe.”

So if they smell something familiar, hear a certain tone, see a particular expression, their body reacts as if the past danger is happening again. They make a fast assessment, and in their mind, that assessment is true. It’s not just a feeling; it’s factto them.

That’s why it’s so hard to convince someone otherwise. You can’t just reason it away, because the reaction is deeply tied to survival. If their body once kept them alive by reading subtle cues, they trust those cues more than words.

This shows up in fights all the time. Think of a couple arguing—one says something that lands wrong or comes out harsher than intended. For most people, you can walk it back: “I didn’t mean it like that.” But for someone with trauma, that’s not possible. What they felt is the truth. What they heard is the truth. And now you’re not fighting about the original issue—you’re fighting about whose reality is correct.

One partner says, “That’s not what I meant.” The other says, “I don’t care what you meant. That’s how it felt.” The first says, “Then how can I make it better?” And suddenly, no one’s talking about the dishes or the tone or the text—they’re trapped in a loop of defending perception.

Jacobsen: In relationship theory, if both people are operating from a win–lose mentality, the relationship itself loses.

Steel: Exactly. If you’re focused on being right, you both lose. The partner with trauma isn’t being manipulative or controlling; they’re trying to survive. But that survival response can look like control or criticism because it’s defensive.

Often both partners carry their own trauma, and they end up in a cycle where neither feels safe. Each person’s nervous system keeps scanning for threat, trying to protect itself, without realizing that’s what’s happening. It becomes automatic.

You’ll hear someone say, “If my partner would just stop squinting like that, I wouldn’t feel attacked.” But it’s not about the squint—it’s about the inner alarm system interpreting signals through a lens of danger.

The body’s saying, “I’ve seen this before. Protect yourself.” Even if the situation is entirely different.

Jacobsen: Most therapists, counselors, and psychiatrists seem to have what I call “IKEA quotes” — the neatly framed, mass-produced wisdom bits hanging somewhere in their office. Some prefer Rumi, others Jung or Freud, maybe an Adlerian or two. What are your go-to sayings when it comes to healing relationships — and staying realistic about the fact that we’re still animals in bodies? We can’t escape physiology.

Steel: My quotes aren’t from big theorists, actually. They’re more practical.

One I use often with clients is the acronym KISS — “Keep it simple, stupid.” Though I drop the “stupid” part; it doesn’t help anyone. I just say, “Keep it simple.” When things get overwhelming, focus on what’s really happening right now. What are you feeling? What are you actually trying to say? What’s your body doing? The more we chase details, the faster we spiral down unhelpful rabbit holes.

Another quote I love is from Theodore Roosevelt: “Nobody cares how much you know until they know how much you care.” It’s timeless. In relationships, if you’re arguing the facts but your partner doesn’t feel cared for, the facts won’t matter. Emotional connection always comes first.

And one more — I don’t know who said it originally — but it’s something like: “You can’t see your reflection in boiling water. You also can’t see clearly when you’re angry.” That one sticks with people. When emotions are overheated, perception distorts. You have to let things cool before you can really understand each other again.

Jacobsen: That’s really good. I especially like that last one. Thank you for your time today.

Steel: Thank you, I appreciate it.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Sleep Boosts Fitness, Recovery, and Health: Dr. Chelsie Rohrscheib on Evidence-Based Sleep Science

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/25

Dr. Chelsie Rohrscheib, Ph.D., is the Head Sleep Expert and Neuroscientist at Wesper, where she helped build the company as a founding member. She earned her doctorate in neuroscience with a specialization in sleep and mental health and has over a decade of experience in clinical sleep medicine and research. Her work explores how genes regulate sleep and how improving sleep can enhance overall health and workplace safety. Dr. Rohrscheib is a trusted authority on sleep hygiene, circadian rhythms, and fatigue management, frequently providing expert insights on topics from sleep disorders to the health impacts of daylight saving time.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rohrscheib discusses how men can optimize health and performance through evidence-based sleep practices. She explains that quality sleep drives muscle repair, hormone regulation, metabolism, and immune strength—critical for anyone engaged in fitness or recovery. Dr. Rohrscheib highlights high-protein, low-sugar diets, mindfulness, and consistent routines as key to restorative sleep. She also details how lab markers and wearables can reveal chronic sleep issues and offers practical insights on strategic napping, emphasizing that men’s physical and cognitive performance improve significantly with 8–9 hours of quality sleep nightly.

Scott Dogulas Jacobsen: What evidence-based balance health sleep with recommended workout routines some may be taking on, even for the first time? How does sleep help with heart health, muscle healing, and wellness?

Dr. Chelsie Rohrscheib: Sleep accomplishes many essential biological functions that don’t occur effectively while we’re awake. Many of these functions are crucial for individuals partaking in fitness. Example:

– Cell, tissue, and organ repair. This is especially crucial for recovery after working out and for building muscle.

– Hormone release and regulation, including human growth hormone (HGH), testosterone and androgens, cortisol, and various other circulating hormones.

– Energy recovery

– Metabolic regulation

– Glucose regulation

– Immune system strengthening

– Numerous cognitive and neurological functions

For beginners, it’s especially important on getting enough high quality sleep because your body needs time to adjust to the new fitness routine. Men need 7-9 hours of consistent high quality sleep per night to maintain health and there is clinical evidence that individuals involved in sports and fitness need more sleep on average.

Jacobsen: Which nutrition strategies—protein targets, fiber, and key micronutrients—best support healthy sleep in midlife men?

Rohrscheib: High protein, low saturated fat diets that incorporate plenty of fiber, fresh vegetables, dairy and healthy fats have shown to have a positive impact on sleep quality. Processed foods and foods that spike blood sugar levels should be avoided. Trend towards natural, unprocessed foods with a low glycemic index. Since your gut is essentially a second nervous system, it plays a role in regulating body and neurological health. Foods containing natural probiotics are always beneficial.

Jacobsen: How can men build sustainable routines of recovery with sleep as a key component?

Rohrscheib: Increased exercise, especially strength training and endurance increases the body’s demand for recovery processes. Sleep and recovery is a well studied area of sports medicine and clinical studies have shown that men require more sleep time when recovery demands are higher. Some studies have found that men who sleep for 9 hours per night have improved physical and cognitive performance, where as men who sleep for less than 7 hours per night have reduced physical output, reaction time, and cognitive performance. After a heavy fitness day, aim to go to bed slightly earlier than usual, by approximately 30-60 minutes, however some men may need more sleep time.

Jacobsen: What stress-management and mindfulness practices effectively complement proper sleep to improve mental fitness and resilience?

Rohrscheib: Incorporating stress management practices into your pre-bedtime routine, such as meditation, stretching, deep breathing exercises, and journaling have been found to reduce sleep latency (the time it takes to fall asleep) and, reduce sleep fragmentation, and improve overall sleep quality.

Jacobsen: Which lab markers, screenings, and wearable metrics should men prioritize to track issues with poor sleep and sleep apnea?

Rohrscheib: Typically changes in labs only occur in individuals that have had chronically poor sleep or untreated sleep disorders like sleep apnea for a while. In general, we tend to see increased cortisol levels, increased inflammatory markers, increased carbon dioxide levels, high levels of bad cholesterol, increase in and blood glucose levels. For men specifically, we tend to see a reduction in testosterones and androgen markers.

Consumer wearables may show short sleep times, reduced time spent in deep or REM sleep, and sleep fragmentation. For sleep apnea specifically, we might see drops in your blood oxygen levels, reduced HRV, and increased sleep fragmentation. It’s important to note that sleep apnea can be subtle for many people and a consider wearable is not capable of diagnosing the disorder. You would have to see your PCP for a referral to a sleep specialist or order an FDA-cleared home sleep test that is cleared for diagnostics.

Another thing we would typically see is a spike in blood pressure, even if it’s small. Your regular routine checkup and blood work, along with a thorough health history will likely provide your physician with enough information to investigate for a sleep disorders. However, it’s important to advocate for yourself especially if your symptoms are atypical.

Jacobsen: Are afternoon naps a healthy part of the aging process for men to experience as they enter their 40s and 50s?

Rohrscheib: Afternoon naps are an excellent way to recover sleep as long as you are strategic. To get the most benefit, restrict your naps to 30 minutes or 90 minutes. 30 minutes is usually enough to enter stage 1 light sleep, giving you enough energy to get through the rest of your day. 90 minutes allows you to completely one cycle through all of your sleep stages. This also helps you to avoid sleep inertia.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Chelsie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Anthony Canapi on Banksying, Ghosting, and Emotional Accountability in Modern LGBTQ+ Dating

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/25

Anthony Canapi, MA, MFT-T is an award-winning LGBTQ+ dating expert and the Founder & CEO of Best Man Matchmaking and Transcend Matchmaking. Recognized by DatingNews.com as one of the Best Gay Dating Coaches of 2024, Anthony is a trailblazer in LGBTQPIA+ dating, relationships, and mental health. Best Man Matchmaking serves professional Gay, Bi, Trans, and Queer+ singles, while Transcend Matchmaking is the world’s first nonprofit matchmaking service for Trans and Non-Binary communities. Anthony holds a Master’s in Clinical Psychology, specializing in LGBT-Affirmative Psychology at Antioch University Los Angeles, blending psychology, empathy, and coaching to foster authentic, lasting connections.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why do people engage in “banksying,” and how does it differ from ghosting?

Anthony Canapi: There are many reasons why people engage in banksying. For the most part, the biggest significance lies within commitment towards exclusivity, and that can pertain to the following reasons:

  • Emotional Intimacy: Some people crave that connection, but don’t have the bandwidth to commit because it becomes overwhelming or the one banksying fears for their own independence, and rather of banksy.
  • Accountability: It’s easier for them to vanish than to have a conversation like: “This was great, but I’m not ready.” Stupid and annoying- I know.
  • Narcissism/Love Bombing: Some individuals enjoy being someone’s “unforgettable” experience. They want to leave a mark, but not stay around.
  • Insecure: People who feel they don’t deserve love or fear eventual rejection might pull a “Banksy” before they get hurt and feel it’s the easier out rather than being honest, as well as feel if they do pull a “Banksy”, the other person will get the hint, but actuality, causes more harm.
  • Emotional Maturity: People like to get to the actual relationship/exclusivity without putting in the work, and tend to speed up the process and rush rather than going at a organic pace.

Jacobsen: What are the psychological effects of being “banksied” on the person left behind?

Canapi: As a MFT-T, this can lead to cognitive dissonance: the state of having inconsistent thoughts, beliefs, or attitudes, especially as relating to behavioral decisions and attitude change. You’re left thinking: “How could someone who seemed so into me just disappear?” They then start thinking they’re the issue, when actually, if you’ve been Banksy’d, it’s more about them than you. It’s a red flag in disguise.

Jacobsen: What does this trend say about modern dating and emotional accountability?

Canapi: This harmful trend is now becoming a reality, and showcases an individuals level towards emotional accountability. It highlights some of the dater’s harsh truths about how they connect with others, detach, and often how they take responsibility, in this case, not a good light.As one of the Top Gay Matchmaker in America, with the rise of dating apps and social media influencing, the harm is that it makes that much easier to create intense emotional intimacy quickly that can leave to more harm depending on the level of deep chats, love-bombing, trauma-dumping one does to another. Banksying is, at its core, a disappearing act to avoid emotional consequences, and in turn, you’re causing so much more harm because it’s promoting closure as optional; “If I were to banksy them, they will get the hint that I’m not interested”, but fail to realize you’re leaving someone at a cognitive rumination, where they replay everything trying to find clues or mistakes on what went wrong, when you’re the one who has done wrong because you couldn’t speak up.

Jacobsen: How can people recognize it early and protect their emotional health?

Canapi: If they are interested in you, they will make it known BY ACTIONS. If someone is banksying you, find the clues:

  • Are they coming off too strong?
  • Are they diving into topics that are sensitive and overwhelming on you?
  • Are their words not matching their actions?
  • Are they giving you clues (I’m a complicated person OR I’m not used to being so serious with someone before)
  • Do they dodge the topics of exclusivity or relationship

On top of that, ask yourself where do you position yourself, and give yourself that power to step away:

  • Take time to build trust before getting emotionally invested.
  • Keep a mental checklist: Are they reliable? Do they follow through? Do they vanish and reappear? Do I feel safe and seen, or just emotionally dazzled?
  • Value your boundaries
  • Don’t let a boy dictate your life- stay connected to your friends, routines, and self-worth. Don’t let someone’s poetic exit become your emotional unraveling.

Jacobsen: What advice would you give to those who may be tempted to fade out of relationships this way?

Canapi: First of all, don’t banksy, aha, but if you do feel detachment, ask yourself:

  • Am I feeling overwhelmed?
  • Am I scared of intimacy, rejection, or hurting them?
  • Do I genuinely not want this, or am I afraid of being vulnerable or honest?

The harsh truth is that you need to make it known so you don’t waste their time, but your own time. If you made someone feel seen, safe, or excited, and then go bye bye, your absence echoes loudly. Although it’s hard, and it’s not fun to be truthful and honest, that’s what you signed up for dating. It’s easier to say:

  • I’ve really enjoyed getting to know you, but I’m not in a place to continue this.
  • I realized I’m not ready for something deeper. You deserve someone who is.

Than throwing a banksy. Yes- it will make the other person feel down on themselves, but like life, it goes on, and we keep going and move on.

If you’ve Banksy’d someone before, you’re a villain if you don’t take accountability. Yes- you may be a person trying to navigate modern dating, maybe without the tools or emotional safety to do it well, but there’s a way to do it ethically and that respects the other person. Next time, leave clarity, not confusion.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Anthony.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Comedy Writer Rick Rosner on Hollywood, Jewish Peoples, and Antisemitism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/25

Rick Rosner is an accomplished television writer with credits on shows like Jimmy Kimmel Live!Crank Yankers, and The Man Show. Over his career, he has earned multiple Writers Guild Award nominations—winning one—and an Emmy nomination. Rosner holds a broad academic background, graduating with the equivalent of eight majors. Based in Los Angeles, he continues to write and develop ideas while spending time with his wife, daughter, and two dogs.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rosner dismantles the persistent myth of a “Jewish cabal” controlling Hollywood, tracing the industry’s roots instead to entrepreneurial immigrants escaping Edison’s patent wars. He reflects on shifts from creative passion to corporate greed, recounts Soviet propaganda attempts in the 1930s, and critiques rising antisemitism in modern digital spaces. Rosner also contextualizes contemporary confusion about Israel, media polarization, and the resurgence of extremist ideologies.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Something that has arisen in many of these conversations is the idea that Jewish people—particularly a small, elite cohort—own and run Hollywood, and that they have always done so. The claim usually implies some form of organized, nefarious intent.

You have worked in Hollywood, either consecutively for twelve years on a single program—which is uncommon—or across a range of productions such as The Man Show and Crank Yankers. You therefore possess far more experience than most of the other interviewees. You also have a strong Ashkenazi background. My own background, for context, is genetically Ashkenazi—approximately ninety-eight or ninety-nine percent.

I grew up in New Mexico and Colorado, so my own practice of Judaism is reform, lapsed, and quite dilute. You probably now hold the title of my longest-standing writing partner—approximately eleven or perhaps twelve years.

To me, you are a trusted friend, colleague, and voice of reason. I expect, as always, that you will provide straightforward and honest answers. About that stereotype and your professional experience, what is the reality? How does it differ from the racist myth?

Rick Rosner: In reality, as far as I know, Jews are not uniquely dominant in entertainment, though there are undoubtedly many Jewish individuals working within the industry.

Historically, the film business in Los Angeles was built by entrepreneurial immigrants who had engaged in various trades before discovering the motion picture business. In the early 1900s, the Motion Picture Patents Company—connected to Thomas Edison—enforced patents, making film production on the East Coast difficult. That pressure drove many filmmakers west to California, where the distance from Edison’s legal reach and the region’s reliable weather created ideal working conditions. They settled in Los Angeles because it offered abundant sunshine, diverse landscapes, and year-round shooting opportunities.

The natural light was ideal. Early film studios often lacked roofs or used glass stages to take advantage of sunlight, as early film stock required immense illumination. Los Angeles proved perfect for that reason. Many of those early pioneers were Jewish immigrants—business-minded individuals who founded the great Hollywood studios.

They went on to become the studio moguls, and many of them genuinely loved storytelling. The films of the 1930s and 1940s—from Warner Bros. and other studios—were created by people who, once they found this business, took joy in its creative potential, its power, and its glamour. In contrast, eight or nine decades later, the major studios are primarily controlled by large corporate conglomerates and executives whose priorities are financial rather than artistic.

For example, Warner Bros. Discovery cancelled Batgirl in 2022 as part of a cost-saving and tax strategy, and initially shelved Coyote vs. Acme—a Looney Tunes feature—in 2023 for similar reasons. Although both films were completed and were of high quality, the corporation determined that shelving them would yield greater tax benefits. Another distributor later acquired Coyote vs. Acme and is now slated for release in 2026.

Jewish people have a long tradition of humour. If you are funny, you can find work in entertainment. But there is no conspiracy in the entertainment industry—no coordinated effort by Jews to plant ideas in people’s minds. Everyone in Hollywood wants to make money and get their creative work produced.

There have been times when genuinely insidious influences were at play. In the 1930s, Soviet communists attempted to infiltrate the American film industry for propaganda purposes. My understanding, though I cannot verify every detail, is that they sometimes employed what were called “honeypots”—attractive women who would seduce writers at Hollywood gatherings. The stereotype then was that writers had a harder time attracting attention than others in the business. As the old saying went, “Writers are schmucks with Underwoods,” referring to the popular typewriter brand of the early twentieth century.

The story goes that these “honeypots” would charm the writers and then try to persuade them of the greatness of the Soviet Union during the 1930s—a period when few Americans were actually visiting Russia and many had to take such claims at face value. As a result, a small amount of pro-Soviet sentiment appeared in certain films of that era. But that was not “the Jews being up to no good.” That was the Soviet Union attempting to influence Hollywood. There has never been a Jewish conspiracy in that regard.

As for American television, by the 1960s and 1970s, I was often frustrated with it. Much of it was uninspired and formulaic, though it was beginning to diversify its voices. Norman Lear, for instance, started producing programs featuring Black and Latino families, which was groundbreaking at the time. But many of those shows—like All in the Family—centred on people arguing constantly, which did not appeal to me as a teenager.

I was also a typical adolescent boy; I wanted television that was entertaining and, frankly, titillating. There were plenty of jokes in Lear’s shows, but they were not what I would call sexy. Even Three’s Company, which was a very white show, was hardly fulfilling in that sense. Still, television was slowly evolving.

We now have a far greater diversity of voices and subjects. The television I truly disliked was the kind exemplified by The Brady Bunch—safe, sanitized programming that avoided any real issues. Back then, everything was so clean that even The Wonderful World of Disney on Sunday nights—wholesome to the extreme—was something to look forward to simply because it broke the monotony.

In my own experience, I have never encountered a “Jewish monopoly” on entertainment work, nor have I experienced significant antisemitism—either personally or professionally. I did not enter entertainment because I was Jewish.

I found my way into it by accident. I kept returning to high school using a fake ID, and MTV was looking for teenagers to appear as contestants on a new game show that turned out to be Remote Control. They wanted ordinary teens, and my fake ID said I still was one. I showed up, played the game, enjoyed the people, and asked if I could work for them. They said yes, though they would not pay me, and I agreed. It turned out that MTV—and, in truth, much of Viacom—was mainly run on unpaid interns at the time. My Jewishness had absolutely nothing to do with that series of events.

Later, my boss for fourteen or fifteen years was Jimmy Kimmel. People sometimes assume he is Jewish, but he is not—he is of German and Italian descent. He has no Jewish background whatsoever. That, in a sense, encapsulates my experience: no conspiracy, no special access, just the usual mix of luck, persistence, and timing that shapes every career in entertainment.

The only place where I have encountered a substantial amount of antisemitism is X—formerly Twitter—after Elon Musk purchased it and transformed it into a haven for right-wing extremism and hate. He effectively ruined Twitter.

It used to be a space where I followed hundreds of comedians and comedy writers. I could read hundreds—sometimes more than five hundred—jokes a day. I would add my own jokes into the mix, and it felt like a lively, creative, and often joyful place. Then Musk took over and turned it into a platform filled with hostility. All the reasonable people left, and many of those who had been banned for spreading hate and misinformation were allowed back.

Now, there are numerous openly antisemitic accounts. Many of them have learned how to evade moderation rules. For example, users who would be banned for typing racial slurs often avoid penalties by deliberately misspelling the words—replacing letters with numbers or symbols. The same thing happens with antisemitic speech: people write “J-O-O” instead of “Jew,” and everyone knows what they mean. These coded forms of hate speech have become common, and it is profoundly disheartening.

We are speaking at the end of October 2025, and recently, there have been multiple cases of individuals in Republican political circles—some even in leadership positions—being exposed for sharing pro-Hitler messages or making statements glorifying Nazi ideology. One congressional aide, for example, reportedly displayed an American flag with a swastika embedded in it, thumb-tacked to the wall behind his desk.

In comedy, there is a long-standing idea of “too soon.” You cannot make jokes about a tragedy immediately after it happens. For instance, you can now make jokes about the Kennedy assassination—it has been sixty years—because time creates distance. Just about any joke on that subject, if genuinely funny, would not get you into trouble today.

We are also more accustomed now to people saying appalling things publicly. We are roughly eighty years past the death of Hitler, so it is certainly not “too soon” to make jokes about him. Yet, based on what I see online, particularly in right-wing spaces, it appears that enough time has passed for some of those individuals to begin embracing him again—quietly, but unmistakably.

That kind of quiet admiration is dangerous because silence rarely stays silent. There is a growing erosion of moral clarity, and more people are now openly discussing supposed “good points” about Hitler—of which, of course, there were none. He directly ordered the systematic murder of approximately eleven million people: six million Jews and around five million others whom the Nazi regime deemed enemies of the state. His role in World War II also contributed to the deaths of an estimated twenty-five million additional people through combat, famine, and displacement. Nothing was redeeming about Hitler, yet public disapproval of those who sympathize with him seems to be weakening.

There is also widespread confusion at the moment about Judaism and Israel—some of it understandable, much of it deliberately exploited by antisemites. We are now more than two years past the Hamas attacks on October 7, 2023, when militants killed roughly 1,200 Israelis and took about 250 hostages. In response, the Israel Defence Forces, under Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s leadership, invaded Gaza. The resulting war has killed tens of thousands of Gazans—estimates suggest over 68,000, amounting to more than three percent of the population—with roughly half of those casualties being women and children, and fewer than half identified as Hamas fighters.

Israel’s campaign has been brutal, and part of the reason, in my view, lies in Netanyahu’s political motivations. He remains in power largely to avoid the consequences of his long-running corruption trial. Once out of the office, he could face conviction and a likely prison sentence. At seventy-five, he appears to be trying to prolong his tenure to delay justice. Even if removed from power, he could continue to stall proceedings for years until his defence might argue that he is too old to serve time.

He has also maintained power by forming a coalition government with Israel’s most extreme right-wing factions. Because Israel’s parliamentary system requires coalitions to achieve a governing majority, he has aligned himself with some of the hardest-line and ultranationalist elements in Israeli politics—those least inclined toward restraint or compromise.

The people who support the most extraordinary brutality toward Palestinians tend to be the ones Netanyahu has aligned himself with. According to recent surveys, roughly 68 percent of American Jews do not support Netanyahu. Yet confusion persists. Many Jews say, “I support Israel, but I do not support its current leadership.”

When I was a child attending Sunday school, we were not taught—at least I do not recall being taught—that the establishment of Israel came at the expense of the Palestinians. That part of the story was absent. For a long time, many American Jews did not know how to feel about it. During the first months after the Hamas attacks, most supported Israel’s campaign against Hamas. But as the war dragged on and civilian casualties mounted, the sentiment shifted. Now, most American Jews I know would say something like, “To hell with Hamas, and to hell with Netanyahu too.”

Antisemites in America exploit this confusion. They spread the idea that Jews worldwide are collectively responsible for the deaths of Palestinians. It has been a devastating time for Palestinians, unquestionably, and that suffering extends back decades. Their leadership has often been corrupt or incompetent almost since the founding of Israel in 1948, and Israel has treated them harshly for generations. So, Palestinians have suffered under both their own governance and Israeli policy.

It is also a disorienting period for Jews. We are not being killed in large numbers, but antisemitic incidents in the United States had already tripled over five years before the 2023 war, according to FBI statistics. Antisemitism is on the rise again, and there are entire industries built on amplifying hate. Elon Musk has turned Twitter—now X—into a kind of hate factory. Television news, meanwhile, profits from political division, manufacturing outrage for ratings.

We are also witnessing a disturbing increase in what’s known as stochastic terrorism. The United States has more than 330 million people, including about 250 million adults. If even one in a thousand of those adults is severely unwell or unstable, that’s roughly a quarter of a million people in the 99.9th percentile of volatility. When you bombard those individuals with hate-filled content on social media or partisan cable news, a small but dangerous fraction will act on it. That is stochastic terrorism—spreading hate broadly and waiting for random extremists to commit violence.

It is, in short, a difficult time for everyone.

Jacobsen: Thank you, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Emotional Connection, Body Language, and Repair: A Conversation with Therapist Kaitlyn Steel

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/24

Part 1 of 2

Kaitlyn Steel, LMFT, EFCT Certified, and CCTP, is a licensed marriage and family therapist and certified Emotionally Focused Couples Therapist through the International Centre for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT). She is also a Certified Clinical Trauma Professional. Based at Keystone Therapy Group in Virginia, where she serves as a Board-Approved Supervisor, Kaitlyn provides both in-person and virtual therapy to clients across Virginia and New York. Her practice centers on emotional connection, attachment theory, and trauma-informed care, helping couples and individuals strengthen communication, repair ruptures, and build secure, resilient relationships grounded in empathy and authenticity. More info here: https://keystonetherapygroup.com/kaitlyn-steel/.

In this conversation, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Steel explore emotional intimacy, body language, and the physiology of connection. Steel explains how nonverbal cues—like eye contact, body alignment, and facial expressions—reveal closeness or distance between partners. She emphasizes that secure couples are defined not by the absence of conflict, but by their ability to repair after disconnection. The discussion also examines modern challenges such as social media exposure, “vaguebooking,” and “subtweeting,” which can turn private conflict into public rupture. Steel highlights trust, empathy, and physiological awareness as essential to rebuilding emotional safety and sustaining healthy, realistic relationships.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Kaitlyn Steel, LMFT, EFCT Certified and CCTP. Today’s topic is emotional connection and body language. What are some telling nonverbal cues that indicate emotional intimacy? Moreover, what are some cues that suggest people are growing apart?

Kaitlyn Steel: Emotional distance. I will approach this assuming you are asking from the perspective of one of the partners in the relationship rather than an outside observer. Couples who are emotionally close and securely attached usually maintain healthy eye contact. It is not about constantly staring, but about feeling comfortable being seen and seeing the other person, even during vulnerable conversations. There is a natural ease—less darting eyes, less discomfort.

Body positioning also plays a significant role. If you are having an intimate conversation but your body is turned away, your arms are crossed, or you are leaning back, that signals a degree of emotional withdrawal. Our physical openness often reflects emotional safety. Think about how you lounge on a couch—relaxed, open, comfortable.

Similarly, couples who are emotionally connected tend to face each other, maintain open body language, make consistent eye contact, and show calm, steady facial expressions. You can often see alignment between what one partner says and how the other responds nonverbally.

The second part of your question was about emotional distancing. When couples feel distant, they often turn away from each other during conversation. They might be looking at one another, but their bodies are not aligned. You will see more facial reactions—frowns, eye rolls, raised eyebrows, tight lips. Some cues are subtle; others are more obvious. Overall, there’s less relaxation and more tension. You may notice fidgeting or an urge to interrupt, but hold back. It reflects defensiveness rather than openness.

Jacobsen: How do securely attached couples interact? Is it always relaxed and natural?

Steel: No. One of the things people often misunderstand is that securely attached couples can have serious arguments—though, of course, not physical ones. They can get passionate, disagree, or experience moments of disconnection. One partner might come home from a bad day at work and snap at the other for no reason. That happens. Those moments don’tnecessarily indicate whether a couple is secure or insecure, or whether they’re emotionally attuned or disconnected.

What actually matters is how they repair after those incidents, because those experiences are simply part of being human. No one behaves perfectly all the time. What counts is how you come back and make things right with your partner.

Secure couples usually repair quickly. They’ll say things like, “I’m so sorry. I shouldn’t have said that. It’s not about you—I’ve just had a bad day. Give me a second and I’ll try again.” These couples can take ownership of their part in a conflict without demanding that their partner immediately acknowledge theirs. They trust that accountability will come naturally. One might say, “I shouldn’t have said that, I’m sorry,” and the other responds, “I shouldn’t have reacted that way either; I understand that my response made you feel hurt.”

It’s really about the repair—how the couple reconnects and becomes okay again—rather than the conflict itself.

Jacobsen: What are the physical gestures of repair?

Steel: That’s highly personal to the individuals and the situation. For example, imagine one partner comes home from work, snaps after a bad day, and the two end up in a minor argument over nothing. A gesture of repair might be approaching the other for a hug and saying, “I’m sorry for snapping.” It could be a light kiss or a gentle touch—something small and genuine.

It’s not meant to escalate intimacy but to reestablish connection. These gestures are usually brief and grounded in comfort, not intensity. After a significant argument, physical touch might not be helpful at all. One or both partners might need space before feeling safe with physical affection again. Emotional repair often needs to happen first.

If your partner tends to withdraw from physical affection after a conflict, focus on making your nonverbal communication genuine—matching your words with authentic facial expressions instead of forced ones. Offer empathy without pressure and give them the space they need to feel comfortable as they work through the issue.

Jacobsen: What about repairing afterward—especially in today’s context of social media? When someone brings their private conflict into a public space—posting grievances on social media because their partner wasn’t responsive in the moment—it creates a kind of shared exposure. Both partners are now aware that their conflict has become public. That turns a private emotional rupture into a public one, amplifying shame, defensiveness, and volatility. How does that kind of situation get repaired? What does that look like nonverbally? I know you’ve mentioned eye rolls before, and I’m aware of John and Julie Gottman’s research on contempt being a major red flag—a kind of emergency signal that repair is urgently needed. How should a couple navigate that?

Steel: Nonverbal repair in that kind of situation probably won’t go very far at first. Publicly posting about a partner is deeply shaming and embarrassing for the other person. That level of exposure creates what we call an attachment injury—a rupture that runs deeper than an ordinary disagreement. Repair in this case usually requires more than a simple, “I’m sorry, I shouldn’t have done that,” because the harm extended beyond the couple’s private space and into a public one.

When someone posts publicly, they’ve essentially said, “Let me expose the worst parts of you to everyone.” That doesn’t work for maintaining emotional safety in a relationship.

That said, if the offending partner genuinely wants to repair things, the first nonverbal gestures should communicate undivided attention and respect. Put the phone away. Make eye contact. Sit in a way that shows openness and attentiveness.

If you’re the person who made the post, don’t try to talk about it while cooking dinner, driving, or with the kids around. That sends the message that the conversation isn’t your full priority. Instead, show through body language that the other person has your complete attention and that this conversation matters.

Physical touch might not be appropriate in this moment—some couples might find light touch comforting, but others may need space. I’ve seen couples sit close together, knees touching, to foster connection during repair, but the “injured partner” should determine what feels safe and comfortable.

Facial expressions and tone are critical. They’re two of the biggest disruptors in the communications industry. If you’ve been told before that your tone can sound harsh or dismissive, this is the time to be hyperaware of it. When someone is already hurt, small cues—like a sigh or an eye roll—can confirm their fears, making repair much harder.

Jacobsen: I’ve been doing a couple of interviews, and recently I’ve been hearing about new trends in relationship communication. Outside of ghosting, one of the latest patterns is something called “subtweeting” or “vaguebooking.” Have you heard of those?

Steel: No, I haven’t.

Jacobsen: So, “vaguebooking” refers to when someone posts something on Facebook with no names or clear context—just emotional breadcrumbs or vague complaints meant to attract sympathy without confrontation. “Subtweeting” is similar but happens on Twitter or X: indirect posts aimed at someone recognizable to insiders, without tagging them. They’re performative, strategic, and often crafted to spark speculation or seek validation from others. It feels relevant to this topic because when couples post these sorts of things, their friends and followers often recognize who it’s about.

Steel: Yes.

Jacobsen: So that’s a little different from explicit commentary, but it’s still public.

Steel: Yes, it can be different. If someone explicitly says, “My boyfriend did this,” that’s an intentional act of exposure—essentially saying, “I don’t care how this looks.” It’s a conscious choice to air everything out. The kind of examples you’re giving—vague posts, emotional breadcrumbs—fall more into a passive-aggressive stance.

When someone posts like that, the unspoken expectation is often that others will rush to comfort them. It’s a way to elicit validation or attention without taking responsibility. And if a partner communicates that way publicly, it’s a good bet they’re not being clear or direct privately either.

Sometimes they might even double down—“Yeah, of course I was talking about you, who else?”—but more often, the goal is to avoid accountability. That makes honest repair very hard, because those behaviours usually reflect avoidance, manipulation, or shame.

When a partner is secretive, evasive, or deceitful, the other person naturally starts scrutinizing their nonverbals—tone, facial expressions, posture—because they’re trying to find the truth that words aren’t giving them. Their focus narrows onto body language, and every raised eyebrow or pause takes on outsized meaning.

At that point, resolution isn’t just about clarifying a misunderstanding; it’s about rebuilding basic trust. Without transparency, you can’t repair through nonverbal connection alone. That kind of posting is less a mistake and more an intentional breach.

Jacobsen: So the prognosis is dire.

Steel: Yes. If I were seeing that in couples therapy, I’d skip the content of the argument and go straight to the issue of trust. The real question becomes, “How do we rebuild a foundation where anything said or shown feels genuine?” Because once trust fractures, nothing else feels real until that’s addressed.

Jacobsen: How do one’s own physiological responses play into nonverbal connection?

Steel: When we’re in defensive or stressful moments with our partners, our physiological systems activate. Heart rate spikes, muscles tense, palms sweat, breathing changes. The brain can’t easily distinguish between emotional threat and physical threat—it just registers, “I’m in danger,” and starts pumping stress chemicals to prepare for protection.

Think of it this way: imagine you’ve just finished a sprint, and your partner immediately tries to have a deep emotional talk or says something cutting. You’re disoriented. You can’t process what’s being said clearly because your body is still in fight-or-flight mode.

That’s what happens emotionally, too. When our nervous systems are flooded, we lose the ability to accurately interpret our partner’s tone and body language. Everything starts to sound harsher, feel colder, look more critical. The brain is primed for self-defence, not connection.

So part of emotional intelligence in relationships is learning to notice that physiological activation and pause before responding—giving the body a moment to catch up so the heart doesn’t outrun reason.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Lawrence Klayman: Leading Securities Lawyer and Investor Advocate

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/24

Lawrence L. Klayman, Esq., is the founding and managing partner of KlaymanToskes, PLLC, a premier securities law firm representing high-net-worth investors, institutions, and family offices in the U.S. and abroad. Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Klayman is a second-generation lawyer and former securities broker who brings decades of Wall Street and litigation experience to his clients. He has successfully recovered over $250 million for investors through arbitration and court proceedings. A graduate of NYU (Economics) and Nova Southeastern University (J.D.), he is a recognized industry authority, frequently quoted in national publications and invited as a guest lecturer.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How might these proposed changes impact large banks’ capital management strategies?

Lawrence L. Klayman: Dropping the holding-company floor from 5% to roughly 4% frees billions that were essentially trapped in Treasuries. Most GSIBs will split the windfall: some goes to higher dividends and buybacks, the rest to beefing up low-risk market-making so they can stay in Treasury repos even on volatile days. Risk-weighted capital still bites on credit books, so the shift mainly alters how banks fund, not how much they lend.

Jacobsen: Will the easing of eSLR create new risks or systemic vulnerabilities in the financial system?

Klayman: A thinner leverage cushion amplifies “dash-for-cash” moments: when everyone wants short-dated Treasuries, large dealers can now pile in further, crowding the trade and deepening swings if margins spike. Because eSLR is a hard floor, easing it also shrinks the gap between accounting errors and insolvency, raising tail-risk for taxpayers.

Jacobsen: What are the broader implications for regional and community banks?

Klayman: Most smaller lenders aren’t under eSLR, but the optics matter. If GSIBs redeploy freed capital into consumer deposits or small-business lines, Main-Street banks may face tougher pricing and fresh merger pressure. Conversely, regulators could respond by tightening risk-weighted rules for mid-sized firms to “keep the ledger balanced,” so the compliance burden may actually rise for banks that never asked for relief.

Jacobsen: How are institutions and regulators balancing capital flexibility with post-2008 safeguards?

Klayman: Regulators are pairing the leverage tweak with a still-intact stress-test regime, TLAC requirements, and the countercyclical buffer. In practice, that means a bank can dip below its old leverage floor only if it also passes annual loss-projections and maintains bail-in debt. The theory: let balance sheets flex in normal times, but force rapid equity rebuilds whenever stress metrics light up—an airbag, not free-fall.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lawrence.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI Disruption and the Future of Work: Sam Wright of Huntr on Job Market Shifts and Workforce Readiness

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/24

Sam Wright is the Head of Partnerships at Huntr, a bootstrapped startup empowering over 300,000 job seekers with innovative career tools. As an AI job search expert and LinkedIn career coach, Sam helps professionals navigate the rapidly changing employment landscape through practical strategies and tech-enabled solutions. At Huntr, he drives growth by building partnerships with universities and training programs, while also shaping workforce readiness with cutting-edge AI applications. Featured in major career publications, Sam provides insights on ghost jobs, AI’s impact on work, and evolving hiring trends, making him a trusted voice on the future of job searching and careers. For more info: https://huntr.co/product/resume-tailor.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Wright explains that corporate spending is shifting from human labor to automation infrastructure, with data centers replacing payroll as key investment areas. Drawing on Huntr’s analysis of over 250,000 job postings, Wright notes a sharp decline in entry-level tech roles and a growing premium for skills like product intuition. He argues that adaptability and upskilling are essential for workers, while universities must take greater responsibility for job readiness. His insights reveal how AI’s rapid evolution is rewriting the future of employment and education.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do the Microsoft layoffs suggest about the disconnect between financial performance and workforce reductions?

Sam Wright: It seems clear that Opex in human labor is going to Capex in data centers. The bet is that they will be able to do more in the future with less human labor expense.

Jacobsen: How is AI changing the skills that tech companies prioritize?

Wright: Tech companies are still prioritizing the same skills as always but the competition is higher. For example, the standard for coding has been raised. We have seen though a rise in salary premium for “Product Intuition” in our job search trends report that analyzed 250k+ postings. (https://huntr.co/research/job-search-trends-q1-2025?preview=true#salaries-by-skill-requirements)

Jacobsen: What workforce strategies can help organizations remain agile?

Wright: Being flexible and investing in your current people. It will pay off down the line. While AI will be transformative even if it doesn’t advance past its current state, it will be a wild rollercoaster ride economically as every other major technology disruption indicates

Jacobsen: How are job seekers adapting their career strategies?

Wright: Job seekers are becoming perpetual job seekers. I meet hundreds of job seekers, and many are gainfully employed but see the writing on the wall with AI and are already proactively responding, looking for more future-proof industries and upskilling.

Jacobsen: What role should universities and training programs play in equipping workers for AI?

Wright: Universities need to be more realistic with their responsibility to train their students to be job-ready. This means having better data to make informed decisions on career outcomes.

Jacobsen: Which industries are most vulnerable to similar workforce shifts?

Wright: We ran an analysis of 250k job postings across tens of thousands of job searches and found that these fields lost share in job posting from Q1 to Q2 2025 Computer Engineering (-23.7%), Computer Science (-18.8%), and IT (-19.8%). (https://huntr.co/research/job-search-trends-q2-2025#fields-of-study-with-declining-demand)

This was surprising, but it does correspond to the rise of AI coding tools like Claude, Copilot, and Cursor.

While many thought that the rapid growth of Generative AI would impact creative work, the evidence suggests that entry-level coding jobs are seeing the biggest initial disruption.

I met with over 100 tech job seekers last month, and one stood out to me. She was an Ivy League graduate in Computer Science, having graduated with honors, and was struggling to find work. A computer science degree from any university used to be a guaranteed job, but that’s not the case anymore, and that is a huge disruption.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sam.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Currency Shifts, Tariffs, and Supply Chains Shape U.S. Import Costs: Insights from James Chittenden of OneClickAdvisor

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/23

James Chittenden is the CEO and Small Business Strategist at OneClickAdvisor, a platform dedicated to equipping entrepreneurs with the tools, education, and resources needed to succeed at every stage of business growth. From pre-venture to mature enterprises, he helps small business owners navigate planning, strategy, and financing. Under his leadership, OneClickAdvisor has become a trusted provider of business plans for professionals worldwide pursuing U.S. entrepreneur and investor visas. Drawing on years of experience in entrepreneurship and strategic guidance, James empowers startups, immigrant entrepreneurs, and established businesses to thrive, grow sustainably, and achieve long-term success in competitive markets.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Chittenden discusses how currency movements, tariffs, and supply chain diversification are reshaping U.S. import strategies. He explains that while the yuan’s rise has made Chinese goods costlier, they remain cheaper than in 2022, though weaker competitors may exit the market. Chittenden highlights the growing use of multi-currency invoicing, supplier diversification, and hedging to manage volatility. He considers the “China+1” strategy a permanent fixture and notes that tariffs and currency policies now interact to reshape trade flows. Ultimately, he advises entrepreneurs to plan for flexibility, hedge strategically, and leverage strong-dollar periods for long-term stability.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How are recent USD–CNY moves feeding through to landed costs for U.S. importers?

James Chittenden: While the yuan has risen vs. the dollar from an April 2025 low, yuan-priced goods are still a relative bargain for U.S. importers compared to 2022. U.S. importers with healthy profit margins can absorb the increased costs from China, but some of their competitors may not be so fortunate. The result is less competition, which will result in everyone eventually paying more for goods from China.

Jacobsen: Are firms shifting invoice currencies to manage FX risk?

Chittenden: If a firm does a significant amount of business in another country, they will likely have employees, contractors, contacts, and bank accounts in that country. Also, other countries that can manufacture the same things people were buying from China become more attractive when the yuan is worth more.

Jacobsen: Does multi-currency invoicing reduce margin volatility?

Chittenden: Invoicing in multiple currencies can help tame volatility, but the real benefits come from having suppliers in multiple countries. For example, manufacturers in Vietnam provided less expensive products and a more reliable supply chain during the Covid-19 period when Chinese manufacturers were unable to fill orders.

Jacobsen: Which hedging tools are cost-effective for SMEs?

Chittenden: If the dollar weakens against the currency of another country, importing and hiring from that country will become more expensive, yes. However, if you sell to that country, you will make more money. If you can sell to customers in that country, do it.

Have a backup plan. If importing from one country becomes too expensive because of currency fluctuations, identify and contract with suppliers in alternate countries.

Another tool is to take advantage of a strong dollar while local currency is weak but buying as much of that currency as possible and keeping it on deposit in the country where you are doing business.

When the dollar is strong, buy as much inventory as possible.

Jacobsen: Is the “China+1” realignment entrenched or cyclical?

Chittenden: The China+1 strategy is simply common sense. Have a plan B for when a supply chain from China fails. Have a plan C and D too. Companies that can do so will employ that strategy, and it is here to stay.

Jacobsen: How do 2024–2025 tariff changes on Chinese goods alter relative advantages vs. currency moves?

Chittenden: China is a major purchaser of commodities throughout the globe. China’s central bank acts to strengthen the yuan when China needs to increase imports of commodities. The country buys a significant percentage of the world’s copper, crude oil, and iron ore.

Therefore, a stronger yuan is a signal that large purchases of those commodities are occurring, which increases their prices.

Those are consumed by Chinese manufacturers who use them to supply the world with machinery, electronics, household goods, apparel, and more. Those goods are less competitive when subject to higher tariffs such as in 2025.

Those higher tariffs, coupled with a yuan that was increased by China’s central bank, will decrease demand for the yuan. The value then falls.

Jacobsen: Since the pandemic, are freight, fuel, and insurance now larger drivers of import prices?

Chittenden: Freight, fuel, and insurance are higher drivers of import prices since 2020. Of course, worldwide lockdowns and greatly reduced travel and overseas commerce brought fuel prices and freight to low levels in those days.

The United States is one of many countries that printed currency at that time to keep their economies stimulated. The resulting inflation afflicts many countries.

Jacobsen: If the dollar weakens, what are the near-term implications for U.S. inflation?

Chittenden: If the dollar weakens, your business will pay more for foreign goods and employees if you are offshoring. Dollars would be worth less both at in and out of the United States, increasing costs for a wide variety of sectors.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, James.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Salih Hudayar on Harvard, Ivy League Complicity, and Training of Chinese Officials

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/24

Salih Hudayar is the Foreign Minister of the East Turkistan Government-in-Exile and the founder of the East Turkistan National Awakening Movement. Born in Artux, East Turkistan, in 1993, he emigrated to the United States as a political refugee. He earned degrees in international studies and political science from the University of Oklahoma and a master’s in national security studies from American Military University. Elected Prime Minister of the East Turkistan Government-in-Exile in 2019, Hudayar has led international advocacy efforts, including filing a genocide complaint at the International Criminal Court, and is fluent in Uyghur, English, and Turkish.

In this wide-ranging interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Salih Hudayar discusses the complicity of Harvard and other elite universities in training Chinese Communist Party officials, including those linked to the Uyghur genocide and the Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps (XPCC). Hudayar highlights how these institutions, while publicly opposing colonialism and human rights abuses, have accepted funding and provided programs that directly benefit perpetrators of atrocities. Drawing parallels with Nazi Germany, he argues such training constitutes complicity. Hudayar calls for universities to uphold moral accountability and for governments worldwide to cut funding to institutions that provide support or education to genocidal regimes.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Thank you very much for joining me again today, Salih. Salih Hudayar is the Foreign Minister of the East Turkistan Government-in-Exile and a leader within the East Turkistan National Awakening Movement. He was born in Artux, East Turkistan, in 1989, emigrated to the United States as a political refugee, and earned degrees in international studies and political science from the University of Oklahoma, along with a master’s in national security studies from American Military University. He founded the East Turkistan National Awakening Movement. Hudayar was elected Prime Minister of the East Turkistan Government-in-Exile in 2019 and has spearheaded international advocacy, including filing a genocide complaint at the ICC. He is fluent in Uyghur, English, and Turkish.

This is a somewhat complex issue, so I hope we have enough time to cover at least some of the details regarding legal and civil rights in higher education in light of the Trump administration’s actions against Harvard. The Trump administration launched a civil rights investigation into Harvard University over allegations of anti-Semitism. This raised the possibility of cutting off the university’s access to federal funding. I know there have been new developments on this front. What are your first thoughts on the Trump administration’s dispute with Harvard University regarding civil rights, anti-Semitism, and federal funding?

Salih Hudayar: One of the key points raised was that Harvard University had been providing training programs for senior CCP officials, including individuals directly involved in the ongoing Uyghur genocide or in administering what China calls the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region. From that perspective, we view this as a positive step. As for the broader civil rights issue, that is a separate matter relating to the dispute between Harvard and the federal government. But the fact that it aligns with our concerns—specifically, Harvard providing professional training that Chinese officials then use to commit acts of genocide and whitewash their crimes against our people—is significant. From this perspective, what the United States is doing is good. We believe that the U.S. government should not provide funding to any institution that supports racism, discrimination, or individuals who are complicit in, or actively engaged in, genocide or in defending genocide.

Jacobsen: As a side note, I recall that Xi Jinping’s daughter studied at Harvard. Is that correct?

Hudayar: Yes, that is correct. Xi Jinping’s daughter attended Harvard University. Additionally, some of the Chinese Communist Party’s senior administrators in the Uyghur Region, such as Erkin Tuniyaz, have reportedly participated in training sessions at Harvard. These are individuals directly overseeing China’s campaign of colonization, genocide, and occupation in East Turkistan. Moreover, officials from the XPCC—the paramilitary Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps—were also provided training by Harvard.

And the XPCC had been sanctioned by the United States roughly four or five days after we filed our ICC complaint on July 6, 2020. We specifically mentioned the XPCC and its officials in the complaint. We had long been calling on the State Department to sanction the XPCC and its officials, and they did so on July 10—about four days after we filed. The fact that Harvard continued to provide training even after this entity had been sanctioned is especially problematic, because the XPCC has been found complicit in genocide and crimes against humanity.

Jacobsen: Some other members of the CCP who are higher ranking and who have taken part in Harvard training include Li Yuanchao, Liu He, Li Hongzhong, Xi Mingzhe, Bo Guagua, Huang Lixian, and Qiu He. Are there ways in which this could be mishandled in a way that suppresses legitimate political activism, versus narrowly ensuring that institutions are not supporting complicity in crimes against humanity? In other words, is there a way to thread that needle appropriately?

Hudayar: Yes, I think there is a clear way to thread this needle. The fact that China is engaged in these crimes is widely recognized. The U.S. government has formally recognized it as genocide. The XPCC has been sanctioned. Training CCP officials who are part of entities engaged in genocide should be stopped outright—not just those directly involved in East Turkistan. To give an example, Erkin Tuniyaz studied at Harvard’s John F. Kennedy School of Government in 2012. This was before he became the governor, but even then he was a senior official. The genocidal policies that China was enacting passed through the Xinjiang People’s Congress and similar rubber-stamp legislative bodies, where Tuniyaz was already a member. So I don’t think we should allow any government engaged in repression to send their officials to study at American universities—Harvard or otherwise.

Jacobsen: On top of the Erkin Tuniyaz case, I mentioned Yao Ning. Someone I wasn’t familiar with before. He became Party Secretary of Bachu County in Kashgar. He has not been formally sanctioned, but his county-level leadership placed him over an area with documented camps. Senior Xinjiang officials who have been sanctioned by the U.S., EU, UK, and Canada—but who do not have publicly documented Harvard ties—include Chen Quanguo, Yizhu Hailun, Wang Mingshan, Wang Junzheng, and Chen Mingguo.

Hudayar: Yes, these are top-level officials directly responsible for overseeing the concentration camps and the genocidal policies—from Chen Quanguo to Yizhu Hailun. Yizhu Hailun, for example, was the head of the XPCC.

Jacobsen: What about other Ivy League institutions—or even elite institutions outside the Ivy League—that have hosted individuals who later had direct involvement at high levels in crimes against humanity?

Hudayar: Yes, I think it was Princeton. Princeton University Press, just a couple of months ago, sent one of their chiefs to East Turkistan. They essentially went on a propaganda tour whitewashing China’s crimes. You also have other Ivy League universities in the U.S. providing education and training to Chinese officials, fully aware that what those officials are doing in East Turkistan amounts, at the very least, to what the UN calls crimes against humanity. At a minimum, they know these individuals are serving an authoritarian, brutal regime engaged in mass human rights atrocities and violations. These institutions have essentially abandoned their morals. Why are they doing this? Because China is providing them with large sums of money. They are educating individuals who then become elites overseeing colonization, genocide, and occupation. On paper, these Ivy League universities claim to oppose colonization, occupation, human rights atrocities, and genocide. Yet in practice, they are training the very people responsible for these crimes. That is the shamelessness of it. I believe there should be a complete ban on federal funding for institutions engaged in this. Even as a taxpayer, if a single cent of my tax dollars goes toward training genocidal Chinese officials seeking to wipe out my people, that is unacceptable.

Jacobsen: In terms of how the United States government has acknowledged this issue—though they take a wider approach to funding concerns—what about other countries with elite institutions, by international standards, that have ties of this kind? For example, UC Berkeley has hosted many PRC cadres, though not specifically tied to Xinjiang engineering. Cambridge Judge Business School and other leadership programs have hosted CCP cadres, with some Xinjiang regional officials reportedly passing through short-term programs. Who else comes to mind?

Hudayar: Yes, this is not just limited to the U.S. Germany has similar cases with its universities. In Japan, especially in the 1980s and 1990s, many Chinese officials were accepted as students. So yes, all of these countries—whether it is the U.S., the UK, Germany, or Japan—claim publicly to be against colonialism, occupation, genocide, and human rights violations, yet their actions tell a different story. Academic institutions, in particular, are guilty of this. Many academics will say, “We’re against genocide, we’re against colonialism,” yet they refuse to call China’s actions by their proper name—colonialism and genocide. They dismiss it as “different.” How is it different? What China is doing in East Turkistan is textbook colonialism, and it meets every definition of genocide. Part of the problem is funding. These universities and governments receive significant financial support, directly or indirectly, from the CCP. The CCP also works through captured elites, organizations like the Committee of 100, or influential individuals who promote closer ties with China and make donations on its behalf. Then there are academics who justify this behavior by saying it allows them access to conduct research in China, which they fear losing if they call out Beijing. These are the strings attached—loopholes China uses to get its way. But at the end of the day, what these institutions are doing is supporting, engaging with, and becoming complicit in training officials of a genocidal regime.

You can’t say, for example—hypothetically—that Harvard provided training for Nazi leaders during the Holocaust, and then later claim ignorance. By 1936, the Nazis had already enacted anti-Jewish laws, and by 1939, mass incarceration in concentration camps had begun. If in 1941 Harvard were to train Nazi officials, it could not turn around in 1945, after the Holocaust was widely known, and say, “We didn’t know.” That would be complicity. You are part of the crime. You are facilitating it through training and complicity. What are these Chinese officials doing? They are going back with the education and knowledge they acquire from these elite institutions and then using loopholes to create propaganda and develop methods to whitewash their crimes. For example, at Cambridge some officials attended judicial training programs. They were learning how international law works and what loopholes exist—what they could get away with and what they could not. They then base their genocidal strategies on those loopholes to hide their crimes. What does China claim it is doing? They say they are not committing genocide. Instead, they claim they are countering terrorism, providing vocational training, and creating job opportunities. But in reality, those claims are used to mask the mass enslavement and internment of our people.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts based on the conversation today?

Hudayar: The last thing I want to emphasize is that institutions—regardless of whether they are under government pressure—should have moral accountability and a conscience. They should know better than to provide training to entities like the Chinese Communist Party, which has a long history of human rights atrocities, genocide, and colonization. These institutions need to uphold the highest moral standards. I also believe governments beyond the United States should cut funding to institutions in their own countries that are providing training and support to Chinese officials.

Jacobsen: Our last meeting was almost five years ago, so it was good to see you again.

Hudayar: Thank you so much.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Have a lovely day. Thank you.

Hudayar: You as well. Thank you.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mindful Macramé with Isabella Strambio: Eco-Friendly Living and Creative Holiday Traditions

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/22

Isabella Strambio is a macramé artist, teacher, and author known for blending traditional craft with mindful living. Born in Italy and now based in the UK, she left a career in interior design to pursue her passion for fiber art, sustainability, and creativity. Her latest book, Mindful Macramé (Search Press), invites readers to slow down through 20 contemporary projects paired with calming prompts and breathing exercises. Dedicated to accessible, eco-conscious craft, Isabella teaches workshops, online courses, and retreats, inspiring people worldwide to reconnect with themselves and nature through the meditative practice of knotting.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, macramé artist, teacher, and author Isabella Strambio shares her vision for sustainable, mindful living through creativity. From eco-conscious gift ideas and furoshiki-inspired wrapping to natural holiday décor and energy-saving tips, Strambio emphasizes intention, connection, and joy. Her latest book, Mindful Macramé (Search Press), combines contemporary fiber art projects with calming prompts, inviting readers to slow down and reconnect with nature. Strambio highlights the role of reusing, recycling, and upcycling in crafting traditions that last, encouraging families to celebrate meaningfully while reducing waste and fostering deeper connections with loved ones and the planet.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are some creative, low-waste gift ideas?

Isabella Strambio: I always say the best gifts are the ones made or chosen with intention. Handmade items like small macramé ornaments, reusable cotton produce bags, or naturally dyed textiles make wonderful, low-waste gifts. You can also offer experiences instead of things: a creative workshop, a homemade dinner, or even a “day together” voucher. For me, low-waste gifting is really about thoughtfulness: choosing something that will last and bring joy without adding clutter or waste.

Jacobsen: How can people approach wrapping gifts in eco-friendly ways?

Strambio: Gift wrapping is such a fun place to get creative and reduce waste! I love using fabric wraps inspired by the Japanese furoshiki tradition, they’re reusable and look beautiful. You can also repurpose kraft paper, old maps, or even children’s drawings as wrapping paper. Add a touch of nature, a sprig of rosemary or eucalyptus, or a dried orange slice, instead of plastic ribbons. It feels much more personal and sustainable.

Jacobsen: What sustainable home decorating tips are good for the holiday season?

Strambio: Nature is the best decorator! I like to use foraged branches, pinecones, and dried flowers to create wreaths and table centrepieces. Incorporate natural fibres like cotton, linen, or jute for a soft, earthy look. A handmade macramé garland or wall hanging can replace plastic tinsel and add warmth to your space year after year. I also recommend decorating slowly like adding one or two meaningful pieces each season, instead of buying new decorations every year.

Jacobsen: Are there simple, eco-conscious cleaning alternatives for gatherings?

Strambio: Definitely! I use natural cleaners like white vinegar, baking soda, and essential oils when possible. They’re simple, effective, and kind to both your home and the planet. You can also switch to reusable cleaning cloths or old cotton towels instead of paper. And if you’re hosting, encourage guests to help with washing up instead of using disposable plates or cutlery, it turns cleaning into a shared moment rather than a chore!

Jacobsen: Which energy-saving practices are impactful during holiday celebrations?

Strambio: Lighting is a big one. Switching to LED fairy lights or solar-powered ones can make a big difference. Candles (especially soy or beeswax) create a beautiful, mindful atmosphere and reduce electricity use specially since we moved to Sweden. We light candles throughout winter and it’s so beautiful, especially in the morning while the sun rises! . Try cooking multiple dishes in the oven at once, and remember to turn down the heating slightly when you have guests, all those extra bodies and the oven will naturally warm the space!

Jacobsen: How can families embrace mindful consumption?

Strambio: I think it starts with honest conversations about what really matters. Instead of focusing on quantity, try creating rituals around experiences: decorating together, making gifts, or cooking as a family. You can also introduce a “one meaningful gift” tradition, where everyone gives something handmade, second-hand, or experience-based. Mindful consumption is about reconnecting with the joy behind giving, not the volume of what we buy.

Jacobsen: What role can the traditional rules of reuse, recycling, or upcycling play?

Strambio: They’re more relevant than ever, but I think we can see them through a more creative lens. Reuse doesn’t just mean “don’t throw it away”, it’s an invitation to reimagine. Old jars can become candle holders, fabric scraps can turn into ornaments or ribbons, and leftover macramé cords can be transformed into keychains or napkin rings. When we upcycle, we give new life to what we already have and that’s a very mindful, fulfilling process.

Jacobsen: How will holiday practices evolve as sustainability becomes more central to consumer values?

Strambio: I believe we’ll see a shift toward simpler, slower, more meaningful celebrations. People are already craving authenticity, decorations with a story, gifts that last, experiences that connect. Sustainability isn’t just about doing less harm anymore; it’s about creating more joy and connection through conscious choices. The holidays are the perfect time to live that intention to celebrate creativity, community, and care for the planet, all at once.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Paola.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Oliver Morrisey: Expert in Wills, Estates, and Inheritance Law

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/22

Oliver Morrisey is the owner and founder of Empower Wills & Estate Lawyers, a premier Australian law firm dedicated to wills and estate law. With over 15 years of legal experience, he combines deep expertise with a client-focused approach to deliver strategic and effective results. Oliver holds a Master of Laws in Wills and Estates from the College of Law (2023–2025), a Master of Laws from the University of Sydney, and dual degrees in Law and Forensic Science from the University of Newcastle. His professional background includes positions at Deloitte and KPMG, further strengthening his financial and legal acumen.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How much of a payment shock can homeowners expect when renewing fixed-rate mortgages from 2020–21?

Oliver Morrisey: Fixed-rate mortgages pegged at less than 2 percent in 2020–21 by their homeowner are experiencing a severe upsurge in their renewal rates. For me, the rates that these homeowners shall receive will be between 4.5 and 5.5 depending on the lender and the terms of the loans. This increase, I believe, would raise the monthly payments on a typical $600,000 mortgage from about $2,500 to approximately $3,200. The $700 monthly increase represents a significant burden on family budgets. In the next five years, the interest paid might increase by more than two times, from about 55,000 dollars to over 108,000 dollars.

Jacobsen: What strategies can homeowners use to soften the impact of renewal rate hikes?

Morrisey: In my view, the problem is not just the issue of overbudgeting but a contract issue. The National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) is now compelling borrowers to reconsider the loan covenants and the prepayment penalties and determine whether they can switch their lenders. As a real estate lawyer, house ownership by many individuals and especially by the wealthy ones is to isolate liability or even increase equity in his/her house through a line of credit to service a higher-rate debt more costly. Nevertheless, we should be careful about these strategies since they can create a problem like asset protection and taxes.

Jacobsen: Are there signs that this renewal wave could lead to broader financial strain or defaults?

Morrisey: Actually, there is a financial pressure that is showing a growing trend in the system. More than 1 million mortgages will expire in 2025, and rates of delinquency are rising. The more vulnerable borrowers are younger citizens and people with a high loan-to-value ratio, who, in large percentages, are also highly indebted due to high-interest debts. These people should take care to interact with the lenders early before mortgagee-in-possession actions, which would increase in the event that borrowers fail to take initiatives.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Oliver.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Taylor Riley Built a Multi-Brand Cleaning Empire Through SEO, Systems, and Sustainability

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/22

Taylor Riley is a seasoned entrepreneur and partner at AMR US Commercial Cleaning, GermSmart Commercial Cleaning, and Impact Cleaning Professionals, as well as the founder of Boom. Facility Service Advisors. Based in Lakeland, Florida, Taylor has built, scaled, and sold cleaning companies while continuing to innovate in the commercial cleaning industry. His focus lies in lead generation, marketing strategies, client retention, and business growth for cleaning service companies. With extensive experience in janitorial services, carpet cleaning, floor care, and facility management, Taylor combines hands-on operational knowledge with modern marketing insights to help cleaning businesses thrive. He is a proud member of the Building Service Contractors Association International and has been featured in Entrepreneur, Forbes, Clean Biz Network, Route, and Swept. Taylor is passionate about balancing entrepreneurship with family life, mentoring other business owners, and setting new standards of quality in the cleaning services sector.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Riley explains how inbound marketing and SEO transformed client acquisition, allowing his companies to attract customers organically and scale sustainably. Riley emphasizes resilience as the foundation of business growth and highlights consistency, reliability, and transparent communication as keys to differentiation. He also discusses sustainability as a growing client expectation and brand advantage. His insights reveal how technology, focus, and professionalism are redefining leadership and success in the commercial cleaning industry.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What inspired entrance into the cleaning industry?

Taylor Riley: I actually didn’t set out to start a cleaning business. A friend approached me with the idea, and after some thought, I realized it was a strong opportunity. I liked that cleaning is an essential service—it’s not a trend, it’s something every business needs to operate at its best. That conversation was the spark that got me into the industry.

Jacobsen: How did you build your company, Impact Cleaning Professionals?

Riley: We built the business using inbound marketing, focusing heavily on social media and SEO to attract clients. Instead of chasing leads the traditional way, we positioned ourselves where customers were already searching. That approach not only brought in steady opportunities but also helped establish trust and credibility early on.

Jacobsen: What lessons come from the previous and current business ventures?

Riley: The most important lesson I’ve learned is resilience. Every milestone you hit in business comes with new challenges, and often failures. You’re never “done”—you’re always learning, adapting, and facing the next set of hurdles. Resilience keeps you moving forward when things don’t go as planned.

Jacobsen: How do cleaning companies differentiate themselves in such a competitive market?

Riley: Differentiation often comes down to consistency, reliability, and communication. Many cleaning companies fall short in these areas, so standing out means doing the basics exceptionally well—showing up on time, delivering consistent results, and being transparent with clients. Adding in strong branding and professional systems also helps separate a company from the pack.

Jacobsen: What are the biggest challenges for cleaning business owners when it comes to lead generation?

Riley: The hardest part is the temptation to spread yourself thin—trying a little bit of everything instead of going all in on one channel. I’ve learned that you get much further by devoting 100% of your effort to one lead generation avenue—whether that’s SEO, networking, or ads—than by dabbling across multiple strategies without focus.

Jacobsen: How has digital marketing, SEO, and CRM technology transformed attracting and retaining clients?

Riley: Digital marketing and SEO have completely reshaped how cleaning companies grow. Instead of cold-calling or knocking on doors, clients come to you already interested. CRM technology adds another layer by helping track every interaction, nurture leads, and keep client communication seamless. Together, they’ve made it possible to scale faster, maintain better relationships, and deliver a more professional client experience.

Jacobsen: What role does sustainability and eco-friendly cleaning play in commercial cleaning services?

Riley: Sustainability has become a strong selling point. More businesses want to align with vendors that reflect their values, and eco-friendly cleaning is one way to show that commitment. Using green products, reducing waste, and promoting healthier environments doesn’t just meet demand—it creates a competitive edge and helps build long-term trust with clients.

Jacobsen: How have features in Forbes and Entrepreneur impacted business trajectory?

Riley: Being featured in respected outlets like Forbes and Entrepreneur has been game-changing. It builds instant credibility, not only with potential clients but also with partners and even team members. Those features validate the business and the work behind it, opening doors that might otherwise take years to unlock.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Taylor.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Doug Crawford on Sustainable Gift-Giving and Practical Education

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/21

Doug Crawford is the President and Founder of Best-Trade-Schools.net, a platform dedicated to helping prospective students navigate career training in skilled trades, healthcare, and vocational education. With extensive experience in executive management and a strong commitment to community service, he has built an accessible resource that simplifies the process of comparing schools, programs, and support services. Crawford’s work emphasizes affordability, practicality, and sustainability in education and training. Through his leadership, Best Trade Schools empowers individuals to confidently pursue meaningful careers, reflecting his belief in the enduring value of vocational pathways for personal advancement and workforce development.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Salvaged canvas and denim tool rolls sound both economical and enduring. How do you see these handmade, repurposed items reshaping consumer habits during gift-giving seasons?

Doug Crawford: Salvaged canvas and denim can combine tool rolls that cost less than $20 and could last longer than most of the store-bought rolls in existence. Rather than employing paper, which is torn and discarded in a matter of a few seconds, the wraps are contained by shop towels and flour sacks, or old flannel shirts, thus creating a second life. These are items with wear, a past, and in many cases, sentimental values, and this makes the gift more significant than fancy wrapping. Paper that children use in many homes to wrap presents gets folded into that very paper one more time the next year, creating a silent tradition with no additional waste.

Jacobsen: Many households still reach for branded cleaners. What makes simple ingredients like vinegar, lemon, and baking soda more sustainable and efficient in daily use?

Crawford: Simple cleaners such as vinegar, lemon, and baking soda are more efficient than most shop-bought sprays for kitchen spills and bathroom deposits. To decorate, metal offcuts are being recycled into display racks, candle holders, or tree frames. All these products are not on big-box shelves, but what is already there on the ground. They are not unnoticed since they bear traces of utility rather than beauty.

Jacobsen: Energy use spikes during holidays. How do small changes, like power strips and LED rope lighting, make a measurable difference?

Crawford: One switch can also prevent the phantom energy draw by using power strips to which all the holiday lights and small appliances are connected. That by itself saves energy wastage by 10 percent. Timed displays that shut down before midnight use half the electricity and honestly do not seem any less. Simple wattage reductions, such as the switch to LED rope lighting and foregoing incandescent strands, also save more than 80 percent of the amount of wattage, with the added benefit of seeming just as warm and bright.

Jacobsen: Gifts often focus on brand recognition. What cultural shift happens when repaired or homemade items become the centerpiece instead?

Crawford: The pre-owned merchandise that has been fixed up begins to take over under the tree. The same taste of joy is gained when a repaired coffee maker or a renovated speaker set is used without creating new production waste. The gift of homemade kits has a combination of utility and ingenuity, like a tool box stuffed with a collection of screws hand-picked out of hardware drawers, a measuring tape and a pair of simple pliers. Such gifts draw attention off from brand names and place it once more on purpose. Consumption has continued to occur, albeit without that disposable layer.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Doug.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI in Home Security: Cahyo Subroto on Privacy, Risks, and Consumer Choices

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/20

Cahyo Subroto is the founder of MrScraper, a company specializing in large-scale data extraction and automation infrastructure. With extensive experience in building systems that handle vast amounts of information, Subroto brings a unique perspective on the intersection of artificial intelligence, hardware integration, and privacy concerns. While his company does not directly develop home security products, his expertise in data collection and automation informs his views on the rapid adoption of AI in domestic security systems. He advocates for greater transparency, stronger legal safeguards, and consumer awareness in the face of evolving risks tied to surveillance technologies.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Briefly give us some of your background and work. 

Cahyo Subroto: I’m Cahyo Subroto, founder of MrScraper, where we focus on large scale data extraction and automation infrastructure. While we don’t build home security products directly, I spend a lot of time thinking about how AI systems handle data, integrate with hardware, and impact user privacy, and these concerns apply just as much to the home as they do to enterprise-scale scraping or automation.

Jacobsen: How is AI being integrated into home security systems?

Subroto: In my view, AI is becoming the standard layer on top of what used to be simple sensors or cameras. Now, smart doorbells can recognize familiar faces or distinguish packages from animals at the door. Indoor cameras can detect unusual movement patterns and alert homeowners in real time. Even cheaper motion detectors are using machine learning to reduce false alarms by learning to ignore pets or routine movements. It’s about making these systems proactive, reducing nuisance alerts, and turning raw video feeds into actionable events.

Jacobsen: What are the ethical and legal risks tied to data collection, surveillance, and facial recognition?

Subroto: For me, the biggest risk is that these systems aren’t limited to the homeowner’s eyes. Cloud connected devices store or process footage off-site, which creates a clear data privacy exposure. Facial recognition takes it even further by creating biometric profiles of visitors, neighbors, or delivery people—often without their consent. Even when companies promise security, any breach means highly personal footage or movement patterns can leak. On top of that, these systems can normalize constant surveillance in private spaces, which is something we should talk about openly.

Jacobsen: Are existing regulations sufficient?

Subroto: In my experience with data collection, current regulations are far behind the technology. Many regions don’t have clear rules about storing or sharing biometric data like facial recognition profiles. Companies often set their own policies for how long footage is kept or who they share it with. This puts the burden on homeowners to read the fine print and trust vendor promises. Without stronger legal standards, consumers don’t have reliable guarantees about how their most private data is handled or protected.

Jacobsen: What is the potential for misuse of AI-powered security?

Subroto: Bias in facial recognition is a real problem. Systems often perform worse for people with darker skin tones or less common facial features. That can lead to false identifications or unwarranted calls to police if systems integrate with emergency services. (https://jolt.law.harvard.edu/digest/why-racial-bias-is-prevalent-in-facial-recognition-technology?)

There’s also the risk of hacking. Where if someone gains access to these feeds, they can see when you’re home or away, or watch private areas of your property. Over time, this kind of technology can create a sense of constant surveillance that discourages normal behavior even inside your own home.

Jacobsen: What should consumers consider?

Subroto: My recommendation is to understand where your data goes. Ask if the device stores video locally or in the cloud. Does the vendor encrypt footage end to end? Can you control who accesses recordings and how long they’re kept? Also, review how facial recognition is used—can you disable it entirely if you’re not comfortable? Consumers should treat these systems less like passive tools and more like connected computers with cameras pointed at their private lives. Being intentional about setup, permissions, and ongoing management is the best defense against misuse.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Cahyo.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI in Home Security: Insights from Raju Dandigam, Engineering Manager at Navan

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/19

Raju Dandigam is an Engineering Manager at Navan with over 14 years of experience building full-stack, cloud-native, and AI-driven enterprise applications. His expertise spans JavaScript frameworks (Angular, React, Node.js), backend systems with Spring Boot, and DevOps practices including CI/CD pipelines, Docker, Kubernetes, and infrastructure automation. He has led teams in designing resilient, scalable platforms and optimizing performance across hybrid environments. A published author on SitePoint, DZone, Hackernoon, Medium, and Dev.to, Dandigam shares insights on DevOps, cloud engineering, and modern architecture. He is passionate about mentoring, driving engineering excellence, and advancing practical applications of AI and automation.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the applications of AI in home security systems?

Raju Dandigam: The technology enables smart doorbells to recognize faces while motion-detecting cameras differentiate between pets and people and generate predictive alerts about unusual nighttime activities. The systems decrease false alarm occurrences while enhancing user convenience. My experience developing event-driven platforms shows how edge AI operates locally to perform real-time decisions instead of sending complete data to the cloud.

Jacobsen: What about the ethical and legal risks of these systems?

Dandigam: The major issue arises from the expansion of surveillance capabilities. The incorrect identification of visitors through facial recognition technology results in discriminatory police actions and conflicts between neighbors. Private space data collection faces risks of company misuse and data breaches from hackers and unauthorized sharing with advertisers. Installing cameras inside or outside your home leads to the recording of friends, delivery drivers, and passersby, which creates substantial consent issues.

Jacobsen: Are existing regulations enough to handle these concerns?

Dandigam: Generally, no. Laws often lag behind tech. The majority of jurisdictions lack regulations which define consumer-level facial recognition practices, storage duration, and law enforcement access to recorded footage. The establishment of specific regulations regarding data storage duration, user permission standards, and disclosure protocols is necessary.

Jacobsen: What is the potential for misuse of AI in home surveillance?

Dandigam: The identification process of AI systems enhances existing biases by incorrectly identifying people based on their race and age. Homeowners who record 24/7 footage for precautionary purposes risk creating a culture of privacy loss throughout their neighborhoods through excessive surveillance. The storage of cloud-based footage makes it vulnerable to data breaches, which can result in the exposure of private family activities.

Jacobsen: Finally, what advice would you give consumers who are considering these systems?

Dandigam: Check privacy policies. Who owns your footage? Is it stored locally or in the cloud? Favor systems with local processing or strong encryption. Adjust settings thoughtfully—do not record more than needed.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Raju.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Jeff Ketelaars on AI, Home Security Risks, and Consumer Protection

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/18

Jeff Ketelaars is a veteran security professional with over 35 years of experience in the industry. He founded two security agencies and launched Security Conscious in 1990, providing advanced training for security guards. As a skilled negotiator, he has represented Canada’s largest security guard union, securing fair contracts and improved conditions for frontline personnel. Ketelaars is also the co-founder of Security Guards Only, a networking and resource platform for security professionals across North America and the UK. Respected for his leadership and dedication, he continues to champion professionalism, education, and innovation in physical and home security.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is AI being integrated into home security systems (e.g., smart doorbells, surveillance cameras, motion detection)?

Jeff Ketalaars: A lot of companies are using AI to make their products more comprehensive, like Ring for example. They have an AI feature that lets you find specific moments in your Ring camera footage by searching things like “blue car driving by” or “red shirt.” This can be useful if you’re looking for specific events or moments and means you do not have to scroll through potentially hours of video. Surveillance cameras in general now often include facial recognition or behaviour analysis and can assess the context of movement, like knowing the difference between a delivery person and someone lurking around.

Jacobsen: What are the ethical and legal risks tied to data collection, surveillance, and facial recognition in domestic spaces?

Ketalaars: The biggest ethical issue is consent: neighbours, delivery workers, people just walking by, and even family members might be recorded without knowing. Facial recognition can be especially problematic if it misidentifies people or stores data without clear permission. In a lot of regions, homeowners need to disclose when they’re recording but this is not strictly enforced. The laws can be vague, especially when it comes to how long data is stored or whether it is shared with third parties like law enforcement or private companies.

Jacobsen: Are existing regulations sufficient—or are new guidelines needed to protect consumers?

Ketalaars: I would say that current regulations are lagging behind the technology because it is rapidly expanding. There are some broad privacy laws but they are not specifically designed for home security systems. Regulations specifically around data policies are important for protecting privacy while still being secure.

Jacobsen: What is the potential for misuse of AI-powered security (e.g., biased identification, over-surveillance, data breaches)?

Ketalaars: AI systems are not foolproof. Facial recognition technology has been shown to have bias meaning it might misidentify people which can cause issues. There is also the issue of data breaches because if the system’s cloud storage is not secure, people can gain access to live feeds or personal footage, which completely defeats the purpose of enhancing security.

Jacobsen: What should consumers consider when selecting or managing smart security systems?

Ketalaars: Pick one based on safety and data responsibility. This would be devices that have strong encryption and clear privacy policies. I would also suggest brands with good reputations for transparency and customer support and be a bit cautious with facial recognition features, especially if the policies are not clear.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jeff.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Daniel Vasilevski on AI Security, Privacy Challenges, and the Future of Smart Home Protection

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/17

Daniel Vasilevski is the Director of Pro Electrical Sydney, bringing over 14 years of expertise in residential and commercial electrical systems. Known for his hands-on leadership, he fosters collaboration while ensuring projects align with the company’s values of quality and customer satisfaction. With a strong interest in emerging technologies, Daniel provides insights into the ethical and practical challenges of AI-driven security. He is committed to delivering safe, innovative, and reliable solutions for his clients across New South Wales.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Daniel, thank you for joining us. Could you start by telling us about your background and the work you do at Pro Electrical Sydney?

Daniel Vasilevski: My name is Daniel Vasilevski, and I’m the Director of Pro Electrical Sydney. I work in electrical systems for residential and commercial properties and have a good perspective on the direction AI is taking security.

Jacobsen: Artificial intelligence has been rapidly reshaping many industries. How do you see AI influencing the future of home and business security?

Matthews: Artificial intelligence is quickly changing the landscape of home security through smart doorbells, cameras for surveillance, and motion detector lights. Among their capabilities, these facial recognition-powered, machine-learned systems can recognize known individuals’ faces, monitor activity that is out of the ordinary, and learn homeowner habits. Smart cameras are able to tell a family member from a stranger, adding security and convenience.

Jacobsen: With those advantages in mind, what do you think are the major ethical and privacy concerns consumers should be aware of?

Matthews: This poses important ethical and privacy issues. Constant monitoring and/or collection of data, such as videos and facial identification, threaten individual privacy. This brings concerns of abuse, where the data can be retrieved or abused for non-security purposes like profiling or unwanted tracking.

Jacobsen: Are current laws and regulations sufficient to protect consumers from these risks?

Matthews: Existing regulations regarding AI security systems do not cover these new and unexpected challenges. Consumers are not currently protected under existing laws from the risk of data breaches, over-surveillance, or discriminatory algorithms that misidentify individuals from certain more heavily policed communities, such as minority groups.

Jacobsen: Given these challenges, what should consumers look for when choosing a smart security system?

Matthews: Consumer beware when choosing smart security systems. You also want to be sure that the company is concerned with data security, has clear privacy policies, and explains how data is used. Consumers must ensure that facial recognition technology is deployed ethically, reasonably, and without the opportunity for abuse. As the technology advances, so should the rules and regulations in order to further safeguard privacy and consumer protections.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Daniel. 

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI Home Security Risks: Caspar Matthews on Privacy, Safety, and Consumer Protection

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/16

Caspar Matthews is the Director of Electcomm Group Electrical & Data Melbourne and a hands-on electrician with nearly 20 years of experience. Specializing in smart home security systems, he has stayed ahead of regulators in understanding how AI-driven technologies impact privacy and community trust. Known for his exceptional trade skills, regulatory expertise, and project management experience, Caspar brings a practical yet forward-thinking perspective to electrical and data solutions. Beyond the tools, he is a problem solver dedicated to safeguarding households while raising awareness of hidden risks. Caspar lives on the Mornington Peninsula with his young family.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Could you introduce yourself and the work you do?

Caspar Matthews: My name is Caspar Matthews, and I’m the Director of Electcomm Group Electrical & Data Melbourne. On-site, I install and maintain smart home security systems in houses around the area. I have been ahead of the regulators in my understanding of how these tools affect privacy.

Jacobsen: How is AI-based home security changing the way people think about protecting their homes?

Matthews: AI-based home security is shifting the paradigm for how we think about household security in a major way, one that is happening faster than most of us realize. As an electrician, I watch families adopt facial recognition and motion-activated notifications, believing that they will have peace of mind, while failing to acknowledge what the devices are actually recording, storing, and transmitting. Smart doorbells and networked surveillance equipment are now normal in many Melbourne households. Some even combine with behavior-based lighting and alarm triggers using AI. And, of course, it’s an obviously convenient technology, but one that creates a kind of atlas of your life, where it’s an atlas for someone who spends time observing it, knowledge of your routines; when you leave the house, how long you’re gone for, who comes to visit and how frequently.

Jacobsen: What concerns you most about these systems?

Matthews: It isn’t so much what the tech does, but who gets to use it, that is the danger. Many consumers are oblivious to the fact that footage can be stored in third-party servers, and do not change the original security credentials of the devices. This opens up a backdoor type of situation for data leaks or breaches. On top of that, AI is prone to false identifications, leading to flagged neighbors or non-consensual tracking of children. In lower-density suburbs like Carrum Downs, where there is more of a sense of community, a mistake such as that gets around and can erode trust.

Jacobsen: Given these risks, what practical steps can consumers take to protect themselves?

Matthews: While real regulations remain vague and lost in the shuffle of user agreements, savvy consumers should defend themselves by turning off features they don’t need, opting for wired versions when available, and steering clear of devices that rely on cloud storage as the standard.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Caspar.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Brittany Christenson on AidKit: Building Human-Centered Technology for Guaranteed Income and Equitable Aid Delivery

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/15

Brittany Christenson is the CEO of AidKit, the Public Benefit Corporation transforming how governments and nonprofits deliver aid. A former nonprofit leader, she brings deep empathy and accountability to tech-driven solutions built for dignity and fairness. Under her leadership, AidKit has scaled rapidly—partnering with more than 200 agencies, processing over half a million applications, and disbursing over $330 million in assistance—while keeping trust and accessibility at the core aidkit.comvcnewsdaily.com. Brittany holds a vision: agile, human-centered systems that adapt to communities, not the other way around—and that’s exactly what she’s building.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Brittany Christenson, CEO of AidKit, explains how the company’s Public Benefit Corporation status ensures aid delivery prioritizes public good over profit. She highlights AidKit’s focus on breaking barriers—such as missing documents, lack of internet, or fear of exclusion—through human-centered design. Christenson shares lessons from projects like The Nest in Washington and the Amazon basic income pilot, stressing local adaptation. She outlines how AidKit balances fraud prevention with trust, enables rapid deployment, builds lasting partnerships, and supports impact measurement. Looking ahead, she sees growing global interest in guaranteed income, requiring scalable, equitable infrastructure AidKit provides.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: AidKit describes itself as a Public Benefit Corporation. How does this legal and ethical framework shape your priorities?

Brittany Christenson: Being a Public Benefit Corporation means we’re legally accountable for more than profit. Our work has to prioritize public good, like making aid easier to access, protecting people’s data, and helping public agencies serve communities more fairly. That structure gives us permission to say no to things that don’t align with our values, and to design systems that are simple, secure, and actually useful to the people who rely on them. It keeps us focused on what matters most, making sure aid reaches people quickly, securely, and without unnecessary barriers.

Jacobsen: One of your core goals is ensuring that guaranteed income reaches underserved communities. What barriers happen most often?

Christenson: People we work with often face barriers that standard systems weren’t built to handle. Missing documents, no bank accounts, unreliable internet, and language gaps are common. There’s also real fear, especially among people who’ve been excluded before. Our job is to remove those barriers without lowering standards, so people can get help without being put through more stress.

Jacobsen: There are projects like The Nest in Washington State and the Amazon basic income pilot. What are the most important lessons in tailoring program design?

Christenson: The biggest lesson is that no two communities are the same, and successful programs have to reflect local realities. In Washington State, The Nest asked us to build a lineage tracker because tribal identity is based on family and community ties, not standard ID. In the Amazon, we supported the world’s first basic income pilot for Indigenous peoples, where internet access is limited and applications had to work fully offline. We developed a system that could operate without connectivity and still maintain identity integrity. In both cases, we co-designed solutions with local partners who knew what their communities needed. The technology had to adapt—not the people. That approach leads to higher trust, better access, and programs that people actually use.

Jacobsen: Guaranteed income programs often raise concerns about misuse. How does AidKit balance rigorous identity verification with maintaining trust?

Christenson: Every dollar protected is a dollar that can go into the wallet of someone who truly qualifies. We take fraud prevention seriously and have built a robust suite of cutting-edge tools to prevent bad actors from intercepting funds. At the same time, it’s critically important that fraud prevention measures do not create undue burden for applicants. We design our tools and process in a way that is easy to navigate for the vast majority of applicants while maintaining integrity, and for individuals who are unable to pass fraud controls automatically we create low-burden alternate pathways, like video calling or in person identity verification with trusted community partners. We also use technology to do as much of the work of applying as possible on behalf of applicants, so for example, if they upload a document, we scan the document to provide immediate feedback and extract the text to fill out forms to save them time. We know people are more than their paperwork. That’s why we also include human reviewers, so the system doesn’t make decisions in a vacuum, and edge cases don’t fall through the cracks.

Jacobsen: AidKit highlights the ability to move from concept to first payments. What are the technological and organizational innovations making rapid deployment possible here?

Christenson: We’ve built a system that doesn’t start from scratch every time. It’s flexible, so we can plug in different rules, documents, and payment methods quickly. We also work closely with partners during setup, so decisions get made fast and clearly. We’ve done launches in under two weeks, not because we cut corners, but because we’ve planned for this. It’s not magic, but it’s intentional design and experience, and it works under real-world pressure.

Jacobsen: What strategies have proven most effective for building strong partnerships?

Christenson: Strong partnerships come from trust and responsiveness. We spend time up front understanding the partner’s goals, constraints, and community. Then we co-design the program with them. We don’t hand over a one-size-fits-all solution. And we don’t disappear after launch —we stay involved, adapt when things shift, and help solve problems. That kind of collaboration builds real trust. When partners know we’re committed to them, the relationship gets stronger over time.

Jacobsen: How does AidKit help partners measure the long-term social and economic impacts of guaranteed income?

Christenson: AidKit provides the tools and infrastructure to track how aid is delivered and who it reaches, in real time. Beyond that, we help partners collect survey data and connect with research teams to assess long-term outcomes like housing stability, employment, stress levels, and financial resilience. The goal isn’t just to move money, it’s to understand what changes because of it. We don’t control the analysis, but we make it easier to gather high-quality, structured data that can inform future policy, funding decisions, and public trust in direct cash support programs.

Jacobsen: What is the long-term outlook for the global basic income movement over the next decade?

Christenson: We don’t try to predict policy outcomes, but we’re seeing growing interest in guaranteed income around the world. More cities, nonprofits, and funders are exploring direct cash as a way to address systemic gaps, whether in housing, food access, or financial stability. These programs often start small, but they raise important questions about what support should look like in the future. What we know is that if basic income continues to gain traction, it will require infrastructure that can adapt, scale, and protect dignity along the way. That’s where AidKit comes in. We’re not here to set the agenda. We’re here to make sure that when a community decides to act, the systems are in place to do it quickly, securely, and fairly.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much, Brittany.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Jeff Le on AI Regulation, Cybersecurity Risks, and Consumer Protection in Smart Security Systems

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/15

Jeff Le is a policy expert and commentator specializing in technology, governance, and security. He has provided analysis on the ethical and legal risks of data collection, surveillance, and facial recognition, noting differing impacts across jurisdictions. Le emphasizes the global patchwork of AI regulation, highlighting tensions between innovation, consumer protection, and geopolitical competition. He has also addressed the growing threat of AI-powered cyberattacks and the need for stronger coordination across governments and private infrastructure managers. His work underscores the risks of misuse, the importance of compliance, and practical guidance for consumers managing smart security systems and digital resilience.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The ethical and legal risks tied to data collection, surveillance, and facial recognition in domestic spaces.

Jeff Le: In short, privacy concerns and existing laws could represent risks when deploying widespread surveillance tools or facial recognition in public space. These concerns would look differently in the UK v. in California. Deployment of tools, even under the guise of public safety, such as license plate readers has created unlikely coalitions between conservative and progressive circles.

Jacobsen: Whether existing regulations are sufficient—or whether new guidelines are needed to protect consumers.

Le: There are little regulations on AI in the world. South Korea, the European Union, and a handful of U.S. states have enacted laws. Global patchwork and debates have created a question as to how to protect consumers and still maintain innovation.

The recent AI moratorium effort in Washington, which stalled, creates tensions between those concerned about the rise of China and facing difficult whack-a-mole regulations vs. consumer protection and concerns over AI impacts in everyday life.

And with the advent of AI-powered cyber attack tools emerging, the volume and depth of these digital attacks are likely to increase. Closer partnership with the U.S. Government, its allies, state and local governments, and the private sector who manage 80% of U.S. critical infrastructure are needed to better coordinate in order to better defend. The Trump administration has signaled the need for offensive capabilities which may serve as a deterrence, but this remains to be seen.

Expect more states to pass legislation and other global governments in Asia to test the horizons.

Jacobsen: The potential for misuse of AI-powered security (e.g., biased identification, over-surveillance, data breaches).

Le: Without clear rules of the road outside of key jurisdictions, there are potential misuses if it goes outside governance, regulatory affairs, and compliance. Of note, AI-powered offensive cyber tools are on the rise and there is concern that the defensive tools are not keeping pace.

Jacobsen: What consumers should consider when selecting or managing smart security systems.

Le: In short: It depends on what one is trying to secure and managing risk. Homeowners and families should consider and inventory:

  • The number of devices utilized in the home;
  • The nature of the home activities, including work and other sensitive activities;
  • Children, seniors, and other family members that might not be digital native and could be susceptible to malware and other threats;

Overall, MSPs are a value-add for security awareness trainings and education on cyber hygiene and best practices. Regular trainings are important, just like regular assessments of risk.

While a massive debilitating attack directed at an individual may not be likely, it could be the case from a very motivated state-sponsored actor with AI-powered cyber offensive tools. In this case, the best defenses are likely going to fail.

Any space for data backups and recovery are critical. Some full service packages may also help deal with specific compliance requirements per one’s personal office.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jeff.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Visual Presentation Transforms Real Estate Sales

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/14

Alex Smith is the Manager and Co-owner of Render3DQuick.com, where he oversees daily operations and serves as the primary contact for clients. With over 25 years of experience in blueprint reading and 3D CAD design, he has successfully managed more than 20,000 architectural rendering projects. A certified mechanical engineering technician (C. Tech), Alex has led the Render3DQuick team for nearly 14 years, specializing in 3D rendering, architectural animation, and virtual reality tours. Passionate about design and emerging visualization technologies, he also writes for the company blog. Outside work, Alex enjoys traveling, cooking Italian meals, and making music.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does visual presentation directly influence buyer perception, pricing, and overall outcomes in today’s real estate market?

Alex Smith: I am not a financial advisor, but after two decades of seeing how visual presentation shapes both perception and pricing, I can tell you the smart money right now is going into precision. It is about making targeted choices that directly influence buyer behavior and drive faster, more profitable outcomes.

Jacobsen: What are the most common mistakes sellers make when relying on outdated investment assumptions instead of localized, presentation-driven insights?

Smith: For me, a good financial decision right now means knowing when to stop listening to blanket advice. Everyone hears that real estate is a “safe long-term investment” but that depends entirely on what you plan to do with the property. I have had clients spend $50,000 on staging, landscaping and renderings for a home that never broke even because they were following outdated assumptions about buyer interest. Good decisions today come from current, localized insights, not national trends or historic averages.

Jacobsen: Why is it useful to treat a real estate transaction like a small business launch, and how does that mindset improve decision-making and returns?

Smith: In terms of navigating the real estate market, I see a shift away from the obsession with square footage and more focus on presentation and lifestyle flexibility. In Toronto, a 700-square-foot condo can outsell a 1,200-square-foot suburban home if it visually supports remote work and has a solid digital presentation. I work with clients who spend under $800 on high-end architectural renders and use them to pre-sell homes faster than traditional listing photos ever could. Smart buyers and sellers are investing in presentation tools that compress the selling timeline and reduce carrying costs.

A common error is spending too much money on physical upgrades and forgetting about online presence. I have seen clients spend $100,000 on upgrades but not on digital floor plans and renderings. They asked me why it took so long to sell. On the other hand, I have helped sellers with limited budgets make below-$2,000 marketing investments that have increased their offers by 10 percent above asking. The myth is that buyers only think about physical space when they are actually visual consumers today.

The most effective strategy I have seen is to treat every real estate decision like a small business launch. Think of the home not as a passive asset but as a product with a sales cycle, a customer base, and a brand image. When people approach their purchase or sale with that mindset, they start asking better questions, spending more wisely, and making decisions based on projected returns instead of assumptions. That mindset shift alone changes outcomes.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Alex. 

Smith: Thanks for letting me share my opinions about this issue.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Authenticity in Early Dating: Why Emotional Safety Shapes Real Connection

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/13

In early dating, many people struggle with authenticity due to a lack of emotional safety. As Thomas Westenholtz explains to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, when past experiences include rejection, criticism, or betrayal, individuals often wear masks—pretending to be more confident, agreeable, or available than they feel. This performance is rooted in fear of abandonment. Emotional safety, built on trust, boundaries, and acceptance, allows authenticity to emerge. Without it, people suppress needs and hide vulnerability. Westenholtz emphasizes that authenticity grows from tuning into bodily signals, responding honestly, and practicing self-connection. Genuine intimacy thrives when partners feel safe enough to be fully seen.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the common barriers to authenticity in early dating?

Thomas Westenholtz: We are only as authentic as we feel safe. Emotional safety is the foundation for honesty; without it, people put on masks. That might look like pretending to be more confident, more chill, more agreeable, or more emotionally available than they feel. But underneath that, what’s really happening is fear. When you’ve been hurt before, especially by rejection, criticism, or betrayal, you learn to protect yourself by hiding parts of who you are.

People with unhealed relationship trauma often move through dating like they’re walking a tightrope. They’re performing. Trying to impress. Or avoiding conflict at all costs. Not because they’re manipulative because deep down, they’re scared that if they show too much, they’ll be abandoned. So they suppress their needs, their opinions, and their vulnerability.

Authenticity can’t thrive in a state of threat. It only starts to show up when someone feels emotionally safe, seen, and accepted as they are.

Jacobsen: How does a lack of emotional safety affect someone’s ability to be genuine?

Westenholtz: Think of emotional safety like a scale from 1 to 10. If someone feels a 3 in safety, they’ll likely only show about a 3 in authenticity. You can’t open up if your nervous system is on guard.

Safety isn’t just about someone being ‘nice’, it’s about trusting that your boundaries will be respected, that you won’t be punished or abandoned for having needs, and that you’ll be met with care, even if the answer is no. That’s the essence of secure attachment. And it’s something we learn over time, usually in relationships where we’re not shamed for showing up as ourselves.

The brain is a prediction machine; it constantly pulls from past experience to guess what’s coming next. So if someone grew up or dated in environments where they were rejected, criticised, or shut down, they’ll predict more of the same. That prediction becomes a lens, and through that lens, even neutral situations can feel unsafe. When we expect rejection, we shrink. We edit. We hide.

Jacobsen: What role do past relationship experiences play in authenticity?

Westenholtz: Everything we do in the present is filtered through the past. The way we interpret a partner’s tone, how much we share on a date, even whether we ask for a glass of water — it all ties back to what our nervous system has learned to expect.

If past relationships taught us that it’s okay to have boundaries and needs even when they differ from our partner’s, we’re more likely to feel safe showing up fully. But if our history includes judgment, rejection, or having our boundaries repeatedly ignored, then we start to expect the same. We pre-empt disappointment by shrinking ourselves.

There’s also something called reenactment. Without realising it, we can be drawn to familiar dynamics, trying to resolve old wounds by recreating them in the present. The hope is to finally get a different outcome, but it often just deepens the pain.”

Jacobsen: How can someone distinguish between making a good impression and abandoning themselves?

Westenholtz: We don’t have one fixed ‘true self’, we’re adaptive by nature. But what we do have is a brilliant internal system designed to help us stay in balance. It’s constantly giving us feedback through emotions and body sensations, nudging us toward what we need in any given moment.

The problem is, we often ignore that feedback. Either because we’ve been taught to override it, or because we’re scared of the consequences if we respond to it.

So here’s the difference: making a good impression still feels connected to your internal signals. Abandoning yourself feels like going numb. Like smiling when you’re uncomfortable, agreeing when your gut says no, or laughing to smooth over tension. If you leave a date or a conversation and feel a bit hollow or disconnected, that’s often a clue you left yourself behind to be liked.

Jacobsen: What’s one practical tool to help people reconnect with their authentic selves?

Westenholtz: This is what I work with daily in therapy, helping people learn to feel themselves again.

Start simple. Close your eyes. Bring your attention to different parts of your body. What do you feel? Is there tingling, warmth, or cold? Is your jaw tight or relaxed? Is your stomach soft or clenched? These sensations are signals. Relaxation usually signals safety. Tension often signals a threat, even if it’s subtle, like a fear of being judged.

Then practise responding to those signals. If you feel anger, say out loud or internally, ‘This doesn’t feel good for me right now.’ That tiny moment sensing, responding, and restoring your balance, that’s authenticity. It’s not a big, dramatic thing. It’s a practice of tuning in and honouring what your body and emotions are telling you.”

Jacobsen: How can authenticity create deeper and more sustainable connections?

Westenholtz: Authenticity is the foundation of real connection. We can only connect as deeply as we’re willing to be seen. When we show up as we truly are, even in small ways, and we’re met with acceptance, that creates a sense of safety. And safety is what allows intimacy to grow.

We’re wired for connection, but fear pulls us away. Safety helps us move closer. That’s the human dilemma: the need to be close, and the fear of being hurt. But the more we practise showing up gently, without rushing, the more we invite the kind of relationship that can hold us.

Start small. Say what you mean. Let someone see the part you usually hide. That’s where connection lives.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Thomas.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 6: Energy Politics, U.S.-Canada Relations, and Economic Strategy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/12

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discusses the political dynamics surrounding Mark Carney’s proposed Keystone XL reboot and Donald Trump’s energy strategy. Tsukerman argues that while political rhetoric may fluctuate, economic and institutional cooperation between the U.S. and Canada persists beneath the surface. She explains how Trump’s alliance with energy interests is essential to his political survival and critiques Canada’s interventionist economic policies, emphasizing deregulation and growth over subsidies. The conversation also touches on social investments, such as Canada’s National School Food Program, and their long-term economic implications.

Interview conducted on October 10, 2025, in the afternoon Pacific Time.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Welcome back to The Maple Monitor with New York attorney Irina Tsukerman. So, Mark Carney has floated the idea of a Keystone XL reboot following talks with Trump. From what I understand, Trump has long been focused on reviving it. There has been significant activism surrounding the pipeline and its cancellation, and this would mark a major comeback for a high-carbon trade corridor between Canada and the U.S. Environmentalists will likely react strongly. The question is—politically—does this represent a concession from Carney to Trump? Or was this already being discussed in earlier meetings?

Irina Tsukerman: Some of these issues can run in parallel. It’s entirely possible to have ongoing cooperation at one level while ideological battles continue at another.

They’ve been really attached to other issues, and I think some of these energy discussions have been ongoing the entire time. Even before that, it’s just the nature of two countries so close together, sharing so many significant economic ties. You can’t just cut it off and pretend nothing exists.

Except for Trump’s rhetoric. Business still goes on as usual. Institutions continue functioning. Frankly, I think Trump is mainly unaware of the daily operations within the federal government. No president can track every issue. But energy is one of the more stable areas, and I think even Trump understands why it’s advantageous to keep those conversations going.

If he aims to remain the number-one oil and gas exporter and increase revenue, he has no choice but to talk with anyone willing to cooperate and make the best deals. Frankly, this is the least surprising part of what’s happening—so many energy companies back Trump.

It’s in their interest to do business with Canada. If Trump had killed this issue, he would’ve been finished politically. He’d have lost the support of the energy sector, and that would’ve been the end of his legitimacy. Those business interests helped bring him to power. If they leave, given all the economic upheavals—tariffs, inflation, trade uncertainty—he can’t afford it.

Jacobsen: Alright, unpacking U.S. and new incentives. The biggest thing has been additional support and measures for workers and businesses—an attempt to calm jitters. It’s about stabilizing growth and costs. Expanded retraining and labour market development agreements have trained 50,000 skilled workers for $450 million over three years.

There’s another $382 million over five years, plus ongoing funding to bring together employers, unions, and industry bodies to address labour mismatches. That seems smart. They’ve added extra Employment Insurance weeks for long-tenured workers, effective September 10, providing 20 additional weeks of income support, up to 65 total weeks, retroactive to June 15. But again, that’s only for long-term workers.

And the most lasting impact will come from the National School Food Program, which provides meals at schools, ensuring children have something to eat. It’s approximately $216.6 million from 2029 to 2030, serving about 400,000 children.

Although it’s listed as permanent, I’m unsure whether that means it replaces an older program or if it’s an expansion based on population needs. Any thoughts?

Tsukerman: The food program itself is far less controversial—assuming there’s genuine need—than the other assistance measures for workers. It sounds a bit like what Trump is doing: bailing out farmers while simultaneously imposing and removing tariffs, carving out exceptions. That’s not good policy. If you need constant subsidies, it means the system is broken—it’s not functioning correctly.

Trying to meddle more won’t help. It just misdirects funds to specific groups, leaving others shortchanged. I’m not convinced this will improve matters. We’ve seen this tried all over Europe, by the way.

Dealing with economic uncertainty or crisis—whether due to tariffs or other issues—has never actually resolved tensions. The only way to ease financial stress is to push for growth, expand opportunities for everyone, and pursue policies that deregulate and let people make the most of the market themselves.

Without government overreach. Because assistance always comes with strings attached—and sometimes those conditions are worse than the original situation.

Jacobsen: That’s really it for Canada. We’ve invested in the populations that need it most. In a few years, kids will have access to food. Carbon emissions are decreasing more slowly than they should be. We have a lot of land, plenty of sunlight—we could do a lot more with solar—but we’re not. So, Canada’s batting a B-plus. Not bad, not great. Good plus. That’s all I’ve got for this week. Thank you once again, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Elyse Winer on Recycled Leather, Luxcycling, and the Future of Sustainable Men’s Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/12

Elyse Winer, Chief Marketing Officer and General Manager of Consumer at Gen Phoenix; Winer highlights how recycled leather challenges traditional men’s fashion by combining durability, luxury, and sustainability without compromise. She notes that most vegan leathers are plastic-based and non-recyclable, while traditional leather has environmental drawbacks. Gen Phoenix offers a third path with recycled leather, lowering carbon impact by 80% and reducing waste. Winer emphasizes the importance of collaborations, like with Dr. Martens, to shift perceptions by proving sustainability can enhance performance. She introduces “luxcycling,” extending product lifespans while honoring craftsmanship, and stresses consumer demand as the driving force for industry-wide adoption.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does recycled leather challenge traditional men’s fashion?

Elyse Winer: Recycled leather is rewriting the rules of men’s fashion by exposing a blind spot: the idea that “vegan” always equals “sustainable.” Most vegan leathers are really plastic in disguise—polyurethane and PVC that can’t be recycled at end-of-life. On the other side, traditional leather is durable but comes with its own environmental challenges.

Gen Phoenix represents a third path. Our recycled leather gives you the strength, feel, and longevity of traditional leather with an 80% lowered carbon footprint. It’s also engineered on a roll, not a hide, which flips the old system of cutting and waste on its head. That means manufacturers get consistency and control, while customers get luxury quality with a far smaller footprint. The myth has always been that you can’t have sustainability, durability, beauty and affordability at once. We’re proving you can. This challenges the industry’s assumption that sustainability requires compromising on either quality or price.

Jacobsen: What role do collaborations play in shifting consumer attitudes?

Winer: Collaboration is the spark that changes perception. When brands and material innovators work shoulder-to-shoulder, not just trading product samples but truly co-developing, we can create proof points the consumer can’t ignore.

Take Dr. Martens. Throughout the brand’s history, breaking in a pair of boots was practically a rite of passage. With our recycled leather, we solved that pain point and made the boots more sustainable. That’s the magic – when sustainability delivers a better product experience. Suddenly, consumers aren’t being asked to “make the sustainable choice” – they’re buying the better boot that just happens to be sustainable. That’s how attitudes shift: by showing people they don’t have to compromise.

Jacobsen: How can men’s fashion brands balance durability and sustainability?

Winer: By treating sustainability as an upgrade, not a downgrade. The old narrative says “eco” means delicate, expensive, or compromised. In reality, recycled and next-gen materials can outperform the originals. But it only works if brands put these materials through the same rigorous testing they would anything else, then communicate those results with confidence.

Beyond materials, men’s fashion can double down on services like take-back and repair programs. That turns sustainability into a premium experience – durability plus responsibility – something men’s fashion is uniquely positioned to deliver. This isn’t just about individual garments – it’s about creating a complete ecosystem around the product.

Jacobsen: What are the main misconceptions consumers have about recycled materials?

Winer: The first misconception: recycled means second-rate. In truth, the best recycled materials are nextgen materials that can raise the bar. The second: recycled limits style. The reality? Designers now have as much freedom to create beautiful, luxurious pieces with recycled content.

The breakthrough happens when consumers touch, wear, and live in these materials. Once they realize they’re getting superior products that also reduce impact, the narrative flips. It’s not “sustainable but acceptable.” It’s “better andsustainable.” And that’s what today’s younger consumers are demanding: no compromises and no green premium.

Jacobsen: How does “luxcycling” differ from traditional upcycling?

Winer: Gen Phoenix coined the term ‘luxcycling’ to give vocabulary to the ways brands are using innovative materials and proprietary manufacturing processes to extend the lifespan of fashion and accessories products. We view luxcycling as the next frontier in material innovation, where the focus is not just on creating new products, but on honoring the heritage, craftsmanship, and quality standards luxury brands (and their customers ) demand – all while reducing waste and environmental impact.

Jacobsen: What opportunities exist for men’s fashion to lead on sustainable adoption?

Winer: Men’s fashion is uniquely positioned to drive sustainable adoption because the category’s core values—durability, functionality, and longevity—align perfectly with sustainable principles. Men are increasingly asking how their products are made and what kind of impact they have, but they won’t compromise on performance or pay premium prices. This creates a massive opportunity for brands that can deliver sustainability as an upgrade, not a trade-off.

Heritage brands, with decades of credibility in quality, are perfectly positioned to make the leap. And categories like workwear or footwear, where performance is non-negotiable, show how sustainable materials can actually raise the bar. The Gen Phoenix and Dr. Martens collaboration is a great example: sustainability enhanced the product experience. That’s where men’s fashion can lead the charge.When sustainability enhances rather than compromises the user experience, it becomes a competitive advantage that can transform the entire industry.

Jacobsen: How can consumer demand influence wider adoption of recycled materials?

Winer: Consumer demand is turning sustainability from a ‘nice-to-have’ to a non-negotiable, creating a ripple effect throughout the supply chain. Gen-Z consumers are asking better questions: not just is it sustainable? but “show me the proof.

And they’re value-driven – they won’t overpay for it. That pressure forces retailers and manufacturers to rethink sourcing strategies.

At Gen Phoenix, we see this as the moment to prove circular materials aren’t just possible, they’re profitable. If we can deliver products that exceed expectations on performance, quality, and cost, and just happen to be made from recycled content, consumer demand will accelerate adoption across the entire industry.

Jacobsen: What innovations in materials shape the next era of sustainable men’s fashion?

Winer: We see a future where waste becomes the starting point for the world’s best products, not because consumers feel guilty, but because these products deliver a superior story and value. The next era isn’t about “green capsule collections” or pilots. It’s about embedding sustainable materials into the core of menswear at scale, with full traceability and transparency. When waste becomes the starting point for luxury, durability, and performance, and when that’s commercially viable, you don’t just change fashion. You change the system.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Elyse.

Image credit: Jack Connors.

More info:

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Canadian Capital Forum 3: Canada’s Rates, Loonie, and Trade

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/11

Michael Ashley Schulman, CFA, is Chief Investment Officer and a founding partner of Running Point Capital Advisors, a multifamily office delivering integrated investment, planning, tax, insurance, and estate services, based in Los Angeles, California. He oversees global macro research, asset allocation, and public- and private-markets strategies, including impact mandates. Schulman is a widely quoted commentator, frequently providing analysis to Reuters and other outlets on technology, energy, trade, and market structure. His work centers on translating macroeconomic trends, U.S. fiscal policy, and the global tech landscape into actionable guidance for families and entrepreneurs.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Schulman parses Canada’s outlook: measured Bank of Canada easing from a 2.5% policy rate, a Q2 GDP wobble driven by inventories and housing, narrowing fiscal room per the PBO, and consumer insolvency signals. He sees open primary markets amid sentiment-driven TSX highs and Maple bond issuance, but warns trade-policy risk ahead of the 2026 USMCA review could pressure the loonie, especially if rate differentials widen or oil sours. Bottom line: modest mortgage relief, sticky food prices, and TFSA gains vulnerable to trade headlines.

Interview conducted October 10, 2025, in the afternoon.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How far and how fast will the Bank of Canada ease from the 2.5% policy rate?

Michael Ashley Schulman: The Bank’s not exactly revving the rate-cut engine like it’s the Calgary Stampede; we’re getting there, but with polished pacing, not pyrotechnics. Macklem will likely guide you down from the peak with all the enthusiasm of a Torontonian shoveling snow in April; he’ll be deliberate, skeptical, and eyeing the sky for more. Markets want the stimulus that comes with fast cuts, but the BoC seems to prefer a caution. I suspect 50–75 bps of additional cuts over the next 6–9 months, front-loaded if trade shocks bite, slower if the loonie wobbles or jobs surprise hot. If the U.S. Federal Reserve lowers rates further it will help the BoC’s path as it will help many foreign central banks.

Jacobsen: Is the growth wobble transitory, as Q2 GDP fell about 0.4%?

Schulman: GDP’s stagger looks more Kim’s Convenience, an awkward sitcom-level stumble, not a full-blown economic dystopia. I think it was down 0.4%. But yeah, maybe people will be buying more ramen.

Inventory drawdowns and softer housing data dragged you down, but it’s more of a side-step. That said, for average Canadians already staring down a supermarket Caesar salad that costs more than their streaming subscription, and rent hikes with the emotional fortitude of a Bachelor Canada contestant, earnestly trying to look composed while everything around them is a beautiful mess. To use your word, it’s a wobble that’s not affecting everyone, but seems to be affecting enough people to be noticeable.

Jacobsen: How much fiscal room is left? The PBO projects a bigger 2025–26 deficit and rising debt-to-GDP.

Schulman: Fiscal room? You’ve got about as much as a snowbird trying to pack an extra suitcase without paying Air Canada’s fees. Ottawa’s been leaning hard into spending, and with a rising debt-to-GDP ratio, that room is narrowing fast; remember, I’m in the U.S. and we are also seeing and feeling a thing or two regarding our own rising debt-to-GDP ratio.

And the PBO? You mean the Parliamentary Budget Officer, Canada’s official fiscal umpire, calculator-in-chief, and budgetary buzzkill, right! There’s just enough room to fund priorities, but not enough to absorb shocks without invoking the ghost of austerity past. The PBO’s warning, that well, it’s a credible warning that Canada’s fiscal path might be veering off-road. Call it fiscal drift. 2025–26 deficit is projected to soar, and the federal debt‑to‑GDP ratio is no longer forecasted to decline. New spending, weaker growth, tariff and trade tension with us, I mean the U.S., underestimated liabilities, and debt service costs. Like I mentioned earlier, some parallels to your southern neighbor.

Jacobsen: Are insolvencies flashing red or just amber?

Schulman: I’d call it amber. You’re not in crisis mode, but consumer debt is high, real wages haven’t fully recovered, and interest costs still bite. Consumer filings rose quarter-over-quarter. Canadians juggling mortgages, BNPL I mean buy-now-pay-later debt, credit cards, rising grocery and utility bills, and car loans are not going bankrupt en masse, but many are spiritually insolvent although still hoping for another rate cut.

Jacobsen: Is primary issuance genuinely open? TSX is at record highs. A record Maple bond surge.

Schulman: It’s as open as a 24-hour Tim Hortons. The TSX hitting all-time highs has the IPO crowd buzzing, and Maple bond issuance is frothier than a Pumpkin Spice Latte. But let’s be real, this is probably a sentiment-driven rally, parallel to the U.S. markets and not a fundamentals love story. Issuers are sprinting through the window because they know it might close fast. If growth stutters, this party could turn Letterkenny real quick, going from polished and professional to deadpan and profanity-laced chirping in five seconds flat. By the way, I’ve enjoyed a ton of Letterkenny clips on YouTube in no particular order, so if you have any favorite episodes, or anyone wants to mention their fav episode in the comments, please do!

Jacobsen: How large are the trade-policy risks heading into the 2026 USMCA review?

Schulman: Big enough! If U.S. politics veers further into protectionism, Canada’s supply chains could be collateral damage. Auto, dairy, and digital trade are likely targets. Hope for the best but prep for otherwise. Canadian exporters should brace for volatility. The good news is that the review is not until July 2026, so the U.S. government shutdown should be over by then.

Jacobsen: Any risks for the loonie there?

Schulman: Oh yeah. The loonie could go from Ryan Reynolds charm to Ryan Reynolds Deadpool chaos real fast. The Canadian dollar lives at the intersection of rate differentials, oil, and trade risk. If CUSMA gets messy, capital could rerate Canadian assets, especially if rate differentials widen and oil stays moody. Please don’t be offended; everyone is trying to figure out the U.S. dollar too, which slid this year, has recently strengthened a fraction, and is still at the center of a tug of war amongst hedge funds. The loonie’s been relatively stable, but recession, trade drama, or any dovish BoC move could have it skating into sub-71 territory.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or summaries?

Schulman: For the average Canadian, this mix probably means mortgage relief is coming, just not fast; groceries won’t get cheaper on a weak loonie; and Tax-Free Savings Account (TFSA) portfolios are enjoying the rally until trade headlines throw a cross-check.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michael.

Schulman: Thank you for the opportunity to share financial thoughts with enough levity to keep it south of delusional and north of dour.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Chloe Bean, LMFT, on Banksying in Dating, Emotional Trauma, and Healing with Somatic Therapy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/11

Chloe Bean, LMFT, is a Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist and somatic trauma specialist in Los Angeles, California. At Chloe Bean Therapy, she supports high-achieving women navigating anxiety, toxic relationships, breakup recovery, body image concerns, perfectionism, and attachment trauma. Drawing on EMDR, Internal Family Systems (IFS), and Somatic Experiencing, Chloe integrates nervous system healing with practical skills to reduce stress, improve boundaries, and build secure, satisfying relationships. Her work centers on emotional resilience, mindfulness, and repairing self-worth after relational trauma. Chloe has contributed expert commentary on modern dating, friendship dynamics, and sleep-health routines, and is featured in VoyageLA. Keywords: LMFT Los Angeles, somatic trauma therapist, EMDR therapist, IFS therapy, women’s mental health, anxiety treatment, relationship counseling, attachment styles, breakup recovery, nervous system regulation.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Bean explains the hidden breakup tactic of “banksying,” where one partner secretly withdraws over time before ending a relationship. Unlike ghosting, which is sudden disappearance, banksying is a calculated concealment that leaves the other partner blindsided and destabilized. Bean outlines why people banksy—often from conflict avoidance or control—and the deep psychological effects it causes, including anxiety, shame, and hypervigilance. She offers strategies for emotional protection, reframing, and healing, emphasizing therapy approaches like EMDR, IFS, and Somatic Experiencing. For Bean, presence and honesty are the antidotes to betrayal in modern relationships.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is banksying in dating?

Chloe Bean: 
Banksying is when someone secretly decides to end a relationship, then slowly withdraws over weeks or months—without telling their partner. Unlike a natural drifting apart, banksying is intentional concealment: the person banksying has already “left” emotionally but keeps up minimal appearances until the final breakup. It leaves the other partner blindsided, confused, and destabilized.

Jacobsen: How does it differ from ghosting?


Bean: 
Ghosting is unnexpected disappearance; banksying is strategic abandonment. Ghosting can feel like a passive rejection or non-commitment while banksying feels like an intended betrayal because the withdrawal is covert and calculated. Banksying is less rooted in uncertainty and more about choosing to secretly exit for personal benefit while the other person is still investing.

Jacobsen: Why do people banksy instead of communicating?

Bean: 

Banksying often comes from avoidance and fear of conflict. Someone may not feel emotionally equipped to tolerate guilt, anger, or disappointment, so they manage their own discomfort with difficult emotions by deceiving their partner. Sometimes it’s about control—managing the narrative, lining up the next relationship, or protecting their own image. Psychologically, it’s a short-term self-protective strategy that creates long-term harm for the receiver.

Jacobsen: What are the psychological effects of being banksied?


Bean: 
Being banksied can mimic relational trauma. Common reactions include obsessive rumination (“when did it start?” “what could I have done differently”), anxiety, panic attacks, depression, shame, self-blame, hypervigilance, and distrust a towards oneself and future partners. Because the withdrawal was hidden and sudden, victims may feel gaslit: Was I imagining intimacy when they were already detaching? Was it ever real? For those with abandonment or attachment wounds, banksying can reopen deep layers of shame and rejection. In many instances, the receiver of the banksying may feel robbed of the opportunity to be heard, leading to a feeling of devaluation.

Jacobsen: What early signs indicate you’ve been banksied?

Bean: 
- Emotional intimacy drops without explanation—conversations stay surface-level when you attempt to communicate about your needs for more connection.- Affection or sexual connection feels withheld.- You notice social media changes (muted, unfollowed) or sudden distance.- Plans become inconsistent, while they expand energy into other friendships or hobbies.
The common thread is secrecy: instead of naming doubts, they disengage quietly and you begin to feel excluded and in the dark.

Jacobsen: How can you protect your emotional health?

Bean: 
1. Name it: Recognize this pattern says more about their coping style than who you are.2. Regulate: Use grounding tools—breathwork, movement, journaling—to calm your nervous system, and connect with folks who you feel are consistent and present.3. Reframe: Ask, “Do I want to be with someone who can’t be present for truthful conversations?” That shift restores your sense of choice and agency.
Healing starts with reclaiming the story: they struggle with discomfort and cope by abandoning; I am capable of the truth and stay present when things get hard— I deserve to be around folks who can provide the same.

Jacobsen: What is the healthiest way to respond?

Bean: 

Don’t chase closure from someone who withheld it all along, they cannot provide what you want or need. Instead, honor your grief with their limitations and focus on relationships where honesty and growth is possible. Lean on community, therapy, or creative expression to metabolize the rupture. The healthiest question becomes: How can I stay with myself, even when someone else doesn’t have the capacity to stay with me?

Jacobsen: Can EMDR, IFS, or somatic therapy help you recover?

Bean: 

Absolutely. EMDR can help reprocess the shock and betrayal, reducing intrusive thoughts and self-blame. IFS helps you connect compassionately with the parts of you that feel abandoned or unworthy. Somatic therapy brings presence and safety back into the body, soothing the hypervigilance that banksying can trigger. These approaches allow you not only to recover but to rebuild trust in yourself and your ability to connect.

“Ghosting is silence; banksying is deception.”

“Banksying isn’t rooted in uncertainty—it’s about secretly leaving while your partner is still investing.”

“Being banksied can feel like emotional gaslighting: you’re left questioning if the relationship was ever real.”

“The antidote to banksying is presence: honesty in how you leave is as important as how you love.”

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Chloe. 

Chloe Bean, LMFT — Somatic Trauma Therapist for High-Achieving Women | EMDR, IFS, & Somatic Experiencing | Los Angeles + Online Across CaliforniaWebsite: www.chloebeantherapy.com – IG: @chloebeantherapy

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Balaram Thapa on Leading Nepal Hiking Team, Ethical Trekking, and the Future of Himalayan Adventure

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/10

Balaram Thapa is the Co-Founder and CEO of Nepal Hiking Team, a premier trekking and adventure travel company based in Kathmandu, Nepal. With over 20 years of experience in the Himalayas, Balaram began his career as a porter and guide before establishing one of Nepal’s top-rated expedition outfits. He is widely respected for his expertise in high-altitude trekking, sustainable tourism, and ethical adventure leadership. Under his guidance, Nepal Hiking Team has become a trusted choice for travelers seeking Everest Base Camp treks, Annapurna circuits, and culturally immersive Himalayan journeys. A strong advocate for local empowerment, eco-friendly travel, and cultural respect, Balaram continues to shape the future of adventure tourism in Nepal while preserving the soul of the Himalayas.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Thapa shares his journey from porter to leading one of Nepal’s most respected trekking companies. With over 20 years of Himalayan experience, Thapa emphasizes mutual respect, sustainable tourism, and cultural integrity in adventure travel. He challenges misconceptions about trekking in Nepal, highlights the importance of hiring local guides, and advocates for fair economic practices that empower communities. Thapa also addresses issues like misuse of the term “Sherpa,” the balance between luxury and authenticity, and the critical role of acclimatization. His vision ensures that Nepal’s adventure tourism preserves both people and mountains.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You started your journey as a porter. Now, you’re CEO of Nepal Hiking Team. How has this personal experience shaped your leadership values?

Balaram Thapa: I started working as a trekking porter back in 1998 to help pay my college tuition. Carrying loads through the Himalayas wasn’t easy, but it taught me more than any classroom ever could. I gained real knowledge of the trails, local cultures, and the daily life of the people who make mountain journeys possible.

That experience shaped everything—how I think, how I lead, and how I treat people. I know firsthand what it feels like to walk for days in tough weather with a heavy pack. So today, even as CEO, I see every guide, porter, and team member not as staff—but as the backbone of our success.

My leadership is built on mutual respect, fairness, and dignity. I believe in creating a work environment where no one is overlooked, and where decisions are made with field experience and humanity at the core.

Jacobsen: What are the biggest misconceptions international travelers have about trekking?

Thapa: Many travelers still assume that trekking in Nepal is only for the super fit, extremely adventurous, or those ready to “rough it” with tents and no comfort. But that’s outdated. Most popular trekking regions now have well-developed teahouse infrastructure with warm meals, cozy lodges, and hot showers in many villages—especially in places like Everest, Annapurna, and Langtang.

Another common misconception is that all treks in Nepal are the same, or only about Everest. In truth, Nepal offers diverse trekking experiences—from remote routes like Manaslu and Nar Phu to cultural walks through mid-hill villages.

Some also think hiring guides or porters is optional. But they don’t realize the value of a local team—not only for safety and navigation but also to connect with the local culture and support the economy. Trekking can be accessible, meaningful, and safe when done with the right mindset and preparation.

Jacobsen: How can travelers ensure trekking experiences benefit Nepali communities?

Thapa: One of the best ways travelers can support local communities is by booking directly with local trekking companies. This simple choice makes a big difference. It means more of their money stays in Nepal—directly supporting guides, porters, teahouse owners, and the families who depend on mountain tourism.

When travelers book through international companies, they often pay more, but only a small portion reaches the ground level. By going local, they not only save money but also contribute more meaningfully to Nepal’s economy. It helps create fair jobs, promotes community-based tourism, and ensures that the people doing the hard work are properly recognized and compensated.

Travelers can also choose trips that use local lodges, buy food from village markets, and respect local customs. When tourism is rooted in local connection, the entire experience becomes more personal, more responsible, and more sustainable.

Jacobsen: How is Nepal Hiking Team adapting to travel preferences?

Thapa: Travel styles have changed a lot in the past few years, and we’ve adapted with flexibility at the core of everything we do. At Nepal Hiking Team, we offer fully customizable itineraries—whether someone wants a short 7-day trek or a longer 20-day expedition. We also arrange luxury trekking options, private heli exits, and high-end lodge routes for those seeking comfort with adventure.

Many travelers today are looking for more personal, flexible, and meaningful experiences. That’s why we run both group and private trips, accommodate last-minute changes, and welcome travelers of all ages—from solo hikers to multi-generational families. Some want to combine trekking with climbing peaks like Mera or Island Peak, while others prefer a cultural tour before or after the trek.

Our goal is to understand what each traveler needs and offer the right balance of comfort, challenge, and cultural connection—without ever losing the authenticity of the Himalayan trail.

Jacobsen: You’ve highlighted the misuse of the term “Sherpa.” Why?

Thapa: The word “Sherpa” is often misunderstood and misused—especially in Western media and adventure sports. It’s not a job title. It’s the name of a proud ethnic group with deep cultural roots in the Himalayas. The Sherpa people have their own language, customs, spiritual traditions, and history that deserve respect and recognition.

Using “Sherpa” as a generic term for porters or support staff is not only incorrect—it erases identity. In Nepal, not all guides or porters are Sherpa. They come from many communities: Rai, Tamang, Gurung, Magar, and others. When the word is misused, the real Sherpa community loses credit for its heritage, and other ethnic groups are also overlooked.

As someone who grew up in this industry, I believe in honoring people by their name, skill, and background—not reducing them to a label. It’s time the global adventure community stops using “Sherpa” as a substitute for “porter” and starts recognizing the individuals behind the work.

Jacobsen: How do you balance rising demand for luxury trekking and authentic Himalayan spirit?

Thapa: Luxury in the Himalayas is always limited by geography. True luxury—like high-end lodges, private rooms, and gourmet meals—is only available in the lower elevations, mainly near places like Lukla, Namche, or the Annapurna foothills. Once you head higher, the trails get remote, and comfort comes in simpler forms: warmth, safety, good food, and genuine hospitality.

At Nepal Hiking Team, we try to create a balance. For travelers seeking more comfort, we design fusion experiences—premium hotels in Kathmandu and Pokhara, luxury lodges on the lower trail, and helicopter exits from places like Gorak Shep or Dingboche. But we never lose the authentic trekking rhythm: walking village to village, connecting with local people, and experiencing the raw beauty of the mountains.

Luxury can enhance the journey, but it should never overpower the heart of Himalayan trekking. We focus on delivering comfort where possible, while always preserving the spirit, culture, and simplicity that make Nepal so special.

Jacobsen: What safety and acclimatization advice is important for first-time trekkers?

Thapa: Trekking in high altitude isn’t about speed—it’s about rhythm, awareness, and respecting the mountain. For first-time trekkers, the most important safety rule is simple: go slow. Altitude affects everyone differently, and rushing is the biggest mistake.

We always build in proper acclimatization days—especially around 3,000m and 4,000m elevations—to let the body adjust. Staying hydrated is also critical. Drinking enough water helps prevent dehydration, which can worsen altitude symptoms. We also encourage trekkers to eat well—warm, nutritious meals that support energy levels and recovery.

At Nepal Hiking Team, our guides monitor every trekker daily for early signs of altitude sickness. If someone needs to stop, descend, or rest, we never push forward. Safety comes first—always. With the right guidance, pacing, and mindset, even high-altitude treks like Everest Base Camp can be done comfortably and safely.

Jacobsen: What is the role of Nepal and the Himalayas in global adventure and tourism?

Thapa: Nepal is more than a trekking destination—it’s a living museum of nature, culture, and humanity. The Himalayas have always drawn adventurers, but what makes this region truly special is not just the mountains—it’s the connection between the landscape, the people, and the spirit of harmony that runs through every trail.

As global adventure tourism grows, Nepal has a unique responsibility: to protect its natural beauty while offering life-changing experiences. We must preserve the Himalayas—not only for ourselves, but for future generations. That means promoting responsible trekking, community-based tourism, and cultural respect.

Nepal is one of the few places where adventure and authenticity still walk side by side. From the highest peaks to the quietest villages, we offer something rare: the chance to feel both humbled and welcomed at the same time. That’s the real role of Nepal in global tourism—to inspire, to ground, and to remind people what truly matters.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Balaram.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Really Global: Mental Health for All Launches

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/09

DavidPaul Doyle is the CEO of Really Global, a browser-based mental-health marketplace launching August 1, 2025, with the mission “Mental Health for All.” Really Global offers instant Talk Now sessions and scheduled appointments with therapists, coaches, and mentors in over 200 countries. In Canada, licensed therapists and non-licensed counsellors can join for free, set their own rates, and retain 85–95% of the session fee. Doyle champions culturally sensitive access—vital as 57% of young Canadians with early signs of mental illness cite cost as a barrier (Canadian Mental Health Association). He welcomes media conversations on topics such as therapy access, rural delivery, men’s mental health, and holistic support. More info: https://really.global.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Doyle discussed redefining mental health as encompassing both clinical and non-clinical well-being, emphasizing that “mental health for all” means universal access, regardless of geography or circumstance. He explained that Really Global distinguishes between licensed professionals, such as therapists and nurse practitioners, and non-clinical providers, such as coaches and mentors. He emphasized that the platform is not a suicide hotline, but he personally compiled the most comprehensive list of crisis hotlines in 120+ countries to direct people in immediate danger. Doyle also discussed affordability, youth access with parental oversight, HIPAA/GDPR data security, stigma reduction for men, and 550+ searchable provider categories.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Typically, when you request permission to record, the platform makes a note of that exchange—the other person grants consent, and then you begin recording. On my end, it does not make a sound, but it is recording, and I can confirm that. On your side, it appears to be noted for documentation purposes.

Now, turning to the topic of mental health for all, this is a vital subject because it challenges and expands long-standing assumptions.

For example, consider how society once defined abuse. It was once viewed as a small set of obvious behaviours. Over time, however, clinicians and researchers have catalogued abuse in a far more nuanced way, identifying patterns and forms that were once overlooked. I am not a clinician myself, but I have interviewed many professionals in this field, and their expertise makes clear how much more detailed and accurate these definitions have become.

I see mental health in a similar light. For much of the public, mental health has not traditionally been viewed as part of health. People might dismiss it as someone “just feeling blue” or even romanticize it as the basis for artistic expression, such as inventing a new music genre. However, the reality is that mental health is a form of health.

So when you speak about “mental health for all,” what exactly do you mean? Moreover, how does the rights-based context fit into this?

DavidPaul Doyle: There are, of course, many definitions of mental health. From our perspective, mental health encompasses everything related to mental and emotional well-being. It includes both clinical and non-clinical dimensions. The broadest and most useful definition encompasses this spectrum, which includes licensed clinical care as well as non-clinical wellness practices. That is why we group them under the umbrella of “mental health and well-being.”

The mind is inseparable from emotions, and both are closely connected to the body. Physiological health, emotional health, and mental health reinforce one another. So, it is a broad but necessary framework.

The phrase “for all” reflects the core goal: to create a world where anyone, anywhere, can access mental health and wellness support. That is the mission of Really Global—to make such access universally possible.

Jacobsen: How do you distinguish between counselling, therapy, mentoring, and similar forms of support, so people can choose what suits their needs?

Doyle: On our platform, we make these distinctions clear. For example, therapists and counsellors are listed together, while social workers, nurse practitioners, and other allied health professionals appear in a separate category. Coaches and mentors are also listed in their own section.

Each page includes clear descriptions of what each role can and cannot provide, so visitors understand the scope of practice. The distinction is straightforward: licensed professionals deliver clinical care, while coaches and mentors provide non-clinical support.

Jacobsen: When people are looking at the provisions you are offering under the “for all” model, there is clearly a structure: an apparatus, a business model, and specific provisions. However, are there methodologies outside your platform—beyond your mandate—that might also be useful? In other words, what is your model perfect for, and what are its limitations? 

Doyle: Yes, that is an important distinction. One thing we are very clear about is that we are not a suicide hotline. At the bottom of our website, there is a clear disclaimer: If you or anyone else may be in immediate danger of harm, do not use this site. Go immediately to your local hospital or call one of these numbers.

I actually spent four months—eight hours a day—building what I believe is the most comprehensive list of global hotlines. I went country by country, sometimes spending weeks on one country, calling numbers, emailing people, and verifying information. Many widely cited hotline pages contain outdated or inaccurate details, such as old numbers and inactive emails. So I put in the work to ensure that our list is accurate.

Currently, we have hotlines available in over 120 countries. We do not yet have all 200, but the 120 that we have are verified and reliable. That was a significant effort, but it was necessary so that people in crisis could reach the proper care immediately.

Our platform does not provide that kind of emergency service, but we wanted to make sure people in that state could find help elsewhere. What we do provide is support for those not in immediate danger: licensed providers on our platform deliver clinical care, and coaches and mentors offer non-clinical support. We can cover everything except life-threatening emergencies.

Jacobsen: What about young people? They may not have as much financial capital, nor as many supports throughout life. They are often trying to establish professional support, mentoring, and so on, but all of this comes at a cost. How do you help them access or leverage services in a way that reduces costs or makes things more accessible, particularly when they are just starting out or at specific points in life?

Doyle: First of all, you must be at least 13 years old to use our platform. You cannot hire a licensed professional or practitioner until you reach the age of consent in your country. Between the ages of 13 and the age of consent, users may purchase services only from coaches or mentors, not licensed professionals.

We have these country-specific age brackets built into the platform. Everyone must provide their date of birth when creating an account. We maintain a database by country and state within the U.S., allowing us to determine whether someone meets the age of consent. This determines what services they are allowed to access.

Parents can also create sub-accounts for their children. For example, after an adult creates an account, they can add sub-accounts for minors, young children, or elderly dependents they are caring for. Case managers or clinicians can also create sub-accounts for clients under their supervision. This allows oversight and management of more vulnerable populations.

On the issue of cost, it is important to clarify that we do not set prices on the platform. Care providers are entirely responsible for setting their own rates and determining their own availability. We play no role in the delivery of care itself. In our terms of service, we are very clear: we are simply a platform that enables clients and providers to connect.

The provider is 100% responsible for complying with the laws and regulations of their jurisdiction and for delivering services in line with their licensing or professional scope. Clients, in turn, contract directly with the provider—they pay providers directly. Our role is to facilitate discovery and connection, allowing people to browse, search, and find the support they need.

Jacobsen: What about people for whom cost is not the main issue, but distance is—those in rural or underserved communities?

Doyle: We have telehealth software integrated into our platform, which provides that mechanism. Our platform supports both in-person and telehealth services. Providers can choose whether to offer one or both, and clients can search specifically for what they are seeking—whether local, face-to-face support or virtual sessions.

Jacobsen: A significant concern in mental health delivery is data security. Data breaches are always a risk. How do you incorporate data security into your platform?

Doyle: We use Microsoft Azure as our hosting platform. All data is encrypted, and our developers have configured everything in line with HIPAA compliance on Azure. We ensure the full utilization of Azure’s HIPAA-compliant and GDPR-compliant security features, ensuring the system meets both U.S. and international data protection standards.

Jacobsen: Over the last five to ten years, there has been growing awareness of men’s mental health and the stigma surrounding care. Part of the challenge is even having the language to label and discuss the problem. How does your platform help address gendered stigma—both in encouraging men to seek care and in supporting them to remain in care during an episode or crisis?

Doyle: At the moment, we do not have direct partnerships targeting men’s mental health. We are still a small and growing platform, and since we only recently launched, we have not yet had the opportunity to form such partnerships. That said, if a provider indicates that they specialize in this area, the platform can surface that information.

We also have a semantic search feature built directly into our navigation bar, which allows users to search for precisely what they need. One of our strengths is the depth of categorization. Providers can select from over 500 different categories, including areas of focus, lived experiences, backgrounds, and specialties. This allows users to search in a nuanced way—for example, finding a provider who explicitly lists expertise in men’s mental health or related issues.

All of those categories—identity, lived experience, client focus, expertise—are both browsable and searchable. Providers can select from literally over 550 options across these categories.

The goal is to provide clients with clarity: they can search for someone with a specific expertise, skill, background, or focus area and find the right match. For example, men can look specifically for providers who highlight experience in men’s issues, or who have a relevant background or lived experience. Right now, that level of feature depth is what we offer.

Jacobsen: Providers retain 85 to 95 percent of fees, correct?

Doyle: That is correct. We charge a 15% platform fee for telehealth services and a 5% fee for in-person services.

Jacobsen: That makes sense. Moreover, since this is the launch phase, how are things looking so far?

Doyle: We literally just began outreach to influencers this week. We already have 15 responses, and we are sending out affiliate links to them now. So, our first actual promotions will roll out next week. We are still a small and growing organization, but we are continually expanding our network of providers. I have not even issued a press release yet—that should be coming in the next week.

Jacobsen: Is this a highly competitive industry, providing that kind of resource-filtering layer?

Doyle: That depends on how you frame it. Do you mean competitive compared to extensive services like BetterHelp or Talkspace? Or competitive from the perspective of providers choosing between platforms?

Jacobsen: I mean more from the provider’s perspective—what they would be using if not this platform. Or is this more like the “first personal computer” in an untapped market?

Doyle: We are first in some respects, but not in others. There are numerous directories available that feature therapists and coaches. However, ours is the most nuanced of all. With over 550 categories for providers to choose from, we offer an unprecedented level of detail and search precision.

On the site, for example, if I go under “Therapists,” you can browse by therapist type. Within “Relationships and Family,” you will see a wide range of categories related to family. Under “Work,” there are many options for jobs, career development, and related emotional issues—an extensive amount of detail. The same applies to other sections, including “Community and Identity.”

Here, for instance, you will find “Men’s Issues” under identity and gender. We also have a wide range of treatment approaches. Additionally, you can filter by provider focus. For example, if you want someone who works with specific ethnicities, age groups, genders, or sexualities, you can filter your search to include that.

We designed the platform to allow providers also to indicate their lived experience, which further enriches the matching process. This allows clients to be particular about the type of provider they want to work with.

From the provider’s side—therapists, coaches, or mentors—they can also define their niche very clearly: who they want to work with, their areas of expertise, and the kinds of clients they want to attract.

Once the marketplace reaches a particular scale, this will enable very detailed and personalized matching. That is the goal of having such a granular structure. Directories exist, of course, but they typically offer only a dozen or so categories. We are pushing the boundaries of specificity in a way that makes us unique.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time today. I really appreciate it.

Doyle: Thank you, Scott. It was a pleasure to meet you. I appreciate your time as well.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Jeff Le on Cybersecurity Risks to Energy and Maritime Infrastructure Amid Global Tensions

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/08

Jeff Le is Managing Principal at 100 Mile Strategies, a public sector navigation, communications, and policy consultancy, and a Fellow at George Mason University’s National Security Institute. He previously served as Deputy Cabinet Secretary for California under Governor Jerry Brown, leading portfolios in cyber, AI, emerging technologies, homeland and disaster response, economic development, and federal affairs. Le coordinated California’s disaster recovery and resilience efforts and represented the state to the Trump Administration and global governments. With extensive experience in technology, policy, and security, he now advises on global energy supply chains, maritime cybersecurity, and critical infrastructure protection.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Le warns of mounting cyber threats to energy and maritime infrastructure, especially with Tehran-backed attacks and AI-powered offensive tools. He highlights vulnerabilities in operational technology, outdated maritime systems, and weak state and local defenses. Le stresses that coordinated private-public defense, global partnerships, and resilience investments are critical as adversaries exploit supply chains, ports, and energy markets in increasingly complex ways.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How might a closure of the Strait of Hormuz exacerbate existing cyber vulnerabilities?

Jeff Le: While the Iranian Government and its Parliament has not officially closed the Strait of Hormuz, there have been signals to suggest cooperation disruptions for trade and the looming threat of closure is still possible given U.S. estimates of the Iran’s ability to deploy 5-6 thousand naval mines, submarines and vessels. Such action would halt commercial traffic and have a considerable impact on the U.S. military presence. That’s the physical concerns.

But the cyber space has seen a rapid increase in malicious activities. The Iran’s are outgunned compared to the combined firepower of the United States and Israel. But Iran’s cyber prowess does give them an advantage to leverage and target American companies, supply chains, and entities that are woefully behind in its cyber infrastructure and resilience.

Jacobsen: What risks do Tehran-backed cyberattacks pose to U.S. energy infrastructure?

Le: U.S. energy infrastructure – especially in the traditional extractive industries – while have more mature resources and a history of compliance with regulatory and security requirements are still a logical and effective target. These companies are giant and have sprawling partnerships, subcontractors, vendors, and partners, some of which perform administrative duties separate from the main company functions. The suppliers and third-party vendors are a natural incursion space and opportunity to infiltrate. As a result, the broader U.S. energy infrastructure and linkages are more vulnerable. With the growing adoption of AI-powered offensive tools, more attack opportunities are in play.

The other area of vulnerability falls not just in IT but in OT – operational technology – that is the physical touchpoints to IT. The OT aspects are woefully out of date and represent a serious weakness, despite policymakers speaking more about OT cybersecurity.

Tehran-backed cyberattacks are one problem. But such attacks could also have the backing of other Tehran-aligned allies, ideological kindred spirits, and hired cyber criminal syndicates who have taken advantage of the wave, as evidenced by the FBI’s 2024 Internet Crime Report that spells out losses to the tune of over $16 billion and growing in 2025. Criminal groups and additional state-sponsored resources can accelerate vulnerability not just in the Strait itself but in the U.S. homeland directly on critical infrastructure, some of which could be pre-positioned like the PRC’s Salt Typhoon campaign.

Jacobsen: How prepared is the U.S. and its allies to defend maritime cybersecurity?

Le: The Biden administration charged the U.S. Coast Guard with the duties to defend the marine transportation system, to include cyber with its existing authorities. Unfortunately, the duties did not come with additional capacities or resources. The U.S. maritime space is almost 100,000 miles of coastline and impacts over $3.5 trillion in economic activity.

However, the maritime infrastructure is out of date and have gaping security holes. Some of these issues are on the private sector who have not taken seriously the need to invest in cyber and digital infrastructure. At American ports, much of the technology are still on end-of-life operating systems and some are utilizing Chinese supply chain that could have a direct connection to Beijing.

Both the Trump administration and Congress – to their credit – have priorities the maritime sector. Some of these efforts have included proposed resources to expand shipbuilding, modernizing ports, and to empower the Coast Guard and reimagine its capabilities through its Force Design 2028 and $30 billion to do so. This would meaningfully strengthen coordination, capacity, and engagement between the Coast Guard and operators. Its allies have not made these types of investments, a major challenge as there are growing hostilities in global seas, to include sabotage of undersea cables and expanded threats in the Arctic over potential energy deposits.

Jacobsen: With AI-powered cyberattack tools emerging, how could energy sector targets become more vulnerable?

Le: All organizations are facing increased incoming attacks from AI-powered cybertools. The barriers and costs have been sharply reduced, and defenders are seeing exponential volume. Only one needs to be successful. Volume has created mayhem but the quality and sophistication of these attacks are also improving and increasing at an alarming rate.

The emphasis on social engineering and privileged access infiltration is directed at the biggest weakness of any organization – people. One can have the best tools and resources to defend, but people are still needlessly clicking and falling for these digital traps.

Some of these attacks are now utilizing cloned voices of loved ones, bosses, and other colleagues to hand over sensitive information. The barrage of spam via email, social media, and texts are getting more convincing, resulting in more breaches.

While the energy sector has significant resources and a history of technological leadership, more must be done to train, educate, and prioritize cyber beyond just a techie problem. With potential reputational damage, sensitive data breaches, business operation disruptions, and shareholder devaluation from a massive cyberattack, like Halliburton in 2024, there is clear reason to emphasize a culture of resilience and invest accordingly.

Jacobsen: What role should private sector companies play in coordinated defense against cyber threats?

Le: The private sector, its partners, the Federal Government, and subnational governments must be coordinated and communicate with openness and shared intelligence. There are many intelligence signals on trends for cyber-attacks. The private sector has a litany of open-source resources and signals collection that can augment and accelerate real-time analysis beyond the Government’s classified resources.

However, the Trump administration has made budget cuts to CISA, reducing some defensive capabilities. Some of the information sharing and analysis centers, including MS-ISAC, has seen reductions in resources and challenging resilience capacity.

The Trump Administration has emphasized more interest in companies playing offense rather than defense. It remains to be seen what private sector offensive rules of engagement or standards look like but such posture is an important consideration as adversaries become more emboldened with little deterrence.

Congress has been active in reauthorizing the Cybersecurity and Information Sharing Act of 2015, which allows companies to share cyber information with safe harbor with the government. This coordination is essential for maximizing visibililty. The House Homeland Security Committee recently passed its successor legislation with wide bipartisan support but it remains to be seen if there is appetite in the Senate from Senator Paul (R-KY), the Chairman of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee and CISA skeptic, will move forward similar legislation.

Jacobsen: Could offensive U.S. cyber capabilities realistically deter Iran?

Le: U.S. cyber capabilities could deter Iran, but the cost of attacking for Iran with cybertools is low and is more financially effective than traditional war resources. Some of these capacities are playing out in the clandestine space but Israeli cyber capabilities also add further complexities for Tehran.

Jacobsen: How do state and local governments fit into broader defense strategies?

Le: State and local governments – to include tribal and territorial governments – lack capacity, financial resources, and have seen significant challenges in recruiting and retaining technical talent all while facing fiscal headwinds and requirements to balance budgets.

Information sharing and analysis centers as well as other coordination with industry, law enforcement, and the Federal Government, are critical for hardening cybersecurity posture. But these very governments have been themselves regular targets, including the recent attack on the State of Nevada, now in the second week of outages with no end in sight.

One area of broader opportunity for state and local governments has been the support of the National Guard who have cyber capacities in response and recovery. This could be further area of exploration for the Federal Government and states could strengthen their cyber backbone.

Jacobsen: What long-term systemic risks could cyber-enabled disruptions create for global maritime markets?

Le: Major U.S., Asian, and European companies, especially those in the shipping industry, and other import-export players, represent long-term risk with growing cyber threats and increased cybercrime. Publicly traded companies that get hit could significant impact the stock market depending on the length of disruption and stoppage on global trade and supplies. This trend will only accelerate up as AI-powered tools are regularly deployed for financial and political motive.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jeff.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Canada’s Terrorist Financing Laws: From FINTRAC to Cartel Designations

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/08

Part 4 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this 4-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman on Canada’s ongoing vulnerabilities in counterterrorism and extremist financing. Tsukerman traces the problem back to porous financial oversight, weak cooperation with allies, and the persistence of diaspora networks sustaining separatist and militant causes abroad. From the assassination of Sikh activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar to the activities of Samidoun and Tamil separatist charities, she highlights how groups exploit hawala, cryptocurrency, and fraudulent charities. Tsukerman also assesses landmark Canadian cases, such as R v. Khawaja, and explains why cartels like Sinaloa and MS-13 are now classified as terrorist entities. The discussion underscores Canada’s lagging enforcement and geopolitical consequences.

Interview conducted August 22, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us talk about Canada’s legal framework. You mentioned earlier that Canada has been somewhat behind compared to other countries in counterterrorism finance. However, they are not taking any action. 

For example, there is the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (PCMLTFA), as well as FINTRAC, Canada’s Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre. The PCMLTFA requires financial institutions and other reporting entities to flag suspicious transactions, and FINTRAC gathers and analyzes that data to detect and curb terrorist financing.

So my question is: can these tools realistically be used to identify suspicious transaction patterns—say, specific clusters of behaviour—and then forward them to FINTRAC for analysis?

Tsukerman: Yes, and in fact, that is already part of how the system is supposed to work. The U.S. has taken a similar approach with laws that create categories of transactions banks must review and report. It has been effective in highlighting red flags. However, here is the issue: while Canada has been building out those mechanisms, the U.S. has undermined some of its own by loosening cryptocurrency regulations.

That is a problem because most suspicious financial activity in crypto does not involve terrorists directly, but instead occurs on exchanges. Fraudsters, con artists, and criminals exploit regulatory gaps to facilitate the movement of money. Those exchanges are often where manipulation occurs, and relaxing oversight there removes one of the main pressure points for monitoring illicit flows.

The same applies to more traditional financial crimes. The U.S. has also relaxed specific categories related to insider trading and fraud detection. However, the truth is that these crimes often leave patterns. For example, there is a reason banks automatically flag deposits above $10,000 in cash—it is rare for an ordinary individual to carry that much legitimate cash. Likewise, if someone who deposits typically $500 a month suddenly begins making structured deposits of $9,999 each time, just below the threshold, that is a classic suspicious pattern.

Jacobsen: So it is about more than just the raw numbers?

Tsukerman: Exactly. It is about sudden changes in financial behaviour. If a person with no history of large transactions suddenly starts moving unusual sums, and it does not align with something transparent—like winning the lottery, receiving an inheritance, or a clear raise—that should be flagged.

Banks and financial institutions can also be trained to identify specific types of structuring. For example, if someone has multiple accounts and deposits exactly $4,000 into each one every time, that is not a standard practice. Likewise, if their pattern shifts suddenly and dramatically, it may be a potential sign of money laundering or financing. These are the kinds of anomalies that institutions should be educated to watch for.

Patterns of financial activity can reveal a lot. If you are involved in organized crime—say, illicit drug trafficking, human trafficking, or sex trafficking—you are going to have irregular deposit behaviour. You will likely attempt to set up shell companies, structure deposits in unconventional ways, and otherwise evade official scrutiny. The goal is always to ensure that illicit cash does not directly trace back to you.

Criminals think about details that ordinary people do not. For example, normal people do not worry about where their cash came from—they spend it. However, a career criminal does. If the cash was tied to a crime scene, already marked or traced, they do not want to be caught with it. That creates paranoia: the feeling that “everyone is staring at you.” So criminals want to launder the money quickly—get it out of direct circulation, disguise its origins, and “clear it” before authorities notice.

That is why you see criminals engaging in unusual patterns of movement, including multiple accounts, structured transactions, outsourcing funds through intermediaries, and layering transactions through companies. While regular people or businesses might have more than one bank account, criminals and terrorist financiers are far more sophisticated in how they manipulate them. That sophistication itself can be a red flag.

Jacobsen: Let us look at two more Canadian examples of flagged organizations—first, the Canadian Arab Federation. In 2009, the federal government cut its taxpayer funding after evidence emerged that it displayed Hamas flags and had links to extremist groups. In 2014, the Federal Court of Canada upheld that decision, affirming the government’s policy that taxpayer money should not go to organizations supporting terrorism.

Second, more recently—in February 2025—the Canadian government listed seven Latin American criminal organizations, including the Sinaloa Cartel and MS-13, as terrorist entities. Mainstream outlets, such as the Associated Press, reported this. The designations freeze assets in Canada and criminalize financial or material engagement with these groups.

What is your take on these two cases?

Tsukerman: In the first case, the Canadian Arab Federation, the principle is straightforward: if an organization is openly aligning itself with groups like Hamas, it should not receive taxpayer funding. That is not just a legal decision—it is a matter of common sense.

The second case is particularly significant because it reflects a trend. By designating major cartels and transnational gangs like MS-13 as terrorist entities, Canada is aligning its policy more closely with the United States and other allies. It means their assets can be frozen, their financial networks can be disrupted, and cooperation with law enforcement across borders becomes easier.

Jacobsen: You mentioned charities connected with extremist and terrorist organizations. Following reports from several U.S. NGOs that flagged their financial activity, the U.S. government terminated all funding and cooperation with them. Why was the U.S. funding those charities in the first place? Was it through State Department grants or some other program?

Tsukerman: Likely through State Department or related federal grants. The details would vary by case, and you would have to review each organization individually to know the exact form of support. What is clear, though, is that after reports linked them to illicit financial activity, U.S. funding was cut off entirely.

As for the second issue—the designation of cartels—Canada is clearly following the U.S. lead. One of the earliest actions of the Trump administration was to begin categorizing certain cartels as terrorist organizations. There are a few reasons for this.

First, their methods are effectively terrorist in nature. They do not just operate like traditional mafia-style rackets; they terrorize entire populations. They cut off heads, display them publicly, abduct family members, and torture—not for information or ransom, but as a means of intimidation, eliminating rivals, or enforcing loyalty. This goes far beyond ordinary organized crime.

Second, many cartels literally do business with recognized terrorist organizations. Money is fungible, and flows back and forth between them. For example, some cartels in Latin America have been linked to Hezbollah operations in the region. Hezbollah itself has been documented in Mexico, the U.S., and, to a limited degree, in Canada. These links make cartels and terrorist groups financial and operational partners, even if their agendas differ.

Jacobsen: So, in some cases, they function as proxies?

Tsukerman: Cartels are increasingly used as proxies for other actors—including states—for objectives like arms trafficking, contract killings, or intelligence gathering. The most sophisticated cartels infiltrate government agencies, intimidate officials, and terrorize civilians. Their tactics and partnerships make them indistinguishable from terrorist organizations.

That is why they are being treated in this manner. Moreover, there is a political dimension too. Labelling a group “terrorist” brings heightened attention, stricter sentencing guidelines, and greater legal authority. It also generates popular support for government action. The designation itself is powerful—it dramatically shifts both the legal and political landscape.

Categorizing cartels as terrorist organizations rather than simply as organized crime conspiracies signals seriousness. It tells both the public and international partners that the government views these groups as a genuine national security threat—not just as criminal syndicates. That is an unstated but important reason why the designations have shifted in recent years.

Jacobsen: There is also much international material that could connect here, but that is a separate discussion.

Tsukerman: For instance, Canada has its own legislative framework under the United Nations Act—not to be confused with the United Nations Association of Canada. The Act enables Canada to implement UN Security Council sanctions domestically. That ties into terrorism designations, but it is a separate thread from what we have been covering today.

Jacobsen: Understood. That is a good place to wrap up for today. Thank you, as always.

Tsukerman: My pleasure. Looking forward to continuing.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

From Khawaja to Epoch Times: Canada’s Anti-Terrorism Law Meets Global Financial Crime

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/07

Part 3 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this 4-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman on Canada’s ongoing vulnerabilities in counterterrorism and extremist financing. Tsukerman traces the problem back to porous financial oversight, weak cooperation with allies, and the persistence of diaspora networks sustaining separatist and militant causes abroad. From the assassination of Sikh activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar to the activities of Samidoun and Tamil separatist charities, she highlights how groups exploit hawala, cryptocurrency, and fraudulent charities. Tsukerman also assesses landmark Canadian cases, such as R v. Khawaja, and explains why cartels like Sinaloa and MS-13 are now classified as terrorist entities. The discussion underscores Canada’s lagging enforcement and geopolitical consequences.

Interview conducted August 22, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There was a significant legal case involving this. In R v. Khawaja (2012), the Supreme Court of Canada affirmed Canada’s anti-terrorism legal framework. The case involved Mohammad Momin Khawaja, who was convicted under the Anti-Terrorism Act for facilitating terrorism abroad. His conviction and lengthy sentence reinforced the Canadian courts’ willingness to uphold terrorism charges even when the activities extended beyond Canada. Should we expand that?

Tsukerman: Yes, that case is important because it established precedent. It made clear that Canadians could be held criminally responsible for supporting or facilitating terrorism abroad, not just domestically. It also demonstrated that Canadian civil liberties challenges would not overturn the broader anti-terrorism framework.

Mohammad Momin Khawaja, a Canadian software developer, was the first person charged under Canada’s Anti-Terrorism Act, which had been enacted after 9/11. He was arrested in 2004 for providing material support to a UK-based terrorist cell linked to al-Qaeda. The group had planned to use homemade explosives in coordinated attacks. Khawaja’s role was to build a remote-controlled detonation device, nicknamed the “Hi-Fi Digimonster.”

He was initially convicted on seven terrorism-related offences under Section 83 of the Canadian Criminal Code and sentenced to ten and a half years in prison. However, on appeal, his sentence was increased to life imprisonment plus concurrent terms totalling 24 years on other counts. In 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld the conviction and sentence, making it a landmark case that tested Canada’s new anti-terrorism provisions.

Jacobsen: So this was basically a lone wolf situation?

Tsukerman: In some ways, yes—but in other ways, no. It was not just an isolated individual; he was part of a genuine conspiracy tied to an al-Qaeda cell in the UK. What made the case significant was that it was the first real test of Canada’s post-9/11 terrorism legislation. His actions clearly met the legal criteria: violent intent, risk to life, and active participation in a terrorist plot. There was nothing about the case that violated his rights—it was straightforward.

The only reason it generated controversy was that it was the first time the law was applied. Civil liberties groups sought to test whether Canada’s terrorism provisions would withstand scrutiny in court. However, in Khawaja’s case, the facts were so clear and by-the-book that the challenge had no chance. His case firmly established that Canada’s anti-terrorism framework would be upheld and applied to serious, credible threats.

Jacobsen: And then there is another case—not purely terrorism, but more financial crime. The Falun Gong and The Epoch Times are still ongoing issues. There are continuing financial questions around that network. The overlap between religious movements, media influence, and political activism in that case is another area that needs scrutiny. 

Mainstream reporting and reference works have extensively documented those connections. In June 2024, the U.S. Department of Justice indicted Wei Dong “Bill” Guan, the chief financial officer of The Epoch Times, in the Southern District of New York. He was charged with conspiracy to commit money laundering and bank fraud involving at least $67 million. Guan pleaded not guilty.

The DOJ emphasized that the charges did not concern the outlet’s news-gathering operations. Instead, the indictment alleged that an internal team had engaged in a large-scale financial scheme. According to prosecutors, the group used cryptocurrency to buy discounted prepaid debit cards loaded with illicit proceeds, including fraudulently obtained unemployment benefits. They then laundered the money through a series of layered transactions, often via accounts opened using stolen identities, before funnelling it into company accounts.

Prosecutors further alleged that Guan misled banks when questioned about suspicious activity, dismissing significant transaction spikes as routine business fluctuations. The case highlighted how extremist-aligned or ideologically motivated organizations sometimes exploit financial systems through fraud, money laundering, and crypto-based schemes to sustain their activities.

According to court filings, the case against The Epoch Times CFO Wei Dong “Bill” Guan is ongoing. Court dockets indicate that proceedings are expected to continue into 2026. This matters because while people can say almost anything on social media, court testimony and indictments carry much more weight. A courtroom is far more serious—statements are under oath, evidence is scrutinized, and the consequences are severe.

The indictment charges Guan with one count of conspiracy to commit money laundering, which carries a potential sentence of up to 20 years, and two counts of bank fraud, each carrying a potential sentence of up to 30 years. Taken together, he faces a potential maximum sentence of 80 years in prison. The United States judicial system tends to treat financial crimes more seriously than the Canadian judicial system, both in sentencing and enforcement.

The indictment alleges that Guan oversaw a scheme in which fraudulently obtained unemployment insurance benefits were purchased at steep discounts—often 70 to 80 cents on the dollar—using stolen identities. These proceeds were converted into cryptocurrency and then used to purchase prepaid debit cards, which were subsequently layered through multiple accounts, some of which were opened under false or stolen identities, before being funnelled into Epoch Timesaccounts. When questioned by banks about a massive revenue spike—from roughly $15 million to around $62 million—Guan allegedly claimed the increase was due to “donations.” Ironically, when later questioned by a Congressional office, he dismissed donations as an insignificant portion of the outlet’s revenue.

At his initial bail hearing, Guan was released on a $3 million personal recognizance bond. That essentially meant he was freed under the court’s trust that he would not commit new crimes, would return for hearings, and would not flee. Initially, his trial was scheduled for March 2025. It was later pushed to October 31, 2025, with a status conference set for December 6, 2024. Following a request from a co-defendant, Lei Van Hong, and with the consent of both Guan’s lawyers and the prosecution, the trial was rescheduled for February 2, 2026.

The history of The Epoch Times reveals aggressive outreach and fundraising—people receiving newspapers delivered unasked, and campaigns that many considered intrusive. This case appears to be a more extreme manifestation of the same aggressive financial character. It reminds me a bit of how groups like the LTTE continued fundraising and propaganda after their military defeat—you see continuity of the cause, even if the battlefield is lost. Do you think that comparison is accurate?

Tsukerman: First, a disclaimer. I have been quoted in The Epoch Times and know journalists who currently work there. That said, I assess that this case appears less about the movement itself and more about a small group of greedy officers who allegedly exploited the organization’s infrastructure for illicit financial gain. The structural parallels to other extremist or diaspora organizations are worth noting, but the specifics here may be more about corruption and opportunism than ideological continuation.

If the allegations are proven, those individuals should be convicted and imprisoned based on their actions. However, so far, I have not seen any evidence that the money laundering scheme was connected to Falun Gong as a religious movement or that the funds were being used on behalf of The Epoch Times for ideological purposes. It looks more like personal enrichment at the expense of the company. In other words, this could have happened at any organization, regardless of ideology, and it would have been treated the same way by prosecutors.

For the Falun Gong, it is not my cup of tea. It does have a kind of cultish, personality-driven feel to it. That said, I have never seen evidence of systemic abuse on the scale of, for instance, Scientology, which clearly operates like a predatory organized-crime structure. To the best of my knowledge, Falun Gong does not fall into that category.

If people want to practice a peculiar ideology peacefully, that is their business. What is interesting is that the Chinese government aggressively labels Falun Gong a cult, while at the same time, it is the best-organized Chinese opposition movement abroad. Inside China, it is unpopular—most people there view it as strange. However, outside China, it has become a central hub of anti-CCP activity.

As for The Epoch Times, its editorial stance has shifted in recent years, adopting positions that align with parts of the MAGA movement. One of the most visible examples was its promotion of COVID-19 conspiracy theories. However, that has little to do with Falun Gong doctrine. Instead, it reflects a strategic political calculation: many in the Falun Gong diaspora believed that Donald Trump would take a stricter stance on the Chinese Communist Party. That belief propelled them into the same orbit as other Trump supporters, driven by independent political reasons.

While Falun Gong’s religious or philosophical mindset does not directly dictate the outlet’s politics or business practices, its organizational style is worth noting. It is highly aggressive, and that aggressiveness has cultural roots. In China, you often see propaganda that is blunt and confrontational, much more so than Russian state propaganda, which tends to be slicker and less physically confrontational.

Even leaving politics aside, this aggressive style may stem from cultural experiences of scarcity. Growing up in a developing society with limited resources can produce a mentality where being pushy is seen as necessary for survival. I will give you an example. I was once visiting a museum as part of a tour group. A group of Chinese tourists who spoke no English or local languages arrived. Because they misunderstood the ticketing system, they believed that if they did not enter at the exact time printed on the ticket, they would be denied entry. This was not true—the tickets were valid within a window, and the museum was flexible. However, because they did not understand, they became very pushy and aggressive, trying to get to the front of the line.

It was apparent that this was a cultural issue: several different people in the group exhibited the same behaviour. That is why I think The Epoch Times’ style—its aggressive outreach and presentation—owes less to Falun Gong doctrine and more to broader cultural traits shaped by life in China.

The style we were discussing—this very aggressive approach to promotion and outreach—seems more like a matter of cultural habit than a deliberate strategy to finance failed movements. It is similar to how town barkers used to shout for attention, or like certain very assertive street vendors in parts of the Middle East who get directly in your face to sell goods whether you want them or not. It is unsophisticated, but it is designed to grab attention.

That said, I am not claiming that these organizations are not also independently funnelling money toward doomed objectives. They probably are. I am simply saying this particular style of communication likely reflects a broader cultural pattern rather than a calculated diaspora strategy.

Jacobsen: Anything else you want to cover on the financial side?

Tsukerman: We have hit the significant cases. Others may surface later, but we have covered the most important ones so far. Canada’s Criminal Code will undoubtedly continue to produce material, but for now, I think we have covered the essential ground.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Why Canada Lagged on Samidoun and the PFLP: Hawala, Crypto, and Diaspora Financing

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/06

Part 2 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this 4-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman on Canada’s ongoing vulnerabilities in counterterrorism and extremist financing. Tsukerman traces the problem back to porous financial oversight, weak cooperation with allies, and the persistence of diaspora networks sustaining separatist and militant causes abroad. From the assassination of Sikh activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar to the activities of Samidoun and Tamil separatist charities, she highlights how groups exploit hawala, cryptocurrency, and fraudulent charities. Tsukerman also assesses landmark Canadian cases, such as R v. Khawaja, and explains why cartels like Sinaloa and MS-13 are now classified as terrorist entities. The discussion underscores Canada’s lagging enforcement and geopolitical consequences.

Interview conducted August 22, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, regarding Samidoun—I had not looked closely at this group until recently. Samidoun is a Palestinian prisoner solidarity network that the United States eventually sanctioned. In 2021, Israel designated it as a terrorist organization, citing its ties to the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine (PFLP). The U.S. subsequently restricted its activities and financial networks. In late 2023, Samidoun was exposed as essentially a sham charity that funnelled money directly to the PFLP.

The United States designated the PFLP itself as a Foreign Terrorist Organization (FTO) in October 1997 and as a Specially Designated Global Terrorist (SDGT) entity in October 2001. Which leads to the obvious question: what took Canada so long to follow suit? Canada only formally listed the PFLP in 2003 and has been even slower in addressing organizations associated with it, such as Samidoun. That means there was a gap of over two decades between U.S. action and full Canadian enforcement.

Tsukerman: To be fair, the U.S. did not prioritize Samidoun until relatively recently, when counterterrorism experts began raising alarms more forcefully, particularly after the October 7, 2023, Hamas attack on Israel. At that point, the role of groups like Samidoun came under much closer scrutiny. The structure was not all that different from the Holy Land Foundation and other networks in the United States that were prosecuted in the early 2000s for funnelling money to designated terrorist organizations under the guise of humanitarian aid.

Why Canada lagged is unclear. It may have been due to political differences or simply inertia in Canadian counterterrorism policy. The U.S. actions took place under the George W. Bush administration, and in Canada, governments across different administrations seemed unwilling to act decisively. The result was that, for roughly twenty years, Samidoun and its affiliates operated openly in Canada, raising funds and building networks without consequence.

Eventually, it became undeniable. Not only was Samidoun connected to the PFLP, but the PFLP itself took part in the October 7th attack as a junior partner to Hamas. That made Canada’s delay deeply embarrassing and increased pressure from the U.S. and allies for Ottawa to act.

Another factor was the rise of social media. Previously, these networks could operate quietly—through websites, word of mouth, and community fundraisers. After social media, everything changed. They could reach broader audiences, recruit more aggressively, raise money on a larger scale, and insert themselves into mainstream political discourse. Their visibility, influence, and toxicity increased significantly.

The mechanisms they used were standard. They claimed their fundraising was for humanitarian assistance to Palestinians, but much of the money was redirected to fighters and violent operations. They utilized hawala networks—informal money transfer systems that operate outside traditional banking institutions. For example, in Canada, one person would hand over cash to a contact, while someone else abroad would provide equivalent funds to a fighter or operative. No money moved through the banking system, so it did not trigger red flags.

Sometimes, they used small businesses, such as cellphone shops or convenience stores, as cover. Other times, they relied on private family channels. All of it was designed to avoid financial scrutiny, and it can be very effective—until law enforcement and intelligence services begin systematically investigating.

Once you catch someone inside one of these financing networks, you can start to unravel the entire structure. You look into how that person is making money, and when one individual is caught and begins naming others, you can systematically dismantle the network. That approach was practical for a while. However, it is used less frequently in Western countries now, as people are more familiar with its operation.

Instead, extremist organizations increasingly rely on cryptocurrency. It is not that crypto is untraceable—law enforcement can and does trace it, especially since someone eventually has to cash it out. However, crypto is more expensive, complicated, and resource-intensive to investigate. It is also perceived as more secure, and fewer law enforcement personnel fully understand its mechanics, which makes it attractive to malicious actors.

There are also other sophisticated methods of moving money. Some of these organizations buy stakes in legitimate companies—including social media and media companies—and then sell or transfer those shares, often through intermediaries. Others set up shell companies and route money through thousands of layered transactions before it reaches its final destination. These schemes are more complex to trace than simple cash transfers or hawala, and they are usually used for moving substantial amounts of money—anywhere from six figures to nine figures. The complexity adds expense, but it also increases opacity.

Jacobsen: Let us talk about hawala. Hawala has historically been a key mechanism. Another example relevant to Canada involves the Tamil diaspora. Around 2010–2011, the Canadian government revoked the charitable status of organizations such as the Tamil Refugee Aid Society of Ottawa and the Canadian Foundation for Tamil Refugee Rehabilitation because of their suspected links to the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE).

The LTTE was a separatist military organization based in northern Sri Lanka. It was militarily defeated in 2009, but it had created an extensive network of affiliated organizations abroad. Even after the military defeat, diaspora-linked groups continued to raise money and promote the cause, indicating that the movement did not entirely come to an end with the loss of armed control on the ground.

It is strange to think about. If you have been defeated militarily, why continue?

Tsukerman: Because if you have a cause, a battlefield defeat does not end it—especially for the diaspora. People outside the conflict zone do not have the same pragmatic concerns as those still in Sri Lanka, who may want to integrate, rebuild, and move on with their lives. In the diaspora, there is often more idealism and, in some cases, greater radicalization. These communities can raise funds, disseminate propaganda, and foster resistance long after the military conflict has ended. In many cases, the more extreme elements are funded and encouraged from abroad, while the people at home might be ready to stop fighting. Unfortunately, this pattern is typical across many conflicts.

Often, the people living in conflict zones—like Gaza—are more likely to reach a compromise or some form of agreement than their supporters abroad. Those in the diaspora do not pay the price of fighting. They live in relative comfort, removed from the daily dangers of conflict, and imagine scenarios that fuel their activism. The personal sacrifice required of them is far less.

This dynamic connects back to the Sikh separatists. India is often more frustrated with the diaspora activists in Canada than with the separatists still in India. At home, the government can contain violence, and communities eventually grow weary of fighting and settle down, at least temporarily. However, when supporters abroad keep the narrative alive—maintaining political pressure, sending funds, and amplifying propaganda—it prevents the situation from ever fully stabilizing. This is why India is so angry at Western countries for failing to shut down those networks.

While the Tamil separatist issue has been primarily contained in Sri Lanka after the defeat of the LTTE in 2009, other problems have emerged. Islamist extremism, as well as Buddhist nationalist extremism, have become prominent sources of violence and discrimination. The ethnic dimension of conflict is less pronounced than it was before, but religious tensions have now become a driving factor. The government has somewhat stabilized in recent years, especially after disastrous economic policies were rolled back. However, Sri Lanka still feels like a pressure cooker—unstable and at risk of future unrest. When I visited a few years ago, it did not strike me as a peaceful country.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Irina Tsukerman on Canada’s Counterterrorism Vulnerabilities, Sikh Separatist Networks, and Diaspora Financing

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/05

Part 1 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this 4-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman on Canada’s ongoing vulnerabilities in counterterrorism and extremist financing. Tsukerman traces the problem back to porous financial oversight, weak cooperation with allies, and the persistence of diaspora networks sustaining separatist and militant causes abroad. From the assassination of Sikh activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar to the activities of Samidoun and Tamil separatist charities, she highlights how groups exploit hawala, cryptocurrency, and fraudulent charities. Tsukerman also assesses landmark Canadian cases, such as R v. Khawaja, and explains why cartels like Sinaloa and MS-13 are now classified as terrorist entities. The discussion underscores Canada’s lagging enforcement and geopolitical consequences.

Interview conducted August 22, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This was a brainstorming session on some issues. I have been doing interviews today, and one topic that has been on my mind is our discussion about counterintelligence, terrorism, funding, propaganda, and related concerns. I was thinking about this in the Canadian context, which is your area of expertise. It is not necessarily that the Canadian government itself is funding such activities, but rather that entities within Canada, operating inside the country’s territorial and legal framework, may send money abroad or receive funds from overseas and then distribute them in particular ways. These funds may be converted into cryptocurrency to obscure their origins, routed through informal banking systems such as hawala, or laundered through shadow banking networks. The money can flow through religious cults, extremist organizations, terrorist groups, or what might be called “grey zone” actors—where some governments classify them as terrorists, while others recognize them as activists.

This is the sort of thing I have in mind. I would appreciate hearing your thoughts on how Canada is addressing this issue. I am acutely aware that our systems can be quite porous—so porous, in fact, that we had the 2023 assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a Sikh leader in Surrey, British Columbia, widely attributed to the involvement of the Indian government. That incident underscored failures in Canadian counterintelligence services. What is your assessment of the Canadian landscape here?

Irina Tsukerman: In general, it is disastrous—and it has been disastrous for a long time. There was a Canadian journalist, Stewart Bell, who wrote extensively on terrorism financing, organized crime, and extremism, including in his 2007 book Cold Terror: How Canada Nurtures and Exports Terrorism Around the World. Even then, he outlined the severity of the problems. Since then, the situation has only worsened.

Even in the late 2000s and early 2010s, experts were already raising alarms. For example, Phil Gurski, a former Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS) analyst specializing in counterterrorism, has repeatedly highlighted the risks of Canada being used as a haven or staging ground for extremists. He was the one who first pointed me toward Bell’s work, and I did not realize at the time how much worse the situation would become in the following decade.

The Nijjar case highlights one of Canada’s most underappreciated national security challenges. While the direct intervention of the Indian government was highly inappropriate for obvious diplomatic and legal reasons, the deeper scandal is that their frustration was not entirely unfounded: Canada had been slow to cooperate with India on addressing extremist networks operating within Canada’s borders.

Nijjar himself was a pro-Khalistan activist. Indian authorities accused him of links to violent separatist groups and of involvement in the 1985 Air India Flight 182 bombing—the worst terrorist attack in Canadian history, which killed 329 people, most of them Canadian citizens. Although Nijjar was never convicted in Canadian courts, India and some counterterrorism experts considered him part of a network of Sikh separatists who had either supported or justified violent attacks.

It is important to note that not all Sikh separatists are violent. In fact, many Sikhs in both India and the diaspora are loyal and law-abiding citizens. However, factions within the Khalistan movement have historically and currently employed violent methods. These groups have engaged in mob violence within India and have targeted not only the Indian government but also rival Sikh factions and other communities. In diaspora communities, including in Canada, some individuals have been involved in plotting or financing violent operations in India, while also creating tensions in their host countries.

Tsukerman: Some of these individuals ended up in Canada, the UK, Australia, and the United States—those being the major destinations, mainly due to historical reasons tied to immigration and diaspora settlement. The United States proved somewhat more cooperative with India than Canada, though not substantially so. There was even an attempted attack in the U.S., which resulted in a trial and controversy. Eventually, during the Trump administration, some progress was made: one individual accused of involvement in extremist activity, who had long been under investigation and should have been extradited much earlier, was finally deported to India.

Under the Biden administration, however, there was no follow-through on other extradition cases, for reasons that were never clearly explained. U.S. courts had found at least one suspect eligible for extradition, but the administration ultimately did not proceed with the extradition. This created frustration in India, though the United States overall managed to contain the issue more effectively than Canada.

In Canada, the situation dragged on unresolved. Matters escalated under Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who publicly accused India’s intelligence services of involvement in the assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar in Surrey in 2023. He made this statement without presenting public evidence. Two possible explanations exist: one, that the Canadian government lacked concrete evidence and was relying only on assumptions about the most likely scenario; or two, that evidence existed but could not be revealed without compromising intelligence sources and methods. The latter is the more likely explanation, but if that were the case, Trudeau should not have gone public, as it made him appear reckless and undermined Canada’s credibility.

Fundamentally, Canada never provided a convincing explanation for why individuals suspected of involvement in violent attacks—some of which were financed from Canada, executed on Indian soil, and even resulted in the deaths of Canadian citizens, such as in the 1985 Air India Flight 182 bombing—were neither properly investigated nor prosecuted.

Adding to the complexity, there are Canadian political parties and officials who have courted elements of the Sikh separatist movement. In India, some of these figures are regarded as violent extremists, while in Canada, they have been treated as persecuted members of an opposition movement. Of course, if individuals are nonviolent, they should be free to hold political views, even separatist ones, as long as they remain peaceful. The problem is that not all actors are nonviolent, and it is not always easy to distinguish between those who are and those who are not.

The level of counterterrorism cooperation between India and Canada eventually fell to an all-time low. The situation was further complicated by China, which sought to exploit the tensions. Beijing amplified anti-India narratives, provided political cover to Sikh separatist groups abroad, and in some cases offered material support—all for strategic reasons tied to undermining India.

It is important to stress, however, that not all Sikh separatists are violent. Many within the movement are peaceful and exercise their right to political expression in a lawful manner. The issue arises with those factions that cross into militancy and violence, and with governments failing to address that distinction responsibly.

Not all of these individuals are even committed separatists, though many are. One of them was part of Prime Minister Trudeau’s coalition and later left, not because of this issue, but due to disagreements over economic policy. Still, the situation became an international scandal that spilled over into the UK and other countries.

The Five Eyes alliance felt compelled to present a united front against foreign interference. However, the problem was that interference cut both ways. On the one hand, the Indian government believed it had to act independently because official channels were failing. On the other hand, some of the separatists—who were also dissidents and members of the opposition—had in fact been directly involved in terrorism. The fact that this was not the familiar pattern of Islamist jihadism made it less visible to Western governments, but that did not mean it was any less deadly, potent, or ideologically motivated.

To this day, the matter remains unresolved. The United States and India signed a counterterrorism cooperation agreement in early 2023; however, its long-term impact remains unclear, particularly in light of the ongoing political instability in the U.S. In Canada, although relations improved under Prime Minister Mark Carney, it remains unclear what his actual position is on the issue or whether any meaningful measures have been taken to investigate or disrupt the remaining violent factions within the separatist movement. The problem extends beyond the individuals formally named by India in the Nijjar case, and yet these concerns are not being publicly addressed.

This remains one of Canada’s least-discussed but most serious national security issues. It has led to deaths, and India’s concerns are not merely paranoia or baseless targeting. The methods India has used in counterintelligence may be problematic, but the underlying concern about extremist violence is legitimate.

This dynamic is particularly acute in Canada. While Sikh separatist networks exist in other countries, they are most politically visible in Canada. In the UK, the community is more integrated and less politically active in this respect. In the U.S., Sikh separatists form only a small fraction of the broader Indian-origin population, which is predominantly Hindu. A few individuals have been investigated, but they continue to be a marginal presence. In Canada, however, Sikh separatists are far more numerous, with formal political parties and significant influence. That visibility makes Canada the epicentre of the issue—the “worst kept secret” in national security circles.

The roots of this situation go back to the Cold War. During that era, the Soviet Union supported a unified Indian state, and the Indian government was a Close ally of the Soviet Union. In response, Western countries—including the United States, Canada, and others in the Five Eyes alliance—extended tacit or even open support to Sikh separatist groups, much as they had backed the Mujahideen in Afghanistan. The logic was the same: weakening Soviet influence by empowering opposition movements, regardless of the long-term consequences. This short-term geopolitical calculation helped lay the groundwork for the challenges of today.

It was not necessarily a brilliant position to take, but that was the logic of the Cold War. After the Cold War ended, no one really re-evaluated that policy, so it continued along the same political lines.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 5: Canada–US Relations, Five Eyes, and UN Diplomacy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/04

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discusses Prime Minister Mark Carney’s upcoming White House meeting with President Trump, focusing on tariffs, the Five Eyes alliance, and Ukraine. Tsukerman warns of weakening U.S. intelligence-sharing and the risk of Canada tightening its own controls against foreign disinformation. At the UN, Canada reaffirmed its commitment to multilateralism, but Tsukerman cautions against lofty rhetoric that is undermined by authoritarian powers like Russia and China. Cabinet reshuffles, economic strain, and the realities of global interdependence remain central challenges for Carney’s government.

Interview conducted on October 3, 2025, in the afternoon Pacific Time.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s pivot to Canadian politics. These tend to be less dramatic than U.S. politics, though Canada does produce some strange stories—long isolation in rural areas sometimes leads to bizarre situations, such as the polygamist cult compounds in British Columbia.

Irina Tsukerman: Did you see the cult story out of California?

Jacobsen: Which one?

Tsukerman: California has a larger population, so such groups tend to be noticed more.

Jacobsen: But Canada’s size and sparsity mean isolation can create these dynamics earlier and more frequently. People often talk about a “male loneliness epidemic,” sometimes with exaggeration, but isolation has long been a Canadian reality.

Let’s move to something more standard: there is a scheduled meeting, confirmed by Reuters and AP, between Prime Minister Mark Carney and President Trump at the White House on October 7. The agenda is expected to include tariffs, groundwork for the USMCA review, and security issues.

I am less interested in tariffs, which will likely play out predictably, and more focused on the security aspects. This involves the Five Eyes alliance and current wars of mutual concern. Canada, per capita, likely contributes more aid to Ukraine than any other country. What is your professional assessment of this meeting?

Tsukerman: From Trump’s perspective, this is a political gift to Carney: handing him a high-profile meeting and platform just before an election. Carney can showcase this as a victory and leverage it for his term. The concern is whether Trump will derail the optics with threats or offhanded remarks, as he did in past meetings—such as his notorious comments to Zelenskyy. Trump tends to mix unrelated disputes, even joking about invasions or fishing rights in Venezuela, and that unpredictability could reappear. Hopefully, that element has been buried and will not resurface.

The deeper issue is the Five Eyes intelligence alliance. The United States has already begun curtailing cooperation in certain areas, especially with European partners. Civilian security agencies have limited intelligence-sharing on Russia–Ukraine diplomacy and restricted cybersecurity coordination.

In Europe, including the United Kingdom, those channels have largely been cut. It is unclear whether Canada, Australia, and New Zealand are still receiving full cooperation, but signs point to reductions. The latest reports indicate that the Pentagon is winding down its anti-disinformation programs directed at Russia, China, and Iran. That shift raises serious questions about the future of Five Eyes coordination.

This trend leaves less room for cooperation and makes the U.S. a less reliable partner in the Five Eyes alliance. It is not only that Washington is withholding intelligence—it is that the U.S. is choosing not to act against Russian, Chinese, and Iranian propaganda. The justification is framed as respecting “freedom of speech,” even when these adversaries use that space to recruit, spread disinformation, sow division, and undermine the rule of law inside the United States.

That is an exceptionally concerning development. Canada, unlike the U.S., has more restrictions on speech, particularly in areas involving hate speech and disinformation. Suppose the U.S. retreats from countering propaganda, Ottawa may feel compelled to act independently—by tightening regulations on social media and limiting the flow of disinformation, including content originating from the United States. Such moves would inevitably reduce the exposure of Canadians and Americans to each other’s media, perspectives, and news. Over time, that would erode people-to-people understanding and drive relations downward, regardless of what the leaders say at the top level.

On tariffs, there will undoubtedly be a battle. But the fact that both governments remain open to negotiations is at least a modestly positive sign. Still, the current situation is already damaging both economies—jobs are being lost, prices are rising, and supply chains are disrupted. None of this is sustainable or beneficial for either country.

Regarding Ukraine, I do not anticipate that Trump will change his position. His policy so far has been to allow Western allies to donate or sell weapons to Ukraine, but not to provide direct U.S. support. The unresolved question is whether he will lift restrictions on Ukraine’s use of American long-range weapons for strikes inside Russia. Trump himself has admitted that such weapons are necessary for Ukraine to secure victories, yet his officials—such as Elbridge Colby—imposed bans, and Trump has not overturned them.

Ukraine does have some domestic long-range weapons, but American systems remain the industry standard. The challenge for Canada is practical: should it purchase weapons that Ukraine is barred from using effectively? No one wants to spend heavily on equipment that Kyiv cannot utilize to its full potential, mainly if cheaper alternatives might serve a similar purpose. That dilemma will continue to complicate Western military support.

Jacobsen: At the UN General Assembly, which has now concluded, Canada’s Foreign Minister Anita Anand emphasized support for Ukraine and multilateralism in a moderated session. Her statement was, “Multilateralism remains our best hope to address global challenges rather than rejecting international norms.”

Daniel Béland, political science professor at McGill University in Montreal, observed: “The emphasis on both resilience and multilateralism can be understood as a response to the Trump White House’s current trade and foreign policies… The growing level of uncertainty on the global stage is triggering a rethinking of the country’s global role in the era of Trump 2.0.”

For those unfamiliar with UN rhetoric, the language is often characterized by loftiness, universality, and idealism. So what are the strengths and weaknesses of that posture?

Tsukerman: On the positive side, affirming universal rights and responsibilities is essential. It reminds states of a shared framework of human dignity, the rule of law, and peaceful coexistence. However, the reality is that many UN member states have authoritarian tendencies or are outright authoritarian. These governments do not genuinely uphold the principles they publicly endorse.

The risk is that idealism without enforcement undermines the mission itself. Take the Security Council: Russia, a warmonger, retains veto power, using it to block accountability or sabotage constructive initiatives. Smaller states, in turn, are pressured into compliance or silence. China offers another example—using lofty rhetoric about “one world” and “one family” while operating mass internment and re-education programs for Uyghurs, suppressing dissent, and cynically weaponizing religion for state purposes.

When such states lead international initiatives, it creates a kind of Orwellian doublespeak: universalist language masking repressive agendas. The result is cynicism, distrust, and a loss of faith in the very institutions meant to safeguard human rights. Lofty ideals then become poisoned by their misuse, undermining efforts that could genuinely benefit people.

Jacobsen: According to iPolitics, the Liberal cabinet could undergo a major reset in the coming months. Party insiders expect Prime Minister Mark Carney to shuffle his ministerial team ahead of high-stakes negotiations with the U.S., which are likely to begin in early 2026. Any key points there?

Steve V. O’Brien, a former Liberal chief of staff, stated: “I anticipate there will be a significant shuffle as we go into what could be another election year, especially now that the prime minister has a better sense of his caucus and the strengths and weaknesses of his cabinet.”

Tsukerman: The takeaway is that Carney appears to be structuring the government around the coming negotiations. That signals how central the economic and security agenda is—and how the United States, even when trying to turn inward, still has a massive impact on its neighbours and the global system. The U.S. cannot simply extract itself from the world economy without severe consequences. Unless it intends to become a micro-economy—growing vegetables in the backyard and returning to the Iron Age—true isolation is not sustainable and would eventually trigger major economic shocks.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI in Home Security: Pete Ticali on Privacy, Preparedness, and Smarter Safety

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/04

Part 2 of 2

Pete Ticali is the founder of NYSAFE Incorporated and certified NRA Refuse To Be A Victim instructor. In this 2-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Ticali explains how AI has become embedded in smart cameras, doorbells, and locks, making advanced security accessible to everyday families. He warns of privacy risks, hacking vulnerabilities, and cloud storage concerns, emphasizing the importance of local backups and practical safeguards. Ticali also shares wisdom on personal security, stressing prevention, simplicity, and having a family plan to ensure survival in emergencies.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Cameras are there for after the fact, as you were noting. Policies and laws, unfortunately, also tend to change after the fact—and often with even more delay than an individual case supported by camera footage as evidence in court. These changes can take a long time.

Pete Ticali: Absolutely. All laws are always going to be after the fact. We know the standards—murder is illegal, burglary is illegal, robbery is illegal, assault is illegal. Breaking into someone’s house is illegal. So why should we be taking away tools that help everyday citizens protect themselves? The other side of this discussion is AI. AI is getting better every day, but as long as the human brain isn’t perfect, there’s no way we can expect AI to be perfect either. When I worked with a major media organization on the Royal Wedding, for example, our recognition software initially thought the Queen of England was a man.

Jacobsen: With how much accuracy? What percent?

Ticali: We were looking at 50 to 60 percent accuracy, which at that time was considered a good day.

Jacobsen: I remember I showed my cat to one of those pet identifier tools. It was obviously a cat, but the system gave a 95 percent chance that it was a dog. They’re only as good as their training data. And the hidden cost, as you’re pointing out, is that much of this data relies on armies of low-paid human operators labeling content, especially visual content.

Ticali: Behind the scenes, many of the larger organizations are training their models on news media archives. Amazon, for example, and Google—Google in particular had a large partnership with The New York Times. They scanned the Times’ entire photo database, using the captions, metadata, and notes to train their computer vision models. Unfortunately, as a writer you know how unreliable newswire data can sometimes be. During the Royal Wedding, working with Sky News, we had to build a process where the newsroom would receive all the video, break it down into individual frames, and manually confirm “yes” or “no” before the clips could go out on their live feed. That was only five or six years ago, and it took a huge amount of human work to make the system reliable.

Jacobsen: What about the storage of data in the cloud from home security systems?

Ticali: That’s another major issue. First, you have to understand the rules: how your storage is being protected and who is handling it. Many of these companies don’t run their own storage infrastructure. Instead, they outsource it to Amazon, Google, Microsoft, or other mega cloud providers. Then you have to ask: how is the data encrypted? What happens if law enforcement issues a subpoena or information request? Beyond that, what if you lose connection? If your video system can’t connect to the cloud provider, your cameras become worthless because they have nowhere to store footage. That’s why some of the more advanced technologies allow for local storage on your property. For example, Blue Iris is a solid option—it stores data locally on a computer in your home and then sends a copy to the cloud. That way, you have a backup. It can also encrypt with your own passwords and encryption keys, so even if the cloud provider was subpoenaed, they couldn’t access your content without your keys.

Jacobsen: How advanced can an individual civilian make their own security?

Ticali: Compared to 10 years ago, I feel we now have access to systems that once were only available to government agencies. We’re seeing access controls and key fobs—companies like Ubiquiti now offer key fob-based, time-based electronic locks. We’re seeing tools like Blue Iris, a $69 software program that runs on a regular PC, with the ability to do AI-based video analysis. We also have Alexa routines that can schedule lights with variability, turning them on and off at different times. Amazon even discussed an Amazon Ring drone that could fly around your house—though I don’t believe that has come out yet. These were science fiction ideas 10 years ago, and now they’re part of everyday life. For example, I can have Alexa answer my doorbell, which freaks out the pizza delivery guy every time, but it works. My 70-year-old parents can answer their doorbell from hundreds of miles away, and it works flawlessly

Jacobsen: Last question—any favorite pieces of wisdom or quotes on security or home safety?

Ticali: I’ll give you one for both. First, security doesn’t work unless you turn it on. If a system is too complicated and makes life harder, people won’t use it. You can spend a billion dollars on technology, but if it’s overly complicated, it won’t be used and will only create a false sense of security. The simpler and more user-friendly a platform is, the more effective it will be. Second, when it comes to personal security, the most important thing is to have a plan. More than 50 percent of home invasions now happen in the middle of the day, when criminals assume people are at work. With more people working from home, the risks are shifting. If your family doesn’t know what to do when they hear someone in the kitchen, they may panic, act irrationally, or even put themselves in danger. We’re not police officers—we’re here to protect our families. So my advice is: when something goes wrong, have a plan. Test it, practice it. When an incident occurs, get your family to a safe place you can defend. Whether you rely on a firearm, a less-than-lethal weapon, or no weapon at all, don’t go clearing your house like you’re in the military. Protect your family, focus on them, and get them somewhere safe. Make sure they know this is serious. A master bedroom, for example, can be a defensible space where you can call the police, be a good witness, and, most importantly, stay alive. The number one goal is to survive. If they steal your television, so what? The only thing that matters is that your family is breathing at the end of it.

Jacobsen: Pete, thank you so much for your time and expertise. It was nice to meet you today.

Ticali: Great to meet you as well. Anything I can help with in the future, I’d love to assist.

Jacobsen: Excellent, I’m always available. Thank you, take care.

Ticali: Have a good day. Bye-bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI, Home Security, and Privacy: A Conversation with Pete Ticali of NYSAFE

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/03

Part 1 of 2

Pete Ticali is the founder of NYSAFE Incorporated and certified NRA Refuse To Be A Victim instructor. In this 2-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Ticali explains how AI has become embedded in smart cameras, doorbells, and locks, making advanced security accessible to everyday families. He warns of privacy risks, hacking vulnerabilities, and cloud storage concerns, emphasizing the importance of local backups and practical safeguards. Ticali also shares wisdom on personal security, stressing prevention, simplicity, and having a family plan to ensure survival in emergencies.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today we’re here with Pete Ticali. He’s the founder of NYSAFE Incorporated, where he trains hundreds of students each year—families, gun owners, and individuals new to personal protection—on smarter safety strategies. He is a certified Refuse To Be A Victim instructor through the NRA. He emphasizes prevention over reaction. Before launching NYSAFE, Pete was a Principal Solutions Architect at Amazon Web Services, guiding government and media clients in deploying AI systems for video, audio, and live broadcast analysis. With expertise in technology, privacy, and personal security, he bridges safety and innovation, helping families make confident, practical decisions in today’s digital world. Thank you so much for joining me today from New York. First question: How is AI being integrated into home security systems? I think that’s a good opening point for this conversation.

Pete Ticali: Yes. The idea of AI has been around for quite some time. From the beginning, we’ve seen technologies like motion sensors, audio sensors, and VoxSense. This technology has existed since the 1970s. But these days, AI is democratizing access to it. Now, everyone has smart doorbells and smart cameras. We’ve reached a point where police departments no longer just walk up to a car and put their palm on the back lights for safety, as they once did. Now, police cars have license plate scanners. Some of the most inexpensive video surveillance tools can now scan license plates and even recognize faces. The key point about AI is that technology which used to feel futuristic is now embedded in almost everything. We have smart door locks that allow homeowners to decide who can enter the house and when—sometimes even using fingerprint recognition. Technology today is simplifying safety for everyone. It doesn’t matter your social class, technical ability, or income level. AI integration has become part of everyday life. So, did I answer your question?

Jacobsen: Yes. Now, let’s say you have AI-powered security cameras, which make them more effective, and smart doorbells in residential spaces. What about the privacy risks of having these systems integrated and potentially vulnerable to hacking?

Ticali: That will always be a concern. And it’s not only the risk of hackers accessing the content from these cameras and doorbells. It’s also the risk of hackers targeting the very systems you use to power and extend these devices.

So not only are you opening the possibility for people to see what’s coming out of your cameras, but you’re also extending your Wi-Fi outside your home, where most of these cameras are. You also have to think about what’s available by default to these devices. We saw this with Eufy, the Chinese manufacturer, where their technology wasn’t secure. RealLink also had some questions around the security of their tools. For the most part, these devices are only picking up video, which is legal. You typically have to enable audio separately, which is a good step in the right direction. Companies like Amazon and Google have changed their relationships with law enforcement. Now, the owner of the content—the owner of the cameras—must grant access to law enforcement. So you definitely have to think about what you’re doing, where you’re storing content, who the manufacturer is, and whether they have a good reputation around privacy. But you also have to consider what happens to your Wi-Fi. What happens if you have a network link outside your home that could be physically or digitally intruded upon? And even beyond that, what happens in the event of an internet failure? What happens in the event of a power outage? Do we lose not only connectivity but also our sense of security? It’s always going to be a balance of security versus vulnerability, and it always comes down to how much control you can exercise over it. The positive development from bigger players like Amazon and Google is that they’ve established stronger safeguards—solid restrictions on who can connect, how they can connect, and what permissions exist. Even recently, in the last year or so, they’ve shifted from offering lifetime video storage to defaulting to shorter retention periods. For example, Ring camera footage is now available by default for only 90 days. So we’re moving toward a reasonable middle ground. Can you ever be perfect? Absolutely not. But the real question is: how much can you control?

Jacobsen: As AI develops, could there be intelligent systems that act as intermediaries between the user and the cameras themselves—systems that adapt to cyber threats in real time? For example, something like an open AI agent that learns what risks are relevant for that specific person. Obviously, they’re not dealing with threats at the level of a government minister of state, but they might face risks typical of a regular residential home in Minnesota, for instance. Could the system learn those patterns and automatically build the right protections for them? Is that a possibility?

Ticali: That kind of approach has already been standardized to some extent. If you look at Ring or Google’s video systems, they’ve moved toward giving the user complete control over the content from their cameras. In the past, the neighborhood app connected to Ring cameras made content by default available to both the owner and law enforcement. They’ve since changed that. Now, as the account holder, you have to specifically grant access—either full access to your cameras or permission for a single clip at a time. So it’s been shifted entirely to the owner’s side. Enterprises and state departments follow similar rules in terms of data handling and access. Could such a system be made fully automatic? That would be problematic. How could a computer determine what is or isn’t a threat when even human juries of twelve people struggle with those judgments? Every day, we see citizens brought to trial for self-defense cases where the question is whether force was legally justified. If humans can’t agree on those decisions, how could we ever expect a computer to?

Jacobsen: What do New Yorkers find themselves faced with? I mean, it’s an advanced part of not only the country, but the world.

Ticali: I think New Yorkers have a lot of different points of view. If you look at the two different sides of the state, you’ve got people who are willing to give up freedoms in exchange for security. But under the law, people shouldn’t have to give up their freedom, their control, or their ability to defend themselves—especially at a time when the average police response time for service calls has significantly increased. While crime rates are often reported as decreasing, the number of emergency service calls has risen by 20 to 40 percent year after year. So New Yorkers are concerned about safety, but they also want to be their own first responders. At the same time, there are New Yorkers willing to give up all of their privacy. On the Second Amendment side, New York has a law requiring a full registry of every gun owned in the state. That would not stand under the Constitution and wouldn’t fly in many other states, but fear drives acceptance of it. We’ve reached the point where the governor of New York has called out the National Guard to protect the subway system. People are understandably concerned, and they’re willing to allow surveillance cameras for some level of protection. Unfortunately, as you and I both know, cameras are only useful after the fact—to catch the bad actors once something has already happened. From an AI standpoint, the better approach is to make your home and your person more resilient. The goal is to give you more tools and make your house less of a target. Criminals generally don’t want to get caught, they’re not looking for a fight, and they’re not looking for a challenge. They’re looking for the easy option—like households where automatic timers predictably turn lights on at seven o’clock at night and off at four in the morning. That’s an easy way to identify who’s home and who isn’t.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sustainable Holiday Traditions with Shannon Jade: Eco-Friendly Living Made Joyful

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/02

Shannon Jade is a sustainability advocate, environmental scientist, and the author of the climate-focused novel in verse, A Song for the Earth. She focuses on practical ways to make eco-friendly living both accessible and meaningful. Passionate about aligning tradition with environmental responsibility, Shannon highlights simple, creative solutions that reduce waste while enriching seasonal celebrations. Her insights on sustainable holiday practices—such as swapping disposable wrapping paper for reusable fabrics or festive-printed tea towels—illustrate how new traditions can emerge from mindful choices. With a talent for blending data-driven awareness and lifestyle advice, Shannon encourages individuals and families to embrace sustainability as a joyful, long-term commitment that strengthens both community ties and environmental stewardship.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can families create new holiday traditions: both festive and sustainable?

Shannon Jade: There’s no reason that sustainability and tradition have to be mutually exclusive. In fact, many new traditions can begin with a sustainable approach! These approaches help to include sustainability as part of the festivities, inviting a future-focused approach that celebrates the hope at the core of holiday celebrations.

Jacobsen: Wrapping paper waste: What are your favorite reusable alternatives?

Jade: When it comes to the holidays, one of the biggest environmental costs is wrapping paper. Research by the GWP Group suggests that UK consumers alone use a whopping 227,000 miles every year! Why not swap throwaway paper for a reusable alternative, like fabric or festive-printed tea towels? These items can be a trademark of every holiday season, and they’ll save you both money and waste in the long run.

Jacobsen: How can gift-giving become more meaningful while reducing overconsumption?

Jade: In the era of capitalism, gift-giving often strays into overconsumption, but that doesn’t have to be the case. Often, simpler, less consumptive gifts carry much more meaning, with less chance of being forgotten as soon as the holiday season is over. Instead of purchasing a wide variety of wasteful plastics, consider using your skills to make a gift by hand, or buy a gift from another handmade artist. Alternatively, do away with stuff altogether, and give the gift of an experience you and your friend or loved one can share.

Jacobsen: What role does creativity play in sustainable practices?

Jade: A little creativity can go a long way when it comes to adopting a more sustainable gift-giving approach. Take the time to think about the person you’re buying (or making) for. Don’t be afraid to exercise a little innovation or test out your artistic skills to craft a gift that won’t be landfill by new year’s.

Jacobsen: How can consumers approach decorating in a way that reduces waste?

Jade: Decorating is such an important holiday tradition for many, inviting families to spend time together and reflect on the magic of festive seasons gone by. Choosing sustainability doesn’t mean getting rid of the decorations that bring you joy. Use the much-loved decorations you already have, and find ways to repurpose items that are old, tired, or broken. If you’re looking for new decorative pieces, choose biodegradable materials, and consider recycling or repurposing. Do away with plastic-based tinsel, and instead decorate your home with fabric ribbons or dried orange rounds. The latter make for a great festive activity with the added bonus of a sweet-smelling scent!

Jacobsen: What small, practical steps can households take to reduce carbon footprint?

Jade: There are steps you can take to reduce your carbon footprint every day. Switch off the lights (regular or festive) when they’re not in use. Pile on sweaters and blankets before relying on the heater. Shorten your showers, and replace heavy meat dishes with delicious vegetarian alternatives. Small steps might not save the world, but they do make a difference, especially when people all around the world chip in to do their part.

Jacobsen: How can sustainability advocates shift the narrative from “sacrifice” to “celebration”?

Jade: Sustainability isn’t a sacrifice. It’s a celebration! Instead of thinking about the things you’re giving up to make the holidays greener going forward, consider how you can introduce new sustainable traditions that celebrate the things you love most about the season. A sustainable holiday period can provide a fresh opportunity to make a positive difference and to show loved ones you care—about them and the world you share. Sustainable options could even open your eyes to new gifts and experiences you never would have found in a department store.

Jacobsen: What sustainable habits can be carried into everyday life year-round?

Jade: The sustainability skills you learn from the holidays can easily be carried into the new year. Find the ideas that work for the festive season, and see how you can apply these to birthdays, graduations, weddings, and other celebrations. All year long, consider replacing plastic and waste with recyclable or reusable alternatives, and cut down on high-carbon activities wherever you can, from gift items to home décor to Sunday dinner trimmings.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Shannon.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ohio Greek Orthodox Priest Rev. Dean “Dino” Dimon Charged in Statewide Human Trafficking Sting

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/02

An Ohio sting alleges Rev. Protopresbyter Dean “Dino” Dimon, 76, has been charged for solicitation of prostitution.

Dimon is the presiding priest at Annunciation Greek Orthodox Church (GOARCH) in the Avon/Avon Lake area of Ohio. He was arrested during the statewide “Operation Next Door” human-trafficking crackdown.

Following notification of the charges, the Greek Orthodox Metropolis of Pittsburgh placed Dimon on administrative leave. He was removed from pastoral duties pending legal processes. The Metropolis is led by Metropolitan Savas (Zembillas) and is under the Ecumenical Patriarchate of Constantinople.

HEAL Task Force (Huron, Erie, Ashland, Lorain counties) was the arresting unit. Rev. Dimon identified himself as an Annunciation priest and acknowledged prior prostitute solicitation. The sting operation produced 135 arrests, 103 charged with prostitution solicitation, 32 facing felony counts including promoting prostitution, seeking sex with a minor, and drug offenses.

67 trafficking survivors were referred to services and the authorities seized over $62,000 in assets. Nine search warrants were executed in Toledo, the Cleveland area, and the Akron area, in addition to several massage parlors. The Cleveland-area warrants yielded about $30,400. Toledo-area warrants uncovered about $32,000.

Reference: Prosopon Healing’s Orthodox Church Sexual Misconduct Database lists this matter as Incident 1261: https://www.prosoponhealing.com/public-orthodox-sexual-misconduct-d/dimon%2C-dean

Note: All charges remain allegations unless and until proven in court.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Wayne Pacelle on Jane Goodall’s Legacy: Compassion, Courage, and the Fight Against Factory Farming

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/02

Wayne Pacelle is a leading U.S. animal-protection advocate, author, and nonprofit strategist. He served as president and CEO of the Humane Society of the United States, where, under his leadership, the organization significantly expanded its policy influence and legal victories. Since departing HSUS, he founded and now leads Animal Wellness Action (a 501(c)(4) advocacy group) and the Center for a Humane Economy (a 501(c)(3) think-tank pushing humane innovation in business). He is an author of bestselling works such as The Bond and The Humane Economy, and has spearheaded campaigns to reform animal testing, industrial agriculture, and corporate supply chains.

In an interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Pacelle reflects on his decades-long friendship and collaboration with Jane Goodall. From first reading about her in National Geographic as a child to working alongside her in campaigns against invasive chimpanzee research, Pacelle highlights her moral clarity, determination, and transformative influence. He honours her tireless advocacy, her unfulfilled dream of ending factory farming, and her enduring message of compassion. Goodall’s legacy, he emphasizes, is both immortal and a call to action for future generations.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your first time becoming aware of Jane, and how did that relationship evolve from knowledge to friendship?

Wayne Pacelle: As a child, my aunt gave me a subscription to National Geographic. That became a portal into the world of nature and the animal kingdom. I also watched Mutual of Omaha’s Wild Kingdom, a 1970s program on wildlife and the people working to protect it. Those influences connected me to nature, and Jane Goodall, featured in National Geographic, became an icon and a pioneer to me. She reached millions through that platform at a time when media channels were fewer and National Geographic had an extraordinary reach.

At the age of 22, while serving as associate editor of The Animal Agenda, I had the privilege of profiling her. Looking back, I wish I had asked more about what her research revealed: chimpanzee warfare, violent conflicts, and survival pressures—the darker as well as the empathetic dimensions of chimp society. Her work raised profound questions about animals and about our relationship to them.

That was my first contact with Jane. Over the next four decades, we shared meaningful moments of progress. One stands out: an undercover investigation of the New Iberia Research Center in Louisiana, a central primate laboratory, which helped expose abuses and build momentum to end invasive research on chimpanzees.

Together with Jane, we engaged NIH Director Francis Collins as the United States reassessed the scientific necessity of chimpanzee research after the Institute of Medicine’s 2011 review. In 2015, NIH announced it would end all support for invasive chimpanzee research and retire its remaining chimps to a sanctuary. That same year, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Director Dan Ashe declared captive chimpanzees endangered, extending full Endangered Species Act protections. These decisions marked the turning point.

You can’t harm them. You can’t vivisect them. You can’t cut into them for experiments. That reinforced the principle that chimpanzees could not be subjected to invasive research. Jane, Dr. Collins, Dan Ashe, and I celebrated that incredible gain. But Jane was always broadly minded — that was just one of the many campaigns where she added her moral authority and presence for lasting change for animals.

Jacobsen: Outside of the numerous prestigious awards and the research, who was Jane as a person?

Pacelle: She was a woman of extraordinary determination. Imagine going into Africa as a young woman in a male-dominated world of science, without the academic pedigree others had. She dared to describe the emotional lives of animals — something science discouraged at the time. That fortitude defined her from the beginning.

You saw it throughout her long life. She stood up to powerful institutions. She called out factory farming, animal testing, and destructive wildlife management. These are entrenched, multi-billion-dollar industries. They fought back against critics — I’ve been attacked myself through the years — but they hesitated with Jane because of her stature. She carried an almost angelic quality, driven not by money or fame but by compassion. That moral clarity gave her immense influence.

She was indefatigable. I understand that she was still on a speaking tour in California when she passed away. In a sense, she died at work — at her desk, so to speak. She never believed in retirement. Her life was a journey: spiritual, social, reformist. She ran through the tape and fell only after crossing the finish line. That’s the essence of Jane Goodall.

Jacobsen: What about the things she wished to see but never did? What remained unfulfilled?

Pacelle: She understood, as many of us in animal protection do, that factory farming is the most significant unresolved problem. Billions of animals are caught in a system that treats them as machines for producing meat, eggs, and milk. Their natural behaviours are denied. They are confined, often immobilized, and treated in ways that cause immense suffering as they are processed into food for billions of people.

She knew this was not the traditional way of raising animals. For thousands of years, animals grazed on pastures, felt the sun on their backs, and felt the soil beneath their feet. Industrial farming changed that — moving animals into windowless warehouses, crowding them in conditions that spread disease, concentrate waste, and amplify misery.

Factory farms fill the air with ammonia and waste. That is no way for animals to live. Jane saw this transformation in agriculture unfold over her lifetime. Born more than 90 years ago, she began her research in Africa in the early 1960s, just as factory farming systems were taking hold. They only grew worse. She raised awareness about it, but the issue remains unresolved.

She was deeply gratified to see chimpanzees freed from invasive testing, but she also wanted monkeys and other animals spared from laboratory use. There is a pathway to make that happen. Those of us who survive must carry forward the work she inspired and energized with her moral authority.

Jacobsen: How did you find out she had died? What was the immediate feeling, and how are you feeling now?

Pacelle: I was outside, talking on my iPhone, when I got a message from a colleague. My first thought was: Was she still working or travelling? The last time I saw her, she told me she was on the road for 280 days a year. That’s staggering for a nonagenarian. I’m 60 and I can’t imagine that pace, even though I try to stay fit.

My first reaction was that she had truly lived a full and purposeful life. When a beloved dog reaches 15 or a cat 18, I think, that’s a good long life. For Jane, it was an extraordinary one — a lifetime of service to the world community. Of course, there is deep sadness about her passing. None of us is immortal. But her memory will be close to eternal. I feel a mix of sadness, pride, and awe. She inspires me to work harder, to follow conscience, and to drive social reform forward.

Jacobsen: Do you have any favourite quotes of hers that stand out?

Pacelle: Jane communicated and directly. She wanted to reach children through her Roots & Shoots program. She wanted people to feel compassion and to understand the needs of animals. Her message was straightforward: be kind to animals, be good to the world we share.

She reminded us that we live on a small, fragile, blue-green marble hurtling through space, with only a thin zone where life thrives. We must protect that zone. Each of us can make a difference — whether by changing our diet, writing to lawmakers, speaking up in our communities, or supporting organizations that do this work on a larger scale. She embodied that, and she inspired others to act.

She believed in the value of science and the importance of respecting it. She was simply an incredible human being.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time today.

Pacelle: Excellent. Great to see you.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Shiki Wrap: Meagan Downey on Redefining Gift Giving with Sustainable Reusable Wrapping

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/10/01

Meagan Downey is the founder of Shiki Wrap, a startup transforming the way people give gifts through reusable wrapping made from sustainable materials. Drawing on over 20 years of mission-driven leadership, Meagan created Shiki Wrap to reduce the environmental impact of single-use gift wrap, offering an elegant and practical alternative inspired by the Japanese art of furoshiki. Her work has been featured in publications such as The New York Times and Business Insider, highlighting how recycled materials can become part of joyful traditions. Meagan’s mission is to prove that sustainability and celebration can coexist, redefining gift giving for good.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What inspired focus on reusable wrapping for sustainable holiday practices?

Meagan Downey: Gift giving has always been a passion of mine. Coming from a family that had a lot of struggles, gift giving occasions always stood out as the happiest times filled with joy. That passion led me to a career in philanthropy, facilitating meaningful gifts between donors and nonprofits. 

The pandemic gave many people time for reassessment and reflection, and I was no exception. I realized that while I enjoyed working to solve important systemic issues like homelessness and access to health care, there was an environmental problem that should be a no brainer to solve – eliminating single-use, often microplastic covered gift wrap that ends up in landfills. When I learned about the Japanese tradition of cloth wrapping, I became obsessed with driving reuse in the gift wrap category. Just as the reusable water bottle was once a niche outdoorsy item before becoming an essential lifestyle product, reusables are the future of gift wrap.

Jacobsen: How does furoshiki influence Shiki Wrap’s design and philosophy?

Downey: Shiki Wrap would not exist without the tradition of furoshiki, and that is why the word “Shiki” is in the brand name itself. The wraps are slightly different than traditional furoshiki in that they are stretchy, hemless and feature a nice weight and feel. This helps to achieve a clean line around the gift and removes some of the intimidation around wrapping. 

Early on, I sent prototypes to a furoshiki study group in Japan. They generously provided their feedback and support for building the business. The head of the group even invited me to visit to get expert tutorials in the various ways of wrapping. I feel so grateful for their endorsement.

We’ve centered authentic voices in the tradition in our videos and media, and avoided copying any traditional Japanese designs unless working with artists deeply familiar with and a part of the culture. All of the experts in the tradition we’ve worked with along the way have been incredibly supportive. They want to see this tradition revived and thriving once again.

Jacobsen: What are the biggest environmental costs of conventional gift wrapping overlooked by consumers?

Downey: Let’s start with paper. Paper requires and pollutes a tremendous amount of water in the production and recycling process. But most gift wrap can’t be recycled because it’s covered in microplastics or mixed with ribbons and tape. So the bulk ends up in landfills, generating carbon emissions, not to mention the cost of transporting large rolls of paper on cardboard cores all across the globe.

Shiki Wrap products are made from either mostly recycled or 100% recycled fabrics that are certified by an independent third party. The dyeing process uses no water or harmful chemicals and the products are durable and beautiful, designed to last and be too beautiful to end up in a landfill.

We are also exploring the possibility of sourcing “deadstock” fabric – a real problem in the textile industry – and manufacturing as close to the customer as possible to minimize the environmental impact of logistics.

Jacobsen: How can sustainable alternatives serve as part of the gift?

Downey: Our products are designed to be a gift within a gift. Wraps can be used as scarves, headbands, tote bags and yes – gift wrap. One of our customers even reported quickly grabbing her Shiki Wrap when she needed to stabilize her daughter’s broken arm!

Another benefit I didn’t see coming was how much kids love Shiki Wrap. They love the stretchiness and possibilities with the fabric.

Jacobsen: What role does design and aesthetics play in encouraging eco-friendly wrapping habits?

Downey: Our core values as a company are beauty, sustainability and appreciation – and in that order. I could expound on what each of those values speaks to, but we lead with beauty because the next two values are dependent on the first. If the product is not beautiful, it is at risk of ending up in a landfill. Beauty is central to our sustainability promise and also to our promise to our customers, planet and the tradition that inspired the product. Our customers get to delight their recipients with truly beautiful gifts that they wrapped in a fraction of the time it takes to deal with paper wrap – and that is what makes them repeat customers, ambassadors in driving the shift to reuse in this huge category.

Jacobsen: How can businesses and retailers support consumers in greener choices?

Downey: Partnering with brands like Shiki Wrap to take care of their gift wrapping needs is one first step. Retailers and warehouses that offer gift wrapping can save labor costs, wait times and improve customer satisfaction by switching to our reusables.

Beyond that, I think everyone knows that major changes need to happen in packaging to make a real difference. But the consumer shift away from single-use packaging is part of what will ultimately drive businesses to make those changes, so I believe that the individual consumer is far more influential than they might think. It’s easy to fall into the trap of being overwhelmed, saying, “I’m just one person. I don’t matter.” Actually, you do.

Jacobsen: What messaging resonates most with families making the shift to reusable traditions?

Downey: Reusables are a particularly great investment for families because so much of the gifting is happening under that one roof – for birthdays, Father’s Day, Mother’s Day, graduation, holidays, etc. And it’s so nice to be able to use it and then take it back, fold it away and store it for the next time.

Many families (like mine!) tried doing this with conventional paper wrap before making the switch to reusables, but frankly, it’s a hassle to make sure the bag isn’t badly creased or torn or stained. Shiki Wrap is so much easier to keep clean, store and reuse.

Jacobsen: What other small holiday swaps collectively reduce waste?

Downey: Avoiding the carbon emissions (and rising costs!) of shipping is one important step to consider. For example, instead of sending everyone in your family your famous cookies over the holidays, consider a gift certificate to a locally-owned bakery in their area. For gift recipients close by, consider the packaging you use to wrap their gift and look for alternatives to the single-use, shiny, glittery, filmy plastic. 

The holidays can be fun and colorful while also being sustainable. I love decorating Shiki Wrapped packages with real holly berries and fragrant greenery. I also love the idea of digital, truly zero waste gifts and we are exploring offering these at www.shikiwrap.com.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Meagan.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

PCOS as a Full-Body Condition: Celine Vignal on Integrated Care, Wearable Tech, and Women’s Health Innovation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/30

Celine Vignal is the founder of Seesaw Health, a pioneering health technology brand dedicated to transforming women’s health through science-based innovation. Inspired by her personal battle with chronic migraines and the discovery of cyclical inflammation as a root cause, Celine assembled leading experts to create a patented digital biomarker and app for daily inflammation management. Honored as one of the 50 most influential French in the U.S. and featured in the Forbes Next 1000, she continues to champion women’s wellness. Seesaw Health integrates biosensor technology and neuroscience-informed breathwork to deliver empowering, personalized solutions across all stages of women’s lives.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why is PCOS underrecognized as a full-body condition? 

Celine Vignal: PCOS is underrecognized because it’s been primarily viewed through a narrow reproductive lens. Its name, “polycystic ovary syndrome,” places the focus on the ovaries and ignores the systemic nature of the condition. Unlike the cyclical hormonal shifts tied to the menstrual cycle, PCOS involves a persistent state of elevated androgens, insulin resistance, and chronic inflammation. This leads to unpredictable flare-ups affecting both physical and mental health. To truly address PCOS, we need to move beyond just period regulation and treat these underlying systemic issues. Women often feel dismissed or told to “just lose weight,” while the systemic nature of the condition is overlooked.

Jacobsen: How can integrated approaches better address the metabolic aspects of PCOS? 

Vignal: Integrated approaches address the metabolic aspects of PCOS by recognizing the connection between metabolic, hormonal, and mental health. Insulin resistance, a key metabolic issue, drives excess androgen production, which then impacts ovulation and can cause mood swings. To manage this, an integrated approach focuses on managing inflammation patterns through targeted lifestyle interventions. For example, a PCOS-friendly, anti-inflammatory diet rich in fiber and omega-3s can reduce insulin spikes, while tools for nervous system regulation helps reduce flare-ups and makes medical treatment more effective.

Jacobsen: What about hormonal and mental health facets? 

Vignal: Hormonal fluctuations and elevated androgens don’t just affect cycles, they also fuel mood swings, anxiety, fatigue, and even depression. Mental health support is often missing in PCOS care. By addressing nervous system imbalance and cortisol dysregulation, women can feel more resilient and less controlled by unpredictable symptoms. A powerful tool for addressing this is activating the vagus nerve through practices like breathwork. Vagus nerve stimulation helps to reduce systemic inflammation and balance the stress response, which is crucial for women with PCOS who often experience heightened cortisol levels and a low vagal tone. Even a few minutes of deep, slow breathing a day can improve vagal tone and ease the emotional burden of the condition.

Jacobsen: What are some emerging treatment options showing some of the most promise in managing PCOS? 

Vignal: Beyond traditional medications like metformin and hormonal contraceptives, we’re seeing promising research in anti-inflammatory interventions, and targeted supplements (such as inositol). But the most promising emerging treatments are not single medications but rather a combination of targeted lifestyle changes and new technologies. These include: • Targeted Nutrition and Exercise: A personalized, anti-inflammatory diet and consistent, moderate exercise like walking or yoga are proving highly effective in managing insulin sensitivity and inflammatory load. • Data-Backed Self-Care: Emerging technologies, like the biosensor and app developed by Seesaw Health, help women track and visualize their body’s response to stressors. This data allows for personalized interventions, such as guided breathwork routines, that proactively manage inflammation and nervous system imbalance.

Jacobsen: How can wearable health tech and digital biomarkers support women with this? 

Vignal: Women with PCOS often feel like their symptoms come “out of nowhere.” Wearables and biosensors can help reveal hidden stress and inflammation patterns before flare-ups hit. Wearable health tech and digital biomarkers can support women with PCOS by providing objective data on their body’s response to stress and inflammation. For instance, wearables can track metrics like heart rate variability (HRV), which is a key indicator of nervous system health. By collecting this data, women can identify specific triggers for their symptoms and see the impact of lifestyle changes, empowering them to take a proactive approach to their health. This moves beyond simple symptom tracking to understanding the underlying physiological patterns.

Jacobsen: Do nutrition, exercise, and stress regulation show impact on symptom reduction? 

Vignal: Yes, absolutely. Nutrition, exercise, and stress regulation are fundamental pillars for reducing PCOS symptoms. An anti-inflammatory diet helps stabilize blood sugar and reduces inflammatory load. Moderate, consistent exercise improves insulin sensitivity and lowers stress. Stress regulation, particularly through practices like breathwork, helps to calm the nervous system and reduce inflammation by stimulating the parasympathetic branch. Stress regulation, particularly through vagus nerve stimulation and deep breathing can shift the body out of chronic fight-or-flight mode, reducing fatigue, anxiety, and flare-ups.

Jacobsen: What systemic barriers delay or miss PCOS diagnoses? 

Vignal: Systemic barriers that delay or miss PCOS diagnoses include a lack of a standardized diagnostic protocol and an overemphasis on reproductive symptoms. Many women are simply put on birth control without a comprehensive evaluation of their metabolic and inflammatory health. The name “polycystic ovary syndrome” itself is a barrier, as providers may focus solely on ovarian cysts and irregular periods, overlooking other critical symptoms like chronic inflammation, insulin resistance, and fatigue.

Jacobsen: How can healthcare systems empower women to self-advocate? 

Vignal: Healthcare systems can empower women to self-advocate by encouraging them to collect and present their own health data. Women can use simple symptom trackers or health apps to document their patterns, which provides tangible evidence to share with their providers. Furthermore, healthcare systems should promote education on the full-body nature of PCOS and encourage women to seek out healthcare professionals who specialize in hormonal and metabolic health. By doing so, they can shift the dynamic from a passive patient to an active partner in their care.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Celine.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Comprehensive Women’s Care with Dr. Cielo Gnecco: Minimally Invasive OB-GYN Surgery & Reproductive Health

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/30

Dr. Cielo Gnecco, MD, is a board-certified obstetrician and gynecologist at Orlando Health Women’s Institute Center for Obstetrics & Gynecology in Kissimmee, Florida. She provides comprehensive care for women from adolescence through menopause, specializing in gynecologic surgery, minimally invasive procedures, and robotic-assisted techniques. Dr. Gnecco has expertise in managing both low-risk and high-risk pregnancies, as well as family planning. She is passionate about guiding women through all stages of reproductive health, with a focus on personalized care and long-term wellness.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Gnecco emphasizes lifestyle changes, precision surgery, and early detection to support long-term women’s health. She also helps patients navigate perimenopause and menopause with tailored hormonal and non-hormonal treatments. Her practice combines advanced medical techniques with compassionate, personalized care across every stage of a woman’s reproductive life.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the benefits of choosing minimally invasive gynecologic surgery?

Dr. Cielo Gnecco: Minimally invasive surgery carries several benefits, especially for patients. With this type of surgery, we are able to do smaller incisions, which result in less pain and scarring. Patients tend to have a much quicker recovery, with much shorter hospital stays. These surgeries tend to allow patients to be discharged home on the same day of surgery. As incisions are also smaller, there is less blood loss during the surgery and less risk for infections.

Jacobsen: How does robotic-assisted surgery improve outcomes?

Gnecco: This type of surgery improves outcomes as it allows for enhanced precision, control and better visualizations. It allows us to perform complex surgeries that would have otherwise been open procedures with bigger incisions, more blood loss, and a higher risk of infections. Patients also have faster recovery and are able to recover at home.

Jacobsen: What are the differences between low-risk and high-risk pregnancies?

Gnecco: Low risk pregnancies are those in which the mother and fetus have no major medical issues or complications. These pregnancies have a greater chance of progressing smoothly, with fewer interventions needed. On the contrary, high risk pregnancies are those in which there are complications or underlying health conditions, such as gestational diabetes, hypertension, or a history of preterm labor. These pregnancies require closer monitoring and may need special care or interventions to manage risks.

Jacobsen: Why is family planning important?

Gnecco: Family planning and getting proper care prior to pregnancy ensures that couples conceive knowing they are doing everything necessary to have a healthy pregnancy. Planned pregnancies tend to have better outcomes and less risk of adverse events. Family planning also allows for prevention of unwanted pregnancies and for patients to be able to plan when they would like to conceive.

Jacobsen: How can OB-GYNs support women through the stages of perimenopause?

Gnecco: OB-GYNs can support women through any stage of life. We are able to manage symptoms related to perimenopause, to give them advice on what to do with certain changes that come with age, including those physical but also those emotional changes. We are able to provide counseling, medical treatment, and to ensure that they are up to date with preventative measures.

Jacobsen: What about menopause?

Gnecco: Menopause is also a big part of our practice as OB-GYNs. We are able to provide hormonal and non-hormonal treatment for those symptoms of menopause. We are able to evaluate and treat issues like hot flushes, issues with bone health, vaginal dryness, and emotional and psychological support.

Jacobsen: What are effective treatment options for polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)?

Gnecco: The most important part of treating PCOS is to guide patients with lifestyle changes. It is important to implement a healthy diet, exercise, and to manage certain conditions that can be common with PCOS (like diabetes and obesity). Other effective treatments include oral contraceptives, certain medications to regulate menses, and different medications that can help patients conceive in the case of presence of irregular ovulation.

Jacobsen: What lifestyle changes can help reduce the risks of infertility in women with PCOS?

Gnecco: Patients with PCOS can improve fertility and reduce complications by making several lifestyle changes. These include maintaining a healthy weight, regular exercise, a balanced diet, stress management, and also by getting care to control pre-existing conditions like diabetes and obesity.

Jacobsen: Why is regular OB-GYN care essential?

Gnecco: OB-GYN care is essential for prevention. It allows for early detection of health issues, including STIs, risk of cervical cancer, and breast or ovarian cancer. It allows for prevention and education on reproductive health and different stages of a women’s reproductive life, including perimenopause and menopause. OBGYN care is also important to monitor pregnancies, ensuring that both mother and baby are progressing well and detecting potential risks early.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Cielo.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Barriers to STD Testing in Men: Insights from Mark Kruzel, MD

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/29

Mark Kruzel, MD, MBA, is Medical Director of questhealth.com (the consumer-initiated testing arm of Quest Diagnostics). He previously served as Associate Medical Director in Oncology at Quest, where he bridged assay development and clinical utility, guided molecular oncology adoption, and led payer access strategies. Dr. Kruzel holds an MD from the University of Texas McGovern School of Medicine and an MBA from SMU’s Cox School of Business. He is passionate about empowering individuals to take charge of their health through accessible, physician-guided diagnostic insights.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Kruzel discusses why many men hesitate to ask providers about STD testing. Stigma, shame, and less routine engagement with the healthcare system are key obstacles. Long wait times and a perceived lack of provider initiative further suppress patient inquiry. Generational shifts show young men are more willing to talk about sexual health than Boomers or Gen X. Kruzel stresses that many STIs are asymptomatic and urges men to consider using discreet, physician-ordered lab testing platforms like questhealth.com.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the primary barriers preventing men from asking their healthcare providers about STD testing?

Mark Kruzel, MD: Research suggests both men and women may feel stigma and even shame about being tested for an STI, but women tend to have more routine engagement with the healthcare system than men, including for STDs. For instance, the CDC recommends screening women under the age of 25 for chlamydia and gonorrhea. In contrast, many men do not have regular engagement with the healthcare system and may not be subject to periodic screening under current guidelines.

As Quest’s 2025 Know Your Health Survey found, nearly one-third of Americans (30%) surveyed agree their healthcare team does not take the time to discuss prevention and wellness with them. Plus, nearly 2 in 5 Americans (39%) report having to wait more than three months to see a healthcare professional for a potential health concern. When long wait times are combined with feelings of shame or discomfort around STD testing, many individuals may choose not to bring up their concerns at all with a provider.

Jacobsen: Are there generational differences in attitudes about sex health conversations (ex. Boomer men compared to Gen Z men)?

Kruzel: As one would expect, the survey revealed notable generational differences in attitudes towards sexual health. Historically, sexual health has been a taboo subject, especially for Baby Boomers and Gen Xers.

Only 28% of Gen Xers and just 12% of Boomers will ask a partner about their STD status before being intimate. That compares to 57% of Gen Z and 59% of Millennials. We’ve found that individuals 35 years old and younger are the most apt to order STI screening tests.

It’s also important to note that we know more about STDs than we did several years ago. Two decades ago, providers were not screening for conditions like trichomoniasis or Mycoplasma genitalium (or M-gen), which can cause pelvic inflammatory disease and infertility. Fortunately, the CDC and other medical advisory bodies provide guidelines recognizing the value of screening for these and other conditions, like hepatitis C, that can be transmitted sexually. Both men and women should consult their doctors about whether testing is appropriate for them.

Jacobsen: Quest’s Know Your Health Survey notes that 36% of men are influenced by social media health stories. Do influencers and platforms that promote medical information have a responsibility to convey accurate facts?

Kruzel: One of the concerning findings from our survey was that about 1 in 4 Americans (24%) admit they get advice about health topics from social media influencers. But not all influencers have medical training, and certainly they can’t provide counsel for an individual patient.

At Quest, we’re committed to promoting responsible, fact-based digital health education. All our tests and supporting content on questhealth.com are reviewed and approved by a team of medical professionals, and a physician is available to discuss findings.

Jacobsen: How is Quest adapting its services to meet the demand for discreet sexual health testing?

Kruzel: Quest strives to create a judgment-free and confidential environment that is easily accessible, ultimately empowering individuals to take control of their health without stigma or inconvenience. STD/STI testing is the most popular lab test category on questhealth.com, and STD testing is among our most commonly ordered offerings. Many of these tests provide a pathway to treatment, should results require care. No doctor visit is required for questhealth.com purchases, although a physician orders each test and is available to discuss results.

Jacobsen: What are the most common misconceptions about STIs among men?

Kruzel: One of the most common myths is that STIs always cause noticeable symptoms. While that’s true in many cases, STIs are asymptomatic, potentially putting both you and your partner at risk. In fact, up to 50% of men and 90% of women with chlamydia don’t show symptoms, and about 80% of women with gonorrhea have no symptoms.123 The only way to know for sure if you have an STD is to get tested. You can be tested through your doctor or engage in consumer-initiated tests, like questhealth.com, where you can access the same lab tests doctors use but without having to first visit a doctor. Overall, education remains key to changing these narratives.

Jacobsen: What is the role of masculinity norms and stigma in the underutilization of sexual health services?

Kruzel: Our survey found that 41% of men always or have always asked a partner about their STD status before being intimate, compared to only 33% of women. While sexual wellness may not rank as the top healthcare priority for many men, nearly half are taking clear steps to prioritize their sexual health.

Jacobsen: How do demographic disparities (such as race, income, or region) impact the underutilization of sexual health services, if at all?

Kruzel: Some communities face limited access to care, insurance barriers, and historical mistrust of the healthcare system. Our Quest survey, for instance, found that more than 1 in 3 Americans (37%) have reported experiencing barriers to receiving medical care in the past 12 month and nearly one in 10 (9%) said they did not seek medical care because they were afraid their insurance wouldn’t cover enough of their medical expenses (9%).

Jacobsen: How can public health campaigns foster long-term behavioral change in sexual health practices?

Kruzel: Farley TA, Cohen DA, Elkins W. Asymptomatic sexually transmitted diseases: the case for screening. Preventive medicine 2003;36:502.

Korenromp EL, Sudaryo MK, de Vlas SJ, et al. What proportion of episodes of gonorrhea and chlamydia becomes symptomatic? International journal of STD & AIDS 2002;13:91-101.

Hook EW, III, Handsfield HH. Gonococcal infections in the adult. In: Holmes KK, Sparling PF, Stamm WE, et al., editors. Sexually Transmitted Diseases. 4th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill; 2008. (Gonorrhea infection in women: prevalence, effects, screening, and management (nih.gov))

Kruzel: Reducing stigma and shame is critical. Messages should be paired with clear, actionable steps and accessible services. Improving access to screening is also critical. For instance, in recent months, Quest has rolled out several options for women to self-collect specimens for testing for STIs and other conditions related to genital tract infections at the company’s 2,000 patient service centers to help improve screening.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mark.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Reading Romantic Body Language with Sofie Roos: Misconceptions, Neurodiversity, and Intimacy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/29

Sofie Roos is a licensed sexologist and relationship therapist with over 18 years of experience. Based in Stockholm, she specializes in sexual health, intimacy, and couples therapy. She works at Venhälsan and writes for Passionerad, offering expert guidance on sex, relationships, STDs, and sex toys to diverse audiences. Roos explains how romantic body language reflects emotional connection. From mirroring gestures and eye contact to subtle physical touches, partners reveal closeness or distance nonverbally. These cues evolve over time and differ culturally. Roos writes for Sweden’s Passioneradhttps://passionerad.se/.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the most common ways couples misread each other’s body language? 

Sofie Roos: One of the common ones is that crossed arms, for example during a conversation, means that the partner isn’t interested, is rejecting or angry, while it many times means that one is tired, is freezing, or is simply comfortable sitting or standing like that! 

Another classic misconception is that a partner who avoids eye contact would mean that they’re showing lack of interest, or are lying about something, while it many times can be a natural effect of being tired, or happen if you talk about something that feels sensitive and / or makes one nervous or uncomfortable. 

Some people also have an easier time to concentrate if not looking their partner in the eyes, so it can be a sign that they are really focused! 

Couples must also remember that their partner’s body language often means different things in different situations, and that you must read the whole context as well as try to learn how your partner uses their body while feeling different things – something you do over time! 

And if being unsure on what your partner actually means or feels, then rather ask one time too much than guessing to avoid misunderstandings! 

Jacobsen: How do you help them distinguish genuine signals from wishful thinking? 

Roos: Trying to read body language is about reading between the lines, and trying to see the whole context and situation. 

Many times in a relationship, we see the body language for what we want it to be, which can make us feel disappointed when expectations on for example sex doesn’t get fulfilled, because their kiss was just a way for them to get some physical closeness without the intention of it leading to something more! 

Generally, when the body language, words and tone of voice says the same thing, then you can be sure that’s what they mean, and not just wishful thinking.

Also try to learn your partner’s patterns. For example, do they often do a few specific things with their body language when wanting sex that you can look out for? Because I’m sure that they kiss you many more times than just when being in the mood, so just looking for that isn’t good enough! 

In addition, I often recommend couples to complement the body language with words, especially during the phase where you get to learn how your partner uses their body language, so ask in a humoristic, sneaky or flirty way if you want to confirm something before assuming they mean what you think they do!

Jacobsen: How do neurodiversity and sensory sensitivities shape nonverbal intimacy

Roos: For a person with autism, ADHD, or any other form of neurodivergence, body language often works differently.

For example, holding eye contact can feel overwhelming, hugs and other forms of non-sexual intimacy can feel unpleasant, and many other types of physical body language can lead to stress.

This doesn’t mean that neurodivergent persons aren’t having any body language in their romantic life – it means that it looks different for many!

Many couples where one or both are being neurodivergent develop their own ways of body language to express feelings in a way that feels comfortable, and it might not look like the typical example, but still tend to work very well, and in these cases, hand movements and sharing physical routines where you don’t necessarily touch each other often becomes a big part! 

Also, what a neurodiversity couple might “lack” in physical body language, they catch up on mutual respect and communication, where they often are “stronger” and many times have come further compared to other couples! 

Jacobsen: In trauma-informed care, how can partners rebuild safe touch and proximity? 

Roos: When it comes to trauma, especially related to the body and boundaries, even small types of gestures, such as a tap on the shoulder, can feel threatful or unpleasant.

Within trauma-informed care, a couple gets the right keys to re-build this intimacy and thrust step by step, where it often begins without any type of physical contact at all – instead with looks or syncing breathing, to then move forward to asking before doing something physical. 

“Is it okay that I touch you here now?”, and from there, a couple gradually rebuild the thrust for it to feel safe, leading to implementing more physical body language becoming natural! 

This builds on respect and showing that you want to ensure that your partner feels comfortable and safe, something that you need to practise everyday, so asking “Is it okay if I hold your hand when you are in the car?” and then getting a “No”, and respecting it, is a big part of the re-building process! 

Jacobsen: For long-distance couples, what “digital body language” practices support emotional closeness? 

Roos: One of the trickiest parts of being in long distance is that all the everyday intimacy, of which a big part is the body language, challenges, and you need to find ways of doing this on distance to work as a couple!

The body language goes from being partly physical, to only being about reading your partner’s body language from a distance, which you for example can do by having a video call when doing an everyday thing, such as cooking, doing the laundry or working.

These types of calls, where you might not even talk so much, but just are in each other’s presence, lead the body language to still take a big role in how you read your partner! 

Other types of body language also become more important, such as tone of voice, rhythm when speaking and taking pauses when talking on the phone, the looks you give when video chatting, and even how you use emojis when texting! 

Some couples in long distance even use jewelry, such as bracelets, or connect their smart watches, to be able to see each other’s heart rate, which becomes an extension of the bodily everyday intimacy!

Jacobsen: How can partners respectfully negotiate differing norms around public affection and personal space? 

Roos: What types of body language that feels natural when being in public differs from person to person, and it’s not uncommon that one partner in a couple wants more than the other one, especially if you have different cultural backgrounds, and this needs to be communicated.

Talk about what feels comfortable for you in different situations. What might not feel okay in the grocery store might feel natural when being in a bar, or what does not feel comfortable when taking a walk might feel okay when being on the beach etc. 

It’s important to remember that the one not feeling comfortable is the one with the last say, and by not pushing them, you can make them feel more comfortable with more physical body language in public over time.

For example, if a partner isn’t comfortable holding hands in public, don’t try to force them into it, but instead start by inviting them to just hold a finger when it’s dark outside or when being in a remote spot without any people, and then let it grow from there! 

Jacobsen: When jealousy or insecurity enter, which nonverbal de-escalation cues (posture, breath, gaze) are effective? 

Roos: Body language actually works as a perfect de-escalater when needing to cool down something between you, especially when someone feels jealousy or insecurity thanks to body language being very affirmative.

To for example start breathing deeply and slowly often gets your partner to do the same, and that can not only make your intense feelings cool off, but also lead to an emotional intimacy that makes you get reunited easier! 

If your partner feels jealous on you or just overall insecure, then trying to look at them in a warm and loving way that’s not staring or confrontational, or sitting near them and inviting them to hold hands or hug, are also ways that can make the situation cool down, and opens up to solving things instead of arguing! 

Jacobsen: From a clinical stance, what body-language markers indicate deeper trust over months?

Roos: You can see that you’ve gotten a deeper relationship in the small body language. 

You start to get a more relaxed posture in each other’s presence, you can hold eye contact for longer in a way that feels natural rather than unpleasant, and small physical contact comes more natural, such as a hug from behind, a quick kiss or a hand on the thigh. You don’t ask verbally, but “with your body”!

Another sign is that you start to sync and mirror each other’s body language, from movements and the tempo you’re having, such as how you walk, to even your breathing when laying close on the sofa.

You also start to understand each other’s looks more and overall get your partner’s feelings before they’ve even spoken about how they’re doing! 

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sofie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 4: Canada–China EV Tariffs, Microplastics Hype, and the “Kingdom of Canada”

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/28

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique law practice specializing in national security. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discusses Ottawa’s review of Canada-China EV tariffs, cautioning that protectionism weakens domestic innovation as China leverages cheaper production and critical minerals. She argues governments should outcompete with efficient, resource-light models, including hybrids and hydrogen, amid mixed market signals. On microplastics, she advocates for evidence-based reporting and rejects sensational myths, noting that media illiteracy fuels panic. Tsukerman also examines the self-styled ‘Kingdom of Canada’ cult led by Romana Didulo, linking sovereign-citizen narratives to broader disinformation and potential foreign influence. Unsafe compounds, threats, and confrontations illustrate real-world harm, underscoring the need for rule-of-law responses and resilient civic institutions.

Interview conducted September 26, 2025, in the morning Pacific Time.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Ottawa is informally reviewing China’s EV tariffs with no specific deadlines. Canada has gotten on the bad side of several economically significant countries, particularly in the EV market, which is central to the long-term shift to electric. If you do not get the EV trade right, you risk being pushed out of the market and hurting your economy in the future. What do you think is the importance of reviewing these EV tariffs between Canada and China?

Irina Tsukerman: For now, China is the big winner in the EV market because its vehicles are cheaper to produce. It has direct access to critical minerals and does not need to import them. Many of its successful models are allegedly based on Western designs, meaning China has saved on labour and R&D costs by copying intellectual property. With its large population, it can undercut competition by undervaluing vehicles and flooding European, Canadian, and other markets. However, tariffs are not necessarily a good solution. They are anti-competitive and can weaken Canadian and other Western EV industries.

Another issue is that breakthroughs in alternative energy suggest electricity may not remain the dominant solution. Hybrids are currently more efficient and popular, and hydrogen-based alternatives could prove superior. The Japanese-German model, slated for 2028, for instance, claims to have resolved many of the battery and endurance issues currently facing EVs. If China over-invests in electric models, it risks being leapfrogged by competitors.

Despite increased EV demand, supply chain disruptions and the natural limits of critical minerals—including in China—have slowed production. Rising R&D costs have also delayed output from major producers. Even China may eventually need to diversify its vehicle portfolio back toward conventional models. The market signals are mixed. China has an advantage, but the overall trend may not stay in its favour. Before starting another trade war with tariffs—which has not been successful for the U.S.—Canada and others should focus on outcompeting China by creating more efficient, less resource-intensive models that ultimately surpass Chinese vehicles.

Jacobsen: On a different topic, there was an article about microplastics creating significant health problems. It is something that needs attention. However, a common myth in mainstream media is that people consume the equivalent of a credit card’s worth of microplastics every week. That is exaggerated—likely wrong by a factor of a thousand. Microplastics do cause health problems, such as chemicals leaching from plastic bottles during transport through hot environments, or the massive plastic islands in the ocean. What are your thoughts on where the fundamental importance lies, and what might be hype?

Tsukerman: The issue is overhyped and sometimes bizarre, almost in the realm of conspiracy thinking, like RFK Jr.’s focus on irrelevant dangers.

Jacobsen: But this time the concern seems to be coming more from the political left.

Tsukerman: The original anti-vaccine movement was at least partially left-wing. It emerged from Los Angeles mothers, not exactly a bastion of right-wing ideology. RFK Jr. himself is an ex-Democrat who does not fit neatly into any party. He has a history of fringe positions. This fixation on minute issues while ignoring larger health problems feels like a first-world problem mindset. That view is mistaken. We still face many serious illnesses, genetic disorders, and environmental challenges that require real solutions.

The microplastics narrative sounds sensational and marketable. It could be driven by people looking to profit, undercut competitors, or sow paranoia. RFK Jr.’s fluoride obsession, for example, overlapped with propaganda campaigns run by Iran. Microplastics could similarly be used as a distraction, keeping people hyper-focused on a largely containable issue.

The problem is that many people lack the scientific background to assess such claims. They react emotionally to words like “toxin” or “plastic” without a straightforward way to gauge the actual risk. Cancer is understood as serious, but when presented with mysterious and poorly explained threats, people panic more easily. This emotional manipulation is something the media should take responsibility for. At a minimum, journalists should consult genuine experts rather than pop authorities, and clearly explain what scientific evidence indicates about the impact on human health.

Jacobsen: Here is one of the more bizarre stories this week: “Kingdom of Canada cult.” The group was driven out of a Saskatchewan village, but some fear their return. Three more people have now been charged in the ongoing investigation. What a crazy story.

Tsukerman: It is strange, but some of these small to mid-sized cults have been proliferating recently, and not just in Canada. Similar offshoots exist in German-speaking countries. Some are monarchist revivalists looking to restore the Habsburg Empire, while others claim sovereignty for specific territories in Germany or elsewhere. They position themselves as quasi-separatists—” states within states.” In some cases, the leaders are actual descendants of monarchs. In others, they are charlatans or paid propagandists, sometimes working for Russia or for local political factions looking to stir trouble.

The leader of the “Kingdom of Canada” cult, Romana Didulo, refers to herself as the “Queen of Canada.” She is a conspiracy theorist who claims parallel authority, much like European enclaves that rely on “sovereign citizen” and pseudoscientific tropes. This raises the question of whether her project is influenced by Russian sovereignty ideology, which frames legitimate governments as corrupt and illegitimate. That narrative overlaps with far-right mythology and Russia-linked propaganda.

She also portrays herself as a spiritual authority, connecting her movement to Eurasianist and far-right mystical groups in Europe. These groups often invoke ancient mythologies to give their authoritarian movements an aura of transcendence. Didulo has encouraged followers to confront officials, raising the possibility that she is more than just a delusional cult leader—that she may be deliberately provoking polarization. None of her claims has legal standing or recognition.

Her compound itself was unsafe, with sewage issues, a cut-off water supply, and neglect. Some followers threatened violence, attempted “citizens’ arrests” of Canadian officials, and engaged in typical cult dynamics: authoritarian control, manipulation, and abusive demands for loyalty. This is not harmless eccentricity—it is a public safety risk and potentially part of a foreign disinformation strategy.

It is unclear why anyone accepts her claims, given that she has no royal lineage and offers nothing beyond a crumbling compound. However, she promises vague spiritual rewards, like a “golden era,” to keep people committed.

What we are seeing is the emergence of conspiracy theories and disinformation generating real-world structures in rural or remote areas, where independent militias or cult enclaves can form. If this is an organized campaign by a state or quasi-state actor, likely, other similar groups are already emerging elsewhere in Canada.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Tsukerman: Sounds good.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

State-by-State Inequality, Women’s Rights, and Feminist Policy in the U.S.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/28

Part 3 of 3

Dr. C. Nicole Mason, a feminist policy analyst and CEO of Future Forward Women, which is a bold new initiative to build women’s power and influence in the U.S. They unite and support catalytic leaders, organizations, and changemakers committed to propelling lasting change in the lives of women, girls, and families. In this 3-part interview, she discusses gender equity, reproductive rights, and social policies. She emphasizes the setbacks in feminist policymaking, including the repeal of Roe v. Wade, the lack of paid leave, and rising gender-based violence. Mason critiques social media’s role in spreading misinformation and calls for media literacy to counter false narratives. She highlights disparities in women’s rights across U.S. states, naming Alabama and Mississippi as the worst. She advocates for proactive policies and stresses the need for offensive strategies to protect and expand women’s rights.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I recently spoke with South Korean feminists and women’s rights activists. They are facing similar challenges. Their former leader, President Yoon Suk Yeol, came into power on a strong anti-feminist platform. One of his key promises was dismantling their equivalent of a government agency for women and families, the Ministry of Gender Equality and Family (MOGEF). While his administration failed to abolish the ministry, it weakened its influence, leaving the ministerial position vacant for nearly a year.

Other alarming trends are emerging there as well. Deepfake pornography is a growing concern, disproportionately targeting young women and girls. The South Korean government has increased penalties for producing, distributing, or possessing such content, with potential prison sentences of up to three years. However, digital sex crimes remain a major issue, and feminist groups continue to advocate for stronger enforcement and support for victims.

At the same time, the 4B Movement, a feminist movement that rejects marriage, dating, sex, and childbirth as a protest against misogyny, has gained traction. Some women outside South Korea, including the United States, have supported its principles, especially in response to global rollbacks on women’s rights.

In December 2024, President Yoon attempted to declare martial law, citing national security concerns. This move was immediately resisted, including mass protests and political opposition. The National Assembly responded by impeaching him on December 14, 2024, with 204 out of 300 lawmakers voting in favour. Following his impeachment, Prime Minister Han Duck-soo assumed the role of acting president.

These developments show that resistance to repressive policies exists within South Korea. However, many of the arguments made by anti-feminist groups there mirror those in the U.S. These issues are often framed as broad demographic concerns without considering the underlying social and economic factors influencing women’s choices.

People make choices based on their lived realities. Instead of engaging in abstract discussions about birth rates, policymakers should examine why individuals make these choices and implement policies addressing their concerns. Are any particular U.S. states that stand out to you as holdouts for women’s rights? In The Handmaid’s Tale, New York was portrayed as a holdout in Margaret Atwood’s dystopian future—do you see similar dynamics today?

Dr. C. Nicole Mason: I recently completed a 50-state analysis on where women have the most power and influence. New York is one of those states. In my analysis, I examined 12 indicators and eight policies. There are several states where, at this moment, I am fortunate to be living. On the other hand, there are states where women are struggling—where they have little power and influence and where they are doing poorly across all social and well-being indicators.

What strikes me is that it often comes down to a state border. You cross one border, and you have rights. You cross another, and your rights are significantly diminished, and your likelihood of doing well declines.

What do you make of that? What do you make of living in a country where everyone should have the same rights, access to opportunity, and equal protections, yet the reality is so uneven? There are “holdout” states; we know which ones they are. I feel fortunate to live in one of the states where women have more protections. But my biggest concern is for the women who do not.

Some people might say, “Well, move to New York.” But it is not that simple.

Jacobsen: Many women cannot afford to move, even if they want to.

Mason: That is what keeps me up at night.

Jacobsen: According to your 50-state analysis, which state is the worst?

Mason: Alabama. And number two is Mississippi. It is outright hostile to women. But the reality is that women are living there under those conditions. This is not about my coastal elitism, as some people like to claim. When I shared these findings with a friend, she said, “Oh, that’s just your coastal elitism—you people on the coasts always think that way.”

But I told her, “No, this is based on facts. This is not a narrative I am imposing on Mississippi and Alabama. These are real conditions that women are living under.”

So, yes, while there are states where I am relieved to live, my primary concern remains for women who do not have the option of living in those states. The question is: “What should we be doing to support them? How do we ensure they, too, have their full bundle of rights?”

Jacobsen: Thank you. I appreciate it. Have a good afternoon.

Mason: You too.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Canadian Capital Forum 2: Canada’s ERA, NATO 2%, F-35, and Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/27

Michael Ashley Schulman, CFA, Chief Investment Officer of Running Point Capital Advisors, offers expert insight into current global financial dynamics. Schulman offers timely insights into macroeconomic trends, US fiscal policy, and the global tech landscape.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Schulman explains how Canada will likely back the EU’s “reparations loan,” echoing Ottawa’s ERA model that channels interest from immobilized Russian assets via the ULCM. He outlines G7 mechanics, contingent legal risks, and why NATO’s 2 percent is an input metric, not capability. Schulman reviews Canada’s costlier F-35 program, arguing interoperability makes switching impractical. He estimates Canada’s 2025 Ukraine package as loan-heavy with C$5B ERA financing. With Chrystia Freeland appointed envoy for Ukraine reconstruction, Schulman foresees faster asset-leveraged funding and procurement—Canada exporting financial engineering while guarding against shrinking asset returns and rising defense budgets.

Interview conducted September 25, 2025, in the morning.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Will Ottawa back the EU’s “reparations loan” using frozen Russian assets?

Michael Ashley Schulman: Short answer, yes, in spirit and likely in cash. Canada’s not just backing it, they practically dropped the demo track. The EU’s “reparations loan” concept is basically a remix of Canada’s earlier Extraordinary Revenue Acceleration (ERA) initiative, where interest from frozen Russian assets pays the freight on Ukraine loans. The EU would lend now and make Russia pay later (upon reparations), using the cash balances sitting at Euroclear. It’s like letting Moscow fund the tour bus for Zelensky’s comeback tour. Expect Ottawa to play hype man to Brussels here; loudly supportive, already in sync, and ready to scale it under G7 coordination.

So again yes, Ottawa helped write this playbook where Ukraine gets cash now and Russia’s immobilized money pays the tab later. What this means for you is more Ukraine financing without new Canadian taxes unless world court legal risks derail the asset proceeds.

Jacobsen: How would Canada implement it under the G7?

Schulman: Mechanically, the ERA model already exists: Canada signs a bilateral loan to Ukraine; the Ukraine Loan Cooperation Mechanism (ULCM) divvies up the flow of extraordinary revenues from frozen assets to repay each lender proportionally. The ULCM lets each country sign its own deal with Kyiv, while pooling repayments from the same stream of frozen Russian cash. The risk to flag is, as previously mentioned, if courts ever unfreeze assets or returns shrink, Ottawa carries contingent repayment risk. Politically, this is coordinated sanctions-finance or balance-sheet magic, not asset confiscation—technically, there is a difference.

Jacobsen: What is the Extraordinary Revenue Acceleration initiative?

Schulman: The ERA is the G7’s financing hack where interest earned on immobilized Russian sovereign assets is used to pay back long-term loans to Ukraine. Canada signed on for C$5 billion. It’s like weaponizing compound interest, but politely. Economically, it lets Canada support Ukraine without running deficits, unless frozen assets melt legally. It uses Moscow’s stuck money to keep Ukraine’s lights on.

Jacobsen: Has Canada hit NATO’s 2% defence‑spending target this fiscal year?

Schulman: First, let me say that I am not a fan of flat defence spending. Flat targets invite wasteful midnight shopping sprees; governments should buy readiness, not end-year cart-stuffing. You want efficiency rather than just performative spend, call it defence Ozempic.

Ottawa says it’s at 2% this year and NATO’s says that all Allies are expected to meet or exceed 2% in 2025, which tells you we might be rounding up a bit early.

But like I said, the catch is that 2% is an input metric, not an output. The real problem isn’t the number, it’s the number’s simplicity. GDP is a moody thing. You can hit 2% by spending the same while your economy shrinks, or by falling prey to wasteful projects or end‑year splurges, and bias toward easy‑to‑book spend over actual capability. Luckey Palmer the founder of weapons supplier Anduril is a huge proponent of using smarts and technology to sell more capability for less dollars.

Better guardrails like NATO’s 20% equipment share (which Canada says it will exceed) and hard capability deliverables (readiness, munitions stockpiles, ship days at sea, and ISR which is an acronym for Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance) may help. But if NATO moves toward a 5% total defence concept (3.5% military + 1.5% resilience/industry), the measurement problem probably gets harder.

Jacobsen: Where does the F‑35 review stand amid rising costs?

Schulman: Yeah, Canada’s Auditor General put a large spotlight on cost growth, ughhh! It is roughly 50% above the original sticker, plus there are schedule and pilot shortfalls. The government launched a review but switching jets mid-race buys chaos; staying the course is the cheaper delay.

For those that don’t know, the Lockheed Martin F-35 Lightning II is a stealth, supersonic, multirole piloted (i.e., old fashioned) fighter aircraft designed to perform both air-to-air and air-to-ground missions. It is considered a cornerstone of the U.S. and allied defense forces. Thus, you will likely stick with the F‑35 because diversifying now would add training and logistics costs.

Interoperability with NORAD and NATO makes switching nearly impossible. For Canada’s economy, expect outlays for long-term upkeep and maintenance of physical infrastructure and systems to keep climbing like a Drake track on release day.

Jacobsen: How much of Canada’s 2025 Ukraine package is military aid vs. loans?

Schulman: In 2025, roughly three-quarters of the headline support is in the form of loans, particularly via the C$5B ERA facility mentioned earlier, while the rest is direct military aid and NATO contributions (about C$1.5–2B). Economically, this indicates that near‑term defence production and services get a bump while the loans cushion Ukraine’s budget without immediate Canadian tax pain.

Jacobsen: What changes with Chrystia Freeland becoming Canada’s special Ukraine envoy?

Schulman: That’s been interesting and beneficial. Chrystia Freeland was I believe minister of transport and internal trade, until she resigned earlier this month, September, to become the Canadian special representative for the reconstruction of Ukraine. She already straddled finance and foreign policy, so this consolidates trade, defence, reconstruction, and sanctions policy under one operator. The move centralizes Canada’s Ukraine policy, creating a single deal desk for reporting to the PM, rather than a four‑department conga line.

Freeland is essentially Canada’s CFO and field general for Ukraine strategy. Expect faster moves on asset-leveraged financing, defence procurement, and post-war economic planning that should benefit Canadian energy, infrastructure, and financial services firms during reconstruction.

Jacobsen: What this means for Canada and allies?

Schulman: Canada’s playing bigger than it looks on paper. By architecting asset-backed Ukraine loans, it’s exporting financial engineering as foreign policy. By front-loading loans and appointing Freeland, it’s speeding up execution. And by sticking to the F-35 despite sticker shock, it’s anchoring itself in NORAD/NATO credibility. But the budget math gets crunchy if frozen asset interest dries up or defence spend escalates toward a NATO 5% total war economy target. Canada is trying to fight smarter, not harder, with money as its main munition.

Thanks for a sharp, thoughtful, and fast-paced session. Always a pleasure to dig into where policy meets strategy, and I’m glad we could cover so much ground.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michael.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Online Harassment, Reproductive Rights, and the Urgent Need for Offensive Feminist Policies

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/27

Part 2 of 3

Dr. C. Nicole Mason, a feminist policy analyst and CEO of Future Forward Women, which is a bold new initiative to build women’s power and influence in the U.S. They unite and support catalytic leaders, organizations, and changemakers committed to propelling lasting change in the lives of women, girls, and families. in this 3-part interview, she discusses gender equity, reproductive rights, and social policies. She emphasizes the setbacks in feminist policymaking, including the repeal of Roe v. Wade, the lack of paid leave, and rising gender-based violence. Mason critiques social media’s role in spreading misinformation and calls for media literacy to counter false narratives. She highlights disparities in women’s rights across U.S. states, naming Alabama and Mississippi as the worst. She advocates for proactive policies and stresses the need for offensive strategies to protect and expand women’s rights.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Public figures like Megan Thee Stallion and others have some protection. However, the consequences can be far worse for most people who are not famous or wealthy, like the rest of us. They may not experience the same amplified attacks, but what protections exist for them when they do? When it comes to everyday people, what policies effectively address online harassment? And beyond policy, how can we shift cultural norms to reduce emotional violence online before it escalates into physical violence?

Dr. C. Nicole Mason: That is exactly my point about Megan Thee Stallion and other celebrities, such as Amber Heard. These individuals, while subject to intense scrutiny and harassment, have layers of protection and resources that ordinary women do not. Women often do not have access to legal teams, public relations firms, or other forms of support when they face online harassment, stalking, or digital violence.

When discussing what should be done, the first thing that raises concern is the legal framework. Some laws are improving. In California and a few other states, there are laws addressing issues like revenge porn—the non-consensual sharing of sexually explicit materials. Perpetrators can now face legal penalties, including jail time. However, overall, our laws have not yet caught up with the pace of technological advancements.

We need stronger legal protections to address online harassment, misinformation campaigns, and digital violence. At the same time, we must also engage in cultural shifts—educating people about digital ethics, strengthening media literacy, and fostering an environment where online spaces are not used as platforms for abuse. The issue will persist until policy and cultural change align, disproportionately harming those lacking the resources to fight back.

A woman can be harassed, threatened, or even physically harmed as a result of online violence. However, there are few laws and protections in place because of the significant lag between what is happening on social media and the legal safeguards that women—or people in general—believe they have or should have.

People often hide behind the First Amendment, citing freedom of speech as a defence for harmful behaviour. As a result, we are in a precarious situation because there are not enough legal protections. Even when we consider the Violence Against Women Act, its provisions on stalking exist—but do they truly address how violence against women is carried out on social media today? No, they do not. We have a great deal of work ahead of us.

Am I confident that this administration—or even in the next four, five, or ten years—will see proactive, offensive legislation addressing these issues? No, I am not. Social media companies like X, Facebook, Instagram (all owned by two major corporations), and TikTok have no real incentive to enact protections. We have already seen them roll back existing protections, and Facebook has even started allowing misinformation to spread unchecked.

This is not just about Russian bots. It is misinformation across the board—about individuals, about gender-based violence, about laws and protections. These issues can be misrepresented or outright fabricated, with little accountability.

In terms of what we might be able to do, I believe there is an opportunity to start thinking about new technologies and their intersection with gender-based violence. We need to articulate what digital violence looks like today and what effective protections might entail for victims. It is time to develop strategies, solutions, and legal protections that reflect the modern reality of online violence.

Jacobsen: Here’s a perennial issue in the United States. I have colleagues worldwide who cannot access the same basic resources we often take for granted—whether in African countries, Latin America, or elsewhere. When USAID funding was being pulled back or cut, many of them expressed concern. While some of those decisions were politically motivated and administration-driven, that is true for most government agencies.

These cuts devastated them because they directly impacted social and healthcare programs that provided essential humanitarian aid. I am now seeing the same pattern unfold domestically within the United States—where vulnerable communities are losing access to critical social and healthcare services.

I’m speaking as a foreigner—a Canadian. So, when I look at international commentary, I see the same pattern happening domestically in the United States—not just with the rollback of Roe v. Wade but also with restrictions on maternal healthcare access, abortion, reproductive rights, and so on.

What do you think of the current policy? Looking ahead through the rest of the 2020s, what policies might serve as a bulwark against the ongoing repeals and restrictions? What is always astonishing is that women’s bodies and their choices for the future continue to be politicized.

Mason: This feels like a full-frontal assault. What is happening in the United States has a global ripple effect. We see that with USAID. It is all deeply connected.

And yes, this is a full-frontal assault—on the safety, dignity, viability, and well-being of women, people, and families, both in the United States and around the world.

What concerns me most is that we do not have a robust response that matches the magnitude of these attacks. That terrifies me, to be completely honest. Even at the policy level, we lack an offensive strategy to combat the rollbacks that have happened—and will continue to happen.

Right now, the fight is about holding the line and trying to preserve what we have, which, to be frank, is not enough. The United States enjoys a level of relative privilege compared to many other countries, and I do not want to overlook that. However, I have conducted the analysis. I can say with certainty that for some women in certain states, their conditions—though relatively different—are on par with those in other parts of the world.

Women in these states are facing severe poverty, poor maternal health outcomes, and high rates of violence. Some women in the U.S. are flourishing, but it feels like they live in two different Americas for many others.

My concern is that we do not have a policy response that matches the scale of what is happening—or what is yet to come.

I do not know when you plan to publish this. Still, in just the first few weeks of this administration, we have already seen significant developments that will directly impact women and families.

For example, I would estimate that at least 30%, possibly even 50%, of the federal government workforce consists of women and people of colour. The attacks on the federal workforce are not typically framed as feminist or gender issues, but they should be—because women make up a significant portion of that workforce.

Yet, this administration has not fully addressed these issues meaningfully. They have made threats and vague statements about what they plan to do regarding women’s and gender issues. We have already seen direct attacks on gender identity and the rights of trans people.

These are real, tangible concerns. And unless we shift from a defensive to an offensive strategy, we risk losing even more ground.

They have not yet focused on women in the way we know is coming. That moment is inevitable, and we are not prepared for it. The situation is already horrific, but we have not seen a sharp turn in their strategy.

Currently, they are prioritizing other objectives—reducing the federal workforce, erasing people from data records, and pursuing other concerning policies. That, in itself, is alarming.

But if I were to emphasize anything, it would be the need to connect the dots—understanding what resistance looks like in other countries, how different populations have resisted regimes like this, and what strategies might be possible here. We need to start thinking about offensive and power-building strategies because we do not have one right now.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mark Temnycky on Russo-Ukraine August and some of September

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/27

Mark Temnycky is a Ukrainian-American analyst and freelance journalist specializing in American, European, and Eurasia affairs. He serves as a Nonresident Fellow at the Atlantic Council’s Eurasia Center (since December 2021), and he is a geopolitics contributor at Forbes. Previously, he spent nearly seven years as a U.S. defense contractor supporting the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition & Sustainment. His work appears across leading outlets and think tanks, with a curated portfolio of articles and media available online.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Temnycky says Russia’s Aug. 28 missile-drone strike on Kyiv killed 21 and injured 48, hitting the EU mission and British Council. Human Rights Watch logged 100+ attacks on Ukraine’s grid (Mar–Aug 2025), blackouts in 17 regions, likely IHL violations targeting objects indispensable to civilians. Russia’s Aug. 30 “strategic initiative” claim is belied by incremental gains and heavy losses. Ukrainian strikes on Saratov and Ryazan disrupted up to 17% of refining capacity, lifted retail fuel >5%, and strained logistics. POW swaps on Aug. 14 and 24 exchanged 84 and 146 per side. U.S. and EU signaled tighter sanctions.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do assessments conclude about the August 28 missile-drone strike on Kyiv?

Mark Temnycky: On August 28, Russia launched another missile and drone strike on Kyiv, as well as several other cities across Ukraine. Ukrainian authorities reported that there were at least 21 fatalities. An additional 48 individuals were injured. The attack also hit the European Union mission building and the British Council in Kyiv. Like in other cases when Russia launched missile and drone strikes on civilian areas, the Russian attack on August 28 was widely condemned by senior European elected officials.

Jacobsen: How do August’s hits on energy infrastructure (e.g., Kremenchuk/Poltava) fit into HRW’s tally of attacks?

Temnycky: The August strikes on energy infrastructure fit into Human Rights Watch’s tally of more than 100 Russian attacks on Ukraine’s power grids between March and August 2025. HRW has been documenting these attacks throughout the war. In their reporting, HRW stated that strikes on Ukraine’s energy infrastructure have caused blackouts across 17 regions in Ukraine. Based on its findings, HRW has described Russia’s attacks as unlawful under international humanitarian law.

Jacobsen: Do these breach international humanitarian law?

Temnycky: According to international law experts and those who study human rights, Russian missile drone strikes on Ukraine’s energy infrastructure likely breach international humanitarian law. This is because the Russians are targeting facilities that overwhelmingly serve civilian populations. Ukraine’s energy infrastructure provides heat and electricity to millions of Ukrainians, so if any energy facilities are damaged or destroyed, millions of Ukrainians would then be without heat and electricity. International law prohibits attacks on objects indispensable to civilian survival, and in this case, energy facilities would count.

Jacobsen: What battlefield evidence supports/contradicts Russia’s August 30 claim to hold the “strategic initiative”?

Temnycky: Moscow made incremental gains around Pokrovsk and along the Kharkiv-Sumy border, but these advances are far smaller than the inflated figures Russian commanders publicly cite. Independent assessments, meanwhile, have shown Ukrainian forces retaking some villages and territory in Sumy. Coupled with high Russian losses and the absence of a real operational breakthrough, Russia’s “strategic initiative” is inaccurate.

Jacobsen: What measurable effects did Ukraine’s Aug–Sept strikes on Saratov and Ryazan on have on fuel prices and military logistics?

Temnycky: Ukraine’s attacks have disrupted up to 17 percent of Russia’s refining capacity, according to reports. This has also pushed retail costs of gas up more than 5 percent this calendar year. The strikes have caused fuel shortages in places such as Crimea, where Russia is rationing gas. Finally, not only have these fuel disruptions strained Russia’s domestic energy market, but it has also complicated the Russian Federation’s military logistics by tightening fuel supplies needed for its war efforts. Gas is required to operate Russia’s military vehicles.

Jacobsen: What were the terms and conditions of the POW exchanges on August 14 and 24?

Temnycky: On August 14, Ukraine and Russia each swapped 84 POWs. This included military personnel and civilians. Then, on August 24, 146 Russian servicemen were returned to Russia, while Ukraine received 146 individuals, which included both service members and civilians.

Jacobsen: How many Ukrainian civilians remain in Russian detention?

Temnycky: The exact number is difficult to say due to limited access for independent verification. Several international organizations have attempted to study this, where their estimates report that thousands of civilians continue to be held in various detention facilities across the Russian Federation as well as the Russian-occupied regions of Ukraine. Efforts by international organizations and Ukrainian authorities are ongoing as they look to document these detentions, but since they do not have access to these regions controlled by Russia, there are conservative estimates as to how many Ukrainian civilians remain in Russian detention.

Jacobsen: How did U.S. and European signaling between August 31 to September 7 alter Moscow’s incentives?

Temnycky: U.S. President Donald Trump announced that he would be ready to implement new sanctions on the Russian Federation. These penalties would include tariffs on countries that purchase Russian oil and crude. It remains to be seen if and when these sanctions will be implemented.

Meanwhile, the Europeans announced that they will be preparing a new sanctions package to punish Russia for its ongoing war. In addition, European officials condemned Russia’s continued missile and drone strikes on Ukraine, and the Europeans reiterated their support for Ukraine. Several European countries also announced that they would send new defense assistance packages to Ukraine.

Jacobsen: Given the August 28 civilian toll and sustained grid attacks, what accountability pathways are viable?

Temnycky: Closing loopholes that exist in the current Russian sanctions policy, and strengthening sanctions on Russia’s energy market, would put more pressure on Russia. It has been widely reported that revenue earned from Russian energy sales, such as oil and gas, has helped boost the Russian economy. The money earned is then used to purchase weapons and equipment for Russia’s war.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mark.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. C. Nicole Mason on Feminist Policy, Gender Equity, and Expanding Women’s Power in the U.S.

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/26

Part 1 of 3

Dr. C. Nicole Mason, a feminist policy analyst and CEO of Future Forward Women, which is a bold new initiative to build women’s power and influence in the U.S. They unite and support catalytic leaders, organizations, and changemakers committed to propelling lasting change in the lives of women, girls, and families. She discusses gender equity, reproductive rights, and social policies. She emphasizes the setbacks in feminist policymaking, including the repeal of Roe v. Wade, the lack of paid leave, and rising gender-based violence. In this 3-part interview, Mason critiques social media’s role in spreading misinformation and calls for media literacy to counter false narratives. She highlights disparities in women’s rights across U.S. states, naming Alabama and Mississippi as the worst. She advocates for proactive policies and stresses the need for offensive strategies to protect and expand women’s rights.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We’re here with Dr. C. Nicole Mason today. She is a feminist, policy analyst, author, and advocate for gender and racial equity. She is the president and CEO of the Institute for Women’s Policy Research and previously served as the executive director of the Center for Research and Policy in the Public Interest. Her work focuses on the intersection of race, class, and gender in public policy.

She coined the term “she-cession” to describe the pandemic’s disproportionate impact on women. She graduated from Howard University and the University of Maryland, College Park. She is also the author of Born Bright: A Young Girl’s Journey from Nothing to Something in America and has been recognized as one of Fortune’s World’s 50 Greatest Leaders.

How did you become involved in gender equality advocacy, particularly with an inspiration and focus on feminist policy analysis?

Dr. C. Nicole Mason: How did I first become interested? While I was a student at Howard University, I took my first political science class. In that class, I started to learn about social inequality. Before then, I had no language for many of the things I had witnessed growing up in and around Los Angeles, California. A single mother raised me, and everything clicked.

During the summer break before junior year, like many students during school breaks, I was searching for something to fill my time off. On a whim, I signed up for a training program for a shelter for battered women. That training and volunteer experience changed my entire life. Again, I gained more language, not only for social inequality but also for the specific challenges women face.

When I returned to Howard University the following year, I founded the first feminist organization on campus: the Women’s Action Coalition. From that moment, I felt fortunate to have found my calling early on.

I knew that I wanted to figure out how to pursue this path—whether through feminist organizing or advocating for women’s issues. I didn’t know what my career would look like, but I knew this was what I wanted to do.

Jacobsen: What were the most pressing areas of concern in feminist policymaking and currently, particularly in light of the recent administration transition in the United States? How does this shift impact those with a feminist perspective?

Mason: Over the last ten to fifteen years, the women’s movement and the issues we tend to frame as “women’s issues “have faced many setbacks. We haven’t had many significant wins.

Many of our last major victories include the Violence Against Women Act, which was first passed in 1994 and has been reauthorized multiple times, and Title IX, which protects against sex-based discrimination in education. However, when we consider major policy achievements that have fundamentally changed the landscape for women in the U.S., there haven’t been many recent ones.

Instead, most of our victories have been incremental, and in some cases, we have even regressed—we have lost ground. The rollback of Roe v. Wade in 2022 significantly impacted reproductive rights, and we are seeing increasing challenges to gender equity policies at the state and federal levels. The lack of paid family leave, wage disparities, and barriers to affordable childcare continue to affect women, especially women of colour, disproportionately.

Moving forward, feminist policy advocates are focused on rebuilding protections for reproductive rights, securing paid leave policies, and addressing systemic gender inequities in the workplace and healthcare.

So, when we think about the fall of Roe v. Wade, we recognize that we have lost certain rights and protections. Some policies we had hoped for during the Biden administration’s first term—particularly in the early years—did not materialize. We had anticipated significant victories in childcare, care infrastructure, and the Build Back Better Act, but those did not come to fruition. This has been a moment of reckoning for those who work in this field, prompting us to reflect on what is possible, why we have not secured the major victories we had hoped for over the past decades, and what might explain these significant losses.

One issue I keep returning to in trying to understand why we have not progressed as much as we would have liked—particularly in recent years—is that women do not have enough power and influence to drive the policies needed to make meaningful change. That, in my view, is the fundamental barrier preventing us from achieving the goals we claim to strive for.

Jacobsen: What about policy measures aimed at combating gender-based violence, both in public and private spheres?

Mason: Gender-based violence is a significant issue, and it is personally important to me. I began my feminist organizing work in the gender-based violence space. The Violence Against Women Act was a major achievement, though not without complexities. Over the years, it has directed substantial support to both grassroots and national organizations committed to ending gender-based violence.

However, under the current administration, some of the gains we have made since the passage of VAWA could be reversed. Critical funding and support for these organizations may dry up or be eliminated, which would have real and serious consequences for women and families, leaving them more vulnerable.

Another critical aspect of gender-based violence is the way it is perceived in society. A recent global study on gender-based violence revealed mixed results. Many people do not see it as a serious issue, with some believing that women or victims exaggerate their claims. Alarmingly, in some instances, respondents even expressed the view that perpetrators had the right to commit acts of violence, including sexual assault and domestic violence.

Thus, we are not only facing tangible threats to organizations and their continued ability to provide services but also broader cultural norms that either condone violence, romanticize it, or exhibit ambivalence toward it. As someone engaged in this work, I see the fight against gender-based violence as multifaceted. It involves shifting cultural attitudes and framing the conversation in ways that resonate with both men and women, lawmakers and legislators. At the same time, we must defend and expand the essential services that are already in place.

Jacobsen: What role does social media play in amplifying false narratives about gender-based violence? We have the statistics. We understand the policies that, while they may not eliminate gender-based violence, can significantly reduce it and move us closer to an ideal outcome. However, social media is the largest gossip network ever created, spreading false narratives that obstruct meaningful policy change.

Misinformation and disinformation on social media distort public perception of gender-based violence, undermining the legitimacy of experiences and discouraging policy initiatives that could address the issue. False claims and rhetoric reinforce harmful norms, making it even more difficult to implement solutions. In this way, social media plays a direct role in hindering progress, preventing necessary reforms, and sustaining a culture that tolerates gender-based violence.

Mason: I want to complicate the discussion around social media. For better or worse, when I first started doing this work, there was no social media. You got your information and facts through reputable, reliable news sources that adhered to ethical reporting standards. That is no longer the case.

Social media can be used for good. It can be a tool for raising awareness about important issues, sharing facts and personal stories, and making women—such as those involved in the Me Too movement—feel less alone. It can create a powerful echo and amplify an issue. All of that is beneficial.

However, social media can also be harmful, particularly in how misinformation and disinformation spread rapidly—whether about an issue or a person. This is especially concerning when it affects young people, from teenagers like my daughter to celebrities. Misinformation can shape a narrative, discredit a survivor’s story, and diminish the credibility of someone who has experienced violence.

We saw this play out on a celebrity level with Megan Thee Stallion when she was shot in the foot by Tory Lanez. The amount of misinformation and disinformation surrounding the incident not only skewed public perception but also took a severe mental, physical, and emotional toll on her. And that’s a celebrity—someone with significant resources and insulation. Now, imagine what that means for an everyday woman who is threatened, stalked, or harassed online through misinformation, disinformation, and digital violence.

Gender-based violence on social media is a major concern. However, for younger women, social media has also become their primary source of information. Until recently, I did not take that seriously enough. As an activist, organizer, and researcher, I now realize that if young people get their information primarily from social media, we must ensure they have media literacy skills to differentiate between good and bad information. We also need to provide accurate information that resonates with them.

The traditional fact sheet approach does not work anymore. Instead, we must rethink how we present important issues—condense them into digestible, engaging formats, such as 30-second to two-minute videos or messages. I do not think we have gotten that right yet.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Nobel-Nominated Advocate: Weinstein on Military Religious Rights

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/25

Michael L. “Mikey” Weinstein is an undisputed leader of the national movement to restore the obliterated wall separating church and state in the most technologically lethal organization ever created by humankind: the United States armed forces. Described by Harper’s magazine as “the constitutional conscience of the U.S. military, a man determined to force accountability,” Mikey’s family has a long and distinguished U.S. military history spanning three consecutive generations of military academy graduates and over 130 years of combined active duty military service in every significant combat engagement our country has been in from World War I to the current Global War on Terror. Mikey is a 1977 Honour Graduate of the United States Air Force Academy. He left Mr. Perot’s employ in 2006 to focus his full-time attention on the nonprofit charitable foundation he founded to directly battle the far-right militant radical evangelical religious fundamentalists: the Military Religious Freedom Foundation.

In this Nobel Peace Prize nomination interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Weinstein reports that MRFF has assisted tens of thousands of service members—most of them Christians—facing coercive proselytizing or discrimination. With repeated Nobel Peace Prize nominations and growing visibility, Weinstein continues to warn of the dangers of Christian nationalism in the military, urging vigilance against threats to constitutional democracy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, once again, we’re here with the prolific Mikey Weinstein from the MRFF. As far as I know, you recently received a nomination for a Nobel Peace Prize.

Mikey Weinstein: Well, we can’t identify the person. I can tell you the person was a leader of a civil rights organization that won the Nobel Peace Prize. So this person is a Nobel Peace Prize laureate. And you can Google it: legislators, heads of state, university professors in relevant fields, and past laureates can nominate people. The Nobel Committee keeps nominators confidential for 50 years.

Jacobsen: Who made the nomination? If you know the individual, I believe that’s important. What are the criteria required to be part of a nomination?

Weinstein: For instance, Trump often mentions being nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has publicly claimed to have nominated him, as have some other lawmakers in past years. But he has never been nominated by a prior winner of the Nobel Peace Prize.This is actually our eighth nomination, Scott, but it’s the first one in a decade. We haven’t been nominated in ten years, so we’re pretty pleased about it—especially about the individual who decided to nominate us.

Given the rise of the Trump movement, that could be one reason behind this nomination. Whatever the reason, we’re obviously pleased about it. The Nobel Peace Prize Committee does not reveal nominators for fifty years. So if you and I are still around in fifty years, you’ll know. I know who it is, and eventually, you’ll know too. We’ll take it. We’re pleased about it.

Mostly, it’s not narcissism; it’s necessity. It helps establish credibility and validates our work. Most of our clients—the overwhelming majority—are military personnel, including active-duty, reserve, and guard members. We have clients across the 18 elements of the U.S. Intelligence Community, including places like the FBI, NSA, and DIA.

Also the U.S. the Coast Guard, which operates under the Department of Homeland Security in peacetime, and the U.S. Maritime Service, notably the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy, which is administered under the Department of Transportation. That’s why I’m happy for our clients; it adds a level of credibility.

By December 15, 2025, we’ll mark MRFF’s twentieth anniversary as a recognized 501(c)(3). My wife and I actually started this fight in early 2004, and the spark was Mel Gibson’s film The Passion of the Christ, which opened in U.S. theatres on February 4, 2004. The “Jesus Chainsaw Massacre” or “Freddy versus Jesus.” Have you seen that movie?

Jacobsen: I saw it years ago.

Weinstein: It was pretty bloody.

Jacobsen: It’s a step above the God’s Not Dead series.

Weinstein: Yes, it is. It’s much more along the lines of Apocalypto in terms of the blood. They were beating Jesus so badly that in the theatre I stood up and said, “Stop! I’ll convert! Just stop beating him up so badly!”

But in all seriousness, at the Air Force Academy—where two of our children (and our daughter-in-law) were enrolled—there was a tremendous amount of pressure from the cadet chain of command and the officer chain of command in Colorado Springs to push the cadet wing, which is the student body, to see that movie. That was our Lexington and Concord moment—the spark that started our fight.

It took us twenty-two months before we realized there wasn’t an organization focused with laser-like precision on the very adversarial, communal, ritualistic, and tribal aspects of the U.S. military. I sent you an email this morning with a thank-you note. We got a call for help last night from an officer, and as it was a short note, you probably saw it. There was no other place for this officer to turn.

In the military, if you’re being persecuted for your religious faith—remember, the vast majority of our clients are Christians, Scott—they’re just not considered “Christian enough.” We also hear from Muslims, Jewish personnel, Buddhists, Shintoists, Native Americans, atheists, agnostics, spiritualists, and humanists. We even have members of the Jedi Church straight out of Star Wars. We’ve had clients from nearly every belief; we just haven’t had a Scientologist. We’re still waiting for Tom Cruise to reach out, but he’s not really in the military—despite the Top Gun movies.

So this isn’t a joke. It’s a grave matter. Whenever any form of religious extremism merges with the state, history shows us the outcomes aren’t gentle.

We end up with oceans and oceans of blood. And we’re pretty much there right now. So it’s a grave matter. And the Nobel Peace Prize nomination, coming from a former laureate, validates what we’re doing. But all that really does is help open the door for more clients to come to us for help.

Because usually they can’t go to the judge advocates. I was a judge advocate—a military lawyer—in the Air Force. That’s a staff officer role; they’re not commanders. They can go to the chaplains, also staff officers and not commanders, but a significant portion of chaplains are themselves Christian nationalists. They can file an Equal Employment Opportunity complaint or an Inspector General complaint, but these rarely yield results. They promise anonymity but never truly provide it. And you might be stunned—maybe not—by the number of IG and EEO personnel in the military who are themselves our clients.

They can also go up their chain of command, but their chain of command is often the persecutor. That’s why they have to go to an NGO like ours. We provide what we call AARP: Anonymity, Action, Results, and Protection. And of course, we don’t charge. We’re a charity.

This all started with my wife and me as furious parents, seeing what was happening to our children, being pressured to see Mel Gibson’s blood-soaked movie The Passion of the Christ. We are now approaching 100,000 clients, and most of them are Christians. We have over 1,200 people working with the foundation, which is typical for most civil rights organizations. The majority are volunteers, and we have them on almost every military installation around the world. We even have them on nuclear submarines and nuclear aircraft carriers. That’s where we are today.

Jacobsen: As an important note, the current direct nemesis is Pete Hegseth. Let’s say this is a regular democratic situation. The term ends. Where does Pete Hegseth envision the military by the end of this term?

Weinstein: First of all, I caution you—we don’t know. We’re not going day by day, but second by second. This regime has been in power for barely eight months and a handful of days. What they want is something straight out of Margaret Atwood’s The Handmaid’s Tale: Gilead, a fundamentalist Christian nationalist state.

We actually have a large number of evangelical clients. For them, it all comes down to time, place, and manner. In Canada, can you drive whenever you want? Actually, you cannot, Scott. Neither can I here in New Mexico. You can’t drive if you’re stoned, drunk, or too tired. It’s time, place, and manner. Likewise, you can’t proselytize “the good news of the gospel of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ” anytime, anywhere, in an unrestricted way.

But Hegseth—or “Kegseth,” as we call him for his well-known drinking—now holds a monthly “Jesus Praise Service” in the Pentagon’s largest auditorium, usually late morning, during the duty day, in uniform. If you don’t show up, it will be noticed. That rips to shreds the separation of church and state, which is the cornerstone of the First Amendment. And the effect isn’t a trickle-down—it’s a tidal wave through commanders.

We’re getting inundated. I barely had time to return calls to my own staff and my own children yesterday. I’ve got four kids and three grandkids. One of my grandkids called me at 5:30 a.m. She’s in Ohio and too young to understand time zones. That’s the level of demand we’re dealing with: so many people reaching out for help.

To answer your question: Evangelicals don’t want to overthrow the country. Evangelicals understand that proselytizing requires the right time, place, and manner. Fundamentalists and Dominionists, especially those affiliated with the New Apostolic Reformation (NAR) and the “Seven Mountains Mandate,” differ. Think of Sarah Palin as an example. These Christian nationalists don’t want constitutional democracy. They want a theocracy.

They hate women. They hate Jews. They hate people of colour. They hate trans people. They hate LGBTQIA+ people. They hate Muslims. And they really hate the Constitution.

We were the first—and, really, the only—organization to warn about this almost a quarter century ago. Back then, people said, “Mikey and MRFF are wearing tinfoil hats.” Well, look where we are now.

With the murder of Charlie Kirk, let me make this absolutely clear for the record: we do not support political violence. We feel for his wife and children. But from our perspective, he was a horrible person, or at least the ideas he promoted were awful. It’s the standard Christian nationalist line.

The enormous number of continual statements he made about people of colour, Jews, women, LGBTQIA+ people, and Muslims were horrendous. Horrendous. But killing someone because of their views like that is also terrible.

This is where our country is. If you watched any part of that six-hour memorial service, it was terrifying for many people. I’ve heard from so many folks about it. It reminded people of what was happening in Nazi Germany. It wasn’t kumbaya, warmth, milk, happiness, and light. It was “us against them.” We’re a deeply divided country.

The real question I get asked by journalists every day is, “Mikey, do you think we’ve crossed too many rivers ever to get back?” And I hear the name of your country—Canada—brought up every hour. Canada, Canada, Canada. People say, “It’s cold up there.” Sure, it’s cold in Canada. However, I know many people who are looking to leave and doing everything they can.

We’re not going anywhere. We’re going to stay here and fight. I know what it feels like to have members of my family face this oppression. I faced it at the Air Force Academy my first year back in 1973. I’m an Air Force Academy grad. I’m also an Air Force brat. My dad went to the Naval Academy. I married an Air Force brat. My father-in-law flew 250 combat missions in Korea as an Air Force pilot.

But I had never really experienced antisemitism until I got to the Air Force Academy. I’m Jewish, but not very religious. By the way, happy Rosh Hashanah—it’s the year 5786 in Judaism. We start counting time from the last time a MAGA person showed compassion or empathy for another human being. Obviously, I jest, but you get the idea.

I chronicled those experiences in my books. This world does not want America to remain where it is right now: a Christian nationalist cudgel, a hammer, a radioactive entity smashing democracy. We are basically a neo-fascist country now, run by a sociopath. And as I tell people all day long, and I’ll say it in this interview now: in America, someday your children and grandchildren will ask you—if we survive long enough—“Grandma, Grandpa, Mom, Dad, what did you do to fight this?” The same question was asked in Germany during the Nazi era.

Either you resist or you collaborate. And if you decide to do neither, you are still collaborating.

Just look at the way he has treated Canada. Canada is our closest ally. He’s said things like, “The 51st state,” as though Canada would be better off annexed into America—let alone Greenland, or Denmark, or even the Panama Canal.

When you tell someone in the U.S. military—remember, the most technologically lethal organization ever created by humankind—that they lack integrity, honour, courage, or intelligence because of their chosen religious faith or lack thereof, that is no different than telling someone they’re stupid because of their skin colour or because they were born without a penis, i.e. a woman. That’s precisely what Kirk did when he demeaned Black women like Kamala Harris and Michelle Obama, or women of colour like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, implying they lacked the “essential brainpower” compared to a white male.

The approved formula for Christian nationalism in this country right now is four things: straight, white, Christian, male. And the number of senior flag officers—admirals, generals, or Senior Executive Service (SES) civilians—who have called me to talk is staggering. They tell me, “I love our airmen, Marines, sailors, soldiers, and guardians”—that’s the name for Space Force personnel—“but I now hate my service. I hate my military branch.” That is sick but totally understandable. It’s terrifying.

So I’m here to report today, if I’m the dipstick or barometer measuring this engine of Christian nationalism, that’s where we are. And you have to find a way to resist. People say, “We’ll fix it in the midterms in 2026.” But meanwhile, we have a sociopathic two-year-old as president talking about running for a third term in 2028, which is explicitly banned in the U.S. Constitution.

Fixing this assumes we’ll even have free elections next year. I remind everyone: if you don’t know what Germany was like in 1933, do some research.

So I’m reporting to you today—it’s metastasizing at an incredibly high velocity. It’s much worse now than it was during our last interview, and it continues to grow exponentially.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Mikey, thank you again for your time.

Weinstein: All right. Thanks, Scott. Appreciate it.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI-Powered Bookkeeping, Ethical AI in Finance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/25

Swapnil Shinde, CEO and Co-Founder of Zeni, talks about Zeni’s AI-powered bookkeeping streamlines financial operations by providing real-time insights and automation while ensuring transparency, data privacy, and compliance. Shinde speaks to the ethical considerations that are crucial, especially in financial services, where AI-driven decisions impact lives, where transparency, minimizing bias, and privacy protection are fundamental pillars. As AI and nanoscale engineering evolve, ethical models must adapt to safeguard human interests.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With financial institutions and tech startups, how do ethical considerations come into AI strategy?

Swapnil Shinde: Ethical considerations are fundamental to building trust in AI, especially in financial services where decisions directly impact people’s lives. Ensuring transparency, minimizing bias, and prioritizing data privacy are critical pillars in shaping responsible AI strategies.

Jacobsen: How do innovations in AI and nanoscale engineering challenge traditional ethical models?

Shinde: The convergence of AI and nanoscale engineering pushes the boundaries of what’s possible, often outpacing existing ethical frameworks. This requires a shift toward dynamic, principles-based governance models that can evolve with technology while safeguarding human interests.

Jacobsen: With more sophistication in cybersecurity and data integration challenges, how can ethical AI practices protect sensitive information?

Shinde: Ethical AI practices must prioritize data minimization, encryption, and transparent decision-making to protect sensitive information. By aligning AI design with privacy-first principles, organizations can mitigate risk and build long-term trust with users.

Jacobsen: How do you balance commercial innovation with robust ethical safeguards?

Shinde: It’s about integrating ethical considerations directly into the innovation lifecycle. When companies view ethical safeguards as catalysts for innovation rather than roadblocks, they’re able to deliver transformative solutions while upholding public trust.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Swapnil.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The AI Reshuffle: What Microsoft Layoffs Reveal About the Future of Work

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/24

Wyatt Mayham is the CEO and Cofounder of Northwest AI Consulting, where he helps organizations design and implement practical AI solutions tailored to their operations and data. With a focus on AI copilots, custom GPTs, and workflow optimization, Wyatt advises businesses on how to integrate emerging technologies into their workforce structures effectively. He frequently comments on the intersection of artificial intelligence, industry transformation, and labor markets, emphasizing augmentation over replacement. Based in Portland, Oregon, Wyatt draws on experience in both technology and strategy to guide leaders navigating restructuring, agility, and the evolving role of workers in an AI-driven economy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do the recent Microsoft layoffs reveal regarding deep structural changes?

Wyatt Mayham: This is not about poor performance because Microsoft is profitable. The cuts reflect a shift toward higher coder-to-manager ratios and a push to flatten layers of bureaucracy. Satya Nadella’s language has been clear on this: Microsoft is morphing from a “software factory” into an “intelligence engine.” In short—less middle management, more AI- and cloud-focused teams.

Jacobsen: How much of today’s workforce restructuring is driven by AI?

Mayham: Not every layoff is “because of AI,” but AI is now a major accelerant. IBM already froze hiring for back-office roles likely to be automated. Across tech, the math is simple: if one engineer augmented by AI can now do the work of three, headcount requirements change. AI is reshaping org charts even when economics provide the official cover story.

Jacobsen: What skill sets will become most critical for tech workers as AI reshapes responsibilities?

Mayham: The non-negotiable skill is AI literacy. Being able to direct and audit AI output is becoming as fundamental as Excel once was. Pair that with adaptability and domain expertise, and you are future-proof. The jobs that endure are hybrids: part human judgment, part AI orchestration.

Jacobsen: How can companies strike a balance between cost-cutting and retainment?

Mayham: Layoffs are the blunt instrument. Smarter companies redeploy talent into AI-facing roles, cut discretionary spend, or run temporary freezes before they cut muscle. The real hidden cost is losing institutional knowledge and morale. I have seen organizations save money on paper only to spend twice as much rehiring and retraining later.

Jacobsen: What is organizational agility in an AI-powered work environment?

Mayham: Agility means fewer handoffs and faster loops. Flatten the organization, retrain continuously, and use AI to give teams real-time insights. The goal is not more dashboards; it is enabling a product manager or analyst to act on information without waiting weeks for approvals or reports.

Jacobsen: How should displaced employees reposition themselves?

Mayham: The advice is blunt: lean into AI, do not fight it. Demonstrate fluency with the tools and highlight the human skills AI cannot mimic—creativity, communication, leadership. The workers landing fastest are reframing themselves as AI-augmented specialists rather than casualties of automation.

Jacobsen: What ripple effects do restructuring trends have beyond big tech?

Mayham: When Silicon Valley trims, other industries hire. Healthcare, finance, and government are absorbing displaced engineers to drive their own AI transformations. Psychologically, the layoffs ripple outward, making every industry pay closer attention to AI adoption—whether they are ready or not.

Jacobsen: Do you see AI driving net job loss or more job transformation?

Mayham: Transformation will outweigh loss over the long run. Roles will change shape more than they disappear. Think ATMs and bank tellers: fewer doing transactions, more doing relationship management. The pain is in the short-term dislocation. The opportunity is in reskilling fast enough to turn cuts into redeployments.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Wyatt.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Gingersnap Cookies and Gardens

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/23

I knew an old lady when I was a teenager,

and as a young man.

A very good friend of mine.

She told me she liked ginger cookies.

So, we’d garden together.

She had a rather big garden.

Garden,

and garden, and garden,

and garden we’d go,

into the weeds,

into the compost pile,

pull these,

not those,

and those,

not these.

She used to garden a lot.

Divorced three times, you know?

She had a rather big garden.

Garden,

and garden, and garden,

and garden she’d go.

I was a teenager. I came into the picture.

There weren’t a lot of men in her life.

And I used to listen to her,

woes and foes,

friends and trends,

town and other nouns: Fort Langley.

We’d garden many times, you know?

She talked with me a lot.

Garden,

and garden, and garden,

and garden we’d go.

She liked ginger cookies, I knew.

“Only you’d know I like those.”

One of the last times I saw her,

I bought her some,

but I hadn’t seen her in a while.

So, I left them in her mail box,

beside the front garden.

I was working at a burrito place one time.

I was on cashier duty, fun!

In she comes, long time no see.

Even older.

Then that was it.

When I eventually was working at a horse farm,

for a book project and some savings,

I got to garden,

and garden, and garden,

and garden I’d go.

Two newer older ladies to learn more.

I wasn’t a teenager. I still came into the new picture.

There weren’t a lot of men in their lives.

And I used to listen to them,

woes and foes,

friends and trends,

township and other nouns: Langley.

No gingersnaps, this time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss on Sacred Body Politics, Mission Creep, and the Decline of Scientific Anthropology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/22

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss is an American anthropologist and Professor Emeritus of Anthropology at San José State University, renowned for her work in bioarchaeology and the scientific study of human skeletal remains. She earned her B.A. from the University of California, Santa Cruz, her M.A. from California State University, Sacramento, and her Ph.D. in Environmental Dynamics from the University of Arkansas. A former postdoctoral researcher at the Canadian Museum of Civilization, Weiss has published extensively on osteology, human evolution, and repatriation debates. She is a vocal advocate for academic freedom, evidence-based anthropology, and preserving scientific access to skeletal collections for research and education.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Weiss discusses the growing convergence between religious conservatives and progressive identity politics in framing the human body as sacred—sometimes extending to non-human remains. She traces the shift in anthropology from open scientific inquiry toward politically driven restrictions, fueled by laws like NAGPRA and CalNAGPRA, institutional censorship, and “mission creep” in museums and universities. Weiss warns that these trends erode bioarchaeology, restrict forensic training, and replace evidence-based research with ideology. She argues that this shift not only undermines academic freedom but also damages anthropology’s scientific credibility worldwide.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So we have talked about a strange convergence, or marriage, of pragmatism between religious traditionalist ideas of the sacredness of the body and, politically, from a sector of the left wing — more extreme — who see the body as sacred, potentially extending into non-human animals as well. This impedes scientific investigations to some degree within political science. When we are looking at the political fallout of this on academia, because I see this primarily as a culture war, when did you first start noticing this impacting the anthropological world?

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss: It is funny because I have been holding the same views since I was hired in 2004, even before. I knew people disagreed with me, and that was fine, but I did not have any problems about photographing skeletal remains, researching skeletal remains — all of this — up until my book Repatriation and Erasing the Past came out in 2020.

I do think that some of it was: “We know she is against the reburial of remains, and therefore we are going to pay special attention to everything she does.” But I do not think it was only that, and I do not believe it was only regarding me.

For example, around that same time, the Anthropology Newsletter from the American Anthropological Association had a cover on their magazine — or their newsletter, I should say—with Margaret Mead and mummified heads in a bag. They received much backlash, and it was taken down. There was an apology from the president. That had nothing to do with any of my controversy, but it happened around the same time.

Another example from around the same time — possibly a little earlier — was that I was informed that books featuring images of skeletal remains would not be included in the advertisement for the Society for American Archaeology. One of my book covers could not be used because it had skeletal remains.

These things were all bubbling away around 2020, a little before, but before that, this was not a real issue for physical anthropologists. Bioarchaeologists and cultural anthropologists may have already been up in arms about it, but I didn’t see it from my perspective. Even right before I was called out for the photo of me holding a skull, I had gotten a grant from my university to do an exhibit — a teaching module called “I Am Not an Alien.”

It included many photos and a slideshow. I wrote an article for Skeptical Inquirer on “I Am Not an Alien” that looked at human variation beyond skin deep — for example, extra ribs — and why this is not related to any biblical issue but is normal human variation. The university was entirely behind it. It was all about using images to make this enjoyable.

The Center for Inquiry has a website with teaching modules, and I provided them with the materials for “I Am Not an Alien” after the article “The Body Is Not Sacred” came out. I was in correspondence with the person who runs the section for teachers, and we discussed that I had made this module right before everything blew up for me regarding my book. I never got to publish it. They said, “We would love to host it.” This was maybe 2018.

So, although concepts of the body being sacred have been floating around in various pockets of academia, media, and religious institutions, it did not come home to my knowledge until about 2019–2020.

Jacobsen: Are there any “third wings” to this?

Weiss: It is traditional religious movements and political orientation from some of the left. There are perennial concerns around anti-evolutionist movements, particularly creationist movements. I do think there are some third wings to it — the anti-evolutionists, whose problem is that the body is sacred in the sense that it is distinct from other animals.

Even there — and I am not a theologian — I know that some religions believe you should not remove an organ because the whole body needs to go back to God. You saw some of that backlash with prisoners. There have also been issues with other fringe religions stepping into this.

The interesting thing is, if I were an anthropologist who said, “Those crazy Christian fundamentalists,” I would be a hero to most of my colleagues. But because I say we should treat objective science differently from religion, and that it does not matter which religious belief it is — if it is anti-evolution, it is also anti-biological science and anti-anthropology —. Because I do not give a free pass to other religions, that is one reason I have been attacked and targeted by cancel culture.

When people say, “The burial of bodies is not about religion; it is about human rights,” I say human rights are about living people. We are not talking about anyone dying now; we are talking about people who are already dead. So, human rights are being used to hide the fact that this is about religion.

Jacobsen: Are the attempts different now, or are they more well-organized and funded?

Weiss: Yes. When I first started in anthropology, I would sometimes get hate mail or emails from the occasional religious fanatic or indigenous rights activist… the usual. Why do you not study the remains of your people? What is different now is a couple of things. One thing is that I get a lot more negative attention from other academics. It was not academics who were upset with me in the past; it was different people. Starting in 2020, it became the work of other scholars.

The other thing is that I think there have been changes across the board—from the modern museum to the Smithsonian, to the American Museum of Natural History—in their treatment of materials, especially in appeasing religious sensibilities when it comes to skeletal remains and photos. At the Smithsonian Natural History Museum, there is a mummy that is hidden from view, not because the mummy is unwrapped, but because of a photograph in the background of the display that contains skulls. When I saw this in 2024, they still considered that an issue. This is quite new.

There is now more organization within the academy, whether in universities or institutes, driving this disappearance of human remains from public view.

Jacobsen: What has been your big lesson from this?

Weiss: In court battles, never underestimate how absurd things can get. When you are worried that people are going to think you are an extremist because you are calling out what you see as the next step, do not be concerned, because you are probably right.

When I expressed concern that the next step would be the destruction of the X-rays, people assured me, “No, that is never going to happen.” Then, before I even landed in San José, I got an email from the provost saying that the X-rays were going to be burned. People would say, “Yes, Elizabeth is such an extremist, you will not believe what she said.” Then they would hear it, and six months later, it would happen.

It is not because I can foresee the future in any special way—it is just that if you look at where the goalposts are, you can see where they will be moved next. In anthropology, museums, and universities, I think the next move will be the removal of non-human remains because of indigenous beliefs about the sacredness of animal remains imbued with a human spirit. That is where I see this going.

Jacobsen: Which story of an anthropologist has been the most impactful on their personal and professional life, in anthropology or even generally, from politics creeping into scientific work and expertise?

Weiss: I know anthropologists who have left the field because of this mission creep. State archaeologists have reached out to me privately and said, “Do not tell anybody I am telling you this,” but there is much fear that people could lose their jobs if they speak out.

Much of this surrounds kowtowing to religious beliefs, whether indigenous, Islamic, or Christian. When I faced cancellation for my repatriation stance in the past, a significant push came from scholars or academics at religious institutions, or those with PhDs from such institutions. How much impact did that have? I cannot imagine it had none.

Jacobsen: What field is having it worse than anthropology?

Weiss: Archaeology might have it the hardest. Identity politics and indigenous religion have hijacked archaeology, and the combination has buried many data—reburied materials. On top of that, there is the federal law NAGPRA (Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act), which institutions follow or risk fines and loss of funding. This law has been responsible for the repatriation of a considerable amount of material, and there are also state laws.

People who are genuinely interested in reconstructing the past using skeletal remains from the archaeological record are now avoiding American and Canadian archaeology because of these issues, even though Canada does not have that specific law. Many are turning to European remains, but that will not be safe for long either.

For example, not too long ago, I got an email from someone who brought a European skeletal collection to Quebec for study. In his announcement and PowerPoint presentation, all the images of the skeletons were blurred. This is another step toward saying, “We cannot show this because it is sacred or special.”

Bioarchaeologists who study skeletal remains from the archaeological record have been hit the hardest.

Jacobsen: Any final notes on politics in anthropology right now?

Weiss: Unfortunately, anthropology is becoming political science. It is attracting a different type of student, graduate student, and eventually professor—people who see their identity politics as key to studying archaeology.

You get groups like the Queer Archaeology Interest Group, whose whole purpose is not to understand the past but to view it through a queer lens because they are queer. Almost all of them, if not all, identify that way. You also get anti-colonialists who want to study the past through an anti-colonial or decolonizing lens. This filters their biases through the data, and you do not get real science.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Elizabeth.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts to wrap up?

Weiss: Basically, this strange bedfellow concept of the religious right and the progressive, postmodern identity politics coming together to accept the idea of sacred bodies is where we see this.

We can see that these two groups share a lot in common because they are both not looking for evidence of truth, but rather to tell a narrative and to keep that narrative as protected as possible. I am also surprised at this progressive backlash against evolution and natural selection.

We are now seeing what I would call anti-Darwin rhetoric coming from the left, similar to what we used to hear from the religious right.

Jacobsen: Do you mean in style, in logic, or the content?

Weiss: In style, yes. But also in content, this acceptance of myth as fact. One of the significant places you see it, of course, is in the acceptance of Indigenous traditional knowledge, which is peppered with religious references—not just their religious references, but God, Jesus. Every meeting of the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act starts with a prayer and ends with a prayer.

It goes beyond the actual skeletal remains to the ideology that is engulfed in this whole movement of repatriation and of reclaiming the body as sacred. That is why we are seeing things like the modern museum considering removing essentially all of their exhibits that are not models, the Smithsonian stating that they will no longer display skeletal remains, and similar measures.

There is also a movement for museums and universities to bury remains even when there are no identified ancestors. So why would an anthropologist want to bury a collection if no Indigenous ancestors are knocking on their door?

It comes down to this concept that these remains should be in the ground. There is again this belief that there is something special about human remains, and they should be in the ground, even though many cultures historically did not practice burial. In the past, there were cremation, bodies placed into bogs, platform burials above the ground, and other customs. Yet there is now this belief that there is only one good way to deal with a body, and it is to bury it.

Why would that be unless you believe there is something special about burial, mainly Christian burial? If you are interested in skeletal remains and human bodies scientifically, there is no reason for that. We do not go burying the remains of our last dinner, for example.

Ironically, one of the last things I had requested from my university before I set up my case with them was animal remains found near a burial mound. I could do some comparative anatomy research. These animal remains were not funerary goods—they were the leftover meals from people thousands of years ago. But the university said, “No, these are sacred too. We are going to bury them as well.”

So again, there is this mission creep. They will not stop with skeletal remains, they once thought were Indigenous remains. They will not stop with consent. As the Smithsonian case showed, ancestral consent was in place with the colonial exhibit, but the curators “knew better.” They were taking the moral high ground.

Often, when people talk about the moral high ground, what they really mean is the religious moral high ground. Certain words rankle me—”moral,” because it is misused, and “respect,” because it is misused. Respect often means “Do not disagree with me.” It is a good word when used properly, but it is usually misused.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Elizabeth.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 3: Trans Policy, Free Speech, and Media Bias

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/21

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discusses Canadian trans policy debates, fairness in women’s sports, and why pronoun legislation is hard to justify. She notes evidence on youth gender-affirming care, urges balance between inclusion and competitive equity, and contrasts this with HIV progress and ACT’s wind-down. Tsukerman and interviewer Scott Douglas Jacobsen address a Nova Scotia abuse case, media antisemitism, and the difference between protected speech and defamation. The conversation stresses proportionate responses—education before firing—and warns against conspiracy thinking. It also examines how identity accusations chill dissent while extremists exploit them, undermining human rights, pluralism, and sober policy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Helen Kennedy, executive director of Egale Canada, said that using the notwithstanding clause is “an unconscionable attack on 2SLGBTQI people and a horrific example of state-sponsored transphobia.” On one hand, the premier is using a tool to target three laws that affect transgender people specifically. If there were only one law, that might be different, but having three shows clear targeting. On the other hand, critics point to transphobia. What are your thoughts?

Irina Tsukerman: One of the laws concerns healthcare for children, specifically restrictions on gender-related medical care for minors. The state does have a legitimate interest in safeguarding minors until they are mature enough to make serious healthcare decisions. For interventions involving hormones, surgeries, or medically irreversible procedures, many experts consider it reasonable to limit such options for minors.

Research from Canada (the Stories of Gender-Affirming Care study) involving youth aged about 9-17 who accessed gender-affirming care (puberty blockers, hormone therapy, or surgery) found that while some experienced side effects, delays in care, and doubts, none of the participants expressed regret about having started those interventions.

On pronoun usage, the issue is less clear. Everyone has a right to self-identify, and using a person’s chosen pronoun does not infringe on the rights of others. State intervention in pronoun usage is more complex to justify unless there is coercion or a legal necessity; absent that, legislation is questionable.

The third law concerns transgender athletes in female amateur sports. There are ongoing debates about competitive fairness—some physical advantages may persist despite hormone treatment, depending on timing, physiology, and the type of sport. In contexts where strength, size, speed, or other sex-related physiological differences confer advantage, there may be legitimacy in having rules or categories that attempt to ensure fairness.

Do I think transgender athletes should be excluded from competition entirely? No. Do I think there should be alternate paths to compete (for example, in different divisions or under specific eligibility criteria)? Yes. Transgender individuals should not be forced into policies that deny them meaningful participation, especially if they have taken steps (like hormone therapy) that affect their physical appearance. A balanced approach is necessary to protect both inclusivity and fairness; if a rule set tilts too heavily toward one side, it can undermine women’s sports or create systematic exclusion, which is also unjust.

Jacobsen: This issue is more ambiguous. The AIDS Committee of Toronto (ACT), which has been operating for over 40 years, announced that it will wind down its operations by March 31, 2026, due to financial challenges, declining numbers of service users, and changes in the broader healthcare context. It is unclear whether pressure or external political interference is the cause, although some interpret broader social shifts as contributing factors.

Tsukerman: I am not an HIV specialist, but treatments today allow most people living with HIV to have near-normal lifespans, provided they have consistent access to antiretroviral therapy and medical care. Transmission risk becomes extremely low when the viral load is “undetectable = untransmittable.” Serious illness and death have dropped substantially in many places. However, HIV has not been eradicated, and ongoing issues remain, including access inequities, social stigma, comorbidities, aging-related concerns, housing, and mental health.

Jacobsen: Another matter: a former swim instructor in Nova Scotia has faced dozens of sexual abuse charges. This mirrors other large abuse scandals like the Larry Nassar case in the U.S. I am glad that many are coming forward. Large numbers of accusations tend to make it more likely that there are systemic issues rather than isolated misunderstandings. Abuse in contexts of power—especially with vulnerable youth—is sadly not rare, and many jurisdictions and institutions have historically failed to prevent it or respond adequately.

Tsukerman: It seems very likely that there is a serious issue here. Hopefully, there will be a transparent and thorough investigation. Assuming this is not a conspiracy, the accused will have to face justice if the allegations are proven true.

Jacobsen: This connects to the first topic we covered in the series. A Radio-Canada reporter was placed on leave after using antisemitic language on television. The reporter reportedly said that Jewish people finance American politics, run U.S. cities, and control Hollywood.

Tsukerman: The correspondent, Elissa Serret, was reporting from Washington on U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s visit to Israel. This came after Israeli forces launched strikes on Hamas targets. When asked why the U.S. had not distanced itself from Israel, Serret said in French: “The Israelis-in fact, the Jews—finance a lot of American politics” and “control a big machine” in America’s major cities and Hollywood.

Jacobsen: That reminds me of Dave Chappelle’s joke: there are many Black people in Chicago, but that does not mean they run Chicago. Likewise, there are Jewish people in Hollywood, but that does not mean they run Hollywood.

Tsukerman: In fact, there are fewer today than in earlier decades. These are not only harmful stereotypes, but they are also outdated mid-twentieth-century stereotypes.

This reporter missed the memo. With AI, they could at least update their prejudices to more “contemporary” conspiracy theories, like COVID disinformation. But seriously, it is sad that crude generalizations persist even in modern, educated, democratic societies. Canada is not an isolated place with limited access to information. Yet people still embrace tribalist, antiquated streams of disinformation.

I can understand if a child absorbs disinformation from family or community. But as an adult, to hold on to such crude perceptions of entire groups without questioning them shows willful ignorance. At a minimum, people should recognize stereotypes and do basic research. The fact that some choose to embrace them reveals much about how people construct their own information environment.

Jacobsen: What would real education look like?

Tsukerman: It depends on how she arrived at those conclusions. Was she repeating what she always heard, simply lacking critical thinking, or did real animus drive it? A lot depends on further conversation. There is no single path for everyone. If she embraces the opportunity, it could be a success story—she could even become an ambassador for educating others. But if she rejects it or cynically manipulates the situation to regain her job while continuing to spread conspiracy theories, that should not be tolerated. In such cases, dismissal is appropriate.

There is also a distinction with Jimmy Kimmel. I do not believe he perpetuated stereotypes or caused hatred. He criticized a political movement, and that falls under legitimate free expression. There is a difference between disagreeable comments and defamatory speech. What the reporter engaged in was defamatory, and defamation is not protected in free speech frameworks, unlike simple insults or political critique.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Charlie Kirk’s Murder: The Facts, Figures, and Contexts

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/21

*Information from best available data circa September 21, 2025.*

Charlie Kirk was murdered.

On September 10th, 2025, at an outdoor Turning Point USA event at Utah Valley University (UVU), Orem, Utah, with approximately 3,000 people in attendance, Kirk was struck by a bullet in the neck/throat while on stage.

The shot was fired from a sniper rifle from estimated ranges of more than 100 yards to about 200 yards. Kirk was transported to a nearby hospital and then pronounced dead. ABC on-scene reporting and officials stated no metal detectors or bag checks were present. The courtyard is bowl-shaped and ringed by buildings. UVU police coordinated with Kirk’s private security.

The rifle used to assassinate Kirk was the Mauser Model 98, .30-06 bolt-action with scope, which was recovered wrapped in a towel off-campus. Ammunition allegedly contained engravings or etchings with phrases. The spent round read ““NoTices Bulge OWO What’s This?” The suspect allegedly called the engravings “mostly a big meme.”

The evidence for a single shot was no shell casings on the roof and only one spent/three unspent rounds inside the rifle, as cited by prosecutors to support a single shot. The suspect of the assassination was Tyler James Robinson, aged 22.

Robinson’s family recognized him based on the released images. After speaking with a retired deputy sheriff, Robinson surrendered. Officials reported a time lapse between the murder and the acquisition of Robinson into custody was about 33 hours.

Robinson was held without bail. His first hearing: He appeared by video. The next hearing is scheduled for September 29, 2025. Some reports indicate a special watch or suicide-prevention smock while in jail.

The criminal charges filed in Utah are aggravated murder, felony discharge of a firearm causing serious bodily injury, obstruction of justice (multiple), violent offence in the presence of a child, and witness tampering (multiple).

Prosecutors seek the death penalty. Alleged aggravators are political targeting and the presence of children. Prosecutors cited texts from a roommate:

“I had enough of his hatred. Some hate can’t be negotiated out.”

A purported note is cited beneath a personal keyboard stating, “I had the opportunity to take out Charlie Kirk and I’m going to take it.” In addition, allegations include Discord messages citing Robinson confessing before the arrest, therefore, after the murder and before custody approximately 33 hours later.

Prosecutors cited an unusual gait purportedly consistent with the concealment of a rifle, movements to and from a rooftop, plus later retrieval attempts of the Mauser Model 98. DNA on the trigger linked to Robinson.

There was a public appeal reward up to 100,00USD with the FBI asking for public photos and videos from the event. Authorities allege political targeting on prior statements. Final motive is unadjudicated.

George Zinn, 71, was arrested for obstruction after a false confession amid the chaos; later charged in a separate child-sex-abuse-material case following a phone search—no link to the homicide.

Following the shooting, UVU shut down for several days then with a phased reopening. Classes resumed the following week. Full resumption September 17, 2025. UVU says its security posture and emergency alerts are under review.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss on Politics, Sacred Bodies, and the Decline of Scientific Anthropology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/21

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss is an American anthropologist and Professor Emeritus of Anthropology at San José State University, renowned for her work in bioarchaeology and the scientific study of human skeletal remains. She earned her B.A. from the University of California, Santa Cruz, her M.A. from California State University, Sacramento, and her Ph.D. in Environmental Dynamics from the University of Arkansas. A former postdoctoral researcher at the Canadian Museum of Civilization, Weiss has published extensively on osteology, human evolution, and repatriation debates. She is a vocal advocate for academic freedom, evidence-based anthropology, and preserving scientific access to skeletal collections for research and education.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Weiss warns that American anthropology is losing scientific rigor as politics and identity-driven activism replace evidence-based research. She argues that laws like CalNAGPRA and expanding sacred-body narratives have virtually ended skeletal research in California, crippling bioarchaeology, forensic training, and comparative studies. Weiss stresses that human remains are data, not relics, and calls for separating political beliefs from scientific inquiry. Drawing parallels to Bertrand Russell’s disciplined separation of activism from scholarship, she warns that conflating the two will reduce international credibility, weaken academic output, and deter serious students from entering the field.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we are going to talk about the general intellectual ecosystem of you as an anthropologist. The interpretation of findings within anthropology can sometimes be skewed. Students are trained—or encouraged—to adopt that skew. These students then go on to present research at international conferences, return home, and repeat the cycle over many years.

How does this affect the standing of American anthropological science when there is a reduced quality or rigor in the output of academic papers by high-level experts, or when the quality of graduates declines because they are more interested in placing a political spin on a scientific topic rather than focusing on the science itself?

Dr. Elizabeth Weiss: One of the consequences is that, over time, people will not be as interested in what American anthropologists have to say. If the work is not interesting science, the international community will stop sending their best students to American universities, because they will see that all they will be doing here is politics, not anthropology.

I wrote an article not too long ago about the American Anthropological Association conference, where there was very little science and very little anthropology being presented—just a great deal of political grandstanding. One of the things I noted, somewhat humorously, was that many presenters began by describing their own appearance: “I’m a white female with red hair, wearing a burgundy top.” They claim this is for the benefit of sight-impaired individuals, but in reality, it is often a way of declaring, “This is where I’m coming from,” implying that if they come from a more privileged background, the audience might weigh their words differently than someone from a more disadvantaged or victimized perspective.

Some would even introduce themselves as “the granddaughter of colonial Europeans,” and so forth. What struck me about these self-introductions—which are rooted in identity politics—is that, in many cases, the speakers had nothing else particularly interesting to say. You are essentially losing the science because you are attracting people whose only interest is identity politics or political activism.

When this mindset is brought into conferences and classrooms, you end up with less rigorous science, and you attract students who are less interested in learning the actual discipline, which can sometimes be difficult. In effect, you are raising a generation of political activists rather than anthropologists.

Of course, anthropology has political concepts and arguments to be made—such as in debates over repatriation—but at the end of the day, the field is about reconstructing the past, understanding evolution, and exploring the links between humans and non-humans. All of that is being lost.

Jacobsen: Bertrand Russell is a good example. He was a professional logician, philosopher, and mathematician, as well as a devout humanist, a secular humanist, and a dyed-in-the-wool empiricist. He was also a political activist who was jailed for his anti-war activism. He was a sincere and highly intelligent person, yet he seemed to maintain a distinction between his political activism and his professional academic work. You do not see him, for example, inserting commentary about anti-war demonstrations into the section on Plato in A History of Western Philosophy. That kind of demarcation is important. It is a line that needs to be drawn in certain parts of life.

For clarification, are there colleagues who are highly politically active—attending protests, writing letters to representatives—yet, when it comes to their scientific work, they do not muddy the waters?

Weiss: I do think there are still anthropologists like that. They tend to be from the older generation, and they are far fewer than before, but they do exist. I know of anthropologists who conduct solid anatomical work and are also progressive, or who hold political views that differ from mine. Some people might say, “Well, I’m political in my views on repatriation, and I fight against the reburial of skeletal remains.”

Yet when I conduct anatomical research, it can be entirely separate from those debates. One of the last studies I worked on involved a skull with a bump on the back of the head. It turned out to be osteoma from trauma—specifically, from being struck. Typically, head trauma results in an indentation, but this individual had a pronounced bump instead. This finding was a good reminder that we should not assume one specific type of skeletal trait always indicates violence; other possibilities must be considered.

This was a solid example of my anatomical anthropology research that had nothing to do with my work on repatriation. It was coauthored with a colleague who holds views opposite to mine on many issues, including repatriation. Nevertheless, we both agreed that anthropology is important, and that it is possible to produce good scientific studies separate from one’s political beliefs or activism.

I believe this separation is possible, but it requires discipline—and unfortunately, many people do not have that discipline.

Jacobsen: Before your retirement, did you see a reduction in the quality of students and academic output in the field, or was it still too early to tell?

Weiss: Yes, I did see a reduction in the quality of both students and scholarly output. For California anthropology and archaeology, the most severe blow came about two years ago with developments tied to the California Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act—CalNAGPRA—which has effectively banned the study of skeletal remains.

The restrictions go so far that even teaching collections are now off-limits. Teaching collections are typically a conglomerate of miscellaneous bones—specimens that could not be linked to any particular archaeological site or tribe. For example, they might include bones found in someone’s backyard, medical collections, or surface finds with no known provenance. These were historically considered ethically acceptable for teaching purposes because they had no identifiable cultural affiliation.

Now, even those are prohibited. I wrote an article for the Journal of Controversial Ideas arguing that the study of California’s past through archaeology and skeletal remains is, for all practical purposes, finished. Perhaps it will return someday, but I do not see that happening soon.

Just a couple of weeks ago, I was interviewed by California Globe about the latest developments. What is happening now is essentially the burial of evidence—so extensive that it not only prohibits the study of skeletal remains that are known to be Indigenous, but also those that might be Indigenous.

You cannot use skeletal remains in teaching collections. You cannot even show pictures of them. I went through nine years of journals to examine the output from California archaeology—especially research involving human remains—and found, as I detailed in my Journal of Controversial Ideas article, that there is now virtually nothing coming out of California that uses skeletal remains from Native Americans. This has effectively buried California archaeology.

This loss affects both our scientific understanding of the history of the Americas and our ability to study ancient diseases, trauma, and developmental patterns. It also affects Native Americans who do not adhere to this policy—those who deviate from community norms and genuinely want to learn about their own history.

We are losing our ability to conduct replication studies, which are essential to science. Sometimes earlier findings are wrong and need to be tested again. We are also losing the ability to use California remains as comparison samples. For example, about ten years ago, I conducted a study in which I used foot bones from a California site to compare with early human foot bones. The aim was to assess evidence of arthritis and determine whether a particular specimen—referred to as OH8—was actually a Homo habilis foot or perhaps an Australopithecine foot.

In that case, I was not reconstructing the life of the California sample, but I needed a sample of foot bones that had interacted with a similar type of environment as early Homo in Africa. California’s environment 3,000 years ago was comparable in some important ways—particularly when you consider that people were not wearing shoes—and that similarity made the sample scientifically valuable. Without access to such remains, we lose these kinds of comparative datasets.

We are also losing students and scholars who might have come to study those remains, given lectures, or presented talks at universities. All of this loss stems from the notion that we must not use skeletal remains because the body is sacred. In California, this mindset has gone so far that I am not sure how the field can return to a level of normalcy on these topics.

Regarding interventions, there have been cases where some Native American groups and other descendant communities have expressed a desire for research to continue. Unfortunately, such cases are becoming less common. Still, there are groups that want to know their past, and that is important.

Personally, I think it is better to help young scholars understand the science than to appease religious sensitivities about the body being sacred. If I am teaching a class on osteology—bone anatomy—scientific accuracy and rigor should take precedence over such constraints.

Some students come into the field saying they do not want to touch skeletal remains. Over time, I try to bring them around by pointing out certain realities. I might use an animal example, or note that in some cases these individuals died naturally, so there is nothing to fear. The point is to help them understand that the body is data, just as any other form of data, rather than something inherently special.

A bone is not a person—it is data. I compare this to teaching human evolution. If I have religious students in my class, I tell them, “These are the concepts you must learn. If you leave the classroom and choose not to believe them, that is your business.” The same applies to human remains: these are data you must analyze and study. If you believe they are sacred after you leave, that is your choice. But in the classroom or at a scientific conference, the body should be treated as data. Driving that point home is important.

I do not believe it is fair to divide knowledge into “Indigenous knowledge” versus “non-Indigenous knowledge,” or “Native American science” versus “non-Native American science.” Science is science. Knowledge is knowledge. When I talk about repatriation activists or Native Americans engaged in repatriation, I am referring specifically to those actively trying to stop scientific study—primarily for religious reasons related to the belief that the body is sacred, as in the Smithsonian’s colonial case.

I am not grouping all Native Americans together. I receive emails from Native Americans who are deeply interested in learning about their past and are frustrated by these regulations. They want more information, not less. It is important to emphasize that distinction: I am speaking about those who are actively working to prevent the study of skeletal remains, not about all Native Americans, and not about people of any race or religion who are not engaged in such efforts.

I am not religious—completely nonreligious—but I acknowledge that some people, even if religious, can compartmentalize and be excellent scientists. I do not fully understand how they do it, but I recognize that it is possible.

Whenever I taught human evolution, I would say: “Whatever your personal beliefs are, that is fine. But in this class, we are learning human evolution, and you must learn the concepts.” That was my way of explaining the professional expectation.

Jacobsen: Elizabeth, thank you very much for your time today. I appreciate it.

Weiss: No problem.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Rob Scott, Chief Innovator of Monjur and IT Attorney

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/20

Robert Scott is a thought leader in managed services and cloud law serving as the Chief Innovator for his latest venture, Monjur, with a mission to redefine legal services. Robert has been recognized as the Technology Lawyer of the Year by Finance Monthly and carries an AV Rating as Preeminent from Martindale Hubbell. He represents major corporations in strategic IT matters including cloud-based transactions, managed services contracts, data privacy, and cybersecurity risk management. Robert is licensed to practice law in Texas and holds memberships in several professional associations, including the Dallas Bar Association and the Managed Service Providers Alliance Board. He regularly shares his insights on the MSP Zone podcast and is a frequent presenter in the industry. He discusses how organizations across industries are increasingly adopting data processing agreements (DPAs) in response to data protection regulations like GDPR, HIPAA, GLBA, and state-specific laws (CCPA/CPRA, CPA, CTDPA, SHIELD Act, CDPA). Well-drafted DPAs clarify roles, reduce breaches, strengthen defenses, and demonstrate compliance to regulators. However, hidden risks include imprecise or conflicting terms and risk-shifting provisions that belong in broader contracts. Proactive management, such as Monjur’s subscription-based DPA update service, is essential to staying aligned with emerging regulations. Cybersecurity risk management is a critical component, requiring clear breach response protocols and security obligations. Effective DPAs bolster market credibility by safeguarding trust and operations.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What factors drive the recent increase in data processing agreements across industries?

Rob Scott: The rise in data processing agreements is largely tied to the growing number of regulations around data protection and privacy. Laws like GDPR in Europe, HIPAA and GLBA in the U.S., and CMMC for government contractors have pushed organizations to take a closer look at how they handle data. In the U.S., we’re also seeing state-specific laws such as California’s CCPA/CPRA, Colorado’s CPA, Connecticut’s CTDPA, New York’s SHIELD Act, and Virginia’s CDPA driving the need for clear agreements. These frameworks are designed to protect data and create accountability, and businesses are increasingly recognizing the need to formalize their practices to meet these standards.

Jacobsen: How does the increase in data processing agreements safeguard organizations?

Scott: Well-drafted DPAs clarify roles and responsibilities, ensuring that everyone involved understands how data should be handled. This reduces the risk of mismanagement or breaches and gives businesses a strong defense if something goes wrong. They also demonstrate to regulators that companies are taking privacy and security seriously, which is a critical component of compliance.

Jacobsen: Are there any hidden risks from this?

Scott: Absolutely. One issue I often see is that end-user-provided DPAs include risk-balancing provisions that really belong in the Master Services Agreement or other primary documents. This can create conflicts and unnecessary liability. Additionally, businesses sometimes sign agreements without fully understanding the implications of vague or overly broad terms, which can expose them to compliance risks or enforcement actions. It’s all about aligning the DPA with the broader contractual framework to avoid surprises down the road.

Jacobsen: How can companies navigate the complex legal landscape of data compliance?

Scott: It starts with a strategy. Companies need to prioritize understanding their obligations under various laws and regulations and then align their internal policies accordingly. Partnering with experts who can demystify the complexities is crucial. It’s also important to build flexibility into your approach, as the legal landscape is constantly evolving.

Jacobsen: What are common legal loopholes in data processing agreements?

Scott: One common problem is failing to clearly define roles—like data controllers versus data processors—which can cause disputes over responsibility. Another is overlooking indemnity clauses or jurisdiction-specific requirements, leaving businesses exposed to risks they didn’t anticipate. These gaps can lead to significant liability if not addressed properly.

Jacobsen: How has Monjur redefined legal services in the context of IT?

Scott: Monjur has taken a proactive approach to legal compliance with services like our DPA update offering. For a small monthly fee, we manage our clients’ data processing agreements as a service. This means that as new laws are enacted or existing ones are updated, we dynamically revise their DPAs to ensure they remain compliant. It’s a hands-off, worry-free solution tailored for small businesses in IT and software, helping them stay ahead of regulatory changes without disrupting their operations.

Jacobsen: What role does cybersecurity risk management play in negotiation?

Scott: It’s critical. Cybersecurity risk management has moved from being a background concern to a primary focus in every negotiation. A strong agreement will address breach notifications, security requirements, and even audit rights. These terms ensure that all parties are actively working to minimize vulnerabilities.

Jacobsen: How do data processing agreements, done right and done wrong, impact a company’s operations or reputation?

Scott: When done right, DPAs build trust and protect operations. They show clients and regulators that you’re serious about compliance. On the flip side, poorly constructed DPAs can lead to compliance failures, breaches, and reputational damage that’s hard to recover from. It’s not just about avoiding penalties—it’s about maintaining credibility in the market.

Jacobsen: What are the current trends for managed services and cloud law that companies should be aware of?

Scott: Two big trends are shaping the landscape right now. First, shared responsibility models in cloud agreements are becoming the norm, which requires companies to clearly define their obligations. Second, AI governance is quickly becoming a key focus. As businesses rely more on AI tools, they need to understand how these technologies fit into existing compliance frameworks.

Jacobsen: Is there a way to balance the benefits of cloud-based transactions with privacy and security risks?

Scott: Yes, but it requires intentionality. Companies need to be transparent in their agreements, invest in robust security measures, and stay proactive about compliance. The balance comes from viewing privacy and security as integral to the business, not as barriers to growth.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rob.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Joe Ghafari on Fitness, Nutrition, and Longevity for Men Over 50

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/19

Joe Ghafari, fitness coach and nutrition educator, outlines a sustainable program for men in their fifties: three strength sessions, two yoga practices, plus cardio for heart health and sleep. He emphasizes the importance of protein intake, hydration, regular steps, and quality sleep. Ghafari emphasizes habit stacking, mindfulness, and consistency to extend health span and resilience.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So today, we are here with Joe Ghafari. He is a certified personal trainer, nutrition coach, and weight-loss specialist with over a decade of experience in the fitness industry. As a nutritional educator at Eden Health, he helps clients improve body composition, support GLP-1 medication protocols, and enhance metabolic health through strategic nutrition and sustainable behaviour change.

Joe blends evidence-based coaching with a focus on metabolism, sustainable nutrition, and strength to protect muscle, boost compliance, and deliver lasting results. A former Division I athlete and multiple NASM-certified professional, he simplifies science into clear, actionable plans. Based in Michigan, he is open to media inquiries. 

Joe, thank you very much for joining me today. First question: How should men adapt their routines as they transition from their forties into their fifties?

Joe Ghafari: That’s a great question—it depends on each individual. People often say, “Age is just a number,” but physiologically and mentally, our capabilities and goals do change. While metabolism slows by only about one to two percent per decade, that difference is modest—it shouldn’t be used as an excuse. Still, many people move less as they age, yet maintain—or even increase—their calorie consumption. That imbalance can contribute to unwanted fat. Joint protection becomes increasingly important, and many shift priorities: instead of aiming for peak aesthetics, they’re more focused on health and longevity—especially for the sake of family and staying active into later life.

I’ve put together a simple routine that works well for men in their fifties, and I’d like to walk through it.

Jacobsen: Could you explain what the routine is, and as you go, tell us why each component matters?

Ghafari: Absolutely. First, any routine must stem from something someone genuinely enjoys—sustainability is key. So I built in options to personalize the routine while sticking to solid principles.

The “why” behind it all starts with low-impact joint-friendly exercises that minimize wear and tear but still build strength and mobility. From there, it’s about maintaining consistency, managing volume, and balancing nutrition to support metabolic health without overstraining the body.

It won’t stop us from kicking ass with our chosen exercise—just with a more sustainable approach. That way, fitness becomes a lifestyle rather than something you try for a few months and then abandon. The first and most important component I want to highlight is strength training. Resistance training—also known as weightlifting—should be a cornerstone. No matter the age, whether someone is eight years old or even 90 or 95, weightlifting and resistance training should remain a critical part of a program, especially for men in their fifties.

The reason I emphasize this is that recent studies show a clear correlation between longevity and the amount of lean muscle tissue on the body, which is incredibly exciting. This means building muscle is not just about looking good—it directly supports survival and health. It helps prevent falls later in life, improves metabolic health, and supports independence. The fifties are an excellent opportunity to get ahead in fitness by prioritizing muscle strength.

So, how often should someone in their fifties lift weights? To see meaningful results, two to three sessions per week are realistic and practical. In an ideal world, as a coach, I’d love to see four or five sessions, but I know that’s not feasible for everyone. For most people, three days a week is the sweet spot—enough to build and maintain muscle while allowing for recovery and balance with other activities.

The next key component is what I call joint lubrication mobility, or “joint hygiene.” We have to move correctly and consistently. It’s not always about looking ripped; sometimes it’s simply about feeling good, staying flexible, and avoiding stiffness.

That’s where yoga comes in. Yoga is a golden nugget for men in their fifties. I’ll admit—I wasn’t always a fan. For years, I dismissed it until I finally tried it myself and began recommending it to my clients. The results were undeniable: reduced stiffness, improved joint mobility, and an overall better sense of well-being. Yoga creates the foundation for more effective weightlifting by preparing the joints, muscles, and core.

For men in their fifties, I recommend at least two yoga sessions per week. The style is flexible—Vinyasa, slow flow, hot yoga—whatever resonates with the individual. The important thing is that yoga addresses lengthening, stretching, mobility, core strength, and stability. All of these work together to protect joints, bones, and muscles, while enhancing performance in strength training.

So, what does a well-rounded routine look like at age 50? It’s three strength training workouts per week paired with two yoga sessions per week. That combination builds muscle, supports joint health, improves mobility, and establishes a sustainable fitness foundation.

It could even be power yoga. With a little bit of cardio sprinkled in as well. The cardio could be done on the yoga days, or it could be added to the weight-training days. If a man in his fifties is doing at least two days of cardio, two days of yoga, and three days of weightlifting, he would be in a much better place than where he is right now.

Jacobsen: Now, what about lifestyle factors that work alongside exercise? For example, if muscles don’t have sufficient nutrition, they can atrophy. They won’t build to the proper size or durability, correct?

Ghafari: Absolutely. Lifestyle is an integral component of everything I’m talking about. You can’t simply jump into training without an overall approach. Recovery and nutrition are just as important as the workouts themselves.

And what is the ultimate goal? From what I’ve researched, observed, and experienced with my clients, the goal is health and simply feeling good. Exercise must be complemented with a balanced diet—less processed food, less sugar, and most importantly, a focus on protein first.

Protein intake should be close to one gram per pound of target body weight. For example, if a 50-year-old man weighs 200 pounds but his goal weight is 160 pounds, then 160 grams of protein per day would be a solid starting point.

But fitness isn’t just physical—it’s also mental. Habits are central. We’ve all heard about improving habits, but often people need clarity on which habits matter most. I like to use “habit stacking,” where we combine two or three minor but essential behaviours and commit to doing them consistently. These are what I call “the boring things,” but they move the needle.

What habits matter most besides protein intake? Steps. If we sit all day, then hit the gym expecting magic results, it rarely works. At a minimum, I recommend 6,000 steps per day for men in their fifties. Steps aid weight management, joint health, and overall energy.

Next is sleep. In 2025, with new research, sleep hygiene is being considered even more important than nutrition, which is fascinating. At any age, and especially after 50, poor sleep directly undermines exercise and recovery. If someone isn’t getting at least seven hours of quality sleep per night, the chances are high that they won’t exercise effectively.

Hydration is another foundational habit. A simple starting point is aiming for half your body weight in fluid ounces daily. But even with hydration, sleep quality matters—not just duration. Seven hours of poor, fragmented sleep is not the same as seven hours of restorative sleep.

Ghafari: So sleep efficiency is a significant component. We have water intake, sleep, and protein intake. A man at 50 should address those key habits before even attempting a workout routine. That’s how important they are.

Jacobsen: People can have trouble jumping into a new routine. Let’s say someone has had reasonable health, moderately healthy eating habits, moderate exercise, and they’ve maintained a healthy weight with no serious issues. Now, as they enter their fifties, they want to ensure a longer health span. What should be the first easy step to get the ball rolling toward an overall lifestyle change?

Ghafari: Absolutely. Sleep contributes massively to health and longevity. Research indicates that individuals who don’t sleep properly are often not exercising consistently; therefore, adequate sleep should be the starting point. Many people in their fifties—balancing work, family, and stress—struggle with sleep. Addressing sleep is the first real step to “get the ball rolling.”

Once sleep is accounted for, the next step is finding enjoyable movement: yoga, group fitness classes, or weight training. The key is enjoyment. If someone dislikes their routine, they won’t stick with it. Steps are an even easier starting point. Non-exercise activity thermogenesis (NEAT)—all the calories burned through daily movement—can be more effective for fat loss than workouts alone. For someone at a desk job, simply increasing daily steps can drastically improve longevity and fitness. So, the foundation is simple: sleep, steps, and a program you enjoy.

Jacobsen: What do people find most difficult when trying to build new habits? And what comes more naturally without that mental resistance we all feel when aiming for a new level?

Ghafari: That’s a good question. With any change, there’s natural resistance. Often, the struggle comes from a lack of clarity. If someone doesn’t understand the why behind what they’re doing, they won’t see the importance—and they won’t do it.

Education is vast here. A man in his fifties pursuing a new goal must understand precisely why it matters. That could mean reading, learning, or even engaging with content like this interview. Education leads to clarity, which supports motivation.

From there, it’s about setting specific goals, committing to simple nonnegotiable habits, and understanding that the body is resistant to change. It adapts incredibly well, but that adaptation can feel like pushback. Whether it’s fat loss, building muscle, or improving health, the body will counter what you’re trying to do. Knowing that helps people stay patient and consistent.

Sometimes it means going against what your body is telling you. You have to do the boring stuff—over and over again—being patient without seeing results for a while before the benefits appear. Patience is a critical component, especially for men who are used to quick, tangible outcomes.

Jacobsen: But older people do tend to be calmer in general compared to younger people. They’ve often achieved a level of stability in life and a sense of comfort in their place. Still, do you find that some men, even with that stability, need stress management tools?

Ghafari: That’s an excellent question. Meditation is valuable at any age. Just as yoga benefits my clients in their fifties, so does guided meditation. I’ve seen it work exceptionally well—they become more patient and calmer.

That said, there can be a downside. Some men reach this age with clean medical checkups and decent metabolic health, so they don’t always recognize the value of adding these practices. But guided meditation, breath work, or even just five to ten minutes of mindfulness a day can lower cortisol, reduce stress, and most importantly, help them realign with their goals.

Jacobsen: If someone had to choose between weight training and cardio, what would you recommend as the priority?

Ghafari: That’s a great question. The most straightforward answer is weight training. It’s critical for building lean muscle tissue, preserving strength, and supporting longevity. The challenge is that weight training alone doesn’t provide much cardiovascular benefit unless it’s incredibly high intensity, which can be taxing and unsustainable.

On the other hand, cardiovascular fitness has a direct correlation with sleep quality, which is foundational for health and longevity. To improve your sleep, you must improve your cardiovascular capacity. So, while weight training is indispensable, I would say men in their fifties should do both—weight training for strength and muscle, and cardio for heart health and better sleep quality.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Joe, it was lovely to meet you. Thank you very much for your clear explanations and expertise. We hope to get in touch again in the future.

Ghafari: Sure thing. Thank you for having me, Scott. I appreciate it.

Jacobsen: Okay, bye-bye.

Ghafari: Bye-bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Liz Benditt on Sustainable, Patient-Safe Holiday Gifting

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/18

Liz Benditt, CEO of The Balm Box and five-time cancer survivor, champions functional, scent-safe, and reusable gifts over novelty items. She advises wrapping with shipping boxes, choosing artificial trees, and using gentle, unscented products. Families can share cars, embrace reusables, and reduce plastics. Sustainable gifting prioritizes usefulness and daily habits. More info: http://www.TheBalmBox.com.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are joined by Liz Benditt, a five-time cancer survivor turned entrepreneur. She is President and CEO of The Balm Box, a mission-driven brand offering functional self-care and gifting boxes for cancer patients, founded in 2020. In addition to teaching undergraduate marketing courses at the University of Kansas School of Business, she also serves on the board of the Mainstream Coalition and Education First Shawnee Mission. She lives in the Kansas City suburbs with her husband, two children, and a dog. Thank you so much for joining me today. What are some practical, creative, and eco-friendly gifting ideas for the holiday season?

Liz Benditt: In my work with The Balm Box, I focus on helping people undergoing cancer treatments—especially around the holidays—with functional, sustainable gifts. Despite being a year-round business, we see a sales bump in the fourth quarter, just like many retailers, as people think more about gifting during that time. For someone undergoing treatment around the holidays, the most meaningful gift is something useful—items that provide relief and comfort—rather than motivational slogans or cliché keepsakes. Functional gifts are inherently more sustainable: they are used and appreciated, not discarded.

Jacobsen: How can people reduce waste when wrapping these gifts?

Benditt: If you are shipping a gift, consider using the shipping box itself as the wrapping—many are decorative enough and eliminate the need for extra wrapping paper. In other words, the box itself becomes the package.

Jacobsen: Any eco-friendly holiday décor tips?

Benditt: I actually focus more on what is safe and comfortable for treatment patients. Scented decorations can be problematic—fragrances may be triggering for those undergoing chemotherapy or radiation, so it is best to avoid them. As for trees, a single beautiful artificial tree that you can reuse each year is more eco-friendly, avoids mess, and minimizes scent concerns.

Jacobsen: How can folks minimize exposure to problematic products while keeping their homes safe and comfortable?

Benditt: Many patients become more cautious about products in their home, particularly cleaning supplies and scented items. Simple steps like opting for unscented, gentle products and reusing durable décor can help maintain a safe, nurturing environment during treatment.

It is tricky. You do not want to get yourself too wrapped around the axle over chemicals, products, and treatments. You never really know. Sometimes you can go down the rabbit hole of wondering what caused your cancer, and then you end up avoiding things like non-organic mangoes or other foods. You can make yourself absolutely bonkers, and I do not think that is healthy. But at the same time, there is certainly nothing wrong with cleaning up your act when it comes to eating healthfully. The key is balance—you can go too far either way. So yes, it is important to be careful, but you also do not want to live in fear. For example, you probably do not want to be inhaling Pine-Sol.

Jacobsen: Do not tell the horse girls this, but I once worked on a project at a horse farm for twenty-seven months, and I can tell you, if they could turn Pine-Sol into a drink, they would. They would absolutely embrace it as a flavor. Let us say you have two teenagers and a dog. What about family habits? How do you create structure for energy-saving and sustainable practices at home?

Benditt: That is a great question. With teenagers, they may not love it, but one very practical approach is to share a car. In our area, it is not realistic to expect them to bike to school due to climate and distance, but sharing a vehicle is reasonable, and it cuts down on emissions. They may not want to, but they can. Small things like that add up.

I also believe a lot of progress comes from little daily habits. Investing in high-quality reusable lunch containers, for example—not disposable bags or flimsy Tupperware—makes a difference. Encouraging kids to bring home their forks, knives, coffee cups, and water bottles rather than relying on disposable ones is another way. This generation is, in many ways, ahead of my husband’s and my generation. They are much better about reusing things, avoiding plastic water bottles, and even shopping secondhand. Buying used or recycled clothing through platforms like Depop is not just acceptable—it is fashionable. It has become part of their lifestyle.

So, overall, I am impressed with how thoughtful they are about everyday habits. My husband and I had to work harder at changing because we grew up in a culture of disposable cups, containers, and lots of takeout. For us, it has been more of a shift.

Jacobsen: What about when a gift, even if well-meaning, might come across the wrong way for someone dealing with cancer—or even other illnesses? What are your tips for making sure a gift really lands well for cancer survivors or people dealing with other serious health challenges?

Benditt: We have done extensive research at The Balm Box, and it is very clear that functional gifts—items that are genuinely helpful—are four to ten times more appreciated than what we call “inspirational gifts.” By inspirational gifts, I mean things like a “you can do it” magnet, a tote bag with a slogan, a T-shirt, or a novelty gemstone. 

These items are well-meaning but ultimately provide little utility. In contrast, functional gifts—such as a cozy blanket, an ice pack that does not leak, a well-designed pillbox to help separate medications, organic carbon-free lotion, unscented lip balm, or cuticle oil for hands damaged by treatment—are much more thoughtful and useful. These kinds of gifts meet real needs, and when someone is on the “struggle bus” with illness, that makes all the difference.

If someone is going through a divorce, a breakup, or any other difficult time, the same principle applies: a gift that genuinely supports them is always better received than a generic “you’ve got this” coffee mug.

Jacobsen: Are there people who simply do not want gifts at all, and where the best approach is to spend time with them instead?

Benditt: That is a great question. I have not seen that come up in my research, but I think it might be more common for men than women. Our research has tended to skew toward women, especially since we have focused heavily on breast cancer, which obviously affects more women. But it is a very interesting point, and I do not have a definitive answer.

Jacobsen: Small changes over a long period of time can have a large impact. What about small changes individuals or families can make in their daily practices?

Benditt: For us, one big change has been reducing our use of plastic bags. My husband, for example, was in the habit of putting everything into plastic bags, and it took some effort to shift toward reusable glass containers instead. Pyrex, Glasslock, Anchor Hocking, and Oxo all make excellent options. Whatever you want to call them—“glass Tupperware” is what most people say—the key is moving away from disposable storage toward durable, reusable solutions. These small adjustments, built into everyday routines, add up to a much more sustainable lifestyle.

Jacobsen: What is the future of sustainable gifting?

Benditt: I personally believe the future of sustainable gifting is moving away from silly, novelty items and focusing instead on functional, useful gifts. Even beyond my own business, one of the best gifts I have ever seen was when my daughter turned sixteen. My brother and sister-in-law gave her a driving kit. It was thoughtful, charming, and practical. It included a small medical kit for her car, a AAA membership card, a compass, a little wastebasket for the car, and other useful items. The only silly item was a pair of driving gloves, which she never used, but everything else was incredibly helpful.

What made it so wonderful was the way the individual items—none of which would have made sense as standalone gifts—came together as a clever, thoughtful, and useful package. Four years later, she is still using nearly all of those items. To me, that is the essence of sustainable gifting: something that remains functional and appreciated long after it is given. Useful does not have to be boring or unattractive. Useful can be thoughtful, clever, and lasting. That is what makes it sustainable.

Jacobsen: That is amazing. Liz, thank you for your time today. I really appreciate it.It was nice to meet you too. 

Benditt: Thank you. Nice to meet you. Bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sheds

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/17

Two friends and I used to take the back paths in town.

It was quicker to go out that way. Around a portion of town,

A snakewind along the trees’ interior.

I began to just use it. But one drop was pretty fun.

It was steep,

Either dirtglide or run for a possible Fall.

Hit the roots to foot to break pace.

You’re safe.

Home was changing. The paths were later developed.

Artifice in the trees.

Synthetic footing too.

But before this,

We saw a rotting shed,

Sorta.

We went inside.

It was abandoned.

Off path.

Closer to the homes.

But in-between,

Neither.

We discovered forgotten Home.

We went inside.

It felt dirty.

It smelled musty.

Rusted tools and all.

I used to deliver papers for a friend,

As a young teenager.

His mom gave me a Garfield mug as thanks.

When you unpacked it,

It had banding.

The kind you’d find at truss factories.

But plastic,

The ones at the factories were metal, careful now — sharp.

The abandoned shed had a pile of newspapers,

In banding.

Did they deliver them at one point?

So many unknowns,

still so many unknowns.

They were old.

I took a pile home.

Banding handles,

Who woulda thunk?

Still stinky, though.

What a treasure from the in-between,

In the garage they went.

Next day gone,

Thrown out.

‘Treasure.’

Friends drifted apart.

The path was ‘developed.’

The shed was torn down.

Memories are a little like those places.

The quick way became a way.

Friends became the shed,

The path,

The newspapers,

The banding.

What was the treasure?

What did I find out?

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Reasons for Premature Hair Whitening

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/16

Eliza Pineda is a hair care expert at Mayraki Professional, specializing in natural ingredients and sustainable solutions, with expertise in innovative approaches to hair health and treatment.

Maria Jones is a hair care professional at CoverClap, providing expert insights and solutions to promote optimal hair health and enhance personal care routines.

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlosukaya, MD, PhD, is a Board-certified dermatologist and hair loss specialist in New York City, founder of Dermatology Circle PLLC, with expertise in gray hair treatment and prevention.

Dr. Ross Kopelman is a hair transplant surgeon at Kopelman Hair Restoration, specializing in hair loss treatments and education, with a biweekly presence on YouTube reaching 50,000 followers.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is hair whitening?

Eliza Pineda: Hair whitening or hair graying is when hair strands lose pigment and turn into a white or gray shade. This usually happens as a sign of aging but it can also occur prematurely due to other factors.

Maria Jones: Whitening of hair, more commonly known as premature graying, is characterized by the loss of melanin production by melanocytes in the hair follicles. It ultimately results in gray or white hair. It generally begins in early adulthood and progresses slowly, though it may start earlier in some people. The natural color of the hair is lost due to the reduced amount of melanin production. This reduction in melanin production can be brought about by several factors, which include genetics and environmental influences.

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlosukaya: Hair whitening is a natural process when hair stops producing pigmentation.

Dr. Ross Kopelman: As a hair surgeon, I explain to my patients that hair whitening, commonly referred to as graying, occurs when the melanocytes within the hair follicles stop producing melanin, the pigment responsible for hair color. When melanin production decreases or stops, hair appears white, gray, or silver. This process is a natural part of aging, but when it happens prematurely, before the age of 30 for Caucasians or 40 for those of African or Asian descent, it’s often linked to genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors.

Jacobsen: What genetic factors contribute to premature hair whitening?

Pineda: Genes such as the IFR4 gene can contribute to how the body makes melanin, the pigment needed to produce your natural hair color. It’s also a common occurrence for families to be predisposed to gray hair, premature gray hair, and hair loss. If you see a lot of relatives with gray hair, chances are, you have got the white hair gene.

Jones: Genetics indeed determine to a large extent the time and degree of premature whitening of hair. Variations in genes that govern the function of melanocytes in hair follicles may be responsible for an early depletion of melanin-producing cells, leading to graying. A family history of the condition is considered the most telling indicator: if one or both parents had early graying, then their children also are likely to do so. However, it is also due to genetic mutations and changes in individual body responses that influence hair whitening at different times of life.

Kazlosukaya: The genetic mechanisms behind hair whitening are highly complex, with over 60 genes recently identified as potentially playing a role. While many of these genes have been studied, and researchers can now investigate hair whitening in the lab by “switching on and off” various genes, the full picture is still under investigation. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1568163723001368

Kopelman: Genetics play a significant role in determining when someone will start to see gray or white hairs. If your parents experienced premature graying, you are more likely to experience it as well. Certain genes, such as IRF4 and TGF-beta, regulate how long melanocytes remain active in the hair follicles. For some individuals, these genes trigger an earlier burnout of melanocytes, leading to premature whitening. There is still ongoing research into the exact genetic mechanisms that influence when graying begins, but we know that heredity is a dominant factor in many cases of early pigment loss.

Jacobsen: How do environmental and lifestyle factors influence melanin production in hair follicles?

Pineda: Healthy hair is pigmented hair. If the hair gets damaged in any way or your health suffers, this can contribute to the slowing down or even complete halt of melanin production in your hair. Factors such as sun damage, heat damage, smoking, and health issues can all have a stake in causing white hair.

Jones: A number of factors may be the reason for poor melanin production in human hair follicles. Environmental factors like excessive smoking, extensive exposure to sunlight, or pollution, coupled with insufficient diet, have been responsible for the cause of oxidative stress in human life. Apart from that, certain lifestyle choices also affect melanin production, including chronic stress and a lack of proper nutrition. Nutrient deficiencies, especially in vitamins like B12, iron, and copper, can disrupt the normal functioning of hair follicles and melanin production, which could be one of the reasons for premature whitening.

Kazlosukaya: Environment and lifestyle definitely play a role in premature graying. Oxidative environmental stress can impact hair through the production of free radicals. A healthy diet is essential, as premature whitening can occur with protein deficiency, iron-deficiency anemia, and deficiencies in vitamins (such as Vitamin B12) and minerals (including copper, zinc, iron, and calcium).

Kopelman: Environmental stressors, such as pollution and UV exposure, increase oxidative stress, which can damage the melanocytes in the hair follicles and accelerate the depletion of melanin. Lifestyle factors also play a role—frequent use of heat-styling tools, chemical treatments, and poor scalp care can contribute to oxidative stress and hasten the whitening process. When patients come in with concerns about early graying, I make sure to assess their exposure to these types of external factors, as they can have a significant impact on how early and how quickly the hair loses pigment.

Jacobsen: Can hair whitening be reversed or slowed through dermatological treatments?

Pineda: In short terms, yes. Research has been done to create treatments that can effectively reverse white hair by stimulating pigment production in the scalp. However, do note that results vary for each individual.

Jones: Hair whitening is a natural process in the aging cycle, but it can be slowed down through dermatological treatment in some instances. While there are no treatments that completely reverse graying, a variety of products exists to help deal with or camouflage gray hair, including topical treatments and hair dyes. Other treatments, which may include those that stimulate melanin production or promote the health of hair follicles, have shown promise in slowing down the whitening process, but their effectiveness can vary from person to person. Researches are still being carried on for the reversal of whitening of hair through stem cell and other sophisticated treatments.

Kazlosukaya: If there is an identifiable cause, it is theoretically possible to address it. Interestingly, there are reports suggesting that trauma might lead to repigmentation. For example, one case report described the repigmentation of gray hair following surgical wound healing. This observation has sparked interest in regenerative treatments such as microneedling, platelet-rich plasma (PRP), and exosomes. However, these approaches are still under investigation.

https://journals.lww.com/dermatologicsurgery/citation/2021/09000/hair_repigmentation_after_mohs_micrographic.26.aspx

Kopelman: While there is no permanent way to reverse hair whitening, it can sometimes be slowed, depending on the underlying cause. Antioxidant-rich topical treatments and supplements can help protect melanocytes from oxidative damage. There is also promising research on peptide-based therapies aimed at supporting melanocyte function in the hair follicle, though these treatments are still largely experimental. In some cases, platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatments, which are used to improve follicle health, may show some benefit in supporting pigment retention. Topical serums containing ingredients like melatonin or procyanidin have shown some potential to support pigment production, though individual results vary.

Jacobsen: Do stress and nutrition play roles in the premature graying of hair?

Pineda: It’s been found that certain genes like the IFR4 contribute to predicting what age a person will go gray. However, while genetic markers are associated with some whitening of hair, the accuracy is limited and cannot be relied on completely. Other factors such as lifestyle and health should also be considered.

Jones: Yes, both stress and nutrition play a crucial role in the early graying of hair. Chronic stress causes the release of certain types of hormones that include cortisol, known for its adverse effects on hair follicles health and melanin production. Nutritional deficiencies, especially of the essential vitamins and minerals, also have a great impact on hair health and pigmentation. In fact, folic acid, vitamin B12, and iron deficiencies are often associated with early graying. Therefore, a proper diet and reduction of stress should theoretically lower or delay graying.

Kazlosukaya: See above.

Kopelman: Chronic stress plays a significant role in premature hair whitening. Stress raises cortisol levels, which can disrupt melanocyte function and lead to an earlier depletion of pigment-producing cells. I’ve had patients in their 30s who noticed significant whitening after prolonged stressful periods, such as during career changes or family crises. Nutrition also plays an important role. Deficiencies in key vitamins and minerals, such as B12, folic acid, copper, and iron, can impair melanin production and contribute to premature graying. I always emphasize the importance of a nutrient-rich diet that supports overall hair health. While supplements containing biotin, zinc, and vitamin D may not reverse graying caused by genetic factors, they can be helpful in improving overall follicle health and preventing additional damage.

Jacobsen: What are the recent discoveries or innovations in knowledge about the pathways of genetics and epigenetics for premature hair whitening?

Pineda: Yes, stress and nutrition play a huge part in keeping the hairs pigmented. Stress can cause havoc on your health as well as malnutrition as hair relies on your wellbeing and health also. If stress or nutritional deficiencies are causing health issues, it can result in your hair turning white.

Jones: Recent findings from genetics and epigenetic studies have identified molecular pathways at the root of premature hair whitening. These studies have identified several genes that determine the life cycle of melanocytes, one of which is IRF4, a gene associated with the onset of graying. Research in epigenetics has also focused on whether and how these genes can be epigenetically influenced by environmental factors. It follows that even as genetics may lay the blueprint for premature graying, environmental factors such as stress, diet, and pollutants could determine how those genes are expressed and when.

Kazlosukaya: As we delve deeper into the genetics of hair graying, we’ve identified potential molecules that could be targeted to prevent premature graying. However, this area of research is still evolving, and there is much more to learn.

Kopelman: Recent research has highlighted how external factors can influence gene expression related to melanin production. Epigenetic studies have shown that environmental stressors can switch off certain genes responsible for pigmentation, effectively accelerating the hair-whitening process. Scientists are now exploring how these genes might be “reprogrammed” to extend the lifespan of melanocytes. There is also growing interest in the role of mitochondrial health and its connection to graying. Mitochondria are the energy centers of our cells, and some studies suggest that targeting mitochondrial function may help preserve melanocyte activity and delay the onset of hair whitening.

Jacobsen: How can readers prevent or address premature hair whitening through lifestyle changes?

Pineda: It’s always best to maintain a healthy and balanced lifestyle to prevent premature gray hair as well as other signs of aging and health issues.

Lifestyle changes that can really help are quitting smoking, managing stress, maintaining a balanced and nutritious diet, exercising, and taking supplements.

Jones: There are various ways one could avoid or deal with premature whitening of hair through certain adjustments in life. A wholesome diet, abundant in antioxidants, vitamins, and minerals-particularly the B vitamins, iron, and copper-is helpful in maintaining healthy hair and the production of melanin. This would further be helped by the reduction in such stress through practices like mindfulness, yoga, or regular exercises. Chronic stress accelerates the aging processes, including graying. Thirdly, protection against environmental damage-for instance, by wearing hats in the sun or avoiding cigarette smoke-prevents oxidative stress, known to contribute to premature graying.

Kazlosukaya: Stop smoking, healthy diet, prevent stress, regular checkups with the physician.

Kopelman: While genetics can’t be changed, lifestyle modifications can help delay the progression of premature hair whitening. Stress reduction techniques, such as mindfulness practices, regular exercise, and maintaining a consistent sleep schedule, can help regulate cortisol levels and protect hair health. Eating a diet rich in antioxidants from sources like berries, leafy greens, and nuts can help neutralize free radicals and protect melanocytes from oxidative damage. Limiting the use of heat styling tools and avoiding harsh chemical treatments also helps reduce stress on the hair follicles. I always recommend using hair products that provide UV protection to shield the scalp and hair from environmental damage. Scalp care is another important component—using gentle, sulfate-free shampoos and occasionally incorporating scalp treatments helps maintain a healthy environment for the hair follicles.

Jacobsen: What additional resources or experts in genetics might be helpful for articles on hair and dermatology?

Pineda: https://bmcgenomics.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12864-020-06926-y

https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4471648/

Jones: For more insightful information on whitening, it would be ideal to consult geneticists, dermatologists, and specialists in hair. More precisely, this could entail studying the details of the gene pathways that determine color in hair by scholars qualified in molecular genetics. Dermatologists who have specialized in cases of hair loss and aging can indeed offer expert advice on the treatment or slowing down of graying. Consulting experts in epigenetics and oxidative stress could have shed more light on the paper regarding higher environmental aspects that influence hair color.

Kazlosukaya: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1568163723001368

Kopelman: For anyone looking to dive deeper into the genetics of hair whitening, I recommend exploring research on the IRF4 gene and its role in pigmentation pathways. Journals from organizations like the American Hair Research Society frequently publish studies on the latest findings related to melanocyte function and follicular health. Geneticists who specialize in epigenetics can also provide valuable insight into how environmental factors influence gene expression related to melanin production. I’m always happy to provide additional resources or help connect with experts in these areas to support further exploration of this topic.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Bold on Climate, Silent on Abuse: Abuse Survivors and Advocates Call Out Templeton Foundation for Recognition of Ecumenical Patriarch

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/16

The Templeton Foundation awarded its 2025 Prize to Ecumenical Patriarch Bartholomew I of Constantinople (Dimitrios Archontonis) in spite of the Patriarch’s silence on clergy sexual abuse in Orthodoxy, a group of survivors and advocates say.

In individual letters sent to the foundation over the past six months, members of the group acknowledged that the Patriarch earned recognition for his work on environmental issues, a long-term focus of the “first among equals” leader in Eastern Orthodox Christianity. However, they explained, the Patriarch’s silence on abuse makes his prestigious John Templeton Prize win painful for survivors — especially those who have approached him directly about their experiences.

“I have repeatedly written to Ecumenical Patriarch Bartholomew — as the highest spiritual authority in the Orthodox Church — imploring him to acknowledge and respond to the suffering of the victims and take action,” Bojan Jovanović, General Secretary of the Union of Christians of Croatia, wrote to the Foundation. “To this day, no response has ever been received.”

“Every institution that claims moral leadership must prove it where it matters most: protecting people,” Sally Zakhari, Executive Director of Coptic Survivor, said in her letter. “There is no lasting climate justice without justice for survivors—safety is the first duty.”

Members of the group began privately writing leadership of the foundation back in April, when the Ecumenical Patriarch was announced as the 2025 recipient of the John Templeton Prize. The letters, discussed a range of experience from survivors of abuse and their advocates, and noted repeated attempts to get the Ecumenical Patriarch to publicly address clergy-perpetrated sexual abuse in the church. Collectively they sought acknowledgement from the foundation that its lauding of the Patriarch was ill-advised.

Sinners and saints

Such an acknowledgement by the Templeton Foundation is not without precedent, precisely because previous laureates have proved problematic. While the likes of Francis Collins and Jane Goodall grace the list of previous winners, others have been found wanting — including some associated with notorious misconduct. Past recipients implicated in sexual abuse include Jean Vanier (2015), founder of L’Arche and former Dominican priest and evolutionary biologist Francisco Ayala (2010). A report commissioned by L’Arche, published in the year after Vanier’s death, concluded that Vanier had sexually abused and manipulated six women over a course of decades, among them his assistants and nuns. Templeton has since amended its website to note that the organization was “appalled and saddened” by the findings. The foundation similarly noted that Ayala had faced sexual harassment accusations.

“There can be no true climate justice without social justice. The environment includes human beings,” neuroscientist and Prosopon Healing Co-Founder Hermina Nedelescu says of the group’s efforts. “It is deeply troubling that Patriarch Bartholomew is celebrated for his environmental leadership while disregarding the men, women and children who experience clergy-perpetrated sexual abuse and endure trauma under his spiritual authority.”

Public information about abuse in Orthodoxy has been compiled by Prosopon Healing. This database is modeled after the ‘Academic Sexual Misconduct Database’ and builds on the work of an earlier site, Pokrov.org.

Prosopon Healing provides evidence-based research, resources and support for those affected, but the picture remains incomplete. To our knowledge, no Orthodox jurisdiction publishes concrete information on clergy abuse. By contrast, most Roman Catholic dioceses in America have done so.

Melanie Sakoda, President of the Board of Directors of Coptic Survivor and co-founder of Pokrov.org, shared these concerns in her letter to the foundation. “I believe awarding the Templeton Prize to a leader who has failed to speak out on this crucial issue was extremely short-sighted of the Foundation. To me, it calls into question Templeton’s moral credibility when it ignores the plight of victims who are still waiting to receive both help and justice.”

The tension that can erupt when a spiritual leader is lauded for external social justice work while failing to address injustice within the church is not unknown in the Christian world. In fact, in its press release about the Ecumenical Patriarch’s receipt of the award, the foundation noted that the Ecumenical Patriarch had collaborated with Pope Francis and former Archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby on a first joint message for the protection of creation. Last year, Welby was forced to resign from his position as leader of the Church of England after a significant scandal emerged regarding his handling of grievous abuse complaints.

An opportunity for reform

The Patriarch’s authority to order reforms across the Orthodox world is limited. Orthodox jurisdictions have more self-governance than Roman Catholic dioceses. However, the group said, he could begin public discussion and urge accountability within Orthodoxy; abuse should be discussed and stopped.

One step towards stopping abuse, according to the group, would involve making the extent of abuse in Orthodoxy more widely known and understood. Many Orthodox faithful deny that problems with clergy abusing both children and adults exist. For example, churchgoers often cite the fact that clerics marry, unaware that most child sexual abuse is committed by men in relationships with adult women, such as married clergymen.

Support from the Ecumenical Patriarch, rather than silence, could help complete this picture, the group explained. “It is shameful that Patriarch Bartholomew has used his voice to champion environmental issues, where his power is limited, but has remained silent on clergy sexual abuse within Orthodoxy—where his views could be a beacon for reform,” Sakoda wrote.

Together, the advocates and survivors urge the Ecumenical Patriarch to finally speak out on abuse, to implement a safe venue for reporting and independently investigating abuse, and to increase transparent accountability.

The group acknowledges that a 2020 document developed by a special commission of Orthodox scholars, appointed by Patriarch Bartholomew, gave a nod to the issue of sexual abuse in Orthodox communities. However, that report contains no concrete acknowledgement of clergy-perpetrated sexual abuse, and totally ignored the plight of those abused as adults.

Moreover, in addition to this complaint regarding his silence, the survivors and advocates also know he ignored appeals from John Metsopoulos, Dr. Nedelescu’s husband, Kevin Hunt, and, as mentioned earlier, Bojan Jovanović.

Therefore, they renew their calls for the Templeton Foundation to acknowledge the suffering experienced by Orthodox survivors, stated eloquently in a letter sent by an anonymous survivor to the foundation in recent months. “I do not ask for vengeance. I ask for recognition. By listening to survivors, the John Templeton Foundation has the opportunity to send a powerful message: that true greatness includes honesty, justice, and protection of the vulnerable.”

Media Contacts:

Hermina Nedelescu, Ph.D. Neuroscientist, theologian, Co-Founder, Prosopon Healing: hermina.advocacy@proton.me

Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Independent Journalist: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com

Bojan Jovanović, General Secretary, Union of Christians of Croatia: jovanovicbojan711@gmail.com

Melanie Sakoda, President of the Board of Directors, Coptic Survivor: melanie.sakoda@gmail.com, 925-708-6175

Sally Zakhari, Executive Director, Coptic Survivor: copticsurvivor@gmail.com, 407-758-4874

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Strategic Management Across Crypto, Media, and Finance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/15

Part 2 of 2

Patrick Gruhn, former head of FTX Europe and founder of Perpetuals.com, is a legal and tech expert expanding into faith-based media. He repurchased FTX Europe and later sold it to Backpack Exchange. Gruhn, who also leads a German Catholic TV network, aims to bring fairness to crypto trading. He advocates for regulatory oversight and safer financial products. His latest venture, Perpetuals.com, focuses on self-clearing, regulated perpetual futures. In this 2-part interview, Gruhn emphasizes strategic management across industries, comparing media and crypto operations. Passionate about fair trading and long-term business sustainability, he continues to innovate in finance, technology, and media.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Is there a similarity between the strategy or operations of a crypto company or website and those of a media company? Or are they completely different?

Patrick Gruhn: I don’t know. There are differences in day-to-day operations.

For example, you must manage wallet security and IT infrastructure in crypto. In contrast, in media, you deal with live broadcasts and IT security for streaming. So, the hands-on tasks are different.

However, I’m strategic, and management principles apply across all industries. After I sold my first company, I worked for a few years as an interim manager, overseeing various companies, including some in the electricity sector in Germany.

Through those experiences, I saw that strategic management is a generalized concept that applies across industries, whether it’s crypto, media, or energy.

Strategic management is about understanding the necessary tasks, assembling the right team, and executing a clear vision.

For example, you want a secure wallet system. In that case, you need experts who can tell you what security measures are necessary. If you want redundant live broadcasts from Rome, you need professionals to set up the infrastructure. But beyond the technical details, you must connect these tasks to a broader strategy.

Success in any industry comes down to asking:

  • Where do we want to go, and why?
  • What is the market opportunity?
  • What is missing for our audience or customers?

For our nonprofit TV network, we analyzed what our audience was missing. We saw that people wanted live broadcasts of the Pope and events from Rome, so we set a strategic goal: Provide live broadcasts from Rome.

We needed to build partnerships, negotiate contracts, and set up the necessary technical infrastructure to achieve this. We installed cameras in a church in Rome, and now, we broadcast live from that church once a week.

So, we identified a strategic need and then mapped out the necessary steps to achieve it, from legal agreements to technical execution. Crypto works the same way.

We looked at the European market and realized something was missing: Perpetual futures. Foreign companies only offered these products illegally, which meant European traders lacked a regulated alternative.

That’s why I co-founded Perpetuals.com with Robin and Naya. Our strategic goal was to create a fully compliant, self-clearing perpetual futures exchange for Europe.

Once we defined that goal, we mapped out the necessary steps—building the technology, obtaining regulatory approvals, and setting up clearing mechanisms.

So, whether it’s a live broadcast from Rome or a regulated futures exchange, the strategic process is the same:

  1. Identify what is missing.
  2. Set a clear objective.
  3. Define the required steps.
  4. Bring in experts to execute the technical details.

The industry may be different, but the strategic thinking remains the same. So, strategic management is the key. It applies to all industries, whether crypto, media, or finance.

Jacobsen: What’s next for you in the digital finance and media landscape? Are any new ventures on the horizon?

Gruhn: Yes.

We are about to go live with Perpetuals.com. I can’t reveal everything until the official launch, but I can give you a little teaser. We are introducing several new products alongside perpetual futures.

One issue in crypto that most traders don’t realize is the lack of fairness in the market. If you look at a simple question—what would someone have made if they had invested $5,000 in Bitcoin ten years ago?—the answer would be a significant return.

Now, compare that to the reality for most average crypto traders today. If you ask them how much they’ve made from a $5,000 investment, many will say:

  • “I lost it.”
  • “I lost half of it.”
  • “I made $500.”

Why? Because the crypto market is not built for fairness, and part of that comes from the lack of regulation.

Currently, many crypto exchanges engage in front-running and preferential treatment for market makers. Certain insiders gain access to privileged information that would be considered illegal insider trading in a regulated financial market.

That’s what I want to change.

I want to create a fairer trading environment in which retail traders are not systematically disadvantaged. Right now, retail traders compete against high-frequency traders and institutional market makers, who have unfair advantages in terms of execution speed, privileged access, and exclusive insights.

Additionally, we are developing new financial products that are safer for retail traders.

I love perpetual futures—I recently wrote an academic paper about them—but they carry risks, especially for retail users.

So, we are introducing new products that allow traders to speculate on Bitcoin’s price movements with built-in risk protections.

For example, we will offer products with:

  • Guaranteed stop-loss mechanisms—no slippage, no unexpected liquidation.
  • Protection during extreme market volatility—so traders don’t lose their entire portfolio in a sudden market crash.

If we want crypto to become mainstream, we must ensure it is fair and safe for retail traders. We have already seen how predatory some financial products can be, especially in Europe with CFDs (Contracts for Difference).

  • In Canada, CFDs are regulated but still available.
  • In the U.S., CFDs are banned for retail traders.
  • In Europe, many CFD providers exploit retail traders, with 80% losing money.

CFD providers often profit directly from client losses, which creates a predatory system. We want to change that. That’s why, with Perpetuals.com, we are developing new financial products that will make trading safer and more transparent.

Jacobsen: Patrick, thank you very much for your time today. It was nice to meet you.

Gruhn: Thanks for having me.

Jacobsen: Thank you. Bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

FTX Europe and German Catholic Media

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/14

Part 1 of 2

Patrick Gruhn, former head of FTX Europe and founder of Perpetuals.com, is a legal and tech expert expanding into faith-based media. He repurchased FTX Europe and later sold it to Backpack Exchange. Gruhn, who also leads a German Catholic TV network, aims to bring fairness to crypto trading. He advocates for regulatory oversight and safer financial products. His latest venture, Perpetuals.com, focuses on self-clearing, regulated perpetual futures. In this 2-part interview, Gruhn emphasizes strategic management across industries, comparing media and crypto operations. Passionate about fair trading and long-term business sustainability, he continues to innovate in finance, technology, and media.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So today, we’re here with Patrick Gruhn. He is a legal and tech expert, the former head of FTX Europe, and the founder of Perpetuals.com. He co-founded Digital Assets AG (DAAG), which FTX later acquired. Following FTX’s collapse, Gruhn repurchased FTX Europe and sold it to Backpack Exchange.

He now leads a German Catholic TV network expanding beyond crypto, merging technology with faith-based media. His expertise spans digital assets, fintech, and media leadership. Recently featured in Nasdaq, NTV News, and CoinTelegraph, Gruhn remains an influential figure in finance and media. He also made headlines for purchasing a Titanic gold pocket watch for nearly $1,500,000.

What inspired you to buy the Titanic gold watch?

Patrick Gruhn: That was a gift for my wife because it is hard to find something she truly loves. She is not usually a big fan of gifts. For example, we don’t typically exchange Christmas or birthday gifts. Instead, we donate to charitable causes.

However, I wanted to find something truly special as a thank-you to my wife after everything she has been through with me. We left Germany together. We met in Germany and later moved to Switzerland for five years, which was already a challenge.

Culturally, Switzerland is quite different from Germany. At the time, we had little children—one was two and a half years old, and the other was a newborn. Then, we moved to Canada for six months while waiting for our U.S. visa. Finally, we immigrated to the U.S. It was difficult, especially with small children. We now have four children in total.

I wanted to find something meaningful to her, and she has always been fascinated by the Titanic. Additionally, when we became a couple, I was 16 years old. We met in high school in Germany, and around that time, Titanic was released in cinemas. So, the Titanic holds historical significance for her and personal significance for us as a couple.

Even beyond the movie, she is deeply interested in the Titanic’s historical facts. Now, we live in Oregon, where the Astor family, who owned this watch, played a key role in founding Astoria—the oldest town in Oregon, originally known as Fort Astoria.

These connections made the watch incredibly special for us—perhaps not for anyone else, but certainly for us. That was the reasoning behind purchasing it as a gift for my wife.

Jacobsen: What motivated your transition from FTX Europe to running a Catholic TV network in Germany?

Gruhn: I have owned the Catholic TV network since February 2011. It is a nonprofit organization that I acquired in February 2011, and it was struggling at the time.

Interestingly, running a Catholic TV network is similar to managing derivatives and the crypto space.

First, the network broadcasts in multiple countries—Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Liechtenstein—which requires a cross-border broadcasting license.

Second, since it operates subsidiaries in multiple countries as a nonprofit organization, it involves complex international tax regulations and nonprofit tax law.

Finally, from a technical standpoint, modern television broadcasting is entirely digital, much like financial technology.

Gruhn: So, for live broadcasts, for example, you usually have UDP streams or something similar. The point is that it’s similar to high-frequency trading. You have to process data in real time with low latency. So, even from an IT perspective, operating live broadcasts is similar to running matching engines or high-frequency trading market-making algorithms. It has a lot of similarities, including the legal aspects, such as intellectual property rights.

Most crypto assets are considered intellectual property because they are intangible but real. The same applies to movies, background music, and other forms of digital content, where intellectual property is a key factor. In many ways, the structure of managing digital media and crypto trading shares common legal and operational challenges.

I had been helping this TV network for several years before I acquired it in February 2011. At that time, the organization struggled with the complexity of operations, which was overwhelming. I stepped in and cleaned everything up, and now it runs quite successfully.

I have a good team. My employees and co-managing director largely manage day-to-day operations. My role is more on the strategic management side. But, yes, I have owned the network since February 2011 and have been involved with it since February 2006.

I started working with them in February 2006, helping with live streaming and technical solutions. That’s how I got in touch with them. I acquired the network when they faced a financial and operational crisis and needed help.

Jacobsen: How do you see Perpetuals.com shaping the future of digital asset trading?

Gruhn: After the FTX disaster, I realized one major thing was missing. As FTX Europe, we were fortunate to have been largely unaffected by the core issues because we had our own segregated IT infrastructure in Europe. We also had segregated funds, meaning we never transferred customer funds to the U.S. or the Bahamas. However, we did use the Bahamian exchange for trade execution. That’s where the crypto assets were sent, and that’s where the matching happened.

That dependency on the Bahamas exchange ultimately trapped us in the FTX bankruptcy process. That is precisely why we have now built Perpetuals.com as a fully independent exchange.

This time, we have a full exchange license in Europe under the Multilateral Trading Facility (MTF) framework. This means we can operate our exchange with self-custody and self-clearing mechanisms. We now have our own clearing house, offering 24/7 clearing without relying on third parties, and we are fully regulated.

Under the MiFID II framework, regulated trading venues in Europe must comply with strict operational and IT requirements. We also undergo detailed IT audits and comply with a new IT regulation in Europe called DORA (Digital Operational Resilience Act), which significantly enhances investor protection and security.

After witnessing what happened with FTX, it became clear that regulatory oversight was severely lacking. No one expected such a collapse, but regulators allowed things to spiral out of control. Even today, many crypto exchanges operate their derivatives platforms in Singapore, where there is no meaningful regulatory oversight because crypto derivatives are practically exempt.

Of course, this lack of oversight is appealing from a business perspective—companies save costs on compliance and other regulatory obligations. However, it exposes customers to significant risks. That’s why we built Perpetuals.com differently, ensuring full compliance, transparency, and security under European financial regulations.

But this is what makes it possible. Sometimes, I’m convinced of this, and sometimes I’m not. I’m not always a big fan of regulation—especially as a lawyer and someone working in crypto. Nevertheless, sometimes you need rules to protect people from themselves.

With Sam Bankman-Fried, it was simply too easy for him. If there had been more stringent oversight, a four-eye principle, and the same regulatory checks in exchanges like ours, what happened with FTX would not have been possible so easily. It was made too easy for him.

In Germany, there’s a saying—and I’m sure there’s a similar one in English—if you make things too easy, you essentially create theft. If it’s that easy for someone to commit a crime, then sooner or later, someone will take advantage of it.

We have created a self-settlement, self-trading, and self-clearing exchange for all derivatives, including real perpetual futures and other products. This is what the crypto industry needs if we want to prevent another FTX-like disaster. Suppose we want crypto to become more accessible to traditional investors and everyday people. In that case, we need to eliminate the risk that their exchange might collapse overnight.

Jacobsen: What regulatory measures do you believe are necessary to restore trust in the industry?

Gruhn: The most important thing—and where lawmakers often go wrong—is understanding that we need rules. Still, they must be tailored to crypto’s technological nature.

Historically, most banking laws were created due to fraud or other financial crimes. That means some regulations are necessary. However, many politicians try to apply traditional financial regulations to crypto without considering the technical differences.

If technology can solve a problem that would typically be addressed by governance or regulations, we should use it instead. IT-based solutions are more reliable and efficient.

For example, a smart contract can automate processes that would otherwise require human oversight. Suppose a smart contract can enforce an agreement. In that case, it is better than having an intermediary manually check whether it was executed or using a third party as an escrow service.

We need a regulatory framework that provides basic protections and oversight while allowing technology to replace traditional financial mechanisms where possible.

With Perpetuals.com, our exchange eliminates the need for a clearinghouse. Traditionally, an exchange only facilitates trading in Europe, while a separate clearinghouse handles margin, clearing, and settlement. But with today’s technology, we can combine those functions into one.

We use stablecoins, tokenized instruments, and tokenized stocks, allowing us to handle everything ourselves. We built a private blockchain specifically for this purpose. This blockchain provides the same advantages a clearinghouse typically would—ensuring accurate settlement, tracking ownership at any given time, and eliminating reliance on third-party clearinghouses.

This approach reduces costs and removes risks. A clearinghouse itself can fail, especially in a financial crisis. By integrating these processes directly onto a blockchain, we increase transparency and security, which is critical for the future of digital asset trading.

So that’s what regulations should aim for—identifying where smart technology can be utilized and allowing people to use it.

The biggest issue right now is that regulations often do not allow the full potential of technology. Instead, businesses are forced to create paper-based policies and train employees on procedures that could easily be automated with technology. This inefficiency slows progress and adds unnecessary complexity.

Jacobsen: What do you find more difficult to operate—media or crypto?

Gruhn: Whoa, that’s a difficult one. Both are challenging and fascinating in their own ways.

It’s hard to judge which is more difficult. In crypto, you deal with a high potential for fraud. Every single day, I receive phishing attempts on my crypto wallets. People know my LinkedIn profile, and I constantly get scam attempts, phishing emails, and fraudulent proposals asking me to invest in questionable schemes.

So, in crypto, you encounter bad actors more frequently.

At the same time, working in media is also challenging today because the world has become more complex. The media industry has evolved significantly, and how information is distributed, consumed, and regulated has changed.

I wouldn’t say one is more difficult than the other—both have unique challenges, and you have to navigate them accordingly.

Jacobsen: How has your faith helped you in these leadership roles?

Gruhn: Everyone should have faith because we need something greater than ourselves—beyond our ego.

In my management roles, my faith has helped in many ways. For example, suppose I’m upset or angry about a mistake someone made. In that case, I follow the Christian virtue of patience and reflection. Instead of reacting immediately, I stay quiet for the day. I wait until I attend Mass, reflect on the situation, and only then do I speak with the employee or business partner involved.

That practice of deliberation before reaction has helped me make better decisions in leadership.

Another way faith influences my leadership is through Catholic work ethics. In the Catholic tradition, we are taught to do our work as well as Jesus did when he was on Earth. If he built furniture, he certainly didn’t build a chair that collapsed under pressure. He did everything with excellence.

There’s also an analogy from European cathedrals. Many of these cathedrals have beautiful, intricate artwork placed in locations where no human could ever see it—on the highest towers or deep within the structure. They weren’t built for human admiration but for God.

The idea is that true craftsmanship and dedication go beyond immediate recognition. It teaches us that work should be done for short-term gains and with a long-term vision.

From a leadership and entrepreneurial perspective, this mindset helps build lasting companies. It encourages thinking beyond the present moment and planning for the future, which sustains success over time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Damghan University Ranks First in Iran according to the Nature Index

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/27

Damghan is an ancient city. It is located in Semnan Province, Iran. The city is known for the Tarikhaneh Mosque, which is among Iran’s oldest mosques. Damghan University was founded in 1988 and was previously known as Damghan University of Basic Sciences.

Now, it has 20 departments across eight schools. In recent rankings of Physical Sciences research output based on the Nature Index, Damghan University ranked first in Iran in Physical Sciences by Nature Index Share. Nature Index ranks by research-output share.

Damghan University’s ranking was driven by physical sciences, astronomy, and high-energy physics. Its overall global rank by research-output Share between February 1, 2025 and January 31, 2026 was 1,178 globally and 1st in Iran. Its academic-institution ranking was 945 globally and 1st in Iran.

Its global physical sciences rank was 611 globally and 1st in Iran. Its leading subject areas are Astronomical Sciences followed by Particle and High Energy Physics. Damghan University recorded a collaboration profile of 70% international and 30% domestic by Share.

It collaborates domestically with University of Mazandaran, K. N. Toosi University of Technology, and Yasouj University. Its top international collaborators have been the Canadian Quantum Research Center, Eastern Mediterranean University, Khazar University, University of British Columbia, and Babeș-Bolyai University.

In the aforementioned time frame, the university recorded 18 Nature Index articles, with 16 articles in European Physical Journal C and 2 in the Journal of High Energy Physics.

Other top Iranian universities by Nature Index Share include Sharif University of Technology, Institute for Research in Fundamental Sciences, University of Tehran, University of Mazandaran, Razi University, Shiraz University, Ferdowsi University of Mashhad, Tarbiat Modares University, and Institute for Advanced Studies in Basic Sciences.

Congratulations to Damghan University on such a high Nature Index Share-based research output ranking!

Farsi Translation

دامغان شهری باستانی است. این شهر در استان سمنان، ایران، قرار دارد. دامغان به‌دلیل مسجد تاریخانه شناخته می‌شود؛ مسجدی که از کهن‌ترین مساجد ایران به شمار می‌رود. دانشگاه دامغان در سال ۱۹۸۸ تأسیس شد و پیش‌تر با نام دانشگاه علوم پایه دامغان شناخته می‌شد.

اکنون این دانشگاه دارای ۲۰ گروه آموزشی در هشت دانشکده است. در رتبه‌بندی‌های اخیرِ برون‌داد پژوهشی در علوم فیزیکی بر اساس شاخص Nature Index، دانشگاه دامغان از نظر سهم Nature Index در علوم فیزیکی، رتبه نخست ایران را کسب کرد. Nature Index رتبه‌بندی را بر پایه سهمِ برون‌داد پژوهشی انجام می‌دهد.

رتبه دانشگاه دامغان عمدتاً متأثر از عملکرد آن در علوم فیزیکی، اخترشناسی، و فیزیک انرژی‌های بالا بوده است. رتبه کلی جهانی این دانشگاه بر اساس سهمِ برون‌داد پژوهشی در بازه زمانی ۱ فوریه ۲۰۲۵ تا ۳۱ ژانویه ۲۰۲۶، رتبه ۱٬۱۷۸ در جهان و رتبه نخست در ایران بود. رتبه آن در میان مؤسسات دانشگاهی نیز ۹۴۵ در جهان و نخست در ایران بود.

رتبه جهانی دانشگاه دامغان در علوم فیزیکی، ۶۱۱ در جهان و نخست در ایران بود. حوزه‌های موضوعی پیشتاز آن، نخست علوم اخترشناسی و سپس فیزیک ذرات و انرژی‌های بالا هستند. دانشگاه دامغان در نمایه همکاری‌های خود، بر اساس سهم، ۷۰ درصد همکاری بین‌المللی و ۳۰ درصد همکاری داخلی ثبت کرده است.

این دانشگاه در داخل کشور با دانشگاه مازندران، دانشگاه صنعتی خواجه نصیرالدین طوسی، و دانشگاه یاسوج همکاری دارد. مهم‌ترین همکاران بین‌المللی آن مرکز پژوهش‌های کوانتومی کانادا، دانشگاه مدیترانه شرقی، دانشگاه خزر، دانشگاه بریتیش کلمبیا، و دانشگاه بابش-بولیای بوده‌اند.

در بازه زمانی یادشده، این دانشگاه ۱۸ مقاله در Nature Index ثبت کرد که شامل ۱۶ مقاله در European Physical Journal C و ۲ مقاله در Journal of High Energy Physics بود.

از دیگر دانشگاه‌های برتر ایران بر اساس سهم Nature Index می‌توان به دانشگاه صنعتی شریف، پژوهشگاه دانش‌های بنیادی، دانشگاه تهران، دانشگاه مازندران، دانشگاه رازی، دانشگاه شیراز، دانشگاه فردوسی مشهد، دانشگاه تربیت مدرس، و مؤسسه تحصیلات تکمیلی علوم پایه اشاره کرد.

این موفقیت و کسب چنین رتبه بالایی در برون‌داد پژوهشی مبتنی بر سهم Nature Index را به دانشگاه دامغان تبریک می‌گوییم!

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Melanie Trecek-King on Operation INFEKTION, AIDS Disinformation, and Critical Thinking

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/27

Melanie Trecek-King on Operation INFEKTION, AIDS Disinformation, and Critical Thinking

Photo by Bermix Studio on Unsplash

Melanie Trecek-King is a science educator, speaker, and writer focused on critical thinking, science literacy, and misinformation. She is the creator of Thinking Is Power, Associate Professor of Biology at Massasoit Community College, Education Director for the Mental Immunity Project, and a Fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. Her forthcoming book, A Field Guide to Spotting Misinformation, extends her public-education work by helping readers navigate falsehoods more effectively in today’s crowded digital information environment.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Melanie Trecek-King about Operation INFEKTION, the Soviet disinformation campaign that falsely claimed the United States created AIDS. Trecek-King explains how Ed Graves, an intelligent but misled AIDS patient, adopted conspiracy beliefs shaped by racial mistrust, stigma, and pseudoscience. Together, they examine how disinformation exploits real historical injustices, why intelligence can reinforce false premises, and how critical-thinking education can help people resist manipulative narratives today across today’s fragmented public information ecosystem.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is Operation INFEKTION?

Melanie Trecek-King: In the early 1980s, there was a man named Ed Graves, an African American gay man. Ed Graves was a lawyer from Ohio and was considered highly intelligent. He graduated from law school and worked as an attorney. As a gay Black man in the early 1980s, he later discovered he was HIV positive. This was during the early years of the AIDS crisis.

At that time, people did not fully understand the cause of AIDS, although scientists increasingly recognized it as a viral disease. Effective treatments did not yet exist, and there was widespread stigma and homophobia. The disease disproportionately affected gay communities and, in the United States, Black communities as well.

Graves set out to understand why he had AIDS. His research, air quotes, led him to adopt the belief that the U.S. government had created AIDS at Fort Detrick, Maryland. These claims lacked scientific support.

He believed the government had experimented on prisoners and that infected individuals were then released into cities to spread the disease. He also described devices or methods of covert infection and claimed that insects such as mosquitoes could be used to spread HIV. These ideas are scientifically implausible: HIV does not survive or replicate in mosquitoes and cannot be transmitted that way.

He concluded that AIDS was a deliberate act of genocide against Black Americans, Africans, and gay people. He filed legal actions against the United States government, but these claims were dismissed and did not succeed in court due to a lack of evidence.

A book associated with these claims, often cited as The Origin of AIDS or similar titles in conspiracy literature, remains available. While Graves appears to have been intelligent, his conclusions reflected misinformation and conspiracy thinking rather than established scientific evidence.

He wanted to understand why he was sick and needed someone to blame, and the United States government was an easy target. However, that story originated with the Soviet Union.

During the Cold War, there was an information war alongside geopolitical conflict. The Soviet Union engaged in disinformation campaigns. They planted a story in an English-language Indian newspaper, The Patriot, claiming that a secret source had revealed that the U.S. government created the AIDS virus.

The story did not gain traction immediately. It was then republished in other outlets, each time citing previous reports as evidence. This repetition created the appearance of credibility. An East German biologist, Jakob Segal, later promoted similar claims despite lacking relevant expertise, further amplifying the narrative.

The story spread internationally, appearing in multiple countries and in major media. Even when reported critically, its repetition increased visibility. After the collapse of the Soviet Union, officials acknowledged aspects of these disinformation efforts. The goal had been to damage the United States’ international reputation and weaken its ideological influence.

At the same time, HIV/AIDS was severely affecting gay communities, Black communities in the United States, and populations across parts of Africa. Scientists were identifying HIV as the cause of AIDS, with strong evidence indicating zoonotic transmission from primates to humans.

However, scientific advances were only effective if trusted. In some regions, distrust of institutions, shaped by historical injustices, made populations more susceptible to disinformation. In certain cases, people avoided condoms distributed by public health programs or rejected medical treatments due to fears that they were harmful or intentionally dangerous.

This environment also enabled fraudulent cures to circulate. Individuals promoted unproven treatments, leading some people to abandon effective care and suffer preventable outcomes.

When surveyed, some Black Americans expressed belief in the claim that the U.S. government created AIDS, often referencing historical abuses such as the Tuskegee syphilis study. This made the narrative more plausible within communities already affected by systemic mistrust.

The Soviet strategy exploited existing social divisions, particularly racial inequalities, by reinforcing suspicions and assigning blame to a perceived adversary. This created a sense of clarity in explanation but ultimately deepened harm by undermining public health responses.

The effects persist. The claim that the U.S. government created AIDS remains in circulation. Operation INFEKTION serves as a case study in how disinformation operates: repeated claims, strategic amplification, and exploitation of existing social fault lines. Disinformation is not simply false information; it is false information deployed with intent.

It is a lie. This was a campaign with a deliberate strategy of sowing division and doubt. It involved science denial, not accepting what we know scientifically about what caused AIDS or how it should be treated, and pseudoscientific beliefs, such as fake cures. All of this converged in Ed Graves, who was so intelligent that he was trying to get his case before the Supreme Court and making elaborate arguments. However, he was also a victim, and he used his intelligence to argue for things that probably harmed him.

We do not know how he died. We know that he died, and his cause of death is not public. He had AIDS during that period, so it is possible that AIDS contributed to his death, but that has not been publicly confirmed. Operation INFEKTION, I can probably stop rambling at this point.

Jacobsen: These and other uplifting stories can be found in a wonderful new book coming out August 4, 2026. This is key because racist state actions can generate forms of communal self-protection based even on pseudoscientific sociological categories such as race. Those categories are imposed on communities, and over time, they become socially real in their consequences. That self-identity can then be reinforced by state racism, as in Tuskegee. As time passes, this produces intergenerational distrust of medical authorities, which may be more pronounced in communities that have undergone such experiences extensively.

Using U.S. census-style terms, African Americans in particular have experienced that type of distrust through Tuskegee and other abuses. Then, when another trigger point emerges, such as the HIV/AIDS crisis, someone who is intelligent, but whose intelligence functions like a bigger hammer, can follow the wrong premise down the wrong path. Intelligence is a neutral tool. If the premise is wrong, the reasoning can become more sophisticated while still arriving at false conclusions, as in his case.

If these problems are not addressed through education, alongside the historical context from which they arise, they converge and create much larger problems. Misinformation stacks on misinformation, and individuals who might otherwise have used their intelligence for more positive scientific or civic contributions can instead be drawn into tragic consequences.

Trecek-King: I am stealing “bigger hammer,” by the way, because that is so well said. Better intelligence means you can make more elaborate arguments that are wrong.

Jacobsen: That fits the evidence, because what researchers find is that when people hold false beliefs, classic examples include creationism, the claim that the world is 6,000 years old, or denial of continental drift and plate tectonics, and you present them with counterevidence or counterarguments, they can become even more capable of defending those beliefs, especially if the exchanges are acrimonious. That is a lesson for everyone. They return with more robust justifications for their false beliefs. So: bigger hammer.

Trecek-King: Yes, a few things. The reason the Soviet campaign was so effective is that it exploited existing tensions. The United States has a long history of racial tension. While writing the book, I found it fascinating that when you mentioned “happy stories,” I would frame it differently. The opening story is not happy at all. That said, it is memorable, like Pixar. Everyone should see Up. It is a wonderful movie.

Russia keeps coming up because it keeps using this playbook. Variants of these tactics have been documented in election interference efforts, including 2016 and afterward, often involving coordinated online influence operations such as troll farms.

The story was chosen because most people now understand that the U.S. government did not create AIDS. The scientific consensus is clear. While denial still exists, it is not the dominant view. However, the same patterns appear in other contexts, including debates about the origins of COVID-19.

Jacobsen: There are echoes in rhetoric like “Kung Flu,” as used by Donald Trump. I do not want to give it too much credit, but it is rhetorically sticky. I interviewed an author who studies anti-Asian racism, and he traced how that language builds on a longer history, what was once called the “Yellow Peril.” It is the same phenomenon: long-standing racism resurfaces periodically, then converges with a crisis like COVID-19. When a political leader amplifies that rhetoric, it moves from the margins into mainstream discourse.

Trecek-King: There are elements of the entire book in this story, and it is one that most people do not believe, so it does not directly threaten core beliefs. Instead, it helps us understand why people come to believe these things.

Disinformation and misinformation are significant problems. I cannot control what Russia does or what gets published in the media. What I am trying to do is help the end user, the audience, understand what they are seeing and why, so they do not become another Ed Graves.

His identity and existing beliefs were used against him, to his detriment. I aim to help people sort through the information they encounter, understand their own cognitive vulnerabilities, and avoid having those vulnerabilities exploited in ways that cause harm.

Jacobsen: That is what we call a really good ending, so that will be the end of the interview. Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Melanie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ivanna Orliuk on Gematria Art, Dollar-Bill Paintings, and Symbolic Financial Systems

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/25

*Further details about the art after the interview.*

Ivanna Orliuk is a Ukrainian artist whose practice explores art gematria, money, financial systems, symbolic transformation, and numerology. Her circular paintings are created from original U.S. dollar banknotes arranged according to their serial numbers, forming what she describes as a material analogue to blockchain and an artistically ordered, non-random sequence. She also creates large-scale sculptures connected to construction, technology, spiritual transition, and the emotional states currently experienced by Ukrainians. Orliuk combines art, economics, numbers, frequency, vibration, and collective belief, viewing currency and language as symbolic systems open to interpretation.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Ivanna Orliuk, a Ukrainian artist whose circular dollar-banknote paintings, gematria systems, and construction-site sculptures connect money, numbers, language, and transformation. Orliuk explains how serial numbers become symbolic sequences, how simple gematria links letters to numerical patterns, and how financial technologies such as SWIFT, Stellar, Ripple, and future protocols shape her visual language. Her work treats currency, code, belief, and wartime emotion as mutable symbolic systems of memory and hope in Ukraine.

Circular art together

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your process? What materials do you use?

Ivanna Orliuk: These circular paintings are created from original U.S. dollar banknotes arranged sequentially according to their serial numbers.

Placed one after another, they form a material analogue to blockchain; a flow of uninterrupted numbers. The concept of the series is a structure of memory: the monetary system embodied in paper.

The modern financial messaging system is changing, and new standards and technologies are being implemented, as has repeatedly happened throughout history.

Circular art

Jacobsen: Why specifically the circular form? And why do you follow the serial numbers?

Orliuk: Because I work with numbers, and all of my paintings are connected to numbers and gematria. I work with numerical combinations.

Gematria is a method of transforming letters into numbers. Gematria is associated with assigning numerical values to Hebrew letters, though in my work I also use an adapted simple-gematria system with the English alphabet. I can translate any word into numbers. In this way, I feel that I uncover patterns because I can calculate the digital root. Through certain resources, I can find analogous phrases that become interpretive keys in the search for truth.

I feel that everything around us can be understood through numbers. Numbers are connected to the Universe, frequency, vibration, and the structures that surround us.

I would very much like to show you my polyptych series From SWIFT to the New Standard, currently located in Miami. It is also connected to gematria-based art.

Each painting measures one meter by one meter, and there are ten canvases in total. Each painting represents a specific number and a protocol of the future.

We have nine canvases representing the numbers one through nine. The final canvas, zero, represents SWIFT – a major global secure financial-messaging network used by banks and financial institutions worldwide – although I believe that this system may eventually be replaced by future protocols.

Circular art

The preceding numbers are associated with future financial and digital infrastructure systems:

1 – XLM

2 – XDC

3 – IOTA

4 – XRP / Ripple

“Gematria” Polyptych of 10 paintings (100 x 140 cm). Mixed Media: Enamel, acrylic, spray paint, canvas. Year, 2025.

Ripple is of particular interest to banks worldwide in the context of international payments and settlements. Ripple markets blockchain-based payment and financial-infrastructure services to banks and financial institutions.

XLM is connected to the Stellar network, which was designed for fast, low-cost international payments and integration between digital and traditional national currencies. I am interested in how such systems may influence global payments and transform the course of the entire economy.

I love working with gematria. I love working with numbers. Here, each number corresponds to a letter of the English alphabet. We have words and phrases encoded through numbers. None of this is accidental – it is all CODE.

We have twenty-six letters in the English alphabet and nine single-digit values in the simple gematria system I use, from 1 to 9; decimal numerals themselves are ten digits, 0 through 9. Let us see how your name translates into numbers.

“Gematria” Polyptych of 10 paintings (100 x 140 cm). Mixed Media: Enamel, acrylic, spray paint, canvas. Year, 2025.

Jacobsen: Scott. S-C-O-T-T.

Orliuk: S is the nineteenth letter – 19. C is 3, O is 15, and T is 20 and 20. Altogether, we arrive at 77. Then 7 + 7 equals 14, and 1 + 4 equals 5. The final single-digit number is the digital root.

For me, gematria is less about fixed answers and more about discovering hidden relationships through mathematics, symbolism, and visual form.

One thing that especially inspires me is that I have never encountered anyone making art in quite this way before.

Many of my gematria-based artworks and conceptual systems are officially patented and legally protected, particularly the painting series that I consider especially significant within my artistic practice.

I continue developing these works as part of a larger artistic and symbolic framework connected to numbers, language, financial systems, and transformation.

“Gematria” Polyptych of 10 paintings (100 x 140 cm). Mixed Media: Enamel, acrylic, spray paint, canvas. Year, 2025.

Jacobsen: Where did your initial interest in the relationship between numbers and the letters of the English alphabet originate?

Orliuk: There are different systems of gematria. The one I use in my art is simple gematria. There are also Hebrew forms of gematria that use different structures and numerical correspondences.

Sometimes I compare these systems when searching for patterns or interpretations. I am especially interested in numbers within economics, business, and financial markets.

For example, within cryptocurrency and other financial markets, fundamental news plays a key role in analyzing any current situation in order to understand where prices may move.

This inspires me greatly. I have painted in different styles since the age of ten, but gematria is what truly motivates me toward a deeper understanding of numbers on the level of intuition and feeling. I see a connection between gematria-based art and ideas related to economics and future technological transformations.

Sculpture

Jacobsen: How does each work fit into this system? What exactly do these circular paintings express through mathematics and language?

Orliuk: They function as a kind of memory of the financial system – one that may eventually be transformed or replaced over time.

The paintings also emphasize that money is ultimately symbolic. People often perceive money as something fixed and material, but I see it more as a system of energy and collective belief. In the same way, numbers can also be understood symbolically – through ideas, thoughts, frequencies, vibrations, and patterns.

That is why I am especially drawn to the idea of using banknotes from the same series.

I have never seen anything similar before. I travel extensively, and whenever I arrive in a new city or country, I try to visit as many museums and galleries as possible. The fact that I have never encountered anything resembling my gematria-based artworks or circular dollar paintings inspires me to continue developing them even further.

I also create sculptures. This sculpture, Synchronicity, was created at one of my construction sites. My two primary fields are construction and art connected to gematria. In my perception, both are deeply connected to systems, structures, numbers, and economics.

This sculpture was created on a construction site using heavy construction machinery, including a crane.

For me, the sculpture symbolizes a transition from the third dimension into the fifth. In this context, I understand that transition symbolically, as a movement from difficult emotional states toward transformation, connection, and hope. Many Ukrainians are currently living through extraordinarily difficult emotional realities because of the war. People experience anger, fear, uncertainty, and emotional exhaustion because of what is happening and because they do not understand what will come next.

“From SWIFT to the New Standard” Polypych of 10 paintings. 100 x 100 cm. Year: 2025.

The sculpture represents transformation beyond these emotional states.

Butterflies embody light, positivity, love, and spiritual transformation – the world of the fifth dimension. They symbolize the possibility of movement toward something more connected and hopeful in the future.

This sculpture is currently located at the National Academy of Arts of Ukraine in the Pechersk district.

Sculpture

Jacobsen: How should gematria be interpreted correctly?

Orliuk: Gematria is a system in which letters are translated into numbers in order to explore symbolic connections between words, language, and meaning. Historically, gematria most commonly refers to numerical values assigned to Hebrew letters, though artists and numerologists may adapt comparable systems to other alphabets.

In my work, gematria functions as an interpretive and artistic system connected to language, numbers, and patterns.

I use numerical structures and digital-root calculations as part of my artistic process, exploring unexpected connections between words, information, economics, and collective perception.

I am especially interested in how numbers operate within financial systems, media, and human communication.

Polyptych of 10 paintings (100 x 140 cm). Mixed Media: Enamel, acrylic, spray paint, canvas. Year, 2025.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time and for this opportunity, Ivanna.

Orliuk: Thank you very much for the conversation and for the opportunity to speak more about my ideas, artistic practice, creative vision, and creative process.

Image Credits: Ivanna Orliuk.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 48: Kyiv, COVID, Computation, and Cosmology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/25

Fumfer Physics 48: Kyiv, COVID, Computation, and Cosmology

Photo by Alexandre Debiève on Unsplash

In this wide-ranging interview, Rick Rosner and Scott Douglas Jacobsen examine Russia’s May 23–24 attack on Kyiv, including missile and drone tactics, civil preparedness, and depleted-uranium concerns. They then discuss COVID wastewater surveillance, gastrointestinal shedding, and contagiousness estimates before pivoting to paint-by-number technology, computational optimization, the travelling salesman problem, and cosmological questions about the Big Bang, time, and speculative prior-universe models with scientific caution and humour across an unusually eclectic exchange.

Kyiv Attack: Facts, Attribution, and Scale

Rick Rosner: You were part of one of the biggest Russian attacks on Kyiv. What are the key facts of the attack on Kyiv on May 23rd and 24th? Is this desperation because Putin is losing the war, or what is the deal?

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There is an attribution problem. We can speculate about what is in Putin’s head, but it is better to begin with what Russia actually did and what officials have confirmed. Moscow framed the attack as retaliation for recent Ukrainian strikes, while Ukrainian and European officials described it as an escalation against civilian and symbolic targets. That does not prove a single motive, but it does show a deliberate mass-strike strategy.

Overnight from May 23 to May 24, Russia launched a large combined missile and drone attack on Ukraine, with Kyiv and the Kyiv region as the main targets. Ukraine’s Air Force reported that Russia launched 90 missiles and 600 drones of various types. The weapons reportedly included one Oreshnik intermediate-range ballistic missile, two Kh-47M2 Kinzhal air-launched ballistic missiles, three 3M22 Zircon missiles, Iskander-M and S-400 ballistic missiles, cruise missiles, and drones.

Ukrainian air defences shot down or jammed 55 missiles and 549 drones. Sixteen missiles and 51 drones still hit 54 locations, while debris from intercepted weapons fell at 23 locations. Kyiv was the primary target, and damage was reported across the city’s districts.

At least four people were killed across Ukraine, including two in Kyiv and two in the Kyiv region. More than 80 people were injured in Kyiv, and Ukrainian reports put the broader injury count at around 100. The attack damaged residential buildings, schools, a market, a water supply facility, government buildings, and cultural institutions. The National Art Museum, Kyiv Opera Theatre, Ukrainian House, Valeriy Lobanovskyi Dynamo Stadium, and the Chornobyl Museum were among the damaged sites.

The Chornobyl Museum should not be described simply as “destroyed” unless later reporting confirms that. The more accurate wording is that it was damaged, with reports of serious losses. Al Jazeera reported that Zelenskyy said more than 40 percent of the museum was “irretrievably lost.”

The Oreshnik missile reportedly targeted Bila Tserkva, south of Kyiv, rather than Kyiv city itself. Its use was significant because Russia confirmed it had used the missile, and Ukrainian and Western officials described it as a nuclear-capable weapon and a form of escalation.

For me personally, this was the most severe attack I have experienced during my trips to Ukraine. I slept in the bathroom, and other people I know did too. That says something about how serious the night felt on the ground, but the broader factual record is this: Kyiv faced a major combined Russian missile-and-drone assault, one of the largest of the full-scale war by scale and damage footprint, with civilian infrastructure, residential areas, and cultural sites hit.

Sheltering, Civil Preparedness, and the Fifth Year of War

Jacobsen: Some people went to shelters, and others just toughed it out. I checked in with each of them, asking, “Are you safe? Are you okay?” Thankfully, as far as I know, nobody I knew was injured or killed last night. That is still bad.

Rosner: I am glad you made it through this.

Jacobsen: This is now the fifth year of the full-scale war. The full-scale invasion began on February 24, 2022; the broader Russo-Ukrainian war began in 2014. People have learned how to take shelter. Russia can launch an enormous attack on a city, and because of air defences, shelters, warnings, and civil preparedness, the casualties can still be lower than the scale of the attack might suggest. But it is still terrible.

Rosner: You mentioned a hypersonic missile. I do not know exactly how fast this one goes.

Jacobsen: The Oreshnik is generally reported at around Mach 10, or roughly 12,000 kilometres per hour. It is a ballistic missile with hypersonic re-entry speed, so its terminal phase is extraordinarily fast. The speed alone generates enormous kinetic energy, in addition to the explosive payload.

Rosner: It is also difficult to intercept because of its speed and flight profile. It is a terror weapon, too. It is not something Russia is going to fire casually in large numbers. It is probably extremely expensive, likely costing millions of dollars per missile, so part of the purpose is psychological: use enough of them that they get reported on and scare people. The main body of these attacks still consists of missiles and large numbers of drones.

Radioactive Debris, Depleted Uranium, and Plutonium Risks

Jacobsen: Yes. There are also reports about elevated radiation in some Russian weapon debris, but the accurate point is depleted uranium, not depleted plutonium. Ukraine’s Security Service reported elevated radiation on fragments of an R-60 air-to-air missile mounted on a modified Geran-2 drone in Chernihiv Oblast after an April 7 attack. Tests reportedly identified depleted uranium components, including uranium-235 and uranium-238, in the warhead.

The Ukrainian Air Force later cautioned against treating this as a new category of “radioactive drone.” They explained that the R-60 is an old Soviet missile with a depleted-uranium alloy warhead. So, the issue is serious, but the wording matters. It is not depleted plutonium, and it is not, on current evidence, a new fleet of radioactive drones.

Rosner: When people talk about nuclear weapons, they usually mean weapons that produce a nuclear explosion using fissile material, such as highly enriched uranium or plutonium. Depleted uranium is different. It is what remains after much of the fissile uranium-235 has been removed. It is mildly radioactive, but its main danger is chemical toxicity, especially if particles are inhaled or ingested after impact or burning. So, it is dangerous, but it is not a nuclear bomb. It is more like a toxic and radiological contamination hazard. That is bad enough without giving it comic-book supervillain physics.

Jacobsen: This is the first reporting I have seen on that specific finding so that I would hold off on any conclusive claims. What we can say is that elevated radiation levels were reported in the wreckage, and if radiation levels are elevated, then something radioactive is present relative to the normal background level. The cause, scale, and broader pattern still need careful verification.

If that is abnormal compared to regular Shahed electronics and components, then something is suspicious. If investigators conduct a chemical analysis and find uranium, plutonium, or another radioactive isotope, then they have evidence.

Rosner: Even the United States has used depleted uranium in some munitions. Depleted uranium is a by-product of uranium enrichment. Enrichment increases the proportion of uranium-235, the more fissile isotope used in reactor fuel and nuclear weapons. What remains is depleted uranium, which is mostly uranium-238, with much less uranium-235 than natural uranium.

Depleted uranium is used in some armour-piercing munitions because it is extremely dense and can punch through armour effectively. It is not a nuclear explosive. It is mildly radioactive and chemically toxic, so inhaled or ingested particles can be dangerous.

If they were using plutonium, that would be worse. Plutonium is not “purely explosive,” but plutonium-239 is used in nuclear weapons, and several plutonium isotopes emit alpha particles. The main health danger is inhalation: plutonium particles can lodge in lung tissue, damage cells, and increase the risk of lung disease and cancer.

A tiny particle can contain a huge number of atoms, and those atoms decay over time. If that material is inside your body, it becomes a little internal radiation source. So, yes, radioactive contamination in weapon debris is bad enough without exaggerating it into science fiction.

All right. I have some dumb topics, including “butt COVID.”

COVID Wastewater, “Butt COVID,” and Transmission Uncertainty

Jacobsen: What is butt COVID?

Rosner: That is my term for it. The United States is currently at relatively low COVID levels. Wastewater and clinical data in spring 2026 showed a lull, with national wastewater levels reported by the CDC as very low and some surveillance averages at their lowest levels since spring 2022.

The question is whether COVID ever gets low enough to lose its potential to cause large spikes. In past years, the United States often saw two major waves a year: a winter wave and a summer wave. The winter wave usually began after Halloween, rose through Thanksgiving and Christmas, and peaked around early January, when people were gathering indoors. Then it would decline through February and March, reaching lower levels in spring or early summer.

Then, as people travelled, gathered, and returned to school, another wave often appeared in late summer, especially around August and September. Johns Hopkins has noted that the United States has had a COVID wave every summer since 2020, though it remains unclear whether COVID will eventually settle into a more predictable seasonal pattern like influenza or RSV.

This winter was not wave-free, but it appears to have been smaller than several earlier COVID surges. In January 2026, wastewater levels were still moderate by CDC measures and high by WastewaterSCAN, but some analysts noted that if that was the winter peak, it was much lower than peaks in prior years.

We still have the potential for spikes. As of May 19, 2026, CDC modelling estimated that COVID infections were growing or likely to grow in 4 states, declining or likely to decline in 14 states, and not changing in 19 states. That means the current burden is relatively low, but the virus has not gone away.

I have not been masking at the gym, mostly because the incidence in California appears low. One estimate I saw put contagiousness at around one person in 250. I think that may be high, especially at a gym, where people are less likely to work out if they feel awful. I estimate the gym risk is closer to one in 500; this is a rough personal estimate, not a formal surveillance number.

When you look at the peaks and valleys of COVID during the first two years of the pandemic, wastewater levels sometimes dropped close to zero in some places.

Now, in the valleys, wastewater levels drop very low, but they do not always reach zero. That means some SARS-CoV-2 RNA is still entering the wastewater. It does not necessarily mean that everyone contributing to that signal is actively contagious. It may reflect ongoing low-level transmission, prolonged fecal shedding after infection, or other dynamics of wastewater sampling. CDC wastewater data for mid-May 2026 classified national COVID-19 wastewater viral activity as “very low,” not zero.

Some people can continue shedding SARS-CoV-2 RNA in stool after they have cleared the virus from the respiratory tract. That is the serious version of what I am jokingly calling “butt COVID.” A Stanford-led study found fecal viral RNA in about 12.7 percent of participants four months after diagnosis and about 3.8 percent seven months after diagnosis, even when ongoing oropharyngeal shedding was no longer detected. Fecal shedding was also associated with gastrointestinal symptoms.

So, even when transmission is low, wastewater can still detect viral material. It may be coming from people who recently had COVID, people with low-level ongoing infection, or people with prolonged gastrointestinal shedding. Every time they use the bathroom, they may be putting viral RNA fragments into the wastewater. That is different from saying they are breathing infectious virus onto other people.

I follow one analyst who tracks this closely and seems mathematically competent. He estimates that even today’s very low levels could still correspond to many infections per day in the United States. I would treat that as a model estimate rather than an official CDC count. But even if the exact number is uncertain, the broader point stands: “very low” does not mean “none.”

COVID is best known as a respiratory infection. It infects the nose, throat, airways, and lungs, which is why most testing focuses on the respiratory tract. But SARS-CoV-2 can also affect the gastrointestinal tract, and viral RNA can appear in stool. That does not automatically mean the stool contains infectious virus, but it does mean the gut can be involved.

When I was a kid, we had terrible novelty-store toys. Places like Spencer’s Gifts sold prank items such as itching powder. The key point is that the itching powder was not necessarily fibreglass. Many forms use irritant plant hairs, such as rose hips or Mucuna pruriens, which cause mechanical or chemical irritation. Some materials irritate the skin because tiny fibres or spicules are present.

That is a rough analogy for what lingering viral material can do. If SARS-CoV-2 or its fragments persist in the gut, they may irritate tissue or correlate with gastrointestinal symptoms. But someone with only gastrointestinal shedding may be much less likely to infect others through ordinary breathing, because they are not necessarily exhaling infectious virus. The virus signal is going from their gut into the sewage system, not from their lungs into the air.

That is bad news for people with prolonged gastrointestinal symptoms, but it may be better news for population-level transmission. It means some fraction of the SARS-CoV-2 detected in wastewater may come from people who are not highly contagious in the usual respiratory sense. Wastewater remains a useful surveillance tool, but translating wastewater levels directly into the number of contagious people is not straightforward.

I can look at his number: 180,000. He thinks COVID could disappear if daily infections in the United States ever drop to around 10,000. But, by his estimate, we are still at around 180,000 infections a day. I would treat that as a model estimate, not an official case count.

I also think you can subtract some portion from that 180,000 figure, perhaps many tens of thousands, because some of the viral material detected in wastewater may come from people who are shedding SARS-CoV-2 RNA but are not necessarily contagious in the usual respiratory sense. That is my speculation, not a settled measurement.

There are other statistics. CDC’s ensemble forecast for the week ending May 30, 2026, estimated that COVID-19 accounted for about 0.11 percent of new emergency department visits in the United States. The most recent reported week, ending May 16, was 0.12 percent. So, roughly speaking, only about 1 in 1,000 emergency department visits were diagnosed as COVID-related.

The cleaner statistic is not “1,500 people a week show up at emergency rooms with COVID.” CDC’s same forecast estimated about 1,200 new laboratory-confirmed COVID-19 hospital admissions for the week ending May 30, 2026. That is hospital admissions, not emergency room visits.

Either way, severe clinical indicators are very low compared with earlier pandemic periods. Wastewater levels are also very low, but not zero. CDC notes that wastewater monitoring can detect infections even before people seek medical care and can also detect infections without symptoms.

So, I think you can probably subtract an uncertain number from this analyst’s wastewater-based infection estimate, since a fraction of the SARS-CoV-2 RNA in wastewater may come from people who are not very contagious. I wouldn’t put a hard number on that. It is a reasonable hypothesis, not a clean accounting line. Comments?

Jacobsen: No.

Paint-by-Number Kits and Image Optimization

Rosner: I have one more topic. You are probably not old enough to remember the first paint-by-number craze. You have probably heard of it, though. Paint-by-number kits became a major popular hobby in the early 1950s, especially through Max Klein of the Palmer Paint Company and artist Dan Robbins. The Smithsonian identifies Klein and Robbins as central figures in that fad.

When I was a kid, you could buy paint-by-number kits. You would get a kit with a simple canvas or board. Printed on it was a pattern of shapes forming a picture. Each shape had a number printed inside it. There might be eight different numbers, and you would get eight pots of paint.

If it were a watercolour kit, you might get little discs or dishes of watercolour. You would touch the paint to the water and then fill in the corresponding numbered areas. The pictures you got in the late 1960s were not great. It might be a horse in a field next to a fence or something similarly simple. It was not always aesthetically satisfying.

As you might guess, there has been a modern resurgence of paint-by-number kits, and higher-resolution printing and better manufacturing can make some of them look much better. Carol has been doing these kits, and many of them come from China.

With the kit, you get a nice canvas, maybe 17 by 20 inches. Instead of eight colours, the number of colours depends on how much you pay. You can buy the same image at different price points. The more you pay, the more colours you get: maybe 24, 36, or 48 colours. You get the paint pots and an intricate printed image.

There are hundreds, probably thousands, of different regions to fill in. With that many different colours, by the time you are done, you get a decent-looking image.

The technology involved is impressive. You have to start with the source image. The one Carol did most recently was a fluffy dog surrounded by flowers. You can go online and see the original painting. Then they have to scan or digitize the painting and optimize it for the number of colours you bought.

They have to figure out a near-optimal colour distribution. If you bought the 36-colour version, they have to reduce the original image to 36 workable colours. Then they have to provide those 36 paints.

Maybe they have thousands of paint colours already available. Or maybe they have fewer base colours and mix the little paint pots from those in varying proportions. In any case, they either have to custom-mix the colours or keep a huge range of colours on hand.

The Travelling Salesman Problem and Practical Computation

There is a famous problem in computing. The travelling salesperson problem is this: a person must visit a set of cities, and you are trying to find the shortest possible route that visits each city exactly once and returns to the starting point.

It is famous because the number of possible routes grows extremely quickly. For a simple version with n cities, the number of possible orderings is roughly factorial. With 10 cities, you have thousands or millions of possible routes, depending on how you count starting points and reversed routes. With 100 cities, the number becomes unimaginably large.

So, brute-forcing the absolute shortest route becomes computationally intractable very quickly. People have developed clever algorithms and approximations, but the general problem remains hard because the search space explodes.

Big Bang Cosmology and the Problem of “Before”

Jacobsen: My friend has a question for you. What was before the Big Bang? They just looked at me and smiled. They are very happy, very giddy.

Rosner: Most cosmologists would say that, in the standard Big Bang model, asking what came “before” the Big Bang may not be meaningful in the ordinary sense, because time itself is part of the universe. Time is not necessarily something sitting outside the universe with a stopwatch, waiting for the universe to begin.

So, in that standard picture, there may not have been a “before” in the usual sense. The Big Bang was not an explosion inside pre-existing space. It was the early hot, dense state from which space, time, matter, and energy evolved.

That said, we do not know with certainty what happened at the earliest moment. Our current physics breaks down near the Planck era, where quantum gravity would matter. Some speculative models propose a bounce, a cyclic universe, eternal inflation, or a larger multiverse framework. But those are not established in the same way as the evidence for the hot early universe.

So the careful answer is: in standard cosmology, “before the Big Bang” may be an ill-posed question, because time as we understand it begins with the universe. In speculative cosmology, there may be something prior, but we do not yet have decisive evidence.

You can argue that there may have been some prior physical state, or some previous universe, in which something happened that led to the creation of a new universe. Some speculative models, such as black-hole cosmology, explore ideas in that general territory. But that is speculative, not established cosmology.

You can argue both ways. You can argue for some previous physical state that set up the Big Bang, or you can argue that the Big Bang marks the boundary of meaningful time in our universe. In the standard picture, time, space, matter, and energy are all part of the universe, so it may not make sense to speak of time “before” the universe in the usual way. NASA’s public summary puts the caution plainly: scientists are not sure what came before inflation or what powered it.

Without space-time, there is no free-floating time sitting outside the universe. There is nothing ordinary language can clearly refer to as “before,” because the framework for before and after is itself part of the universe.

Paint-by-Number as Semi-Optimization

To get back to paint-by-numbers, there seems to be a lot of computation-heavy semi-optimization involved. I do not know the exact technical term. In the travelling salesperson problem, mathematicians seek the optimal path. Most practical users are often satisfied with a route that is close enough.

The travelling salesperson problem asks for the shortest possible route that visits each city exactly once and returns to the starting point. The brute-force method grows factorially and becomes impractical very quickly, although there are sophisticated exact algorithms, heuristics, and approximation methods.

In practice, finding the single shortest absolute path often matters less than finding a very good path. If you have to visit 80 cities, you might run an algorithm many times and gradually improve the route. After a thousand runs, maybe you find a path that is 1 percent shorter. After ten thousand runs, maybe you improve it by another fraction of a percent. At some point, the improvement may not matter much practically.

Paint-by-numbers seems full of these optimization problems. If you order the 24-colour version, the system has to process the image and divide it into many regions based on 24 colours. The 36-colour version will have different regions optimized for 36 colours.

I think the technology is impressive. For $40 or $45, you can send them your own picture. For Mother’s Day, I sent in a photo and bought the expensive 48-colour version. For some reason, they gave us 50 colours. Their optimization must have concluded that the image needed a couple of extra colours. We got it back in about a week.

They took a regular photo and optimized it so the final painting would match it, using only 50 colours. They divided the image into many regions and gave us 50 pots of paint, each customized to that region.

Carole has done a few sets of these. You do not get the same colours every time. It does not seem as if they are working from 100 fixed colours and selecting the 48 closest. They appear to be able to generate hundreds of colours, or at least a very large palette. The technology is impressive.

Maybe I am extra impressed because I remember how limited paint-by-number kits used to be when they were done manually. The original craze began in the early 1950s through Max S. Klein of the Palmer Paint Company and artist Dan Robbins, and the early kits were much simpler than many custom kits today.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Vlad Tuzov of Tuzov Gallery at ART KYIV: Ukrainian Art, War, Colour, and Resilience

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/25

Vlad Tuzov is a Kyiv-based Ukrainian art dealer, curator, and cultural strategist, founder and CEO of Tuzov Gallery, a contemporary Ukrainian gallery established in 2015 to promote modern and classical Ukrainian art internationally. He has also been associated with Kyiv Photo Week and ART KYIV, including as financial director for the 2025 fair. His work links collectors, institutions, and artists, positioning Ukrainian art as both cultural testimony and an investment field during wartime and reconstruction.

Tuzov Gallery’s ART KYIV presentation frames Ukrainian art as a living cultural system shaped by continuity, colour, memory, and resistance. The gallery connects established masters with emerging artists, emphasizing authenticity, institutional legitimacy, collector confidence, and international relevance. Amid wartime Kyiv, “normality” becomes the refusal to pause creation. The interview with Vlad Tuzov and Scott Douglas Jacobsen highlights artistic dynasties, the horse as a symbol of freedom, and Ukraine’s art market need for stronger institutions, provenance, criticism, and global infrastructure.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the curatorial logic of Tuzov Gallery’s presentation at ART KYIV this year? Are you building a story of continuity in Ukrainian art, demonstrating market resilience, endurance during war, or something else?

Vlad Tuzov: For us, this presentation is not simply an exhibition of works, but an attempt to show Ukrainian art as an integrated cultural system. We are building a dialogue between different generations of artists, between classics and new names, between an internal Ukrainian sensibility and the international artistic context.

Today, it is especially important to show not only the emotional power of Ukrainian art, but also its maturity, resilience, and ability to form its own visual language even under conditions of war. We are speaking about continuity, memory, colour as a cultural code, and creation as a form of resistance.

Jacobsen: You are presenting both established and young Ukrainian artists. How do you manage to balance the prestige of recognized names with the joy of discovering new talent?

Tuzov: Recognized artists create the context and foundation; they are the “pillars” on which the market rests. Young artists bring a contemporary sharpness to that foundation. In younger artists, we look for the same technical precision and depth of thought that once made others great.

For us, it is important not to set generations against each other, but to create a dialogue between them. This is precisely how a living artistic environment is formed and how continuity of tradition emerges.

Jacobsen: Why are institutional attention, collector appetite, formal innovation, relevance under wartime conditions, or international market appeal so important for Ukrainian artists right now?

Tuzov: Because art today is no longer only a cultural gesture, but also a question of Ukraine’s presence in the global intellectual space.

Institutional attention gives the artist historical documentation and legitimacy. Collector interest creates stability and the possibility of continuing to work. The international market allows Ukrainian art to stop being a local phenomenon and become part of the global artistic process.

At the same time, the most important thing is to preserve authenticity. Today, the world is not looking for decorativeness, but for an honest visual language, and Ukrainian art possesses precisely this in full measure.

Jacobsen: Which works in this presentation best reflect Tuzov Gallery’s identity?

Tuzov: Above all, the works in which there is an inner energy of colour, a tension of space, and a sense of the human condition.

For us, what matters is not only the visual power of a work, but also its ability to carry a cultural and intellectual layer. That is why our presentation brings together emotional expression, a deep painterly school, and contemporary artistic thinking.

We always work with art as a system: from the curatorial idea and museum context to its place in the international art market.

Jacobsen: The theme of ART KYIV is “THIS IS NORMAL.” What does “normality” mean for a gallery working in wartime Kyiv?

Tuzov: “Normal” is when a gallery opens an exhibition the day after shelling. It is when we discuss shades of blue on a canvas while air-defence systems are operating outside the window.

For us, normality means the continuity of creation. We refuse to put life on pause, and this is our main act of resistance — not only at the front, but also in everyday life.

Jacobsen: Has the war changed what collectors want to see in Ukrainian art?

Tuzov: Absolutely. Collectors have begun to look not simply for visually strong works, but for works with genuine inner energy and cultural depth.

Today, honesty of expression is especially valued. The world has grown tired of artificially constructed concepts and is once again turning to the emotional power of art.

At the same time, Ukrainian art has ceased to be perceived exclusively through the prism of tragedy. International collectors are beginning to see it as an independent artistic phenomenon — powerful, intellectual, and visually unique.

Jacobsen: When we spoke about Kryvolap, themes of colour, horses, and the continuity of family or studio traditions came up. How important are artistic dynasties and continuity in contemporary Ukrainian art?

Tuzov: Continuity in Ukrainian art is not copying, but the transmission of a unique “colour code.” The clearest example here is Anna Kryvolap.

Working in the same powerful expressive manner as her father, she masterfully inherits this family engagement with open, vibrating colour. At the same time, Anna brings her own structure, her own rhythms of urban landscapes and abstractions.

Such dynasties are critically important: they create continuity of school. When we see Anna’s works, we understand that this deep Ukrainian colourism is not an accident, but a living tradition that develops and adapts to a new time.

The same applies to the recognizability of Ivan Marchuk’s unique style: many young artists are inspired by, and find themselves through, his “pliontanism.”

Jacobsen: What does the Ukrainian art market need most right now: more collectors, stronger institutions, deeper art criticism, export infrastructure, provenance systems, or international fairs?

Tuzov: Today, the Ukrainian art market needs systematization.

We need strong institutions, professional art criticism, transparent provenance systems, infrastructure for international export, and a stable secondary market.

But most importantly, we need to build trust in Ukrainian art as a full-fledged cultural and investment asset.

Ukrainian artists already possess a powerful artistic language. The task of the market now is to create a stable international architecture for it.

Jacobsen: Why does the image of the horse recur so powerfully in Ukrainian visual culture: is it folklore, landscape, aristocratic culture, movement, freedom, trauma, or something else?

Tuzov: We are a nation of the Steppe. For centuries, the horse was the only means of crossing these boundless spaces. It is a symbol of the connection between human beings and the land, embedded in us at the subconscious level.

In the works of our modern classics, such as Anatolii Kryvolap, the horse is no longer an animal, but a concentration of energy. It is the embodiment of movement that cannot be stopped, and freedom that cannot be limited.

Today, this image resonates especially strongly: the horse becomes a symbol of an indomitable will to live and of movement forward despite everything.

Jacobsen: What has changed in the gallery’s work since 2015?

Tuzov: The depth of responsibility has changed.

Whereas previously a gallery could exist solely as an exhibition and commercial platform, today we effectively perform both a cultural and diplomatic function.

We work more with international institutions, museums, collectors, archiving, and the formation of context around artists.

In recent years, Ukrainian art has become significantly more visible in the world, and with this has come a greater responsibility for the gallery regarding the quality of artistic expression and the way Ukraine is presented to international audiences.

Jacobsen: If an international reader could understand only one thing about contemporary Ukrainian art in 2026, what would it be?

Tuzov: If everything were reduced to a single thesis, it would be this: incredible vitality in defiance of destruction.

The world should understand that Ukrainian art in 2026 is not “victim art” and not merely a chronicle of war. It is art of creative energy, born at the epicentre of historical upheaval.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Vlad.

Ukrainian Translation

Какова кураторская логика презентации Tuzov Gallery на ART KYIV в этом году? Выстраиваете ли вы историю преемственности украинского искусства, демонстрируете рыночную устойчивость, стойкость во время войны или что-то иное?

Для нас эта презентация — не просто экспозиция работ, а попытка показать украинское искусство как целостную культурную систему. Мы выстраиваем диалог между разными поколениями художников, между классиками и новыми именами, между внутренней украинской чувствительностью и международным художественным контекстом.

Сегодня особенно важно показать не только эмоциональную силу украинского искусства, но и его зрелость, устойчивость и способность формировать собственный визуальный язык даже в условиях войны. Мы говорим о преемственности, о памяти, о цвете как культурном коде и о созидании как форме сопротивления.

2) Вы представляете как признанных, так и молодых украинских художников. Как вам удается соблюдать баланс между престижем имен и радостью открытия новых талантов?

Признанные художники создают контекст и фундамент, они — те «столпы», на которых держится рынок. Молодые авторы привносят в этот фундамент актуальную остроту. Мы ищем в молодых ту же техническую безупречность и глубину мысли, которая когда-то сделала других великими.

Для нас важно не противопоставлять поколения, а создавать между ними диалог. Именно так формируется живая художественная среда и появляется преемственность традиции.

3) Почему для украинских художников сейчас так важны внимание институций, аппетит коллекционеров, формальные инновации, актуальность в условиях войны или международная рыночная привлекательность?

Потому что искусство сегодня — это уже не только культурный жест, но и вопрос присутствия Украины в мировом интеллектуальном пространстве.

Внимание институций дает художнику историческую фиксацию и легитимность. Интерес коллекционеров создает устойчивость и возможность продолжать работать. Международный рынок позволяет украинскому искусству перестать быть локальным явлением и стать частью глобального художественного процесса.

Но при этом самое важное — сохранить подлинность. Мир сегодня ищет не декоративность, а честный визуальный язык, и именно этим украинское искусство обладает в полной мере.

6) Какие работы в этой презентации лучше всего отражают идентичность Tuzov Gallery?

Прежде всего — работы, в которых присутствует внутренняя энергия цвета, напряжение пространства и ощущение человеческого состояния.

Для нас важна не только визуальная сила произведения, но и его способность удерживать культурный и интеллектуальный слой. Именно поэтому в нашей презентации соседствуют эмоциональная экспрессия, глубокая живописная школа и актуальное художественное мышление.

Мы всегда работаем с искусством как с системой: от кураторской идеи и музейного контекста до его места на международном арт-рынке.

7) Тема ART KYIV — «ЭТО НОРМАЛЬНО» (THIS IS NORMAL). Что означает «нормальность» для галереи, работающей в военном Киеве?

«Нормально» — это когда галерея открывает выставку на следующий день после обстрела. Это когда мы обсуждаем оттенки синего на полотне, пока за окном работают системы ПВО.

Для нас нормальность — это непрерывность созидания. Мы отказываемся ставить жизнь на паузу, и в этом наш главный акт сопротивления — не только на фронте, но и в повседневной жизни.

8) Изменила ли война то, что коллекционеры хотят видеть в украинском искусстве?

Безусловно. Коллекционеры стали искать не просто визуально сильные работы, а произведения с подлинной внутренней энергией и культурной глубиной.

Сегодня особенно ценится честность высказывания. Мир устал от искусственно сконструированных концепций и снова обращается к эмоциональной силе искусства.

При этом украинское искусство перестало восприниматься исключительно через призму трагедии. Международные коллекционеры начинают видеть в нем самостоятельное художественное явление — мощное, интеллектуальное и визуально уникальное.

9) Когда мы говорили о Криволапе, всплыли темы цвета, лошадей и преемственности семейных или студийных традиций. Насколько важны художественные династии и преемственность в современном украинском искусстве?

Преемственность в украинском искусстве — это не копирование, а передача уникального «цветового кода». Ярчайший пример здесь — Анна Криволап.

Работая в той же мощной экспрессивной манере, что и её отец, она мастерски наследует эту фамильную работу с открытым, вибрирующим цветом. Но при этом Анна привносит свою структуру, свои ритмы городских пейзажей и абстракций.

Такие династии критически важны: они создают преемственность школы. Когда мы видим работы Анны, мы понимаем, что этот глубокий украинский колоризм — не случайность, а живая традиция, которая развивается и адаптируется к новому времени.

Так же, как и узнаваемость уникального стиля Іван Марчук: многие молодые художники вдохновляются и находят себя благодаря его «пльонтанизму».

10) В чем украинский арт-рынок нуждается больше всего сейчас: в большем количестве коллекционеров, в сильных институциях, в глубокой арт-критике, инфраструктуре для экспорта, системах провенанса или в международных ярмарках?

Сегодня украинскому арт-рынку необходима системность.

Нам нужны сильные институции, профессиональная арт-критика, прозрачные системы provenance, инфраструктура международного экспорта и устойчивый secondary market.

Но самое главное — нам необходимо формировать доверие к украинскому искусству как к полноценному культурному и инвестиционному активу.

Украинские художники уже обладают мощным художественным языком. Теперь задача рынка — создать для него устойчивую международную архитектуру.

11) Почему образ лошади так мощно повторяется в украинской визуальной культуре: это фольклор, ландшафт, аристократическая культура, движение, свобода, травма или что-то другое?

Мы — нация Степи. Лошадь веками была единственным способом преодоления этих бескрайних пространств. Это символ связи человека с землей, который зашит в нас на подсознательном уровне.

В работах наших современных классиков, таких как Анатолій Криволап, лошадь — это уже не животное, а сгусток энергии. Это воплощение движения, которое невозможно остановить, и свободы, которую невозможно ограничить.

Сегодня этот образ особенно резонирует: лошадь становится символом неукротимой воли к жизни и движения вперед вопреки всему.

12) Что изменилось в работе галереи с 2015 года?

Изменилась глубина ответственности.

Если раньше галерея могла существовать исключительно как выставочная и коммерческая платформа, то сегодня мы фактически выполняем и культурную, и дипломатическую функцию.

Мы больше работаем с международными институциями, музеями, коллекционерами, архивированием и формированием контекста вокруг художников.

За последние годы украинское искусство стало значительно более заметным в мире, и вместе с этим выросла ответственность галереи за качество художественного высказывания и за то, как именно Украина представлена международному зрителю.

13) Если бы международный читатель мог понять только одну вещь о современном украинском искусстве в 2026 году, что бы это было?

Если свести всё к одному тезису, то это — невероятная витальность вопреки разрушению

Мир должен понять, что украинское искусство 2026 года — это не «искусство жертвы» и не просто хроника войны. Это искусство созидательной энергии, которая рождается в эпицентре исторических потрясений.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ryan Grant Little on CanadaHelps, Ukraine Aid, and Invest in Bravery

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/24

Ryan Grant Little on CanadaHelps, Ukraine Aid, and Invest in Bravery

Photo by Robert Anasch on Unsplash

Ryan Grant Little is a Canadian social entrepreneur, impact investor, and humanitarian organizer. He co-founded CanadaHelps in 2000 with Aaron Pereira and Matthew Choi, helping build one of Canada’s best-known online giving platforms. He later worked in climate tech and venture investing, including at Vireo Ventures, and is now active in Ukraine through Roxolani Trust and Invest in Bravery. Based in Kyiv, he combines humanitarian logistics, ecosystem-building, and investor connections focused on resilience and reconstruction there..

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Ryan Grant Little about co-founding CanadaHelps, entering philanthropy through early e-commerce, and redirecting his work toward Ukraine after Russia’s full-scale invasion. Little discusses the Roxolani Trust, refugee transport, military and medical aid, donor trust, and the informal relationship-based systems that move support to the front. The conversation also explores Invest in Bravery, defence-tech investment, wartime work culture in Kyiv, and Ukraine’s long-term reconstruction potential during an ongoing war.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So you were a co-founder of CanadaHelps. [Ed. CanadaHelps was founded in 2000 by Ryan Little, Aaron Pereira, and Matthew Choi. By 2025, it has helped process more than $4 billion in donations.] How did that happen? That is remarkable.

Ryan Grant Little: It is interesting because few people outside Canada have heard of it. It is a distinctly Canadian organization. I had an e-commerce company as a teenager, and a classmate a few years ahead of me reached out and said, “We are both in tech, would you like to discuss an idea?”

We met on my 19th birthday, talked it through, and I agreed. We started and built it. I ran it for the first few years and then handed it over to professionals.

Jacobsen: Why did you get into philanthropy, particularly from a technological and entrepreneurial perspective?

Little: I did not consciously choose philanthropy. I have always focused on pressing problems that I could help solve. At the time, e-commerce was emerging, eBay and similar platforms were just getting started. I realized that charitable giving was especially well-suited to online transactions because no physical product needed to be shipped.

We pioneered digital charitable receipts. Charities across the country were trying to move online but were often overcharged for large setup fees and high transaction costs.

It made sense to create a single shared engine, structured as a charity serving the charitable sector. In retrospect, we were also building powerful online payment systems from scratch. Had I recognized that earlier, I might have pursued that direction instead of going to business school.

Jacobsen: Do you have any Ukrainian background?

Little: No. I have no connection to Ukraine. When the full-scale invasion began, I thought about Ukrainians I knew, mostly developers I had worked with, and contacted them to understand how I could help.

Jacobsen: When you learned about February 24, 2022, was it a wake-up call?

Little: Yes and no. I expected it. The key signal for me was the report that Russia had moved blood supplies to the front, which is widely regarded as an indicator of possible military action.

I did not know the timing or form, but I believed something was coming. It was not a wake-up call so much as a trigger for action. I realized that I could not remain a bystander.

Jacobsen: What does “Roxolani” mean?

Little: The Roxolani were a Sarmatian nomadic people associated with the Pontic steppe in antiquity, including areas north of the Black Sea. It would be more accurate to say they were linked to the broader region of present-day Ukraine, rather than that they were “defending Ukraine” in the modern sense.

The name also evokes Roxelana, Hürrem Sultan, an Ottoman consort traditionally associated with Rohatyn, in what is now Ukraine. Many organizations use names such as “Help Ukraine” or “Support Ukraine.” I wanted something more distinctive.

Jacobsen: What was the exact moment you founded RoxolaniTrust, first conceptually and then legally?

Little: It began in the first few days of the full-scale invasion in February 2022. The formalization came later, after I moved to Ukraine and established it as a registered foundation.

Initially, I was operating informally, using my own bank account and contributions from friends and family, who became my core supporters. I did whatever I could in those early days, including helping to seed-fund other emerging organizations. It was essentially volunteer work, coordinated through personal resources.

I relocated full-time to Ukraine on April 1, 2025. At that point, I formally created the foundation as a Ukrainian entity supporting the military. It was important to be based in Ukraine, where supporting the military is legally and logistically clearer than operating from abroad.

Jacobsen: How does aid delivery and coordination function in a war?

Little: Much of it operates through informal networks, group chats, direct contacts, and trusted relationships. Early on, there were attempts to build software platforms that matched needs to available resources. These worked well in theory but less effectively in practice.

In reality, coordination depends on trust, knowing who will ensure that supplies reach the right destination and are used properly. I function as an intermediary. Someone might say, “I have 100 computers, what can you do with them?” Through my network, I can match those resources with verified needs at the last mile.

Even now, years into the invasion, much of the system remains analog and relationship-based.

Jacobsen: What kinds of military supplies are you providing?

Little: The primary focus has been on vehicles. We have delivered about 30 so far, typically older diesel vehicles with high mileage, often in poor cosmetic condition. These are less desirable in civilian markets, but well-suited for military use.

We also supply medical support, including medicines for both civilian and military hospitals, tactical medical items such as tourniquets, and rehabilitation equipment for wounded soldiers.

Energy support is another major area, generators, portable power stations, and backup systems, which are critical for frontline operations.

Each winter, I run a campaign to provide cold-weather gear: thermal balaclavas, socks, hand warmers, heaters, and stoves.

Currently, we are supplying drone detectors to frontline defenders, volunteers, and emergency responders. These devices save lives daily. At approximately €500 each, they are often unaffordable for individual soldiers, so we distribute them in volume.

We also source materials such as fishing nets from countries like Sweden and Ireland. These are repurposed for camouflage, protection of artillery positions, and anti-drone corridors used in both civilian and military contexts.

Jacobsen: How have you supported and transported refugees?

Little: That work was concentrated in the first three months of the full-scale invasion. My first direct involvement came during the first week, when I delivered equipment to the Polish-Ukrainian border.

I asked where I could help transport refugees and was directed to a major coordination point near Przemyśl in Poland, where many volunteer efforts were organized. I made a simple sign indicating “Vienna” and walked through the area until a mother and daughter approached me. That was how it began.

They did not speak English. I did not speak Ukrainian or Russian. We arranged a conference call with a friend of mine who spoke Ukrainian. He explained who I was and reassured them that I could be trusted. It was a tense situation.

They decided to get into the car with me. We drove to Vienna. They stayed with me for about a month. With the help of another volunteer, I found them an apartment there.

At that point, a loose network formed in Vienna. Russian- and Ukrainian-speaking volunteers monitored social media and converted requests for evacuation into structured information, essentially informal “support tickets.” These included details such as: a mother with two children, a cat and a dog, at a specific border crossing, needing transport to Vienna, Salzburg, or elsewhere.

I began responding to these requests, primarily driving people from the border. Over time, I expanded my involvement. I arranged buses, covered hotel stays when necessary, and coordinated logistics.

I also adapted my own vehicle, a Volkswagen Passat, by folding down the seats and installing an air mattress to transport individuals who were injured or unable to travel by bus. For others, I funded and organized bus transport, often in coordination with the Vienna Mission for Ukraine, an organization I supported early on and that continues to assist refugees in Austria.

Jacobsen: How do you raise hundreds of thousands of dollars? That is an underrated and difficult skill.

Little: I have been fortunate to rely on a network of friends, family, and extended contacts in Canada, many of whom I know through business and academic circles. They tend to be able to make larger donations, which makes a significant difference.

Early on, people advised me to scale the operation. I chose instead to remain close to the impact, to travel regularly toward the front lines, to drive vehicles myself, and to maintain direct involvement. That allows me to speak concretely about where resources go and what they achieve.

Many donors have become skeptical of large organizations. They do not always see how funds are used or whether they reach the front lines. Throughout the full-scale invasion, a noticeable divide has emerged between large institutional actors and smaller volunteer-led efforts.

Supporters have told me they prefer to contribute to individuals and networks they know and trust, people who are directly engaged in the work, rather than to large bureaucratic structures where the impact is less visible.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Ryan.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Golda Vynogradska on Maidan, War, and Fashion as Ukrainian Cultural Diplomacy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/24

Golda Vynogradska is a Ukrainian fashion designer, founder and project manager of FashionGlobusUkraine, head of the National Sectoral Partnership in the Light Industry of Ukraine, vice president of the Confederation of Designers and Stylists of Ukraine, and a postgraduate researcher at the Institute of Vocational Education of the National Academy of Educational Sciences of Ukraine. Her work spans design, industry development, education, cultural diplomacy, public advocacy, and international representation for Ukrainian fashion and light industry sectors.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Golda Vynogradska about how the Maidan and Russia’s wars transformed her from fashion designer into public advocate, volunteer, and cultural diplomat. She recalls staging a fashion show on the Maidan in deep winter, raising aid, supporting soldiers, and remaining in Ukraine after the 2022 full-scale invasion. The interview explores shock, betrayal, resilience, and her belief that fashion can communicate Ukraine’s identity, dignity, and strength to the world in wartime clearly.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, what was your first memory of war in 2014 and in 2022? What were you doing?

Golda Vynogradska: My first memory, 2014. I was here on the Maidan.

It was interesting when I was in Maidan. This time, I was just a women’s clothing designer. Many people came here to make a revolution. Sometimes I felt that people stood here, but they stopped. Nothing was happening, but thousands of people stayed here in Maidan.

So, like a woman, I decided it was necessary to push these people to keep the activity going. And I decided to make a fashion show here in Maidan, on the main stage, in December, in 20 degrees of frost. I invited women from different barricades, and we put on a show here on the Maidan. It was exactly the start of the war.

So my activity as a public figure began here, exactly during the Maidan. I was going to New York City for the first time with my collection, and I remember very, very clearly my feeling: like, you’re bringing the feeling of these people from Maidan to New York. When I came back from New York, it was starting, these disaster days. Many, many people were killed. And I brought some small donations from Ukrainian society, from New York and New Jersey.

It was hell here. The people needed medicine. So I took this donation, came through all this hell to help these people who were wounded or killed. It was exactly the start of all my changes inside of me. The previous Golda was done. It did not exist anymore. And when the war started in 2014, I was ready to take a very active role.

I mobilized my friends, and we thought about what we could do for Ukraine. So I invited different designers from different regions of Ukraine. The owner of this shopping center here in Maidan gave us a big space. We organized our volunteer project, sold our collection, and, with the proceeds, created uniforms for Ukrainian soldiers. So it was starting like this.

After that, I decided to go to the United States next time. We made a show of Ukrainian designers to express who we are: we are a very peaceful country. I created a show, Expression of Ukraine by Podium, of different regions of Ukraine through fashion language. And it was my first speech through an American journalist who also said that Afghanistan is a country where continuous war is very far from us.

We do not have any connection to this. But the problem is that war can knock on your door at any moment. And most important is your reaction. You close this and say it is not concerning to me, or you do something. It was my first activity abroad, and I brought many collections.

And I started my activity in many countries. So it was 2014. During this time, I made a program of cultural diplomacy in 23 countries around the world. But when the full-scale invasion started in 2022, I stayed in Ukraine. Even though I could have moved to many countries, I decided to stay here. I decided to help people here.

I was involved in many different projects, informational projects, and volunteer projects. And I am needed here. I should be here. It is necessary to give our guys weapons; I am ready to do it. Of course, I was ready to go to the front line, but my mother has two children, and she’s old, and she says, ‘Go to the police.’ You can do everything you want, but here, not on the front line.

So I promised them, and I’m doing it here. It is two different reactions, but the most important thing is what you can do for this country. Not what this country gives to me, but what I can do for this country. And this is very important.

If I answer your question, there will be at least one resolution.

Jacobsen: From the UN around the 2014 annexation of Crimea, for withdrawal of all troops, return of annexed land, and then, I think, maybe reparations.

There was international recognition quickly. Do you think there was denial that this was really happening, or of the threat of it, from Ukrainians?

Vynogradska: First of all, for us it was a shock. It was a big shock for all Ukrainians.

Of course, we were not expecting this, because in 2022, we knew the Russian army was often near our borders, and we were waiting for when it would start. We did not know how it would turn out, but we were ready for it. In 2014, we did not know about this.

And after we discovered information from politicians close to this, it was a disaster, because we did not expect so many traitors sitting in Ukrainian politics. It was something hardly possible.

And I know from military guys, they said, “God, there was nothing for us to defend Crimea, nothing.” But we received a very clear order from Tymoshenko, from these people: you should not do it. So it means…

I am close to that.

You mean what we see in black people’s eyes? Yes, the gut betrayal.

We were not so naive as to think that Russians and Ukrainians were brothers and they would never do it. But we did not expect that it would be such a cruel and disastrous way.

And actually, I heard after some proposition that it was possible to rent, let us say, some territory in Crimea, to avoid this war. It was a clever way. But if we understand that, again, some traitors in Ukrainian politics had already decided something for all of us, you cannot… If we had known this before, we could have changed something.

If it is already a fact, it is a fact.

The situation with the full invasion was also not easy, because it is still unclear to the people here in the Presidential Administration how they knew about it and what positions they held accordingly. And for sure, if I were in their place, I would do other activities before and after.

But I know that people from the western part of Ukraine came to them and said, “You can do everything you want, even leave this country, but we will defend.”

The position changed.

In 2022, when things became even more serious, from October of the previous year, when the entire Russian army was standing, we had much information from our partners around the world and from intelligence services.

I tell you more: my brother lives in Israel, and two days before, he called me in the evening and said, “Golda, I know this one million percent, because we had business before in Moscow and we had some connections. They are planning an invasion. So take the children, take mother, and move.”

I said, “No, come on, what do you think?”

So if it started, it would be in some eastern part of Ukraine. We did not expect it to start here. We thought they would be in Kyiv on day two or three.

When we saw tanks in Obolon, it was shocking.

Actually, I live only 30 kilometres from Bucha. Can you imagine what a disaster it is to have information from these people about what happened there and not be able to help them?

It is a disaster when you feel helpless, when you cannot do something. Believe me, it is a disaster.

Jacobsen: What did it do to the fashion industry?

Vynogradska: From all fashion, only parts remained that we could use—garments for the army or for people, or to make camouflage nets. What is the name of this? When you cover something to hide a weapon, you camouflage it like weaving threads. Yes, we did this, like from blankets.

I will find this word and send it to you. Believe me, I started doing it from home. I took material from people and worked at home. Even when we did not have electricity, I did it myself. Already 55 large coverings for weapons.

So, from fashion at that moment, nothing remained.

Actually, the fashion story I told you from 2014: fashion can be a wonderful instrument for connecting people, attracting attention, and doing so more interestingly and creatively. It is still a very unique tool.

You can demonstrate your country through the language of fashion without any words. It is very workable, very tangible. Especially when you show different regions, different mentalities. And of course, we showed Crimea and Donbas. People in many countries were discovering Ukraine.

Even our show in Poland—can you imagine, Poland, a neighbour. When we had a show in Warsaw, they said they did not expect us to be so different. Because they knew Lviv and something closer, but they did not understand how different our clothes, mentality, and nature are, and how strong and brave we are. They were used to thinking that we just came to work there. They did not understand our mentality.

So I started, as a public person, to use fashion as a very unique instrument, and I am very proud of that.

Jacobsen: Does the Ukrainian government have cultural ambassadors focused on fashion?

Vynogradska: I tell you, first of all, if you speak not only about fashion, it is just the tip of the iceberg. It is a large industry that produces garments, shoes, accessories, and more.

Historically, in Ukraine, during the Soviet Union, we produced 70% of all garments for the Soviet Union. Can you imagine how big this industry is? Because I studied this deeply for my dissertation and monograph, focusing on the experiences of France, Italy, Turkey, India, and China.

About 15% of their total industry comes from textiles. Fashion is the most intellectual part of this. If we develop it, we can create more jobs and benefit the country.

I started to see this—from fashion—into many directions: economic, cultural, educational, and diplomatic. This is the evolution of my project and our association, improving in many directions through different projects. And it was wonderful.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Golda.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ana Pejić on Serbia’s Missing Babies Movement and the Search for Truth

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/24

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Jelena Gruicic (Interpreter, English-Serbian)

Ana Pejić is a Serbian human-rights activist and founder of the Association of Parents of Missing Babies of Vojvodina. According to Pejić’s account, after giving birth to a daughter in Sremska Mitrovica on August 24, 1988, she was told the newborn had died, was denied access to the body, and initially left without documentation about the child. Her case became part of Serbia’s missing-babies movement, challenging hospital secrecy, state inaction, and inadequate legal remedies while demanding truth, DNA investigation, and possible family reunification.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Ana Pejić, Serbian human-rights activist and founder of the Association of Parents of Missing Babies of Vojvodina. Pejić recounts giving birth in Sremska Mitrovica in 1988, being told her newborn daughter had died, and receiving no documentation or access to the body. Her testimony connects personal trauma to Serbia’s missing-babies movement, demanding truth, DNA investigation, institutional accountability, and possible family reunification after decades of unanswered questions across Serbia and the region.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What motivated you to become involved in this form of human rights activism?

Ana Pejić: I became involved after coming to believe that my child had been taken from me. I was sent to a hospital even though there was no medical need.

Jacobsen: How was your treatment during childbirth different from the standard care expected for mothers and parents?

Pejić: I was sent to the hospital without medical necessity. My town had a maternity ward, but doctors from the local health centre sent me to a larger hospital. I had no contractions, no pain, and no indication that labour had begun. It was my second pregnancy, so I knew what childbirth felt like. When I asked why I had to go, they said it was only a precaution.

Jacobsen: Who do you mean by “they”?

Pejić: The doctors who were treating me at the local health centre. They sent me to the hospital even though everything was normal. When I arrived, I was taken to the delivery room and left there without explanation.

Because I was not having contractions and labour had not begun, they kept me in the delivery room for hours on end. I was alone—cold, hungry, and without clothing. They kept me there in isolation. When I asked why I was there and what I was waiting for, they told me to keep quiet. They said my only duty was to wait in silence.

At the beginning of every shift, the staff performed physical examinations. These were repeated so often that they caused me significant pain. One night, around one o’clock in the morning—I know the time because there was a clock opposite my bed—two women in white coats entered the room and turned on the lights. The room was not a regular hospital room but a delivery room, more like an operating theatre.

I had not seen them before and wondered why they were there, since it was neither a shift change nor a scheduled examination. I assumed they would not examine me at that time. However, they approached the table—an operating table, not a bed—and instructed me to spread my legs. Although I would normally object, I did not respond at that moment and allowed the examination.

During the procedure, one of the women forcefully inserted her hand, causing intense pain. I screamed. She then said, “There go the waters,” indicating that my amniotic sac had ruptured.

After that, the amniotic fluid began to flow. I told the woman, “My water did not break—you tore it open.” The fluid continued to drain throughout the night and into the morning.

Early in the morning, around seven o’clock, the head of the department, Dr. Petar Peruničić—who was responsible for my care—arrived. I was waiting for him so I could report what had happened during the night. I hoped I could still carry the pregnancy to term and that treatment might prevent infection.

He told me not to worry and said he would give me antibiotics, explaining that this would protect the baby from infection despite the loss of amniotic fluid. He instructed me to remain calm and continue waiting.

I accepted his explanation and asked to be moved to another room where I could warm up, eat, and rest, as I was exhausted. A midwife then checked the baby’s heartbeat using a listening device and confirmed that the baby was alive. I was moved to a small, single room, where I fell asleep around eight o’clock.

About an hour later, Dr. Peruničić woke me and told me to prepare for a caesarean section. I began gathering my belongings and followed him toward the operating room. As he left, a midwife entered and asked me where I was going.

The midwife asked me where I was going. I told her I was going for a caesarean section because the doctor had instructed me to do so. She questioned this, saying there was no reason for a C-section, as the baby was fine and everything had been normal during her earlier examination.

I did not respond and continued to follow the doctor. I assumed he knew better. Looking back, I consider that a mistake.

The caesarean section was performed at around ten o’clock in the morning. During the procedure, I briefly regained consciousness. I was afraid something was wrong, as I had already felt that the situation was not normal. I was alone, without control, and entirely dependent on the medical staff.

I became aware at the moment the doctor lifted the baby from my body. I saw the baby in his hands. I heard the anesthesiologist say that I had woken up, and I was immediately sedated again. I remember nothing after that.

The next thing I recall is waking up in an intensive care unit. The doctor was standing beside me and told me that I had given birth to a daughter weighing 2,250 grams.

The doctor told me it was Wednesday and that he would bring my daughter to me on Friday, after I had rested and recovered. He said the baby would remain in an incubator until then.

I was transferred to a shared room with another mother who was able to walk. I repeatedly asked her to check on my baby. She went to the incubator and returned, telling me that my daughter was moving her arms and legs and that she was well. This reassured me greatly.

This continued through Wednesday and Thursday. On Friday morning, I was waiting for them to bring my baby, as promised. I had not seen her at all.

That morning, the doctor came and told me that my daughter had died during the night. I cried and begged them to show her to me, even if she was dead. I wanted to see her at least once. They refused, saying that it was not hospital practice to show a deceased baby.

I was then transferred to another department and told that the hospital would arrange the burial. I was kept sedated. During the caesarean section, my bladder had been injured, and I remained in the hospital for 15 more days because of complications.

I spent those days in grief. When I was discharged, I was given no documentation about the child—no records, no official papers. It was as if nothing had happened. At the time, we trusted the doctors, so I returned home and tried to continue my life.

From that day on, I avoided anything connected to children. I did not attend birthdays, even those of babies, and I avoided passing by baby shops. It was a deep wound that I could not share with anyone. I did not speak about it.

At times, my husband blamed me for our child’s death. Those moments contributed to the breakdown of our marriage, and we eventually separated.

I gave birth on August 24, 1988. In 2010, I remarried a former classmate. My second husband encouraged me to search for documentation and find out what had happened to the baby. He could not accept the explanation that the child had died.

In August 2015, we decided to go to Sremska Mitrovica to obtain records. By then, my daughter would have been 27 years old.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Ana.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ukraine POWs, Hollywood Slowdown, and Black Hole Cosmology

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/23

Ukraine POWs, Hollywood Slowdown, and Black Hole Cosmology

Photo by Pawel Czerwinski on Unsplash

Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner discuss Ukraine’s war, POWs, civilian casualties, and the comparative human-rights records of Ukraine and Russia. Rosner then describes Los Angeles FYC events, The Boys, and the entertainment industry’s contraction. The conversation turns to speculative physics, including thermodynamic black holes, black hole cosmology, galaxy rotation, angular momentum, information, entropy, degenerate matter, and the possibility that baby universes emerge from black-hole-like systems as a challenge to standard thermodynamic assumptions in physics.

Ukraine, POWs, and Human Rights

Rick Rosner: So how is it?

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: It is good. I went for a conference and a podcast filming, so I missed the May 14 bombardment. That was a significant bombardment and may have been one of the largest in terms of the number of missiles and drones. I feel sorry for the people who were victims of that. The last count I saw was 24 dead and 48 injured that day, civilians. It could have been more. With soldiers and armed forces members, the total would have been higher on both sides.

Rosner: I feel like Kyiv is hitting Russia with more than Russia is hitting Kyiv.

Jacobsen: There is a shift in the exchange of short-range and long-range drones. The biggest shift is in the overall pattern of the war with regard to recruitment, casualties, and the reclamation and taking of land. Overall, we are seeing things shift more and more in favor of Ukraine at this time. If they started to fail on the human rights end, then my commentary would change. So far, with regard to the human rights record, things are more in favor of Ukraine than the Russian Federation. There are a couple of things Ukraine has done, and the scale is different, even if there might be a symmetry in the type of crime committed.

Ukrainians, for instance, have also taken prisoners. Ukraine is now holding a large number of POWs. I assume that Russia also holds many. There are definitely more than a thousand, and there are many POWs and prisoners, including civilians in Russian prisons, but it is hard to get precise numbers given the opacity of the Russian state, whether for journalists or soldiers. That makes proper counting difficult. I asked some family members of fighters from the Azov Brigade, who have relatives still in prison after five years. They noted that it is hard to get precise numbers; although, we can have indications that give a relative ballpark. So they are not making the numbers out of thin air, but they are not drawing from precise records either.

Los Angeles, FYC Events, and The Boys

Jacobsen: How is LA?

Rosner: It is fine. I went to an FYC event for the season finale of The Boys last night.

Jacobsen: What is an FYC event?

Rosner: FYC stands for “For Your Consideration.” If you belong to the Television Academy or a guild like the Writers Guild of America, you can sign up to see a special screening and generally attend a Q&A with the cast or other important people involved with the production. They usually give you food and drinks. It is basically a small incentive to make you vote for the show, or at least make you more inclined to vote for a show you might have supported anyway.

The Boys, this was the end of season four. For people who do not know, it is a show that is intentionally scatological and gross, but that is part of what makes it fun, and there is serious satirical intent. It is a show in which it is like the Marvel Universe, except that instead of Marvel, you have a company called Vought that controls, pays, and promotes all the superheroes.

Almost all the superheroes are terrible people, including their version of Superman, who becomes increasingly awful and increasingly powerful. What do you do if an unstoppable being turns into a huge problem? James Gunn, who wrote and directed Superman, also wrote and directed Brightburn, which asks a similar question: what happens if a superhero decides not to be on the side of truth and justice? It makes for a good show.

Hollywood Slowdown and Industry Contraction

Rosner: And I got noodles. One of their entrées was noodles.

Jacobsen: What kind of noodles?

Rosner: Some kind of sesame, slightly spicy, buckwheat, ramen-type noodles.

Jacobsen: Buckwheat is good for you.

Rosner: Yes. I am sure they were not good for you the way they were served, which was in some kind of spicy, greasy sauce. All the money is being squeezed out of the entertainment industry.

Jacobsen: What do you mean?

Rosner: Production is down about 50% in Los Angeles and in many other places. That also means that the spreads, the food and drink, are less lavish this year than in past years. Anyway, that is all I have on that.

Thermodynamic Black Holes and Black Hole Cosmology

Jacobsen: You have some thoughts on thermodynamic black holes?

Rosner: Yes. I sent you a number of links. It turns out there is a name for the school of thought among physicists who consider these ideas. There has been speculation for decades, since people began solving Einstein field equations for the entire universe, that we might, in some sense, be inside a black hole.

People have speculated about this because the large-scale curvature of the universe appears to be very close to flat. That view has been refined with more recent observations, but for a long time it seemed that the rate of expansion was such that the universe would continue expanding indefinitely.

Under the equations of General Relativity, you can think of the universe like a ball. You can throw a ball hard enough that it escapes the gravitational pull of the Earth and keeps going.

That can happen. The other possibility is that you throw it up, and eventually it runs out of kinetic energy and falls back down. That is similar to the classical solutions to Einstein’s equations for the entire universe: either the universe has enough energy to keep expanding forever, or it eventually stops and collapses.

The interesting point is that observations indicate the universe is very close to flat gravitationally. In simple terms, that means it has about the critical energy density needed to keep expanding indefinitely. There is a threshold: just above it, expansion continues forever, slowing over time; just below it, everything eventually collapses. The universe appears to sit very close to that threshold.

And that makes people wonder. It also implies that the universe has flat curvature. Again, I do not know the equations or how to use them, but the flatness of the universe suggests that the amount of energy is such that it sits right at that threshold.

Well, I suppose the flatness is somewhat immaterial to this point, except that it is a strangely coincidental feature that the universe appears so close to flat. The universe has this self-attraction: everything in it is gravitationally attracted to everything else. That curvature of space is just enough that it raises the question of whether we could, in some sense, be inside a black hole.

In recent years, that idea has contributed to a line of speculation sometimes called black hole cosmology, which involves a number of cosmologists considering whether black holes might contain their own internal universes, or whether our universe could be associated with such a structure.

Galaxy Rotation, Angular Momentum, and Information

Rosner: One piece of discussion sometimes cited involves observations of the rotational axes of galaxies. A study examining on the order of a few hundred galaxies reported a possible asymmetry in their rotation directions. Not every galaxy behaves the same way, but many are structured systems, somewhat analogous in form to a solar system, in that stars orbit around a central region.

With improved observational and analytical tools, astronomers have been able to estimate the rotation directions of hundreds of galaxies. One reported result suggested an imbalance, for example, something like 60% rotating one way and 40% the other relative to a chosen frame of reference. That would be somewhat unexpected, since, on large scales, the universe is generally assumed to be isotropic, with no preferred direction.

However, this kind of result remains debated, and it is not established as definitive evidence for any particular cosmological model.

In a standard black hole model or a standard Big Bang universe, you would expect something more chaotic, a single starting point, an expansion of space. Then matter clumps into galaxies, and any net rotation is incidental. As matter condenses from a large cloud of gas into smaller structures like galaxies and stars, it acquires some random angular momentum.

That angular momentum should point in all directions. But if it does not, that raises questions.

It leads to the idea that the entire universe might have angular momentum, or that our universe originated from something that was already spinning. A commonly discussed candidate would be a black hole, because nearly every astrophysical black hole is expected to have angular momentum.

The usual analogy is an ice skater: when they pull their arms in, they spin faster due to conservation of angular momentum. With gravitational collapse, matter goes from something very large to something extremely compact. Any small amount of initial angular momentum becomes very significant in terms of rotational speed. The total angular momentum stays the same, but the rate of spin increases dramatically.

That is one of the arguments people raise when discussing whether we might be in a black hole, an idea that has been considered for many years.

It is also a question that appeals to cosmologists because of the problem of information. According to quantum theory, information should not be destroyed. But there are different perspectives on what happens when matter, which carries information, falls into a black hole.

Is the information destroyed? Is it somehow emitted again? Or is it preserved in some form? This is known as the black hole information paradox, and it remains an open question.

I do not know if it has been examined sufficiently from the standpoint of information, but it is something that has received more attention in recent years, looking at black holes in informational terms.

Entropy, Degenerate Matter, and Baby Universes

Rosner: I have been saying that information is what powers an expansion within a black hole, a black-hole-like region of collapsed matter. Collapsed matter is degenerate, meaning that all the details have been compressed out of it. It will naturally, almost by definition, tend to expand into structures that contain information.

That expansion, or apparent expansion, because if everything is inside a black-hole-like region, means that if you take a bunch of degenerate matter and place it into such a system, then as that matter goes from having very little information to having a great deal of information by differentiating itself, it can appear to expand into its own “baby universe,” becoming a unique configuration with increasing structure.

The standard idea in thermodynamics is that matter in a closed system moves toward less information-rich configurations. A simple example is a box with hot material on one side and cold material on the other. That is an information-rich system: there is a clear distinction between regions. Over time, the system mixes, becoming uniform and information-poor, with no meaningful distinction between one part and another.

So, degenerate matter is information-poor. If you take everything on Earth and throw it into a black hole, the details are effectively erased at the macroscopic level. All the atoms are pulled into an extremely compressed state, often described as something like a featureless, dense medium, though in reality it would be governed by extreme physics not fully understood.

Where you once had structured complexity, people, animals, artworks, objects, you now have something far more uniform. But as a universe expands, it can, in principle, move from that uniform state into structured forms again: planets, stars, and complex systems. Detailed structures re-emerge, which are information-rich and differentiated.

That would imply a transition from a high-entropy state to a lower-entropy, more structured one, which runs counter to the usual interpretation of second law of thermodynamics. That law states that entropy in a closed system should not decrease over time.

The idea being suggested here is that such a reversal, going from high entropy to lower entropy, might relate to the arrow of time itself. That would be a significant claim, and it is not part of the standard view in physics. It remains speculative, though some researchers are exploring related questions, particularly by examining black holes and cosmology in terms of information.

They are talking about how information works in this, but they are not looking at it as the origination or creation of information being the driver.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 47: Are Black Holes Singularities or Collapsed Matter?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/22

Fumfer Physics 47: Are Black Holes Singularities or Collapsed Matter?

Photo by BoliviaInteligente on Unsplash

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner examine whether black holes are true singularities or ultra-compressed structures retaining geometry. They discuss informational cosmology, baby universes, neutron stars, Hawking radiation, observational limits, and why theory may advance understanding faster than direct detection. Rosner also connects physics to geography, game-show controversies, Shavuot pronunciation, and a future conversation about paint-by-numbers, keeping the exchange speculative, skeptical, and conversational rather than presenting it as peer-reviewed science.

Black Holes, Singularities, and Collapsed Matter

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you can, stick with me on this idea, because you need observational, empirical, repeatable, standardized metrics to come to some clarity about whether a black hole is a singularity or composed of collapsed matter. Both involve extremely dense mass. In one case, it is treated as effectively infinite density in classical descriptions; in the other, it is finite but extremely compressed.

The implication is that, aside from features like the event horizon blocking information from escaping, if you had a true singular point of gravitational focus, the curvature of spacetime would be smooth and continuous as it approaches the center.

In an informational cosmology framework, if you think about it, since the matter is highly dense but not literally infinite, the compactification might be imperfect. That could mean that the geometry of spacetime would not be perfectly smooth, and might instead exhibit gravitational nonlinearities or spacetime curvature irregularities more than a singularity based black hole.

Rick Rosner: I have a couple of things to say about that. Black hole cosmology runs against standard physics in that, once you get to a black hole, there is nothing in classical General Relativity to stop the matter from collapsing into a singularity, complete compression into a point of effectively zero volume and extreme density.

So people have been trying to figure out what could prevent that collapse and allow a black hole to expand into a “baby universe.” That is one issue.

The second point is that if you have a baby universe inside a black hole, the scale of space within it would have to be very small relative to the parent universe. It is a baby universe: a small region containing an entire cosmos. So the scale must be dramatically reduced.

What you were suggesting points to something interesting: if the scale of space itself changes, that could affect the curvature and behavior of spacetime. If matter generates or influences its own effective scale of space, then as it collapses, it could continually create “room” for itself.

In that case, there would be no final collapse into a singularity. Instead, it would be like taking an image of a galaxy and shrinking it, while space itself shrinks proportionally. The structure remains intact, even as the scale changes.

It is effectively pulled away from the rest of the universe, so it has gravitational self-attraction on its own terms rather than continuing to collapse relative to the external universe. It is no longer collapsing into the larger system; it has its own internal dynamics.

Game Show Geography and Physical Analogy

Jacobsen: Well, on Jeopardy!, you were thwarted by someone who may or may not have had a double doctorate and knew more about flags of the world than you. On Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?, there was the La Paz, Bolivia question, where, in the Errol Morris interview, you described it as something like a city built on a crumpled piece of paper, if I remember correctly.

Rosner: Well, no. What I was talking about is Quito. It is geographically a crazy city. For one thing, it has huge city limits, metropolitan limits. I do not know how many square miles it is, but a lot. They essentially drew a large boundary and called that the city.

That area runs from a river valley at roughly 1,700 feet above sea level up the side of a volcano to something like 20,000 feet. Now, most of the city, the city center, the historical center, is around 2,800 meters, or about 9,200 feet above sea level.

Not that anyone would know that, but it is one more reason the question is questionable. It is like Los Angeles, which runs from the beach all the way to mountains that are around two miles high. You can find points within Los Angeles city or county limits that differ by about two miles in elevation.

In Quito, you can find points that differ by even more. So asking for the altitude of the city is problematic, because there is no single standard reference point. In some places, like Denver, the “mile-high” point is defined, famously, a step on the state capitol, but there is no universal convention for defining a city’s elevation. So it was a flawed question, for multiple reasons.

Jacobsen: You could draw from that game show example back to your physics point in an informational framework. In an informational cosmology framework, the core of collapsed matter in a black-hole-like object might resemble something like a higher-dimensional crumpled surface in geometric terms.

Rosner: What you are saying is that, under that framework, black holes retain geometry.

Jacobsen: Well, anything in the universe has geometry.

Rosner: But under the simplest solutions to the Einstein field equations, once you reach a black hole’s core, you lose classical geometry, it becomes a singularity. It is treated as a point with no dimensions. It lacks structure, including dimensionality. Everything has been compressed to the point that all organization is gone.

The matter does not disappear, but any detail or structure is effectively erased. So, yes, your analogy is reasonable, but the standard picture is that everything has been smoothed out of existence.

Jacobsen: But I am saying that informational pressure… The creation of information creates space and time, and that includes geometry. So it is not a terrible parallel that you drew.

Rosner: Thank you. It is goofy because I have lived a goofy life. You work with goofy material; you are going to reach goofy conclusions. I have one more topic.

Neutron Stars and Black-Hole-Like Objects

Jacobsen: Wait, hold on, I am not finished with you. What separates a simplification of the concept from simply noting that a black-hole-like object essentially amounts to an ultra-dense neutron star, in terms of condensed matter packed into a tight region?

Rosner: What are you asking?

Jacobsen: Could a quick analogy be that a black-hole-like object is essentially an ultra-dense neutron star?

Rosner: Not exactly, because neutrons are still distinct entities. A neutron star is made of neutrons. It is a kind of neutron “soup,” which has relatively little information. But a black hole goes beyond the neutron degeneracy limit, the point at which neutrons can no longer resist further collapse.

I do not know exactly what you get beyond that. You enter regimes of increasingly high-energy physics. You might encounter a range of particles, what people call the particle “zoo”, but current physics does not fully describe conditions beyond that limit. It is not established that everything collapses into a single ultimate particle of unlimited energy.

As you go deeper, you exceed every known configuration of matter. According to physics, particles are defined by fields that determine their behavior and interactions. There are also distinctions between types of particles, for example, fermions, which resist being packed together due to quantum principles, and bosons, which can occupy the same state in large numbers.

A neutron star still consists of neutrons. If the gravitational force becomes strong enough, those neutrons are forced beyond their limits. That is effectively the last well-understood stage of matter before collapse into a black hole, where current physical descriptions become incomplete.

Detecting Structure Inside Black Holes

Jacobsen: How would you detect the difference between a smooth relativistic curvature leading to a singularity and something like a crumpled higher-dimensional structure?

Rosner: You cannot, not directly. One possible approach would be to examine radiation associated with black holes, such as Hawking radiation. According to standard physics, that is the only radiation expected from a black hole.

This radiation arises from quantum effects near the event horizon, where spacetime fluctuations can produce particle pairs, with one escaping as radiation. But in practice, detecting detailed structure from this is extremely difficult, we do not currently have the technology, and known black holes are too distant for such fine measurements.

If you could get close enough to a black hole and the energy coming off it did not match the expected radiation spectrum, that could be evidence that something else is going on. But we cannot do that.

One problem with observing black holes is that they are black. Another problem is that they are small. Another problem is that you do not want them anywhere near you. Fortunately, we have not found any that are close to us.

Jacobsen: So, when it comes to observing black holes, even without specialized expertise, you can see what makes it difficult. My preface to all of this has always been that we are two friends discussing ideas. You have talent, you have thought about this, and you have done a lot of mathematics. We are exchanging ideas; this is not peer-reviewed work.

Rosner: So, to distinguish between a traditional black hole, where everything collapses, and a black hole in something like black hole cosmology, where there might be a “baby universe,” you would need to observe what comes out of a black hole.

If you could see structured matter, something like spacecraft, coming out of a black hole, that would obviously contradict standard expectations. But that is not something we expect to observe. Organized matter emerging from a black hole would be inconsistent with current models.

In general, we cannot observe this because black holes are very far away and relatively small. However, many galaxies appear to contain supermassive black holes at their centers. Perhaps not every galaxy, especially very young or irregular ones, but most well-formed spiral galaxies do.

These central black holes can have masses of millions to billions of stars. But galaxies themselves are extremely distant. We can attempt to observe the black hole at the center of our own galaxy, the Sagittarius A*, but even that is difficult.

If you are looking for a radiation signal from that black hole, it is hard to isolate, because matter is constantly falling into it. The environment around it is very active. In addition, our line of sight is obstructed by a vast number of stars. The Milky Way contains on the order of hundreds of billions of stars, and we are located far from the galactic center.

So we are not actually seeing radiation coming out of the black hole. We are seeing radiation from material being pulled into it. If you have matter in unstable orbits around a black hole, it gains gravitational energy as it spirals inward. It collides with other matter, interacts with strong magnetic fields, and emits radiation.

But that radiation does not come from inside the black hole, or even directly from the event horizon. It generally comes from the surrounding material, the so-called accretion disk.

Can we get a clean measurement of radiation coming directly out of a black hole? The answer is essentially what you would expect: no. There is even an article explaining why we will likely never directly detect Hawking radiation from an actual astrophysical black hole.

So, this connects, in a loose way, to what is going on more broadly: we are much more likely to understand what happens in black holes over the next 10, 20, or 50 years through theory rather than direct observation, because it is so difficult to obtain clean observational data from these environments.

There are many reasons for that. So we will have to expand our understanding by developing better theoretical models, not by trying to directly probe black holes. We will keep observing, of course, we will continue looking for black holes in the galaxy and the broader universe, but we are likely to gain at least as much insight through theoretical work.

It is somewhat analogous to the idea that advanced civilizations might study distant systems through simulation rather than direct travel. Interstellar distances are so vast that physically reaching another system would take enormous time and energy. For example, the black hole at the center of our galaxy, Sagittarius A*, is about 27,000 light-years away.

Even traveling at 1% of the speed of light, it would take roughly 2.7 million years to get there.

And then we would have to worry about trying to send a signal back across 27,000 light-years. It is just not feasible for us right now. Even if we had the technology to travel at 10% of the speed of light, it would still take more than a quarter of a million years to reach the center of the galaxy.

So we would be much better served, in the near future, by working on theories about black holes. In the same way, a hypothetical alien civilization might decide not to attempt direct exploration of distant planets, but instead to stay home and theorize and simulate.

The main issue with galactic empires, like those in Star Trek or Star Wars, is that they rely on faster-than-light travel. Without the ability to exceed the speed of light, you cannot really have a functional interstellar empire. Or, if you do, it would look very different, because travel between stars would take thousands of years. That is the point.

Shavuot and Tomorrow’s Topic

Rosner: All right, I have tomorrow’s topic. Happy Shavuot.

Jacobsen: You call it Shavuot?

Rosner: When I was a kid, that is how it was spelled, but I did not know how it was pronounced. It is Shavuot. The thing is, when I was growing up in the 1960s and 1970s and went to Sunday school, many of the sounds that are now pronounced as “t” were pronounced as “s.” So we did not say “Shabbat,” we said “Shabbos.” At some point, that shifted.

Anyway, happy Shavuot. Tomorrow we can talk about paint by numbers, which is having a renaissance. There are a number of interesting issues with it.

Jacobsen: All right. Let us do that, I go to a media event after early Shavuot at a central synagogue here.

Rosner: All right. Thank you. Bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Viktoriya Gayvoronskaya: Ukrainian Lawyers Defend Justice and Kharkiv During War

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/21

Viktoriya Gayvoronskaya: Ukrainian Lawyers Defend Justice and Kharkiv During War

Photo by Clay Banks on Unsplash

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Ivan Goncharov (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Viktoriia Valentynivna Hayvoronska, also rendered Viktoriya Gayvoronskaya, is a Kharkiv-based Ukrainian advocate and senior bar leader. Admitted to practice in 1999, she holds advocate certificate No. 870 and conducts individual legal practice in Kharkiv. She serves as Chair of the Council of Advocates of Kharkiv Region and appears in Ukraine’s free legal-aid system as a regional official, reflecting roles in bar governance, ethics, lawyer training, and access to defence counsel for vulnerable communities and defendants.

Ivan Goncharov is a Ukrainian immigration lawyer and founder of the Law Office of Ivan Goncharov & Partners. Based around Kharkiv, Kyiv, and Krakow, he advises citizens, foreigners, and stateless persons on visas, residence permits, Schengen/SIS entry bans, citizenship, international protection, deportation, and appeals. A Yaroslav Mudryi National Law University graduate with LLM, MIL, and PhD credentials, he chairs the Migration Law Committee at the Kharkiv Bar Council and lectures for lawyers on professional ethics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Viktoriya Gayvoronskaya, with Ivan Goncharov translating, about Kharkiv lawyers’ response to Russia’s full-scale invasion. Gayvoronskaya describes advocates joining territorial defence, supporting displaced colleagues, aiding military personnel through charitable foundations, and confronting the ethical challenge of defending Russian suspects. The interview highlights the Kharkiv Bar Council’s wartime coordination, legal aid, sacrifice, and commitment to the right of defence.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was the first reaction for Kharkiv-based lawyers with regards to the full-scale invasion?

Viktoriya Gayvoronskaya: The full-scale invasion was very unexpected for us—for people living in Kharkiv, in Lviv, and for Ukrainians across the country. However, we had received information and warnings from the security services about the movement of Russian troops near Ukraine’s borders.

Jacobsen: How did those early warnings from security services shape your expectations?

Gayvoronskaya: Lawyers who were used to working with paper and pens were forced to take up arms and defend Kharkiv, including through territorial defense. Lawyers, trainee advocates, and legal assistants joined this effort.

Lawyers who usually fight in court with pens and paper took weapons and joined the Armed Forces of Ukraine to resist Russian troops. Advocates and legal assistants from Kharkiv also joined the defence of Ukraine.

Unfortunately, we have information that four Kharkiv advocates died at the front, along with one legal assistant. In total, five members of the legal community were killed because of this war.

Some members of the Kharkiv legal community became volunteers and learned new skills in logistics, transporting humanitarian goods, and working as drivers.

From the first days of the full-scale invasion, the Council of Advocates of Ukraine and regional councils of advocates coordinated mutual assistance. The Council of Advocates of Kharkiv Region worked closely with other regional councils, including those in western Ukraine, to provide cooperation, support, and emergency help.

Jacobsen: How rapid coordination among regional councils of advocates change the traditional role of the legal community during wartime conditions?

Gayvoronskaya: Many lawyers and their families were displaced. Women lawyers also relocated. Thanks to colleagues from the western regions, many were able to move to safer areas of western Ukraine or abroad, including Europe and Canada. Some Kharkiv lawyers are now in Canada after being forced to leave because of the war.

Through mutual efforts and cooperation with other regional bar councils, while many Kharkiv lawyers—both men and women—joined the armed forces, their family members were able to reach safer places in western Ukraine or leave Ukraine for safer countries

Before the war, there was a charitable fund that helped pensioners, accident victims, and people in difficult circumstances. Now, the Kharkiv-Slobozhansky charitable fund focuses on helping those affected by the war.

We support those lawyers who are defending our land. We purchase necessary items for them, starting from clothing and extending to more substantial equipment and supplies.

Jacobsen: What kinds of needs have been most urgent for lawyers serving in the Armed Forces of Ukraine? How has the Bar Council prioritized support?

Gayvoronskaya: Before the full-scale invasion in 2022, the Kharkiv Bar Council already had a charitable foundation in the Kharkiv region dedicated to supporting its lawyers. This foundation, called the Kharkiv-Slobozhanshchyna Foundation, was created to provide assistance to lawyers facing difficult life circumstances, including health issues, car accidents, or illness of close family members.

After the full-scale invasion, the foundation continued its work. It now provides assistance to lawyers serving in the Armed Forces of Ukraine, supplying items ranging from basic necessities to larger equipment such as generators and clothing.

The Council of Advocates of Ukraine also established a national charitable foundation after the full-scale invasion. This foundation supports lawyers across Ukraine who are in difficult circumstances. Unfortunately, many lawyers have experienced damage or destruction of their homes and offices as a result of the war.

In addition to humanitarian support, there have been changes in Ukrainian legislation. Amendments to criminal procedural law reaffirm the principle of equality of arms, ensuring equal procedural status for both the prosecution and the defence.

The Criminal Code of Ukraine now includes provisions addressing war-related crimes—offences that arise specifically in the context of armed conflict. Lawyers of the Kharkiv Bar Council had not previously worked with such cases.

Under Ukrainian law, any detained person has the right to defence. However, when law enforcement agencies began detaining Russian soldiers accused of shelling Ukrainian cities, many Kharkiv lawyers were unwilling to represent these suspects.

Each time there is an issue within the lawyers’ community in Kharkiv, we gather at the council and discuss it.

Usually, when there is a misunderstanding, dispute, or misinterpretation within the Kharkiv Bar Council community, we prefer to meet in our office and resolve it through discussion. In

February 2022, we gathered at the council office and raised the question of why we should defend those who were shelling our city.

Jacobsen: How did lawyers in Kharkiv reconcile the emotional reality of defending an invaded city with the professional duty to uphold the right to defence?

Gayvoronskaya: We revisited the Constitution of Ukraine and the requirements of the Criminal Procedure Code and realized that we are lawyers first, before anything else. The right of every person to defence, including under international law, must be placed above emotions.

We reminded ourselves that every human being has the right to protection. This principle must prevail, even in wartime. Since then, more than two years have passed.

Some lawyers from the Kharkiv Bar Council who work within the free legal aid system have taken on defence in cases involving suspects connected with Russian military actions. These lawyers face an internal conflict—between their emotions and their professional duty—but they continue to fulfill their obligations as lawyers.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Viktoriya and Ivan.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Natalia Yepifanova and Natalia Kravtsova: Ukrainian POWs, Azov Captives, and Families of the Missing

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/21

Natalia Kravtsova is a Ukrainian civil advocate and the mother of a captured Azov fighter who defended Mariupol. Through the NGO “WOMEN OF STEEL,” she advocates for prisoners of war, missing defenders, and their families. Her public work emphasizes humanitarian exchanges, public awareness, and sustained international pressure regarding Ukrainian captives held by Russia. Media Center Ukraine identifies her as the mother of a captured Azov fighter and defender of Mariupol, and earlier identified her with the “WOMEN OF STEEL” Council of Wives and Mothers of Ukraine’s Defenders NGO.

Natalia Yepifanova is the head of the Ukrainian NGO “Voyatskyi Vyzvil” (“Warrior Liberation”), an organization that advocates for the return of Ukrainian prisoners of war and defends the rights of captured servicemen. She has publicly addressed systemic barriers to exchanges, the Olenivka prison attack, and international mechanisms for securing prisoners’ release. Media Center Ukraine identifies her as head of the NGO “Voyatskyi Vyzvil.”

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Natalia Yepifanova and Natalia Kravtsova about Ukrainian prisoners of war, Azov captives, missing defenders, family trauma, legal barriers, rehabilitation, Red Cross communication failures, universal jurisdiction, and international pressure on Russia. The discussion centers on accountability, humanitarian exchanges, psychological support, and the anguish of wartime uncertain loss.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about rehabilitation and reintegration for those who are alive and return home?

Natalia Yepifanova: The unit’s support system is well established. International pressure is needed because some countries, world leaders, businesspeople, and intermediaries may influence Russia or have access to people trusted by Vladimir Putin. This is a humanitarian issue.

Jacobsen: So, what about the legal and financial hurdles for everyone involved? Is this a systemic issue?

Yepifanova: The legal problems stem from bureaucracy. The bureaucracy remains difficult, and those who return from captivity often struggle to navigate it, especially when they lack documents or official confirmation of their status. Free legal assistance is available, including through public organizations.

Russia’s treatment of Ukrainian prisoners of war raises serious concerns under international humanitarian law. [Ed. OHCHR documented widespread and systematic torture, ill-treatment, and inhumane conditions of Ukrainian POWs held by Russian authorities. The UN Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine concluded torture by Russian authorities amounts to a crime against humanity.]

Natalia Kravtsova: Yes, when national courts fail to provide accountability, universal jurisdiction can be used by other states to investigate and prosecute war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide, and related international crimes. Such proceedings can create legal and political pressure on perpetrators and state officials.

Jacobsen: How many of these defenders are currently unaccounted for? What emotions do families and loved ones describe as they wait for the return of their sons, whether alive or deceased?

Kravtsova: I asked myself how many people there are. I found figures, about 9,200 in one source, and it was said that there were more than 10,000, plus or minus. It seems those numbers were not inaccurate.

We face a situation where there are both deceased and missing individuals under very difficult circumstances. Russia does not provide full or reliable information about the deceased. It does not consistently confirm deaths or share information through mechanisms such as the International Committee of the Red Cross.

In some cases, when remains are returned, there is evidence suggesting the identity of Ukrainian military personnel, but Russia does not officially confirm this information.

This means we cannot account for all Ukrainians held in Russia. That is the first issue. The second is that many detainees have little or no communication with the outside world. Even those registered through the Red Cross often have no real contact with their families.

Only a small number of people receive letters, sometimes once a year, or even once every few years. Occasionally, a message may be delivered through the Red Cross, but this is rare. Many families wait for any sign of life, and this uncertainty is extremely difficult. People become ill from the stress. Many are on antidepressants.

Some relatives say they believe they have seen their loved ones in videos or reports, even without confirmation. They continue to hope that they are alive, perhaps wounded, but still living.

Jacobsen: Many civilians are experiencing mental health difficulties due to the war. Many veterans face similar or even more severe challenges. For families, how do these mental health struggles manifest?

Across countries, whether in Canada, Ukraine, or elsewhere, veterans can suffer from substance misuse as a coping mechanism, and, sadly, some die by suicide. Do parents and loved ones experience similar risks, including suicidal thoughts or actions? I am trying to understand populations that are less discussed, but also suffer within these narratives.

Yepifanova: Many researchers and specialists in psychology and psychiatry, including Ukrainian psychologists, note that Ukrainian soldiers do experience mental health disorders, including post-traumatic stress disorder.

At the same time, some emphasize that Ukrainian soldiers are in a defensive position, they are protecting their families and their state. This can influence how they psychologically process their actions, although it does not eliminate trauma.

Comparisons are sometimes made with other conflicts, such as the Vietnam War, but each context is different, and it is difficult to generalize.

Many people are experiencing mental health difficulties, but it is especially hard for families who do not know where their relatives are.

As a public organization, we provide psychological support services. We work with psychologists both individually and in group settings. We have support groups operating online and offline. Through this work, we see that it is possible to help relatives cope with these challenges and improve their psychological well-being.

There are many volunteers. People feel that it is their duty to their families and to the state. Psychologically, it matters to understand that one’s relative is a hero, a defender. We have no other choice. The aggressor, Russia, comes and commits violence, including killing and other serious abuses.

We know our history well. There are historical examples, including earlier periods of destruction in Ukrainian lands, that shape our understanding of what happens if we do not resist.

We Ukrainians understand that if we do not defend ourselves, the consequences will be severe for all of us. For relatives, yes, it is frightening to worry about loved ones. I myself waited for my nephew.

At the same time, there is an awareness that my relative is a hero, a defender. There is no alternative. I am alive, and my children are alive, because they fought for us.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Natalia and Natalia.

Ukrainian Translation

Як Наталія Єпіфанова та Наталія Кравцова пояснюють кризу військовополонених в Україні, зниклих безвісти захисників, сімейні травми та необхідність міжнародного тиску на Росію?

Наталія Кравцова — українська громадська захисниця та мати полоненого бійця «Азова», який захищав Маріуполь. Через громадську організацію «ЖІНКИ ЗІ СТАЛІ» вона захищає військовополонених, зниклих безвісти захисниць та їхні родини. Її громадська діяльність зосереджується на гуманітарних обмінах, обізнаності громадськості та постійному міжнародному тиску щодо українських полонених, яких утримує Росія. «Медіацентр Україна» ідентифікує її як матір полоненого бійця «Азова» та захисниці Маріуполя, а раніше ототожнював її з громадською організацією «ЖІНКИ ЗІ СТАЛІ» — Радою дружин та матерів захисників України.

Наталія Єпіфанова — голова української громадської організації «Вояцький визволення» («Воїнове визволення»), яка виступає за повернення українських військовополонених та захищає права полонених військовослужбовців. Вона публічно зверталася до системних перешкод для обміну, нападу на в’язницю в Оленівці та міжнародних механізмів забезпечення звільнення полонених. Медіацентр України ідентифікує її як голову громадської організації «Вояцький визволення».

Скотт Дуглас Якобсен бере інтерв’ю у Наталії Єпіфанової та Наталії Кравцової про українських військовополонених, полонених Азову, зниклих безвісти захисників, сімейні травми, правові бар’єри, реабілітацію, збої у комунікації Червоного Хреста, універсальну юрисдикцію та міжнародний тиск на Росію. Дискусія зосереджена на підзвітності, гуманітарному обміні, психологічній підтримці та стражданнях від невизначених втрат у воєнний час.

Скотт Дуглас Якобсен: А як щодо реабілітації та реінтеграції тих, хто живий і повертається додому?

Наталія Єпіфанова: Система підтримки підрозділу добре налагоджена. Міжнародний тиск необхідний, оскільки деякі країни, світові лідери, бізнесмени та посередники можуть впливати на Росію або мати доступ до людей, яким довіряє Володимир Путін. Це гуманітарне питання.

Якобсен: Тож як щодо правових та фінансових перешкод для всіх причетних? Чи є це системним питанням?

Єпіфанова: Правові проблеми виникають через бюрократію. Бюрократія залишається складною, і тим, хто повертається з полону, часто важко в ній зорієнтуватися, особливо коли у них немає документів або офіційного підтвердження їхнього статусу. Безкоштовна правова допомога доступна, зокрема через громадські організації.

Поводження Росії з українськими військовополоненими викликає серйозне занепокоєння згідно з міжнародним гуманітарним правом. [Ред. УВКПЛ задокументувало широкомасштабні та систематичні тортури, жорстоке поводження та нелюдські умови утримання українських військовополонених, яких утримувала російська влада. Комісія ООН з розслідування щодо України дійшла висновку, що тортури, вчинені російською владою, є злочином проти людяності.]

Наталія Кравцова: Так, коли національні суди не забезпечують належної відповідальності, універсальна юрисдикція може бути застосована іншими державами для розслідування та переслідування воєнних злочинів, злочинів проти людяності, геноциду та пов’язаних міжнародних злочинів. Такі провадження можуть створювати правовий і політичний тиск на винних осіб і державних посадовців.

Якобсен: Скільки з цих захисників наразі вважаються зниклими безвісти? Які емоції описують родини та близькі, очікуючи повернення своїх синів — живими чи загиблими?

Кравцова: Я сама ставила собі питання, скільки це людей. Я знайшла цифри — близько 9 200 в одному джерелі, і зазначалося, що їх понад 10 000, плюс-мінус. Здається, ці числа не є неточними.

Ми маємо ситуацію, коли є як загиблі, так і зниклі безвісти за дуже складних обставин. Росія не надає повної або достовірної інформації про загиблих. Вона не підтверджує системно факти смерті і не передає інформацію через такі механізми, як Міжнародний комітет Червоного Хреста.

У деяких випадках, коли тіла повертаються, є докази, що це українські військовослужбовці, але Росія офіційно цього не підтверджує.

Це означає, що ми не можемо повністю встановити облік усіх українців, які утримуються в Росії. Це перша проблема. Друга полягає в тому, що багато утримуваних мають мінімальний або взагалі відсутній зв’язок із зовнішнім світом. Навіть ті, хто зареєстровані через Червоний Хрест, часто не мають реального контакту зі своїми родинами.

Лише невелика кількість людей отримує листи — іноді раз на рік або навіть раз на кілька років. Іноді повідомлення може бути передано через Червоний Хрест, але це трапляється рідко. Багато родин чекають будь-якого знаку життя, і ця невизначеність є надзвичайно важкою. Люди хворіють від стресу. Багато хто приймає антидепресанти.

Деякі родичі кажуть, що вірять, що бачили своїх близьких у відео чи репортажах, навіть без підтвердження. Вони продовжують сподіватися, що ті живі — можливо поранені, але живі.

Якобсен: Багато цивільних переживають труднощі з психічним здоров’ям через війну. Багато ветеранів стикаються з подібними або навіть серйознішими викликами. Як ці психологічні труднощі проявляються у родин?

У різних країнах — чи то в Канаді, чи в Україні, чи деінде — ветерани можуть вдаватися до зловживання психоактивними речовинами як способу подолання травми, і, на жаль, деякі вчиняють самогубство. Чи стикаються батьки та близькі з подібними ризиками, включно із суїцидальними думками чи діями? Я намагаюся зрозуміти менш обговорювані групи, які також страждають у цих наративах.

Єпіфанова: Багато дослідників і фахівців у галузі психології та психіатрії, включно з українськими психологами, зазначають, що українські військові справді зазнають психічних розладів, зокрема посттравматичного стресового розладу.

Водночас деякі підкреслюють, що українські військові перебувають у позиції захисту — вони захищають свої родини та свою державу. Це може впливати на те, як вони психологічно осмислюють свої дії, хоча це не усуває травму.

Іноді проводяться порівняння з іншими конфліктами, такими як війна у В’єтнамі, але кожен контекст є різним, і узагальнювати складно.

Багато людей переживають труднощі з психічним здоров’ям, але особливо важко родинам, які не знають, де перебувають їхні близькі.

Як громадська організація, ми надаємо послуги психологічної підтримки. Ми працюємо з психологами як індивідуально, так і в групових форматах. У нас діють групи підтримки онлайн і офлайн. Завдяки цій роботі ми бачимо, що можливо допомогти родичам впоратися з цими викликами та покращити їхній психологічний стан.

Є багато волонтерів. Люди відчувають, що це їхній обов’язок перед родинами та державою. З психологічної точки зору важливо усвідомлювати, що твій родич — герой, захисник. У нас немає іншого вибору. Агресор, Росія, приходить і чинить насильство, включно з убивствами та іншими серйозними зловживаннями.

Ми добре знаємо свою історію. Є історичні приклади, включно з попередніми періодами руйнувань на українських землях, які формують наше розуміння того, що станеться, якщо ми не будемо чинити опір.

Ми, українці, розуміємо, що якщо не захищатимемося, наслідки будуть тяжкими для всіх нас. Для родичів, безумовно, страшно хвилюватися за своїх близьких. Я сама чекала на свого племінника.

Водночас є усвідомлення, що мій родич — герой, захисник. Альтернативи немає. Я жива, і мої діти живі, тому що вони боролися за нас.

Якобсен: Дуже дякую за можливість і ваш час, Наталіє та Наталіє.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Oghan N’Thanda on Afrofuturism, Brazilian Steampunk, and Purpose-Driven Worldbuilding

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/20

Oghan N’Thanda on Afrofuturism, Brazilian Steampunk, and Purpose-Driven Worldbuilding

Photo by Leyre on Unsplash

Oghan N’Thanda is a Brazilian author, worldbuilder, and creative strategist whose work bridges Afrofuturism, speculative fiction, spirituality, and leadership. A 2018 Wattys winner in World Builders, he has published fiction in Omenana, including “The Path to the Future,” and developed the Nordara universe through novels, stories, and hopepunk-inflected worldbuilding. He also leads The Invisible Lyceum, a platform exploring afrofuturism, purpose and contemporary forms of inner and professional development for readers, writers, and reflective leaders alike.

Oghan N’Thanda speaks with Scott Douglas Jacobsen about Afrofuturism as ancestry, prophecy, and daily spiritual practice. He discusses Brazilian steampunk and hopepunk as hybrid traditions shaped by colonial history, Latin energy, and global influences. N’Thanda explains why magical realism feels more honest than conventional realism, how he builds worlds through “what if” premises, and why purpose, myth, art, and storytelling remain central to creative life in a noisy age.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the meaning of worldbuilder in Afrofuturism, spirituality?

Oghan N’Thanda: Spiritually speaking, Afrofuturism connects us with our ancestry, compelling its readers (in a good way) to look back and learn from experiences we thought were forgotten and sometimes buried under the layers of routine.

This same routine puts each of you addicted to a cycle of behaviors that you often don’t see: and here, I believe, I cause transformation in your life with my books; bringing heroes as human, as flawed, as wrong as we are, as our ancestors were, and as we will be in the future.

But even with all these mistakes, these non-virtues, we, humanity, strive to do our best, right? Think of time as cumulative, not as successive, and you will scratch the surface of what I’m trying to say…

This is where Afrofuturism gains strength, when it doesn’t limit itself to imagining possible worlds: it realizes them in the daily practice of faith, art, and the word. Each imagined story, ritual, and narrative passed down through generations reaffirms the power of existing and dreaming in Black. By recovering the past, rewriting the present, and projecting the future, Afro-Brazilian traditions become, simultaneously, archive and prophecy, holding within themselves the memory of what we were and the announcement of what we can still be.

Jacobsen: What is Brazilian steampunk and hopepunk?

N’Thanda: Good question. I don’t know the answer. But I’ve been in this scene since 2009, when I started writing professionally and invested in my first publications (Vendeta, a steampunk short story, by the Brazilian publisher Andross)., so, maybe, I can give one or two tips about it.

A lot has changed in the Brazilian steampunk and hopepunk scene, you know? We started by imitating the North American market a lot (the United States, to be more exact), creating anthologies (Vaporpunk – Steampunk Stories Published by the Orders of His Majesty, Draco Publishing, 2010) and Steampunk: Stories from an Extraordinary Past (Tarja Editorial, 2009) and using the Industrial Revolution as a basis for our stories, however, as time went by, Brazilian steampunk came to understand that our history was also very rich and as a colony of Portugal there were many stories to tell; so over time we reaffirmed Brazilian identity with our literature in the same way that the Castle Falkenstein RPG did with English literature.

Today, Brazilian Steampunk plays with this identity, and my books show the plurality of thought within the country and where we can go as artists when we give our minds the freedom to work and pursue our dreams.

Now I think Brazilian Steampunk and Hopepunk is this mixing of cultures, origins and sauce, with a bit of Latin Energy, North-American Ideologies and European Ruptures.

Jacobsen: What did conventional realism lack for you?

N’Thanda: It’s funny that I’m saying this right after finishing editing my new book, “The Soul of the Lost Boys,” a fictional autobiography with elements of magical realism (like SecondHand Lion and Big Fish meet The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air); because conventional realism is a fantastic genre par excellence, after all, however much it insists on saying it’s telling a true story, it needs to be fiction, otherwise it would be journalism.

So, in my view, conventional realism lacks honesty, it lacks that courage to be what it really was, to explain the facts in the rawest way possible.

That’s why magical realism and fiction captivate me so much, because in this absence of commitment to reality we can talk about any subject without fear of hurting anyone: because there is a fiction of something that didn’t officially happen, BUT that playfully represents reality.

Jacobsen: When you build a world, what is the series of operations to do it?

N’Thanda: Currently, I’m working on 3 specific settings: Nordara, a steampunk world on the brink of climate apocalypse (with Kabbalah inspirations, more oriented towards Ethiopian Jews); Agadá, a dreamlike world with touches of Sandman; and finally, M’Dmbe, an Afrofuturist colony abandoned by its conquerors.

That said, all my settings start from the same premise: what would happen if… or “what if….”, but it’s not just that, I actually base them on existing fantasy settings and mix them with my own unique idea: Nordara: What if Middle-earth underwent an industrial revolution?; Agadá, what if the world of Narnia connected with ours? or M’Dmbe, what if Wakanda was colonized by an intergalactic empire that mysteriously disappears?

All my worlds have this in common: a political-ideological issue mixed with a high fantasy element with very memorable characters.

Jacobsen: What does “Magic is purpose. Purpose is power”?

N’Thanda: For as long as I can remember, the concept of magic has been present in my life, something between religion and philosophy, or rather, as a way of seeing the world.

In this way, magic gave me purpose, even though in the most difficult moments, such as the death of my parents or the loss of a great love to cancer, I was completely destroyed. That’s why I repeat this phrase: purpose is power, because it was through purpose, remembering where I was at that moment and where I wanted to be in the future, that I was able to get to where I am today.

Of course, I am no longer the man I was, but I am far from the man I still want to be: and I try to convey that in my works, you know? That if you believe, if you have purpose, you will have the power to cause changes in your reality through this inner power called will.

Jacobsen: How can artists, professionals, and readers orient themselves in a noisy age?

N’Thanda: With purpose, of course!

We have entered this new phase that we are calling the noisy age, but how much of this noise is internal, caused by… because of this warden we create within ourselves with the sole purpose of keeping us productive in an avalanche of social media, without us truly realizing that silence has become a sin: it’s wrong to have time for yourself, for your book (unless you’re going to post a photo about it on social media), it’s wrong to listen to your music lying on your back without focusing on anything specific.

We are the society of exhaustion, we are disoriented at every moment, because art has lost its meaning of being for its own sake, it NEEDS to become useful in some way to be worthwhile.

The books I write, such as The Speakers of Dreams, The Barony of Shoah, fit into this position I have about art: it needs to have a purpose, but it doesn’t need to be just another noise in your life – my books are like sitting with a friend for a moment to listen to their stories and then go do something else, you know? Go enjoy the moment and, when you need me, my characters will be here.

Jacobsen: How has opening up to the English-speaking market expanded your reach?

N’Thanda: It took a while, you know? I started writing professionally in 2008, got my first official publisher in 2010, and then around 2014 I started investing in the international market. But it wasn’t until 2018 that I received the Wattys award from the Canadian platform Wattpad, and only in 2022 that I had the opportunities to publish with MV Media (an independent publisher from Atlanta, USA) and Omanena Magazine (Nigeria, 2023). Despite this, I never got discouraged, and the delay in opening my first international doors helped me see a much larger market than the Brazilian one, while also strengthening my brand in my native language: today I have around 500 good contacts on LinkedIn, where I talk about writing careers (in English), and I focus on my YouTube, TikTok, and Instagram, with around 14,000 subscribers so far and over 100,000 impressions since the beginning of the year.

Jacobsen: Have there only been two short stories so far?

N’Thanda: Yes, there have been, but they were important enough for me to understand that purpose and a firm belief that I can conquer the world with my stories will be necessary (wait for me, Sanderson!).

Jacobsen: How do you balance art and myth in storytelling?

N’Thanda: Art didn’t spring from nothing; it came about through religious representation, through humanity’s persistent and stubborn attempt to connect with the other side, whether through shamanism, spirituality, or the official religion of the state. One evolves from the other, and this has been the case throughout human history, no matter when you research: Egyptians, Greeks, Italians, Native Americans—we have always been erecting statues, scribbling on walls, telling stories about ancestors or higher beings.

Similarly, storytelling has been part of our human culture for as long as campfires have existed: we, as humans, have been there, telling stories and strengthening memories in an endless cycle of reclaiming our ancestry.

When I blend myth, art, and storytelling in my works, I want to convey to you the same feeling of being around a campfire with our best friends, talking about incredible stories: in The Barony of Shoah, for example, I want to tell you about an apocalyptic world about to be destroyed because of the imbalance of nature; in The Dream Speakers, we’ll talk about that time when the Nightmare Witch kidnapped the willpower of adults; and in Dystopian Diaspora, you have the chance to understand a little about how human resilience deals with abandonment.

Myths, in the end, are about people who did something different and were immortalized by us.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Oghan.

Original Answers in Brazilian Portuguese

What is the meaning of worldbuilder in Afrofuturism, spirituality?

Espiritualmente falando, o afrofuturismo nos conecta com a nossa ancestralidade, obrigando seus leitores (de um jeito bom) a olhar para trás e aprender com experiências que julgávamos esquecidas e, por vezes, soterradas pelas camadas da rotina.

Essa mesma rotina põe cada um de vocês viciado em um ciclo de comportamentos que, muitas vezes não enxergam: e aqui, acredito, eu causo a transformação na sua vida com meus livros; trazendo heróis tão humanos, tão falhos, tão errados quanto nós somos, quanto nossos antepassados foram e quanto seremos no futuro.

Mas mesmo com todos esses erros, essas não-virtudes, nós, humanidade, lutamos para fazer nosso melhor, certo? Pense no tempo como cumulativo, não como sucessivo e você vai arranhar a superfície do que estou tentando dizer…

É aqui que o afrofuturismo ganha força, quando ele não se limita a imaginar mundos possíveis: ele os realiza na prática cotidiana da fé, da arte e da palavra. Cada história imaginada, ritual, narrativa transmitida entre gerações reafirma a potência de existir e sonhar em preto. Ao recuperar o passado, reinscrever o presente e projetar o futuro, as tradições afro-brasileiras tornam-se, simultaneamente, arquivo e profecia, guardando em si a memória do que fomos e o anúncio do que ainda podemos ser.

What is Brazilian steampunk and hopepunk?

Boa pergunta. Não sei responder. Mas, estou neste cenário desde 2009, quando comecei a escrever profissionalmente e investi em minhas primeiras publicações (Vendeta, um conto steampunk, pela editora Andross, Brasileira).

Muito mudou no cenário steampunk e hopepunk brasileiro, sabe? Nós começamos imitando muito o mercado norte americano (Estados Unidos, para ser mais exato), criando coletâneas (Vaporpunk – Relatos Steampunk Publicados pelas Ordens de Sua Majestade, Editora Draco, 2010) e Steampunk: Histórias de um Passado Extraordinário (Tarja Editorial, 2009) e utilizando a Revolução Industrial como base para nossas histórias, porém, com o passar do tempo, o steampunk brasileiro passou a entender que nossa história também era muito rica e como colônia de Portugal havia muitas histórias a contar; então com o passar do tempo reafirmamos a identidade brasileira com nossa literatura da mesma forma que o RPG Castelo Falkenstein fez com a literatura inglesa.

Hoje o Steampunk brasileiro brinca com essa identidade e meus livros mostram a pluralidade de pensamentos dentro do país e onde podemos chegar como artistas, quando damos liberdade à nossas mentes para trabalhar e correr atrás dos nossos sonhos.

What did conventional realism lack for you?

É engraçado eu falar isso logo após terminar a edição do meu novo livro “A alma dos meninos perdidos”, uma autobiografia mentirosa com elementos de realismo fantástico (tipo SecondHand Lion e Big Fish encontram The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air); porque o realismo convencional é um gênero fantástico por excelente, afinal, por mais que ele insista em dizer que está contando uma história real, ele precisa ser uma ficção, do contrário seria jornalismo.

então, ao meu ver, falta honestidade no realismo convencional, falta aquela coragem de ser o que realmente foi, de explicar os fatos da maneira mais crua possivel.

Por isso o realismo mágico e a ficção me prendem tanto, por que nessa ausência de compromisso com a realidade podemos falar de quaisquer assuntos sem medo de ferir ninguém: porque ali está uma ficção de algo que não aconteceu oficialmente, MAS que representa, de forma lúdica, a realidade.

When you build a world, what is the series of operations to do it?

Atualmente eu trabalho em 3 cenários específicos: Nordara, um mundo steampunk à beira do apocalipse climático (com inspirações de Kabbalah, mais orientada para os judeus etíopes); Agadá, um mundo onírico com toques de Sandman; e, por fim, M’Dmbe, uma colônia afrofuturista abandonada por seus conquistadores.

Dito isso, todos meus cenários parte de uma mesma premissa: o que aconteceria se… ou “e se….”, mas não é só isso, eu, na verdade me baseio em cenários de fantasia que já existem e os misturo com uma ideia minha e única: Nordara: E se a Terra-Média sofresse uma revolução industrial?; Agadá, e se o mundo de Nárnia se conectasse com o nossso? ou M’Dambe, e se Wakanda fosse colonizada por um império intergalático que desaparece misteriosamente?

Todos meus mundos têm isso em comum: uma questão política-ideológica misturada a um elemento de alta fantasia com personagens muito marcantes.

What does “Magic is purpose. Purpose is power”?

Desde que eu me conheço por gente o conceito de magia tem estado presente na minha vida, algo entre religião e filosofia, ou melhor dizendo, como uma maneira de enxergar o mundo.

Desse modo a magia me deu propósito, ainda que nos momentos mais difíceis, como a morte dos meus pais ou a perda de um grande amor para o câncer tivessem me destruído completamente. Por isso eu repito esssa frase: propósito é poder, porque foi através do propósito, lembrando onde ue stava naquele momento e onde eu queria estar no futuro eu fui capaz de chegar aonde cheguei hoje.

Claro, eu não sou mais o homem que eu era, mas estou longe do homem que ainda quero ser: e tento passar isso nas minhas obras, sabe? Que, se você acreditar, se você tiver propósito, você terá o poder de causar mudanças na sua realidade através desse poder interno chamado vontade.

How can artists, professionals, and readers orient themselves in a noisy age?

Com propósito, claro!

Nós entramos nessa nova fase que estamos chamando de noisy age, mas, o quanto desse barulho é interno, provocado por esse warden que criamos dentro de nós mesmos com a única função de nos manter produtivos em uma avalanche de redes sociais, sem que a gente perceba, de verdade, que o silêncio se tornou um pecado: é errado ter tempo para você, para o seu livro (exceto se você for postar uma foto nas redes sociais sobre ele), é errado ouvir sua música de barriga pro ar sem focar em nada específico.

Somos a sociedade do cansaço, estamos desorientados a todo instante, porque a arte perdeu o sentido de ser por ser, ela PRECISA se tornar útil de alguma forma para valer.

Os livros que escrevo, como Os Oradores dos Sonhos, O Baronato de Shoah, se encaixam neste posicionamento que eu tenho sobre a arte: ela precisa ter propósito, mas ela não precisa ser mais um ruído na sua vida – meus livros são como sentar com um amigo por um instante para ouvir as histórias dele e depois ir fazer outra coisa, sabe? Vá curtir o momento e, quando precisar, meus personagens estarão por aqui.

How has opening to the English-speaking market expanded your reach?

Demorou, sabe? Eu comecei a escrever em 2008 profissionalmente, consegui minha primeira editora oficial em 2010, então lá para 2014 passei a investir no mercado internacional. Mas, foi só em 2018 que recebi o prêmio Wattys pela plataforma canadense Wattpad e só em 2022 que tive as oportunidades de publicar na Mv Media (editora independe de Atlanta, U.S.A) e na Omanena Magazine (Nigeria, 2023), apesar disso eu nunca desanimei e ter demorado para conseguir as primeiras portas abertas internacionalmente me ajudou a enxergar um mercado muito maior do que o brasileiro ao mesmo tempo em que reforçava a minha marca no meu idioma nativo: hoje eu conto com cerca de 500 bons contatos no linkedin, onde falo de carreira de escrita (em inglês), e foco no meu youtube, Tik Toke instagram com cerca de 14 mil inscritos até agora e mais de 100 milimpressões desde o começo do ano.

Foram apenas dois contos, até agora? Foi sim, mas foram importantes para mim o suficiente para entender que será necessário propósito e uma crença firma de que eu posso conquistar o mundo com as minhas histórias (aguarde por mim, Sanderson!).

How do you balance art and myth in storytelling?

A arte não nasceu a partir do nada, ela veio através da representação religiosa, dessa tentativa insistente e teimosa da humanidade em se conectar com o outro lado, seja através do xamanismo, da espiritualidade ou da religião oficial do estado. Uma evolui a partir da outra e isso passou pela história da humanidade não importa o momento em que você pesquise: egípcios, gregos, italianos, nativo-americanos, nós sempre estamos erguendo estátuas, rabiscando paredes, contando histórias sobre ancestrais ou entidades superiores.

Do mesmo modo o storytelling fez parte da nossa cultura humana há tanto tempo quanto existem as fogueiras: nós, como humanos, estivemos lá, contando histórias e fortalecendo memórias em um ciclo infinito de resgate da ancestralidade.

Quando eu misturo o mito, a arte e o storytelling nas minhas obras eu quero traduzir para você a mesma sensação de estarmos ao redor da fogueira com os nossos melhores amigos conversando sobre histórias incríveis:em O Baronato de Shoah, por exemplo, eu quero te contar sobre um mundo apocalíptico prestes a ser destruído por causa do desequilíbrio da natureza; em Os Oradores dos Sonhos nós vamos conversar sobre aquela vez em que a Bruxa dos Pesadelos sequestrou a força de vontade dos adultos; já em Diáspora Distópica você tem a chance de entender um pouco como a resiliência humana lida com o abandono.

Mitos, no final, são sobre pessoas que fizeram algo diferente e foram imortalizados por nós.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Shreshtha Das on Online Hate Against Racialized Migrant Women and 2SLGBTQI+ People in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/20

Shreshtha Das on Online Hate Against Racialized Migrant Women and 2SLGBTQI+ People in Canada

Photo by Mercedes Mehling on Unsplash

Shreshtha Das is a Researcher/Advisor on Gender with Amnesty International, focusing on gender, racial justice, refugees, and migrants’ rights. In this interview, they discuss Amnesty International’s research on xenophobic technology-facilitated gender-based violence against racialized migrant women and 2SLGBTQI+ people in Canada. Das analyzes online hate narratives, “great replacement” conspiracies, platform dynamics, anonymity, dehumanization, self-censorship, and the links between digital abuse, public participation, and offline safety.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Shreshtha Das about Amnesty International’s briefing on online hate targeting racialized migrant women and 2SLGBTQI+ people in Canada. Das explains how xenophobic, racist, misogynistic, homophobic, and transphobic narratives circulate through social media, often framing marginalized visibility as invasion or moral decline. The discussion covers anonymity, platform differences, “great replacement” conspiracies, organized harassment, self-censorship, professional harms, counter-speech, solidarity, and the movement from online violence to offline threats.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How would you describe the current overall state of the LGBTI+ community in Canada online, particularly in terms of the trajectory you have seen? Is it improving, remaining stable, or worsening?

Shreshtha Das: Yes, I mean, in the report, we specifically focus on racialized migrant women and 2SLGBTQI+ people in Canada, including people who are perceived as migrants. But, as part of the broader research, we also looked at patterns affecting LGBTI+ people more generally. Overall, we are seeing common trajectories.

Whether it is racialized migrants, LGBTI+ people, or racialized LGBTI+ people, any kind of visibility or assertion by a marginalized group is framed as taking over public spaces, almost as an invasion that the country needs to be protected from. There are many dehumanizing stereotypes, whether directed at racialized migrants or LGBTI+ people, that paint them as dangers to what is presented as public safety and morality. Their being visible or public about who they are is framed as a threat to how national identity is construed.

Increasingly, whether in Canada or globally, we are seeing national identity being construed in very limited terms. In Canada, for example, that often means centering a white, Christian, patriarchal identity. Any visibility by queer people is seen as something that needs to be put down because it is portrayed as a sign of the country’s moral decay.

That is something we are seeing globally: dehumanizing language claiming marginalized groups are taking over public spaces, alongside an inversion-of-victimhood narrative in which every assertion of rights by queer people is framed as taking rights away from cisgender men or heterosexual people.

That is the kind of narrative we are seeing. What all of this does is justify online attacks against LGBTI+ people. If they are portrayed as grooming children, threatening women, or, for example, if trans people are framed as having unfair advantages in sports, the narrative constantly paints them as threats to the way society is organized. The implication is that they will lead to the country’s moral decay.

The response then becomes: we need to protect ourselves, and we need to protect ourselves through violence. That violent language becomes normalized in online spaces, and we then see it translated into offline spaces as well.

So, overall, I would say we are seeing globally, and also in Canada, that any assertion by marginalized groups, especially intersectionally marginalized groups, who, as we noted in this briefing, face compounded forms of hate, is treated as something that needs to be immediately suppressed because it challenges entrenched ideas of what “society,” “family,” and “tradition” are supposed to look like.

It starts with violent language online, but then proceeds to actual attacks offline. I guess the last thing I would say is that, unfortunately, we are entering an era in which social media platforms, and I am not going to name any specifically, are increasingly reducing the checks and balances that previously existed. Content moderation systems and mechanisms that people facing these attacks could once rely on to report or seek removal of harmful content are increasingly being weakened. Human rights standards, and platforms’ ability or willingness to uphold them, are declining. As a result, this kind of hateful language is becoming normalized and amplified.

Jacobsen: I know the demographics of Canada matter here. We have seen a significant decline in self-identifying Christians and in Christian religious practice since the 1970s. Looking at census data, including from 2001 and 2021, the broader trend line has been downward. Yet you are describing a contemporary period shaped by social media and the internet, including online or technology-facilitated hate and xenophobia. For people unfamiliar with those terms, we are essentially talking about broad-based hostility and discriminatory treatment amplified through digital spaces.

When it comes to white identity politics, “great replacement” theory, and similar narratives, Canadians are often more willing to discuss these issues critically in the context of the United States than in Canada itself. Yet groups such as the Proud Boys, founded by Gavin McInnes, originated in Canada before expanding into the United States. So there are homegrown dimensions to this within the Canadian context as well.

Do demographic trends in the country influence this dynamic? Do the characteristics of online spaces, such as anonymity and the ease with which hateful rhetoric can spread, also intensify these trends?

Das: Yeah, on the demographic question, I would say that what online spaces are doing is allowing the circulation of very reductive narratives. There can be many reasons why people may or may not identify with a particular religion, and that does not mean another religion is coming in and “taking over.”

This idea of “great replacement” theory has been heavily challenged and exposed for what it is: a conspiracy theory. There is no factual basis to it. But understanding broader demographic or social changes requires much more effort than accepting a simple scapegoating narrative.

What people often see visibly is what politicians or public narratives encourage them to see. Simplified scapegoating narratives become easier to circulate and easier to believe.

Even in terms of demographics, for example, many of the people we interviewed noted that frontline-facing jobs are often disproportionately occupied by South Asians, particularly Indians. That developed during a period of labour shortages when the Canadian government actively sought migrant labour to fill essential positions that were not necessarily being filled otherwise.

As a result, the visibility of racialized people in frontline jobs can become interpreted as evidence of a dramatic demographic transformation, whether or not the statistics actually support that perception. To my knowledge, demographic data does not support the idea that white Christians have become a minority in Canada. It is simply a much easier and more emotionally charged narrative to sell politically.

Again, because people encounter more racialized individuals in visible public-facing roles, some interpret that as evidence of a sweeping demographic replacement, even when that is not reflected in the broader population data.

I think anonymity contributes to that because people are able to say hateful things without being held to account. One of the key things we are seeing is that anonymity allows people to make certain comments more freely.

But where this language is circulating strongly is not only in anonymous spaces. It also comes from politicians and media outlets. That is not hidden behind the veneer of anonymity. They are, in fact, pushing certain narratives about racialized migrant women, and also about LGBTI+ people.

What anonymity does is take those narratives to a particular extreme. The hate then becomes very violent. Honestly, this was difficult research to conduct because some of the messages people received were extremely violent. They were told how they would be beaten to the verge of death, but not actually killed.

These are things people are able to say because they are anonymous: explicitly racist language, including the N-word, and horrible racist stereotypes and tropes. This is not something they would necessarily say openly because it could invite criminal penalties. But because they are hiding behind a screen, they are able to do much more of that.

So, yes, anonymity comes in to capitalize on a narrative that is already being peddled by politicians and media outlets. That is why we need to look beyond anonymity alone.

Jacobsen: How far do we go in differentiating online spaces? For example, what about broader internet domains and social media platforms compared with more video-centered spaces such as YouTube? How are these differentiated in terms of the predominance or form of the hate being expressed?

Das: One of the things we did look at, and again, I do not want to name specific platforms, is cross-platform patterns. When you write this up as well, we want to be careful about the role we ascribe to social media platforms because that was outside the scope of this research. We have not done an in-depth analysis of where specific platforms may be falling short of their responsibilities. So, in this briefing, we are not assigning legal or institutional responsibility to particular companies.

We may do that in future work. But I just want to begin with that clarification because I want to be careful about what I ascribe to specific platforms, especially since we have not conducted the kind of platform-focused investigation necessary to support those conclusions.

That said, in terms of methodology, we did look at cross-platform trends in how hate is amplified, and also at the specific features of digital platforms that shape how hateful narratives spread.

For example, on X, where there are character limits, people become very strategic about framing their language. We saw extensive use of hashtags and coded messaging in the spread of hateful narratives.

On Facebook, users can write much longer posts. There, we saw people fleshing out racist narratives in much greater detail, including extended conspiracy theories and broader ideological framing.

With YouTube, we only analyzed one video and its comment section, so I do not want to generalize too broadly. But, as we note in the briefing, the comments we reviewed included significant transphobic content. Once concerns were raised with YouTube, those comments were removed. So different platforms appear to respond differently in terms of moderation and enforcement.

YouTube is also structured differently because people post videos that can then attract highly reactive comment sections. Sometimes the comments become even more racist or transphobic than the original content itself.

We also looked at Telegram. Similar to Facebook in some ways, Telegram allows closed groups and channels. In many cases, those spaces became echo chambers in which highly violent narratives circulated. Some channels would be removed after being flagged, but then new ones would quickly appear.

So I would say that platforms differ according to factors such as text length, whether they allow closed or semi-private groups, the scale and nature of follower networks, and their content moderation policies. As I mentioned, YouTube responded relatively quickly in the example we examined, whereas on some other platforms, moderation appeared much weaker.

The kind of content that circulates on a platform is shaped by all of those structural features: how communication works technically, whether closed communities can form easily, and how moderation policies are enforced.

Because we have not conducted a platform accountability investigation, we have been very careful when engaging with social media companies and sharing our findings. At this stage, we are not assigning responsibility to specific companies in this briefing. In other Amnesty reports, we have examined platform responsibilities more directly, but not in this one.

Jacobsen: Then my last question for this session concerns online and social media responses more broadly. Were there visible counter-responses, either from public figures or anonymous users? Did you observe meaningful levels of healthy or respectful pushback against hateful or stereotypical language?

Das: That is a very interesting question. I would not say that was something we mapped extensively because we conducted a computational text analysis, and the purpose was more to assess negativity and map hateful narratives through that kind of data processing. We were looking primarily at the hateful narratives themselves. We did not map the pushback to the same extent.

But part of the research also involved looking closely at some of the hashtags and Twitter posts, which I did directly as well. I would say there was pushback. “A lot” is relative, but there was pushback, including from known people. Much of it came from people saying things like, “Please look after yourself,” when someone was being subjected to significant hate.

One of the people we looked at in depth was Erica Ifill, who is a Black Caribbean journalist and was at the centre of a lot of organized hate. We included screenshots of some of the messages she received, which were really racist and also extremely violent.

There were many comments asking her to look after herself, to centre herself and her mental health, and saying that this was racist language. People were also asking, “How can we show up?” So we did see quite a bit of that.

I remember one instance Erica described to us. She said that when she was being subjected to this level of online hate, an online community actually came together. Because I think her location was doxed, and someone who had emailed her said they knew where she lived, she was very scared for her personal safety. The online community managed to arrange an Uber for her to ensure that she could move safely.

So, while there have been these horrible instances of people flooding posts with really hateful comments, there have also been spaces where organic solidarity, and meaningful organic solidarity, has emerged to support people.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Shreshtha.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mariia Shakula on Ukrainian Identity in Berlin

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/15

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Mariia Shakula (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Mariia Shakula is a Ukrainian-born, Berlin-based multidisciplinary artist and integration consultant for Otivas. She relocated to Germany following Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022. Her creative work spans photography, graphic design, music. Alongside her artistic practice, she contributes to a coaching and consulting initiative supporting Ukrainian newcomers navigating German bureaucracy, employment, and cultural adaptation, drawing on her own lived experience of migration.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mariia Shakula and Oleksandr Shakula about Ukrainian identity, migration, and adaptation in Germany after Russia’s full-scale invasion. Shakula reflects on linguistic pressure, Ukraine’s shift toward Ukrainian, and the challenges facing newcomers in Berlin. She contrasts Ukrainian digital speed with German bureaucracy, highlighting diaspora solidarity, cultural misunderstandings, and the emotional strain of rebuilding life through documents, institutions, language, patience, pressure, humour, and resilience.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What city are you originally from? What was life like growing up there before the full-scale invasion?

Mariia Shakula: Kyiv, the capital city of Ukraine.

Jacobsen: What about your mother and father? Where were they originally from?

Shakula: They are from a small city near Kyiv, possibly Pereyaslav. It is a historical city in Ukraine. They lived there until they were 18, and then they moved to Kyiv.

Jacobsen: How did they experience the Soviet period in what is now Ukrainian territory?

Shakula: They were young when it was happening, so they did not fully understand it then. However, now they understand that those were difficult times, especially in Ukraine. Maybe life was different in Russia, for example, in Moscow, but in Ukraine it was harder. They were around ten years old, so they did not fully understand how to feel about it. However, now, looking back, they can say it was hard. Ukraine was not the center of the Soviet Union. Moscow was. Ukraine was not a place where people felt good.

Jacobsen: Was there pressure from the Russian side on Ukraine back then, and is it reflected now?

Shakula: Back then, it was reflected mainly in language. Russian was everywhere. If you wanted to study at a university or in school, it had to be in Russian. It was introduced everywhere, almost like a parasite. There was one main language, Russian, and if you wanted to study, work, or do anything, you needed to speak and write it.

However, our native language is Ukrainian. For my parents and for me, Ukrainian is the native language, and Kyiv and the small city near Kyiv are Ukrainian-speaking. In the family, we also spoke Ukrainian. So, to study in school or university, they had to learn Russian.

Now, about the pressure today, it is lower than before. People have begun to understand what Russia represents, and the idea of the “Russian world” has changed. Many people still speak Russian, mostly those from eastern regions. However, you do not see the same pressure about language. You can speak Russian or Ukrainian.

Of course, during the war, it feels strange to speak Russian. Still, many people do, especially depending on the region. After the Soviet Union, there was not much pressure on language, so more people began speaking Ukrainian.

Since 2019, the government has introduced a law requiring Ukrainian to be used in official settings. In government institutions, such as when applying for a passport, you must use Ukrainian. This also connects to the events of 2014, when the war began.

After the full-scale invasion in 2022, many people who previously spoke Russian started trying to switch to Ukrainian. At the same time, Ukraine is a free country. You can speak the language you want: Ukrainian, Russian, English, or French. Before the war, there was no issue with Russian. We had TV shows in Russian. Even the president was involved in Russian-language television. So it was not controversial before.

Jacobsen: I think that Ukrainians now are more likely not to speak Russian than to speak it.

Shakula: It depends on the region. In western Ukraine, people speak Ukrainian more, and there are even Polish influences in the language. In Kyiv, many people speak Russian because it is a major city and people come from different regions. Overall, many Ukrainians understand and speak Russian. It was also taught as a subject in schools.

Jacobsen: How do you find the Ukrainian diaspora in Germany adapting to German rhythms of life compared to Ukraine? What feels common or uncommon?

Shakula: Do you mean in Germany generally, or specifically the Ukrainian diaspora in Germany?

Jacobsen: The Ukrainian diaspora in Germany, how they experience the differences in rhythm.

Jacobsen: What was the question? How do they feel?

Shakula: They feel like they are in a foreign country. Not much time has passed, we are talking about the diaspora that came after 2022, after the full-scale war. So it is still recent. People unite and try to communicate with each other because, in any country, when you arrive from abroad, you are not immediately accepted. It takes time to build relationships.

For the first two years, many were waiting for the war to end so they could return. Now, they are starting to settle and build connections.

Jacobsen: What are the differences?

Shakula: Everything is bureaucratic here. People say Ukraine has bureaucracy, but here everything is bureaucratic and slow. The German language is difficult for Ukrainians, and the system is mentally challenging.

The Ukrainian diaspora in Germany is large, and it formed quickly. There were Ukrainians in Germany before 2022, and after the war began, those earlier communities helped create organizations. New arrivals could go somewhere, find support. We stay in close contact with each other. It is more comfortable when someone speaks your language, understands your mentality, and knows your country. Germany is different on a mental level; Germans think differently, speak differently, and their humour is very different from ours. It can be hard to connect.

Jacobsen: The joke I told your dad earlier, I told it to Oleksandr. For Germans, if they were attacked, they would not use dark humour. First, they do not really use that kind of humour, and second, humour is energy-inefficient. What is the mentality? How is it different? We are speaking generally, of course, individuals vary.

Shakula: Yes, of course. For example, the basic expectations are different. In Ukraine, you can go to a shop 24/7. There are many places open at any hour; you can go at 2 a.m. and buy what you need. Even on Sundays or on December 31, shops stay open late.

Here, it was hard to understand that everything is closed on Sundays. After 8 p.m., everything is closed. You work until 6 p.m., so you have to plan to buy food. If you want to buy something like a T-shirt, you cannot, because in Ukraine, malls are open until 10 or 11 p.m. Here, everything closes early.

Also, basic services are different. In Ukraine, you can open a bank account on your phone and receive a card within minutes. Here, you must go to a bank, bring many documents, and wait. First, you wait for the PIN, then for the card, then for access to the app. It can take up to two months. For us, it takes five minutes.

Jacobsen: Is there a reason for all of that waiting on the German side? Is there a reason there should be fewer steps in Germany and maybe more steps in Ukraine?

Shakula: Yes. In Ukraine, we are not afraid of digitalization or data systems. Here, people are more concerned about privacy. You cannot easily film or take photos of people, and you often cannot email a government office; you must send a letter.

I had never sent or even seen a letter in Ukraine. It surprised me to see this in Germany, which we always thought of as the most productive, economically stable, and developed country in Europe. Some people still use fax.

They send letters instead of emails. In Ukraine, email was already standard, especially for work, along with tools like Google Meet. However, here, you email teachers instead of using WhatsApp, Viber, or Telegram, and sometimes you even send letters to banks. It felt strange.

Moreover, waiting is normal here. People can wait three months for a doctor’s appointment. I waited three months myself. In Ukraine, you open an app and can get an appointment the next day. Here, three months is considered normal.

For Germans, this is acceptable. They do not necessarily want changes. In Ukraine, everything is fast and digital; you can access things easily. Here, it works differently, and for people who grew up in this system, it feels normal. For us, coming from another system, it feels unusual.

Of course, this is our perspective, mine, my friends’, and people we know. Many share the same impression.

Jacobsen: Yes. As we travel, my general view of cultures is that they are about trade-offs. What works depends on context. What works for a Bedouin tribe member in Jordan differs from what works for someone in Tel Aviv, Kyiv, or Berlin, and also from what works in places like Vancouver or New York City. So what you are describing is about trade-offs in sensibility, how it feels to fax instead of email, or to deal with more bureaucracy instead of less.

Shakula: Yes. Bureaucracy is another big difference in Germany. In Ukraine, I had just a few documents: my ID, my international passport, and my birth certificate.

Here, I have many more. I have multiple IDs, a banking ID, and other documents. Bureaucracy here is something new and difficult. And not all Germans know how to deal with it easily either; it can be complicated even for them.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mariia.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Anthony Trecek-King on Music, Engineering, and the Turn to Choral Precision

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/14

Dr. Anthony Trecek-King is an internationally active conductor, educator, and interdisciplinary artist whose work bridges choral and orchestral traditions, music technology, and cultural inquiry. Beginning as a cellist, he pursued dual studies in music and engineering before committing fully to a musical career, later integrating computational and technical expertise into creative practice. He has held academic appointments combining computer science and music, and has collaborated with elite ensembles such as the Netherlands Chamber Choir. His work spans six continents, emphasizing precision, emotional depth, and music as a vehicle for social reflection.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Dr. Anthony Trecek-King about his early entry into music through cello, his parallel studies in engineering and music, and the gradual realization that music was the field he could pursue daily without it feeling like work. Trecek-King reflects on practical ambition, creative discipline, music technology, and the decisive influence of elite choral performance, especially his experience with the Netherlands Chamber Choir, on his artistic direction.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When did you start getting into music generally?

Dr. Anthony Trecek-King: There is a story from when I was a kid. My mom always got us involved in music. When I was in elementary school, we were singing in the chorus and so on, but it was really the fourth grade that was the turning point. I did not know it then, but it certainly was a turning point. In fourth grade, I went to one of my sister’s concerts and watched her because I was allowed to start taking instrument lessons. She played the violin, and I said, “The violin is stupid; I do not want to play that, but that bigger thing on the end seems doable, so let me give that a shot.”

My parents were really good about this because they always said, “You can try it, but if you are going to try something, no matter what you try, you have to commit to it for a certain period of time.” You cannot just try it for a few weeks and then quit. If you are going to pick up the cello, that is fine; you can do it for a year. After a year, you can quit, no questions asked. So I did that. I took it for a year, and at the end of the year, they asked if I wanted to do it again. I said sure, and they kept one-upping me each year for a very long time.

That was my start, through the cello, in a more formalized kind of studying music. I had wonderful teachers. I grew up on an Air Force base in North Dakota, and what is nice about being in an Air Force community is that they always say that whatever is available in the community will also be available on the base. They brought in all these teachers to teach us because none of them lived on the base, but we had the same teachers you would have in town. So it was good arts access.

When we moved to Nebraska, I continued playing the cello, then decided to join the chorus and began singing. That started me going through. I had zero intention of becoming a musician. I was going to be an engineer, and that is what I studied for my undergraduate degree. But I received a full ride in music. They said, again, that they were very kind to me because it is a music degree; you have to major in music. We do not care if you double-major, but one of your majors must be music. So I double majored in music and engineering.

The agreement was that after two years, I could drop the music major and keep the scholarship as long as I continued to play in the ensembles. This is great, so I would study engineering without having to pay for it, and I could do music for a few years. Well, two years in, I dropped engineering and pivoted toward music. I did not drop engineering forever, though. I dropped it for a while, finished my degree, and went on to do a master’s.

When I completed my master’s, I said that was fun; now, let me actually get a real job. So I started my master’s in computer science. While I was doing a master’s in computer science, I was hired in music at a university and was also directing some community work, so I began doing both. My first college teaching position was one-third time computer science and two-thirds time in music, so I had a split appointment. I had to teach in both areas.

Eventually, I got away from that, though. Engineering and computer science are things I do enjoy, but I cannot do them every day. What it really came down to is that music is what I can do every day without it feeling like work. That was a long-winded answer to the question of how I got started.

Jacobsen: Would “oscillatory” be a good descriptor of the way you felt between practicality and passion?

Trecek-King: Yes, I would say so, but I never felt that the passion was impractical. Oftentimes, we think there is no way to make a living in music, but I have not worked, and I have always worked to the fullest extent. I have never had to worry about food or anything like that. I have been very lucky, but I also worked for it. There is a piece of that.

There are ways to be successful. For me, it was not a matter of practicality versus passion; they were both passions. It was a matter of which one I could do every day without it feeling like work. That was the choice that I ended up making.

Jacobsen: What would you consider the point at which a sole focus on music became a serious choice?

Trecek-King: When I pivoted, it was a serious sole focus. My master’s degree was very focused, and it was all I was doing. I had a fellowship, and one of the stipulations was that I was not allowed to work. They fully funded me, and I could not work outside of that. I could play gigs, but I couldn’t just pick up a bartending job or something like that. That was part of the stipulation. So I spent a lot of time in the library reading, studying scores and in a practice room. It was really focused, and I felt like I grew quite a bit in that time period.

Afterward, once you get into actual teaching and working, even though I was split, all my computer science and engineering was geared toward music technology and using technology in the service of music. So it wasn’t hardcore coding, but I was still coding and building instruments. That was what I was doing, and that was what I was teaching. So it was always, even the technology, geared toward music and the creative side of technology.

But after I left that teaching position and moved to Boston, I had another choice to make. That was: Did I want to stay in choral music, or did I want to shift back into orchestral music? Because all my degrees up to that point were in orchestral music, but my jobs were in choral music. That is pretty funny.

There is, in the arts world, a way you can get pigeonholed into this small thing that you are. I have been very fortunate to avoid that for the most part. There are still people who see me as one of the facets, but they do not look at the totality of what I have done. So I have been very fortunate, again, to avoid some of that.

But the orchestral-choral thing is a big chasm. It is hard to cross back and forth fluidly, so I did have to make a choice, at least for a bit, about where I was going to focus for a while, and that was choral music.

Jacobsen: Why the ultimate switch to choral music, and how has it served you well?

Trecek-King: The ultimate switch to choral music was when I was in my 30s. This was my hustling time. I had the opportunity to work in Europe and with the Netherlands Chamber Choir. It is one of the great choirs in the world. It is in the top five. They are unbelievably good. When I was working with them, it was the first time that I worked with a choir that felt like an orchestra. The precision, the level of detail that you can work with, because they were just so good, was almost indescribable.

I have had that experience again since, and other ensembles are phenomenally good, but that was the first time I had that feeling. That made me decide, OK, if I can have that, then this is the direction that I want to go in. It is not like every ensemble is that good, but can I help create ensembles that have that kind of precision? So that became my next target.

And your other question is whether it has served me well. Absolutely. There is no question that it has served me well. I have made music on six continents doing choral music, so I feel very fortunate about that.

Jacobsen: Are the penguins the last ones on the list for the audience?

Trecek-King: I am scheming to see if I can make that happen.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anthony.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Oleksandra Yamshchikova on Ukrainian Entrepreneurs Rebuilding in Germany

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/11

Oleksandra Yamshchikova is a Ukrainian entrepreneur based in Germany who built businesses in Ukraine before the war disrupted her company’s European labour-placements. After relocating to Germany, she founded communities, a nonprofit, and a business club to help Ukrainian entrepreneurs integrate, find clients, and grow. Her programs support founders from early-stage ventures to established firms, including youth entrepreneurship through Genius, acceleration, mentoring, networking, German market entry, and cross-border diaspora collaboration.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen asks Oleksandra Yamshchikova how the war has reshaped her life, her business, and her understanding of Ukrainian entrepreneurship in Germany. Yamshchikova describes losing stability, volunteering, rebuilding from scratch, founding entrepreneur communities, and confronting German bureaucracy, tax systems, banking barriers, language issues, client trust, and cultural differences. She emphasizes community as the bridge between Ukrainian speed, ambition, survival pressure, and Germany’s slower but structured business environment for entrepreneurs seeking durable market integration abroad.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When the war broke out, however you define that, I know people define it in different ways, 2014 or 2022, how did this impact you personally, and how did it change considerations in your professional and business life?

Oleksandra Yamshchikova: At that time, we were very successful entrepreneurs. We had businesses in Europe. We lived in Ukraine and had two businesses: one in Ukraine and one in Estonia. We had a family and a very easy life. When it started, our business almost broke because our business was connected to sending people to work in Europe.

For one month, I volunteered. Then I understood that it was becoming a business process. So, we stopped volunteering, and I moved abroad to Germany.

We started from scratch. We considered starting the same business in Germany, but it wasn’t as easy as we thought. I joined startup programs and many programs in Germany that help Ukrainians start their businesses. One program from a German bank took us in and gave us a salary to join a new startup.

But I understood that it was not mine. I did not want to do this because it was an app working with depression and mental health. I understood that I should do what I wanted to do in Germany.

I’m building a community of Ukrainian and local entrepreneurs to make it easier for Ukrainian entrepreneurs to integrate. That was my idea because I understood, when I started the business, that it was very difficult: no information, no experience, nothing, and many boundaries to starting a business in Germany.

So, I started connecting entrepreneurs to help them learn how to start. We started offline meetings, and then I founded a nonprofit organization to help Ukrainian entrepreneurs integrate into the German entrepreneurial system.

Then I opened the business club, and step by step, I figured out that we needed some levels. So, I started working with entrepreneurs who were starting. It is a free business community for everybody. We opened it for all Ukrainian entrepreneurs around Europe. We connect with them and start supporting them.

The next level is an acceleration program, where we help with mentoring and help them grow their revenue from scratch to €100,000. At the next level, we have a business club. It is for more sustainable entrepreneurs, from €100,000 to €1 million. The next level is from €1 million to €50–200 million. So it is mostly for really big businesses. This week, we launched a program called Genius for young entrepreneurs aged 14 to 18.

Jacobsen: What do you teach them from ages 14 to 18 that they can use later in their adult life?

Yamshchikova: We started doing it because I have a daughter. She is almost 16. She already has experience with startups. She pitched her startup at Web Summit. We should develop skills for entrepreneurs from the age of 13. It really gives you an understanding of why you are learning, why you are going to an institute, and what is happening around the world.

You understand that you do not need to spend your time drinking beer in shops. You understand what you should do and what is happening in the world. They develop a motivation to do something special, something big, and to set goals.

We found a team to work with Cashflow games, sports, and startups to create their own startups in groups. Then we match them with VC funds, and they pitch their startups to those funds. That is the goal.

Jacobsen: In terms of the character of doing business, what do you see at the thousand-dollar level, and what do you see at the $50 million level and above? What is the distinguishing factor or set of factors there?

Yamshchikova: The big businesses are mostly developers, construction developers, IT companies, computer production distribution companies, family offices, and logistics companies. IT companies are one of the most popular directions. Of course, we also have other businesses, like car sharing, but those are less common.

Jacobsen: When you first moved to Germany, what were your issues with integration, and what was actually relatively easy in terms of integrating into the larger culture?

Yamshchikova: It was easier because European people are similar in many ways. We have similarities so that we can feel that. The difficult part was not knowing where to live or what to do. A lot of people, not me, but many others, did not know what to do: whether to stay or go back.

It was difficult for many people to make decisions because they did not know whether to stay, change countries, or return home. I make decisions immediately and live with them, but many people struggle with uncertainty.

The most difficult thing is that, in Ukraine, maybe you were not a very big person, but you still had a very good business. You had real opportunities because you had staff and people around you.

In Ukraine, you had enough cash to travel and live well. Then everything changed immediately. You did not know what would happen tomorrow. You started from scratch while also recognizing that you did not know the language.

But really, Germany gave the biggest help to the Ukrainian people. I think they have done a lot to help Ukrainians integrate. Germany did a lot: helping people find flats, organizing integration, and supporting people through the government system. It was not business doing this; it was government support. Of course, everything was not easy.

The most difficult thing in business, and I speak about this often on panels, is finding the first client. German people do not want to change the conditions. They do not want to change suppliers. So it is very difficult to start working with German people.

It is much easier with Ukrainians or Americans. German clients do not want to change the price, the process, or anything else. Finding the first client and getting references from German clients is very difficult. That is probably the hardest part of doing business in Germany.

This is why community helps. Your first clients can come from your community. Some local entrepreneurs in our business club have lived in Germany for 20 years, but they still have Ukraine in mind, so they understand us.

Of course, there are differences in mentality. Ukrainians always need things quickly: yesterday, now, and cheaper. Germans are more likely to say, “Maybe next year. We will drink coffee first. Send me something.” For Germans, they first want to build a relationship, and that can take a few years.

Ukrainians come hungry, and they need to start immediately. They cannot wait.

So, we solved this partly by connecting Ukrainian entrepreneurs who lived in Germany before the war with German business clubs. We organized connection events with German business clubs. It was not a quick process, but now we have some cooperation and friendships with German clubs that are happy to work with us.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Oleksandra.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Tatiana Mironova and Anna Avetova on Galleries, Artists, and Cultural Resilience

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/09

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anna Avetova (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Tatiana Mironova is a Ukrainian gallerist, curator, and cultural organizer. She is the Director of the Kyiv Municipal Gallery “Lavra,” the founder of Mironova Gallery and the Unlimited Art Foundation, and the organizer of major Ukrainian cultural projects, including Art Kyiv. Her work focuses on developing Ukrainian contemporary art, supporting artists, and strengthening cultural institutions.

Anna Avetova is a Ukrainian curator and cultural strategist with nearly 12 years of experience. She is the founder of consulting agency TUASHO and director of the Art Kyiv fair. She has curated projects in Berlin, Basel and New York, and the Ukrainian pavilion at EXPO 2020 Dubai. Co-author of Emerging Art in Ukraine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Tatiana Mironova and Anna Avetova about building Ukraine’s contemporary art community through galleries, fairs, and cultural institutions during wartime. They discuss artistic trust, collector relationships, mentorship, market development, and the importance of interconnected cultural ecosystems that help artists survive economically, socially, and creatively amid national crises.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When did you begin working in art, and when did you begin building your own community around it?

Tatiana Mironova: I officially started in art around 2002 or 2003. My first gallery was a private, closed space. I want to assess how I would feel working in this field, as my original education was not in art. My background was in cybernetics and linguistics, so I came from a completely different direction.

I started the gallery together with my partner, Sergey Gusovsky, who is now a well-known restaurateur. At first, we worked with only two or three artists.

After about 2 years, my partner moved on, and I continued on my own. I focused on developing the gallery with local Ukrainian artists, not only from Kyiv but from across the country.

Jacobsen: When did the idea of building a broader community begin?

Mironova: My first focus was the private gallery. Later, between 2008 and 2012, I worked as an expert for the Ministry of Culture of Ukraine. I served as an official expert on issues related to galleries and gallery development. That was my first major institutional position in the art world.

After that, I served as director of the National Art Museum of Ukraine for one year, although it was a short term because the position was tied to an election and was very political.

Later, the Kyiv Culture Department invited me to serve as director of the City Gallery, officially known as the Kyiv Municipal Gallery “Lavra.”

It was not an easy time because the Revolution of Dignity had begun, and the political situation made it difficult to develop cultural projects. Still, we launched several initiatives and invited a German curator to help us shape the program. Step by step, we developed our platform and began creating more ambitious and interesting projects here.

The idea for the art market came two years ago, when our neighbours started organizing a design week. We decided to launch an art market here at the same time.

It was quite difficult the first time, but then we chose our team, and then Arnaud came. Now it is much better. That is the short answer to your question.

Jacobsen: What is effective in building an art community? Do you create the environment and draw people in, or do you proactively reach out and tell people, “You might want to come to this event”? Or do you use an entire arsenal of strategies and begin implementing them? It reminds me of the American film Field of Dreams: “If you build it, they will come.”

Anna Avetova: The fair is directly connected to that process. We use everything we can. We use Tatiana’s experience, gained over more than 20 years in the field. We use all types of marketing campaigns. We go outside and connect directly with people through booklets and personal outreach. We use Instagram, Facebook, Google, the media, our own network, and the networks of our galleries. We used everything we could to make it happen.

Jacobsen: To be clear, could you explain what this work means to you?

Mironova: It is very simple. It is my life. These art collectors helped me survive by buying art. That means giving money to artists so they can survive this war and support their families. Everything works like connected wheels.

We depend on sales, but the reason is not simply money. The reason is to make normal life easier. I also try to help my artists build trust with collectors.

We are all like one big family. If you are talking about our fair, it is the same as the galleries. We try to build this community so we can help each other, exchange work, and make our clients happy. We also want our government and city government to be proud and supportive.

Avetova: May I add something? We are all interdependent. Without artists, galleries cannot exist, as they need artists to exhibit and sell their work. The same applies to the art fair and the galleries. Without galleries, we cannot create an art fair, but without an art fair, the market is incomplete.

People need this because it creates a platform for new contacts and new possibilities. It is a circle, and it should work that way. When we started this fair, people could not immediately see what it would become. They will understand it better after a few years, since it is still a developing platform. In general, it will help grow the market and open new opportunities.

Jacobsen: You said something interesting about helping artists trust themselves. Do artists distrust their own abilities or their work? I want to dig deeper into why artists might distrust themselves. In conversations with artists yesterday, many said something similar, although not necessarily about themselves directly.

Mironova: I think we are working mostly with established artists, both young and old. They may not all be highly in demand, but they are all serious artists with whom I work. I always tell them that if they work hard, they will become successful. I respect artists who work constantly because if you continue trying and developing yourself, you must create something people will respect.

Some people left the country, and some artists left for different reasons. Maybe those artists lost confidence in themselves. However, the artists who stayed here, especially the older generation, are very tough. They are in demand among collectors. If they have money, they feel more secure. Money solves many problems.

With younger artists, we organize many exhibitions and try to support them. Here at Lavra Gallery, we have several studios. We invite new artists to use these studios for one year, and then we organize exhibitions for them. Most of these artists are already somewhat known.

Mostly, though, we are working with artists who are not yet major names.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Tatiana and Anna.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Anton Obozhyn on Wikipedia, Wikimedia Ukraine, and Fighting Propaganda Through Open Knowledge

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/08

Anton Obozhyn on Wikipedia, Wikimedia Ukraine, and Fighting Propaganda Through Open Knowledge

Photo by Planet Volumes on Unsplash

Anton Obozhyn is a Kyiv-based Ukrainian programmer, Wikipedian, and Wikimedian. A computer-science graduate working in game development, he has edited Wikimedia projects since 2014 and joined Wikimedia Ukraine in 2017. He chaired its Audit Committee from 2017 to 2020, became a board member in 2020, and has served as deputy chair since 2024. He helps organize wikimarathons, workshops, conferences, article contests, and community-support initiatives advancing free knowledge in Ukraine through volunteer-led public outreach and training.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Anton Obozhyn, a Kyiv-based programmer, Wikipedian, and Wikimedia Ukraine deputy chair, about his path from childhood encyclopedia reader to volunteer editor and organizer. Obozhyn describes discovering Wikipedia, joining Wikimedia Ukraine, supporting events and article contests, and seeing open knowledge as civic service after Euromaidan. He explains how Wikipedia’s neutral point of view, verifiability, community review, administrators, and collaborative scrutiny help resist propaganda and misinformation in Ukraine’s public sphere during wartime.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your background and work in communications regarding Wikipedia?

Anton Obozhyn: I will first introduce myself and explain what we do. We handle communications related to Wikipedia. We comment on Wikipedia when topics of public interest arise, and when journalists or government bodies have questions, they turn to us.

As for how I became a Wikipedian, it started in early childhood. I stayed at my grandmother’s during the holidays and found an old Soviet encyclopedia. I began reading it and found it fascinating. I nearly memorized it.

My parents noticed this, and we went to a book market, where they bought four more encyclopedias for me.

Jacobsen: And for the record, what year were you born? That gives context as to whether you were born during the Soviet period or after Ukraine’s independence.

Obozhyn: 1995, after Ukraine became independent in 1991. That is an important distinction.

My parents bought modern encyclopedias, not Soviet ones. Later, friends gave me two more as birthday gifts, and I memorized those as well.

Eventually, I told my parents I had finished them and asked what to do next. They suggested an online encyclopedia, Wikipedia. I began reading it and found it fascinating.

I would open one article and follow links to others, three more, then more and more, until my browser could not handle it. Over time, I moved from being a reader to becoming an editor.

I began noticing things I could improve, change, or expand. As the saying goes, the greatest motivation to act is when someone is wrong on the Internet.

In 2014, during Euromaidan and the Revolution of Dignity, I looked for a way to contribute to society and to Ukraine. Editing Wikipedia became my contribution.

In 2017, I joined Wikimedia Ukraine, the Ukrainian regional chapter supporting Wikimedia projects and open knowledge. I joined because I enjoy organizing. I am skilled at planning and coordinating events. In 2020, I was elected to the board.

Jacobsen: How did it feel to join formal governance as part of the board? It looks good on a resume, but it is also meaningful when it involves something you care about and in which you have invested time.

Obozhyn: Yes, that is correct. Everyone has a hobby, something they can do that is useful for others. This became especially evident after the Revolution of Dignity, when many people embraced the idea: do not ask what your country has done for you; ask what you can do for your country.

Some people began helping those in poverty. Others organized charitable initiatives. Some improved their local communities, for example, by installing benches or making cities more accessible for people with disabilities. Others contributed by editing Wikipedia. People were looking for ways to support a shared cause, and that was my path.

That was not the only thing I did. At times, I was involved in a civil movement that aimed to counter Russian influence in Ukraine, particularly in the cultural sphere. We supported decommunization policies and advocated for greater representation of Ukrainian-language content in television and radio, which had previously been dominated by Russian-produced material. However, that is a separate topic.

I also participated in some environmental activism, though that is unrelated to Wikipedia.

Jacobsen: Regarding editors and administrators, those involved in administrative work within Wikipedia, does the system, by its structure, help combat propaganda?

Obozhyn: Yes, it does. Wikipedia’s principle is that it is an encyclopedia that anyone can edit, but that does not mean people can write anything they want. There is a structured set of policies and a community that enforces them.

Key principles include a neutral point of view, verifiability, and an encyclopedic style. When someone makes an edit or creates a new article, it can be seen by many other editors, sometimes dozens, hundreds, or, for widely viewed topics, even thousands.

If there are mistakes or misleading information, someone is likely to notice. Even if many readers overlook an issue, it often takes only one attentive editor to identify and correct it. This collaborative scrutiny helps limit the persistence of misinformation.

There are also studies comparing Wikipedia’s reliability with traditional encyclopedias, indicating that its accuracy is generally comparable in many areas. This is supported by its emphasis on sourcing and verification.

The system includes different roles. Some editors review recent changes, while experienced users with additional permissions, administrators, can delete pages or block disruptive users. These checks and balances help maintain Wikipedia as a resource that people can trust.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anton.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Andrii Bystrov on Ukrainian Journalism, Media Freedom, and Wartime Ethics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/08

Andrii Bystrov is a Ukrainian journalist, editor, and media manager formerly at Ukrainska Pravda. His career spans television, online media, newsroom editing, and media leadership. Drawn first to the speed and adrenaline of TV news, Bystrov later focused on team management, editorial judgment, and investigative impact. He emphasizes curiosity, fast thinking, and the discipline of asking “why” as core habits for responsible journalism in democratic and wartime contexts.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Andrii Bystrov about his path into journalism, the attraction of television news, and the skills needed for strong reporting. Bystrov stresses curiosity, newsroom speed, and the importance of asking “why.” He discusses Ukrainian media freedom, internal self-censorship during war, corruption investigations, and the ethical tension between national defense and public accountability. The conversation frames journalism as both civic duty and disciplined communication under pressure.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Did you originally want to be a journalist?

Andrii Bystrov: Yes. When I made the decision, I was more than 20 years old. I had traveled a lot at that time, and one day I realized that I wanted to show other people what I understood, what I saw, what I felt, and to communicate with people. I understood that it was interesting. It could be interesting not only for me, and I was ready to share this information in a more philosophical sense.

Why did I decide to be a journalist and work for TV? Because it is fast news. It is news adrenaline. I was young, actually.

Jacobsen: Would you consider yourself, in your younger years, an adrenaline junkie, or someone who enjoyed the rush of this type of reporting?

Bystrov: In that case, it was a great idea to work fast and feel this rush. For me, it was okay. Now, for example, as a media manager, when I am looking for people for my team, when I meet people, regardless of age, if that guy or girl has worked for a news service, it is my passion because we can communicate fast. We can do our work and complete our tasks quickly.

Usually, I hire this person for my team because, for me, it is a marker that people can think fast, move fast, and are always available, not only from nine to six. Working in news is a great school for a journalist.

Jacobsen: What do you consider the necessary toolkit for a good journalist, 15 years ago compared to now?

Bystrov: It has not changed much. I think the main idea is to ask why. For example, when I see something unusual, I ask why.

Why this book? Why are there so many copies of this book? Maybe it is more popular, or maybe they have some marketing strategy. I always try to look for an answer. When people are bored, or they do not think about the process, maybe they are bad journalists. A good journalist always asks why.

Jacobsen: Is there any time when it is unreasonable to ask why, or when it is not necessary?

Bystrov: Very often, you can find a good topic or a good investigation in something unusual. When I meet some people, see a process, or observe some actions, and understand that it is unusual and needs more discovery, then you are a good journalist. If you do not care about this process and just work, that is different.

One young journalist once asked me what the difference was between our government and the Verkhovna Rada. I was working as an editor of the news team, and she asked why sometimes we write about the Cabinet of Ministers and other times about the Verkhovna Rada. She did not understand the difference. The Cabinet of Ministers is the government: the supreme body in the executive branch. The Verkhovna Rada is the parliament: the legislative branch. Maybe it is not good for a journalist when we do not understand these things and never ask what is going on.

Jacobsen: Out of the rankings or indexes measuring the health of Ukrainian society, the one that has shown the most marked improvement has been media freedom in Ukraine. Has that improvement in the index been reflected in your personal experience, even throughout the war, in terms of what your team can do, what you can do, and so on?

Bystrov: Well, maybe I am a lucky person. I have worked for different Ukrainian TV channels and many online media outlets, and I have never experienced pressure from the government, politicians, or businesses. I have always been able to write what I wanted, and my editorial teams have been able to cover the topics they wanted to cover.

Maybe the more important problem is when you have restrictions inside yourself. For example, when we have cases of corruption in the army, as a Ukrainian citizen I sometimes think, “Maybe not now,” because we are at war and we should support our army. So that pressure can exist internally.

I think situations like this could exist at the top level of media outlets, but I have never experienced them personally, and I cannot imagine a chief editor telling me, “You should delete this.” I have never encountered that in my life.

Jacobsen: What about not intimidation, but the opposite: bribery? For example, there are famous cases that have been ongoing for the last five years or so. Prime Minister Netanyahu faced bribery allegations connected to positive media coverage about him.

That involves a very high level of financial influence used to purchase positive opinion pieces. Are you aware of any cases like that in Ukrainian society? On one metric, reporters at the borders describe Ukraine as having very high media freedom—higher than the United States during wartime, and certainly higher than Russia or Iran.

At the same time, Ukraine’s corruption rankings have improved significantly, though the country still sits around the middle of the global average. So corruption might remain more of an issue than media freedom. Is that something you have seen happen, heard about happening, or seen exposed during your career?

Bystrov: Well, as you know, a lot of people say corruption is good for Ukraine because it is the mechanism that keeps things functioning properly, and if you touch it, the whole state system will collapse. Maybe it is a joke, but there is a part of dark humor in it.

But I do not think we can compare corruption and media freedom directly. If we talk about media freedom, there are many cases where my colleagues at Ukrainska Pravda produced investigations, and after those reports, members of parliament or government officials were fired. These are real cases. That is a real influence of media.

It does not work the same way with bribery or other forms of corruption. Of course, Ukraine, like every country, has a high level of bribery at different levels of society. But now, speaking as a citizen, when I interact with police officers or doctors, I never pay money.

At the same time, when I see investigations into the Kyiv city administration—such as buildings constructed in places where construction should not be allowed, extremely tall buildings placed in parks or restricted areas—we understand that bribery is involved. But that exists at the top level.

Very often, I see comments on Facebook after journalists publish investigations into officials connected with Zelensky’s office or other institutions. People say: “Wow, we spend enormous amounts of money on police, NABU, SAPO, the ESBU, and the entire anti-corruption ecosystem, but one cameraman can produce a report and suddenly everybody realizes that a government official may be corrupt.”

That shows the real power of journalism. Journalists move quickly. They do not always face the same restrictions as police investigators. They produce reports, conduct investigations, and publish findings. I remember that feeling very well: when you are searching for something important and finally publish it.

Jacobsen: What matters most in wartime journalism in terms of journalistic values and the practice of journalism? The values themselves may remain the same in war and peace, but perhaps the ranking of those values changes.

Bystrov: We have had many discussions about this with colleagues. Especially around 2020 and afterward, we discussed how we should cover war-related topics and the ethical questions involved.

I think every journalist searches for a personal approach to covering war. I know good journalists who say, “We discovered something, but we decided not to publish it because we understand that our country could be destroyed.” They understand that the army is a mirror of society. There are many different kinds of people within it. That position is normal for some journalists.

On the other hand, there are journalists who say, “It does not matter. It is not our problem. If somebody steals money from the army—from bulletproof vests, food supplies, or procurement contracts—then we must report it.” There were scandals about food procurement prices for the army being extremely inflated. Their position is simple: do not commit corruption, and journalists will not expose it in reports.

Also, there are more substantial issues than the price of eggs, right? The egg scandal became very prominent, but there were also larger cases. One of Zelensky’s closest associates, for example, was involved in a recent controversy this year.

Yes, so it depends on the people and on the situation. I think each journalist in that case has good reasons, and if we could communicate with each other, they would provide a reasonable list of explanations for their decisions.

Jacobsen: In the Afghan context, for example, there are at least three publications that I know of run by women, with mostly women journalists doing guerrilla journalism in Afghanistan, now considered one of the worst places in the world for women and girls. They have to work anonymously or pseudonymously, rely on funding from those publications to support both their reporting and their families, and take extensive security precautions because they cannot publicly claim credit for their work.

There is also the personal factor: the degree to which an individual journalist can tolerate the risks involved. Some people do not want to go to Kramatorsk or Dnipro. The farthest they might go is Kyiv, and then they return to Lviv and go home. That is a completely fair professional judgment. So I think your point about the independence of personal choice is also fair.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Andrii.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 46: Something Rather Than Nothing, or Simulation, Skepticism, and Existence

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/07

Fumfer Physics 46: Something Rather Than Nothing, or Simulation, Skepticism, and Existence

Photo by Remy Hellequin on Unsplash

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner examine whether skepticism about perception – demon deception, hallucination, Matrix-style simulation – can undermine existence itself. Jacobsen argues that true or false impressions still presuppose occurrence: appearance is not nothing. Rosner extends the discussion through simulation, coherence, probability, and the universe scale. Together, they frame “somethingness” as the minimal existential floor beneath realism, illusion, skepticism, and scientific inquiry. It also links logic, identity, and non-contradiction to the possibility of argument itself.

Somethingness Before Skepticism

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There was an argument around perception and defaulting to “somethingness” as the default interpretation. The point: “somethingness” is before the debate over realism, illusion, simulation, or correspondence. So it takes a little laying out, I think, but I think we can work through it in the discussion. All right, so there is the thought experiment involving a demon manipulating every sensory experience you have, right? The idea is to ask whether everything you perceive is an illusion.

There is sufficient calibration across the board in terms of your perceptual capacities. Now, whether those perceptions are hallucinations imposed by some omnipotent demon or genuine correspondences to reality, they still correspond to your experienced truth. Both of those thought experiments, which have been discussed for centuries, have actually been missing the point. That is my proposal. Whether impressions are true or false, impressions, deceptions, simulations, or hallucinations must still occur as something. Appearance is not nothing.

I think this is original, or at least builds on the earlier arguments. I think it also works as a kind of reductio. Whether perceptions are merely imposed images or reflections of an actual reality, there remains an underlying question. Yes, the possibility of imposed images is one. That is, whether they are experiential impositions of a false reality or actual correspondences to truth, to the real world in terms of some statistical approximation of it and the scales at which we exist.

In either case, there is still a thing that exists: either the imposition itself or the actual correspondence between impressions and the real world. So in either case, there is something rather than nothing. You see where I am going with this. Denial of existence has to appear. Denial is participative in existence.

Those examples trotted out in nearly every philosophy class are probably not taking into account some more obvious assumptions. They are, in fact, limiting cases of a more general thought experiment about existence and non-existence, whether the impressions involved are true or false. Before we can sort perceptions into true or false, there has to be enough identity and difference.

The implicit assumption is that there is something. It is easier to argue statistically for “something rather than nothing,” given the possible states of existence involved. So this distinction between false and true impressions of the world still presupposes the existence of something. Radical skepticism can challenge the interpretation of experience, but it cannot erase the occurrence of experience. That is the bedrock.

That is more of a philosophical or ‘metaphysical’ take on the issue. Obviously, the more scientific perspective is that the universe and physical reality existed long before us. But in terms of these philosophical thought experiments, I think this is a fairly clear addition to the discussion. Science proceeds from the practical assumption that the external world and other minds exist. Philosophy can go thinner. Something is happening, rather than nothing.

Simulation and Coherence

Rick Rosner: All right. So you are talking about two extreme possibilities. One is that the world is entirely real and our existence within it is real, and that our impressions of the world are as accurate as our evolved selves can make them. Given the limitations of being flesh-and-blood organisms, we are perceiving the world as realistically as we can.

On the other hand, everything could be a simulation, and we could be being fooled, Matrix-style. But I think you need to ask a question: how does it matter? Which is kind of what you are getting at. A simulation of the world would still have to contain a great deal of internal consistency and apparent reality, or else it would give away the game.

Right? If we saw magic happening all the time, and that magic was inconsistent with the rules of physics, as it would be in our world, we would know that something strange was happening. Either the rules of physics would be incomplete, or somebody would have access to our reality and be able to interfere with it. But we do not see magic all the time, unless you are a lunatic, I guess.

So the question is also: how much difference does it make whether we are in a simulation or not? Even a simulation has to function coherently, or else it reveals itself. And then there is the question of what the beings behind the simulation would want. Presumably, they would not design the simulation to privilege you, some random individual within it.

If it is a simulation, then they would have to simulate you and, to some extent, more than eight billion other people as well. Why would they single you out to experience violations of the rules of that simulation? They probably would not. So even if this is a simulation, you probably would not experience anything that violates the apparent rules of this world unless the simulation itself were being broken for everyone.

Which raises another question: why would they simulate the first place? Probably not to break it. Unless, in the higher-level reality, running and disrupting an intricate simulation is extremely cheap. Maybe they have so much processing power that a child in that world could buy a simulation kit for five dollars and simulate our entire universe, then casually alter it. But that seems unlikely.

And then there are other statistical arguments we have discussed. For example, what are the odds that we are not really experiencing anything at all, and that what appears to be our conscious experience is simply a momentary arrangement of atoms forming, by chance, something resembling a human brain with consciousness? The odds against that are astronomically high.

But then somebody in a philosophy class could argue that the statistical argument itself might also be fictional, that statistics and mathematics could merely be random manifestations giving you the impression that logic and probability are real, when they too are just temporary appearances. At that point, I do not know; I would imagine the teacher would throw up his hands and say, “I do not know,” or the professor’s equivalent.

Intelligibility and Experience

Jacobsen: I think that is pretty solid. The important thing is that even the skeptical move depends on intelligibility. It still uses distinctions, inference, and negation.

Rosner: And the big point is that, well, maybe “she”; maybe you have a lady professor.

Jacobsen: Sure. Well, I think the bigger point is that whether it is a Matrix-style imposed reality or an actual external reality perceived through impressions, something is still being experienced. You can call it a false reality as much as you want, but it is still being experienced as real, or at least experienced.

So there is the distinction between true and false, but there is still something there, right? A hallucination is, in some sense, real enough experientially, even if virtual or detached from external reality. The “something” remains the premise underlying everything involved. You cannot really escape that. We are, in a sense, stuck with the fact that there is experience occurring. That is not a grand proof of the world as perceived, or of the self, or of every metaphysical system. It is a trimmer and stronger claim: the occurrence itself is unavoidable. Every attempt to deny it confirms it.

Universe Scale and Statistical Questions

Rosner: Yes. And there are additional statistical questions that can be raised. For instance, I tend to think that the principles governing existence do not inherently favour smaller universes. If you imagine the set of all possible universes, or all possible moments in all possible universes, it would seem to allow universes of any finite size, potentially extending without obvious upper limits.

If working universes of many scales are possible, then it raises the question: are universes of certain sizes more probable than others? You could use that line of reasoning to argue for the simulation hypothesis. For example, if we exist in a universe with roughly 10^80 particles, and universes with 10^30 particles are somehow statistically more probable, then one might argue that it is more likely we are living in a smaller simulation embedded within a larger universe.

I do not personally buy that argument, but I think it becomes a valid philosophical question once we get a better handle on the principles underlying existence itself. What are the members of this set of possible moments?

You might think there would be vastly more universes with 10 to the 80th particles than universes with only 10 particles, simply because there are only so many quantum configurations available to a universe with 10 particles. In contrast, the number of possible configurations increases enormously as you add more particles.

So, does any statistical consideration have to be given to the size of a universe? Or is there some principle that says you accept the size of the universe you inhabit, and that its scale tells you nothing about whether it is “real” or simulated? That seems to me like the more reasonable point of view, but who the fuck knows.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Rob Boston, Secularism for the Second Trump Term

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/06

Rob Boston, Secularism for the Second Trump Term

Photo by Jorge Alcala on Unsplash

Rob Boston is a Senior Adviser at Americans United for Separation of Church and State and former Editor of Church & State, AU’s monthly membership magazine. He is also the chief writer for AU’s “Wall of Separation” blog. Rob, who has worked at Americans United since 1987, is the author of four books: Close Encounters with the Religious Right: Journeys into the Twilight Zone of Religion and Politics (Prometheus Books, 2000); The Most Dangerous Man in America? Pat Robertson and the Rise of the Christian Coalition (Prometheus Books, 1996); Why the Religious Right Is Wrong About Separation of Church and State (Prometheus Books, 1993; second edition, 2003) and, most recently, Taking Liberties: Why Religious Freedom Doesn’t Give You The Right To Tell Other People What To Do (Prometheus Books, 2014). Rob has appeared in three documentaries: “We Believe in Dinosaurs” (2019), “American Heretics” (2019) and “God & Country” (2024).

Following a previous discussion during Trump’s term, Boston shares insights on challenges facing the secular movement as we prepare for a second Trump term. He highlights the erosion of church-state precedents, potential political hostility, and issues like executive orders impacting reproductive and LGBTQ+ rights. He emphasizes Christian nationalism’s political influence and its alignment with far-right politics, undermining secular values. Concerns include censorship, religious arguments affecting policy, and Christian nationalists’ discriminatory practices. Boston stresses coalition work, resilience, and strategic planning as crucial for advocacy, urging individuals to prioritize mental health and partner across secular and religious communities for effective action.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Rob Boston after a few years of pause. Ironically, this conversation occurred during the Biden-Harris administration, whereas our last meeting was during Trump’s first term. To start with an overview, what is the current state of the secular movement?

Rob Boston: Many people are angry, disappointed, and discouraged. However, there is a general recognition that we must continue this fight. Much of what we value is at stake. We understand that the work ahead will be challenging. The Supreme Court and lower federal courts have already eroded some church-state precedents, and now we face a potentially hostile political environment. It will take much work, but these values are worth fighting for, and everyone is determined to keep up the effort.

Jacobsen: Outside of the immediate personality and leadership of President Trump, what do you see as the significant institutional challenges coming in the next four years?

Boston: We will have to deal with several issues. One major challenge will be executive orders and policies that a president can change without congressional approval. During Trump’s previous term, we saw many actions of this nature, with measures that undermined the separation of church and state implemented via executive orders or regulatory changes. These can be difficult to challenge. Sometimes, legal action is possible, but only sometimes.

A good example from his first term is when Trump unilaterally announced via tweet that transgender individuals could no longer serve in the military. President Biden reversed that policy, but Trump could reinstate it. Other similar executive orders could affect access to birth control and allow faith-based organizations to receive public funding while discriminating based on religion. The president can enact such changes without legislative approval, so we will face significant challenges at the outset.

Jacobsen: What is the current state of Christian nationalism in the United States? The phrase “Christian nationalism” is often used and may blur into a simple slogan for some. However, it has a much more specific and concerning meaning regarding the intent of those who identify as or are identified as Christian nationalists.

Boston: Christian nationalism involves both political and religious activity. It is the belief that the United States was founded to be a Christian nation and should be governed predominantly by white Christian men of fundamentalist leanings. This is significant because the type of Christianity promoted by Christian nationalists excludes most Christians in America. Millions of Christians would find the fundamentalist Christianity embraced by Christian nationalists incompatible with their beliefs.

Christian nationalism is a political movement aligned with far-right politics and seeks to dismantle the separation between church and state. Unfortunately, it is currently experiencing a period of influence. Although Donald Trump may not seem religious to most of us, he has garnered the support of Christian nationalists, who, remarkably, often view him as a champion.

Jacobsen: Do you not see involvement in church-state separation? What will be the impacts of this movement, either directly or as a derivative of eroding church-state separation, on issues like women’s reproductive rights or LGBTQ+ rights?

Boston: Lately, we’ve examined the connections between the separation of church and state and many other issues. Take, for example, the question of reproductive freedom. Nearly all attempts to deny women reproductive freedom in the United States are based on religious arguments. Some people might point to the Bible or cite statements from religious figures. They are making explicitly religious arguments, and that also holds for LGBTQ+ rights. During the fight over marriage equality, opponents made explicitly religious arguments as to why two people of the same gender should not be allowed to marry without offering any compelling secular arguments. It was usually an appeal to the Bible.

Another issue affected by this is censorship, which has become a significant problem in the United States. Books are being removed from public school libraries or public libraries because some religious individuals disapprove of them. Again, this is entirely based on religion. From the perspective of Americans United, when laws are grounded in theology or someone’s religious beliefs, and the only argument they can offer is a religious one, we consider that a church-state issue.

Lately, we’ve been trying to make that connection more explicit and help people understand that if you care about reproductive rights, LGBTQ+ rights, freedom from censorship, or the ability to make personal life choices, the wall of separation between church and state is what protects those rights and many more.

Jacobsen: What do you see as a significant challenge in the immediate future? I’m thinking about the rest of this Fall-Winter and the upcoming Spring.

Boston: The first thing we must do is gear up for the fights we know are coming. Certain actions, such as executive orders reversing those put in place by the Biden administration, can be expected almost immediately after Trump is sworn in.

We could see a revival of the Muslim ban or a complete shift in the federal government’s stance on reproductive rights and reproductive freedom. We need to be prepared to tackle these issues right away. As we move into 2025, we also need to pay attention to who Trump appoints to powerful positions. Last time, for example, he named Betsy DeVos, an advocate for private school aid, as Secretary of Education. Her main focus was funneling tax money into private religious schools.

She should have prioritized public schools, which serve about 90% of our children. Our focus should be on supporting public schools. All of these challenges can feel overwhelming. Last time, people used the analogy of trying to take a drink from a fire hose—you just get blasted.

There were days when it felt like one thing after another. You always needed to figure out what to expect next. I sometimes thought this was being done deliberately to wear us down. For those of us who advocate for a secular government in the United States, it’s not just about being prepared for any attack but also finding ways to maintain our energy levels to handle whatever might come next.

Jacobsen: That’s a subtle point—maintaining stamina in policy and activist work. What are your tips?

Boston: One important thing for people to remember is that when a lot is happening, you don’t have to fight every battle. Triage. Identify what is most important to tackle immediately and address the less urgent issues later. Also, remember your allies.

Here at Americans United, we have allies in secular and religious communities who can step in and work with us. The more we stand together, the better off we’ll be. On an individual level, people need to take care of themselves. Take a break if you’re feeling burned out, unwell, or overwhelmed.

Reenergize, recharge your batteries, and then come back into the fight. Sometimes, those of us in secular activism make the mistake of pushing ourselves to burnout, which benefits no one. Prioritizing mental health is essential.

Jacobsen: Has there been any discussion or self-congratulation among self-identified Christian nationalists regarding their recent win? What are your thoughts about projecting forward into 2025 with the aptly titled “Project 2025”?

Boston: Project 2025 is indeed a serious concern. This initiative was created by the Heritage Foundation, a highly conservative organization, and other groups. Many proposals are so extreme that many people are shocked to read them. The agenda wasn’t widely popular, so Trump and some other Republicans tried to distance themselves from it, claiming it was just something proposed by a group and didn’t reflect their administration.

However, many of us believe that elements of the Project 2025 blueprint will be enacted. We can certainly expect to see portions of it implemented. This attempt to distance themselves from such an extreme agenda is not convincing. The document is 900 pages long and covers every aspect of political life and government departments—many areas that affect our daily lives.

We must be vigilant against any efforts to implement it and do what we can to stop it. The positive aspect is that it is not popular, so if an attempt is made to enforce it, we should be able to rally people and make them aware of the potential erosion of their rights.

Jacobsen: What will be the first targeted rights and secular institutions?

Boston: Despite Trump’s rhetoric about protecting women, he will be under much pressure to act against reproductive freedom. Most people support a woman’s right to choose. We saw this on election night when seven states voted to protect abortion rights through ballot referendums. However, some voters who supported those measures also voted for Trump.

The extreme anti-abortion groups are going to look for ways to interfere with that right as much as possible. One of my concerns is seeing situations like in Texas, where nearly all abortions are illegal. Women are crossing the border into New Mexico to access abortion services. Legislators in Texas want to prevent this and even punish those who help women obtain abortions.

This is extremely concerning, and I hope that the constitutional protection of interstate travel will safeguard against such measures. But these are dangerous times, and people are proposing ideas that would have seemed unthinkable just a few years ago. Yet here they are, being put on the table.

Jacobsen: Human Rights Watch has a straightforward page—nothing fancy—that succinctly describes the state of abortion rights internationally, stating that safe and equitable access to abortion is a fundamental human right. These are attacks on human rights, and historically, we know that when abortion is made illegal, the number of unsafe abortions rises, leading to injuries and deaths. The data often shows that making abortion legal reduces the number of overall abortions by ensuring safe and equitable access. Beyond issues related to reproductive freedom, what other pillars do you think will be targeted?

Boston: We must assume that any issue related to the separation of church and state could be targeted. Secular public schools are one such area. For instance, in Oklahoma, Ryan Walters, the state superintendent of public instruction, has tried to force schools to teach the Bible. Teaching about the Bible objectively and even-handedly is one thing, but that’s not what Walters wants. He aims for a fundamentalist, Christian nationalist interpretation of the Bible to be part of the curriculum.

If someone like Walters were elevated to a national position, he might try to implement such programs on a broader scale. Louisiana passed a law requiring the posting of the Ten Commandments in all public schools. That measure could spread to other states and become a national issue. We need to remain vigilant about these developments. This is always a concern.

Jacobsen: Another area where we expect problems is whether religious freedom gives people the right to discriminate against others or cause them harm. What is your perspective on this?

Boston: At Americans United, we firmly believe that religious freedom does not grant the right to discriminate or cause harm to others. However, Christian nationalists see this differently. They argue that a medical professional, for example, should be able to deny treatment to anyone, even in emergencies, if something about that person offends their religious beliefs. We have seen cases where people seeking services at secular, for-profit businesses—such as bakeries or photography studios—are denied because they are same-sex couples or non-Christians. There have also been instances where adoption and foster care agencies, funded by taxpayer dollars, have turned people away for being of the “wrong” religion.

Conservatives and Christian nationalists argue that this is a legitimate expression of religious freedom, but we at Americans United say it is not. Religious freedom allows you to worship as you see fit, gather with others, pray, sing hymns, and so forth, but it does not give you the right to harm or discriminate against others. This issue is becoming more contentious, and, unfortunately, the courts are moving toward an interpretation of religious freedom as an instrument of discrimination.

Jacobsen: Over the past 10 to 15 years, there has been new research into attitudes about atheists and other similar groups in the United States and beyond. The findings often show that atheists are among the most distrusted and disliked groups, sometimes swapping places with Muslims in terms of public sentiment. How do you reconcile the Christian nationalists’ quest for power with the fact that atheists, and sometimes Muslims, are so heavily distrusted and targeted by negative sentiment?

Boston: It’s a challenge. Christian nationalists, having gained significant political power, often express hostility toward atheists, who are indeed viewed with distrust, fear, and even disgust by the general public. Muslims face similar negative perceptions. Despite these challenges, Americans United has always been a broad coalition. We have strong ties to religious communities, as well as secular ones. We work with Jewish groups and, more recently, with some Hindu, Wiccan, and pagan organizations.

Outreach to the Muslim community has been more challenging for various reasons, but we have found progressive Muslim-leaning organizations that have joined us in coalition on certain issues. If we see a return of the Muslim ban, which I would not be surprised by, that will present an opportunity to work more closely with the Muslim community. We will continue to foster those partnerships.

Jacobsen: Who would you say are your strongest allies in the secular community for those interested in joining forces with them?

Boston: In the secular community, we have connections with all the major groups in the United States, such as the American Humanist Association, the Secular Coalition, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, the Center for Inquiry, American Atheists, and some smaller organizations. We collaborate with them on legal efforts, lobbying, and coalition-building. An interesting fact that many might not know is that Christian clergy originally founded Americans United.

Jacobsen: I didn’t know that.

Boston: Yes, it’s an important part of our history. We were founded in 1947, and for many decades, our default mode was a Christian, mostly Protestant organization, advocating for the separation of church and state from an explicitly religious perspective. That began to change in the 1970s and onward, and the organization became nonsectarian. There was some suspicion from secular organizations that we were still a religious group. When I started working here in 1987, being from the secular community myself, I was interested in finding ways to align Americans United more closely with the leading secular organizations in America. One of the main ways I worked on that was by showing up.

I attended their conferences, spoke when they allowed it and wrote for their magazines to let them know that Americans United valued them as partners and wanted to work collaboratively. That effort paid off over the years; we have built those connections. I have served on the board of the American Humanist Association since 2009. Although my time on that board is winding down, I have remained active in it and other secular organizations.

One of the most important things we can do when building an effective coalition and reaching out to secular groups is to show up and demonstrate that we value the partnership and want it to thrive.

Jacobsen: Last question. What are the most effective strategies for pursuing the secular work you’re involved in?

Boston: That’s a challenging question because there are many different approaches. However, one of the most effective strategies is coalitional work. Coalitions are important because they showcase a broad and diverse group that can be compelling to the average person and sometimes political leaders. If someone secular is saying the same thing as someone religious, and they have come together to make their argument, that diversity can be very impactful.

We look for broad outreach when filing lawsuits or engaging in other actions to present voices that may differ in personal beliefs but are united on the issue. I advise those working on these issues to seek as many allies as possible. I understand people have different perspectives on religious matters—that’s part of living in a free society.

Discussing those differences over coffee after the meeting is fine, but when planning strategy, set those differences aside. Focus on what matters and what you’re working on.

Jacobsen: Rob, thank you again. I appreciate it.

Boston: Great, glad to help.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 45: Fractional Dimensions, Quantum Time, and Simulated Futures

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/04

Fumfer Physics 45: Fractional Dimensions, Quantum Time, and Simulated Futures

Photo by Djim Loic on Unsplash

“Ordinary time is one line. Quantum computation gives you a controlled blur of possible lines, and then reality, the old bastard, makes you pick one.” – Rick Rosner

Scott Douglas Jacobsen asks Rick Rosner about fractional dimensions, causality, quantum computing, and whether reality could temporarily “snap back” from non-integer spatial or temporal structures. Rosner distinguishes mathematical fractional dimensions from literal extra directions, explains compactification, positrons, superposition, decoherence, and simulated timelines, and argues that rerunning life would require impossible isolation from the universe’s information-recording machinery, leaving simulation as the only plausible route to alternate futures rather than literal reversal of time.

Fractional Dimensions and the Problem of Physical Meaning

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There was a recent report about something we discussed many years ago. I pitched it to you as a thought experiment about strange physical effects and dimensionality: a dimension that is neither two-dimensional nor three-dimensional, but fractional, two and one-eighth dimensions, two and fifty-seven sixty-fourths dimensions, or something like that. Maybe two-point-something dimensions of space and one dimension of time.

What do you think happens if you fractionate space, time, or both into a non-whole-number dimension?

Rick Rosner: So, if you have a fractional dimension, dimensionality is basically about degrees of freedom: how many independent ways things can move, vary, or be connected. Space can be thought of, at least in one relational way, as being partly defined by the interactions among the things in it, the particles, fields, forces, and exchanges that make up the universe.

Graphs, Connections, and Degrees of Freedom

There is a famous puzzle every school kid knows, or at least every nerdy school kid. You have three houses and three utilities, say electricity, water, and gas, and you have to connect each utility to each house without any of the lines crossing. On a flat two-dimensional plane, you cannot do it. The graph is nonplanar. You need to cheat somehow: let one line pass over another, go through a third dimension, put the thing on a torus, or otherwise violate the flat-paper rules.

So you can view space partly in terms of what connections are possible among things: particles, forces, interactions, exchanges. How many independent directions can those interactions happen in?

You can model four-dimensional or twelve-dimensional spaces in a computer. But specifying a position in higher-dimensional space takes more information. In our usual physics, a point in spacetime needs four coordinates: three for space and one for time. In a twelve-dimensional spatial model, you would need thirteen coordinates: twelve spatial coordinates and one time coordinate. That is a lot of extra information. So the question is: where is that information coming from, physically? In the physics we actually observe, there is an efficiency in having three large spatial dimensions and one time dimension.

Fractals, Compactification, and Compromised Directions

To have a fractional number of dimensions does not literally mean you have two good dimensions and then one crappy little leftover dimension. That is my sloppy way of saying it. More accurately, a fractional dimension usually means the system scales as if it has a non-integer number of degrees of freedom. Fractals do this. Some mathematical models in physics do this. In some quantum-gravity ideas, the effective dimension of spacetime may even depend on scale. But that is different from saying you can walk north, south, east, west, and then one-eighth of “up.”

Still, as a metaphor, you could say: you have two full dimensions, and then some limited, constrained, or weird access to another kind of direction. The “shittiness” could come in different forms.

String theory gives one version of this, though not exactly fractional dimensions. String theory says there may be extra spatial dimensions, but most of them are compactified, rolled up so small that we do not detect them in everyday life. So compactness is one way an extra dimension can be hidden.

Another way might be restricted propagation. Maybe light or information moves freely across two dimensions, but in the extra effective direction, it moves in a pokey way, loses intensity faster, or becomes accessible only at certain scales. That is not necessarily a fractional dimension in the strict mathematical sense; it may be more like an anisotropic medium, a strange metric, or a constrained geometry. But you can imagine many ways to model a dimension that behaves less like an ordinary direction and more like a compromised direction.

I do not know the specialized math of it. I am not a Ph.D. in fractal geometry or quantum gravity. But I can imagine that fractional dimensions do some of what regular dimensions do, only in a more limited, scale-dependent, or otherwise messed-up way.

Time, Causality, and Positrons

With time, the issue is different. Time is causality in action. It is the ordering of events. Events at one point in time cause events at later points in time, and in ordinary experience, it almost never goes the other way.

In quantum field theory, there is the Feynman-Stueckelberg interpretation, where a positron, the antimatter counterpart of the electron, can be mathematically treated as an electron moving backward in time. But that does not mean positrons are little time-traveling bullets in the science-fiction sense. A positron is a real particle moving forward in time like everything else, with the opposite electric charge of an electron. The “electron moving backward in time” idea is a powerful mathematical interpretation, not an invitation to murder your grandfather.

We live in a world made mostly of matter rather than antimatter. Positrons usually do not last long around ordinary matter because, when a positron and an electron meet, they can annihilate and produce energy, usually gamma-ray photons. But positrons can be stored for significant periods in traps, using electromagnetic fields and vacuum conditions. That is not because they are outside causality. It is because you have prevented them from running into electrons.

So you cannot really say that a trapped positron is not participating in cause and effect. It is interacting with fields. It is being confined. It is part of the causal machinery. It is just being kept away from the kind of interaction that would destroy it.

The larger point still stands: causality seems to require a strongly ordered time dimension. In standard physics, spacetime has three large spatial dimensions and one time dimension. You can write mathematical theories with more than one time dimension, but they tend to produce serious problems with causality, stability, and predictability. So, for the universe we actually observe, time appears to be one-dimensional in a much stricter way than space is three-dimensional.

Quantum Superposition and Sloppy Multidimensional Time

Rosner: However, you can have something that you might sloppily call multidimensional time through the superposition of many possible states. That is also one way people talk about quantum computing, though you have to be careful because it is easy to turn quantum mechanics into science fiction with equations taped to it.

If we were holding that positron in a vacuum, isolated from ordinary matter, that is one kind of sequestering. With quantum circuits, you are doing something somewhat analogous: you are trying to keep the qubits isolated enough from the rest of the universe that they can maintain their quantum state while they compute. They are not outside causality. They are just protected from the kinds of interactions that would ruin the computation.

A qubit can be in an indeterminate state. More precisely, it can be in a superposition of possible states. That brings us to Schrödinger’s cat, which is the cat in the box. The cat is sealed off from the outside world with some quantum event that may or may not trigger the fatal mechanism. Until the box is opened, the standard story says the cat is treated as being in a superposition of alive and dead.

Now, if you are using the many-worlds interpretation, you can say there are two branches: one where the cat is alive and one where the cat is dead. But that is an interpretation of the math, not something everybody agrees is literally happening. The safer way to put it is that the system is in a superposition until measurement or interaction with the environment forces the result to become definite for the observer.

Quantum Computing, Possible Histories, and the Limits of the Metaphor

Quantum computing lets you exploit superposition, entanglement, and interference. The sloppy popular version is: “It runs many worlds at once.” The more accurate version is: it sets up a quantum state in which many possible outcomes have amplitudes, and the computation uses interference to amplify the useful answers and suppress the useless ones. It is not just a magical parallel-universe abacus, though that would be a terrific bad startup pitch.

So, in a loose sense, you could call that an extra fractional dimension of time. You have one ordinary timeline, but inside the quantum computation, you are letting many possible computational paths coexist briefly before the system is measured.

The old line about quantum computers having only 16 qubits is way out of date. Quantum computers now have far more physical qubits than that. IBM introduced its 1,121-qubit Condor processor in 2023, and its more recent Nighthawk system has 120 qubits arranged for more complex workloads. But raw physical qubits are not the same thing as large numbers of reliable, error-corrected logical qubits. That is the annoying but essential distinction. You can have lots of fragile qubits and still not have the kind of robust machine that can run huge, practical simulations.

But suppose that, in the future, you have a quantum computer with tens of thousands of high-quality, error-corrected qubits. Then maybe you could run more complex simulations: not a full reality simulator, because the universe is not cheap to imitate, but richer models than anything we can do now.

The 16-qubit version of a world simulator would not even be Pong. It would be worse than Pong. It would be a damp sneeze in Hilbert space. But with enough reliable qubits, you might simulate pieces of chemistry, materials, optimization problems, or probabilistic scenarios in ways classical computers struggle with.

Everyday Choice and Simulated Timelines

So take the everyday example we have talked about. Say you are in eleventh grade, and you like a girl, and you are trying to imagine the possible outcomes if you go up and talk to her. A future quantum-assisted simulator probably would not tell you, “Say this exact sentence and she will like you,” because human beings are not deterministic vending machines for affection. But it might model a large range of possible interactions and give probabilities: here are the twenty most likely ways this could play out, given the assumptions.

That could feel like multidimensional time. Each individual scenario still unfolds in one-dimensional time: this happens, then that happens, then the next thing happens. But you have a whole rainbow of possible short timelines laid out side by side. The “extra dimension” is not really another time dimension in physics. It is more like a structured space of possible histories.

So, yes, you could argue to me that this is one plus a fraction of time. Not literally, probably. But metaphorically, computationally, imaginatively, sure. Ordinary time is one line. Quantum computation gives you a controlled blur of possible lines, and then reality, the old bastard, makes you pick one.

Stability, Reversal, and the Universe Snapping Back

Jacobsen: If fractional spatial and temporal dimensions are possible, could there be a point at which this happens temporarily inside an already established universe, but the stability of the universe sort of snaps it back into a whole-number dimension, or at least an approximation of one?

Rosner: That is the first question. To do that, you would need the technology to sequester the events. For something to happen and then unhappen, the events that happened would have to leave no usable trace in the rest of the universe.

Take the eleventh-grade example again: you want to rerun your interaction with the girl you like. For that to work physically, that little world would have to happen in some kind of null space, inside a mirrored sphere, or whatever the science-fiction version is, where you and the girl are separated from the rest of space. What happens in the sphere is like what happens in Vegas, except with better physics: it stays in the sphere. It does not interact with anything else.

Maybe, if you could do that, you could pull the whole thing back and run it again. But I do not know how you would ever have the technology to separate you, the girl, the air, the photons, your bodies, your nervous systems, and every little thermal interaction from the rest of the universe. That is not a casual laboratory apparatus. That is God’s Tupperware.

You would need much more than a ten-thousand-qubit simulation. To simulate two human bodies at anything close to the atomic level, you are talking about astronomical complexity. Your body contains on the order of trillions of cells and vastly more atoms, and so does hers. So you cannot literally rerun time unless you can isolate the events you are trying to rerun from the rest of the world.

Information, Heat, and the Stickiness of the Past

The rest of the world is designed, in a sense, to be a recorder of information and a pusher-forward of information into the future. Things happen; the world records traces of what happened. Then more things happen, and those traces get folded into the next layer of reality. That is why the past is sticky.

We have talked about places where the world does not keep track very well, like the center of a star. So many interactions are happening so quickly, and the temperature is so high, that there is no stable, readable record of most specific events. The record is scrambled almost immediately by the chaos of the plasma. The core of the Sun, for example, is around 15 million degrees Celsius, where nuclear fusion occurs. That is not a filing cabinet. That is the universe running a paper shredder inside a bomb.

But even there, the information is not magically erased in the everyday sense. In modern physics, information, entropy, and heat are tied together in very deep ways. Landauer’s principle says that erasing one bit of information has a minimum thermodynamic cost, dissipated as heat. So when we say a place “does not keep records,” what we really mean is that local, usable, recoverable information is dispersed into inaccessible correlations and thermal noise.

To thoroughly record events, you need something more like Earth: an open system that can shed waste heat into space and preserve relatively stable structures, rocks, fossils, bodies, books, hard drives, scars, memories, browser histories, all the accusing little receipts of existence.

But you cannot run your interaction with the girl in the center of a star, because no useful record survives in a form you can recover. Also, dating advice generally suffers at 15 million degrees.

Decoherence, Simulation, and the Seduction of Rerunning Life

So I would buy the half-assed argument that, in the future, you might live through different possible futures by simulation before arriving at your actual future, the one that really happens. But it would have to be simulation. It would not be literal rewinding of the universe.

The key issue is decoherence. If a quantum system interacts with its environment, information about the system leaks into that environment, and the system loses the clean superposition you would need to preserve multiple possible histories. Decoherence is exactly the reason quantum states are so hard to maintain and why quantum computers need isolation, error correction, and controlled conditions.

In the novel I am writing, one of the things that can happen is that people get trapped in this. They get addicted to reliving the crucial points in their lives. They keep going back to the moments where they think everything turned: the girl, the job, the betrayal, the fight, the one sentence they should have said differently. They do not get to rewrite the actual universe. They get to run versions of it, over and over, until the simulation becomes more seductive than the life they are supposed to be living.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Maria Butyrina on Media, War Narratives, and National Identity: Ukrainian Journalism in Wartime

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/04

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Liana Okhrymenko (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Maria Butyrina is a Ukrainian journalist whose work reflects the evolving realities of her country amid political upheaval and war. Motivated by both creativity and self-realization, she uses journalism to shape public understanding and social consciousness. Her reporting focuses on war, displacement, and human resilience, particularly following the Revolution of Dignity and the full-scale invasion. Butyrina represents a generation of journalists committed to truth, national solidarity, and responsible storytelling during crisis.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Liana Okhrymenko speak with Maria Butyrina about her motivations and the transformation of Ukrainian journalism. She explains how war became the dominant theme after 2014 and intensified following the 2022 invasion, shifting attention toward displacement, loss, and survival. Despite regional differences in danger, Butyrina emphasizes a unified national media approach focused on accuracy, resilience, and informing both citizens and international partners about Ukraine’s ongoing struggle.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was journalism your original dream?

Maria Butyrina: Journalism gave me the opportunity to work not only with creativity, but also with self-realization. Thanks to my journalistic work, I was able to achieve a higher level of self-realization. I also wanted to have some impact on society, because journalism gives me the opportunity to form opinion, to place certain emphases, and to offer interpretations of what is happening.

This is a good opportunity to influence how people understand events and, to some extent, human behavior and consciousness.

Jacobsen: How would you characterize the themes of journalism before the Revolution of Dignity, during 2014–2021, and after the full-scale invasion?

Butyrina: First of all, after the Revolution of Dignity, the annexation of Crimea and the war in eastern Ukraine became central themes. Military issues moved to the forefront, which is understandable, and there was less space for other thematic blocks in the media.

The daily news agenda began to form around these military narratives. After February 24, 2022, many more war-related topics emerged: internal displacement, relocated enterprises, and a significant number of sensitive issues connected to the full-scale invasion.

There was also strong attention to people who survived occupation, lost property, or lost loved ones. Of course, the thematic spectrum changed a lot. Even after 2014, we could already see this shift, because Crimea was occupied and the war in the east had begun.

After the full-scale invasion, we have even more problems here. Before that, there was already less attention to other topics. Right now, there is even less, because the war dominates the news, along with destruction and everything connected to it. We also have a huge focus on people who suffered because of the war—people who relocated, who need help with housing, with family, and with many other things.

That is why, right now, I would say that we still have other topics, but this is the primary one.

Jacobsen: Are you noticing any nuances in the tone of reporting between the frontline and the far west, for instance?

Butyrina: I do not see major differences in the presentation of military issues. Ukraine is one country living through the same war, even if the intensity differs by region. It does not matter where the journalist is from.

We all work in the same mode. We support our country, and we pay attention to our Western partners and to the people who make decisions about helping us. That is why international broadcasting and media diplomacy are so important for us right now. The world needs to see and understand what is happening in Ukraine. It is important to report on what is happening in our country objectively and truthfully.

Unfortunately, even western regions are affected by missile strikes and destruction, so there is no regional gap. Of course, people living closer to the frontline face more immediate danger, which can influence journalistic emphasis, but overall we operate within a shared national information reality.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Maria.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Amos Guiora, Ph.D., J.D. on Recovered Holocaust Books, Enablers, and Denial

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/04

How do recovered Holocaust books connect Amos Guiora’s work on enablers to antisemitism today?

Prof. Amos N. Guiora is an Israeli-American professor of law at the University of Utah’s S.J. Quinney College of Law and directs the school’s Bystander Initiative. He holds an A.B. in history from Kenyon College, a J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law, and a PhD from Leiden University. Guiora served 19 years in the Israel Defence Forces, retiring as a lieutenant colonel, and helped implement the Oslo Peace Process (1994–1999). His work examines national security, institutional complicity, and enabling cultures behind sexual abuse; he has authored The Crime of Complicity, Armies of Enablers, and Legitimate Target.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Amos Guiora about four recovered books belonging to Guiora’s grandfather, Shlomo Natan Goldberg, and their journey through Auschwitz, Nuremberg, and family memory. Guiora frames the project as a duty against Holocaust denial and minimization, connecting restitution, survivor testimony, Hungarian Jewish history, enablers, and bystander accountability. The exchange also examines antisemitism today, youth education, moral courage, and the legal responsibility to confront enabling across generations through witness, law, and remembrance.

For more commentary:

The upcoming book is Victory, Redemption, and Legal Responsibility: By Bystanding We Enabled, Springer Law at Springer Nature

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was any part of you hesitant to pursue this project?

Dr. Amos Guiora: When I received notice about the books, I was at home in Israel. I received the email at 11 p.m. The subject line was my grandfather’s name.

My first reaction was that it was spam. I thought, “All right, I will read it.” The first line said, “If you are Amos Guiora, continue reading.” The next line said, “If you are the grandson of Shlomo Natan Goldberg, continue reading.” I kept reading, and I was completely overwhelmed.

When the books arrived in Salt Lake City last February or March, a friend told me to record myself opening the boxes. I was so overwhelmed that I couldn’t get my phone to work, so I didn’t record it.

Then the question became what to do with all of this. One friend suggested writing an article; others suggested writing a book. Some even asked, “Where is the movie? Who will play Guiora?” At some point, it became clear that I wanted to do something. I was honoured that, in the end, I was able to work it out with Springer.

In response to your question, telling my grandfather’s story is critical and honours his memory. In an age of Holocaust denial and, more troublingly, Holocaust minimization, it has become urgent. As I sit here at my desk, I look at a photo of my father and my grandmother holding a child; it is not clear whether she is holding my father or my uncle. It never was to me. I feel a profound sense of duty and responsibility to my paternal grandparents, Shlomo Natan Goldberg and Therese Goldberg, who were murdered at Auschwitz.

That is what drives this. Once the collaboration with Springer began, it was clear that this was a book that had to be written. I want to emphasize that there is urgency in two ways. One is the urgency created by Holocaust denial. The other is the urgency created by the reality that there are very few Holocaust survivors still alive. For example, I found testimony from a woman who was four years younger than my father and who lived in his hometown. I found her testimony online, and I intend to reach out to her or her family.

There is also urgency in the reality of loss. My mother died four years ago; my father died ten years ago. In that sense, there is a clear sense of duty here, which is deeply serious. Friends have said to me, “Look at this: your grandfather was, as you understand it, a Hebrew school teacher of some kind and took books with him. Your father was an academic, and here you are, an academic as well, though you describe yourself as more modest compared to your father, who was a luminary.” There is something about books that ties it all together.

Jacobsen: One quick touchstone footnote: the oft-quoted phrase “history does not repeat itself, but it rhymes” is attributed to Mark Twain. About Holocaust denial and other forms of antisemitism, historical and factual, what through lines do you observe? What evolutions do you see?

Guiora: I want to show you this book: Holocaust Denial, Antisemitism, Racism, and the New Right by Gil Seidel. For me, the through lines are, first, the story itself. Second, absolutely, the story goes beyond the taking of the books. There is the Holocaust narrative: Hungary, deportation, Auschwitz, and pre-Holocaust Hungary.

In many ways, my emphasis, and I am not a Holocaust historian, is that one should understand what one is and not claim what one is not. The through lines, for me, are the roles of the enablers. That is the central through line.

So, in many ways, to your question, it is the books through enablers, and enablers through the books. There is an interplay there.

I am often asked whether I see a relationship or similarity between the Holocaust 80 years ago and events happening around the world today. I think about that. Antisemitism weighs heavily on me. The minimization of the “other” weighs heavily on me.

I have a student who wrote a strong paper about, for example, ICE. That weighs on me in this context. These through lines exist.

I want to be careful because I am focused on the book, Auschwitz, my grandparents, and the role of enablers. But in terms of concerns about contemporary society, yes. I am a fairly well-informed person.

In terms of antisemitism and Holocaust denial, several years ago, I debated a distinguished professor. We were debating a different topic, but on my way there, my research assistant told me that he was a Holocaust minimizer. I had never heard the term before.

It turned out that he had written that the Holocaust did happen, but that it was not six million victims, rather two million. At the end of the debate, I refused to shake his hand. He extended his hand, and I looked at it and refused. The following day, I received a scathing letter from his provost accusing me of violating academic integrity and decency.

I asked my dean what to do. He said I had three options: respond line by line, delete the letter, or tell him to go to hell. I chose to delete it.

I ran into that same professor a couple of years later. He said, “Amos, it is great to see you.” I looked at him and again refused to shake his hand, because I had my mother and father in mind.

To your question about through lines: Holocaust minimization is more insidious than outright denial. Saying it did not happen is one thing; saying it happened but reducing the scale is, in some ways, more dangerous.

My contribution, and I am grateful to Springer for the opportunity, is to examine history and law together. I hope, through the lens of my grandfather, to make a meaningful contribution to this conversation.

Jacobsen: Among different generations, for example, those in their 80s compared to those in their 20s, is Holocaust denial and minimization decreasing or increasing?

Guiora: I confess that until 15 or 20 years ago, when I had that debate, I had never heard the term “Holocaust minimization.” When my book The Crime of Complicity: The Bystander in the Holocaust came out, I received many death threats. My mother, who was a Holocaust survivor, was shocked that writing about the Holocaust could provoke that reaction.

When I told her about Holocaust denial, she could not comprehend it. For survivors, the idea that the Holocaust did not happen, or that it “was not that bad”, is something that must be confronted and corrected.

Unfortunately, my father was not cognitively able to understand that this was happening. But for Holocaust survivors, the record must be set straight.

If I have been allowed to play even a modest role in that, then it is my duty and obligation to do so. As you know, I have developed this concept of enablers. If I can frame this issue through the lens of enabling and enablers, it strengthens the argument by expanding the scope of those who bear responsibility for what was done to my grandparents.

Jacobsen: How did you receive the message about this project? How did you receive the books?

Guiora: I received an email from the Center Director, or on behalf of the Center Director.

Jacobsen: What was the format of it, and did you think it was fake?

Guiora: It was an email, and I initially thought it was spam. I read it at 11 p.m. here, and I told myself I would not wake my family so that I would wait until the next day. It was overwhelming.

Aside from a photograph of my grandmother, which is in front of me as we speak, I have nothing from my grandparents. Nothing at all. Since then, I have located documents my father submitted to Yad Vashem. While working on my previous book, I also obtained photographs and deportation records, documents listing their names, from May 1944.

However, I do not have a photograph of my grandfather. I have seen images of selection lines from that period, including photographs from the day they were likely in the selection line in May 1944. I find myself asking, “Could this be them?” but I have no way of knowing.

What makes this project so important to me is, first, to tell my grandparents’ story, or to try to tell it. Second, to connect the historical dots. Third, to reinforce the danger and moral failure of Holocaust denial and minimization. And fourth, to emphasize the critical role of enablers and the need to hold them accountable.

Since we signed with Springer and began work on the book, I have gathered substantial material. I have an excellent research assistant. At the University of Utah, we had the Bystander Initiative. There is also a scholarship in my father’s name. She is the next recipient of that scholarship while working with me on this book. There is a certain symmetry in that, which is meaningful.

Jacobsen: When you saw your grandfather’s name embossed on the books, what did that add to your understanding of your family history that you may not have known before?

Guiora: First, beyond the overwhelming nature of it, there is the question I do not yet have an answer to: why did he take these four books with him? I hope to find an answer.

My great-grandfather, my grandfather’s father-in-law, was an important Orthodox rabbi associated with Satmar. In 1939, my grandfather obtained certificates that would have allowed the family to leave Hungary and come to what is now Israel. It was his father-in-law, my great-grandfather, who said no. The reason was theological: Satmar belief holds that Jews should not return to Eretz Yisrael, the Land of Israel, until the arrival of the Messiah.

This raises an issue I will have to address in the book, one that may make people uncomfortable: the role of certain Orthodox rabbinical authorities during that period. In 1939, he refused permission for his daughter, my grandmother; his son-in-law, my grandfather; and their children, including my father and his brother, to leave.

My grandfather, in an act of rebellion that ultimately saved lives, sent my father and uncle from their small town in eastern Hungary to Budapest, to a Jewish school. When the Nazis occupied Hungary, deportations initially targeted Jews in the provinces rather than those in Budapest. By defying his father-in-law, my grandfather effectively saved my father and uncle. That is a difficult but important story I will have to address.

Jacobsen: You mentioned other realities of human social life under extreme conditions, such as theological constraints in certain Orthodox traditions that discouraged return to Israel, and how that may have had consequences during antisemitic crises. You also referred earlier to cases where women were forced into sexual relations with Nazi soldiers to protect loved ones.

Guiora: It was not “selling.” I am convinced it was not that. My grandmother, my mother’s mother, acted under coercion to save her child.

My mother was taken to be shot twice when she was 12 years old. The first time, she was saved by someone she later encountered, by chance, at a dinner in Tel Aviv 25 years ago. The second time, I believe, based on what I have pieced together, that my grandmother provided sexual services under coercion to save her daughter. Anyone with children or grandchildren can understand the desperation in such circumstances.

My father survived two death marches. My mother was 12; my father was 19. People often use the word “resilience.” I am not a Holocaust historian, but I have interviewed many survivors. In my case, my grandparents were murdered.

To your earlier question about the through lines, books, Auschwitz, and enablers, that is what I hope to bring together in this work. I have two years under contract. I am scheduled to submit the manuscript on my birthday, May 31, 2028.

I also want to go to Nuremberg, where the books were found, and to eastern Hungary, where my father was raised and where I have been twice. When we go to Belgrade, I was hoping to visit Bor, the camp in Serbia where my father was held. However, I was told that it is a ten-hour round trip, so I may have to wait.

I would also visit the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, D.C., and, of course, Yad Vashem here in Israel. There is a great deal of research to be done.

I am fully committed. This will not be easy; it will be challenging. But there is a profound sense of duty, more than anything else, a duty and obligation to tell their story, my grandparents’ story. To examine the role of enablers and to confront Holocaust denial and minimization.

I am deeply, truly honoured that the books found their way to me. I am grateful that we have them, and I want to do something meaningful with them.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Amos.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Serhii Huliienko, Ph.D. on Ukrainian Science, Membrane Research, and Wartime Academic Life

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/03

Dr. Serhii Huliienko is an associate professor at the National Technical University of Ukraine “Igor Sikorsky Kyiv Polytechnic Institute,” specializing in membrane separation, reverse osmosis, nanofiltration, and process simulation. His research examines fouling, regeneration of spiral-wound modules, concentration polarization, mass-transfer resistance, BaCl₂ separation, CFD analysis, spacer design, and channel-curvature effects. Across experimental and mathematical studies, he contributes to optimizing pressure-driven membrane technologies for chemical engineering, wastewater treatment, separation-equipment design, and industrial applications worldwide more broadly.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Dr. Serhii Huliienko about scientific thinking in Ukraine, from childhood chemistry interests and school competitions to membrane research and technical education. Huliienko explains Ukrainian distinctions between fundamental, applied, and technical sciences, university structures, and career motivations shaped by opportunity rather than wealth. The conversation also examines wartime scientific conditions, mobilization, volunteering, journal access, and how cross-cultural dialogue clarifies shared methods across different national understandings of science and human cooperation worldwide today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your earliest moment of being introduced to scientific thinking? Not necessarily a scientific experiment or wanting to be a scientist, but scientific thinking. Maybe it was in school.

Dr. Serhii Huliienko: I had an interest in chemistry, but my school specialized in foreign languages, especially French. Still, my favorite subject was chemistry, and my chemistry teacher supported my interest.

I participated in what, in Ukraine, could be translated as a “little academy.” It was the Junior Academy of Sciences of Ukraine. I tried to do a scientific project there. It was about polyethylene, but it was not a very successful project. Still, I tried to do something in a scientific direction.

Later, at university, I finished my bachelor’s work with Anna and began my master’s degree. I started working on my master’s dissertation and did some experiments at the Institute of Engineering Thermophysics. It was about heat transfer in a specific geometric shape.

Jacobsen: I learned something from this trip that was very interesting. I learn something from every trip, and I mean that sincerely.

There are different things you find in different countries. Some people might ask, “Why go to Ukraine if you are not going to learn Ukrainian?” But the same person might have travelled to Canada. Then I would ask, “Did you learn French before you went?” They would say, “No.” So you can see the hypocrisy there.

These are things I notice. In terms of cross-cultural competence, conversations like this can help us all become more tolerant of our differences and work with what we have. Not everyone has a talent for languages, and tools like Google Translate help reduce the barrier.

Another thing I learned about science here, at least colloquially, is that it has a slightly different meaning than in some parts of Canada or the United Kingdom, based on what I have learned from British colleagues.

In Canada, we typically talk about science as physics, chemistry, and biology. In the United Kingdom, they sometimes distinguish between moral philosophy and natural philosophy, meaning ethics and the study of the natural world. Both fall under philosophy, which is different from the Canadian framing. But the process is the same: they follow the scientific method.

In Ukraine, I visited a design, fashion, and technology institute. It was formerly part of Kyiv Polytechnic Institute but later became a separate university. Their explanation was that they include science in the sense of technique as well. So the systematic process of doing embroidery, or doing things efficiently and well, can be described as having a science to it, in addition to the regular scientific method.

So it is similar to the other two traditions, but also distinct. The fundamental premise remains that one is using a systematic method. Is that an accurate depiction of some of the meaning of science here?

Huliienko: Yes, that is quite accurate. In Ukraine, there is a classification of different kinds of science. For example, we distinguish between fundamental science and applied science.

Before 2016, there was also a formal list of scientific specializations. When someone received a scientific degree, it specified the field, such as candidate of chemical sciences, physical and mathematical sciences, or biological sciences. There was also the candidate of technical sciences, and degrees related to social sciences and economics. So yes, there is a closer connection here between technology and science.

Okay, so, I ran my first experiment as a kid. I participated in a district competition in Kyiv and then went to the city-level competition, but I do not remember what place I received. It was not a brilliant result.

Jacobsen: Are science competitions common here, e.g., science competitions for school students?

Huliienko: Good question. Science competitions exist for different grades and at the university level in different cities. They are still common. Some of my colleagues even serve as judges in these competitions. They were common when I was in school, and they are still common now.

Regarding current projects, there is work on drone technology and AI. My colleagues showed me a project about personal protective equipment, involving a liquid component designed to reduce the force of impact on the body.

Jacobsen: Why choose science as a career?

Huliienko: It is not for the pay. The salary is acceptable, but people do not usually go into science to make money. I work at a technical university in Ukraine. Salaries are at a medium level, better than in some academic institutes, where the situation with salaries is much worse.

I finished my Master’s degree in 2009, after the 2008 global financial crisis, when many enterprises were in a difficult situation, so finding work was challenging.

Jacobsen: About university structure: is it divided into faculties or departments?

Huliienko: I think the terminology differs by country. In Ukraine, what is often called a faculty may be closer to a major academic division, while a department is usually a smaller unit within it. The terms do not always correspond exactly across countries.

So what we call a cathedra can be roughly translated as a chair, or sometimes as a faculty, but it is very difficult to explain exactly, my кафедра proposed that I continue and become a postgraduate student. At that time, when I considered what salary I could receive, I decided it was a very good opportunity, and I agreed. So I started working in this direction.

Jacobsen: How would you characterize the development of science during the war, funding pathways, research emphasis?

Huliienko: Scientists have very different situations. Some become soldiers, some try to avoid mobilization, and some leave for other countries.

The situation is different for each scientist, especially depending on family circumstances. Some had military training at university; others did not. It is very difficult to generalize. Some people decided to join the armed forces at the beginning of the war. It was a very brave decision.

At the beginning of the war, many university scientific staff received what we call “bron” (reservation), meaning they could not be mobilized during this period. Many people used this status.

Some scientists became volunteers. For example, Yurii Stepanenko is a very active volunteer in the community. Some people had the possibility to travel to other countries, most of them women.

One major change is that many publishers allowed access to scientific journals without payment during the war. This made it possible to access much more information than before. It is a very wide question. My experience is more limited in scope.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Serhii.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Braden Perry, Bitcoin Regulation by Enforcement: ETFs, Custody, and Institutional Control

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/02

Braden Perry is a litigation, regulatory, and government investigations attorney with Kennyhertz Perry, LLC, based in Kansas City. A former CFTC Senior Trial Attorney, he brings rare cross-sector experience spanning federal enforcement, white-collar criminal defense, institutional compliance, and financial regulation. He has also served as Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Regulatory Attorney at a global financial institution, giving him practical insight into how emerging regulatory systems affect markets and firms. Perry advises clients on crypto, compliance, investigations, and novel enforcement issues, with particular expertise in Bitcoin, AML and KYC obligations, statutory frameworks, institutional adoption, and regulatory risk.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Braden Perry about Bitcoin’s shift from enforcement-driven regulation toward clearer statutory frameworks. Perry contrasts the fragmented U.S. approach with the EU’s MiCA model, warning that clarity can become institutional control when compliance costs entrench incumbents. He examines ETFs, custodial concentration, AML/KYC surveillance risks, and mainstream financial absorption, arguing that regulatory hardening may stabilize Bitcoin while weakening its censorship-resistant, permissionless, and decentralized monetary purpose over the long term.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You argue Bitcoin transitions from regulation by enforcement toward statutory framework. What does this mean?

Braden Perry: From Enforcement to Statutory Framework: The shift from “regulation by enforcement” means moving away from regulatory agencies defining Bitcoin’s legal status through selective prosecutions and enforcement actions, and more toward guidance and rulemaking. Previously, we’ve had the SEC and CFTC claiming jurisdiction over various aspects of Bitcoin with the CFTC calling it a commodity, the SEC sometimes treating it like a security in enforcement actions. Adding to that Treasury focuses on AML compliance, and all without coherent statutory guidance. A proper framework would establish clear definitions, jurisdictional boundaries, and compliance requirements that market participants can follow.

Jacobsen: What is the difference between the U.S. approach and emerging frameworks in the EU on Bitcoin regulation?

Perry: U.S. vs. EU Approaches: The EU’s Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) regulation represents forward-looking legislation that acknowledges Bitcoin as a distinct asset class with tailored requirements. And as described above, the U.S. approach remains fragmented across multiple agencies with overlapping and sometimes conflicting interpretations. While MiCA creates uniform rules across 27 member states, we still have New York’s BitLicense conflicting with Wyoming’s crypto-friendly statutes, and federal agencies’ jurisdictional fights through enforcement actions rather than clear rulemaking. The EU approach recognizes that Bitcoin requires new regulatory categories, not awkward attempts to fit digital assets into outdated securities law. The U.S. is still trying to regulate Bitcoin through Depression-era frameworks that were designed for completely different financial instruments.

Jacobsen: When does regulatory clarity stop reducing uncertainty and start entrenching institutional control?

Perry: When Clarity Becomes Control: Regulatory clarity crosses into institutional entrenchment when compliance requirements become so complex and costly that only large, established financial institutions can participate. And also, when they can afford to risk the unclear regulatory structure. We’re seeing this with Bitcoin ETFs, and while they provide regulated exposure, they also concentrate Bitcoin ownership in the hands of traditional asset managers who must comply with existing financial regulations. The risk is that “clarity” becomes a barrier to entry that eliminates the permissionless innovation that made Bitcoin valuable in the first place.

Jacobsen: How have Bitcoin ETFs changed the legal meaning of Bitcoin?

Perry: Bitcoin ETFs and Legal Meaning: Bitcoin ETFs fundamentally changed Bitcoin’s legal status from an experimental digital asset to a regulated investment product. This transformation brings Bitcoin under the weight of securities regulation, investment advisor oversight, and institutional compliance requirements. ETFs essentially domesticate Bitcoin, making it relatively safe for institutional capital but also subject it to the same regulatory capture that affects traditional financial products.

Jacobsen: What risks arise from the increasing centrality of custodians,and other intermediaries?

Perry: Custodial and Intermediary Risks: The growing centrality of custodians creates systemic risks that undermine Bitcoin’s core value proposition. When major ETFs hold hundreds of thousands of Bitcoin through a handful of qualified custodians, you’ve recreated the “too big to fail” problem that Bitcoin was designed to solve. These intermediaries become single points of failure, regulatory pressure points, and potential targets for government seizure or control.

Jacobsen: You mention maturing AML and KYC requirements. What is the proper line between legitimate compliance oversight and excessive financial surveillance?

Perry: AML/KYC: Compliance vs. Surveillance: There should be transaction- and risk-based monitoring focused on genuinely suspicious activity, not blanket surveillance of all Bitcoin users. Current AML requirements often exceed what’s necessary for legitimate compliance, and require invasive personal information for small transactions, maintaining permanent records of all activity, and reporting patterns of legal behavior that happen to involve privacy-oriented techniques. Effective AML should target actual money laundering, not create comprehensive financial surveillance of law-abiding citizens.

Jacobsen: Does the absorption of Bitcoin into mainstream financial infrastructure strengthen its long-term legitimacy?

Perry: Mainstream Infrastructure and Legitimacy: Absorption into mainstream financial infrastructure provides short term legitimacy but long-term vulnerability. While institutional adoption validates Bitcoin’s value proposition, it also makes Bitcoin subject to the same systemic risks, regulatory capture, and political pressures that affect traditional finance. The question is whether Bitcoin can maintain its essential properties, including censorship resistance, permissionless access, monetary sovereignty, while operating through institutions that are fundamentally designed to provide the opposite.

Jacobsen: Do you believe regulatory hardening will stabilize Bitcoin as an investable asset?

Perry: Regulatory Hardening and Investment Stability: Regulatory clarity will likely stabilize Bitcoin as an investable asset in the short term, but it may undermine the properties that made Bitcoin worth investing in originally. Clear rules reduce regulatory risk, but they also reduce Bitcoin’s potential to serve as an alternative to the existing financial system. We’re essentially trading Bitcoin’s revolutionary potential for institutional acceptability. And from my enforcement background, I see regulatory maturation as often meaning regulatory capture. The question isn’t whether Bitcoin will become a stable investable asset, but whether that stability comes at the cost of what made Bitcoin valuable as an uncensorable, decentralized monetary system. The long-term risk is that Bitcoin becomes just another regulated financial product that happens to use cryptography, rather than a genuine alternative to traditional monetary systems.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Braden.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Avi Anderson, Kedushah, Holiness, and Healing: Jewish Practice Beyond Shame and Performance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/02

Avi Anderson is a rabbi and therapist whose work bridges spirituality, mental health, and human connection. Shaped by his own experience of anxiety and pain, he moved from a purely professional stance toward a more integrated practice grounded in presence, honesty, and relational depth. He helps clients face uncertainty, difficult emotions, and inner conflict with greater clarity and compassion. Drawing on both pastoral and therapeutic perspectives, Avi emphasizes growth through discomfort, authenticity, and meaningful connection. A parent of seven-year-old triplets, he brings warmth, directness, and realism to his work, grounded in the belief that people heal most deeply when they are able to show up as themselves.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Avi Anderson about kedushah, holiness, and integration in Jewish life. Anderson describes holiness as presence, honesty, and growth rather than performance or purity. He distinguishes healthy spiritual discipline from shame-based control, reframes sexuality, consent, kashrut, work, money, and ambition through dignity and responsibility, and emphasizes that Jewish practice becomes healing when people bring their inner lives into honest contact with ritual, community, and God in daily life.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You describe moving from a split life into a more integrated one. Has that personal shift shaped your understanding of kedushah in everyday Jewish life?

Avi Anderson: Yes, profoundly.

For a long time, my spiritual life and my internal life existed in parallel but disconnected tracks. I knew how to function religiously, and I knew how to function psychologically, but they were not speaking to each other. What shifted was not my theology, but my willingness to enter my own inner world with honesty.

Once that happened, kedushah stopped feeling like something external that I was trying to live up to, and instead became something that emerges when a person is internally aligned.

Kedushah is often translated as holiness, but I experience it as deep, unfragmented connection—connection to oneself, to others, and to God. That connection is only possible when a person stops splitting off parts of themselves and begins engaging their internal world directly.

When a person is willing to face their emotions, their contradictions, and even the parts of themselves they would rather avoid, something opens. That opening is not just psychological. It is spiritual. That is where I encounter kedushah now.

Jacobsen: As both a rabbi and a therapist, how do you define holiness?

Anderson: Holiness is wherever real growth is happening.

There is a well-known teaching: “If I am here, everything is here.” I understand this to mean that presence is the gateway to transformation. When a person is actually here—not managing impressions, not avoiding discomfort, not performing an identity—something larger becomes accessible.

That is true in the therapy room, in relationships, and in religious life. Growth requires contact with reality, and holiness emerges from that contact.

Holiness is not primarily about place, ritual, or status. It is about the quality of presence a person brings into their life. It is what happens when a person is fully engaged with themselves and the moment they are in.

Jacobsen: Where is the line between healthy spiritual discipline and purity-based thinking?

Anderson: Healthy discipline expands a person’s capacity. Purity-based thinking constricts it.

Authentic spiritual discipline is not about suppressing desire, but about refining and directing it. It assumes that human drives are powerful and meaningful, and that the goal is to engage them wisely, not eliminate them.

Purity-based thinking operates differently. It is often driven by anxiety, shame, and a need for control. It creates rigid categories of “clean” and “unclean,” and it tends to produce a growing disconnect between a person’s external religious behavior and their internal experience.

Over time, that split becomes unsustainable.

A useful indicator is this: Does the system you are living in make you more honest, more grounded, and more integrated? Or does it make you more fearful, more rigid, and more disconnected from yourself? Healthy discipline leads to the former. Purity-based thinking leads to the latter.

Jacobsen: How can Jewish communities talk about bodies, sex, modesty, and consent?

Anderson: By shifting from a framework of shame to a framework of responsibility and dignity.

Jewish thought does not see sexuality as inherently problematic. It sees it as one of the most powerful forces in human life—capable of deep connection, vulnerability, and creation. The existence of boundaries is not because sexuality is low, but because it is significant.

The problem is that many communities communicate the restrictions without communicating the underlying value. What people absorb is that sexuality is dangerous or shameful, rather than meaningful and powerful.

A healthier conversation would acknowledge both sides. It would speak openly about desire, affirm the value of the body, and frame consent not just as a legal necessity but as a reflection of respect and moral responsibility toward another person.

Without that balance, the conversation becomes incomplete and, at times, damaging.

Jacobsen: What does kashrut look like when approached as an ethical practice tied to power, care, appetite, and self-awareness?

Anderson: At its core, kashrut is a discipline of interruption.

It interrupts the automatic relationship between desire and consumption. It inserts a moment of awareness between impulse and action. That moment is where choice, responsibility, and meaning enter.

Over time, this practice reshapes a person’s relationship to appetite. Instead of being driven primarily by impulse, one becomes more reflective and intentional.

From there, it naturally expands into broader ethical awareness. Questions about how food is sourced, how animals are treated, and how consumption affects the world become part of the same framework.

In that sense, kashrut is not only about what one eats. It is about how one lives with desire, power, and responsibility.

Jacobsen: You often emphasize presence over performance. How can rabbis, therapists, and educators recognize when holiness language is helping someone heal?

Anderson: The simplest answer is to observe what it produces.

When religious or spiritual language leads to increased honesty, emotional contact, and a greater willingness to face reality, it is serving a healing function.

When it leads to avoidance, performance, or a more sophisticated way of bypassing pain, it is not.

It is possible to use even the most elevated language to avoid one’s own internal world. That is not growth. It is defense.

The question I return to is this: Is the person becoming more real, or more polished? More present, or more defended? That distinction is often more telling than the content of what they are saying.

Jacobsen: What does it mean to sanctify work, money, and ambition in contemporary life?

Anderson: It means aligning them with purpose rather than allowing them to operate on autopilot.

Work, money, and ambition are powerful forces. Left unchecked, they tend to orient around ego, status, and external validation. That often leads to success without satisfaction.

Sanctification does not require rejecting these pursuits. It requires engaging them consciously.

A person has to ask, on a regular basis: What is this serving? What am I actually building? Who benefits from this?

When ambition is connected to contribution, responsibility, and meaning, it becomes a vehicle for growth. When it is disconnected from those things, it tends to become hollow.

Sanctification is less about changing what you do and more about clarifying why you do it.

Jacobsen: For people who seem capable and put-together on the outside while carrying quiet pain internally, what Jewish practices help them become more whole?

Anderson: The critical factor is not the practice itself, but the level of honesty brought into it.

Many people maintain a high level of external functioning while remaining internally disconnected. They show up, fulfill expectations, and even succeed, but their inner experience is left unexamined.

Jewish life offers meaningful structures—prayer, study, community, Shabbat—but none of them are inherently transformative. Their impact depends entirely on whether a person allows themselves to show up within them in a real way.

Wholeness is not achieved by adding more practices. It is achieved by allowing one’s outer life and inner world to come into contact.

That process is uncomfortable. It requires vulnerability, self-confrontation, and a willingness to relinquish the illusion of control. But it is the only path toward genuine integration.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Avi.

For more contact and information.

To learn more or get in touch, visit aviandersontherapy.com, call or text 702-483-7166, or email avi@aviandersontherapy.com.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Abdul Rafay Gadit, Bitcoin as Digital Gold or Macro Asset: Inflation, Liquidity, and Market Reality

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/02

Abdul Rafay Gadit, Bitcoin as Digital Gold or Macro Asset: Inflation, Liquidity, and Market Reality

Photo by Kanchanara on Unsplash

Abdul Rafay Gadit is Co-Founder of ZIGChain, where he works at the intersection of blockchain infrastructure, digital assets, and market strategy. His recent public commentary reflects a broad macro perspective spanning commodities, startups, and crypto markets. He has argued that a dramatic rise in silver would require sustained inflation, low real interest rates, and weakening confidence in monetary systems. He has also assessed the EU Inc proposal through the practical lens of startup formation, capital structures, tax, and labor constraints. On digital assets, Gadit has emphasized selectivity, suggesting that durable altcoin success depends on real utility, sustainable economics, and regulatory clarity.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Abdul Rafay Gadit on Bitcoin’s evolving identity as both a macro-sensitive asset and emerging monetary instrument. Gadit explains how inflation, interest rates, and liquidity cycles shape Bitcoin’s behavior, challenging simplistic “digital gold” narratives. He highlights shifting correlations, institutional frameworks, and the divide between retail optimism and risk management. The discussion emphasizes Bitcoin’s long-term legitimacy depending on adoption, market structure, and resilience under sustained financial stress.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Has Bitcoin become something closer to a macro-sensitive risk asset with a branding problem, or not?

Abdul Rafay Gadit: I think the honest answer is yes, in the short run, but that is not the whole story. Bitcoin does trade like a macro-sensitive asset when liquidity tightens, rates move sharply, or markets start de-risking. We have enough evidence of that now. But I also think the “branding problem” comes from people expecting it to behave like gold on every difficult day. Bitcoin is not failing in its position as “digital gold”; it’s still early. Gold has centuries to mature, whereas Bitcoin is still being monetized in real time. So the mistake is not calling it digital gold, but assuming it should react like centuries-old gold in every single stress window. Over short periods, the marginal buyer still matters a lot, and that buyer is often leveraged, momentum-driven, or benchmark-aware.

Jacobsen: What do inflation shocks and rapid interest-rate changes reveal about the strengths and weaknesses of the digital gold claim?

Gadit: They reveal both the truth and the limits of the slogan. The strength is that Bitcoin has real monetary attributes: fixed supply, no sovereign issuer, global portability, and increasing relevance when people worry about currency debasement or the credibility of traditional systems.

BlackRock frames it as a scarce, decentralized, non-sovereign asset, and Fidelity argues that over longer horizons, Bitcoin has shown a relationship with monetary inflation and global liquidity.

But the weakness is equally clear. When rates rise fast and liquidity gets drained, Bitcoin often behaves more like a long-duration, high-beta asset than a defensive hedge. That is why 2022 hurt, and in tighter liquidity conditions like 2025, gold outperformed Bitcoin meaningfully, highlighting this sensitivity. So I would say inflation shocks did not kill the digital gold thesis, but forced it to grow up.

Jacobsen: How should observers interpret Bitcoin’s changing correlation with equities?

Gadit: I would not read correlation as identity, but rather read it as a regime signal. Bitcoin’s long-run correlation with equities is still fairly low on average, around 0.15 to 0.2 depending on the dataset. But in stress periods, that correlation can jump sharply, and highlights: when the market is deleveraging, the short-term driver is liquidity. JPMorgan’s work is blunt on this point.

In risk-off windows, Bitcoin has historically behaved much worse than gold. NYDIG also shows that correlations can rise into the 0.4 to 0.6 range during stress, even if the long-term average remains low. So when people say “Bitcoin is just another tech trade,” that is too simplistic. But when people ignore those spikes and pretend correlation never matters, that is also naive. Bitcoin is not one thing; it changes character depending on ownership, leverage, and the macro regime.

Jacobsen: What frameworks are being used to assess Bitcoin today, e.g., store of value, portfolio diversifier, speculative instrument, or something else entirely?

Gadit: The market is using all of those frameworks at once, which is why the debate gets messy. One camp still sees Bitcoin primarily as an aspirational store of value or a hedge against monetary disorder. Another sees it as a portfolio tool: volatile, yes, but potentially useful in small size because of its asymmetric upside and still-imperfect correlation to traditional assets. Fidelity even describes it in partly venture-like terms because a modest allocation can have an outsized impact on portfolio outcomes. Then there is the tactical camp, which treats it as a high-beta macro instrument that responds to liquidity, regulation, ETF flows, and positioning. I think the mature view is not to force one label. Bitcoin is a monetary asset in development, a portfolio alternative, and a speculative trading vehicle all at the same time, with the weighting shifting depending on time horizon.

Jacobsen: What is the gap between retail conviction in Bitcoin’s long-term story and the more cautious risk-management approach?

Gadit: The gap is mostly about sizing as retail conviction often starts with a simple idea: fixed supply, growing adoption, long-term upside. Risk managers ask a different set of questions. What is the drawdown profile? What happens in a liquidity squeeze? How much total portfolio risk does this position add? How does it behave when equities are falling?

The gap comes down to this: retail investors often focus on the long-term story, while risk managers focus on what can go wrong before that story plays out. They may still believe in Bitcoin, but they have to be much more careful about sizing, timing, and overall portfolio risk.

Jacobsen: Do you think Bitcoin’s future depends more on price appreciation?

Gadit: Price appreciation gets attention, but it does not create legitimacy on its own. Durable monetary assets are not defined by the best bull market narrative. They are defined by whether people keep allocating to them when the easy upside is no longer obvious. For Bitcoin, the real test is whether it keeps earning a place in savings, treasury strategy, collateral frameworks, and institutional portfolios. That is why developments like spot ETF access, more efficient ETP mechanics, listed options, and even sovereign-style reserve treatment matter more than price alone. Price can pull people in, but an efficient structure is what keeps them there.

Jacobsen: What distinguishes Bitcoin from altcoins in a market environment that increasingly rewards real usage and regulatory clarity?

Gadit: Bitcoin’s edge is that it does not need to win the same argument most altcoins need to win. Altcoins increasingly have to prove product-market fit, real usage, fee generation, governance quality, and regulatory footing. Bitcoin’s case is different. It is the cleanest monetary asset in the sector: fixed supply, no management team to trust, no foundation roadmap to underwrite, the deepest liquidity, the strongest institutional wrappers, and the clearest regulatory treatment in major markets.

The CFTC has long treated Bitcoin as a commodity, the SEC approved spot Bitcoin ETPs in 2024 and later allowed in-kind creation and redemption, and policy engagement in the U.S. has continued to evolve toward clearer institutional treatment. That does not make Bitcoin risk-free. But it does mean Bitcoin is competing more on monetary credibility and institutional acceptability, while many altcoins are still competing on execution. That said, some altcoins are targeting entirely different use cases, so the comparison is not always one-to-one.

Jacobsen: What market, policy, or institutional developments would determine whether Bitcoin matures into a durable monetary asset or remains a narrative?

Gadit: I think there are four big tests. First, ownership quality has to keep improving. When more Bitcoin sits with long-duration allocators, the monetary-asset case becomes more credible. Second, the market structure has to deepen: better custody, better derivatives, more efficient ETP plumbing, broader collateral use, and fewer frictions for institutions.

Third, policy clarity has to keep improving as clear rules do not guarantee adoption, but serious capital rarely arrives without them.

And fourth, Bitcoin has to prove it can hold demand in difficult macro conditions for reasons beyond speculation. If the shock is mild, Bitcoin can trade like another macro headwind, but if ​​it attracts sustained demand during a true financial stress event—not just a liquidity cycle—that is when the monetary-asset case stops being a narrative and becomes reality.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Abdul.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Bitcoin Regulation Evolution: From Legal Ambiguity to Institutional Integration

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/02

Bitcoin Regulation Evolution: From Legal Ambiguity to Institutional Integration

Photo by Michael Förtsch on Unsplash

YuanJie Zhang is Co-Founder of Conflux Network, where he works at the intersection of blockchain infrastructure, digital assets, and global market development. He holds a Bachelor’s degree from Fudan University and a Master’s degree from Brandeis University. Before helping found Conflux, Zhang worked at Huatai Private Fund of Funds, UNC Endowment Management Company, and Novus on Wall Street, building experience in investments, capital markets, and business operations. His commentary has addressed stablecoins, crypto regulation, no-KYC exchanges, and Hong Kong’s role as a digital-asset hub. Outside work, he enjoys sci-fi, gaming, skiing, and, by his own description, degen culture.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with YuanJie Zhang on Bitcoin’s transition into formal regulation. Zhang frames this as a move from tolerated ambiguity to structured institutional recognition. He explores the balance between AML enforcement and civil liberties, rising centralization through custodians, and evolving notions of financial sovereignty. The discussion highlights Hong Kong’s regulatory model, the systemic impact of stablecoins, and the tension between legitimacy, innovation, and preserving Bitcoin’s decentralized foundations.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you interpret Bitcoin’s movement from a legal gray zone into more formal statutory regulation?

YuanJie Zhang: I see it as a shift from “tolerated ambiguity” to “institutional recognition with conditions.” In its early years, Bitcoin existed largely outside clearly defined legal frameworks, with most jurisdictions responding through fragmented measures such as tax guidance, AML notices, and isolated enforcement actions rather than coherent statutory regimes. What is changing now is that Bitcoin is no longer treated merely as a regulatory anomaly or fringe experiment. It is increasingly being brought within formal legal and financial structures—through licensing, custody rules, disclosure standards, and market oversight. This does not mean Bitcoin has been fully absorbed into the traditional financial system, but it does mean it has crossed an important threshold: traditional investors who don’t have sophisticated knowledge of crypto can have access to Bitcoin investment under the watch of regulatory authorities. It’s no longer simply observed from the margins of the legal order but increasingly structured within it.

Jacobsen: Is there a shift from enforcement-driven oversight to clearer legislative frameworks?

Zhang: Yes, broadly speaking, there is a clear shift in that direction, although the pace and depth of that shift vary across jurisdictions. For a long time, crypto regulation in many markets was shaped primarily by enforcement first, rules later. Regulators often relied on investigations, sanctions, public warnings, or selective prosecutions to signal their position, leaving the industry to infer what was permissible by observing what was punished. That created a highly uncertain operating environment: market participants could often tell what was prohibited, but not what was affirmatively allowed. What we are increasingly seeing now is a transition toward a more mature model—one based on ex ante legal frameworks rather than ex post enforcement alone. Policymakers are beginning to define categories, licensing standards, disclosure obligations, reserve requirements, custody rules, and investor protections in advance. So enforcement is not disappearing; rather, it is becoming one tool within a broader legislative framework. The shift is from rule by case to rule by design. Hong Kong, as an experimental hub of crypto, is leading the policy-making process than that of mainland. To avoid unwanted enforcement encounters, crypto practitioners migrate from Mainland to Hong Kong for clearer guidelines.

Jacobsen: How should policymakers balance AML and KYC obligations with civil liberties and privacy rights?

Zhang: The right balance begins with a simple principle: policymakers should regulate concentrated points of financial risk without treating privacy itself as suspect. AML and KYC obligations are legitimate and necessary where financial intermediation takes place—at exchanges, custodians, brokers, payment providers, and stablecoin issuers. These are the points where illicit finance risks are most likely to concentrate and where oversight is most justified.

The challenge arises when that logic expands too far. If every wallet, peer-to-peer interaction, privacy-preserving tool, or open-source protocol is treated as a compliance object, regulation risks collapsing into generalized surveillance. At that point, the issue is no longer just financial crime prevention, but also civil liberties, due process, and the legitimacy of private economic activity.

A sound framework should be guided by proportionality, data minimization, procedural safeguards, and a clear distinction between regulated intermediaries and individual users. The goal should not be total visibility, but targeted accountability where genuine risk is concentrated.

Jacobsen: What are the biggest risks of concentration as Bitcoin becomes more dependent on regulated custodians?

Zhang: The greatest risk is that Bitcoin remains decentralized in theory while becoming increasingly centralized in practice. At the protocol level, Bitcoin is still open, distributed, and resistant to centralized control. But for a growing share of users, access is no longer direct—it is mediated through ETFs, regulated custodians, exchanges, brokerages, and institutional platforms. This creates a structural shift: the network may remain decentralized, while ownership, liquidity, and practical control become concentrated in a relatively small number of intermediaries.

That introduces several risks. It creates operational single points of failure, increases exposure to regulatory and political pressure, and raises the likelihood of freezes, withdrawal constraints, or systemic dependency on a handful of licensed entities. More broadly, it shifts the center of gravity away from bearer ownership and toward institutional gatekeeping.

So the real question is not whether regulated custody is inherently problematic, but whether Bitcoin’s decentralization survives only at the technical layer while its economic reality becomes increasingly centralized.

Jacobsen: How does regulatory hardening change the meaning of financial sovereignty for Bitcoin holders?

Zhang: Regulatory hardening makes financial sovereignty a much more layered and conditional concept than it was in Bitcoin’s early framing. Originally, Bitcoin sovereignty meant something very direct: you held your own keys, controlled your own assets, and could move value without needing permission from any institution. It implied not just ownership, but operational control.

Today, however, many people who “hold Bitcoin” do so through custodial accounts, exchange balances, ETFs, or other regulated products. In those cases, they may have economic exposure to Bitcoin, but not necessarily the full sovereign qualities it was designed to enable.

So the real question is no longer simply whether someone owns BTC, but which layer of control they actually possess. Do they control the keys? Can they withdraw freely? Can they transact without institutional approval? In a more heavily regulated environment, financial sovereignty increasingly depends on whether the holder retains control over the infrastructure of ownership—not merely exposure to the asset.

Jacobsen: Hong Kong is an important crypto hub. What lessons do its regulatory posture offer for other jurisdictions?

Zhang: Hong Kong offers a useful example of what it looks like to pursue a strategy of being open, but not permissive by default. Its regulatory posture shows that a jurisdiction does not need to rely on ambiguity or regulatory vacuum to attract the industry. Instead, it can build credibility through licensing, supervision, product boundaries, and policy coherence—while still positioning itself as a hub for innovation, tokenization, and next-generation financial infrastructure.

The most important lesson is that clarity is often more valuable than looseness. Markets can usually adapt to strict rules more easily than to uncertain ones. If participants understand the perimeter, the standards, and the licensing pathway, they can make long-term decisions. What undermines confidence most is not regulation itself, but inconsistency and reversals.

At the same time, Hong Kong also shows the limits of this model. If compliance costs become too high or access too narrow, innovation can still move elsewhere. Credible openness requires both order and practical usability. Under current circumstances, the trading volume of Hong Kong licensed exchanges falls far behind those of its offshore peers. And stablecoin players are yet to show their prominence.

Jacobsen: How do stablecoins, regulated rails, and growing links to Treasury markets reshape the broader crypto ecosystem?

Zhang: They are fundamentally reshaping crypto from a relatively self-contained digital asset market into a more consequential layer of global monetary and financial infrastructure. Stablecoins have evolved far beyond their original role as simple trading instruments. They now increasingly function as settlement assets, liquidity rails, collateral instruments, cross-border payment tools, and bridges between on-chain systems and real-world financial activity. As a result, they are becoming one of the main channels through which traditional finance and crypto are converging.

At the same time, the growing integration between stablecoins and U.S. Treasury markets is especially significant. As issuers hold larger reserves in short-duration sovereign debt and cash-equivalent instruments, stablecoins become more deeply embedded in the architecture of dollar liquidity. That means crypto is no longer merely adjacent to the traditional financial system—it is beginning to interface directly with the monetary plumbing that underpins it.

This deepens the role of the U.S. dollar in crypto, increases reliance on regulated financial rails, and ensures that stablecoins are increasingly treated as a matter of financial and regulatory significance—not just a crypto issue. In the meantime, it prolongs the dominance of US dollars in the world financial system allowing US dollars penetrating the corners where banks cannot reach.

Jacobsen: Do you think regulatory clarity will ultimately strengthen Bitcoin’s legitimacy and resilience?

Zhang: On balance, yes—but only if clarity does not come at the expense of Bitcoin’s core institutional meaning. The strongest case for regulatory clarity is that it reduces existential uncertainty. It makes Bitcoin easier for institutions to hold, for markets to build around, and for policymakers to engage with without defaulting to suspicion or exceptionalism. In that sense, clearer regulation can strengthen Bitcoin’s legitimacy, investability, and long-term resilience within formal economic systems.

But there is also a more subtle risk. If regulatory clarity simply means pushing Bitcoin into highly intermediated, tightly permissioned, and institutionally controlled channels, then what is being stabilized may not be Bitcoin itself, but rather the financial wrappers built around it. That distinction matters.

Bitcoin’s long-term resilience depends not only on institutional acceptance, but also on whether it can remain meaningfully open, self-custodied, and resistant to over-centralization as it scales into legitimacy. So I would put it this way: good regulation strengthens Bitcoin; over-centralized regulation strengthens Bitcoin’s institutional packaging. The real challenge is whether Bitcoin can be regulated without losing what made it historically significant in the first place.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, YuanJie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Sara Elizabeth Arian on Multidisciplinary Approaches to PCOS

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/13

Dr. Sara Elizabeth Arian, FACOG, MSc, is a double board-certified Obstetrician/Gynecologist and Reproductive Endocrinology & Infertility (REI) specialist at Boston IVF’s Quincy Fertility Center. With expertise in reproductive medicine, she focuses on the comprehensive diagnosis and management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) and infertility. Dr. Arian emphasizes multidisciplinary, patient-centred strategies that address the reproductive, metabolic, cardiovascular, and psychological complexities of PCOS. She advocates for early diagnosis, lifestyle-based interventions, improved physician education, and integrated behavioural health. Her clinical mission is to enhance care pathways, expand access to fertility treatment, and improve the long-term health and quality of life of women with PCOS.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, the interviewee highlights the urgent need for integrated, multidisciplinary approaches to managing Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS), which affects up to 10% of women of reproductive age. PCOS impacts reproductive, metabolic, cardiovascular, and psychological health, making holistic strategies essential. Lifestyle interventions — diet, exercise, stress management — remain first-line treatments, but barriers such as misdiagnosis, knowledge gaps among physicians, and fragmented care persist. Dr. Arian calls for patient-centred, coordinated systems with improved education, earlier referrals to specialists, community destigmatization, and behavioural health integration to enhance long-term outcomes and quality of life.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the importance of integrated, multidisciplinary care strategies for PCOS?

Dr. Sara Elizabeth Arian: Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) is a common and perplexing condition affecting metabolic, reproductive, cardiovascular, and psychological health in women. This complex and highly variable endocrine and hormonal disorder affects up to 10% of women of reproductive age. Its impact extends beyond reproductive health and fertility, affecting metabolic, cosmetic, and psychological aspects of a woman’s well-being.

Due to this multifaceted nature of PCOS, an integrated, multidisciplinary approach is considered essential for effective and comprehensive management of this condition. Having this interdisciplinary approach to PCOS will help us address the entirety of this condition, leading to better patient care and diagnosis of PCOS, improved long-term health outcomes, and a higher quality of life for women living with PCOS.

Jacobsen: What emerging treatment options and lifestyle interventions exist?

Arian: Lifestyle modifications are considered the first-line approach to managing PCOS, emphasizing a holistic approach to patient well-being. Some of the basic lifestyle approaches important in managing this condition include educating patients about the condition, dietary modification, weight loss and weight management, regular exercise and physical activity, mind-body awareness, and stress management.

Jacobsen: What about the barriers to diagnosis and long-term management?

Arian: PCOS can be misdiagnosed due to overlapping symptoms with other reproductive and hormonal conditions and the absence of a single definitive test. Some of the common causes of barriers to diagnosis and long-term management of this condition include a lack of information and education, variable symptom presentation, evolution of diagnostic criteria, and long-term treatment challenges.

The chronic nature of PCOS and its potential impact on fertility, weight, and metabolism can have significant psychosocial impacts, including challenges in the management of weight and metabolic conditions related to PCOS. Previous studies have highlighted widespread dissatisfaction and frustration among women regarding the information and care they receive. Studies have found delays with the diagnosis of PCOS and gaps in knowledge among physicians regarding the accurate diagnosis and management of PCOS.

Jacobsen: How can healthcare systems or providers do better?

Arian: Healthcare systems and providers can improve care of patients with PCOS by focusing on patient-centred care, increasing access to care, enhancing communication and coordination, and promoting preventative measures. Physicians, including primary care physicians and primary Ob/Gyn specialists, need to be well-versed and well-educated on how to diagnose and manage PCOS, as well as when to refer patients to a Reproductive Endocrinology specialist to prevent delays in diagnosis and provide easier access to care.

Furthermore, greater awareness and destigmatization in the general community are necessary so that women can identify symptoms early and have access to support from those around them. Overall, PCOS may be an overlooked and under-prioritized condition, both in the healthcare system and the general community. It is essential to provide comprehensive information at diagnosis and to focus on integrating behavioural health, utilizing technology for better monitoring and diagnosing patients with this condition, and fostering a more proactive, multidisciplinary, and collaborative approach to managing patients with PCOS.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Arian.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How to Expand Business in Hospitality

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/12

Sean Taylor is an accomplished hospitality executive with over 14 years of experience as CEO, currently leading Taylor Hospitality based in Charlottesville, Virginia. He specializes in change management, project management, and business consulting, focusing on enhancing hotel and club profitability. A graduate of Elon University, Sean emphasizes the importance of ECHO Teamwork: Execution, Caring, Honesty, and Ownership. He has successfully managed high-profile properties like the Virginia International Raceway and The Franklin (formerly Capital Plaza Hotel). Sean is also a thought leader, publishing guides on operational excellence and driving revenue growth in the hospitality industry. Taylor emphasizes their values, ECHO Teamwork: Execution, Caring, Honesty, and Ownership, as central to their restoration efforts. The hotel caters to both business and leisure travellers, offering events like comedy nights and murder mysteries. Notable past guests include Jimmy Carter, Sandra Day O’Connor, Tiger Woods, and Michael Jordan.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Taylor Hospitality has added the Capital Plaza Hotel in Frankfort, Kentucky, to its portfolio. This is part of a broader strategy to expand its regional presence. The hotel is strategically located on the Bourbon Trail, near the Kentucky Capitol, and offers spacious accommodations along with iconic attractions, such as the Buffalo Trace Distillery.

Today, we are joined by CEO Sean Taylor, who is focused on restoring the hotel’s historic charm. Let’s explore this in more detail. Additionally, the hotel has partnered with Wyndham’s Trademark Collection and has incorporated a Kentucky horse and bourbon theme. Two questions arise: What does the partnership with Wyndham Trademark entail, and how is the Kentucky horse and bourbon theme reflected in the hotel’s design? I am familiar with the Kentucky Derby, but I would love to learn more about this theme.

Sean Taylor: Our partnership involves contracting with Wyndham to soft-brand the hotel as part of their Trademark Collection. This partnership ensures the property is managed under Wyndham’s operations, sales, and marketing platforms. We formed an investment group to purchase the property, which required significant attention. Several million dollars are being invested in the property to bring it up to modern lodging and hospitality standards that today’s travellers expect.

The hotel is conveniently located next to the Buffalo Trace Distillery, a world-renowned bourbon producer. It is on the Bourbon Trail, which spans Lexington, Frankfort, and Louisville — regions known for producing some of the best bourbons globally. The location is also ideal as it is directly adjacent to and across the street from the Kentucky State Capitol. Since Frankfort is the state capital, the area attracts significant government and business activity, and we are thrilled to be a part of that.

Jacobsen: What is the significance of adding the Capital Plaza Hotel to your portfolio?

Taylor: This is a major acquisition for us. The property features 163 guest rooms and 30 luxury apartments on the top floors, in addition to 15,000 square feet of meeting and event space. This large property allows us to expand our capabilities and pursue additional large-scale hotel projects. While we remain committed to the boutique hotel market, this will be one of our largest boutique properties.

Jacobsen: What key themes are incorporated to enhance the hotel’s restoration?

Taylor: This will be a comprehensive renovation and restoration project. All guest rooms will be completely revamped, and two new restaurants will be added to the overall operations. There will also be updated meeting spaces and a new ballroom. A highlight of the project is transforming the pool area into a speakeasy venue where guests can enjoy bourbon in a unique and memorable setting.

The main lobby will be fully redesigned, creating a modern and updated look. In addition, significant structural and foundational maintenance issues that have been neglected in the past will be addressed. We are allocating substantial capital toward preventative maintenance and upgrading all facilities to ensure the property meets and exceeds today’s hospitality standards.

Jacobsen: What makes the Capital Plaza Hotel a flagship destination in the region?

Taylor: Its location in the heart of Kentucky and proximity to key attractions like the Buffalo Trace Distillery and the Kentucky State Capitol makes it a standout property in a beautiful and vibrant area.

Jacobsen: If you’ve ever been in that area of Kentucky, the Bourbon Trail is unique. The Bourbon Trail right now is where Napa Valley was 10 years ago in terms of becoming a destination for alcohol tourism. Some of the best bourbons in the world are distilled right on the Bourbon Trail. Frankfort sits at the center point, surrounded by all these fabulous distilleries. You could make the Capital Plaza, which you are renaming to The Franklin, a central hub where guests can stay and branch out to visit a variety of distilleries, all within a 30- to 40-minute drive.

What values guide your goals around restoration, partnership building, and raising the region’s profile?

Taylor: We have company goals and values called “ECHO Teamwork.” While we do a tremendous amount within the restoration space, our values are centred around people because everything revolves around them.

ECHO stands for:

  • E: Execution – Do what you say you’re going to do and do it in a caring manner.
  • C: Caring – Treat people with care and respect.
  • H: Honesty – Operate with the highest level of integrity. This is crucial, especially when managing other people’s money, as trust is foundational with our owners, investors, and clients.
  • O: Ownership – Own the business, operations, and experience.

Finally, everything revolves around teamwork. It’s about ensuring all the moving parts work in harmony, with everyone pulling their weight to deliver a high-quality experience and make the property perform at its best.

Jacobsen: How do you ensure high-quality service across your properties, especially those under new ownership or in restoration?

Taylor: Good question. We are very much a decentralized company. While we have a home office, most of our workforce operates in the field at our properties. From a service perspective, one property’s quality directly impacts our other properties’ reputation.

We focus heavily on training. We have a digital university that all team members join upon hiring. They are immediately given access to training modules so that by interacting with customers, they understand our standards and what their role requires. This ensures they have a high level of competency before engaging with guests. Our frontline team must be fully prepared, so they’re not learning on the job while interacting with customers. Training is at the heart of what we do daily to ensure our guests’ experiences are second to none.

Jacobsen: You mentioned the distillery and the Bourbon Trail, which reflects an integration with local culture. Is this integration a common practice in your business model?

Taylor: Absolutely. At all our properties, especially in hospitality and hotels, we are responsible for promoting our venues, tourism, and the local area. We actively partner with local businesses, including restaurants, service providers, ski resorts, fly-fishing guides, hiking tour operators, etc.

The goal is to build relationships that drive more people to the area. Whether they come for an activity or service, we also want them to stay in our hotels and dine in our restaurants. This collaborative approach ensures that our properties and the surrounding community benefit from increased tourism and economic activity.

Jacobsen: So, you actively promote the area to drive tourism. What about business travellers versus more regionally local people travelling for a stay? How do you cater to their needs during their time with you?

Taylor: Our sales directors at all locations have two distinct responsibilities. They manage both sides of the coin: group and business travel and the leisure market. These are two completely separate markets. For business travellers, we contract with companies and organizations to host their business events or meetings at our venues or to accommodate their general business travel needs while they’re in the area.

Our sales directors do an effective job of driving this type of business. At the same time, they are equally responsible for finding ways to attract more leisure travellers. This is where collaboration within the team is crucial. The operations team must be on board to create events and programs that entice people to visit our hotels.

For example, at our property in Elkins, West Virginia, the Tiger Hotel hosts events such as comedy nights and murder mystery dinners. They’ve even partnered with a local theatre to perform plays within the hotel. It’s a win-win for everyone. The community and the hotel benefit, as these events bring in business during slower periods. Meanwhile, our marketing and sales teams work hard to promote these events through social media, email campaigns, and other outreach.

The goal is always to raise the public’s awareness of functions and events. This way, when people think about visiting a town, they’ll think of our hotel because they’ve seen so much about it—whether through social media, emails, or recommendations from friends who have attended and enjoyed our events.

Jacobsen: Last question: Who have been some of your famous clients?

Taylor: Oh, wow, famous clients. Over the years, let me think. We’ve hosted Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton, George Bush, Sandra Day O’Connor, The Eagles, Jimmy Buffett, Tom Watson, Arnold Palmer, Jack Nicklaus, Tiger Woods, and David Duval, to name a few.

In basketball, we’ve had Michael Jordan and Mike Krzyzewski, and I could go on forever about college basketball and professional golf. For example, Ernie Els, Lee Trevino, Freddie Couples, Chi Chi Rodriguez, and Andy North stayed with us.

At one of our properties, 150 PGA Tour members were regulars. This was in Orlando, so it attracted many golf professionals. We’ve also hosted royalty, like the Queen of Saudi Arabia and many Saudi princes.

Other notable names include Ralph Lauren, Terry Bradshaw, and Roger Staubach. The list of interesting people who have stayed at our properties is like a who’s who of the industry.

Jacobsen: That’s impressive! Thank you for sharing. It’s noon here now, so I’ll let you go. Sean, it was a pleasure speaking with you.

Taylor: Thank you so much for your time.

Jacobsen: I’ll have a transcript ready in about four hours and send it to you.

Taylor: That sounds great.

Jacobsen: Perfect. Take care!

Taylor: You too.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How can you keep skin dryness, acne, and pigmentation, at bay?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/11

Part 2 of 2

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlouskaya, MD, PhD, is a dermatologist with 20 years of skincare, cosmetic procedures, and dermatological research expertise. She specializes in evidence-based treatments, including sunscreen, retinol, and antioxidants, while addressing conditions like acne, rosacea, and aging skin. Passionate about patient education, she emphasizes the importance of lifestyle, diet, and personalized care. Dr. Kazlouskaya is also experienced in advanced therapies like exosomes, microneedling, and lasers, making her a trusted authority in modern dermatology. Kazlouskaya discussed effective skincare, focusing on essentials like sunscreen, retinol, and vitamin C while cautioning against overusing active ingredients or following unproven trends like beef tallow or period blood in skincare. Kazlouskaya highlighted the role of diet and lifestyle in skin health, including the impact of insulin resistance and treatments like Ozempic. In this 2-part interview, she explained different patient demographics, from cost-insensitive individuals seeking comprehensive treatments to those resistant to interventions like injections. They concluded by planning future discussions on hair, nails, and advanced skincare procedures.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s discuss skin dryness, acne, pigmentation, or any skin malfunctions that develop over time, such as sunspots, moles, etc.

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlouskaya: If you have dry and sensitive skin, focusing on moisturizing is essential. Everyone is fond of hyaluronic acid, but pure hyaluronic acid isn’t effective unless it’s layered with more occlusive ingredients. Using a hyaluronic acid serum can evaporate from your skin, making it feel drier. It’s most effective when combined with other molecules in a cream, and nearly every cream on the market today contains hyaluronic acid. Alternatively, you can use it as a serum for targeted areas or your entire face. Still, you must follow it with an occlusive product to prevent evaporation.

Glycerin, petrolatum, panthenol for healing, and ceramides, which mimic our natural fats, are the best moisturizer components. These ingredients help restore the skin’s normal barrier.

For oily skin or skin with sebaceous filaments (those tiny black dots often mistaken for blackheads), we recommend using acids such as salicylic acid to dissolve oil buildup, as well as alpha-hydroxy acids (AHAs) and beta-hydroxy acids (BHAs). However, it’s crucial not to overuse these acids, as they can dry out the skin, worsen acne, and even trigger new breakouts.

In the anti-aging category, we now have interesting molecules studied less than retinol, vitamin C, and sunscreen, but they are still promising. One example is bakuchiol, which is less potent than retinol but safe for use during pregnancy and breastfeeding. It increases skin turnover, thickens the epidermis, and improves skin texture, offering a plumper look.

We’re also entering a new era with ingredients like growth factors, peptides, and exosomes. These are trending right now and are highly sought after. They work because they’re small molecules that participate in skin regeneration. However, choosing products from reputable brands with clinically proven formulations is important, as not all molecules penetrate the skin effectively. These products are often priced in the higher range, costing several hundred dollars for a quality formula.

Another emerging trend is addressing mature skin, particularly for women in their 50s experiencing estrogen deficiency. Products targeting estrogen-depleted skin are still limited, but some companies are developing compounded estrogen molecules or estrogen-like ingredients that mimic estrogen’s activity on the skin. This is a growing field and represents a new direction in skincare.

Jacobsen: What about products or treatments that are widely used but lack evidence or don’t work?

Kazlouskaya: Many at-home treatments don’t have sufficient evidence to support their effectiveness. I’m also cautious about oils in skincare. They’ve become trendy, but they aren’t always helpful. While some evidence supports certain oils, they can clog pores, provoke acne, and cause allergic reactions, especially for sensitive skin. Oils often contain fragrances, which can be irritating.

Another questionable trend is using beef tallow in skincare. For those unfamiliar with beef tallow, it is fat derived from animals. While it’s gaining popularity in some circles, I’m unaware of strong evidence supporting its benefits for the skin, and it may not be suitable for everyone.

Animals have fat inside, stored between their organs, and if it’s from beef, it’s called beef tallow. It’s a huge trend right now. I was interviewed about it at least three times last month, and one news magazine has already published an article about it.

But it’s everywhere—on TikTok and Instagram—so it’s a hot topic. Essentially, it involves putting animal fat on your face.

Will it work? Who knows? There’s some indication that fat might have anti-inflammatory properties, but we don’t have sufficient data to support its effectiveness.

Another trend I’ve noticed is castor oil. It’s becoming very popular here in the U.S. What trends are you seeing in Canada?

Jacobsen: Oh, I don’t even know. This is a new topic for me, so I don’t know if people in Canada follow similar trends to those in the United States but in a less extreme way.

People do things that might work to some degree but are exaggerated for appearance’s sake, such as surgical procedures like facelifts or other cosmetic surgeries. Those are trendy, but they’re also very expensive.

Kazlouskaya: In skincare, I feel that home remedies or DIY treatments, like putting unusual substances on your face, don’t work. For example, some people are now putting period blood on their faces.

Some studies suggest that period blood might contain exosomes, which can have regenerative properties. However, period blood is also full of bacteria and can become a breeding ground for harmful pathogens. Even though it’s being promoted as a trend, it’s risky and not evidence-based.

This is just one example of how much advertising is driven by untrained individuals—not specialists—looking to gain likes, shares, or income from social media. This kind of misinformation can be very dangerous. It’s not just ineffective in some cases but outright harmful.

Jacobsen: What’s being proposed now, that’s new and experimental and shows promise but isn’t sufficiently supported by evidence yet?

Kazlouskaya: Exosomes are a big development right now. These small vesicles facilitate cell communication, carrying growth factors and molecules that promote healing, reduce inflammation, and support various cellular processes. Essentially, they act as signalling agents between cells.

Exosomes are very trendy because of their potential benefits. They are even being studied as intravenous treatments for neurodegenerative conditions, but this research is still in its early stages. In skincare, a few companies produce exosome-based products derived from human fibroblasts.

However, it’s crucial to ensure that the source of these fibroblasts is safe. They must come from clean donors—individuals free of diseases or cancers. These fibroblasts can come from sources like skin cells or umbilical cords. Properly sourced and purified exosomes have the potential to be very helpful.

A few companies produce high-quality exosome products that work well, but this area is still developing. These products are not FDA-approved, and while some people attempt to inject them as treatments, this is 100% unregulated and not FDA-approved.

On the other hand, using exosome products topically in the form of creams or serums is not prohibited. This makes it a bit of a “Wild West” situation, as some people take risks by using or promoting them beyond their intended purposes.

We also use exosomes after procedures like microneedling, but more regulation and research are needed. Many products come from outside the United States, and we don’t fully understand their potential long-term effects or risks.

Jacobsen: Who are the main demographics that are more likely to come to your office?

Kazlouskaya: There are two primary demographics. One group is young, working professionals with medium to high incomes who want everything done to maintain a polished look. The other group comprises women in their 40s and 50s seeking skin maintenance and rejuvenation treatments.

Jacobsen: So, it’s about professionalizing their appearance and maintaining skin health.

Kazlouskaya: Interestingly, younger populations are increasingly seeking these treatments. They are very knowledgeable about cosmetic procedures. For example, I got my first Botox treatment in my 30s, and at that time, it didn’t feel very safe. But now, people in their early 20s are already getting procedures like microneedling, fillers, and Botox.

Today, these treatments are so normalized that they’re almost like ordering coffee at Starbucks—just a casual part of life.

Jacobsen: One related area I’d like to touch on is diet. An old North American phrase is, “You are what you eat.” What about the relationship between diet and skin health?

Kazlouskaya: Diet is worth discussing, as it plays a significant role in skin health. Let’s explore that further.

Diet is a significant factor, and I see its effects often. Insulin resistance and prediabetes can lead to noticeable changes in the skin, such as increased pigmentation, roughness, and other issues. These conditions are often challenging to address with just creams and procedures. Lifestyle changes, including diet, play a crucial role.

A healthy diet rich in fruits, vegetables, and proteins is essential because our skin and hair predominantly comprise protein. If you’re protein-deficient, your skin won’t look its best. For example, one in seven women in the United States has polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), which is now a leading cause of infertility. PCOS has specific skin-related symptoms like hair thinning, acne (especially in the lower face and later stages of life), darkened skin patches, stretch marks, and other signs.

PCOS is often linked to insulin resistance. Lifestyle changes like exercising more, eating healthier, and getting better sleep can significantly improve skin health. Even reducing salt intake can help minimize facial swelling.

I’ve had clients who underwent multiple cosmetic procedures but only saw temporary results. However, after adopting a healthier lifestyle—going to the gym and eating well—their skin transformed within six months. These changes occurred even though I knew they weren’t consistent with their skincare routines. Simply changing their lifestyle made a noticeable difference.

Another emerging factor is the rise of obesity treatments like Ozempic. This is creating a new wave of challenges in the skin industry. Fat is a tissue that stores and produces hormones and other compounds. When people lose fat rapidly, as they often do with Ozempic, it can disturb hormones on a micro-level. This can lead to changes in skin quality, including hair loss, which is particularly difficult to address.

Many of these individuals seek help for skin care and treatments, and I expect this trend to grow as more people use Ozempic. In places like New York, it’s almost as common as taking vitamins—everyone seems to be on it.

Jacobsen: When consulting with people—how do motivations factor into the conversation? Can you differentiate between good and bad motivations for seeking advice or help? How does the medical code of ethics come into play?

Kazlouskaya: As a business owner and physician, balancing the business side with the ethical duty to benefit patients can sometimes be challenging. Of course, you want patients to pursue treatments. Still, at the same time, you must recognize that some treatments may not be beneficial for everyone.

I maintain this balance by prioritizing the patient’s best interests. I never recommend or perform treatments that won’t benefit me.

There are different types of people who come in for treatments. Some want everything done. They’ll say, “I don’t care about the cost; I want to address this wrinkle or pigmentation issue. What treatments do you have?” The cost is not a concern for these individuals, so we can provide the most advanced treatments and develop a comprehensive plan to address their concerns.

Then, some people are entirely against injections. Even when you know that injections are necessary for significant improvement—like when aging is already advanced—you still need to respect their wishes. You have to explain that injections or surgery might provide the best results. Still, if they are unwilling, you can offer alternatives with the caveat that the results may be less effective.

Another group includes people who have done nothing for their skin throughout their lives and come in their sixties saying, “I just have a little bit of laxity.” These patients often have never even used a cream. When you examine them, you see sagging skin that requires significant intervention. It’s difficult to make them understand that, at this stage, achieving significant results is challenging, and even surgery might not fully resolve their concerns.

Everyone is unique, and you must navigate their beliefs and expectations. In the past, dermatologists were very assertive in their recommendations, but now, it’s more about working with the patient’s preferences.

The younger population is very different. They want to participate actively in their treatment plans. They rarely jump into any suggestions without researching, reading reviews, and seeking feedback. It’s a very collaborative process with them.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Viktoryia.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Kelly Siegel: High-Performance Aging for Men

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/10

Kelly Siegel is a bestselling author, dynamic speaker, and host of the Harder Than Life podcast, where he empowers leaders, entrepreneurs, and individuals to achieve peak performance through radical discipline, relentless accountability, and authentic transparency. Rising from a turbulent childhood, Kelly transformed adversity into strength, mastering resilience, mental fitness, and physical wellness. His Harder Than Life movement inspires thousands to break limitations, optimize life, and achieve sustainable success. With an unwavering commitment to energy, impact, and measurable results, Siegel continues to redefine leadership, health, and human potential.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Siegel outlines a blueprint for high-performance aging: treat recovery as a performance enhancer; anchor life with non-negotiables—sleep, training, clean nutrition, and family time; use mindfulness to create a “sacred pause” that protects relationships, business, and health. Midlife nutrition shifts from restriction to fueling energy, focus, and hormones with balanced whole foods and hydration. Consistency beats intensity; three weekly workouts for decades outcompete short burnout sprints. Emotional fitness—built through journaling, meditation, therapy, and boundaries—prevents sabotage from stress and impulse. Men can redefine aging by building muscle and mindfulness together, intentionally and sustainably. 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the role of recovery in sustaining men’s health with aging?

Kelly Siegel: Recovery is no longer optional—it’s the new performance enhancer. Sleep, stretching, meditation, and stress management are what keep you in the game. In my 40s, I used to brag about “sleeping when I’m dead.” That nearly broke me. Now I protect recovery like my life depends on it—because it does. Without recovery, strength gains stall, hormones tank, and burnout wins.

Jacobsen: How can mindfulness practices enhance resilience?

Siegel: Mindfulness is resilience training. Meditation, journaling, and solitude teach you to pause before reacting—the “sacred pause” I talk about in Happier Than Life. That pause saved my relationships, my business, and my health. When life punches you in the face—and it will—mindfulness lets you respond with clarity instead of chaos.

Jacobsen: What sustainable routines best balance physical training with career demands and aging bodies?

Siegel: It comes down to non-negotiables. For me, it’s sleep, exercise, clean nutrition, and family time. I schedule workouts like board meetings, because without health there is no wealth. A sustainable routine isn’t crushing yourself seven days a week; it’s finding the rhythm you can do forever. Consistency compounds—3 workouts a week done for 20 years beats a 90-day burnout sprint every time.

Jacobsen: How does nutrition evolve for men entering midlife?

Siegel: In your 20s, you can get away with garbage fuel. In your 40s and 50s, your body keeps the receipts. I learned the hard way—skipping meals left me foggy and irritable. Now, I eat five balanced meals a day: lean protein, whole foods, hydration. Think less about restriction and more about fueling energy, focus, and hormone health. Midlife nutrition is about optimizing performance, not punishment.

Jacobsen: What cultural shifts are noteworthy regarding aging and wellness compared to previous generations?

Siegel: Our fathers and grandfathers equated aging with decline. They worked until their bodies broke down. Today, we’re flipping the script. Men are prioritizing fitness, therapy, and emotional intelligence. Aging doesn’t have to mean fading—it can mean leveling up. I’m stronger, sharper, and more emotionally alive at 50 than I was at 30. This generation is proving you can build both muscle and mindfulness.

Jacobsen: How important is emotional fitness for men’s health and longevity?

Siegel: It’s everything. Emotional fitness is the foundation. Without it, you’ll sabotage your health with stress, alcohol, toxic relationships, or burnout. I spent years chasing validation through money and muscle, but it wasn’t until I worked on emotional mastery—through journaling, meditation, and therapy—that I became truly free. Emotional fitness gives men peace, clarity, and the strength to keep showing up for decades.

Jacobsen: What practical strategies can men adopt to combat stress, even burnout?

Siegel: Three that changed my life:

  1. Move daily – Sweat out the stress; motion creates emotion.
  2. Sacred pause – Before reacting, breathe, reflect, then respond. Saves relationships and your sanity.
  3. Boundaries – Protect your sleep, your workouts, and your family time. No is a complete sentence.

Stress is inevitable. Burnout is optional. When you stack discipline, recovery, and emotional fitness, you build a man who can withstand storms and thrive well into his later years.

For more, subscribe to our YouTube channel Harder Than Life, follow me on Instagram @kelly.siegel.71, and listen to the Harder Than Life podcast every Tuesday and Thursday.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kelly.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How can you keep your skin healthy?

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/10

Part 1 of 2

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlouskaya, MD, PhD, is a dermatologist with 20 years of skincare, cosmetic procedures, and dermatological research expertise. She specializes in evidence-based treatments, including sunscreen, retinol, and antioxidants, while addressing conditions like acne, rosacea, and aging skin. Passionate about patient education, she emphasizes the importance of lifestyle, diet, and personalized care. Dr. Kazlouskaya is also experienced in advanced therapies like exosomes, microneedling, and lasers, making her a trusted authority in modern dermatology. Kazlouskaya discussed effective skincare, focusing on essentials like sunscreen, retinol, and vitamin C while cautioning against overusing active ingredients or following unproven trends like beef tallow or period blood in skincare. Kazlouskaya highlighted the role of diet and lifestyle in skin health, including the impact of insulin resistance and treatments like Ozempic. In this 2-part interview, she explained different patient demographics, from cost-insensitive individuals seeking comprehensive treatments to those resistant to interventions like injections. They concluded by planning future discussions on hair, nails, and advanced skincare procedures.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re here with Dr. Viktoryia Kazlouskaya, MD, PhD. We will discuss dermatology, in which she has 20 years of expertise. Let’s start on a positive note by focusing on effective techniques and technologies that are not.

So, what are people doing right regarding skin health and skincare?

Dr. Viktoryia Kazlouskaya: Before we begin, may I ask a quick question? Are we focusing on home skincare or discussing skincare and procedures in general?

Jacobsen: Let’s focus on home skincare first. We can move on to specialties once we’ve established that as a foundation.

Kazlouskaya: The number one mistake people make is using too many products. Skincare is a multi-billion-dollar industry, and it is ubiquitous. It’s on social media and the internet; every dermatologist seems to be developing their products. This encourages people to overuse, overpurchase, and overconsume. Unfortunately, this is harmful, as it can lead to serious consequences.

A small study published in dermatology literature showed that overusing too many active ingredients can make the skin more sensitive and more prone to conditions like acne and rosacea. This overuse can worsen these issues, damage the skin barrier, and make the skin more vulnerable overall.

So that’s the first point. The second issue related to the first is that very young people unnecessarily use too many active ingredients. For example, if someone does not have acne, there is no need to start using retinol during their teenage years. Doing so can damage the skin barrier and lead to dryness.

The same goes for exfoliation, particularly with acids. Overuse of exfoliating acids is completely unnecessary and can harm the skin.

The third point is that people don’t always need to spend much on skincare. Affordable options often work just as well as expensive ones. Of course, this isn’t always true—there are pricier products with unique formulations that can be more effective—but it is not universally the case.

Typically, over-the-counter products from well-known brands are not particularly helpful and are often overpriced. Many of these products contain excessive fragrances and botanical extracts, which can be irritating. On the other hand, some medical-grade products can be excellent, albeit more expensive.

Overall, however, there is usually no need to overspend. Studies have shown that some inexpensive moisturizers are less irritating because they contain fewer ingredients, reducing the risk of irritation. This information is backed by peer-reviewed research. If needed, I can provide links to these studies for reference.

Jacobsen: Regarding the cost differences between name-brand products and more affordable options with fewer fragrances and additives, are there any name-brand products that stand out as genuinely better—not simply because of their branding, but due to the higher quality of their ingredients?

Kazlouskaya: Yeah, there are many brands right now, and many are doing a decent job selecting ingredients. A couple of brands have been known for decades, and we, as dermatologists, often recommend them. Smaller brands are also trying to select safe ingredients and find effective combinations.

So, do you need some names?

Jacobsen: Should we give them free advertising? What if we rank products based on efficacy, from high-end to low-end? Without focusing on particular name brands, what do we know helps people with their skin? And conversely, what do we know doesn’t help at all?

Kazlouskaya: Okay, first, we must clarify what we’re discussing—anti-aging, general skincare, or specific concerns.

Let’s start with sunscreen. This is the number one helpful product because collagen is degraded by UV exposure if you’re not using sunblock or protecting your skin. This also exacerbates many conditions.

Sunscreen is essential not just for maintenance but also for conditions like rosacea. Scientific studies have shown that sunscreen can improve rosacea by up to 15%, even without medication. Similarly, sunscreen can help with acne-related post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation, which can be more distressing than the acne itself.

There’s no easy cure for hyperpigmentation, and while cosmetic treatments exist, wearing sunscreen during acne treatment can prevent these problems altogether.

There are two types of sunscreens: synthetic and natural. Natural ingredients include zinc oxide or titanium dioxide. Both types are effective. Some people fear synthetic ingredients, thinking they’re toxic chemicals, but there is no scientific evidence supporting this concern. However, natural sunscreens containing zinc may be preferable for sensitive skin due to a lower risk of reactions or interactions with other skincare products.

So, sunscreen is the number one product everyone should use. All other products are optional, even retinol for anti-aging.

Retinol, a modified vitamin A molecule, is the second most effective ingredient. It promotes skin regeneration, stimulates collagen production, and has extensive research supporting its effectiveness in maintaining skin health. Suppose you start using retinol in your 20s and continue consistently. In that case, you have an excellent chance of keeping your skin youthful throughout your life.

Another essential category is antioxidants, which protect the skin from free radicals, UV damage, and environmental stress. Vitamin C is the most notable antioxidant. It plays a significant role in collagen synthesis, skin protection, pigmentation, and texture enhancement.

The top three scientifically supported skincare ingredients are sunscreen, retinol, and vitamin C. Using just these three will ensure your skin looks healthy and radiant.

After these essentials, the focus shifts to addressing specific concerns. For example, if you have acne, there are proven treatments. Similarly, targeted molecules can help with oiliness or other issues.

Guide me towards more specific areas, and I can elaborate further.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Balancing Risk, Reward, and Global Growth in Real Estate

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/09

Part 4 of 4

Akin Opatola, President of FIABCI-Nigeria and founder of Olawale Jordan Company, explores the evolving landscape of Nigerian and African real estate. Opatola shares his professional journey from banking to real estate, his global perspective shaped by visiting over 40 cities, and the critical role FIABCI plays in cross-border networking, sustainability, and professional collaboration. Opatola emphasizes tailored risk assessment, transparency, and client-specific strategies. His vision for FIABCI-Nigeria focuses on quality membership, government collaboration, and continental expansion. By leveraging networking, knowledge-sharing, and youth development, FIABCI fosters cross-border growth, trust, and opportunity, positioning Africa as an emerging hub for innovative, globally connected real estate development.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, any investment involves risk—or, more accurately, risk assessment—alongside a view toward potential reward. People are often more attracted by the promise of opportunity than deterred by risk, but any realistic strategy must weigh both. So, in your advisory role, how do you guide clients through this tension between reward and risk, especially considering individual and cultural differences in risk tolerance?

Akin Opatola: That’s a vital question. When I wear my advisory hat, especially when working with clients, my first step is to evaluate their risk profile.

I’m the kind of advisor who says, “This project might not be for you.” For instance, if someone has a low-risk tolerance, I won’t recommend a project delivered in two years, especially if the developer has a limited track record or there’s a risk of delay or deviation from specifications.

On the other hand, if a client appears relatively young, has longer investment horizons, and demonstrates higher risk tolerance, I might say, “You may want to consider this opportunity—but think it over carefully.” I lay everything on the table. I do not oversell or sugarcoat.

There’s a saying: low risk equals low reward, and high risk can bring high reward—but I let the client make that decision, fully informed.

My goal is to establish a relationship built on transparency and long-term trust. Clients should be able to look back and say, “Akin was clear, honest, and guided me based on my needs.”

This approach comes from my time in banking, which you saw in my profile. I spent several years in that industry, particularly in asset management. We were trained not to push the same financial products to every client there.

Just as no two fingerprints are identical, no two clients are similar. I don’t believe in a one-size-fits-all approach.

So, when advising on a property investment or development deal, I walk through all the risks and challenges. But I also point out the upside. If the developer has a solid track record, has shared financials, and is open to verification, that builds confidence.

I encourage clients to perform due diligence and bring in their professionals—especially lawyers—to review documents and ensure everything is in order.

Ultimately, my role is to present a balanced, data-informed view and help clients make sound, strategic decisions based on who they are, not just the potential return.

After evaluating all aspects of the investment, I ensure that clients can make an informed decision. Once that’s done, I guide them through the real estate process confidently and transparently.

Jacobsen: What is your vision for the future of FIABCI-Nigeria and, more broadly, for the African property market in terms of its influence?

Opatola: My vision for FIABCI-Nigeria begins with membership growth—not just growth in numbers. I mean attracting quality professionals. The more qualified members we bring in, the higher the chances—through the law of averages—that we’ll see increased community collaboration, networking, and deal-making.

Secondly, I envision FIABCI-Nigeria becoming more active in public-sector engagement. We should not operate in silos. We need to collaborate with government bodies, not just as observers but as trusted advisors. Our members should be the first point of contact regarding urban planning, housing policy, land reform, infrastructure development, and feasibility studies.

The government should be saying to us, “Here’s a project we’re considering. What do FIABCI professionals think? Can we build a consultative team or think tank with you?” This level of professional integration into policy-making is common in many other countries where FIABCI operates, and I would love to see that replicated here.

For the broader African property market, I’m passionate about AfRES—the African Real Estate Society. It allows me to connect with other countries on the continent, share ideas, and identify new opportunities.

We need to grow FIABCI’s footprint not only in Anglophone countries but also in Francophone regions. There’s still resistance in some parts of the continent, but there are promising opportunities in North Africa—Morocco, Egypt, andAlgeria. These are dynamic markets that would benefit from FIABCI engagement.

I am a real estate entrepreneur. I’m always looking for opportunities to bring to my clients and investors. I’m confident that in the not-too-distant future, we will see new FIABCI chapters opening across Africa, especially as international leadership cycles through new presidents who may prioritize expansion in this region.

Jacobsen: How does FIABCI distinguish itself from other real estate bodies or federations?

Opatola: FIABCI is unique, and I say that sincerely. Its strength is the deliberate emphasis on networking, cross-border collaboration, and shared knowledge. After every international event, members who could not attend still benefit. We share presentations, photos, and materials through our FIABCI member app within two or three weeks.

This ensures the entire global community stays informed, even if they’re not physically present. That level of accessibility and global inclusion is what sets FIABCI apart.

That level of access is incredible. For example, if I cannot attend the Global Leadership Summit in Panama this December, whether due to time or budget constraints, I don’t feel left out.

Three weeks after the event, I can go to the FIABCI app and download PowerPoint presentations, supporting documents, and event summaries and still benefit from everything that was shared. That’s a massive differentiator compared to many other associations. That sets the organization apart in terms of accessibility and inclusion.

And secondly, FIABCI is fun! It’s not all serious business. There are social events in the evenings—from gala dinners to regional celebrations. And beyond that, there’s a strong and intentional focus on youth development.

We have the Young Professionals Members Club, which is open to members aged 35 and below worldwide. The club has its own webinars, networking sessions, and leadership structure. The young members even have representation at the board level.

They elect their leaders, present papers, and contribute to board discussions. So, by the time they transition out of the under-35 group, they’re already well-acquainted with FIABCI’s governance structure and prepared to run for broader leadership roles. I really admire that element—it ensures succession and generational continuity.

When I say FIABCI is fun, I mean events like the Young Members’ Party, the Metropolitan Holders’ Event, the Prix d’Excellence Awards, and the Networking Luncheons. These aren’t just ceremonial—they’re strategically designed to facilitate connection, collaboration, and friendship. I love that dynamic.

I also enjoy the international travel opportunities. Last year, I was fortunate to visit Budapest and Vienna—two countries I’d never been to before. What I appreciate about FIABCI is that events are not limited to the exact predictable locations like the U.S., London, or Germany. That variety keeps it engaging.

Austria will host the World Congress next year, and I’m really looking forward to spending more time there. Last time, I only managed a lunch trip to Vienna—a 2.5-hour train ride from Budapest. I took a few photos, had lunch, and came back. Next time, I plan to spend a full week exploring.

That’s the beauty of FIABCI—business, learning, networking, and cultural immersion all in one.

I’ll be in South Korea next December for the Global Leadership Summit, and I’m super excited about that. One thing I love about FIABCI is how intentional we are with pre-and post-conference activities.

Last year, when I went to Singapore for the World Congress, I only visited and returned. However, many of my colleagues took advantage of the pre-and post-conference arrangements. They visited Malaysia, Indonesia, and other nearby countries.

That’s because the chapter presidents in those regions extended invitations: “If we’re hosting 100 or 150 FIABCI members in our part of the world, and you’d like to explore our city or country, we’ll organize a short tour—two or three days. You can learn about local real estate opportunities, network with us, and enjoy the sights before or after the main Congress.” It was a fantastic experience for those who participated.

Now, with the World Congress coming to Lagos, I’m getting similar questions from international colleagues:

“Akin, we’ve never been to Africa. Can we add a few more countries to our trip?”

Some ask about visiting Ghana or seeing a safari in Kenya or Tanzania. Because flights and hotels are costly, many want to make the most of their visit with a pre-or post-conference itinerary.

FIABCI is fun—we are one big family. We do business together, support one another, and exchange knowledge generously.

I’m constantly networking. If I meet someone new, I ask, “Do you know this person from your country? Can you introduce me?” Or, “I came across a book by someone in your region—can you help me reach out for a webinar or interview?” That spirit of openness is one of FIABCI’s greatest strengths.

Jacobsen: Thank you. I have no more questions, Akin. I really appreciate your time, insight, and generosity in sharing your expertise. It was a pleasure meeting you.

Opatola: It was my pleasure, Scott. It was a lovely conversation. Thank you for this opportunity and for all the work you do.

Jacobsen: Excellent.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Collaborative Sustainability in Global Real Estate

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/08

Part 3 of 4

Akin Opatola, President of FIABCI-Nigeria and founder of Olawale Jordan Company, explores the evolving landscape of Nigerian and African real estate. Opatola shares his professional journey from banking to real estate, his global perspective shaped by visiting over 40 cities, and the critical role FIABCI plays in cross-border networking, sustainability, and professional collaboration.Opatola highlights FIABCI-Nigeria’s small but specialized firms collaborating globally to adopt sustainability and ethical standards. Through networking tools, knowledge exchange, and events like the Prix d’Excellence, members benchmark against global practices, fostering growth, innovation, and partnerships that integrate diverse real estate disciplines and raise industry standards in Nigeria.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about including sustainable development practices in real estate, especially in collaborative projects with international partners?

Akin Opatola: That’s an important area—and we’re making meaningful progress.

Many of our members operate small but focused firms. For example, my firm has been around for over ten years. We deliberately run a tight team—myself and three staff members—because we prioritize quality and agility. This is common within FIABCI-Nigeria. We have many independent consultants and architects who don’t operate large firms.

But remarkable is how these professionals have formed collaborative relationships with foreign counterparts. They’ve been able to partner on projects, exchange ideas, and even share consultancy fees. This collaboration strengthens our understanding of sustainability, green building practices, and ethical development standards.

We learn much from our FIABCI chapters in Europe, the U.S., and Canada, where sustainable development is far more embedded. But we’re catching up—by building trust, credibility, and technical capacity.

One key resource that supports this is the FIABCI Global Directory, which is updated annually and helps members connect based on expertise. We also have a dedicated members-only app, which allows us to chat with any of our 600+ members globally, all with specific competencies.

This ongoing exchange ensures that we stay informed and inclusive and that sustainability becomes a core part of our development philosophy.

You’ll also notice that we’ve intentionally discussed the conference’s structure. Each panel session is limited to 40–45 minutes, and each keynote address is capped at 30 minutes. We want the conversations to be focused, engaging, and inclusive.

With our theme, “Global Real Estate Renaissance,” we ensure that every significant real estate area is touched upon—as comprehensively as possible.

Jacobsen: FIABCI now has over 2,000 members in more than 70 countries. Where do you see the most promising areas for expansion—within Nigeria, new sectors or regions, or nearby countries that have not yet been brought under the FIABCI umbrella?

Opatola: Great question. One recent example is Saudi Arabia. When I attended the World Congress in Miami three years ago, we formally launched the Saudi FIABCI chapter. They’ve grown very quickly and impressively. Soon after, they hosted the Global Leadership Summit in Riyadh, which I had the opportunity to attend.

It was a remarkable experience. Tony Blair, former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, delivered a keynote on leadership and his foundation’s work—it was an incredible session.

We typically see two to three new FIABCI chapters form each year regarding global expansion. A few years ago, FIABCI Ireland launched, though it faced some challenges. A dynamic new leader has recently stepped in, reviving the chapter with fresh programming.

We also have a FIABCI chapter in Australia, and I’ve personally connected with a member there. We’re exploring some collaborative opportunities, even though I haven’t visited Sydney or other parts of Australia yet.

In Africa, our FIABCI Africa President is focused on developing and expanding chapters across the continent. Conversations are underway in Uganda and Ghana, and we’re hopeful that by the end of this year, they’ll have initiated the first or second stages toward formal chapter formation.

Today’s mindset is no longer about competition but collaboration and positive partnerships among professionals who share a common vision.

As mentioned, access to credible information and networks matters more than physical travel. If I need data from Uganda, I can easily reach out to a trusted colleague who’s well-connected and can provide relevant insights or contacts. That’s the power of the FIABCI network.

One standout advocate of this approach is Terry Duncan of FIABCI-USA. He has been a strong proponent of international collaboration. A few years ago, he sent valuation briefs to some of my colleagues here in Nigeria. He works with the U.S. State Department and large corporations, and he’s always saying:

“Let’s keep the network active. Let’s keep the doors open for partnerships.”

During the pandemic, we organized a series of webinars and virtual engagements to stay relevant and connected. And guess what? It turned out to be a blessing in disguise.

Typically, when we host physical FIABCI events, non-members rarely attend. But during lockdown, everyone was home, seeking structure, community, and professional engagement. We brought in subject matter experts and notable global figures, and the content resonated deeply.

As a result, many non-members joined our webinars, impressed by the quality of the discussions. After the lockdowns were lifted, many attendees reached out and submitted membership forms. Since then, they have become active, long-term members of FIABCI-Nigeria.

We touched on a wide range of topics. In a typical session, we’d have two or three Nigerian panellists and colleagues worldwide. This redefined the essence of the association for many of us here.

Jacobsen: You mentioned the Prix d’Excellence earlier. How do standards and innovation tie into that global showcase?

Opatola: Yes—this is something I’m very passionate about. I’ve been fortunate to travel extensively and observe iconic architectural projects across the globe. In Cannes in March, I visited real estate developments in Monaco with a few friends. I was stunned.

We saw a particular project where units were selling for €120 million—and most were already sold out. It was breathtaking. These experiences push me to think differently.

That’s why I’m so excited that we’re hosting the FIABCI World Congress in Lagos, mainly because of the Prix d’Excellence Awards. It’s an opportunity to open the eyes of local developers.

Sometimes, developers here feel like big fish in small ponds. But when they participate in the Prix d’Excellence, they quickly realize they’re small fish in a vast global ocean. That perspective is humbling—and necessary.

Last year, at the FIABCI World Congress in Singapore, I saw buildings that could easily rival those in Dubai. One project had over 30% green integration, blowing me away. We want to see that level of innovation, sustainability, and excellence replicated in Nigeria.

And now, with the Prix d’Excellence Awards coming to Lagos, we’re expecting around 100 non-FIABCI participants—designers, architects, and developers from all over the world. They’re coming not just as award nominees but as potential collaborators and thought leaders.

Benchmarking, knowledge transfer, and cross-cultural idea exchange are inevitable in that room.

And that’s what excites me about Lagos and Nigeria. A simple online search reveals how ambitious our high-end real estate market has become. Many developers here are now benchmarking their work against the best global practices. Events like the World Congress and Prix d’Excellence accelerate that growth and connection.

I just mentioned Eko Atlantic and the level of development happening there. You cannot deliver anything substandard in that environment—it simply will not work.

Nigerians are very well-traveled and highly informed. Our citizens live abroad, study abroad, and observe global trends. So, local architects and developers are stepping up to meet international expectations.

One of the best ways to accelerate that growth is through platforms like the Prix d’Excellence, which we’re honoured to host here in Lagos. It will be a transformational moment for the industry.

Jacobsen: How do you integrate the various real estate disciplines—architecture, finance, law, investment, and technology—into a coherent and practical skill set? How do you approach blending technical and interpersonal strengths?

Opatola: That’s a great question. I’m a bit unique—I believe deeply in specialization.

I’m a certified property valuer but spend less than 30% of my time on valuation work. I’ve chosen to specialize in high-end, luxury real estate marketing.

Every aspect of my professional development aligns with that. The webinars I attend, the books I read, the mentors I follow, and the podcasts I subscribe to all focus on luxury real estate marketing and global trends in high-end project sales. That’s where I want to grow, improving every day.

At the same time, many of my colleagues within FIABCI have also selected their focus areas—architecture, development, valuation, or finance. This is where collaboration becomes key.

If a colleague has architectural expertise and a high-end listing, it’s a no-brainer—they refer it to me for marketing while focusing on the design and structural side. It’s a synergistic relationship, and it works beautifully.

FIABCI supports this model exceptionally well. At our networking or marketing lunches, we deliberately introduce ourselves to one another—almost like professional speed dating. Each member gets a few minutes to present who they are, what they do, and their significant listings. Business cards are exchanged, and relationships are formed.

Through that, I’ve met remarkable professionals, including a gentleman from South Korea. His expertise is in development, an area I deeply respect. South Korea is hosting the FIABCI Global Leadership Summit in December, and I’m excited to attend—it will be my first time in Seoul.

Our webinars here are often broken down by specialization—one session might focus on developers, while another brings in PropTech specialists, architects, or marketers. That way, people can speak from experience, and attendees walk away with insights directly applicable to their core discipline.

Some members are specialized in finance, others in law, and what’s remarkable is that very few associations—even in Nigeria—bring together all of these disciplines without falling into internal competition.

Within FIABCI, everyone has a common goal: to do business, learn from one another, and engage in cross-border transactions. We’ve truly gotten it right in that regard.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 2: Gender Gaps, Vehicle Attacks, and NATO Security

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/07

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In conversation with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discusses the widening gender gaps in higher education, noting women’s majority in Canadian universities and the need for new pathways and skill-focused curricula to engage men without undermining women’s progress. They examine workplace implications, automation, and the importance of lateral and technical skills. Shifting topics, they analyze the April 2025 Lapu-Lapu Festival vehicle attack in Vancouver, stressing the need for both physical barriers and psychological profiling to prevent future mass violence. Finally, they explore the disappearance of a Canadian Armed Forces member in Latvia, considering natural hazards, foul play, and potential Russian or Belarusian interference.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We are starting Maple Monitor, round two. It is September 5. For today’s sources, would you prefer The Globe and Mail or CBC? What did we use last time—CBC? We did both. All right, let us stick with The Globe and Mail. Next time I will try CBC. This has been a hot topic for years. Joe Friesen—The Globe and Mail’s postsecondary reporter—has covered the widening gender gap in higher education. The lead idea is that universities should consider what might entice more men back to campus.

Irina Tsukerman: The data support a persistent gap. Canadian undergraduate populations are roughly 60% women and 40% men, and the pattern has held for about two decades. Similar gaps appear across the OECD and in the United States, where young women outpace young men in degree attainment. Causes are multifactorial: differences in academic preparation and motivation, labour-market signals that draw some men into trades or immediate work, and program-choice patterns. Canada does not use U.S.-style quota affirmative action in university admissions; outreach exists, but broad gender-based preferences displacing men is not supported by evidence.

Men remain overrepresented in apprenticeships and trades, and the military is still male-skewed. Relationship dynamics have adjusted to the “reversed” education gap; some highly educated women partner with less-educated men, and educational matching has shifted rather than collapsed. Claims that female-majority campuses are less competitive or overly theoretical are hypotheses, not established facts. The practical policy conversation is about improving boys’ and men’s K–12 preparation, advising, and on-ramps into postsecondary—while preserving women’s gains.

They will not necessarily take into account the diversity in workplaces—the fact that men and women work together. Universities may cater to the interests, biases, perceptions, or needs of one group more than the other, which can create problems later in the workplace. This can also make some universities less competitive and leave graduates less prepared compared to earlier generations.

That does not mean fewer women should be admitted to colleges or that men should be forced into university if they are not interested. What it does suggest is that we should re-evaluate how education is structured. There may be additional, independent pathways that attract a broader range of students without “social engineering,” while offering skills that are relevant in today’s complex world—especially as many entry-level positions are being eliminated by automation and AI.

Universities should emphasize lateral thinking, advanced technical skills at earlier stages, and preparation for an increasingly competitive, technology-driven environment. If universities attract primarily women, it may be because they are not adequately teaching the types of skills men tend to pursue. This imbalance risks not only social friction and relationship mismatches, but also gaps in vital industry sectors needed for economic development.

Jacobsen: Moving to another topic—the Lapu-Lapu Festival tragedy. That festival already has a record, and a recent report recommends Vancouver adopt measures to mitigate vehicle attacks. On April 26, 2025, a vehicle-ramming attack occurred during the Lapu-Lapu Day Filipino heritage celebration. Eleven people were killed and 32 injured, surpassing the toll of the 2018 Toronto van attack. The United States has seen more of these attacks, both in absolute terms and on a per-capita basis. The call for preventative measures seems reasonable. 

Tsukerman: Such measures should work both ways: first, by making it more difficult for vehicles to ram into crowds—something New York City pursued after the Times Square attack—and second, by strengthening intelligence and community-level preparedness.

They built blocks to make it more difficult for cars to enter civilian areas. But that’s only part of the problem. First, the blocks are ugly. Second, they’re cumbersome for people with baby carriages, suitcases, or equipment during festivities. They make it harder to move quickly when streets are crowded.

The second issue is understanding why these attacks are becoming more frequent in Western countries, and why more people are seeking to inflict mass casualties. Are these incidents primarily driven by suicidal individuals who also want to take others with them? Are they hate crimes aimed at specific groups? Or are they nihilistic acts by people craving attention through easily executed violence that is hard to stop in advance?

If attackers show signs of instability, rage, or a proclivity for violence, perhaps they should be monitored more closely. We should profile vehicle-attack perpetrators as we do other types of mass violence. These events have often been treated as random and unpredictable, but the rise in frequency suggests patterns. In countries with strong gun control, vehicle ramming may be a substitute method, reflecting the same mindset behind mass shootings. In some cases, they may even be politically motivated terrorist acts that have not been fully recognized as such. Prevention must address the psychological and motivational drivers, not just the logistical barriers. Simply making ramming harder won’t stop violence from manifesting in other forms.

Jacobsen: This is quite interesting. An investigation is underway after a Canadian Armed Forces member deployed in Latvia was reported missing, according to the Department of National Defence. Canadian operations in Latvia have been ongoing for years, with deployments in the four-figure range. That’s public knowledge—it isn’t new.

Tsukerman: What stands out in this strange case is that it’s not the first. Only last year, American Armed Forces members went missing in the region, some later found dead and repatriated. The reasons were never fully clarified. This concerns me because there are two possible explanations. One is natural causes: perhaps they trained in dangerous areas like bogs or marshes. Latvia’s geography includes such terrain, which can be treacherous.

Rain or other natural conditions could complicate training and lead to more accidents. If that is the reason for these strange occurrences and people going missing, then perhaps everyone should take time to re-evaluate how training is conducted and adopt measures to keep personnel safer.

On the other hand, if foul play is involved, that is a different matter. There are regions of Latvia, especially near the Russian border, with large Russian-speaking populations that have been deemed unsafe for tourism and even some law enforcement activity. If incidents are happening there, and if there is outside intervention, then that must be investigated and understood.

If people are being killed under unclear circumstances, abducted, or taken hostage, that raises serious concerns. The fact that there have already been a couple of such incidents in the country suggests a possible pattern, not just isolated accidents. The presence of NATO strategic areas nearby raises further questions about overall security. With growing fears of Russian intrusion—and even possible Belarusian involvement—there is reason to consider whether sabotage could be targeting NATO-linked operations and training exercises. At the very least, it warrants closer scrutiny.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Thank you. I’ll talk to you next week.

Tsukerman: Sounds good. Bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI-Powered Marketplaces: James McCarthy on FMCG Supply Chains, Digital Payments, and Retail Resilience

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/07

Part 2 of 2

James McCarthy, Vice President of Marketing at RedCloud Technologies, discusses marketplace technology, AI-driven insights, and digital payments. In this 2-part interview, he highlights the need for specialized fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) marketplaces, emphasizing supply chain transparency and demand prediction. AI enhances efficiency by helping brands, distributors, and retailers optimize inventory and reduce waste. Digital payments streamline transactions, but challenges remain in integrating them fully. McCarthy also addresses the 18% inventory gap and the resilience of independent retail despite e-commerce growth. RedCloud Technologies aims to leverage AI and data-driven solutions to enhance market penetration and consumer engagement through bundling strategies and predictive analytics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I see a couple of key points of contact here. One is consumer uptake and demand—ensuring the right supply is available. Another is the adoption of digital payments and their integration into the system.

These issues fall under the larger umbrella of customer or consumer engagement. How do you enhance consumer engagement with consumable goods and digital payment technology? Can these processes be integrated for optimization?

James McCarthy: That’s an interesting question. We are seeing a steady increase in digital payments, even in emerging markets where cash has traditionally been dominant. Cash usage is declining significantly in most markets, and contactless transactions are becoming the norm. What do you mean by engaging consumers with products?

Jacobsen: Sure. The most obvious gap between supply and demand is the 18% inventory gap, where consumers want unavailable products on shelves. The challenge is getting the right supply to the right locations and leveraging technology to predict demand more accurately. Additionally, integrating payments into this system could further streamline the process.

The payment side is a bit trickier, but I can give a practical example. In Vancouver, we have a transit system called SkyTrain, which uses a Compass Card. To use it, you must first purchase the card, load funds onto it, and connect it to a bank account for automatic reloads.

In contrast, in Ukraine, public transit payments are much more direct. You tap your Visa card to enter it without an intermediary system like a stored-value card. After tapping, you descend into the subway via long Soviet-era escalators to reach the station.

So, different systems create varying levels of efficiency. Some require extra intermediary steps, while others provide a more seamless, bank-connected experience. There are likely ways to streamline digital payments in retail to make consumer engagement smoother and more intuitive.

McCarthy: Oh yes, that’s correct., If you look at the datasets, based on the data we collect, our marketplace allows us to gather a significant amount of first-party information on how transactions and trade are happening.

Regarding consumer demand, we can analyze retail store throughput—how much product moves through them. We can also assess trade volume geographically for specific product categories and determine what types of products are selling and in what quantities.

This data allows us to make supply chain predictions based on factors like seasonality, helping us estimate future demand for various product categories and subcategories. Additionally, since we track which brands are being shipped, we can provide valuable insights to brand customers, helping them predict demand for their products.

However, what we do not track is the consumer point-of-sale transaction. When a customer purchases an item with a contactless card, we do not capture the sell-through data at the cash register.

Since we do not own or operate the point-of-sale (POS) systems, that part of the data remains outside our scope. However, we do know what products are being supplied to each store. Assuming that everything supplied is eventually sold, we can make informed estimates about consumer demand at a macro level.

Jacobsen: Is AI enabling more transparent and resilient supply chains?

McCarthy: Yes, it is. Primarily, AI helps sellers identify underserved market segments and discover ways to meet their needs more effectively.

Regarding resilience, AI is critical in helping the supply chain anticipate demand, ensuring that businesses can maintain sufficient stock levels to fulfill consumer needs.

Resilience is a particularly interesting challenge. It essentially means structuring supply chain operations to enable predictability, allowing businesses to plan, stock appropriately, and respond effectively to fluctuations in demand.

Let me clarify: Resilience is the outcome of predictability.

Jacobsen: What strategies should brands adopt to leverage digital platforms for better market penetration?

McCarthy: Brands need to analyze and predict consumer demand at a much more granular level—not just through supermarket chains and traditional distribution channels but also through local communities and specific consumer groups.

Rather than relying solely on tier-one distribution data, brands should strive for end-to-end visibility into how products move through the supply chain. By understanding who is buying their products at the final stage, they can gain much better insights into sales performance and demand forecasting.

Jacobsen: I’ve heard a lot about traditional retail potentially declining—things like shopping malls becoming obsolete as more consumers shift to online ordering. Is that trend having an impact on the market as well?

McCarthy: Not really. In some markets, there may be an impact, but when it comes to day-to-day consumer goods—particularly fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG)—local convenience stores, small supermarkets, and corner shops remain an integral part of the community, especially in urban areas.

You might do your weekly grocery shopping online and have it delivered, but you’re still likely to visit your local shop to pick up extra milk, bread, or other last-minute items you forgot to add to your online order.

In many countries, the relationship between independent retailers and their local communities remains very strong. This is especially true when these small retailers can stock the right products that their customers need.

Providing them access to a broader selection of brands, including leading ones, is essential to ensuring they can meet local consumer demand. This strengthens the value of independent retail at the street level.

Jacobsen: How can retailers use AI-driven insights to personalize customer experiences and drive sales?

McCarthy: One way to do this is through bundling. We’ve been working with some of our customers to recommend combinations of products that complement each other and match consumer buying habits. Bundling strategies help retailers optimize product offerings. By analyzing data on consumer behaviour, we can identify which products are frequently purchased together and recommend bundling them in-store.

This allows retailers to create promotional offers encouraging customers to buy complementary items, enhancing their shopping experience and increasing sales.

We’ve seen some strong results with this approach. It’s all data-driven, ensuring the recommendations are based on purchasing patterns.

In the future, we envision a space within our marketplace where these bundles will be automatically generated and recommended, which is exactly our direction.

Jacobsen: James, thank you for your time and the opportunity today.

McCarthy: My pleasure.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI-Powered Marketplaces: James McCarthy on FMCG Supply Chains, Digital Payments, and Retail Resilience

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/07

Part 2 of 2

James McCarthy, Vice President of Marketing at RedCloud Technologies, discusses marketplace technology, AI-driven insights, and digital payments. In this 2-part interview, he highlights the need for specialized fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) marketplaces, emphasizing supply chain transparency and demand prediction. AI enhances efficiency by helping brands, distributors, and retailers optimize inventory and reduce waste. Digital payments streamline transactions, but challenges remain in integrating them fully. McCarthy also addresses the 18% inventory gap and the resilience of independent retail despite e-commerce growth. RedCloud Technologies aims to leverage AI and data-driven solutions to enhance market penetration and consumer engagement through bundling strategies and predictive analytics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I see a couple of key points of contact here. One is consumer uptake and demand—ensuring the right supply is available. Another is the adoption of digital payments and their integration into the system.

These issues fall under the larger umbrella of customer or consumer engagement. How do you enhance consumer engagement with consumable goods and digital payment technology? Can these processes be integrated for optimization?

James McCarthy: That’s an interesting question. We are seeing a steady increase in digital payments, even in emerging markets where cash has traditionally been dominant. Cash usage is declining significantly in most markets, and contactless transactions are becoming the norm. What do you mean by engaging consumers with products?

Jacobsen: Sure. The most obvious gap between supply and demand is the 18% inventory gap, where consumers want unavailable products on shelves. The challenge is getting the right supply to the right locations and leveraging technology to predict demand more accurately. Additionally, integrating payments into this system could further streamline the process.

The payment side is a bit trickier, but I can give a practical example. In Vancouver, we have a transit system called SkyTrain, which uses a Compass Card. To use it, you must first purchase the card, load funds onto it, and connect it to a bank account for automatic reloads.

In contrast, in Ukraine, public transit payments are much more direct. You tap your Visa card to enter it without an intermediary system like a stored-value card. After tapping, you descend into the subway via long Soviet-era escalators to reach the station.

So, different systems create varying levels of efficiency. Some require extra intermediary steps, while others provide a more seamless, bank-connected experience. There are likely ways to streamline digital payments in retail to make consumer engagement smoother and more intuitive.

McCarthy: Oh yes, that’s correct., If you look at the datasets, based on the data we collect, our marketplace allows us to gather a significant amount of first-party information on how transactions and trade are happening.

Regarding consumer demand, we can analyze retail store throughput—how much product moves through them. We can also assess trade volume geographically for specific product categories and determine what types of products are selling and in what quantities.

This data allows us to make supply chain predictions based on factors like seasonality, helping us estimate future demand for various product categories and subcategories. Additionally, since we track which brands are being shipped, we can provide valuable insights to brand customers, helping them predict demand for their products.

However, what we do not track is the consumer point-of-sale transaction. When a customer purchases an item with a contactless card, we do not capture the sell-through data at the cash register.

Since we do not own or operate the point-of-sale (POS) systems, that part of the data remains outside our scope. However, we do know what products are being supplied to each store. Assuming that everything supplied is eventually sold, we can make informed estimates about consumer demand at a macro level.

Jacobsen: Is AI enabling more transparent and resilient supply chains?

McCarthy: Yes, it is. Primarily, AI helps sellers identify underserved market segments and discover ways to meet their needs more effectively.

Regarding resilience, AI is critical in helping the supply chain anticipate demand, ensuring that businesses can maintain sufficient stock levels to fulfill consumer needs.

Resilience is a particularly interesting challenge. It essentially means structuring supply chain operations to enable predictability, allowing businesses to plan, stock appropriately, and respond effectively to fluctuations in demand.

Let me clarify: Resilience is the outcome of predictability.

Jacobsen: What strategies should brands adopt to leverage digital platforms for better market penetration?

McCarthy: Brands need to analyze and predict consumer demand at a much more granular level—not just through supermarket chains and traditional distribution channels but also through local communities and specific consumer groups.

Rather than relying solely on tier-one distribution data, brands should strive for end-to-end visibility into how products move through the supply chain. By understanding who is buying their products at the final stage, they can gain much better insights into sales performance and demand forecasting.

Jacobsen: I’ve heard a lot about traditional retail potentially declining—things like shopping malls becoming obsolete as more consumers shift to online ordering. Is that trend having an impact on the market as well?

McCarthy: Not really. In some markets, there may be an impact, but when it comes to day-to-day consumer goods—particularly fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG)—local convenience stores, small supermarkets, and corner shops remain an integral part of the community, especially in urban areas.

You might do your weekly grocery shopping online and have it delivered, but you’re still likely to visit your local shop to pick up extra milk, bread, or other last-minute items you forgot to add to your online order.

In many countries, the relationship between independent retailers and their local communities remains very strong. This is especially true when these small retailers can stock the right products that their customers need.

Providing them access to a broader selection of brands, including leading ones, is essential to ensuring they can meet local consumer demand. This strengthens the value of independent retail at the street level.

Jacobsen: How can retailers use AI-driven insights to personalize customer experiences and drive sales?

McCarthy: One way to do this is through bundling. We’ve been working with some of our customers to recommend combinations of products that complement each other and match consumer buying habits. Bundling strategies help retailers optimize product offerings. By analyzing data on consumer behaviour, we can identify which products are frequently purchased together and recommend bundling them in-store.

This allows retailers to create promotional offers encouraging customers to buy complementary items, enhancing their shopping experience and increasing sales.

We’ve seen some strong results with this approach. It’s all data-driven, ensuring the recommendations are based on purchasing patterns.

In the future, we envision a space within our marketplace where these bundles will be automatically generated and recommended, which is exactly our direction.

Jacobsen: James, thank you for your time and the opportunity today.

McCarthy: My pleasure.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Canadian Capital Forum 1: Canada’s Goods Trade Balance Widens on Energy and Machinery Imports

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/06

Michael Ashley Schulman, CFA, Chief Investment Officer of Running Point Capital Advisors, offers expert insight into current global financial dynamics. Schulman offers timely insights into macroeconomic trends, US fiscal policy, and the global tech landscape.

Schulman shared insights in an interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen on Canada’s economic outlook. He noted Canada’s goods trade deficit widened to $5.9 billion in June due to surging industrial machinery imports, while energy and agriculture exports offered support. Inflation eased to 1.7% year-over-year, below the 2% target, as the carbon levy’s repeal pulled gasoline prices lower, though core inflation hovered near 2.5%. The Bank of Canada held rates at 2.75%, balancing global peers’ moves. Schulman also discussed fiscal trends, U.S. tariffs, and Canada’s pending CUSMA review.

Interview conducted September 1, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is Canada’s latest goods trade balance and which sectors drove that change?

Michael Ashley Schulman: There is some good news and some less good news here. Canada’s imports were up about 1.4%, while exports increased a smaller 0.9%, resulting in Canada’s global merchandise trade deficit widening. Canada’s latest goods trade balance shows a deficit of $5.9 billion—that’s Canadian dollars—in June, about $400 million wider than in May, and I think the second largest monthly deficit ever, as a one‑time massive mega-import of industrial machinery for an offshore oil project in Newfoundland puffed up import numbers while exports inched higher on crude and refined petroleum (energy products), and a rebound in farm and intermediate food products. Offsetting forces included softer metals with gold, silver, and platinum imports cooling and a downshift in motor vehicles—export levels are back down to late 2022 levels—possibly thanks to tariff turmoil with U.S. Exports to the U.S. increased in June after falling drastically in April. Anxiety about U.S. tariffs should be or is nudging Canadian exporters to diversify their customer base.

Note: If you want/need a source: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/daily-quotidien/250805/dq250805a-eng.htm

Jacobsen: What are the most recent CPI and core inflation readings versus the 2% target?

Schulman: Inflation is plodding a slow, quiet retreat. The Consumer Price Index dropped from 1.9% in June to 1.7% year-over-year in July, which is shy of the 2% target; the fall mostly due to declining gasoline prices which I believe is due to the consumer carbon levy being abolished as of April of this year. Inflation excluding gasoline ran at a higher about 2.5%; still above ideal, but not glowing red. More importantly, Bank of Canada Governor Tiff Macklem hinted the bank may reassess how it measures core inflation.

Jacobsen: What did the Bank of Canada decide at its last rate announcement?

Schulman: At the Bank of Canada’s last cameo—for their July 30 rate announcement—they showed no interest in a plot twist. The BoC kept their overnight policy rate frozen at 2.75% for a third straight meeting, which is central‑bank speak for we are not touching the thermostat until the weather proves it has really changed. That said, there was serious debate about the need for a cut.

They offered three possible economic destinies; a tariff‑driven recession, moderate bounce‑back, or mild inflation pressure and signaled readiness to pivot with a rate cut if economic frost spreads, as long as inflation stays tamed. It all sounds familiar to me because it is similar to debates and statements from the U.S. Federal Reserve as they monitor and fathom the data. The big difference is that the BoC doesn’t have a prime minister or president verbally bashing them to lower rates.

In isolation what Canada decides is important, but interest rate decisions are not made in isolation; rate policy is a multiplayer game with global refs, and relative to its peers Canada at two and three quarters percent now sits in the middle of the easing pack. Looser than the Federal Reserve at 4.25% to 4.50%, the Bank of England wobbling between inflation anxiety and growth despair at at 4%, the Reserve Bank of Australia at 3.6%, and the Reserve Bank of New Zealand at 3%, yet still tighter than the European Central Bank at 2.15% and galaxies above the Bank of Japan at 0.5%; call it Goldilocks with a passport and a central bank badge.

This relative positioning matters. If Canadian rates stay below the U.S., the Canadian dollar often gets the short end of the currency stick, which makes imports more expensive and risks importing inflation right back into the economy. On the other hand, being on the lower end of the scale could give Canada a softer landing; more like stepping off a curb instead of bungee-jumping off Tower Bridge. The punchline is that no central bank moves in a vacuum, and Canada’s steady-Eddie stance can make extra sense in the shadow dance of its peers. Direction of travel matters even more, with the Federal Reserve openly teeing up a cut possibly as soon as September 17th, the European Central Bank preaching steady for now, the Bank of England having just trimmed in August, Australia and New Zealand already easing, and Japan quietly rehearsing the idea of more hikes. Thus, for markets, Canada’s next moves will ripple through a crowded dance floor where the tempo is being set as much in Washington, Frankfurt, London, Sydney, Wellington, and Tokyo as in Ottawa.

Jacobsen: What does the Fiscal Monitor show for the year-to-date federal balance and revenue/expenditure trends (Finance Canada)?

Schulman: Scott, is that a trick question for the American? Your fiscal year goes from April to March, so last year, April 2024 to March 2025, was a deficit of about $43 billion. This year, April to June, your Fiscal Monitor shows a year-to-date deficit of $3.3 billion, Canadian dollars again—I just feel compelled to keep clarifying that. Revenues were up nearly 3% helped by stronger corporate and personal taxes and a tariff‑driven jump in customs duties, while program spending rose a higher 4.6% and public debt charges edged down 0.6%. June itself posted a $3.6 billion surplus—so you are seeing whiplash to the positive and the negative—federal budget balancing is akin to fiscal jogging with a stiff headwind and a hat that will not stay on.

Jacobsen: What trade policy steps are pending, e.g., the 2026 CUSMA/USMCA review preparations (Global Affairs Canada)?

Schulman: Let’s start with a framework around this; Canada and China are the only countries that have retaliated against Trump in his trade war, which in Canada were instituted by former Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

We have to ask if Global Affairs Canada is relevant, how relevant, or just ancient history? It’s consultations closed in October of last year, before Trump won the U.S. presidential election. Its report to shape Canada’s stance for the 2026 joint review of the CUSMA is chock full of information on how the pact has worked well, but the environment may be changing. The review machinery is spelled out in Article 34.7, which sets the decision on a sixteen‑year extension and triggers annual reviews until 2036 if no consensus emerges, while the United States process includes domestic consultations that begin roughly nine months before the review date. The clock is ticking.

Nonetheless, on the trade‑policy front Canada is already in Spring training so to speak because I realize summer just ended and autumn is beginning. Scratch that; let me say that on the trade‑policy front Canada is already moving forward; Prime Minister Carney is dropping many of Ottawa’s retaliatory tariffs to align with U.S. exemptions under the CUSMA while keeping punches up on steel, aluminum and autos, aiming to jump‑start talks. Meanwhile, early domestic consultations and other strategic signaling are underway because who doesn’t love planning for a negotiation a year in advance, right?

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michael.

Schulman: Thank you, Scott. Always happy to chat about our wonderful and dynamic northern neighbor and trading partner.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Marketing, Predictive Analytics, and Fast-Moving Consumer Goods

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/06

Part 1 of 2

James McCarthy, Vice President of Marketing at RedCloud Technologies, discusses marketplace technology, AI-driven insights, and digital payments. In this 2-part interview, he highlights the need for specialized fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) marketplaces, emphasizing supply chain transparency and demand prediction. AI enhances efficiency by helping brands, distributors, and retailers optimize inventory and reduce waste. Digital payments streamline transactions, but challenges remain in integrating them fully. McCarthy also addresses the 18% inventory gap and the resilience of independent retail despite e-commerce growth. RedCloud Technologies aims to leverage AI and data-driven solutions to enhance market penetration and consumer engagement through bundling strategies and predictive analytics.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re here with James McCarthy. He was recently appointed—last fall- as Vice President of Marketing at RedCloud Technologies. He has extensive experience with major companies such as Microsoft and Vodafone. Thank you, Vodafone Ukraine. It is incredibly helpful for security and has the cheapest data I’ve ever had.

RedCloud Technologies announced his appointment on social media and expressed excitement about the news. Today, we’re discussing your role, focusing on the future of marketplace technology, AI-driven insights, retail distribution, the rise of digital payments, and unlocking global supply chains. So, how is marketplace technology evolving? What role does AI play in shaping that future?

James McCarthy: Before diving into AI, I’d like to address a few other key aspects regarding the future of marketplace technology in the future of marketplace technology. First, there is currently a lack of marketplaces tailored to fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), which include perishable and non-perishable products that people buy and consume daily.

Typically, B2B marketplaces are not designed for high-volume, fresh, and perishable goods. However, getting these products into the hands of retailers, who then make them available to consumers, is crucial. The first step in advancing marketplace technology is to create platforms that empower retailers, providing them with more choices to stock their shelves with the products their customers demand.

The key to the future of marketplace technology lies in building specialized marketplaces that serve the unique needs of specific groups around the world.

At RedCloud Technologies, we have identified a niche market in the independent retailer space for FMCG. Our platform enables retailers to access multiple supply options based on product, price, and sourcing flexibility. Some suppliers offer delivery with varying fees, while others provide better pricing. The goal is to give retailers the power to choose their suppliers more flexibly and efficiently.

AI’s role is closely tied to empowering brands, distributors, and retailers. AI helps independent retailers source the best products from the most suitable suppliers at the best prices, ensuring their shelves remain stocked and their customers are satisfied.

AI enables sellers to connect with new buyers, efficiently meet market demand, and optimize operations. Additionally, AI helps businesses collect and analyze trading data to anticipate market trends, reduce waste, and optimize pricing strategies by offering insights in real time.

Ultimately, AI enhances marketplace efficiency by making it easier for brands, distributors, and retailers to trade transparently and fairly. It ensures inventory arrives at the right time, place, and price so consumers can access the necessary products.

We envision this kind of marketplace, which is precisely what we’ve built for the FMCG sector.

Jacobsen: We are at the early stage of this. AI depends on big data, so the more purchases and transactions occur, the more precise the predictions will likely become. In a way, the amount of waste will be reduced—not exponentially, but significantly, at least in the early stages, over time.

McCarthy: Yes, if you look at the problem with waste, it traditionally occurs in the middle of the supply chain. The issue is often in distribution.

Brands can sometimes over-manufacture, but the distribution network often fails to understand regional demand accurately. As a result, the wrong quantities of products are shipped to the wrong locations. If the goods are durable—such as canned soup—this is less of an issue, as they can be redistributed.

However, for perishable products, which comprise a large portion of FMCG, getting the right products to the right place at the right time in the right quantities is essential to maintaining freshness. Logistically, this is difficult without precise demand forecasting from consumers and stores.

The primary driver on the issue of waste is the lack of communication within the supply chain. Companies struggle to anticipate and predict demand without proper connectivity, leading to poor decision-making.

Too many products are sent to one location while another experiences shortages, creating an inventory gap. We estimate that the global FMCG market is worth around $11 trillion, but approximately $2 trillion represents an inventory gap—where products fail to reach consumers because they are unavailable on store shelves when needed.

This is a massive problem. When supply chain inefficiencies occur, they not only lead to empty shelves but also result in products being stocked in places where they should not have been, causing waste and profitability issues.

Jacobsen: Brands are missing approximately 18% of additional potential profits because consumer demand exists, but supply chain inefficiencies prevent fulfillment.

McCarthy: Correct. It’s an estimate, of course—no one has mapped the full end-to-end process with complete accuracy—but it is likely a valid approximation.

This issue is particularly pronounced in emerging markets, where retailers tend to be smaller and more geographically dispersed. Unlike large-scale operations that manufacture and ship directly to major retailers like Walmart, these markets operate with a far more fragmented distribution network.

The inability to align supply with demand creates a significant challenge. In emerging markets, store shelves are often empty simply because deliveries do not arrive on time. Conversely, stores may stock products consumers do not want—simply because those are the only available products.

This presents a major challenge. Brands struggle to meet their full demand potential, retailers cannot access the products they need, and distributors—who operate on thin margins—must navigate complex logistical decisions while maintaining profitability.

Jacobsen: How do digital payments impact this sector?

McCarthy: Digital payments represent another friction point in the supply chain. It is crucial to create orders on a marketplace and ensure seamless payment for the right product at the right time. This enables buyers to access lending services, while distributors and brands benefit from payment guarantees and insurance. This ensures that when they deliver products, they receive payment, which has several implications.

From a retailer’s perspective, a key challenge is affordability. Many small retailers cannot purchase in large quantities to secure better pricing. Instead, they are forced to buy in small batches at higher prices. However, with digital payments and financial instruments, retailers can establish structured agreements with suppliers for a set number of weekly units. This creates more predictable commercial terms and guarantees payments for both parties.

For small independent stores, the challenge is even more fundamental. While some may accept digital payments through contactless terminals, their businesses are not necessarily digitally integrated. This creates difficulties in tracking revenue for each product sold, associating payments with supply agreements, and ultimately understanding business profitability. Managing the business efficiently becomes a significant challenge without a clear link between consumer sales and supplier costs.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Teen Coaching for Mental Health

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/05

Jesse LeBeau, the Founder of the Attitude Advantage Program, emphasizes that parents must model healthy behavior, as teens absorb actions more than words. TAAP’s 12-week coaching program builds confidence, resilience, and self-esteem, helping teens overcome anxiety and social pressures. One-on-one coaching fosters trust, providing support beyond traditional therapy. TAAP’s 27-week school program engages students through interactive assemblies, teaching essential life skills. LeBeau stresses that failure is vital for growth and urges parents to encourage perseverance. Schools and communities can collaborate with TAAP to support teen mental health.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Half of mental health problems begin at age 14; what are critical steps can parents take to support teens?

Jesse LeBeau: The biggest thing that parents can do is WALK THE WALK. Your kid is a sponge and sees EVERYTHING you are doing, whether you realize it or not. The ‘do as I say, not as I do’ type of parenting is a cop-out for parents and will go in one ear and out the other. If you are yelling at your kid to get off the phone at the dinner table, but you are on your phone, it doesn’t matter what you say. They will think you are a hypocrite and not listen. It all starts with you. In almost all of the families we work with, when we do a deep dive into why a teen is struggling with anxiety, stress, depression, anger management, etc., we can almost always trace it back to a parent who is anxious, stressed, depressed, can’t control their anger, etc. If you are serious about your teen’s mental health, you need a teen cell phone contract; get yours here.

Jacobsen: What is TAAP’s 12-week online teen coaching program?

LeBeau: We help teens build unshakeable confidence and grit/resilience and master their attitude in 90 days. All the research, data, and experts show that if you can improve a teen’s self-esteem and confidence, you can positively impact virtually every aspect of their life…whether it’s anxiety, depression, substance abuse, or more serious issues, the kids who truly believe in and love themselves care less about what their peers think of them, whether it’s in person (or online) and they are drawn to the circle of friends that build them up. They are likelier to be leaders than followers, and this self-belief (and confidence) propels them to success in every area of their lives.

So, after we learned how critical self-esteem is for a teenager’s well-being and development, we put together a program 100% dedicated to helping teens build incredible confidence, and the results have been amazing. We do weekly group calls, personal lessons, tests, indexing, and 1-on-1 coaching, and lean into teens’ strengths instead of focusing on all the things they are unhappy with in their lives like therapy does. The key is making it fun so kids want to show up and get results. It doesn’t matter how much mom or dad wants an outcome for them; they have to want it for themself. The saying goes, ‘You can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make it drink.’ The kids who get the most out of our program are the ones who feel like they are getting to choose to participate, and they are hungry to improve their lives for the better!

Jacobsen: How does this help with confidence, resilience, and a positive mindset?

LeBeau: If we can help any teen with these three things, we can greatly impact their life. Confidence can’t be given with positive affirmations or compliments. Confidence is earned by achieving things. Small wins add up over time; eventually, a young person has a stack of undeniable proof that they can do difficult things. They have to learn to fail and see that it’s not the end of the world and that they can get through it. Life is all about failing. The most successful people have failed repeatedly, but they keep going and can persevere long after most others have chosen to quit. A parent’s job is to prepare their child for the road ahead, not run ahead of their child on the road, and prepare for the road for their child by clearing out obstacles.

Jacobsen: Why the preference for round-the-clock support rather than intermittent/periodic

LeBeau: Teenagers need mentors who feel comfortable sharing what’s going on with their lives and who aren’t their mom or dad. Even kids with the best relationships with their parents don’t want to share everything with mommy and daddy. It isn’t always because they are trying to hide something bad. Many times, they are such a good kid that they don’t want their parents to worry about them, be stressed, or get involved in a situation they don’t have time for. You’ve probably seen that photo of the iceberg where 90% of it is underwater, and you can’t see it from the surface. That 90% under water is what is happening with most teens, and their parents aren’t aware of what is happening. We build rapport and trust in our program through being open and vulnerable as coaches, and as a result, the kids reach out to us with what’s going on in their lives when it happens in real time. It’s a beautiful thing.

Jacobsen: What are the benefits of one-on-one sessions with a dedicated life coach?

LeBeau: Life coaching for teenagers offers specialized support to help teenagers build essential life skills and personal growth strategies. Coaching sessions often focus on topics such as:

  • Self-Confidence and Resilience: Empowering teens to strengthen their self-worth and face personal challenges with courage.
  • Goal Setting and Achievement: Teens learn to set realistic goals and use effective strategies.
  • Social and Emotional Skills: Whether one-on-one or in a group setting, teen coaching focuses on the interpersonal, social, and emotional skills critical for life long after graduation.

When exploring the idea of coaching versus therapy, it’s important to understand a teen coach’s role in your child’s personal growth. Acting as mentors and allies, the right teen coach is vital to your child’s success inside and outside the coaching program.

The right coach will provide an encouraging, non-judgmental space for your teenager to explore their talents, build resilience, overcome loneliness by working on relationship-building and social skills, and develop the assertive communication skills they need to make it through life.

Teen life coaches are specifically trained to meet teenagers where they are. They get on their level, tell real-life stories they can relate to, and encourage them to overcome hardships without fearing criticism or ridicule. A strong teen life coach will empower your child to take ownership of their own lives and success.

Working with a teen coach is similar to therapy, but the biggest drawback of that approach is that parents don’t get to be a part of the process. It also teaches kids to focus on all the negative things they are unhappy with in their lives, reinforcing a bad habit…ruminating on everything they don’t like repeatedly.

What we do is the total opposite; we TEAM UP with you (the parents) and work together to help them find the thing they are most passionate about and lean into that.

This leads them to build more confidence and focus on where they want to be in life instead of focusing on all the negative things in the past as therapy does.

The other big difference with us is that most kids are a lot less turned off by coaching versus therapy for many reasons. As coaches, we are open and vulnerable with the kids, creating a real relationship with trust and rapport. We expect the kids to be open and honest in return, which they usually are because they feel seen, heard, and genuinely cared about.

For more information on coaching vs. therapy, visit here.

Jacobsen: How does the more extensive 27-week school program on social-emotional learning resonate with students?

LeBeau: The big reason our school curriculum is such a hit is because we make it fun. We have music, intro videos, crowd participation, emotional storytelling, basketball tricks, etc. I’m sure you’ve heard the expression, ‘a spoon full of sugar to make the medicine go down.’ That’s what we do with our kick-off school assemblies. We give kids what they WANT so we can give them what they need. Once they are bought in, we can greatly impact their life.

We do a high-energy assembly at their school in person to get them fired up and emotionally connected to our founder Jesse’s underdog story. He’s given this talk to over a million kids and knows how to connect with them. They identify with going through hard times in their own lives. Once they have an in-person experience with someone famous and interested in them, they are more open to the weekly lessons their teachers walk them through. They are taught timeless life lessons you don’t normally learn in school, which are important for building confidence, grit/resilience, and learning to master their attitude. Everything taught in the TAAP School program is evidence-based and backed up with research and data.

For more on the program, you can check it out here.

Jacobsen: What are some examples of real-life lessons helping teens overcome challenges?

LeBeau: Life is tough. So, toto be prepared for this and succeed in life, kids need to learn to overcome and do toughthings. One of the best things that can happen to your teenager (within reason and if leveraged strategically) is for them to fail. Things like they got rejected when they asked that special someone to the dance, they didn’t make the sports team, they didn’t get the grade they wanted, etc. A smart parent will use these difficult moments to teach a lesson.

Guess what? Things didn’t work out. But it’s not the end of the world. No one died. You can ask someone else to dance. You can practice and try it out again next year. You can ask for a second shot at the test. It sucks seeing your kid struggle, but if you swoop in and rescue them every time a little discomfort happens, you are hurting them more than you are helping them. In general, the big winners in life fail the most; they keep going and see it as the necessary steps to get closer to where they want to go. Celebrate failure and focus on your child’s effort versus the outcome. It will make a big difference in helping your kid stand on their own two feet and thrive no matter what challenges life throws them!

Jacobsen: How can parents, schools, and communities get involved?

LeBeau: The best place for parents to learn more is https://theattitudeadvantage.com/welcome/.

We visit schools every month nationwide, and we are on a mission to help teens TEAM UP and find their tribe so they can live healthier and happier lives!

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Jesse.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Whistle Punk Falls (2025): Interview with Pushcart-Nominated Author Shaun Anthony McMichael

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/04

Part 2 of 2

In this 2-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Pushcart-nominated author Shaun Anthony McMichael talks about his upcoming novel Whistle Punk Falls (Alternative Book Press, 2025). McMichael shares how his personal history, studies in psychology, and years teaching teenagers shaped the novel’s raw portrayal of friendship, mental health, and the boom-bust cycle of Aberdeen, Washington. He discusses the inspiration behind his Native American protagonist, Loud McCrowley, and the careful research and cultural dialogue that inform his storytelling. McMichael’s dedication to authentic voices and gritty Northwest settings promises a haunting and honest literary journey for readers.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: That is powerful. Now, to shift slightly—among the post-colonial states, I would say New Zealand has probably gone the farthest in terms of Indigenous and non-Indigenous reconciliation. Canada has indeed gone further than the United States. However, the conversation here in America is happening slowly.

In that American context—especially when writing Native American characters or racially marginalized groups in general—how did you prepare yourself to enter the right headspace and portray those experiences respectfully? Not everyone in a group will feel the same way, obviously, but how did you approach that dynamic?

McMichael: That is the gist of it, yes. So, yes—Loud is half Native American. His mother is Makah, from the Makah Tribe, and Loud does not identify with the tribe for reasons I will discuss shortly. However, yes, visibly, he looks Native American—no one would ever mistake him for white.

To get into his headspace, I needed to be in dialogue with Native American voices. I read Native American books—both fiction and nonfiction. I visited the Makah History and Cultural Center up in Neah Bay and paid for a tour. I read a detailed history of the Makah people, which helped solidify my understanding of their culture.

Moreover, this has not been a quick or superficial effort—it has spanned about a decade. I first conceived the core idea for the novel in 2012 and wrote the first draft in 2017. From 2017 to the present, I have continued to deepen my understanding of the subject. That first draft did not quite capture it—I knew I had not fully dug into what being Loud meant psychologically as a Native American teen.

So, all of that research and immersion helped tremendously. Along the way, I became friends with a novelist, Dennis E. Staples. We have had several conversations about the manuscript during its development. His input has been invaluable—he confirmed that my approach to Loud rang true in many ways but also helped catch a few missteps. It is so vital to have empathetic readers or culturally sensitive readers; Dennis served in that role for me, and I am very grateful.

I also tried to approach this work with big-heartedness—an understanding that every character’s issues have a larger context: a context of racial abuse, colonialism, and cultural erasure. It shocks people to realize that Native Americans were legally barred from practicing their religions until 1978 in the U.S. 

Jacobsen: It was not until 1960 that they could vote in Canada.

McMichael: Wild. Oh my gosh—1960 in Canada? That late? Jeez. It is eye-opening. Moreover, it defines so much more than most Americans realize. So, all of that helped me step into Loud’s perspective—combined, of course, with my imagination. However, it is always intimidating. Sitting down to write is daunting enough, but adding the responsibility of racial representation—especially when writers who look like me have historically caricatured people like Loud—is heavy work.

Jacobsen: There was a comedian who had a whole routine about that stereotype. Richard Pryor introduced him on The Richard Pryor Show if I remember correctly: Charlie Hill. His opening line poked fun at how Hollywood has stereotyped Native Americans forever. He would come on stage and say, “Hi. How are you? Hi. How are you?”—mimicking that one-note, caricatured greeting. It was so on point.

McMichael: It is daunting. It feels like trespassing, right? Even so, despite that feeling, I still pressed on. I would rather have imperfect depictions of people of color than to not have them present at all. Too many white writers have played it “safe” in this way for far too long. Anyway, things have improved in some ways and worsened in others since I first began writing the novel in 2012. My racial consciousness has kept evolving. I am committed to continuing that growth. 

I am looking forward to hearing people’s reactions to the book. My portrayal of Loud is heartfelt, that he is fully human, and that I have avoided caricature. However, as Thomas Mann, the German author, said—he learned the most from his critics. So, when the book is released, I fully expect that my understanding will grow through readers’ responses, especially from Native American readers. I am ready for that.

Jacobsen: I sense that, generally, most people want to be seen as a person first and only then as part of a group—if they want that at all.

McMichael: Yes, generally, if you get the facts right and build the character as an individual first, you can do justice to their voice. Loud definitely fits that. He does not want to be defined by a people group. He has a very unique story—he grew up in an all-white space and gravitated toward alternative white music. That became his identity.

Punk music, in particular, has always been his thing—his sanctuary. For many reasons, he does not identify with his Native Americanness, which is deeply problematic for him because he looks very Native. That dissonance causes him immense internal struggles—just one of many conflicts he faces.

Jacobsen: How has your experience teaching English—often as a second or additional language to immigrants, refugees, and institutionalized youth—influenced how you develop the voices of your characters?

McMichael: That is a good question—I appreciate that one a lot. Not directly, but indirectly. I have this broad canvas of what it means to be a teenager. Between my memories and growing up as a teen myself—

I graduated high school in 2004, so earlier than the teens in the novel. However, I have been working with teenagers since 2006, spanning the entire decade of the 2000s to the present. Over time, that experience has created a vast canvas for me—what teenagers think about, what they worry about, how they perceive the world, and what matters to them.

It gave me a lasting affection for my characters. In the first draft I finished back in 2017, the teens were too mean. They were too cruel to each other—over the top, almost Shakespearean in their betrayals. Yes, teenagers can be sharp with each other, but the plot in that draft pushed it too far.

It felt too much like Romeo and Juliet. When I teach Romeo and Juliet, I always ask my students, “Is Shakespeare exaggerating? Are teenagers really this reckless?” Most of my students say, “Yep—teenagers are that dramatic.” However, from my point of view, I tell them, “No—you are not that nuts.” You can be wild, sure, but not fall in love and kill yourself in 48 hours. Nobody is doing that.

So, working with students helped me temper the novel with more realism and compassion. I love my students—they teach me a great deal. They are gracious and hilarious the vast majority of the time. Moreover, when they are punky or act out, there is always a reason. Behavior is communication.

That background not only gave me a heart for my characters but also kept me believing in them—thinking that they deserve to be portrayed with dignity and truth. That helped me push through the rejections while submitting the manuscript, too. My students gave me the energy to keep fighting to get it published.

Jacobsen: What are one or two of your favourite quotes from your characters? Something that sticks with you.

McMichael: Oh, that is a good one—I love that because it gets right into the work itself, and I have not done enough of that lately. Here is one I love. It is from when they first met; this is from when Loud McCrowley—the main character—and Jeremy Sweet meet for the first time. Jeremy is my author stand-in; he is the narrator and the character most like me. He narrates the bulk of the story.

When they first meet, Jeremy is being bullied a lot—he has called the F-word slur repeatedly by some bullies. He has made himself a bit of a target because he is precocious and he is from Olympia, so he sticks out in Aberdeen. Anyway, a local bully is constantly calling him that word. So, when Loud and Jeremy meet, they have this exchange about it:

Loud McCrowley says to Jeremy, “So, are you gay?” Moreover, Jeremy says back, “Well, do you play rugby?” —because the bully knows Loud from summer rugby. Loud replies, “Be real about it. “

Jeremy says, “I do not think I am gay.”

Loud shrugs and says, “Anything is cool if you own it. Try it. Say, ‘I braid my butt hairs.'”

Jeremy responds, “Ew.”

Then Loud goes, “I use my mommy’s compact mirror,” and lifts his legs. Then Miss Riggby, their teacher, clears her throat and motions to the door with her chin—kicking them out.

So, that line—”Anything is cool if you own it”—sticks with me. It captures Loud’s worldview at that moment and shows how these two bond. They are the only ones still in this particular music scene while everyone else has moved on, and that is how their friendship begins.

Jacobsen: Well, Shaun, thank you so much for your time today. It was a pleasure to meet you.

McMichael: Thank you so much, Scott. It was great talking with you.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI-Drive Aerial Military Defense Systems

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/04

Bill Irby is the CEO of AgEagle Aerial Systems Inc. (NYSE American: UAVS). Irby discusses AI in military operations, UAV advancements, cybersecurity, and regulatory shifts. He emphasizes human oversight in AI-driven defence systems and anticipates industry consolidation in UAVs. His expertise spans technology leadership, aerospace innovation, and defense market adaptation.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re here with Bill Irby, a U.S. Naval Academy graduate, who has over 25 years of leadership in uncrewed air and maritime systems, ISR, actuation hardware, and communications. He was Vice President at Northrop Grumman, overseeing defense technology operations. As President of MTI and Steel Partners Holdings, he led industrial, defense, and logistics ventures. Irby chairs AUVSI and served on Ghost Robotics’ advisory board. He led VBAT transition into Shield AI’s and directed L3Harris’ Reconnaissance Mission Systems. Holding a Master’s from Johns Hopkins, he also serves on the boards of Secmation and LaunchPoint Electric Propulsion Solutions, advancing defense and aerospace technologies.

Bill, it’s great to meet you. Thank you for joining us.

Bill Irby: Great to meet you, too.

Jacobsen: Today, I want to discuss your AgEagle role. You joined in February last year, so while it’s not exactly a greenhorn onboarding, it’s still relatively new. Can you give us an overview of your role and work at AgEagle over the past year?

Irby: Certainly. I walked in just as a new strategic plan was finalized in February last year. I entered a room with the Chairman of the Board and four or five other executive leadership team members. I had the opportunity to hear the latest developments in the strategy and contribute to it at some level.

Shortly after that, we got to work. We took a fresh look at AgEagle’s strategy. When the company was founded, its primary focus was agricultural support with UAS. Over time, it expanded into airborne data collection for several commercial customers, and ultimately into Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance for defence applications. The company has done an excellent job growing in those areas.

In recent years, we have recognized the critical need to pivot toward defense, security, and safety markets. There is tremendous demand for unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) in the defence sector and global safety and security applications. We are committed to helping the company grow in those areas.

This growth has taken many forms. We have won new competitive programs overseas, raised new capital, and engaged in strategic initiatives to position the company for success. It has been a dynamic first year, and are still in growth mode, pushing to take AgEagle to the next level.

Jacobsen: How do you see AI-driven decision-making shaping modern military operations?

Irby: I have seen some of this in action, and naturally, the U.S. is at the forefront of this technology. It’s an important discussion. What exactly do we mean by AI?

There’s been much automation in the drone world for quite some time, but there’s a difference between automation and automated decision-making in the platforms you build. AI is a critical technology. With that said, there have to be controls on it. There have to be human-controlled boundaries placed on AI, defining what systems are allowed to do and not do on their own. AI’s control and oversight aspects are important because, in the defense and security world, you’re talking about life and death.

You cannot create fully autonomous machines with full decision-making capabilities in life-and-death circumstances. But I do see AI as a critical enabler. If you look at Israel and the Gaza conflict, a lot of what they were able to do involved uncrewed systems. If you imagine that type of environment being aided by AI, it would be very significant. So, I see AI as an enabling and emerging technology.

Jacobsen: What key innovations is the company developing to enhance UAVs for commercial applications and public safety operations?

Irby: Key items for us include ensuring that we continue to evolve our product line and making aircraft lighter, more durable, and more resilient.

When you look at UAV-related product lines, you will see that we also sell cameras used primarily for agriculture and photogrammetry, as I’ve mentioned. Interestingly, we sell these cameras to our competitors. They are part of a multispectral imaging line that provides full-motion video, full-colour, and day/night capabilities for various applications. Our camera line is branded as MicaSense, and its primary market is agriculture.

We are currently enhancing those cameras to focus on specific color bands within the spectrum for precise analysis that provides tangible benefits. For example, we conduct extensive crop health monitoring, soil and water content assessment, and insect infestation analysis, all supporting successful farming. We also have a new camera under development that will focus on one specific colour band to enable unique assessments for the farming community.

Jacobsen: What about evolving regulations internally in the U.S. and globally? Domestic regulations are easier to apply in practical terms. In contrast, differing frameworks might make international regulations more complex to implement. People can choose to ratify or ignore a particular document. Even those who ratify it may disregard it.

Irby: I will mention three regulatory items that align with your line of questioning.

Internally, a U.S. government regulation was put in place last year prohibiting U.S. government agencies from purchasing any Chinese-made DJI product—specifically, any DJI quadcopter-type drone. There is a critical reason for that. The primary goal of this regulation is to ensure the safety and security of U.S. infrastructure and to prevent the unauthorized transfer of sensitive information outside the U.S..

We fully support this initiative. Additionally, this regulation can benefit American-made products by enhancing competitiveness within the domestic market. So, that’s the first regulatory item.

The second regulatory item involves new legislation currently under development, addressing Chinese-manufactured parts and components purchased by the U.S. government or private industry. A broad-sweeping regulation was introduced as a congressional bill last year. The bill passed in the House and was sent to the Senate. It has completed Senate approval.

This legislation intends to counter heavily subsidized Chinese industries that have unfairly competed in the U.S. market. It ensures that American companies can compete successfully without subsidized foreign competitors. Major concerns surround battery technology and other electronic components. China has historically used these technologies for data extraction from the U.S. We are not allowing that to continue.

The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is the third regulatory item. Over time, I have observed FAA regulations evolve, particularly in relation to the European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) compliance. EASA is the regulatory counterpart to the FAA in theU.S.. These are the two primary governing bodies overseeing flight and aerospace management in their regions.

The FAA has been developing regulations to ensure that drones can safely operate within U.S. airspace. I have closely followed this regulatory evolution for nearly a decade, particularly through my work with AUVSI. AUVSI has been collaborating with the FAA on behalf of the entire drone industry to advance standardized regulations.

One of the biggest challenges I have seen in this space is that drones were previously regulated region by region, state by state, and even municipality by municipality. That level of fragmentation could lead to chaos in U.S. airspace.

Fortunately, the FAA is moving quickly to implement a unified regulatory framework across all U.S. airspace. This shift will benefit manufacturers, builders, and operators as well as public safety. It is a regulatory evolution gaining momentum and making strong progress.

Jacobsen: What are the most significant advances in AI and predictive analytics in defence?

Irby: The biggest advancement is enabled navigation between systems, particularly in drone swarms. Suppose you think about multiple drones operating together. In that case, they can make coordinated decisions across platforms and fly as a swarm rather than as individual units.

Different systems can operate together, maintaining separation in the airspace while executing a shared mission, even if each platform is tailored for a specific function. These drones can communicate, sense one another, and navigate collectively. As discussed earlier in the interview, they can also make coordinated decisions, but always under human guidance.

To me, this is the most significant development, as it will fundamentally change the way defense operations are conducted.

Jacobsen: What about human-machine teaming, where humans act as the final safeguard to prevent catastrophic events or the taking of human life? How do you ensure seamless integration between drone swarms, individual drones, and human decision-making?

Irby: You have to program rules into the system—rules that must be followed before certain actions are executed. For example, before a weapon is released or any offensive action, including electronic warfare, is initiated, a human must be in the loop to make the final decision.

Machines cannot be allowed to make life-and-death decisions autonomously. However, AI can support the process through automated target queuing. For example, suppose a system processes video data and identifies an object or location of interest. In that case, it can analyze the target, classify it as an area of concern, and send that information to a human operator.

But the final decision must always be made by a human. That is my firm belief, and most reasonable people share that opinion.

Jacobsen: What about cybersecurity and addressing concerns related to adversarial AI and the new dimension of warfare involving cyber threats?

Irby: It’s always a concern; however, we incorporate cyber protections into our systems using state-of-the-art cybersecurity methodologies. This is a critical area, ensuring that our systems cannot be hacked or taken over by a threat.

Jacobsen: What are the biggest logistical and technological hurdles in scaling UAVs for widespread deployment, whether in the defence or commercial sectors?

Irby: The biggest challenge is the number of drone companies that have emerged recently.

UAS systems have proliferated rapidly, with new companies everywhere over the last several years. One phase of industry consolidation began about four years ago. The industry was expanding quickly, but many companies were either acquired or went out of business due to an inability to secure capital for further development.

We’ll see another industry consolidation phase over the next two to three years. There are too many competitors, and the market is not large enough to sustain all of them. As a result, consolidation will happen, which will be the biggest industry shift shortly.

Jacobsen: What about the future of fully autonomous UAVs in frontline military roles? Will that ever become a reality, or is it even plausible?

Irby: Technologically, it is possible. However, I believe we cannot allow fully autonomous UAVs to become a reality in frontline conflicts. We cannot permit machines to make independent decisions that put human lives at risk.

Jacobsen: Are there any other areas we should cover that I haven’t asked about?

Irby: I’d just like to reiterate what a pivotal year it has been for AgEagle. We are committed to enhancing situational awareness by providing customer-centric, advanced robotics solutions and services.Our autonomous drone technologies are high value-add and solve mission-critical problems for our customers. We look forward to our continued growth and supporting the defense industry, and additional government and commercial sectors.

Jacobsen: Bill, thank you for your time and this opportunity. I appreciate it.

Irby: Thanks very much. Appreciate it.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Shaun Anthony McMichael on “Whistle Punk Falls” (2025), Aberdeen, and Mental Health

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/03

Part 1 of 2

In this 2-part interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Pushcart-nominated author Shaun Anthony McMichael talks about his upcoming novel Whistle Punk Falls (Alternative Book Press, 2025). McMichael shares how his personal history, studies in psychology, and years teaching teenagers shaped the novel’s raw portrayal of friendship, mental health, and the boom-bust cycle of Aberdeen, Washington. He discusses the inspiration behind his Native American protagonist, Loud McCrowley, and the careful research and cultural dialogue that inform his storytelling. McMichael’s dedication to authentic voices and gritty Northwest settings promises a haunting and honest literary journey for readers.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we are here with Shaun Anthony McMichael. He is the Pushcart-nominated author of Whistle Punk Falls, forthcoming from Alternative Book Press in 2025. He is also the author of Wild Familiar (CJ Press, 2024) and Jack of All (Poems): New Meridian Arts (2024). He is an unconventional writer, educator, and dedicated Pacific Northwesterner. He has taught writing classes to youth from around the world—in classrooms, juvenile detention centers, treatment programs, and drop-in centers—as part of his public service and community engagement work.

It is truly a noble life’s work that he has devoted himself to. He has edited two trauma-informed poetry anthologies and has published over 115 pieces in journals, including Chicago Review and Adroit Journal. Shaun also hosts the annual Shadow Work Writers Series. His fiction often explores themes of intersectionality, mental health, and the shortcomings of even well-intentioned systems—thought-provoking work, indeed. Thank you so much for joining me today. Let us jump right in. What inspired you to set Whistle Punk Falls in 2009 in Aberdeen, Washington?

Shaun Anthony McMichael: Well, first, I started with just the situation: a tight-knit group of friends. That was all I had when I was eighteen—just the characters living in my head. As I continued studying literature and writing, I realized the story needed real conflict. Around that time, I was majoring in psychology and creative writing, which helped shape my understanding of narrative structure and character development.

That background still helps me every day when I am teaching students. I decided that the conflict would be that one of these friends is dealing with a mental health challenge, and that struggle would become the spine of the story.

Next came the setting. Like many young writers, I once dreamed of writing the Great American Novel. You need the boldness and optimism of youth even to think that way—and that dream still lives in me.

When it came to choosing a setting, I wanted something quintessentially Northwestern—something raw and honest that captures the character of Washington State. Aberdeen came to mind right away. I was born in California, but my family moved up here when I was in fifth grade. I remember taking a trip to the coast to visit Ocean Shores and the rainforest, like so many families do, and we passed through Aberdeen.

Immediately, Aberdeen left an impression on me. Even as a fifth-grader, I felt a strange, haunting energy in that town—a kind of lingering gloom that stuck with me. I could not have explained it back then, but something about the place seemed heavy with stories. I did not even know anything about Kurt Cobain at the time—just that the place itself felt like it had secrets worth uncovering.

So, when I sat down years later to write my novel, I thought: Why not set it there? That old memory of Aberdeen kept resurfacing, and I wanted to dig deeper into its spirit and history.

And so by that point, I knew about Cobain. I thought that, for teenagers, Cobain is such an iconic, almost mythical figure—a quintessential misfit and heartthrob. I could weave something of that spirit into the novel. However, the more I dug into Aberdeen, it was not just Cobain who intrigued me but also other misunderstood misfits from the town’s past—like Laura, Law, Billy Gohl, and John Turnow. 

So, many figures from Aberdeen fascinated me, along with the town itself. It had been the logging capital of the world, but by the end of the Great Depression, it had pretty much peaked and never fully recovered. You can still see all these remnants of a once-booming town, yet now it is decayed in places—it has what I call a lot of “black teeth.” As I developed the characters and setting, it felt increasingly right.

The story follows my main character, Malachi “Loud” McCrowley. Part of the novel’s arc is his mental health decline—it parallels the town’s decline during the crash of 2009. I chose 2009 specifically because I did not want to set it in, say, 2001; there was too much happening then with Nirvana’s legacy, and Charles R. Cross has already told that story in Heavier Than Heaven and others. Before that, the setting did not resonate in the same way.

So, I chose 2009 because it was another harsh downturn for Aberdeen—and, as readers and writers know, you need solid conflict for your characters to grapple with. I thought 2009 gave me a fitting backdrop for resolution and tension.

Jacobsen: The American economy has a peculiar rhythm of boom and bust: massive growth followed by inevitable crashes, yet it somehow keeps recovering, which speaks volumes about American resilience. So, how does that boom-bust cycle feed into the overall atmosphere of your story?

McMichael: Yes, thank you for pointing that out. One of the reasons I was drawn to Aberdeen is that it embodies that cycle perfectly. I am a city person—I was born in Los Angeles and now live in Seattle, so I have a very urban upbringing. Moreover, politically, I would say I am center-left, although these days, that might even appear far left to some.

However, I do worry about people in the hinterlands. We in the cities rely on them—we buy the crops they grow, and we consume the resources they produce. However, we often overlook what happens to those communities when the industries collapse or shift away.

We buy timber, we use it for what we need—and then, when it is time to think about what they need, it is like, Get out of here. We treat rural people like diseased rabbits—push them away when convenient.

Jacobsen: It is an interesting analysis because, strangely, it is almost British in mindset: very utilitarian. Even the British manner of speech reflects that—straightforward language, sometimes embellished, but fundamentally direct. Looking at other Americans purely in terms of crops, timber, rare earth minerals, and steel—is a utilitarian way of viewing your fellow citizens. Moreover, it is not precisely the most American thing to do, right?

McMichael: I do not like that. It bothers me that these fascinating places in the hinterland get discarded and forgotten. Some of the anger fueling our current, frankly awful, political climate comes from the fact that “city slickers” forget about the people outside the cities.

So, yes—some of that spirit runs through the novel, too. In terms of boom and bust, it connects directly to the characters. It is about having strength, then facing weakness, finding a way to live with that strength, and then watching it collapse. That is precisely what the characters endure.

My main character, Malachi McCrowley—his nickname is “Loud”, so I might refer to him as Loud—is incredibly willful. Kurt Cobain writes in his song “Polly”, “It amazes me, the will of instinct.” Loud has that same unstoppable drive—an engine inside him, or maybe a furnace that keeps burning forward no matter what.

He faces countless challenges in life—some inflicted by others early on, many self-inflicted later—. However, he pushes forward, stubborn and defiant, living true to himself in a very punk way. Moreover, that is true for all the characters in the book. They each have their frailties and weaknesses—teenagers, adults, everyone. Those flaws get exposed. However, they persist; they keep trying, and that resilience shines through right up to the last page.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sustainable Holiday Practices with Layla Rashid: Green Gifting, Eco-Friendly Décor, and Mindful Consumption

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/03

Layla Rashid is a Strategic Sustainability Manager at Ramboll, where she helps organizations develop and implement climate action strategies across supply chains, infrastructure, and logistics. With a decade of consulting experience, including four years at Deloitte, she specializes in decarbonization strategy and execution of related initiatives, including Scope 3 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions management. Known for her collaborative and strategic approach, Layla works with clients to design practical transition plans that balance environmental responsibility with business realities. Based in the broader New York City area, she is passionate about advancing sustainability beyond policy into everyday practices that empower communities, consumers, and industries to reduce their carbon footprint meaningfully.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can individuals embrace “green gifting” without sacrificing personalization or meaning?

Layla Rashid: Green gifting is about thoughtfulness — giving fewer, more intentional gifts that reflect someone’s values and interests. A sustainable gift can feel more personal because it carries a story of care, not just convenience. Finding a meaningful, sentimental gift from a secondhand store or gifting a personalized experience are some ways to embrace green gifting.

Jacobsen: What low-waste wrapping alternatives are practical and aesthetically pleasing?

Rashid: Fabric wraps, reusable gift bags, or even a beautiful scarf can replace single-use paper. Re-using retail store paper bags and decorating the bags is also a fun way to reuse during the holiday season. These options cut waste and often become part of the gift itself.

Jacobsen: Are there overlooked opportunities for reducing energy waste during the holidays?

Rashid: Switching to LED string lights, putting decorations on timers, and unplugging devices when not in use can significantly cut holiday energy waste. For outdoor lights on homes, consider switching to solar-powered lights which can significantly reduce your energy bill for the holiday season.

Jacobsen: How can holiday decorations be more sustainable?

Rashid: Choose decorations that can stand the test of time: avoid buying décor that might only last one or two holiday seasons. You can also craft your own from natural materials like pinecones or dried citrus. Sustainable décor adds some holiday flair without creating extra waste.

Jacobsen: What role can mindful consumption play in making holidays feel less commercialized?

Rashid: Mindful consumption shifts the focus from quantity to quality. When we buy less and choose more meaningfully, the holidays feel less about shopping and more about intention and connection. Mindful consumption can be practiced with holiday meals: preparing only foods that the collective group will eat and limiting overall quantities to avoid food waste.

Jacobsen: How can families balance tradition with sustainability?

Rashid: In many ways, tradition and sustainability go hand in hand. So many of the less sustainable practices have been developed in more recent years. Therefore, families seeking to maintain tradition can reflect on how these traditions were carried out by earlier generations, such as limiting the use of plastics and only using energy when needed.

Jacobsen: What advice would you give to consumers trying to choose eco-conscious brands?

Rashid: Look for transparency. Eco-conscious brands openly share where their products come from, how they’re made, and what commitments they’ve made to reduce impact.

It’s often easier to understand what an eco-conscious product is made of compared to a less eco-conscious brand. Transparency in product inputs and sourcing is key.

Jacobsen: How can sustainability become embedded in cultural celebrations?

Rashid: Embedding sustainability is a journey, so it’s important to create space and time for the collective community to gradually adapt to sustainable practices. Sustainability becomes embedded when communities collectively embrace eco-friendly practices, from green event planning to shared resources, so they feel natural within the celebration.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Layla.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Operation Come Home: Overdose Support in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/03

Operation Come Home (OCH) supports at-risk youth aged 16–25 through harm reduction, counselling, and overdose prevention. Executive Director John Heckbert highlights the role of peer staff in mentoring participants, managing caseloads, and leading workshops on substance use awareness. OCH ensures youth leaving hospitals or treatment centers receive continued support by partnering with sector organizations. A daily drop-in program provides resources and referrals for those struggling with addiction or mental health. By focusing on youth, OCH prevents exposure to adult homelessness and related dangers like drug trafficking and violence, helping them secure housing, employment, education, and family reunification.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the role of individuals with lived experience in leading the Operation Come Home project?

John Heckbert: There are four peer staff in the project, who are supporting our program participants with counselling and assistance to help them achieve their goals in reducing and then ending their substance use. Our peers will provide ongoing, consistent support to participants with significant substance use challenges. They will each manage their own caseload of 20 clients and provide daily crisis assistance and support to others in our programs. They will also lead workshops and sessions that provide information to youth that inform them of the dangers of substance use, and provide instruction in overdose prevention.

Jacobsen: How will Operation Come Home connect youth leaving hospitals or treatment centers with continued support?

Heckbert: To ensure clients leaving treatment centers are provided with ongoing, continued support, we have reached out to partners in our sector to generate referrals to our program. Our goal is to ensure that all youth exiting treatment programs in Ottawa are aware of our services and able to access support through our counsellors. To achieve this, we have prepared information that hospital staff and those in treatment centers can share with clients. Wherever possible our team will meet these participants at our center or in community settings to bring them into our program.

Jacobsen: How are harm reduction, overdose prevention, counselling, and mental health services, integrated to support at-risk youth here?

Heckbert: Our team holds a daily drop-in program that is open 7 days per week, in which youth receive harm reduction resources, information about overdose prevention, and introductions to staff members and are encouraged to join programs that improve their well-being. The drop-in is advertised throughout our city at other community agencies, homeless shelters, and with community postering. Youth who come to OCH and indicate concerns about their substance use or mental health are encouraged to join our programs that provide support. In many cases, youth pursuing other priorities within our organization, such as finding new housing, obtaining employment, or completing high school, will be introduced to counsellors who can provide targeted help with substance use or mental health counselling.

Jacobsen: Why does OCH focus on ages 16–25?

Heckbert: Operation Come Home’s core mandate is to help at-risk youth aged 16-25. In some programs, such as our employment or education work, we help youth up to age 29. We help youth achieve permanent improvements in their well-being, and achieve their goals with reuniting with family, improving their mental health, ending substance use, obtaining housing, finding employment, or completing school. Having these programs for youth is essential, as we are reducing our youth’s exposure to the adult homelessness system and adult harm reduction services. This in turn reduces the risks youth face from drug dealers, human traffickers, violence, and other harms.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Canada’s Struggle with Antisemitism: Civil Society, Politics, and the Fight for Liberal Democracy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/02

Part 2 of 2

Mathew Giagnorio is the founder and editor-in-chief of A Further Inquiry, where he publishes commentary on liberal democracy and contemporary antisemitism. His work, including “What is Liberalism? The Rise of Left-Wing Antisemitism, and The Weaponization of White Privilege,” examines ideological extremism, conspiratorial rhetoric, and policy responses. A contributor to The Freethinker, Giagnorio foregrounds the resurgence of antisemitism across politics, academia, and culture. He employs legal, historical, and educational frameworks to enhance civic resilience and safeguard Jewish communities. In June 2025, he participated in “Confronting Antisemitism in Canada,” a co-hosted event by the Clarity Coalition, Niagara Military Museum, and the Canadian Antisemitism Education Foundation.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Giagnorio supports a practical working definition paired with awareness that antisemitism morphs across eras, from religious and racial frames to anti-Zionist rhetoric. He warns that propaganda, campus intimidation, and increasingly misapplied concepts like “anti-Palestinian racism” can shield violent extremism from criticism. Education’s overreliance on Holocaust instruction, he argues, obscures the prejudice’s deeper history. Reflecting on a June 2025 conference, he highlights legal and policy strategies, student testimonies, and cross-partisan conspiracism. Canada’s leadership is inconsistent; today, civil society organizations are driving effective responses.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: That is the political and geographic context, where matters are concrete. However, in other conversations, we touched on different strands of antisemitism, some of which are far more bizarre. In a glossary of styles of antisemitism, we encountered the supernaturalist conspiracy theories—things like, “the Rothschilds own the moon and operate a moon base controlling global domination.” These examples are extreme, but they illustrate how antisemitism mutates into absurd forms. What we discussed at the conference, however, remained more concrete and pressing: the kind of antisemitism that is shaping publishing, organizing, and political events today.

From your perspective as an editor and organizer, what was your takeaway from that event? Moreover, how do you incorporate these insights into your editorial guidelines and decision-making?

Giagnorio: That is an excellent question. My main takeaway was that we have much work to do, but we also have a lot of people already doing the work. There are numerous outstanding Jewish organizations, some newly established after October 7, while others are long-standing.

I was particularly impressed by the contributions of Casey Babb at the Macdonald-Laurier Institute—his policy work is phenomenal. I also had conversations with Mark Sandler and his team at an organization whose name escapes me at the moment. However, their focus is crucial: they approach antisemitism through a legal lens. They are asking: What do we need to do legally? How do we combat this through the courts and policy frameworks?

For me, it was also a valuable chance to deepen my understanding of how the historical dimensions of antisemitism shape contemporary realities. Moreover, what I took away most of all is that we are not in an exclusively doom-and-gloom moment. Yes, things may be burning—literally and figuratively. Yes, things may be chaotic. However, there are people, organizations, and legal advocates working diligently behind the scenes.

I consider myself part of that network. It is encouraging to know there are compatriots—Jewish and non-Jewish—who are committed to liberal democracy and who stand firmly against antisemitism in all its vile, brain-rotting forms. The conference also provided an opportunity to build connections, strengthen our ranks, and highlight important moments in Canadian history that can inform the fight we face today.

One of the most chilling things I took away from the conference was hearing the testimonies of Jewish students on Canadian campuses, especially in Quebec. Their stories were frightening—they gave me chills then, and they give me chills now. Many of these students felt they had nowhere to turn. They could not go to their deans or professors. When they did speak up, they were dismissed outright. Their concerns were brushed off as “just an opinion” or a “feeling.”

To me, that was not very nice. The very act of attending university and seeking an education is no longer safe for Jewish students—emotionally or physically—in Canada at this moment. That is heartbreaking, especially for me, as someone who loves this country, was born here, and values our history—the good, the bad, and the complex. While Canada talks about welcoming others with “elbows up,” we are at the same time turning an elbow against our Jewish brothers and sisters. That hurts deeply.

Jacobsen: Do you notice any commonalities between left and right blind spots on this issue?

Giagnorio: Yes. The conspiratorial mindset is the commonality. The further you go into extremism—whether left or right—the more interchangeable the narratives become. Both sides fall into the same patterns: the Rothschild conspiracies, the denial of the moon landing, and, in the most grotesque examples, the blaming of 9/11 on Israel and the Jews. That is not new, but it is grotesque.

Another blind spot is internal. Both the left and the right struggle—or outright refuse—to acknowledge antisemitism in their own ranks. Each side insists that antisemitism only exists on the other side. That refusal is itself part of the problem. John Cleese, in a satirical sketch on self-righteousness, captured this perfectly decades ago: it is always easier to attribute all the bad to others and all the good to oneself. That mindset happens not only at the individual level but also within groups. Unless we remain vigilant and mindful, we all fall prey to it.

Jacobsen: So that is a perennial lesson.

Giagnorio: Each generation has to relearn this lesson. Moreover, in terms of antisemitism, I would add another commonality: the educational approach. In Canada—at least in Ontario, and I cannot speak for other provinces—what is labelled “antisemitism education” usually boils down to Holocaust education. That is important, but it is only one part of the history.

Antisemitism has European roots, a Middle Eastern history, and has evolved over centuries. Reducing education to only the Holocaust flattens the picture. It leaves out the longer arc of antisemitism—its religious, political, and conspiratorial forms. To address antisemitism effectively, we need to teach it as a long-standing, global prejudice—not simply a chapter of mid-20th-century European history.

The current educational approach’s structure exacerbates the situation. If you are in primary or secondary school and move into post-secondary education, you may come away with the impression that the Holocaust was just another genocide. Horrible, yes—but no different, nothing distinct in and of itself. That is inaccurate. It reflects a blanket approach in education.

So, I am not surprised, Scott, when you see younger people in their twenties today becoming vehemently antisemitic. Young people are out there chanting “Globalize the Intifada” or “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free,”wrapped in keffiyehs. That is a natural response from an education system that has failed to teach them the long history of antisemitism. Instead, they are given a crib-note version of Anne Frank and maybe a chapter—or even just a few pages—on the Holocaust within the context of World War II. However, the buildup, the severity, and why the Holocaust happened are not emphasized. It did not appear out of nowhere.

Jacobsen: Canada is a close ally of the United States and has its own long history of navigating this issue. Canada can be hypocritical at times in policy versus action—though in a more subtle, almost “smiley-face” way. With respect to antisemitism, what is Canada doing well, and what is Canada not doing well?

Giagnorio: Excellent question. Right off the bat, I believe that Prime Minister Carney is worse than Prime Minister Trudeau on this file. For all the sham, drudgery, and disgusting yes-and-no approaches with Trudeau, at least he openly stated—passionately, in fact—that he was a Zionist. Take that with a grain of salt, critique me if you like, but he did say it.

Carney, by contrast, has yet to make such a statement. He takes an overly technocratic approach to governance, where even if Trudeau often made the wrong policy calls, at least he understood the issues from a political and policy perspective. Carney seems not to grasp them at all. To him, it is just a numbers game: if you organize things in a certain way, you can either “fix” or dismiss the problem. That is a fundamental misunderstanding.

Now, Canada has done some things right. One of them is listening—though inconsistently—to Jewish voices and community leaders. It has been an ebb and flow, not a straight line of progress. Even Carney, despite his flaws, has at least shown some willingness to listen, although he tends to treat Canada as if it were a corporation. It is a very technocratic, almost corporate mindset, and in that sense, ironically, it reminds me of a Trump-like approach to governance—though with Canadian politeness layered on top.

Prime Minister Carney did at least attend the October 7 Nova Music Festival memorial exhibit. He reached out to the Jewish community in a way that Justin Trudeau often did not. Moreover, I must agree with my colleague, Warren Kinsella, who wrote an article making the same point: when a politician is listening, you take it. Please do not spit in his face every ten seconds. He is a politician—he will be frustrating at times, even infuriating—but when he listens, take what you can get.

That said, what we are seeing now feels very much like an appeasement of terror. I recently wrote an article opposing Canada’s move toward acknowledging a Palestinian state at this time. To me, that is appeasement. It sends a message: commit enough atrocities, cause enough slaughter, and you will be rewarded. You do not even need to disarm—just attack, terrorize, and eventually, you will get what you demand. That is a dangerous—and complex—issue to address.

It is not easy, and it has been an ebb and flow, both under Trudeau and now under Carney. Take October 7 itself: Montreal was practically ablaze—riots, vigilantes, people shouting “Globalize the Intifada” in the streets. Moreover, where was Trudeau? At a Taylor Swift concert. He issued no official statement. That is a problem. Antisemitism is not a local issue—it is a national and civilizational issue.

This tendency defined Trudeau’s time: he often told different audiences different things. Moreover, we see it continuing under Carney. Yes, Carney made gestures, but then you also see him speaking at MAC (the Muslim Association of Canada), equating “Muslim values” with Canadian values. For context, he was trying to say that all cultural traditions are compatible with Canadian liberal, secular, democratic values. However, that is not entirely accurate—especially when addressing an organization widely criticized for its illiberal tendencies. The problem is not that MAC is “conservative.” The problem is that it is an entity with deeply illiberal tendencies.

That kind of rhetoric emboldens the voices of extremism. For Carney to speak at such an event and make those remarks at a time of heightened tensions was, frankly, foolish. It does not demonstrate economic brilliance—it demonstrates social ineptitude. Therefore, I cannot provide a concise and thorough answer, except to say that there are too many ebbs and flows in Canada’s leadership.

The people who are truly doing great work are not necessarily those in government. They are the Jewish organizations, many of which were formed in the aftermath of October 7, as well as those that predate it by a long time. These include legal organizations, advocacy groups, and policy institutes. They are the ones doing the real work.

For example, Vivian Bercovici, Canada’s former ambassador to Israel, has also made significant contributions as a journalist. She has written courageously and clearly about issues that others in Canada either avoid or fail to articulate with the same precision. Organizations such as the Canadian Antisemitism Education Foundation (CAEF) are also doing outstanding work. Moreover, entities like the Jewish Affairs and Free Speech Alliance (JAFFA) are also making meaningful contributions.

There are many organizations across Canada working to influence government positively, press for real change, and respond pragmatically and proactively to antisemitism. Their work highlights an essential point: this is not a free speech issue. When speech crosses the line into calls for the destruction of a democratic state or the physical elimination of a people, that is not free expression—it is a threat. Moreover, in those cases, the threat outweighs any claim to freedom of speech, because what is being expressed is not an idea but the denial of a people’s right to exist.

Jacobsen: Matthew, thank you.

Giagnorio: You are welcome.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Jodi Lai on AutoTrader Awards 2025

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/02

Jodi Lai is an award-winning automotive journalist, Editor-in-Chief at AutoTrader.ca, and a recognized expert in the automotive industry. With over 15 years of experience, she is passionate about making car knowledge accessible and fostering inclusivity in the automotive world. Jodi has a Bachelor’s degree in Journalism from Ryerson University. She has earned accolades, such as the 2022 AJAC Journalist of the Year. She is a jury member for the prestigious North American Car/Truck/Utility Vehicle of the Year awards and hosts a bi-weekly podcast. Known for her engaging on-camera presence, Jodi advocates for unbiased, consumer-focused automotive advice. Lai highlighted that over 20 automotive journalists assess cars based on 12 factors including value, innovation, and reliability and more. Notable winners include the Honda Civic (Best Overall Car), Kia EV9 (Best Overall SUV), and Ford Maverick Hybrid (Best Overall Truck). Lai emphasized the growing importance of EVs and evolving award categories to reflect industry trends. The awards aim to simplify car shopping by providing unbiased expert recommendations, ensuring Canadians can confidently select vehicles that meet their needs.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re here with Jodi Lai to discuss the AutoTrader Awards 2025. AutoTrader is Canada’s largest online automotive marketplace, and the AutoTrader Awards evaluate the top vehicles in 28 categories. That’s quite a large endeavour. Do you utilize algorithms to analyze such a wide range of categories?

Jodi Lai: We approach it by involving a group of over 20 automotive journalists who vote on the awards. It’s a very democratic process. We ask them to select their top picks in 28 different categories. When asking for their votes, I emphasize that they must consider 12 factors including value, innovation, engineering, and user-friendliness.

We analyze various factors to determine what makes a good car and, more importantly, what differentiates a good car from an award-winning car. These factors are weighted differently depending on the category. For example, we wouldn’t penalize a sports car for being fuel-inefficient because fuel economy is not its primary purpose.

We evaluate vehicles based on how well they fulfill their intended role. We’re looking for vehicles that not only meet but exceed expectations, raising the benchmark for their segment or even the automotive industry as a whole. Ultimately, we aim to identify overall excellence.

We conduct these awards because many people find new car shopping overwhelming due to the sheer number of options available. The awards are designed to help them either kickstart their research or simplify their decision-making process by providing expert recommendations. All of the winners represent vehicles that our experts would confidently recommend to their own family and friends.

Jacobsen: The evaluated factors include value, practicality, performance, safety, and innovation. Why do the experts prioritize these specific factors?

Lai: We assess vehicles based on how Canadian shoppers prioritize their purchases. These factors were identified through our research. They reflect the key considerations that Canadian drivers focus on, forming the basis of our scoring when determining the best vehicles.

Jacobsen: When did the current format of the AutoTrader Awards begin?

Lai: I joined AutoTrader in 2019, which is when the awards, as we know them now, were introduced. Before that, the awards followed a different format with a less comprehensive methodology. The current process makes the awards more relevant to a wider audience and significantly more thorough. Additionally, the evaluation process is now more rigorous and mathematically sound than the previous system.

Jacobsen: The Honda Civic was awarded Best Overall Car. What made it stand out?

Lai: The Honda Civic stood out because it excels in numerous key factors, including practicality, reliability, value, and innovation. It’s a vehicle that not only meets but surpasses the expectations of its segment. It’s a great all-rounder, offering a combination of engineering excellence, user-friendliness, and superior performance, which made it the standout choice for Best Overall Car.

The Best Overall Car is a category that essentially combines all of the other car categories, including sedans, and similar vehicles. The Honda Civic received the most votes from our jury.

They appreciate the Honda Civic because it is practical and user-friendly. It is also built locally, which is significant for people who want to support local manufacturing.

We recommend it easily because it has built a rock-solid reputation for reliability while also offering driver enjoyment and performance. Additionally, it comes in a variety of body styles and powertrains, such as performance or hybrid models.

There’s a Honda Civic for everyone. We often refer to it as “Canada’s car” because it is one of the most popular cars in the country, and it’s also built here, which is a great bonus.

Jacobsen: And the Best Overall SUV winner was the Kia EV9. As you can tell by how I pronounced that, I don’t drive much.

Lai: That’s OK. The Kia EV9 is an interesting winner because it is the first EV to win the Best Overall SUV category. In this category, all vehicles are eligible regardless of their powertrain.

It’s particularly impressive that the EV9 won in its first year of availability. This demonstrates that it’s not only impressive as an EV but also as an SUV in general. Even if you’re not specifically looking for an EV, we’re confident that the EV9 would meet the needs of many Canadians. That’s a big win for Kia and very impressive.

Jacobsen: The Best Overall Truck was the Ford Maverick Hybrid. I’ve worked on construction sites and horse farms, and trucks are popular in those settings. What makes the Ford Maverick Hybrid stand out as the best overall?

Lai: The Ford Maverick, including the hybrid model, was voted Best Overall Truck. Interestingly, while the F-150 is Canada’s most popular truck, our experts selected the Maverick because they felt it was better suited for more people.

Full-size trucks have become so large and expensive that they’re out of reach for many Canadians. The Maverick offers a more affordable, compact, and fuel-efficient option while still meeting most truck users’ needs.

This year, the Maverick Hybrid with all-wheel drive, which was previously unavailable, is available. All-wheel drive is important for Canadian drivers due to our four distinct seasons.

The Maverick is also a very clever truck with many innovative features. It’s built to work and is extremely user-friendly. It was the right truck because most people don’t need a full-size truck.

Jacobsen: And Canada’s most trusted car brand—you mentioned local manufacturing being a factor in some of the voting by the 20 experts and journalists. Toyota was recognized based on a third-party consumer survey. How did you conduct or commission the third-party consumer survey?

Lai: We used Ipsos Reid, which you might have heard of. They’re the third-party organization we rely on. We do this to remain as neutral and objective as possible.

We survey Canadians daily and ask them which car brands they trust the most. Toyota has won three years in a row, and we’ve only conducted this research for three years. That’s the only category in which our experts do not vote.

It’s significant because it reflects how regular Canadians feel about trustworthiness. Toyota has been manufacturing many of its vehicles in Canada for over 60 years, so it has had decades to earn Canadians’ trust and respect.

Toyota also has a stellar reputation for making reliable and robust cars. Canadians have come to trust them deeply over the years, so this is a meaningful win for them.

Jacobsen: The other categories include sedans, SUVs, performance cars, and hybrids. We’ll cover those shortly. Are any of these categories newer in terms of the awarding process?

Lai: Yes. When the AutoTrader Awards first started, when I joined in 2019, we grouped all green vehicles under one category called Best Green Vehicle.

However, as the years went on, the number of green vehicle options grew significantly, and our research showed that people shopping for EVs weren’t as interested in hybrids and vice versa. So, we divided the categories.

We no longer have a single Best Green Vehicle category. We’ve separated it into Best Hybrid, Best Plug-In Hybrid, Best Mainstream EV, and Best Luxury EV, the newest categories.

We also added Best Vehicle for Adventure a couple of years ago. This was another result of our research, which revealed that many people don’t know the specific type of car they want—they just know what they want to do with it.

That category became particularly relevant during peak COVID when Canadians started spending more time outdoors than ever. Sales of off-road-focused SUVs surged, so we introduced that category to serve our users better.

Jacobsen: Why is the Toyota Camry considered the Best Family Sedan?

Lai: First of all, a few family sedans are left. Many sedans have been discontinued because Canadian consumers generally prefer SUVs. But the Camry stood out to our jury because it’s brand new for 2025.

The Camry impressed our jury. Not only did Toyota revamp the entire look, making it very stylish, but it is now available only as a hybrid, which was bold. Sedans are already a niche market, so making it hybrid-only was smart. This allowed Toyota to integrate all-wheel drive without sacrificing fuel economy.

This hybrid system made great sense for Canadian drivers, especially with tighter budgets and increased focus on fuel efficiency. Our experts were very impressed with the complete package the Camry offers. It’s user-friendly, has a solid reputation for reliability, and provides great value. It was an easy choice for our experts.

Jacobsen: The Subaru Crosstrek was named Best Subcompact SUV.

Lai: Yes, the Subaru Crosstrek is a standout option in that segment because it’s larger than most competitors. Our experts loved its practicality, which sets it apart from other vehicles in the same class.

It’s also the only subcompact SUV that comes standard with all-wheel drive. In other vehicles within this segment, all-wheel drive is an optional feature that costs extra. The Crosstrek offers affordability and remains one of Canada’s most cost-effective ways to get all-wheel drive.

Additionally, it’s very family-friendly, practical, and easy to use. Some of our experts bought Crosstreks themselves, which is the best endorsement it could receive.

Jacobsen: The Porsche 911 won Best Premium Performance. Why?

Lai: Yes, and funnily enough, this is the first time the Porsche 911 has won the award for Best Performance Vehicle. It was an obvious choice for many of our experts because the 911 embodies sports car excellence like no other vehicle.

While other sports cars may be more powerful or visually striking, none are as iconic as the 911. It sets the global standard for sports car excellence, and our experts have consistently recognized that.

Of course, it may be out of reach for many Canadians, so we also have a mainstream performance category to cater to those who want a sporty, fun vehicle at a more accessible price point.

Jacobsen: The Toyota Prius won Best Hybrid. Can you elaborate, especially considering your earlier points about separating hybrid and electric categories?

Lai: The Toyota Prius has always been a strong performer, but with its recent overhaul, it’s better than ever. It’s no longer just a highly efficient and reliable car—it’s also stylish and enjoyable to drive.

Historically, the Prius had a reputation for being a “nerdy” and somewhat dorky vehicle. That’s no longer the case. The latest Prius looks great, is packed with advanced technology, and still maintains the reliability and fuel efficiency it’s famous for.

The updated model also offers all-wheel drive, which is a fantastic feature for Canadian drivers. This recent redesign elevated the Prius to a new level, making it the best hybrid on the market. It checks all the boxes without compromising anything, which we look for in a winner. It’s a fantastic choice for many Canadian drivers.

Jacobsen: Based on your knowledge of online sales trends, what do you see as a potential future category for awards next year or in some future year?

Lai: Electrification will become increasingly important as we move forward. We may need to divide the green categories even further. Over time, all categories could transition to being EV-focused.

The Canadian government aims for all passenger cars sold to be electrified by 2035, whether plug-in hybrids or fully electric vehicles. That’s an ambitious goal, and I doubt it will be achieved. However, if it does, we’d have to completely rethink how we structure the awards.

For instance, we might see categories like EV performance cars or EVs optimized for efficiency. New green or EV-focused categories will become more relevant as EVs become more mainstream.

Jacobsen: Who organizes and presents the awards each year?

Lai: That would be me! It’s one of the most important projects I have worked on all year. The whole reason I do my job is to provide Canadians with unbiased, expert car advice.

The awards represent the ultimate expression of that goal. They reflect the collective input of all our experts, who collaborate to determine the best cars across various segments.

Many people find car shopping incredibly confusing, and we hope the awards help them kickstart their research or give them reassurance that the car they’ve chosen is a great one.

Jacobsen: Well, Jodi, thank you for the opportunity and your time today. I appreciate an inside look at the best cars in each category for the year.

Lai: Thank you, Scott. If you have any other questions, feel free to reach out.

Jacobsen: Excellent. I appreciate it. It was nice to meet you.

Lai: Thank you so much, Scott. Have a good one.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Defining Antisemitism in Canada: Mathew Giagnorio on Law, Education, and the Propaganda War

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/01


Defining Antisemitism in Canada: Mathew Giagnorio on Law, Education, and the Propaganda War

How should Canadian publishers and policymakers define and confront evolving antisemitism without shielding violent extremism from legitimate criticism?

Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Sep 01, 2025

∙ Paid

Part 1 of 2

Mathew Giagnorio is the founder and editor-in-chief of A Further Inquiry, where he publishes commentary on liberal democracy and contemporary antisemitism. His work, including “What is Liberalism? The Rise of Left-Wing Antisemitism, and The Weaponization of White Privilege,” examines ideological extremism, conspiratorial rhetoric, and policy responses. A contributor to The Freethinker, Giagnorio foregrounds the resurgence of antisemitism across politics, academia, and culture. He employs legal, historical, and educational frameworks to enhance civic resilience and safeguard Jewish communities. In June 2025, he participated in “Confronting Antisemitism in Canada,” a co-hosted event by the Clarity Coalition, Niagara Military Museum, and the Canadian Antisemitism Education Foundation.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Giagnorio supports a practical working definition paired with awareness that antisemitism morphs across eras, from religious and racial frames to anti-Zionist rhetoric. He warns that propaganda, campus intimidation, and increasingly misapplied concepts like “anti-Palestinian racism” can shield violent extremism from criticism. Education’s overreliance on Holocaust instruction, he argues, obscures the prejudice’s deeper history. Reflecting on a June 2025 conference, he highlights legal and policy strategies, student testimonies, and cross-partisan conspiracism. Canada’s leadership is inconsistent; today, civil society organizations are driving effective responses.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Alright, today we are here with Mathew Giagnorio, founder and editor-in-chief of A Further Inquiry. We will discuss antisemitism. On June 12, 2025, you organized and the Clarity Coalition, the Niagara Military Museum, and the Canadian Antisemitism Education Foundation (CAEF) co-hosted the conference “Confronting Antisemitism in Canada” at the Niagara Military Museum. You frequently publish commentary and analysis on contemporary antisemitism, including the piece “What is Liberalism? The Rise of Left-Wing Antisemitism, and The Weaponization of White Privilege.”Additionally, your contributor bio at The Freethinker highlights the resurgence of antisemitism as a central focus of your work.

Two main ideas have emerged in these conversations. One approach is to adopt a static definition—helpful as a placeholder that enables metrics (e.g., via census or incident data) and provides an indicator of what to watch for. The other sees a static definition as too limited, because antisemitism evolves and is perennial. This view advocates for a living, context-responsive definition informed by current needs. Which approach seems—perhaps not more “correct,” but more appropriate—in a Canadian publishing context to you?

Mathew Giagnorio: Scott, first, it is great to be with you again today, and thank you for highlighting some of my work. I think you do need a definition—a working definition of antisemitism—but you also need to be fully aware that antisemitism evolves. It varies from decade to decade.

If we were talking at the turn of the 20th century—the 1920s or 1930s—the focus would lean toward nationalism and racial orientation. If we were talking in the 1500s, the emphasis might be on Jews as a people without a country—a wandering people—and it would also have been tied to religion. Antisemitism does change; it is morphological, to put it that way. There are constants in how it operates: it is a prejudice. However, it is not just another type of racism. In a sense, it is the original form of conspiracy theories.

There is almost nothing that does not end up being blamed on or attributed to Jews in the most outlandish, disgusting, and conspiratorial ways from an antisemitic mindset. So, yes, you need a working definition for everyday use.

Moreover, for the legal system, we need a means to circumvent, stop, and prevent this from occurring. As we are seeing through a contemporary lens, antisemitism has never truly gone away. However, today it is being given a more emboldened voice by politicians and by people who should otherwise dismiss this nonsense. We are witnessing it on the streets of Toronto, in Sydney, Australia, and in the United Kingdom. It is absolute nonsense.

We are also seeing the line: “I am not antisemitic, I am just anti-Zionist.” As I last checked, that is absolutely absurd. There are blatant calls for the destruction of Israel, people describing Hamas as “resistance,” and even casting Hezbollah as “resistance fighters.” This is grotesque. It is a propaganda strategy aimed at winning the war of perception. Moreover, although the IDF is doing a strong job militarily on the ground, in the West—in what should be democratic, liberal, secular countries—the propaganda war is still at a crossroads. Increasingly, the online space is being occupied by antisemitic voices.

Moreover, what frightens me most is seeing young people, especially those under 30, who believe they are engaging in a just, righteous, or historically correct cause. However, they know little about the history, and they are being drawn deeply into this. Why? Because academic discourse and DEI programming often disproportionately frame Jews as “privileged,” classifying them as “white Europeans.” This narrative has been heard at rallies under slogans like “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free,” or other refrains, which cast anyone Jewish as European, white, and therefore, by that definition, privileged.

It is a complete distortion of reality. Therefore, we need a clear working definition for a legal approach. However, we also must remain aware, both historically and in the present, that antisemitism undergoes morphological change. Today, one form is disgust that Israel exists at all, or resentment that the Jewish people are thriving. To be antisemitic today is not only to harbour old prejudices—which persist—but also to oppose the existence of the State of Israel directly. Hence, the anti-Zionist framing has become a prominent feature of modern discourse. You can see this in both academia and activist culture.

At our conference, one of the Canadian aspects discussed was the troubling introduction of these narratives not only at the high school level but even in primary schools. I shared with you and some of my colleagues my research on how this is being framed legally, particularly through the concept of “anti-Palestinian racism.” On its face, that sounds good—of course, nobody wants to be prejudiced against Palestinians.

Giagnorio: The problem with some of these modern definitions is that they are being used not based on race or anything of that sort, but rather to dismiss any criticism of volatility, terrorism, or extreme ideologies. These are ideologies that do not function as equals or compatriots, but explicitly as opponents of the Jewish people and, more specifically, as opponents of the State of Israel’s existence.

That becomes a serious problem when definitions are manipulated in ways that make it impossible to criticize groups such as Hamas. When you cannot call out violent, extreme, illiberal, undemocratic, theocratic, and outright barbaric actions—and when those actions are instead classified as “culture”—that is grotesque.

Now, that being said, I do not want to see any person—man, woman, or child, Palestinian or otherwise—die. I do not think any free-thinking, healthy-minded individual wants that. However, we must recognize that Palestinian civilians are put in harm’s way daily by groups such as Hamas, Islamic Jihad, and other factions. In many ways, they are captives of those entities themselves.

Do we have to acknowledge that every day, people are involved in this process? Indeed, some of these groups are even voted into power. However, we also must hold on to nuance and reality. Modern antisemitism is not diluted; it still uses the same tropes, the same conspiratorial frameworks that it always has.

We also need to understand that for people in their 30s, 40s, or older, antisemitism is often equated almost exclusively with the far-right framing—Nazi Germany, World War II, and of course, the Holocaust. That is what most people picture. However, it is difficult, especially for those on the political left or in liberal circles, to accept or even observe that antisemitism is not partisan. It predates the political spectrum as we know it. It exists on both the left and the right.

Today, we are seeing more of it from the political left, and that has historical precedent. For example, the Soviet model of antisemitism favoured leaders like Yasser Arafat and his approaches. This is not new. Stalin was virulently antisemitic, as was the Soviet system more broadly, as well as Imperial Russia before it. Out of this context emerged the “Protocols of the Elders of Zion”—a fabricated text that became the precursor for much of the conspiratorial antisemitic framework that followed.

The fact that these ideas continue to circulate online is alarming. However, as free-thinking individuals in Western liberal democratic countries, we cannot sit idly by and allow this to continue. We must be vigilant and active. This is not a partisan issue—it is not simply for those on the left or the right. It is a societal issue.

Societies that allow the normalization of antisemitic rhetoric and discourse are societies that are, historically speaking, on the path to disintegration and decay. Moreover, we are seeing the beginnings of that today.

The Palestinian movement for statehood recognition has gained international attention. Canada, France, and the UK have each signalled support at the upcoming United Nations General Assembly, which is concerning. I know Prime Minister Mark Carney has suggested that recognition would only be contingent on disarmament—Hamas excluded from elections, Fatah committing to certain conditions. However, that is naïve. Who enforces these promises? Who ensures compliance?

We need to realize that antisemitism is not just a threat to the Jewish people. It has always been—and will always be—a threat to intellectual discourse. It is brain rot. It is also a direct threat to the functioning of liberal democracy.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mahmoud Abuwasel, Bitcoin Regulation vs Control: Global Legal Fragmentation and Risk in Crypto Markets

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/02

Mahmoud Abuwasel, Bitcoin Regulation vs Control: Global Legal Fragmentation and Risk in Crypto Markets

Photo by Traxer on Unsplash

Mahmoud Abuwasel is the author of UAE Crypto Litigation, the first systematic analysis of 100+ crypto court judgments from UAE courts spanning 2019–2025 — and a disputes partner at Wasel & Wasel, an international arbitration and litigation firm with offices in Washington D.C., Abu Dhabi, Melbourne, and Toronto. His practice covers international arbitration, cross-border litigation, and digital asset disputes, with experience before UAE onshore courts, the DIFC Courts, and the ADGM Courts, and in matters touching New York, England, China, Qatar, and the Netherlands. He was recently admitted and elected as a Full Member in UAE Law with The Academy of Experts (TAE), undeniably one of the most prestigious and highly respected professional bodies for expert witnesses worldwide. He has served as an expert witness on UAE law before foreign courts and tribunals, and holds degrees from Harvard University, the University of Southern Queensland, and Middlesex University.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mahmoud Abuwasel on Bitcoin’s evolving legal landscape. Abuwasel distinguishes regulatory clarity from control, emphasizing clarity as a driver of innovation and stability. He outlines global divergences in Bitcoin classification, risks from ETF-driven centralization, and challenges in cross-border disputes. The discussion highlights investor vulnerability in custodial systems, tensions between AML enforcement and privacy, and the improbability of unified global regulation amid competing jurisdictional interests.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For Bitcoin, what do you see as the biggest legal difference between “regulatory clarity” and “regulatory control”?

Mahmoud Abuwasel: In my cross-border disputes practice as a partner at Wasel & Wasel, the distinction between “regulatory clarity” and “regulatory control” defines a jurisdiction’s market viability. Clarity provides a predictable legal architecture. The EU’s MiCA framework and the UAE’s VARA definitively map out the “rules of the road” for market participants, establishing actionable property rights and clear liability thresholds without dictating the underlying decentralized blockchain architecture. This clarity drastically reduces arbitration risks by establishing predictable contractual expectations. Conversely, regulatory control seeks to constrain or forcefully fit Bitcoin into legacy paradigms. We see this in the US’s persistent regulation-by-enforcement approach against digital assets, or in India’s punitive taxation that functions as an outright shadow ban. Clarity empowers innovation by defining how to operate legally; control stifles it by weaponizing uncertainty or imposing prohibitive barriers, predictably driving institutional and retail capital toward more accommodative regulatory hubs like Singapore or Hong Kong.

Jacobsen: Across major jurisdictions, where are the sharpest divergences in how lawmakers classify Bitcoin?

Abuwasel: The sharpest divergences lie in foundational legal taxonomy: is Bitcoin property, a commodity, or an unrecognized speculative instrument? In the UK, common law has evolved seamlessly to recognize Bitcoin as personal property. As I detailed in my book UAE Crypto Litigation, this stance is increasingly echoed in UAE courts. This property classification is crucial for successful asset tracing and executing freezing injunctions across borders. In contrast, the US remains mired in jurisdictional turf wars, primarily treating Bitcoin as a commodity under the CFTC while threatening adjacent assets with SEC securities enforcement. Singapore pragmatically regulates Bitcoin as a “digital payment token,” heavily focused on AML without broad property declarations. Meanwhile, India refuses recognition as legal tender or distinct property, opting instead for heavy taxation to discourage use. These severe taxonomic fractures create profound complexities in international arbitration, where the legal nature of the asset shifts fundamentally depending on the jurisdiction.

Jacobsen: Does the push toward ETFs recreate the concentration risks Bitcoin was designed to bypass?

Abuwasel: Undoubtedly, the global ETF boom introduces a fascinating structural paradox. Bitcoin was natively architected as a decentralized, peer-to-peer bearer asset to eliminate reliance on central points of failure. However, the approval of spot ETFs in the US and Hong Kong effectively funnels massive concentrations of underlying Bitcoin into the vaults of a few legacy mega-custodians. From a cross-border disputes perspective, this represents a profound shift. We are recreating the exact concentration vulnerabilities traditional finance suffers from. If a primary ETF custodian faces insolvency or aggressive state intervention, the blast radius would trigger unprecedented multi-jurisdictional litigation. Instead of decentralized network disputes, litigation will mirror traditional financial clashes over custodial negligence, fiduciary breaches, and insurance indemnities under New York or English law. While ETFs inject immense institutional capital and market liquidity, they fundamentally trade cryptographic resilience for centralized convenience, placing massive, concentrated trust back into the hands of intermediaries.

Jacobsen: How should courts and regulators balance AML/KYC enforcement with privacy and due process?

Abuwasel: Balancing AML mandates with privacy and due process is a delicate legal tightrope. Regulators inherently seek total visibility to combat illicit finance, evident in the EU’s strict Transfer of Funds Regulation imposing sweeping traceability, or the US Treasury’s aggressive, unprecedented sanctioning of decentralized privacy protocols. However, this dragnet surveillance risks trampling fundamental due process and individual privacy rights. In my experience testifying as an expert witness before foreign tribunals, and as a Full Member in UAE Law with The Academy of Experts (TAE), preemptive asset freezes often capture legitimate funds without immediate recourse. Jurisdictions like the UAE and Singapore attempt a more calibrated approach, mandating rigorous compliance at fiat gateways while preserving the technical realities of on-chain privacy. Courts must act as the ultimate check, demanding high evidentiary thresholds from claimants before authorizing sweeping, network-wide blockchain freezes, ensuring that AML compliance does not become a pretext for unreasonable financial surveillance.

Jacobsen: When Bitcoin is held through exchanges or institutional vehicles, who bears the legal risk in a dispute?

Abuwasel: The harsh reality exposed by recent insolvencies is that the retail investor often bears the asymmetric brunt of legal risk. When Bitcoin is custodied through centralized exchanges, the relationship is governed by opaque Terms of Service that frequently classify users as mere unsecured creditors rather than absolute owners. In the US, high-profile bankruptcy collapses demonstrated how commingled funds completely obliterate user protections, leaving depositors fighting for pennies. However, we are seeing jurisprudential shifts. In the UK and Singapore, courts are increasingly willing to impose legal trusts over digital assets held by exchanges, shielding user funds from general creditors. In the UAE, under frameworks like VARA and the ADGM, strict segregation of client assets is mandated, theoretically shifting risk back to the institutional custodian. In any cross-border dispute or arbitration, the battle lines invariably focus on whether the exchange acted as a mere bailee or assumed strict fiduciary duties over the assets.

Jacobsen: In cross-border disputes involving Bitcoin, what tends to break first?

Abuwasel: In cross-border Bitcoin disputes, the concept of lex situs, the legal location of the asset, and enforcement mechanisms invariably fracture first. Because Bitcoin exists simultaneously everywhere on a distributed ledger, determining which court possesses jurisdiction to freeze or recover the asset creates immediate procedural chaos. If a claimant in Abu Dhabi seeks to freeze Bitcoin stolen by a hacker operating in India, and the funds are routed through an exchange domiciled in the US, conflict of laws becomes a labyrinth. While English and DIFC courts have pioneered global freezing orders against unknown persons, enforcing these orders in uncooperative jurisdictions often fails in practice. Furthermore, the velocity of on-chain transactions outpaces traditional, paper-based judicial processes. By the time a London or New York court issues a legally binding injunction, the Bitcoin has already traversed multiple offshore jurisdictions and privacy mixers. The traditional legal machinery simply wasn’t built for programmable, instantly settled, borderless money.

Jacobsen: Do clearer rules make Bitcoin markets more stable?

Abuwasel: Clearer rules definitively stabilize the ecosystem, even if they cannot entirely eliminate Bitcoin’s inherent price volatility, which remains tethered to global macroeconomic factors. Legal certainty absolutely stabilizes market participation. When the EU introduced MiCA, or the UAE launched the ADGM and VARA frameworks, it established the commercial predictability required to halt institutional capital flight to offshore havens. Predictable rules eradicate the existential threat of sudden bans or retroactive enforcement; fears that have historically plagued crypto markets in India and the US. Clear rules also weed out undercapitalized or fraudulent actors who introduce systemic contagion risk. When institutions know exactly how to legally custody, margin, and trade Bitcoin under New York or English law without risking regulatory wrath, the resulting influx of strictly regulated capital creates deeper liquidity pools. Over time, this institutional depth incrementally dampens extreme market manipulation, panic selling, and localized volatility, fostering a fundamentally more resilient financial instrument.

Jacobsen: Will Bitcoin regulation converge internationally into a coherent framework?

Abuwasel: Complete international convergence into a single, coherent global framework is a regulatory pipe dream. While international standard-setting bodies are driving baseline consistencies, primarily regarding AML and KYC compliance, sovereign strategic interests will naturally dictate divergent frameworks. Based on my cross-border digital asset disputes work, I see distinct regulatory blocs crystallizing. Accommodative hubs like the UAE, Singapore, and Hong Kong are aggressively structuring bespoke, agile frameworks to attract massive global digital asset capital. The institutional bloc, comprising the EU with MiCA and the US, will ultimately integrate Bitcoin into complex traditional finance paradigms, albeit with significant friction in the US. Finally, the restrictive bloc, seen in nations prioritizing capital controls like India, will maintain heavy taxation or outright shadow bans. While cross-border enforcement will inevitably improve, the foundational laws governing Bitcoin will remain a fragmented global patchwork, making international arbitration increasingly vital to neutrally resolve disputes across these legal fault lines.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mahmoud.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Gheorghe A. Iordachi on Romanian Wikipedia, Moldovan Cyrillic, Knowledge Gaps, and Editor Safety

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Gheorghe A. Iordachi is a Moldovan Wikipedian and Romanian Wikipedia contributor whose involvement began at age 15 after discovering the former Moldovan-language Wikipedia written in Cyrillic. Initially drawn in through curiosity about his hometown’s brief article, he became part of a volunteer community focused on building Romanian-language knowledge. His work reflects interests in language, digital public knowledge, neutrality, contributor communities, and the challenges of documenting Moldova, Romania, and underrepresented subjects online for global readers today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Gheorghe A. Iordachi about his path into Wikipedia, the history of Moldovan Cyrillic Wikipedia, and the scale of Romanian Wikipedia, now exceeding 540,000 articles. Iordachi explains gaps in specialized science, human rights, interethnic conflict, and women’s biographies, while noting reliance on reliable sources. He also discusses harassment, whitewashing, legal threats, and community conflicts affecting editors in Romania and Moldova, though not major present-day physical danger for contributors.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: My first question, “Wikipedian” is a unique title. What led you to become interested in Wikipedia, and did you have any relevant skills or knowledge beforehand?

Gheorghe A. Iordachi: At the time, I was 15 years old and more or less a nerd. I probably would not have heard about Wikipedia so early if I had not seen a newspaper article about the Moldovan-language Wikipedia.

This is something I briefly mentioned in our messages. There used to be a Moldovan Wikipedia written in Cyrillic. In practice, this was Romanian written in the Moldovan Cyrillic alphabet, which was used officially in the Moldavian SSR until 1989 and is still used in Transnistria only officially, i.e., “on paper.”

A newspaper picked up the story, and I was intrigued. I had just gained access to the internet, so I went to the address mentioned in the article. There was a small site with only a handful of articles written in that script. At the top of the page, there was a message saying that, to view Wikipedia in Romanian in the usual Latin script, one should click there. I clicked.

That was when I discovered Wikipedia. Like most people, I searched for my hometown. I saw that the article about my village was very short, so my first edit was on that page.

Jacobsen: How large is Romanian Wikipedia?

Iordachi: Romanian Wikipedia has more than 540,000 articles and is around 31st among Wikipedia language editions by article count.

Some larger Wikipedias, such as Cebuano, are not comparable in the same way because they grew heavily through bot-created articles. Cebuano Wikipedia became the second-largest Wikipedia in 2017, and a large majority of its articles were created by bots.

Romanian Wikipedia is among the smaller editions with more than half a million articles. In terms of organic development, it is fairly typical: it does not rely heavily on bot-generated articles, and most of the work is done by human contributors.

The short answer is that Romanian Wikipedia is a medium-to-large Wikipedia by article count, especially relative to the global number of Romanian speakers.

Jacobsen: What do you think are the biggest gaps in Romanian Wikipedia’s knowledge base? What kinds of articles relevant to Romanians should exist but currently do not?

Iordachi: For most people, the easiest articles to write are biographies and entries about settlements such as cities or villages. These require less specialized knowledge. It takes more expertise to write about technical or specialized topics, and this is a clear weakness—not only for Romanian Wikipedia, but for many language editions.

There is a lack of contributors with expertise in fields such as mathematics, physics, and chemistry, as well as in complex or sensitive areas of the humanities, such as human rights abuses or interethnic conflicts. One approach we use is translating articles from other languages, especially from English Wikipedia, and adapting that content. In many cases, this works well, since English Wikipedia generally maintains a strong neutral point of view.

However, when writing about topics closer to home—such as political developments in Romania or Moldova—there may be fewer high-quality external sources to rely on. In such cases, the community must develop the content itself, and there is a risk that certain perspectives become overrepresented.

Another persistent issue is the gender gap. It has not disappeared, and it is unclear when it will. There are regular campaigns to address it. However, this gap is largely inherited rather than created by Wikipedia itself. Wikipedia relies on reliable, third-party sources. When women’s contributions are underrepresented in those sources, it limits what can be included.

Jacobsen: Are there any security issues for Wikipedia editors, administrators, or contributors, depending on where they are in Romania or where they come from?

Iordachi: I cannot fully address the second part, as I am not aware of specific examples involving foreign contributors relocating to Romania. Wikipedia is primarily an online project, and contributors to Romanian Wikipedia do not need to live in Romania.

Regarding your first point, there have been concerns in the past. In Moldova, during periods of oligarchic political influence, there were organized efforts to whitewash certain public figures and political groups. Similar dynamics can be observed in other countries today. Editors who tried to counter such efforts sometimes faced harassment campaigns, whether they were based locally or abroad.

In the present, however, the physical safety of contributors is not a major concern in Romania or Moldova in terms of direct state repression. More relevant today are interpersonal conflicts within the community and disputes involving individuals or organizations attempting to promote themselves, their businesses, or their views—something that is against Wikipedia’s guidelines.

In such cases, individuals may respond aggressively online, including harassment or threats of legal action. These situations do occur, although they are generally managed within the community and through established policies.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Gheorghe.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ljydmila Ganushchak, Ph.D. on Ukrainian Higher Education, War, and European Integration

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Dr. Ljydmila Ganushchak-Yefimenko is a Ukrainian academic leader associated with Kyiv National University of Technologies and Design. Her work focuses on educational modernization, research development, international cooperation, and student resilience during crisis. Through roles in faculty leadership, research, and innovation, Ganushchak has helped strengthen partnerships with European institutions, expand applied learning, and support Ukraine’s creative industries, including fashion, design, technology, and interdisciplinary education during wartime and post-Soviet transformation.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Dr. Ljydmila Ganushchak about Ukrainian university operations during COVID-19, Russia’s full-scale invasion, and post-Soviet educational reform. Ganushchak discusses student safety, blended learning, infrastructure modernization, European Union partnerships, Erasmus opportunities, and the role of applied research in rebuilding Ukraine. She also explains how Ukrainian higher education balances Soviet-era legacies with innovation, creative industries, international cooperation, and a growing commitment to European integration.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s begin with university operations. The full-scale invasion began as COVID-19 restrictions were easing, although Russia’s war against Ukraine began in 2014. How did funding and university operations differ during the pandemic, during the full-scale war, and during ordinary Ukrainian life?

Dr. Ljydmila Ganushchak-Yefimenko: I conducted research and interviews on this issue. When COVID-19 began, we focused on preserving the quality of the educational process for students. We already had a strong platform for online and distance learning.

When the full-scale invasion began in February 2022, our first priority was student safety. Many students left for the European Union, so we had to respond quickly to help them remain connected to Kyiv and to our university.

We resumed in-person learning in August 2022, while continuing to rely on online and blended formats where necessary. The period from February to August 2022 was extremely difficult because it was hard to comprehend that a full-scale war could happen in Europe in the 21st century.

From 2022 through 2025, we focused on maintaining university operations for staff, students, infrastructure, and administration. We also expanded international partnerships and launched new projects. Kyiv National University of Technologies and Design is a multidisciplinary university in Kyiv, and its international office lists programs such as Erasmus Programme, Horizon Europe, Creative Europe, UNDP, and Digital Europe among its areas of cooperation.

These partnerships support research, education, and student opportunities. Some students spend part of the academic year in the European Union through exchange or scholarship programs and then return to Ukraine with new knowledge, professional experience, and a stronger understanding of Ukraine’s European integration.

This experience helps form a new generation with democratic values and international experience. The goal is for students to return to Ukraine, apply their knowledge, and help rebuild the country’s economy after the war.

International cooperation has increased since 2022. Our priorities now include education, research, bilateral projects, student initiatives, startups, technology transfer, and support for talented students.

For example, our students and graduates contribute to Ukraine’s creative industries, including fashion and design. Ukrainian designers have continued presenting work internationally during the war, including through Ukrainian Fashion Week showcases abroad.

Our university has produced well-known figures in Ukrainian fashion. Ivan Frolov, founder of FROLOV, is a Ukrainian designer whose work has been worn by Beyoncé and other international performers. Ukrainian brands such as COAT by Katya Silchenko also represent Ukrainian design internationally. These brands demonstrate how Ukrainian cultural identity, creative industries, and European integration are connected through education, design, and international cooperation.

Jacobsen: How do you see universities operating roughly 35 years after the Soviet period? What distinguishes the Soviet model of education from the Ukrainian system today?

Ganushchak-Yefimenko: I would not say the comparison is straightforward, but I can explain our university’s development. Our institution traces its origins to 1930, when it was established to support light industry, including textile and garment production, which were important for both civilian and military needs. At that time, the focus was on practical industrial output rather than broader academic development.

Initially, the university had a limited structure, with core areas such as engineering and economics. Later, additional faculties were introduced, including chemistry. During the Soviet period, the system was highly centralized, with frequent administrative changes and strong state control over curriculum, priorities, and institutional direction.

After Ukraine gained independence in 1991, the university, like many others, faced significant challenges, especially in terms of infrastructure and funding. Many buildings still in use today were constructed during the Soviet era, often 40 to 50 years ago, and required modernization.

Since around 2020, there has been a stronger emphasis on technological modernization and improving infrastructure. This is important because modern students expect updated facilities and learning environments. Infrastructure has become a key factor in motivating students to remain in Ukraine rather than studying abroad.

At the same time, students now have access to international opportunities through programs such as Erasmus Programme. They can study in European universities and experience different academic environments. Many observe that infrastructure in the European Union is often more advanced, but in my view, the quality of education in Ukraine remains strong.

Many of our graduates and colleagues conduct research in European universities and other international institutions. They act as informal ambassadors of our university and contribute to international collaboration. This growing network of partnerships strengthens both our institution and the broader Ukrainian research and education system.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Ljydmila.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mariia Harkusha-Melchenko on Gene Editing, Evolution, and Science Communication in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko is a Ukrainian molecular biologist and scientific staff member at YURiA-PHARM’s YP Biotech scientific center, where she works in bioengineering. Her interests began with gene editing, which she compares to text editing because small changes can transform larger systems. She previously conducted master’s research in Vienna on tumour immunology, oral carcinoma patients, and murine models before returning to Ukraine to work in biotechnology, molecular biology, and genetic engineering.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko about molecular biology, gene editing, science communication, evolution, cancer myths, and non-scientific thinking in Ukraine. Harkusha-Omelchenko explains how misunderstandings about evolution, disease, prayer, destiny, Soviet intellectual legacies, and religious authority shape public views. She emphasizes evidence, responsibility, curiosity, and the growing importance of science communication, especially among younger Ukrainians seeking clearer explanations of complex biological and social problems.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your name and title?

Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko: My name is Maria Harkusha-Omelchenko. I am 25 years old, and I am a molecular biologist.

Jacobsen: What program are you in now?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I am a scientific staff member at YURiA-PHARM, a Ukrainian pharmaceutical company, and at its scientific center, YP Biotech. I work in the field of bioengineering.

Jacobsen: What was your first interest in science and biotech?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: My first interest in science was gene editing. I like to connect it with text editing, because I write novels in my free time. I find gene editing fascinating because you can make a minor change and still alter the molecular scenario on a major scale. That was my primary interest.

Then I spent two years on a master’s project in Vienna, where I conducted research in tumor immunology. I worked with oral carcinoma patients and murine models of oral carcinoma. When I came back to Ukraine, I switched to biotechnology, where I work now. It involves genetic engineering, gene editing, and a great deal of molecular biology research.

Jacobsen: What is the biggest misunderstanding Ukrainians might have about genetics and evolution in public education or public discourse?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Many people think evolution is a conspiracy. They think that if humans and monkeys share common ancestors, then monkeys should continue evolving into Homo sapiens. We often struggle to explain how evolution works because people misunderstand Charles Darwin and his concept of evolution. That is where science communication comes into play.

As a molecular biologist, I would say that life has a genetic and molecular basis. Genetics is one of the foundations of life.

It is also difficult to explain to people why diseases appear. They have biological and molecular causes; they are not caused by misfortune or by God deciding to punish someone. I had a very unusual experience when an older man asked me on the street about the origins of cancer. I explained that many factors can influence or trigger cancer in certain people. He said I was wrong and claimed it was caused by helminths—parasitic worms.

Jacobsen: Did he provide any other justification for his reasoning?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: No, he said, “I just know that.” I said, “No, I can prove you are wrong.” He said, “Let’s make a bet.”

So that was the conversation. It is very hard to convince people they are wrong because they already have their own version of the truth in their minds. They want to prove that you are wrong because you are a scientist—you are on the opposite side.

Jacobsen: Opposite side of what? The opposite side of understanding how the world works. Where do they get this non-scientific understanding of the world?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think it comes from the belief that we are not responsible for what happens in this world because there is God—God who decides everything for us. They believe in destiny. They think there are no alternative outcomes. Things happen because they are meant to happen, and we do not have the power to change anything.

And if we try to intervene, that means we are not obeying God’s rules. For me, that is strange, because I see it in terms of responsibility. As a biologist, I want to answer as many questions as possible. I think if there is a problem, there must be a solution. It is not something predetermined or fixed.

For many people, it is easier to believe that things just happen. For example, they may think war happens because of past sins or as a form of punishment. They believe we should simply endure it. But for me, it is about responsibility. I take responsibility to do research, to ask questions, and to understand the reasons behind problems. For a large group of people, it is easier to set things aside and leave them to God or other divine forces to resolve.

Jacobsen: Do they learn this at home, in church, or both?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think it runs in families, and it is definitely influenced by the church. At the same time, Ukraine still carries part of the legacy of the Soviet period. I do not mean that Ukrainians were naturally obedient or simply accepted authority willingly. Rather, under conditions of social pressure and political repression, many people were forced to conform to the vision imposed by the Soviet government. Over time, that survival strategy became a behavioural pattern.

When a leader says, “This is how we should live,” whether justified by religion or something else, it can feel easier to follow because there is a familiar structure and guidance. This mindset can be passed down in families, but it is also reinforced in schools—especially when teachers hold conservative views. They may not be open to alternative perspectives or new ideas, and that becomes part of the problem.

Jacobsen: I mean, is it important to convey that facts are facts in terms of empirical truth or the veracity of the natural world, while people can still hold different perspectives that may or may not be comforting as belief systems around it? For instance, if someone accepts evolution by natural selection—meaning that species change over time, explaining the diversity of life and common descent—but still holds religious sentiments, such as believing God is a guiding force, without denying evolution, is that at least workable in the Ukrainian context?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think most people in science—at least many of them, I am not saying all—hold a more evidence-based perspective. But I have encountered cases in my career. For example, Oksana mentioned yesterday that even in her institute, some professors believe that diseases can be treated with both pharmaceuticals and prayer.

Jacobsen: There have been hospital-wide studies on prayer, and they do not show a healing effect under controlled conditions. In some studies, patients were divided into groups: those who were prayed for and knew it, those who were prayed for but did not know it, and those who were not prayed for. The groups that were prayed for without knowing showed no measurable difference compared to those not prayed for. Interestingly, in some cases, those who knew they were being prayed for experienced slightly worse outcomes, possibly due to increased anxiety or pressure. Overall, controlled studies do not demonstrate that prayer improves recovery.

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, but some people justify that by saying prayer does not work because it was not done properly.

Jacobsen: Yes, that brings us to ideas like sunk costs and rationalization. That is very true. Another point raised in discussions is that the issue may go deeper than religious fundamentalism. Dogma itself may be the underlying problem. That provides a broader framework for understanding both religious fundamentalism and political ideological dogma. For example, state atheism in the Soviet Union or under the Chinese Communist Party also involved rigid ideological systems.

Lamarckism was a form of pseudoscience. It was presented as an alternative to evolutionary theory but was not scientifically valid. It was similar to a kind of secular teleology. For example, the idea that a giraffe developed a longer neck because it needed one, and then passed that acquired trait to its offspring, rather than traits being shaped through natural selection.

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, Lamarckism. It is an alternative way people tried to explain evolution—the idea that if an organism needs something, it can develop certain traits during its lifetime and pass them on. If you are asking for my opinion, I do not support this view.

I think in the Soviet Union it was convenient, because it aligned with certain ideological messages. For example, the idea that if you work harder, you can “evolve” into a higher position in society. If you take biological concepts like developing traits and apply them to social development, it can sound appealing. But scientifically, it does not work that way. Still, you are right—it was popular during the Soviet period.

Jacobsen: So, in addition, are you saying that many scientists in Ukraine are atheists, agnostics, or something similar? Or, if they are believers, they might hold a more distant, non-interventionist view of God—something closer to deism?

In that context, we can also see that just because a state promotes a certain ideology—like atheism in the Soviet Union or under the Chinese Communist Party—that does not make it scientifically true. However, individuals with strong training in science, especially in biology and evolution, are more likely to lean toward atheism or agnosticism. That is because they already have an explanatory framework that does not require divine intervention—what is sometimes called the “God of the gaps.”

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, yes, that is correct. I think there are also people in the scientific community who believe in God, but I find it difficult to reconcile both positions—to accept, for example, that mutations occur in our genetic structure as human beings, and at the same time that everything was created by God. It is difficult to hold both views consistently.

Returning to the question about atheists in the scientific community, it is not that we are arrogant about our position or think our beliefs are superior because we are scientists. It is because we rely on evidence. We have evidence for natural processes—for example, the molecular basis of how life emerged on Earth. We understand molecular evolution: life began with simple molecules, and over time, increasingly complex and highly organized living organisms developed from them.

And yes, this is part of the challenge, because the scientific community is not the majority of the Ukrainian population. But I am glad that nowadays science communication is becoming more widespread in our society. People—especially younger people—are more open-minded. They ask questions. They go to doctors and ask questions instead of simply obeying. They are curious about the world they live in, and they often turn to science for answers.

That is encouraging. As scientists, we try to find the simplest explanations for complex phenomena. Yes, that is essentially it.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mariia.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Swiatoslaw Podlewski Uniting Ukrainian Art, History, and Theravāda Buddhist Thought

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Dr. Swiatoslaw Podlewski is a Ukrainian artist, art critic, and historian born in 1991 in Chernihiv, Ukraine. Based in Kyiv, he studied fine arts from childhood in his father’s studio, Volodymyr Podlewski, before pursuing academic training in history. He holds a Ph.D. in history and has produced research on Ukrainian inscriptions. His visual practice explores abstraction, nature, symbolism, Buddhist thought, and post-Soviet cultural memory through contemporary Ukrainian art.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Dr. Swiatoslaw Podlewski, a Ukrainian artist, art critic, and historian, on childhood art, academic detours, Theravāda Buddhism, and the return to painting. Podlewski traces his path from early lessons with his father to frustration with academic realism, then toward history, inscriptions, India, and Buddhist thought. He explains how nature, abstraction, dogs, symbolism, and post-Soviet identity shaped his contemporary Ukrainian artistic vision and philosophical practice across modern Ukrainian culture and memory today. Podlewski’s public artist profiles also describe him as a Ukrainian artist born in 1991, based in Kyiv, with a Ph.D. in history. Theravāda is widely associated with the Pali canon and is often presented as tracing its lineage to the Elders, while kōans are recognized in Zen as paradoxical prompts used to disrupt ordinary conceptual thought.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your earliest piece of art?

Dr. Swiatoslaw Podlewski: My father is an artist, so he first taught me when I was six. I still keep that work. It was a landscape with the sea and a ship, something like that. It is the earliest piece I made: a large wave with a small crest. So, by the age of six, I was already working on art.

Jacobsen: What were some of your early artistic experiments? Did you also try different forms of art, such as audio, rather than only visual art?

Podlewski: Of course. My path was not easy. There were many setbacks. After school, I became disappointed in the classical understanding of art.

Jacobsen: What do you mean by that?

Podlewski: I mean the idea that one must endlessly copy visible reality. I was frustrated. I entered the Lviv National Academy of Arts, but I became frustrated when I understood the program. I realized that I would be spending years drawing still lifes, glasses, and similar objects.

Jacobsen: So you mean realism and still life?

Podlewski: Yes. It was frustrating to think that I would be occupied with that for four or five years. I said to myself, “This is not how I see art.” So I turned to another passion of mine: history and philosophy. I entered university as a historian, with a particular focus on archaeology, history, and cultural studies.

After that, I completed and published my PhD in 2018 on inscriptions found in northern Ukraine, covering material from roughly the 10th to the 18th centuries. I also published a book. While finishing the book, I took a short trip to relax after all the stress. I visited India in 2015, and there I realized that I wanted to return to art.

Jacobsen: What did you find in India?

Podlewski: I turned to Buddhism.

Jacobsen: Which branch of Buddhism?

Podlewski: Theravāda.

Jacobsen: Why Theravāda?

Podlewski: Because, as a historian, I like to look at origins. I want to see the earliest form of an idea. I do not like later accretions, reinterpretations, or misconceptions. I prefer to go to the source, to understand something from the beginning, and only after that to consider later developments. It also resonates with me because Mahāyāna Buddhism seems to incorporate more mysticism, whereas I prefer a simpler philosophy rather than religious dogma. Theravāda traces its lineage to the “Elders” and treats the Pali canon as authoritative, which is part of why many people see it as closer to early Buddhism, though that claim should be stated with some caution.

Jacobsen: Does that mysticism reflect any similarity to the mysticism incorporated into Eastern Christianity, or is it mystical in a completely different way?

Podlewski: It is quite similar in some respects. Eastern Christianity developed strong traditions of venerating saints and relics, including the bodily remains of holy figures. Historically, those practices became an important part of Christian devotion in late antiquity and the medieval period. Whether one interprets that as continuity with pagan practices is a matter of viewpoint, but the traditions of saints and relics are certainly real and well-established.

In Eastern Christianity, especially Orthodox Christianity in Eastern Europe, many saints share roles and attributes with earlier local pagan deities. For example, Saint Blaise (Vlasiy) is sometimes associated in folk tradition with functions similar to those of Volos, an ancient Slavic god connected to cattle and wealth. Many pre-Christian traditions were incorporated into Christian practice over time.

This process is somewhat comparable to how Mahāyāna Buddhism spread across Asia and interacted with local belief systems. For instance, in Japan, Buddhism coexisted with and integrated elements of Shinto belief. However, the processes were historically different. Buddhism generally adapted alongside existing traditions, whereas Christianization in parts of Europe sometimes involved the suppression or replacement of earlier pagan practices.

Jacobsen: How did returning from India as a newly committed Theravāda Buddhist change your artistic expression? Did you use new techniques, or the same techniques in a new way?

Podlewski: It was less about technique and more about subject matter. I shifted from depicting people, cities, and social issues to focusing more on nature and abstract artistic forms. I worked on projects that explored a space between abstraction, landscape, and animal forms, seeking something in between.

There is a saying often associated with Zen (Chan) Buddhism that enlightenment can be approached through paradox. Zen uses methods such as kōans and paradoxical questions or statements to disrupt ordinary patterns of thinking. For example, a famous kōan asks whether a dog has Buddha-nature. A Zen master’s answer may contradict expectations to challenge conceptual thinking. The purpose is to move beyond purely intellectual understanding toward direct insight.

These ideas influenced me, and one of the main subjects in my art became dogs. I use them not simply as familiar figures, but as symbolic elements to express more abstract ideas drawn from Buddhist thought.

In early Buddhism, particularly in its earliest artistic traditions, the Buddha was often not depicted in human form. Instead, symbolic representations were used, such as the Dharma wheel, footprints, or an empty throne.

Jacobsen: What does the wheel represent, in abstract terms?

Podlewski: The wheel represents the Dharma, the teaching of the Buddha, and the cycle of existence, often referred to as saṃsāra. It reflects the ongoing process of life, death, and rebirth shaped by karma.

Jacobsen: Do you still adhere to Theravāda Buddhism?

Podlewski: I try not to approach it dogmatically. The historical Buddha emphasized personal understanding and experience rather than rigid belief. In that sense, I try to understand these ideas through my own experience rather than becoming overly attached to any one doctrine.

There are Buddhist communities in Ukraine, including in Kyiv, where Zen Buddhism is present. I engage with Buddhism in a way that is accessible to me locally, while continuing to explore its ideas through personal practice.

This may be my subjective impression, but many of them felt like cosplayers. After the Zen sessions ended, people would start talking about where to buy clothes, shoes, or belts. It felt less like a spiritual practice and more like a kind of role-playing convention.

Jacobsen: How does Theravāda Buddhism relate to the visual and the linguistic, between noise and silence, blackness and depiction?

Podlewski: That is an interesting way to put it. Buddhism is not as rhetorical as it may seem. It is more about regulating and understanding one’s desires. The Buddha rejected both extreme asceticism and excessive ritualism. Instead, he proposed the “Middle Way,” which avoids both indulgence and self-denial.

It is not that depiction is forbidden. Rather, it is about finding a balance and questioning attachment. For me, this becomes a way to explore how to combine my artistic work with my identity as a citizen of Ukraine, as part of society, and as someone of mixed heritage.

Jacobsen: Which backgrounds?

Podlewski: Polish, Jewish, Roma, Belarusian, and Russian, among others. A very mixed background.

Jacobsen: Do you incorporate those national traditions into your art?

Podlewski: Not directly. I became more aware of these identities later, when I was working as a historian and researching my family background. Growing up, it did not strongly shape my artistic direction. My father’s side was more traditional, but overall, these identities were not a central influence.

The Soviet system largely erased or blended distinct family traditions. It created a more uniform social identity across different people.

Jacobsen: What was early life like in the Soviet Union?

Podlewski: I was born in 1991, so I did not experience it directly.

Jacobsen: How did people talk about the Soviet Union at the time, as Ukraine had just become independent?

Podlewski: It depended on the situation. In reality, not everything changed immediately. When the Soviet Union collapsed, many structures remained in place. The laws and many of the people in positions of power stayed the same, they simply adapted to the new system.

There were attempts to restrict former Soviet officials from holding office, but these rules were often bypassed. If you look at the early Ukrainian parliament in the first years of independence, many officials were former high-ranking members of the Soviet system.

Another issue was that Ukraine’s early legal framework, including parts of its constitution, was heavily based on the previous Soviet system, particularly the constitution of the Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic. Much of it was adapted rather than entirely replaced.

From my perspective, many elements of the Soviet structure remained intact for some time. They gradually weakened, but their influence persisted.

Podlewski: This unresolved legacy of the past remains a major source of corruption.

Jacobsen: Were there any positives for artists in the Soviet Union or from its legacy?

Podlewski: Only for those who were conformists. Those who were willing to produce what the state required could benefit from the system. They received support, resources, and institutional recognition. Many of them went on to hold influential positions, and some still do, if they are still alive.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Swiatoslaw.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Anna Chernenko and Volodymyr Pavlov on War Reporting: Frontline Journalism in Kharkiv

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Volodymyr Pavlov (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Anna Chernenko is a Ukrainian journalist working in Kharkiv, reporting on wartime conditions, media transformations, and civilian life under threat. She has documented the shrinking journalism sector, risks faced by reporters, and evolving safety practices. Her work reflects the human and professional impact of sustained conflict on Ukraine’s media landscape.

Volodymyr Pavlov is a Ukrainian journalist based in Kharkiv, known for frontline reporting during Russia’s full-scale invasion. He covers military operations, civilian resilience, and regional developments across eastern Ukraine. Experienced in high-risk environments, Pavlov combines field reporting with safety expertise, documenting the realities of war while adapting to ever-changing threats and conditions.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Anna Chernenko and Volodymyr Pavlov describe frontline journalism in Kharkiv, emphasizing adaptation to constant danger, evolving safety practices, and the psychological normalization of war. They highlight shrinking media infrastructure, risks to reporters, and the importance of protective equipment, situational awareness, and resilience while continuing to document the realities of conflict.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Do either of you feel fully safe in Kharkiv? Or do you recognize that it is not entirely safe, but it is no longer constantly on your mind?

Volodymyr Pavlov: Do you feel fully safe? Yes. As for Anna, she feels relatively safe because she is used to this situation. We have seen places with much worse conditions, Donbas.

Anna Chernenko: The only thing that makes me feel unsafe is when new weapons are used, when you cannot understand what they are, how to react, or what kind of danger they pose.

Pavlov: As for me, I feel safe because I have lived in Kharkiv my whole life and have not left since the full-scale invasion. I am used to the situation. I can estimate how far away an explosion is, whether it is in the air or on the ground. I can decide whether I need to be worried or find a safe place. Still, whenever we hear something unusual, we react.

The drone sound in the city center; I can decide whether to worry or find a safe place. Still, whenever we hear something unusual, we react. As I mentioned about the drone sound in the city center, I always respond to air raid sirens and try to find a safe place. If there is a drone, we also try to find shelter somewhere in the city. We follow air raid alerts through Telegram channels and other sources to understand what type of danger Kharkiv is facing.

So if I see a drone or a missile—if it is a missile, I would go to a safe place. But if it is a drone that is not heading toward my location, I might not react.

Jacobsen: Is that a common attitude among journalists in the city?

Pavlov: It depends. Some journalists work from houses or offices with basements, so they feel differently about safety. In Kharkiv, many journalists no longer work in offices because it is often unsafe. They work from home, or media organizations have created shelters or offices in basements. In general, there is a shared sense of adapting to the situation. However, many of our colleagues are sensitive to loud sounds and feel unsafe when they hear explosions. Some travel to Kharkiv only briefly, while others go further, even to Donbas. It depends on each person’s sense of safety. Different journalists have different thresholds. Some work only within the city and visit sites after strikes, once it is safe to do so. Others, I work across Ukraine. We go not only to strike sites but also to the front line when possible. We work with soldiers in trenches and with artillery units. We work not only in Kharkiv city but across the region, including the directions of Kupiansk and Vovchansk, as well as in the Donbas. So journalists have different levels of comfort and safety.

Jacobsen: How many journalists have left Kharkiv for cities farther from the front line?

Chernenko: That is a good question. We do not have exact numbers. We have not counted. However, many people have left. Among our close colleagues, around ten people we know personally have left the city. More broadly, the media sector itself has shrunk. We do not have television operations in the same way, and the advertising market has declined. As a result, some media organizations have reduced their staff. Those journalists either joined the military, left the city, or found other work. At the same time, some online media continue to operate, and even new publications have appeared. So we cannot give an exact number, but among our immediate circle, about ten colleagues have left Kharkiv.

But we also need to say that many media outlets have closed. We almost no longer have television in the way we did before, especially in Kharkiv. The commercial market has collapsed, and many media organizations that relied on advertising have lost that source of funding. Without that market, many outlets stopped working. Some journalists found other jobs, and some joined the army. So the journalism market has become smaller and more concentrated than before the full-scale invasion.

If we speak about media that work only on the Internet, that is different. Online media continue to operate. We have even seen new outlets appear that specialize in web and digital publishing.

There are still media organizations in Kharkiv, but not enough of them. It is difficult to find journalists to work in local media. That is also a marker of how many experienced journalists remain.

We know that more than one hundred media workers have been killed since the start of the full-scale war. According to the Institute of Mass Information, 113 media workers had died in Ukraine since the start of the Russo-Ukrainian war in 2014, including 106 after the full-scale invasion began in 2022. Not all of them were in Kharkiv. But Kharkiv and the region have also lost journalists.

We know of two people travelling by car. One was a photographer who went north to film. One was Oleksandr Makhov. He was a Ukrainian journalist who later joined the military. He was killed on May 4, 2022, near Izium in Kharkiv Oblast while serving with Ukraine’s armed forces. More specifically, reports place his death near Dovhenke, in the Izium direction.

The other was Ihor Hudenko, a freelance photojournalist and documentarian from Kharkiv. He died on February 26, 2022, after going missing while documenting events in Kharkiv’s Pivnichna Saltivka area. He rode his bicycle toward the frontline. His death was later confirmed.

He took those photographs on February 24, 2022. He published one of them on February 25, and after that, no one could contact him.

We have also had injured journalists in Kharkiv. There were minor injuries in some cases. And yes, we have had incidents in which journalists were wounded or killed. At least two recent incidents come to mind.

One was when a drone hit a journalist’s car. One recent case involved a foreign media crew whose car was damaged by a drone explosion.

We have also had at least one local journalist injured after a strike with guided aerial bombs. There have been many situations in which Kharkiv journalists who work here constantly went in the Vovchansk direction or other dangerous areas and were injured there.

And there is another pattern. At least twice, maybe more, hotels where journalists were staying were attacked.

One of them was the Kharkiv Palace Hotel. That was on December 30, 2023. A team of journalists was staying there when it was struck, and several media workers were injured.

The other was the Park Hotel in Kharkiv, also in January 2024. Journalists, including foreign media crews, were staying there when it was attacked. A fixer working with France 2 was injured there.

After that, journalist organizations began issuing stronger recommendations against using hotels commonly known to reporters. That advice became much more serious because Russian strikes appeared to target places where journalists gather. Later reporting by IMI, RSF, and Truth Hounds described this as a repeated pattern, not a random coincidence.

Jacobsen: So one rule of thumb is this: if you ask another journalist which hotel they are using, and they tell you, then you should choose a different hotel.

Another recommendation is to stay on a lower floor, so there are more layers between you and the outside. It is also better if your room does not face the front line. [Ed. This only makes sense with artillery fire, because drones can come from any direction.] Ideally, there should be walls separating you from the exterior of the building, both vertically and horizontally.

Of course, body armour and a helmet are standard. But many journalists prefer not to wear a large visible PRESS marking in frontline cities, depending on the situation. This is based on experience and on practical safety judgment.

This is really based on frontline-city practice, and what experience has taught journalists there?

Chernenko: Yes, exactly. In any case, you should have proper equipment. Even if you are working somewhere relatively safer, not directly on the front line, but still in a city like Kharkiv, we can provide press protection.

We can give you a blue vest with a press mark or another one without, whichever you prefer. We also have black helmets with small removable markings.

My own jacket is blue, but it doesn’t have a visible press sign. It is a spare flak jacket that stays in the car with my colleagues, who work constantly in the field. That is how many journalists operate.

And you must always have tourniquets with you—four tourniquets, in good condition. Ideally, you should have four. Medkits are also important because many people I work with, including some foreign journalists, still carry medkits that were assembled many years ago. That is too old. Medical supplies expire, and kits need to be updated regularly.

Jacobsen: I want to make sure it is explained clearly, at the lowest common denominator, so that anyone reading this understands: these recommendations are coming from people who know what they are talking about, who have seen colleagues injured or killed. This is the reality. What else should we cover for this interview?

Pavlov: You saw my belt. I have an individual first-aid kit on me and a spare on my back. I also have combat medic training. That is why I keep a larger trauma kit in my car, not only a small individual one. I can treat at least several people with what I carry. It is more than a basic IFAK. It is closer to the kind of equipment you would keep for a small group.

So when I go out, especially when I work in dangerous areas, I may have several different first-aid kits with me or in the car.

And not long ago, the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine sent protective and medical equipment, including IFAK kits, to be provided to journalists entering risky areas. NUJU has publicly said that its solidarity centers provide protective gear and IFAK kits to journalists, especially in frontline regions such as Kharkiv.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anna and Volodymyr.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Maksym Sytnikov on PEN Ukraine, Writer Fellowships, and Cultural Resistance During War

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Maksym Sytnikov is the executive director of PEN Ukraine and previously served as its human rights manager after joining the organization in 2021. He helps lead a cultural and human rights institution reshaped by Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine. His work includes literary volunteering trips, support for damaged libraries, fellowship programs for writers, and partnerships across the PEN network. He has also overseen efforts to document wartime losses among Ukraine’s cultural figures.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Maksym Sytnikov about PEN Ukraine’s literary volunteering trips, writer fellowships, library support, and wartime cultural advocacy. Sytnikov explains how PEN Ukraine began travelling to liberated and frontline regions in 2022, delivering humanitarian aid and books while organizing events with writers. He also discusses support for displaced and struggling authors, partnerships with PEN centers and other organizations, and the ongoing documentation of cultural figures killed in the war.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So I was privileged enough and grateful for the opportunity to go on a multi-day, multi-city road trip with some leadership and some membership of PEN Ukraine. This is in part due to you and Anna Volchenko. So thank you very much to both of you. I’m glad we made contact. So, for today’s interview, I want to cover the purpose of trips like these and other activities PEN Ukraine conducts. So when did those trips start? Why are they important for the cultural ambassadorship of PEN Ukraine?

Maksym Sytnikov: So we have organized such trips since June 2022, after Russian forces were pushed back from northern Ukraine and Ukraine started to liberate some of its occupied territories. We started travelling to the Kyiv, Chernihiv, and Kharkiv regions. And during these first trips, we just understood, we saw how important it is for local people, how they need our support, our attention, how they really need humanitarians. PEN Ukraine describes these as literary volunteering trips to liberated and frontline territories.

So, the first trips were mostly humanitarian, so we took a lot of different stuff, medical stuff, food, food for animals, very, very different things. Then we also visited libraries during our trips, and we understood that libraries are in really bad condition in war for many reasons. Those libraries under occupation were often destroyed or damaged, and their collections were destroyed. The state cannot support these libraries, of course, because there are not enough resources.

So PEN began collecting books for these libraries. We started with a public announcement that we are willing to support the library. The first library we supported was the regional library for youth in Chernihiv, a very beautiful old building that Russia targeted in March 2022. We collected several thousand books for this library from people. People were sending us books, and we delivered them to this library.

Then we started to work with different book donors, publishers, writers, ordinary people who are sending books to us every week, and also our big partner Book Aid International, a London-based organization which supports countries in crisis with books, and with Book Aid International, we have already delivered tens of thousands of books. Most of them are in English or bilingual books.

So during our trips, we include a part where we visit libraries and organize public events with writers. Our writers enjoy our trips very much. For them, it is important to learn more about their country and to see what life is like in different regions during the war. They write a lot about this, and they present their experience in international media as well. For local people, of course, it is a great honour to see a famous Ukrainian writer in their village or small town, which has never received such attention. Local audiences are really happy about these visits, and we also try to organize events for children when we can, when we have children’s writers with us on these trips, because children really stay in these communities and need this possibility to see Ukrainian culture and Ukrainian writers.

Jacobsen: What about the fellowship?

Sytnikov: Fellowship for writers, yeah, it is another part of our work. After 2022, PEN Ukraine also began supporting Ukrainian writers. Ukrainian writers are in different situations after 2022. Some of them lost their jobs, some lost their homes, and some were relocated for the second time, first in 2014 and then in 2022. Some were moved abroad, some joined the army, and some started volunteering. People really need support to keep working and writing.

So we established a fellowship program with various partners and work in this field. So we are supporting writers to help them write and publish books.

Jacobsen: How many cultural creators have been killed in the war so far, since 2022 at least?

Sytnikov: Yes, we are conducting monitoring of losses of people of culture since the first days of the full-scale war. We know about 271 killed cultural makers. Unfortunately, this number will increase because we do not have access to the occupied territories. We do not know about Mariupol, for example, where thousands of people were killed. We do not know the number of other occupied cities and villages, but this is the confirmed number as of today, the 20th of April: 271.

Jacobsen: Who are PEN Ukraine’s partners?

Sytnikov: Yes, we work a lot inside the PEN community. PEN International is our biggest and most important partner and friend worldwide. Also, other PEN centers, I would mention here, PEN Sweden. We hosted them here in Kyiv just last week, and they are very supportive, and we very much appreciate our cooperation.

Also, in Ukraine, we work with many organizations, including cultural and human rights organizations and the media. I will not mention them here, because it is a huge number. We have a lot of partners, really. Almost all our projects we do in cooperation with someone, with a partner, because this is more effective. On our webpage, you can find a list of partners.

Jacobsen: When did you get involved in this work? Why?

Sytnikov: I joined the PEN Ukraine team in 2021 as a human rights manager. I was responsible for the human rights work at our organization.

So we are a cultural and human rights organization. And after the full-scale war started, almost all our projects were changed, because we started to work in a new world, in new circumstances. And many new projects were established. I became a deputy executive director, and since last year, I have been the executive director of PEN Ukraine.

Jacobsen: What projects do you have coming up this year?

Sytnikov: We are expecting, I cannot announce this, but I hope that we will launch a new project for soldiers who are writing, also those who are not writers yet, but who are writing and who have talent.

And these people need our support to be integrated into the Ukrainian cultural community. Another thing is a writer’s residency in Ukraine. We will manage to do it.

And the last thing is youth, work with youth. We are trying to work more with this category of people because we cannot lose them.

Jacobsen: What is your favourite Ukrainian aphorism, piece of wisdom, about culture and human rights, or that would be relevant to it?

Sytnikov: In Ukrainian, we sometimes say ‘ta y take’ — it means, ‘it is what it is.’ It’s structurally minimal but pragmatically rich: the speaker is not just describing reality, but positioning themselves in relation to it—usually with a mix of fatigue, irony, or restraint. It can reflect both resilience (the ability to endure) and problematic normalization (tolerating what should be challenged).

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time and the opportunity, Maksym.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Saša Dobrijević on ICJ, Press Freedom, and the Future of Digital Journalism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Saša Dobrijević is an award-winning Serbian international journalist and founder of the Intercontinental Connection of Journalists (ICJ), a global media initiative addressing structural gaps in journalism. Beginning his career at 19, he developed experience across European media landscapes, including work in Munich. His leadership focuses on creating accessible publishing platforms, supporting freelancers and students, and fostering cross-border collaboration. Dobrijević emphasizes investigative reporting, press freedom, and technological adaptation as essential to sustaining journalism’s democratic function.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Saša Dobrijević, founder of the Intercontinental Connection of Journalists, about journalism’s democratic purpose, leadership, and institutional gaps facing reporters. Dobrijević explains why ICJ supports freelancers, students, and senior journalists through publishing access, press credentials, and education. He also reflects on digital transformation, social media, mobile reporting, and the enduring necessity of strong questions, empathy, professional distance, and truthful storytelling under structural economic pressure.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why did you pursue journalism and also leadership in journalism? This will lead into the more formal line of questioning.

Saša Dobrijević: This is a significant question. It brings me back to the beginning of my journalism journey. I started at 19 and quickly developed a strong commitment to the profession. I was drawn to the dynamic nature of the work and the capacity of journalism to influence society. That sense of purpose deepened over time, strengthening my commitment to the field.

My international career began in Munich six years ago, where I worked for Serbian television. The experience expanded my professional perspective. International journalism is demanding. It requires navigating time zones, coordinating with experts across regions, and adapting to different working rhythms.

Regarding leadership, relatively few individuals pursue such roles. In large organizations, only a small fraction advance into leadership positions. The motivation, persistence, and capacity required are uncommon, and the responsibilities are significant.

I do not view leadership in conventional terms. My focus has been on addressing structural problems within journalism. Through discussions with colleagues worldwide, I identified recurring challenges: layoffs, underpaid work, and the absence of accessible publishing platforms.

A central issue is that many journalists lack a place to publish their work. As a result, valuable reporting is often lost. I began developing the idea of a platform that would provide open access for publication.

I extended this inquiry to students in Germany, the Czech Republic, and other countries. They reported similar limitations. While universities may offer internal publications, these do not reach broader audiences.

To test the concept, I conducted an experiment with a Serbian media outlet. The response was strong. Contributors included diplomats, former European Parliament members, writers, senior journalists, and editors-in-chief. This confirmed a clear demand.

The need for such a platform is not theoretical. It reflects a structural gap in contemporary journalism. Recognizing this demand led directly to the creation of ICJ and my role in its leadership.

Jacobsen: What is the broader need for journalists? What is their purpose, and how does ICJ fulfill that need?

Dobrijević: Journalists need visibility. That is central to the profession. Their work must be transparent and accessible to the public. In that sense, journalism serves as a safeguard of democracy.

ICJ is designed to support that function. It provides contributors with press cards, a publishing platform, and free educational resources. The goal is to enable journalists to produce, share, and develop their work without unnecessary barriers.

A core objective is to act as a bridge—connecting freelancers, students, and senior journalists. Many experienced journalists cover specific beats in their primary roles but lack space to publish on other topics. ICJ offers that space. It also facilitates connections between journalists and media outlets, including opportunities to sell exclusive stories.

In this way, ICJ addresses structural gaps in the profession by aligning needs with practical solutions.

Contributors receive press credentials, allowing them to attend conferences and ask questions. They gain access to a platform where they can publish their work and maintain visibility. For those in career transitions, this also supports portfolio development and professional continuity.

Beyond this, ICJ aims to build a long-term professional community. The project includes plans for a digital library, which would serve investigative journalists, policymakers, and academic institutions. There are also plans for annual awards recognizing outstanding contributors.

These initiatives are intended to address current challenges in journalism through sustained infrastructure and collaboration.

Jacobsen: What about the technological transition in journalism?

Dobrijević: Over approximately the past 15 years, journalism has shifted from print to digital formats. This is not a simple replacement but a hybrid model in which print and online formats coexist. Social media has emerged as an initial layer for rapid dissemination and commentary, though not always for verification.

In this transitional period, journalists face significant technological change. As with any industrial transformation, the tools of the profession are evolving rapidly.

What journalists need is the capacity to adapt to these developments while maintaining professional standards. This includes integrating new technologies into reporting, distribution, and verification processes.

It is clear that journalism must continue to evolve alongside technological progress.

We are now seeing social media increasingly dominate the information space, often at the expense of traditional journalism. This has contributed to a decline in public trust. Today, almost everyone has access to a camera—tools that, decades ago, were unavailable even to top filmmakers.

This creates a tension between journalism and the spread of unverified information. However, it does not need to be a conflict. Journalism can integrate these developments by adapting to technological change. The widespread availability of mobile cameras, for example, is a powerful tool when used responsibly by journalists.

Short-form reporting—such as brief videos, photo stories, or exclusive footage—can be highly effective. Journalism must remain dynamic and responsive to evolving formats.

The transition from print to digital reflects a broader transformation in the field. Adaptation is essential. I have conducted many interviews using only a mobile phone, particularly when working independently without a full production team. For example, while covering protests in Luxembourg, Berlin, and Munich, I relied on a phone to document events. Those interviewed valued the opportunity to have their voices heard and their concerns represented. This illustrates the importance of flexibility and readiness in journalism.

Jacobsen: This is analogous to computing, where tools such as cameras, notepads, and phones resemble hardware, while the “operating system” reflects the journalist’s methods and judgment. Beyond tools and technology, what new “algorithms,” so to speak, do journalists need?

Dobrijević: That is a complex question. I have recently pursued further education to remain current with developments in the field. However, when discussing tools and evolving systems, it is important not to lose sight of the core principles of journalism.

At its foundation, journalism is about identifying meaningful stories, asking high-quality questions, and presenting truthful accounts. The effectiveness of a journalist does not depend solely on advanced tools. Even with basic equipment, strong reporting and well-directed questions can produce impactful work.

Technological developments, including artificial intelligence and algorithmic systems, are becoming increasingly relevant. However, these should complement—not replace—the fundamental skills and responsibilities of journalism.

Everything can support journalists in advancing their careers. However, these remain tools. The core of journalism lies in thought, perspective, and the ability to understand different viewpoints. A journalist must think from the perspective of those being reported on—whether protesters or broader segments of society. Without this capacity and without asking the right questions, no tool can compensate for weak reporting.

At the same time, empathy must be balanced. Journalists need sufficient understanding to accurately represent issues, but excessive emotional involvement can become a burden. Exposure to distressing material—especially in conflict zones or crisis environments—can lead to burnout. Maintaining professional distance is essential for long-term sustainability.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Saša.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Kostiantyn Davidenko on Ukrainian Civilian Captivity, Reintegration, and Russian Detention Abuses

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Kostiantyn Davidenko is a Ukrainian public advocate working on support for civilians and others affected by Russian captivity. He speaks about post-liberation needs, detention conditions, family trauma, reintegration, legal documentation, and international accountability. His work emphasizes psychological care, housing, rehabilitation, and practical assistance for former detainees and their relatives. He also highlights the importance of documenting abuses, supporting families still waiting for loved ones, and strengthening international awareness and cooperation on these issues today globally.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Kostiantyn Davidenko about Ukrainian civilians held by Russia, the documented abuse faced in captivity, and the immense challenges of release and reintegration. Davidenko outlines estimates of detainee numbers, gaps in post-captivity state support, family trauma, propaganda, dehumanization, rehabilitation, housing, legal advocacy, and the work of his organization in assisting former detainees, families of the missing, and civilians still trapped in Russian detention across occupied territories and prisons.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How old is the organization? Who founded it? Who created it?

Kostiantyn Davidenko: Our point is post-liberation support. For Ukrainian military personnel, institutions such as the Ministry of Veterans Affairs and the Ministry of Defense play an important role in care and reintegration. For civilians returning from captivity, there is not yet a fully developed equivalent structure, although there have been efforts and discussions about creating one.

As for the difference between Ukrainian and Russian civilians in detention, I can speak more confidently about Ukrainians held by Russia than about Russians held by Ukraine. According to UN human rights monitoring, Ukrainian civilian detainees held by Russian authorities have been subjected to torture, ill-treatment, sexual violence, and harsh detention conditions. Former detainees have also reported inadequate medical care, restricted communication with relatives, and little or no regular access to independent humanitarian monitoring.

In cases involving Russian civilians from the Kursk region who were taken into Ukrainian-controlled territory, it is more accurate to describe the situation cautiously and case by case. Recent reporting shows that some were later returned to Russia in exchanges.

So the essential distinction is this: the abuse of detained Ukrainians by Russian authorities has been extensively documented by international monitors, whereas statements about Russian civilians in Ukrainian custody should be made carefully and with attention to the specific facts of each case.

Jacobsen: Run through how many civilians are in detention, how many have been released, and what they need after release.

Davidenko: There are estimates that approximately 16,000 Ukrainian civilians are being held in detention by Russian authorities, often in facilities that are not fully transparent or accessible to international monitors. So far, roughly around 1,000 civilians have been returned, possibly slightly more if earlier releases since 2014 are included.

This means that the number of people who still need to be returned remains very large. One of the main difficulties is that Russia does not consistently return civilian detainees in accordance with international humanitarian law, which would require their release without conditions. Instead, there have been reports that Russia seeks exchanges, even though civilians should not be treated as exchangeable detainees under the Geneva Conventions.

Ukraine, however, does not hold a comparable number of Russian civilian detainees. As a result, there is no clear mechanism for reciprocal exchanges of civilians, which makes the process of securing their return extremely difficult.

As for the problems faced after release, the first is medical and psychological treatment. Many detainees have spent years in isolation or under harsh conditions. Reports from former detainees and international observers indicate exposure to severe psychological pressure, ill-treatment, and, in some cases, torture. These conditions can result in long-term physical and mental health consequences.

There have also been confirmed deaths in detention. While some figures have been reported publicly, it is likely that the true number is higher, although exact data remain difficult to verify.

A second major issue is housing. Many of those released come from territories that remain under Russian occupation, meaning they cannot safely return to their homes. They require housing and support in government-controlled areas of Ukraine, and existing systems have struggled to meet these needs consistently.

The third issue is reintegration. Former detainees often require social, psychological, and economic support to return to normal life. In many cases, volunteer organizations have played a significant role in providing this assistance, sometimes more effectively than state structures.

There is also a broader need for compensation and accountability. Mechanisms such as the international Register of Damage for Ukraine have been established, but there is a strong desire for these systems to operate more quickly and provide timely reparations, as many returnees have urgent medical and financial needs.

Many released detainees suffer from serious health conditions, including chronic illnesses such as diabetes or tuberculosis, dental damage, and trauma-related psychological disorders. These conditions often require immediate and costly treatment.

Jacobsen: What are the differences, and what are the similarities, in treatment?

Davidenko: Ukrainian children have, in documented cases, been forcibly transferred or deported from occupied territories to Russia or Russian-controlled areas. Even when they have living parents or guardians, some have been separated and placed in institutions or foster systems, where they are exposed to sustained ideological influence. Reports from international organizations indicate efforts to integrate these children into Russian society, including exposure to pro-Russian narratives and identity reformation. When children are returned, this prolonged influence can create psychological and cultural challenges.

Women in captivity frequently report sexual violence, including rape and coercion, as documented by international human rights monitors. Men have also reported instances of sexual violence, although these cases are less frequently discussed publicly. In addition to physical torture, sexual violence has been identified as part of a broader pattern of abuse in detention.

Propaganda plays a significant role in justifying these actions. Russian state narratives have often portrayed Ukrainians as hostile or illegitimate—sometimes framing them as extremists or as manipulated by external forces such as NATO. This framing contributes to a process of dehumanization, in which Ukrainians are depicted not as civilians with rights, but as enemies or traitors.

Dehumanization is a well-documented mechanism in conflict settings. When individuals are no longer perceived as fully human, it becomes easier for perpetrators to justify abuse, including torture and killing, without moral restraint. Some former detainees report that their treatment was justified by captors on the grounds that they had resisted, refused cooperation, or declined to accept Russian citizenship or political authority. In this framing, the victims themselves are blamed for the violence inflicted upon them.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Kostiantyn.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Nataliya Nazarova on Frontline Journalism Support in Dnipro

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Albina Pryshchep (Translator, Ukrainian-English)

Nataliya Nazarova is a Ukrainian journalist who coordinates the work of the Center for Journalistic Solidarity of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine in Dnipro.

Since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, she has worked with colleagues supporting journalists affected by the war, including those displaced and those whose homes or workplaces were damaged. Her work includes helping organize training, support, and coordination for media workers operating under wartime conditions in and around Dnipro.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Nataliya Nazarova about the work of the Dnipro Journalists’ Solidarity Center in supporting Ukrainian media during Russia’s full-scale invasion. Nazarova describes emergency aid, newsroom relocations, international assistance, grant training, and mental health support for journalists facing shelling, displacement, and exhaustion. The conversation highlights the resilience of local media, the continuing publication of frontline newspapers, and the psychological toll of sustaining independent reporting under wartime conditions.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are your needs as a solidarity centre in Dnipro? Do those needs differ from those in cities farther from the front line? In the summer of 2022, when some journalists began returning from western Ukraine, what changed?

Nataliya Nazarova: After the beginning of the full-scale war, many journalists from eastern Ukraine passed through Dnipro. We were on the front line. People asked where to stay, where to go next, and where to find support. Some went on to Ivano-Frankivsk or Lviv, and some later returned. We had journalists from Kharkiv who first stopped in Dnipro and then, when the situation stabilized, returned to work in Kharkiv.

One of the first things we did was provide financial and technical support to our colleagues. I know many cases in which journalists suffered greatly and newsrooms were destroyed. There were also cases in which editorial offices were ruined.

Have you heard about Nikopol?

Jacobsen: I received bombing alerts for that area this morning.

Nazarova: Yes. Nikopol, near the Zaporizhzhia Nuclear Power Plant, is under constant shelling. Despite this, a newspaper is still published there, and there is also Nikopol radio.

The windows of the newspaper’s editorial office have been broken more than once because strikes hit nearby. There was also a case at the radio station when a broadcast had to be interrupted because a strike hit the building and part of the roof collapsed. The station was attacked and had to suspend operations for some time.

Unfortunately, this kind of damage to editorial offices and residential areas has become more frequent.

In September of last year, we had to relocate the editorial office of the Mezhivskyi Meridian newspaper. It is based in a settlement in Dnipropetrovsk region near the border with Donetsk region. To this day, that area is under constant attack and is being devastated.

At the same time, the newspaper and its team received support. We involved Reporters Without Borders and Free Press Unlimited. We identified the need, and international partners allocated funds so that all four employees could evacuate, obtain basic equipment, and continue working.

This support, as well as support from other international partners, has allowed the newspaper to continue to be published. The editor still publishes the newspaper. It is published in 12 pages every two weeks.

I do not know how many people remain there now, perhaps only a few hundred. He delivers the newspaper himself. He stays in contact with hubs where local residents and former readers have relocated and ensures they receive it. He also maintains social media and a YouTube channel. There are a lot of views because people want to understand whether their houses have survived, what the situation is in Mezhova.

The situation has become much worse since the beginning of the war. In December, the evacuation of the civilian population was announced in Mezhova.

There is another village – Petropavlivka. The newspaper there also has a 95-year history. About six months ago, its director moved the newspaper’s archive to our Center in Dnipro to preserve the history in case the situation suddenly worsens.

One of the main problems, in my opinion, is the mental health of journalists. Ukrainian journalists work with very complex topics. They themselves need support. That is why we conduct psychological trainings, art therapy meetings. Such events focus on resilience, help counteract emotional burnout.

We have already conducted more than ten trainings on mental health and emotional resilience. Now we have started a series of meetings that will help build effective communication, not succumb to emotional influences, manipulations.

Of course, the economic component of the war has significantly affected the situation of the media. The team of the Network of Journalist Solidarity Centers select grant opportunities and share them with media organizations every week. We conduct webinars to explain how to write successful applications and how to implement projects properly. We help journalists prepare strong applications, provide training, and teach them how to sustain themselves independently.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Nataliya.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Inna Sergiyenko: How She Built “Child with Future” and Advanced Autism Support in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Iryna Sergiyenko (Translation, Ukrainian-English)

Inna Sergiyenko is a Ukrainian autism advocate, educator, and founder connected with Child with Future, a Kyiv-based initiative supporting children with developmental disabilities and their families. Motivated by her son’s autism diagnosis in Israel, she helped establish a preschool model integrating education, developmental services, and specialist support in one setting. Her work expanded over many years into broader advocacy for autism awareness, disability rights, parent support, and improved professional training and service coordination across Ukraine.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Inna Sergiyenko about how her son’s autism diagnosis led her to help build Child with Future in Ukraine. Inna Sergiyenko describes creating a preschool that combined education, developmental support, and specialist services under one roof. She also explains how the project grew into a broader foundation focused on autism awareness, parent support, disability rights, professional training, and more coordinated services for Ukrainian families.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: My first question is, how did you originally become interested in working with children with special needs?

Inna Sergiyenko: Like many people, my involvement began when it affected my own family. My son was diagnosed with autism in Israel in 2009, when he was about two and a half years old. That experience forced me to learn quickly and to search for proper support.

When I began looking for services in Ukraine, I saw how limited and fragmented they were. Families often had to travel across the city from one specialist to another, without any unified system of support. I had seen a more structured model abroad, so I began thinking about how to create something similar in Ukraine.

I wanted to build a preschool for autistic children where everything would be in one place: education, developmental support, and the work of specialists. It needed to function as a genuine kindergarten, so that children could develop in a stable environment and, where possible, move more easily into mainstream education later on.

In 2009, together with Inna Markovich, founder of the Kyiv educational institution Perlyna, we established the kindergarten Child with Future for children with developmental disabilities. Rabbi Yonattan Markovich was also part of the broader educational context around Perlyna, which had already been operating in Kyiv since 2001.

That kindergarten became one of the foundational projects of Child with Future, which grew into a major platform for autism advocacy, parent support, and the protection of disability rights in Ukraine.

The kindergarten was conceived as a proper preschool, using Ministry-authorized educational programs alongside specialized corrective methods.

Jacobsen: How did you go about designing and building the preschool itself, and how did the project evolve from a single institution into a broader foundation?

Sergiyenko: The space’s design was developed with the help of a friend who worked as an interior designer. However, the core concept was mine. I wanted a structure that included many small rooms for individual sessions, as well as larger spaces for group activities.

Friends from the business community also supported the project. For example, the Ukrainian pharmacy network Dobroho Dnia contributed to the construction of the playground.

From the beginning, we aimed to provide high-quality services. I relied on the model I had encountered in Israel, where my son was diagnosed, and adapted those approaches to the Ukrainian context.

At that time, there were very few trained specialists in Ukraine. Instead of sending our staff abroad for training, we decided to invite international experts to Kyiv to train our team directly. This allowed us to build capacity more efficiently and ensure consistency in methods.

We invited specialists from the United States, including Dr. Ginny Bass, as well as experts from other countries, including Russia, at a time when professional collaboration was still possible. Over time, we developed our own team of specialists, many of whom now train new professionals.

As the project grew, we realized that maintaining high-quality services was expensive and that a single preschool could only serve a limited number of children. At the same time, many more families needed support.

This led us to expand beyond the preschool model and develop a broader initiative through the Child with Future Foundation. We began working not only in education, but also in advocacy for the rights of children with autism and their families.

At the time, public awareness of autism in Ukraine was very low. While many people were familiar with illnesses such as cancer and were willing to support those causes, autism was not widely understood or discussed. Raising awareness became one of our priorities.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Inna.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mariia Klymyk on Torture, Deaths, and Abuse in Russian Captivity

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Mariia Klymyk on Torture, Deaths, and Abuse in Russian Captivity

Photo by Hasan Almasi on Unsplash

Mariia Klymyk is a Ukrainian journalist, war-crimes documenter, and human rights researcher at the Media Initiative for Human Rights (MIHR). She serves as co-head of MIHR’s Department for the Protection of the Rights of Military Personnel and Their Families, where she leads work on Ukrainian prisoners of war and missing persons. Her work includes collecting testimonies about war crimes committed by the Russian Federation, researching places of detention in occupied Ukrainian territory and Russia, and producing investigations and analytical materials on captivity and disappearances. Klymyk joined MIHR in April 2022 and holds a master’s degree in journalism from Lviv Polytechnic National University.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Mariia Klymyk on documented abuses in Russian captivity, including torture, beatings, denial of medical care, starvation conditions, blocked family contact, deaths in detention, and sham prosecutions. Klymyk argues there is no symmetry with Ukraine’s treatment of Russian POWs, which she says follows Geneva standards more closely. She also discusses the limits of international organizations, especially the Red Cross, in gaining access and enforcing humanitarian protections for captive Ukrainians in practice today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Big picture, in terms of war crimes regarding torture, deaths, systematic abuses, and being in Russian captivity as prisoners of war or civilians: what are the ones that are most substantial and most prevalent? What war crimes are most common?

Maria Klymyk: Yes, so when we speak about prisoners of war and civilian hostages, the most common is torture. The conditions of their captivity are very, very bad because they do not have medical support, and they do not have enough food.

They do not have the right to communicate with their families. If we speak about the Geneva Conventions, prisoners of war have specific rights. The Russians refuse all of this, the whole Geneva Conventions. They do not follow them, and they do what they want. When we speak with people who were released from Russian captivity, we see a pattern in the conditions.

The conditions in Russian camps for prisoners are not like proper camps. They are more like jails or other improvised detention places. In occupied territories, detention facilities were not used for several years. So there is no water, no good food, and no proper conditions. There are no beds. Most prisoners of war say that, first of all, there is constant beating.

Russians refuse to provide proper medical support to prisoners. Many of them, after returning, have tuberculosis, diabetes; some of them have cancer. During all those years in captivity, most of them did not see doctors.

When they ask for medical workers, or ask for pills or treatment, they are refused. Russians refuse to give them this. Often, if you ask for medics, you receive electroshocks or another round of beatings.

So it is torture. There is death in captivity. For now, I do not know the exact number, but the last reported number was around 370 people whose bodies were returned from Russian captivity. This includes both civilians and prisoners of war.

So it is torture, bad conditions, lack of medical care, lack of food and vitamins. They do not have the opportunity to write letters. Also, the Russians refuse to allow access to the International Committee of the Red Cross.

In those places of detention, most of the people who were returned from Russian captivity did not see any representative of the Red Cross, and they did not hear about them. This is the most common pattern of war crimes against both soldiers and civilians, across all abuses of rights.

Jacobsen: Are there any symmetries? In other words, crimes committed by both Russians and Ukrainians, at roughly the same rate?

Klymyk: No. If you speak with representatives of the Red Cross, they will tell you that they freely visit Russian prisoners on the Ukrainian side.

Russian prisoners in Ukraine are held in different conditions. First of all, they are not kept in improvised detention facilities. Ukraine has created special camps for them. They also have the opportunity to communicate with their relatives. They receive humanitarian aid from the Red Cross, and they have constant medical support. They have access to doctors and proper care.

Last year, there was a public discussion about humanitarian aid because the Red Cross provided Russian prisoners of war with items, including condoms. They did not explain this to the Ukrainian side, but Russian prisoners still receive aid and support. Ukraine treats them in accordance with the Geneva Conventions.

But when we speak about Ukrainians on the Russian side, they do not have any rules applied to them.

Some people who were released from Russian captivity said that Russians treat them worse than animals. In Russian captivity, Ukrainians do not have rights. The conditions are not comparable to those faced by Russians in Ukraine.

There is another issue: there are many court cases against Ukrainians, both civilians and soldiers.

In Ukraine, Russian soldiers have the right to lawyers and the opportunity to defend themselves if Ukraine brings cases against them. But in Russia, many of these cases are unlawful.

Most of these cases are fabricated. People are forced to confess, including confessing to murders they did not commit. So the circumstances are very different for both sides.

It has been four years, and there are many soldiers and civilians under the age of 60 in captivity, often in very bad conditions. When Ukraine tries to return Russians who are in poor condition, the situation remains extremely difficult.

We are trying to negotiate exchanges between Russia and Ukraine. We are trying to get Russia to return to Ukraine the people who have empyema, who have tuberculosis, who have lost a great deal of weight. But Russia refuses. Still, Ukraine returns those people to Russia. So it is not comparable how Ukraine holds Russian prisoners and how Russia holds Ukrainians.

Jacobsen: This may be rhetorical to you, but it is important to have it stated explicitly: Is this the consensus view among relevant international experts at the International Committee of the Red Cross, the UN, the Commission, the ICC, the OSCE, and so on, about the differences in treatment during the war?

Klymyk: They know about it. We have had many meetings with representatives from these organizations. We have had many meetings with the Red Cross, and they know this. What they say, especially the International Committee of the Red Cross, is that only they have the right and the opportunity to visit Ukrainian prisoners of war, and they also visit Russian prisoners of war, so they have a point of view on how it is happening. But almost nobody can visit Ukrainian prisoners of war.

We know about some cases when the Russians allowed visits to Ukrainian prisoners of war, but it was optional. They saw only a couple of people, and they visited only one cell. It was a short visit.

When we ask the Red Cross why this is happening, why they do not have access, why they do not do anything to change it, why they do not persuade Russians to change those conditions or do something about it, the answer is simply that Russia does not allow them to do anything. So they say, “We are trying, but it is not helping. Russia is not listening to us.”

So they only visit Russian prisoners of war. They can send letters to the Russian side, but we do not have confirmation that the Russian side delivers them to the prisoners of war.

For now, we do not have any international organization that can address those conditions. Nobody can force Russia to change how they treat Ukrainians in captivity. So it is very hard for us. We are doing everything we can. We gather all those testimonies. We gather all information about the places of detention and the deaths there. We are trying to find every person on the Russian side, but it is very hard because, for now, there are no instruments to change the communication between Ukraine and Russia, or between the Red Cross and Russia.

Jacobsen: In your opinion, which organizations are most active in documenting rights abuses in Ukraine for those who want to get involved and support this effort?

Klymyk: Actually, every organization is involved in documenting. In Ukraine, there are many NGOs. Also, the families of missing persons and prisoners of war have created their own organizations, and they also document evidence in these cases. We all gather the information. We give this information to our national government and our national institutions. We also have many meetings with diplomats, international organizations, the UN, the ICC, and all the organizations we can reach, and we give them all this information and all these documents.

We also have some events abroad. We bring victims with us; they go there and tell their stories. This information is also public, but for now, we see it is not working the way we want because it does not change the conditions or the treatment.

Since 2022, nothing has changed. Even though there are sanctions against Russians, and there are also some cases in Ukraine against Russians, for now, it is not working the way we want it to work. So we are doing everything we can, for now and for the future, gathering all this information. But the prisoners of war still live in very bad conditions. We still receive bodies from captivity. We still see people who return from Russian captivity with diseases and serious injuries.

I do not know. It is a hard question how to change all this, and who from the international community could help. But we are still trying to persuade the Red Cross to do more. Sometimes we think they are afraid to stand against the Russians.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Maria.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ed Buckner on Secular Leadership, Humanist Values, and the Future of Freethought

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Ed Buckner on Secular Leadership, Humanist Values, and the Future of Freethought

Photo by Luke Michael on Unsplash

Ed Buckner is a prominent advocate for secularism, former president of American Atheists, and past executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. With decades of experience, Buckner emphasizes the importance of nurturing future leaders and recognizes the need for unity in the secular movement while acknowledging differences. He believes in focusing on improving humanity without religious dominance. Buckner continues to share his insights through his Substack blog, Letters to a Free Country, which reaches readers worldwide. Now nearing 80, Buckner remains engaged in writing and reflection.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Ed Buckner, a secular humanist leader, on leadership, movement unity, and the future of atheism. Buckner reflects on the “seasonal” nature of leadership, emphasizing mentorship and smooth transitions. He contrasts atheism-focused and humanist approaches, urging cooperation over ideological purity. Addressing internal conflicts, he warns against the “narcissism of minor differences.” Buckner highlights concerns about Christian nationalism while advocating a mission: advancing humanity, strengthening education, and fostering secular cooperation without religious dominance.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Ed Buckner, the former president of American Atheists.

Ed Buckner: Before serving as president, I was the executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. I’ve had a varied career.

Jacobsen: So, which parts are the dark moments and which are the highlights? There are stories scattered throughout.

Buckner: I am old and have held many different roles. I am no longer involved as a representative of any organization, not even the Atlanta Freethought Society.

However, I am a life member of the Atlanta Freethought Society, the Council for Secular Humanism, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and American Atheists, among others. I maintain strong ties with many individuals in these organizations.

Jacobsen: One significant lesson I have observed in the general history of service to the community, which people often overlook, is that leadership is seasonal.

Leaders do not stay in leadership positions forever, especially when the organizations are democratic. Leaders serve terms of varying lengths and may be re-elected, but eventually, they step down and move on.

What lessons have you learned about the seasonal nature of humanist and freethought leadership, and what insights do you take from your time as a leader?

Buckner: Well, I learned early on—and it is a lesson that every leader should learn—that one of the critical responsibilities of a leader is to nurture and develop future leaders while remaining aware of the processes needed for a smooth transition of power. I have been fortunate not to be dismissed from these organizations; I have retired on my terms.

However, regardless of the circumstances, every leader needs to understand that they will no longer be in their position one day. It might seem far off, but most of the time, it is relatively near. You must adequately prepare the next generation of leaders to be as effective as you are.

Jacobsen: What insights do you take from the institutions you were part of, such as the Council for Secular Humanism and American Atheists? What distinguished these organizations during your tenure?

Buckner: Well, I’m still trying to remember that far back. I mentioned that I am old. American Atheists then—and probably now—placed more emphasis on atheism and the absence of religion. In contrast, the Council for Secular Humanism focused more on humanistic values. Over time, my personal preference has shifted more toward the humanist side of things, though I am still an atheist. I believe it is important for American Atheists to continue their work in defending atheism and advocating for the separation of church and state.

I was not part of its leadership, but I greatly admire Herb Silverman, whom you have interviewed. He dedicated an enormous effort—not just financial—to develop the Secular Coalition for America. Many people, myself included, doubted he could accomplish this, but he did, and it was impressive. The culture of secular humanism in those days, under Tom Flynn and Paul Kurtz, emphasized a reaction against the view of American Humanists that humanism is a religion. I do not think humanism is or should be a religion.

The American Humanist Association had moved past that, for sure. Formally and officially, one of the challenges they faced was their religious tax exemption. They no longer have that; although it cost them something to make the change, it was a necessary and positive step. It was the right decision, and I am glad they made it.

We, as secular humanists and humanists in general, need to understand that when we strive to change the world, we must focus on what is truly important and avoid getting caught up in minor technicalities or labels. Whether we identify as humanists, atheists, or freethinkers, we should not be so purist that it undermines our main mission. The primary goal should be advancing humanity and broadening education so that people understand how to live together and progress as a society without religion. This deserves serious consideration, but it is optional. Simply removing religion does not guarantee positive outcomes.

We must deliberate about what we want and how to move forward.

Jacobsen: In my recent interviews with various freethinkers, particularly in the United States, where there is a substantial community and many freethought organizations, I found that they tend to share unified values. While they may disagree on a handful of issues, they can become contentious, depending on the cultural climate. This can cost people friendships and professional connections.

These conflicts can divert attention away from the broader mission of many organizations. For example, even if there is a 10% disagreement—which would be substantial—that should be acceptable. In most of my interviews, people tend to agree on about 95% of issues. However, that remaining 5% sometimes reflects what I might call–not as a judgment but an assessment– the “narcissism of minor differences,” which can hinder the movement’s progress legally, politically, and socially, especially regarding equality and other essential matters.

So, what do you observe about this trend, and what would you hope for, as a point of reflection and self-critique for the community, to maintain focus on the bigger picture while acknowledging legitimate differences on certain topics?

Buckner: I have certainly observed a similar trend, and this week, in particular, as Donald Trump has just been re-elected as president, most Americans, myself included, have been focused on electoral politics. Some of what we are discussing here applies to that context as well. For instance, if an exit poll showed that short men were not supporting Trump as strongly as before, people might react with confusion. Yet, when such data is broken down by other groups, like race, region, or gender, it is often deemed crucial.

While these distinctions can matter, and I am not saying they do not, we should avoid overly focusing on them. This approach holds not only for the progressive, liberal, democratic movement that seeks to reclaim power from Christian nationalists but also for organizations like the American Humanist Association, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, American Atheists, and others.

We must remember that an inevitable characteristic of humanity is that we will disagree on some things. We must remember that purity of commitment to ideas is not what we need. We need strong consensus and commitment, but we also need to tolerate differences, recognize some things as trivial, and acknowledge that some issues may be important but not resolvable. We must focus on improving humanity and, in our case, doing so without religious domination. I must say, I am far more concerned about those Americans who push for Christian nationalism than I am about some religious Americans who do not. In my opinion, Christian nationalists are not even good Christians, but that’s for Christians to decide—not me.

I’m certainly not a Christian. However, the danger they pose is not just the imposition of religious values but using religion as a tool to impose illiberal political values. As a socialist, social democrat, and liberal, I find that quite alarming.

Jacobsen: Atheism does not have moral content from a philosophical standpoint. If someone assumes a theological framework in which “God is good,” then rejecting that framework could lead them to infer that atheism implies immorality, a lack of ethics, or evil—typically framed in supernaturalist terms and based on sin. However, atheism itself does not carry moral content. I understand why fundamentalist preachers often equate non-belief in God with advocating for moral anarchy or evil.

In my experience, and I have asked Herb Silverman this as well, plenty of negative stereotypes and epithets have been thrown our ways.

Buckner: Some of them quite silly. I remember going to a library in Minnesota to give a talk on whether the U.S. is a Christian nation. A woman who saw the placard approached me and said, “Why don’t you go back to Russia?” I’ve never even been to Russia. I laughed at her, which might not have been the most diplomatic response.

As an individual, I have not suffered significant consequences, even though I am a Southerner and grew up amidst the influence of Baptist culture. I haven’t experienced a notable loss of power or prestige due to being an atheist. There was a time in academia when I did not get tenure, and it’s possible my irreligion had something to do with that, though it was not overt, and I cannot be certain.

Online, I have been called names and faced some hostility, but it hasn’t seriously impacted me. We, as atheists and humanists, have much more to lose when we get caught up in the nuances of our differences in labels than we do from external attacks on our non-religious stance. The approach of J.D. Vance and Donald Trump in promoting Christian nationalism is certainly concerning to me. However, until that approach gains more ground, we have made significant progress over the past generation or two.

You interviewed Herb Silverman. I give him much credit for unifying the movement in the U.S. to a much greater extent than before. He succeeded in that, and other notable individuals are contributing significantly. For example, Alison Gill of American Atheists is a brilliant attorney who has been quite successful in fostering cooperation among organizations and proposing measures to stop certain legislation. We’ve seen some unity recently, and it has paid off. What causes that unity? Who knows?

However, American society has undeniably become more secular than it was when I was a child over 55 years ago. It’s difficult to say whether organizations were the main drivers of this change. It’s also uncertain whether Christian nationalism, especially with support from the upcoming administration, will erode some of the progress we’ve made. Still, it’s crucial to stay focused.

Jacobsen: To delve deeper, what terms or epithets have been directed at you that you recall?

Buckner: I don’t remember many specifics apart from that lady in Minnesota telling me to return to Russia. I’ve been called a commie, immoral, disgusting, and similar things. I understand what you were saying—if someone believes there is a God who commands specific actions, then not following those commands is, by their definition, immoral. It makes sense from their perspective, but I reject that premise entirely, as any reasonable person should. So, I don’t think the epithets thrown at me hold much importance.

Jacobsen: These labels often arise from creating a version of atheism within a theological framework rather than addressing the fundamental question: What is theism? Approaching from first principles is the better way to go.

Buckner: I know a preacher in the Atlanta area who, in strict confidence, admitted to me that he is a staunch atheist and does not believe in God at all. He and I disagree on whether religion is inherently beneficial. He leads a large church and believes he accomplishes good by encouraging his congregation to treat each other well, be humane, and act decently. His congregation is liberal enough not to challenge him on his specific theological beliefs too deeply.

Can religion do some good, and can religious leaders be moral forces for positive change? Yes, they can. But in the long run, it’s more likely to be beneficial if they shed the false trappings of theism and act as decent human beings and strong leaders.

Jacobsen: Last question. What does a regular day look like for you now that you’re outside the leadership stresses of those organizations?

Buckner: I drink coffee and listen to my wife read Heather Cox Richardson’s blog every morning. I do a lot of reading and writing, but it’s not high pressure. I have a Substack blog called Letters to a Free Country. It has a ‘vast, vast readership’—about 350 people or so. It’s not great; I wish it were more. However, it’s scattered across the world. I have readers or subscribers from 35 countries and 40 different U.S. states. So, I do write, although not daily.

I write twice a week. One post is typically about perennial freethought topics, such as Pascal’s Wager and other recurring questions. I usually publish those on Fridays. On Mondays, I write something more original, often unrelated to atheism. Wednesdays are typically reserved for guest essays from others. I managed to keep myself occupied. I am nearing the end of my eighth decade and will soon be 80 years old. It’s been a gradual decline into old age, and I do struggle with memory.

Your name is… Scott. I sometimes lose my train of thought and ideas, and I’ve certainly experienced physical decline. It’s natural and normal, but that doesn’t make it any more enjoyable—it doesn’t.

Jacobsen: Good. Thank you for your time and the opportunity to speak with you, Ed.

Buckner: It was a pleasure, and thank goodness you got to that last question. I was worried you were going to start grilling me on tougher topics.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Take care, and we’ll be in touch.

Buckner: You take care. Bye-bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Kateryna Taran on War, Music, and Ukrainian Cultural Resistance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Ed Buckner on Secular Leadership, Humanist Values, and the Future of Freethought

Photo by Luke Michael on Unsplash

Ed Buckner is a prominent advocate for secularism, former president of American Atheists, and past executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. With decades of experience, Buckner emphasizes the importance of nurturing future leaders and recognizes the need for unity in the secular movement while acknowledging differences. He believes in focusing on improving humanity without religious dominance. Buckner continues to share his insights through his Substack blog, Letters to a Free Country, which reaches readers worldwide. Now nearing 80, Buckner remains engaged in writing and reflection.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Ed Buckner, a secular humanist leader, on leadership, movement unity, and the future of atheism. Buckner reflects on the “seasonal” nature of leadership, emphasizing mentorship and smooth transitions. He contrasts atheism-focused and humanist approaches, urging cooperation over ideological purity. Addressing internal conflicts, he warns against the “narcissism of minor differences.” Buckner highlights concerns about Christian nationalism while advocating a mission: advancing humanity, strengthening education, and fostering secular cooperation without religious dominance.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Ed Buckner, the former president of American Atheists.

Ed Buckner: Before serving as president, I was the executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. I’ve had a varied career.

Jacobsen: So, which parts are the dark moments and which are the highlights? There are stories scattered throughout.

Buckner: I am old and have held many different roles. I am no longer involved as a representative of any organization, not even the Atlanta Freethought Society.

However, I am a life member of the Atlanta Freethought Society, the Council for Secular Humanism, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and American Atheists, among others. I maintain strong ties with many individuals in these organizations.

Jacobsen: One significant lesson I have observed in the general history of service to the community, which people often overlook, is that leadership is seasonal.

Leaders do not stay in leadership positions forever, especially when the organizations are democratic. Leaders serve terms of varying lengths and may be re-elected, but eventually, they step down and move on.

What lessons have you learned about the seasonal nature of humanist and freethought leadership, and what insights do you take from your time as a leader?

Buckner: Well, I learned early on—and it is a lesson that every leader should learn—that one of the critical responsibilities of a leader is to nurture and develop future leaders while remaining aware of the processes needed for a smooth transition of power. I have been fortunate not to be dismissed from these organizations; I have retired on my terms.

However, regardless of the circumstances, every leader needs to understand that they will no longer be in their position one day. It might seem far off, but most of the time, it is relatively near. You must adequately prepare the next generation of leaders to be as effective as you are.

Jacobsen: What insights do you take from the institutions you were part of, such as the Council for Secular Humanism and American Atheists? What distinguished these organizations during your tenure?

Buckner: Well, I’m still trying to remember that far back. I mentioned that I am old. American Atheists then—and probably now—placed more emphasis on atheism and the absence of religion. In contrast, the Council for Secular Humanism focused more on humanistic values. Over time, my personal preference has shifted more toward the humanist side of things, though I am still an atheist. I believe it is important for American Atheists to continue their work in defending atheism and advocating for the separation of church and state.

I was not part of its leadership, but I greatly admire Herb Silverman, whom you have interviewed. He dedicated an enormous effort—not just financial—to develop the Secular Coalition for America. Many people, myself included, doubted he could accomplish this, but he did, and it was impressive. The culture of secular humanism in those days, under Tom Flynn and Paul Kurtz, emphasized a reaction against the view of American Humanists that humanism is a religion. I do not think humanism is or should be a religion.

The American Humanist Association had moved past that, for sure. Formally and officially, one of the challenges they faced was their religious tax exemption. They no longer have that; although it cost them something to make the change, it was a necessary and positive step. It was the right decision, and I am glad they made it.

We, as secular humanists and humanists in general, need to understand that when we strive to change the world, we must focus on what is truly important and avoid getting caught up in minor technicalities or labels. Whether we identify as humanists, atheists, or freethinkers, we should not be so purist that it undermines our main mission. The primary goal should be advancing humanity and broadening education so that people understand how to live together and progress as a society without religion. This deserves serious consideration, but it is optional. Simply removing religion does not guarantee positive outcomes.

We must deliberate about what we want and how to move forward.

Jacobsen: In my recent interviews with various freethinkers, particularly in the United States, where there is a substantial community and many freethought organizations, I found that they tend to share unified values. While they may disagree on a handful of issues, they can become contentious, depending on the cultural climate. This can cost people friendships and professional connections.

These conflicts can divert attention away from the broader mission of many organizations. For example, even if there is a 10% disagreement—which would be substantial—that should be acceptable. In most of my interviews, people tend to agree on about 95% of issues. However, that remaining 5% sometimes reflects what I might call–not as a judgment but an assessment– the “narcissism of minor differences,” which can hinder the movement’s progress legally, politically, and socially, especially regarding equality and other essential matters.

So, what do you observe about this trend, and what would you hope for, as a point of reflection and self-critique for the community, to maintain focus on the bigger picture while acknowledging legitimate differences on certain topics?

Buckner: I have certainly observed a similar trend, and this week, in particular, as Donald Trump has just been re-elected as president, most Americans, myself included, have been focused on electoral politics. Some of what we are discussing here applies to that context as well. For instance, if an exit poll showed that short men were not supporting Trump as strongly as before, people might react with confusion. Yet, when such data is broken down by other groups, like race, region, or gender, it is often deemed crucial.

While these distinctions can matter, and I am not saying they do not, we should avoid overly focusing on them. This approach holds not only for the progressive, liberal, democratic movement that seeks to reclaim power from Christian nationalists but also for organizations like the American Humanist Association, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, American Atheists, and others.

We must remember that an inevitable characteristic of humanity is that we will disagree on some things. We must remember that purity of commitment to ideas is not what we need. We need strong consensus and commitment, but we also need to tolerate differences, recognize some things as trivial, and acknowledge that some issues may be important but not resolvable. We must focus on improving humanity and, in our case, doing so without religious domination. I must say, I am far more concerned about those Americans who push for Christian nationalism than I am about some religious Americans who do not. In my opinion, Christian nationalists are not even good Christians, but that’s for Christians to decide—not me.

I’m certainly not a Christian. However, the danger they pose is not just the imposition of religious values but using religion as a tool to impose illiberal political values. As a socialist, social democrat, and liberal, I find that quite alarming.

Jacobsen: Atheism does not have moral content from a philosophical standpoint. If someone assumes a theological framework in which “God is good,” then rejecting that framework could lead them to infer that atheism implies immorality, a lack of ethics, or evil—typically framed in supernaturalist terms and based on sin. However, atheism itself does not carry moral content. I understand why fundamentalist preachers often equate non-belief in God with advocating for moral anarchy or evil.

In my experience, and I have asked Herb Silverman this as well, plenty of negative stereotypes and epithets have been thrown our ways.

Buckner: Some of them quite silly. I remember going to a library in Minnesota to give a talk on whether the U.S. is a Christian nation. A woman who saw the placard approached me and said, “Why don’t you go back to Russia?” I’ve never even been to Russia. I laughed at her, which might not have been the most diplomatic response.

As an individual, I have not suffered significant consequences, even though I am a Southerner and grew up amidst the influence of Baptist culture. I haven’t experienced a notable loss of power or prestige due to being an atheist. There was a time in academia when I did not get tenure, and it’s possible my irreligion had something to do with that, though it was not overt, and I cannot be certain.

Online, I have been called names and faced some hostility, but it hasn’t seriously impacted me. We, as atheists and humanists, have much more to lose when we get caught up in the nuances of our differences in labels than we do from external attacks on our non-religious stance. The approach of J.D. Vance and Donald Trump in promoting Christian nationalism is certainly concerning to me. However, until that approach gains more ground, we have made significant progress over the past generation or two.

You interviewed Herb Silverman. I give him much credit for unifying the movement in the U.S. to a much greater extent than before. He succeeded in that, and other notable individuals are contributing significantly. For example, Alison Gill of American Atheists is a brilliant attorney who has been quite successful in fostering cooperation among organizations and proposing measures to stop certain legislation. We’ve seen some unity recently, and it has paid off. What causes that unity? Who knows?

However, American society has undeniably become more secular than it was when I was a child over 55 years ago. It’s difficult to say whether organizations were the main drivers of this change. It’s also uncertain whether Christian nationalism, especially with support from the upcoming administration, will erode some of the progress we’ve made. Still, it’s crucial to stay focused.

Jacobsen: To delve deeper, what terms or epithets have been directed at you that you recall?

Buckner: I don’t remember many specifics apart from that lady in Minnesota telling me to return to Russia. I’ve been called a commie, immoral, disgusting, and similar things. I understand what you were saying—if someone believes there is a God who commands specific actions, then not following those commands is, by their definition, immoral. It makes sense from their perspective, but I reject that premise entirely, as any reasonable person should. So, I don’t think the epithets thrown at me hold much importance.

Jacobsen: These labels often arise from creating a version of atheism within a theological framework rather than addressing the fundamental question: What is theism? Approaching from first principles is the better way to go.

Buckner: I know a preacher in the Atlanta area who, in strict confidence, admitted to me that he is a staunch atheist and does not believe in God at all. He and I disagree on whether religion is inherently beneficial. He leads a large church and believes he accomplishes good by encouraging his congregation to treat each other well, be humane, and act decently. His congregation is liberal enough not to challenge him on his specific theological beliefs too deeply.

Can religion do some good, and can religious leaders be moral forces for positive change? Yes, they can. But in the long run, it’s more likely to be beneficial if they shed the false trappings of theism and act as decent human beings and strong leaders.

Jacobsen: Last question. What does a regular day look like for you now that you’re outside the leadership stresses of those organizations?

Buckner: I drink coffee and listen to my wife read Heather Cox Richardson’s blog every morning. I do a lot of reading and writing, but it’s not high pressure. I have a Substack blog called Letters to a Free Country. It has a ‘vast, vast readership’—about 350 people or so. It’s not great; I wish it were more. However, it’s scattered across the world. I have readers or subscribers from 35 countries and 40 different U.S. states. So, I do write, although not daily.

I write twice a week. One post is typically about perennial freethought topics, such as Pascal’s Wager and other recurring questions. I usually publish those on Fridays. On Mondays, I write something more original, often unrelated to atheism. Wednesdays are typically reserved for guest essays from others. I managed to keep myself occupied. I am nearing the end of my eighth decade and will soon be 80 years old. It’s been a gradual decline into old age, and I do struggle with memory.

Your name is… Scott. I sometimes lose my train of thought and ideas, and I’ve certainly experienced physical decline. It’s natural and normal, but that doesn’t make it any more enjoyable—it doesn’t.

Jacobsen: Good. Thank you for your time and the opportunity to speak with you, Ed.

Buckner: It was a pleasure, and thank goodness you got to that last question. I was worried you were going to start grilling me on tougher topics.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Take care, and we’ll be in touch.

Buckner: You take care. Bye-bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mikey Weinstein on Military Purges, Christian Nationalism, and U.S. Defense Integrity

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Mikey Weinstein on Military Purges, Christian Nationalism, and U.S. Defense Integrity

Photo by Lucas Sankey on Unsplash

Michael Weinstein has spent more than two decades in a fight he believes is existential—not merely for the U.S. military, but for American democracy itself. A 1977 honours graduate of the U.S. Air Force Academy and a former Air Force judge advocate, Weinstein later served in legal posts within the Reagan White House, including during the Iran–Contra investigation. In 2005, he founded the Military Religious Freedom Foundation (MRFF) after concluding that religious coercion—particularly forms of militant Christian nationalism—had taken root inside the armed forces. Since then, MRFF has represented more than 100,000 service members and veterans of every major faith. Although the overwhelming majority of its clients identify as Christian, many seek the foundation’s help because they feel marginalized for not conforming to a particular ideological or theological mould.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mikey Weinstein, founder of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation, about recent U.S. military leadership purges under Secretary of Defence Pete Hegseth. Weinstein argues these dismissals reflect ideological enforcement aligned with Christian nationalism, undermining military cohesion, morale, and constitutional protections. He warns that privileging identity over merit damages operational effectiveness and erodes the separation of church and state. Weinstein also criticizes political complicity and delayed accountability, including reactions to impeachment calls. The discussion frames these developments as part of a broader systemic crisis with long-term consequences for democratic institutions and military integrity.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we have the secondary title of Secretary of War. It’s still a secondary title. Secretary of Defence Pete Hegseth has, since 2025, fired or ousted several people.

In 2026, General Randy George, the U.S. Army Chief of Staff, was ousted on April 2. General David Hodne was removed the same day during that shakeup. Major General William Green Jr. was removed in the same action. He was identified as the Army Chief of Chaplains.

So, what is happening with all of these either firings or oustings, particularly in April, but also reflecting this longer trajectory of his career so far in that position?

Mikey Weinstein: This is very simple. There’s nothing complex about it. Hegseth wants what MAGA wants.

To be the best and most approved—the highest approved solution to be an American citizen—is the same as the number one approved solution to be a member of our military, which is to be four things: straight, white, Christian nationalist, and male. That’s it. There’s a loyalty thing that’s in there.

One of the first things Hegseth did upon arrival was fire the top Army and Air Force TJAGs. That stands for the Judge Advocate General. The Army and Air Force JAGs are lieutenant generals; the Navy JAG was a vice admiral, and together they head up all the military lawyers in the Army, Navy, and Air Force. The Navy includes the Marine Corps. The Air Force includes the Space Force.

I myself was a JAG in the Air Force for 7 years after graduating from the Air Force Academy. So, this is an attempt to purge anyone who has the wrong colored skin, the wrong sense of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ, and has the wrong gender and the wrong sexual orientation.

Jacobsen: When conducting legal wars, as in the Iran war in coordination with Israel, what does this do in terms of proper justice proceedings throughout the military when the people are no longer there?

Weinstein: It’s two things. Number one, it’s clear to the military—and we’ve discussed this before in prior interviews—that our U.S. military, as with most militaries, is peculiarly adversarial, communal, ritualistic, and tribal. Most Americans have no idea what it’s like to be in that.

It’s not the same as working at a corporation or even running your own small business. It’s a very different environment. So, the message is: when the leader says that if you are not the right person—if you’re not straight, white, Christian nationalist, or male—it terrifies everyone.

But it sets a cookie-cutter or a template which you press down into the fresh, malleable dough of the military, and it destroys those six aspects of the compelling governmental interest that our U.S. Supreme Court has made clear are critical when it comes to the First Amendment, separation of church and state, and freedom of speech in the military, which is to make our military as lethal as possible.

And you do that by validating and formidably pushing the optimal level of good order, morale, discipline, unit cohesion, the health and safety of the troops, and mission accomplishment. When you sit down and make it clear that only a particular religious perspective, particular skin colour, sexual orientation, or gender is to be preferred over all others, you destroy all six of those aspects, which are the essential constituency of a lethal military.

Everyone wants their military to be lethal enough to protect their freedoms for all of their constituents, their citizen constituents.

Jacobsen: Why April 2 to start some of these recent firings or oustings?

Weinstein: How do you explain any of this? It may have been that he’s firing people throughout, again, from almost the moment he got there. I do not know his reasoning, and my job is not to figure it out.

My job is to make sure that we protect that wall separating church and state, where all these nuclear weapons are, and the drones, and the conventional weapons, and the laser-guided weapons. We are in the middle of a war that we attacked—a country that was intimidating us as much as Mickey Mouse was. It is not congressionally sanctioned.

The orange malignant sociopathic narcissist Trump is threatening to basically obliterate a country, which would include a vast array of war crimes, if Iran does not surrender the Strait of Hormuz and a whole bunch of other things. Maybe this is in advance of that. I do not try to attach any observable rationale to what is happening with this “regime.”

The Trump administration—I do not want to use those two words in that particular juxtaposition. He’s like a two-year-old, and the only thing worse than Trump himself are those sycophants, those servile, obsequious bags of pus who support MAGA and Trump no matter what he wants to do, irrespective of any limits on hypocrisy. You can look at Ted Cruz and Marco Rubio.

You can look at J.D. Vance, all of these people. Lindsey Graham had attacked Trump in the past, but now they have changed and supported him because it’s good for their money, their retirement, and their voters. It’s disgusting to see it.

This is where we are in this country. We are no longer the United States of America. We are the disunited states of America, and we have a blue side and a red side.

We have midterm elections coming up in November, but the damage being done to the military, I believe, as a subject matter expert, cannot be fixed even if we have a full-throated response by the Democrats in November. It would be better, but what is being done to the American people, particularly to our military, is of a magnitude that will require generations to fix.

Jacobsen: So, Representative Yassamin Ansari has called for articles of impeachment for Secretary of War Pete Hegseth, at least partly or directly over the Iran strikes. Any thoughts?

Weinstein: What took her so long? I’m glad to see her do it. Had there been any other administration, anything remotely like this could have happened.

Hegseth is, again, another obsequious, servile, supine ass kisser. He is as far away from being qualified to be our Secretary of Defence, I wouldn’t even say Secretary of War, as one of our German Shepherds is to fly my American Airlines flight this weekend. He has absolutely no qualifications whatsoever, other than the fact that he’s a hateful, bigoted, prejudiced, moronic poser and bully.

So, I applaud what the Congresswoman did. My response again is, why did it take so damn long?

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mikey.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Nataliya Plaksiyenko-Butyrska, Ukraine and East Asia: How China, Japan, and North Korea Are Reshaping Global Security Ties

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Nataliya Plaksiyenko-Butyrska is an Associated Senior Fellow at the New Europe Center and an expert on East Asia. Nataliya Plaksiyenko-Butyrska is a Ukrainian foreign-policy analyst and East Asia specialist serving as an Associate Senior Fellow at the New Europe Center. Her work focuses on the Asia-Pacific, China’s regional influence, and Ukraine’s relations with Asian partners. She has written more than 100 analytical pieces and contributed to major Ukrainian media outlets. Her background includes studies in journalism, diplomacy, and Korean institutions, informing her policy analysis and public commentary today across Europe and Asia alike.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Nataliya Plaksiyenko-Butyrska about Ukraine’s growing strategic ties to East Asia amid Russia’s full-scale war. Plaksiyenko-Butyrska argues that North Korea’s military cooperation with Russia and China’s economic and dual-use support have made Asia central to Europe’s security future. She explains why Japan has become Ukraine’s key partner, why South Korea remains more cautious, and how hybrid warfare, deterrence, and democratic coordination now connect Kyiv to the Indo-Pacific.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You spent some time in education in South Korea and specialized in East Asia. We have seen more coverage of Ukraine and President Zelenskyy in relation to the Gulf states, including Saudi Arabia and Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, as well as on air defence and anti-drone cooperation. East Asia is present, but not always on the front page. Historically and currently, what is Ukraine’s relationship with East Asia?

Nataliya Plaksiyenko-Butyrska: If you are coming from Canada or the United States, Japan feels like the closest point in East Asia, but it is still far away. For Eastern Europe, particularly Ukraine, East Asian countries may feel somewhat closer, not only geographically in a broader Eurasian sense, but also because we are highly interconnected today. Historically, Ukraine has had relations with East Asian countries for decades, especially with Japan and South Korea, and these ties have become much more important since Russia’s full-scale invasion. Japan, in particular, has become one of Ukraine’s most important partners in Asia.

Aspects of the culture may also feel closer to home than many people assume. But the main point now is strategic interconnection. The situation we have today shows that East Asia is no longer distant from Ukraine in terms of security.

North Korea is participating in Russia’s war against Ukraine on the Russian side. That makes East Asia much closer to Europe than many experts expected. Few experts expected Kim Jong Un to send North Korean troops to fight alongside Russia on European soil. But now this is a reality. At the start of 2026, South Korean intelligence reporting indicated that roughly 11,000 North Korean troops were in Russia’s Kursk region near the Ukrainian border, supporting Russian operations.

So a threat that once seemed far from Ukraine and far from Europe is now directly connected to the European theatre of war. The first problem is the deepening military and technical cooperation between Russia and North Korea. The second is the experience North Korea is gaining from this war, meaning experience in a modern, high-intensity conflict involving drones, missiles, artillery, and electronic warfare.

There is also the question of power projection. After this cooperation, North Korea may become more confident than before. For South Korea and Japan, that is a new challenge, because North Korea can use what it learns from this war to strengthen its military posture in East Asia.

From the other side, there is also the question of what happens in the event of Russian actions against NATO countries, or some hybrid form of aggression against NATO. Where would North Korea stand? Right now, the two countries are cooperating closely in the military sphere, so in the case of a wider confrontation, North Korea would most likely support Russia. And from another point of view, if there were a serious crisis in East Asia, the question would be where Russia would stand in that conflict. That is why the relationship is no longer theoretical. It has become part of a shared security reality between Europe and East Asia.

In a potential conflict in East Asia, this situation is changing the region’s geopolitical landscape. But it is a big problem for South Korea.

Especially after the situation in the Middle East was observed. South Koreans understood that rockets and nuclear weapons are a major danger, but at the same time, smaller weapons—

Those that North Koreans are now using in the war against Ukraine could also be used against them. A large number of cheap, small drones could threaten Seoul.

That is why many in the South Korean military are now taking this situation very seriously. During our visit, we received many questions and saw a strong interest in the Ukrainian experience.

In this way, we can say that Ukraine and East Asia are much closer than ever before.

Another factor is China’s role in this war. Despite its formally neutral position, China has supported Russia throughout this period. This support has developed in line with Russia’s needs.

It began with informational and diplomatic support. Then it expanded into deeper economic relations, helping sustain the Russian economy. Now, China is also supplying dual-use components and materials that Russia uses in producing missiles and drones.

So, in this case, we can say that China significantly influences Russia’s ability to continue this war. If China were to stop this support, it would be much more difficult for Russia to sustain its war effort.

Unfortunately, this means that the war is not only about Ukraine and Russia. It is not only a local or even a regional war. It represents a much broader geopolitical confrontation.

Jacobsen: Part of hybrid warfare involves circumventing international law to achieve political, geopolitical, and other strategic objectives, often operating in a gray zone of what is permitted in warfare.

For instance, when I visited a drone factory in 2023, it was clearly a restricted site. You enter, and your Wi-Fi does not work.

The components of Russian drones were often Chinese, but not exclusively. The manufacturers were not necessarily all Chinese either. So, the drones used by Russia are technically Russian systems, but their parts are often a hybrid of components sourced from multiple countries and technological ecosystems.

Similarly, there are attempts to undermine democratic processes through cyber warfare and political persuasion, including efforts to weaken support for Ukrainian humanitarian and military financing. How does China, as a primary actor, along with others like North Korea, implement this kind of hybrid warfare in gray zones? How do other Asian countries, if they support Ukraine, counter it? Is this kind of hybrid and counter-hybrid warfare happening across East Asia, where Ukraine is indirectly central to the dynamics?

Plaksiyenko-Butyrska: From the first day of the war, China has perceived it as a NATO–US proxy war against Russia.

According to this perception, China has supported Russia in ways that help prevent its defeat. From this perspective, Russia is seen as confronting NATO and the United States on European soil, with China providing indirect backing.

In this sense, China can be viewed as benefiting from the situation because Russia’s war effort absorbs and weakens some of the resources and attention of European countries, democratic states more broadly, and the United States.

At the same time, China has used this situation strategically. Much of the United States’ attention has been focused on the European theatre. This has given China more time and space to strengthen its influence in the Indo-Pacific. In some ways, it has reduced the US strategic focus on the Pacific.

Regarding other countries, Japan and South Korea supported Ukraine from the beginning of the full-scale invasion. From their perspective, it is important to uphold the international rules-based order. They understand that a situation like Russia’s aggression against Ukraine could, in some form, be repeated in their own region.

There is a concern that similar patterns of behaviour could be seen in relation to China. That is why it has been important for them to be part of a broader democratic coalition supporting Ukraine.

Japan, in particular, has become a very important partner for Ukraine during this war. In some ways, Russia’s actions and the broader global changes have influenced Japan to adjust its policies, from a more strictly pacifist posture toward strengthening its defence capabilities and strategic positioning, especially in response to China’s actions in the region.

In South Korea, the situation is more complex. It is not easy for South Korea to act as a fully global security player, because it must concentrate significant attention and resources on the Korean Peninsula, given the ongoing threat from North Korea.

The president of South Korea has significant capabilities. But at the same time, its military and economic capacity is much greater than the role it currently plays. There is a gap between its capacity and its international role, as it remains primarily focused on its region, especially the Korean Peninsula.

The previous president tried to shift South Korea toward a more global role. That is why Ukraine strengthened relations with South Korea and received greater support during that period.

However, the current leadership has moved back toward a more cautious policy—balancing relations among major powers, including China, Russia, and North Korea. Because of this, South Korea is now more cautious in its support for Ukraine. It is trying, on the one hand, to remain a partner of democratic countries, and on the other hand, to maintain balanced relations with countries in its region.

So, from the Ukrainian point of view, we would like to see Asian countries more actively supporting Ukraine, especially given the common security threats. But at the same time, every country has its own interests and policies. That is why we cannot rely fully on their support, except for Japan, our main partner in the region.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Nataliya.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Anna Dorosh, Supporting War-Affected Children in Ukraine: Grassroots Impact and Public Service

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Anna Dorosh is a Ukrainian public-sector professional working in the Cabinet Secretariat of Ukraine, with expertise in European integration and strategic communications. She is a former assistant to the Deputy Minister of Justice of Ukraine. She is the initiator of an independent charitable project supporting children in difficult life circumstances, especially families affected by war and disability, SvyatKYOU. Dorosh has drawn on earlier experience in project management, stakeholder engagement, communications, and fundraising, including work connected to the Chernivtsi City Council, to build partnerships and expand practical support for vulnerable children in Ukraine.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Dorosh about her dual role in Ukraine’s Cabinet Secretariat and as founder of the SvyatKYOU charitable initiative. She explains how the project connects donors with children’s personal requests, delivering gifts and organizing events that restore dignity and hope for families affected by war. Dorosh reflects on building partnerships, managing volunteer teams, and leveraging communications skills to expand impact. She emphasizes practical compassion, stakeholder engagement, and sustained commitment. The discussion highlights Ukraine’s culture of civic support, the challenges of scaling initiatives, and plans to formalize the project into a national NGO.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your current role?

Anna Dorosh: I work in the Cabinet Secretariat of Ukraine. I am also the initiator of a project for children in difficult life circumstances.

Jacobsen: In the communications sphere of government, are funds generally limited or substantial for the kinds of projects you would like to carry out?

Dorosh: That is an interesting question. I do not usually divide projects into low-funded or well-funded categories. Some initiatives receive support from the European Union through the Ukraine2EU project, which has helped with various initiatives.

Jacobsen: Does that funding support your project in Kyiv?

Dorosh: No, they are not connected. This is my own project and it is not connected to the Cabinet of Ministers. The EU-related work is separate from this project.

I started it two years ago because I felt I needed to do something more for Ukraine. At that moment, I felt I was not doing enough. I was one of the initiators, and I created it with friends shortly before Christmas.

We wanted to provide gifts for children whose parents were killed in the war or who live in very difficult circumstances, including families affected by disability. It is a harsh reality for them. We thought it would be important to create something inspiring for these children, so they could believe that life does not end with hardship and that good things are still possible.

We started with ten gifts at the beginning, and then the initiative grew much larger through fundraising and public support.

Jacobsen: So, separate from the EU and the Cabinet of Ministers, this became a significant fundraising effort.

Dorosh: Yes, it was a fundraising project. I began it while I was working with the Chernivtsi City Council. At that time, I also had the opportunity to involve different stakeholders through my work there, particularly through the Department of Business. We brought in more than 15 partners, especially in Chernivtsi, and helped more than 100 children.

Jacobsen: What were the ways in which you helped?

Dorosh: First, parents wrote letters together with their children, which we published on our website. People could choose a specific letter and fulfill a child’s wish for Christmas.

One notable situation involved a mother who had lost her husband in the war and had six children. She requested items such as a multicooker and a freezer. I asked her to revise the letters, as the project was focused on gifts for children.

We received a wide range of requests, from basic clothing such as trousers and T-shirts to more expensive items like smartphones.

Jacobsen: What were some of the other gifts the children wanted, besides T-shirts, pants, and smartphones?

Dorosh: There were many. I could look them up to be more precise, as I cannot recall all of them now.

Jacobsen: That is an interesting nuance.

Dorosh: Yes, I would prefer to be precise, but I cannot recall the more unusual requests at the moment.

Jacobsen: What were the most common types of gifts?

Dorosh: I would say teddy bears were among the most common, because children want something comforting to hold. Dolls were also common, especially for girls.

Jacobsen: Where are you looking to expand the project—within Chernivtsi or beyond?

Dorosh: That is an interesting question. This was our second year running the project, and we decided to continue because we could not stop.

We also received support from one of our partners, “Na Protsenti,” and from Zhenya Kosov, a Ukrainian music producer and artist. He encouraged us to continue, emphasizing that the project was important and should not end.

As a result, we continued the initiative this year and provided more than 100 gifts again. Looking ahead, we plan to continue and expand the project further.

Jacobsen: What was the feedback from the parents and the children?

Dorosh: The response was very positive. No one complained that the gifts were too small or insufficient. Everyone expressed appreciation for the effort we made through both the presents and the events we organized.

In addition to the gifts, we created special events so the children could experience a sense of celebration. During the first year, we held three events, each led by a different facilitator. One featured a national karate champion, Andrii Zablitnyi, who conducted a training session with the children. We invited those who were interested to participate.

The second event was a dance class, and the third was a celebration event that also included a leadership-focused talk.

In the second year, the project was more limited because of time constraints and my responsibilities in government work. We organized one event but still provided gifts to all the children who had submitted requests.

Jacobsen: How have you applied your skills from your communications work in the Cabinet of Ministers to this project? From what you describe, you appear to be the central organizer, with others contributing on a temporary or voluntary basis.

Dorosh: My background is in project management. In my earlier work with the Chernivtsi City Council, I collaborated with various partners and stakeholders and also developed my own initiatives.

Now, it is not difficult for me to assemble a team, even on a volunteer basis. Everyone involved in this project contributes without payment. The core idea is to create something meaningful for the children rather than to earn money.

From a communications perspective, I understand how to engage partners, build visibility, and promote initiatives. These skills have been very useful for the project.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anna.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Oksana Ivanets on Military Journalism, War Trauma, and Witnessing Russian Crimes in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Oksana Ivanets is a Ukrainian military journalist and lieutenant colonel who served in both the State Border Guard Service and the Armed Forces of Ukraine. She has been a special correspondent for ArmyInform. She has reported from the frontline and recently de-occupied areas, especially in the Kharkiv region, documenting war crimes, occupation conditions, returning prisoners, and the experiences of soldiers and civilians under attack. Her work combines military communications, field reporting, and witness-based storytelling. In this interview, she reflects on service, trauma, propaganda, frontline ethics, and the moral burden of recording violence while preserving Ukraine’s war testimony for future history.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Oksana Ivanets, a retired Ukrainian lieutenant colonel and military journalist, about service, frontline reporting, Russian occupation, and the long afterlife of war trauma. Ivanets recounts work in the Kharkiv region after the full-scale invasion, visits to sites of imprisonment and death, interviews with returned captives, and encounters with civilians documenting Russian crimes. She argues that journalists must respect military rules and civilian consent, while Ukraine must strengthen psychological care for survivors, soldiers, and families. The conversation becomes a testimony about memory, grief, discipline, and the ethical duty to witness without exploiting suffering in wartime public memory today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You were part of the Ukrainian Armed Forces for 26 years. You retired in November 2024 at the rank of lieutenant colonel. What were your biggest lessons from serving in the military for so long?

Oksana Ivanets: I served in two services. The first was the Border Guard Service, and the second was the Armed Forces. In the Border Guard, I was a communications officer. In the Armed Forces, I was a journalist.

Jacobsen: What did you learn as a communications officer and as a journalist?

Ivanets: Russians are an awful nation. I learned a great deal about them. I saw many places where Ukrainian citizens were held captive. I was present during the exhumation in Izium. I saw children killed by Russian bombs and, later in the war, by Russian Shahed drones. I know they are an awful nation, and I teach my children not to trust them.

Jacobsen: What are the patterns of propaganda? How do civilian journalists interact with military journalists, both well and poorly?

Ivanets: There are many rules. The military operates under constant danger. If journalists follow these rules, relations remain good. If they do not, problems arise. You must follow the rules and stay on track.

Jacobsen: You worked on the front line. Was Mariupol part of this?

Ivanets: I returned to Kharkiv from Mariupol on February 06, 2022. When Russia launched the full-scale invasion on February 24, 2022, I was in the Kharkiv region. My family, my children, and my husband went to Poland. I remained in the Kharkiv region and continued working.

Jacobsen: Which villages and cities in the Kharkiv region?

Ivanets: I visited these territories, where many Russian prisons had been located. I saw the results of the occupation and so on. I wrote many life stories of our soldiers. I was one of the first correspondents to write the life story of a Ukrainian soldier who had returned from Russian captivity. He was a marine. He was injured. This may be very interesting for you.

Jacobsen: Do you notice, for instance, that we know prisoners of war, civilian and military, men and women, according to the UN, are sexually assaulted in various forms? That comes with particular types of trauma. For male and female service members, how do they process this type of trauma? What help do they need when this happens?

Ivanets: If you want to learn more about this process, I can give you my psychologist’s phone number. She worked with girls from Bucha, Borodianka, and Dymer who had experienced sexual violence by Russians. I do not know the details, but I know it is, and I could arrange that. I can put you in touch with one of my psychologists. If she is open, I will happily connect you.

The Russians captured my friend, a soldier with the Azov Regiment. They beat her, stripped her, and kept her naked in front of a group of men for hours. These men allowed themselves to look at her naked body, to touch it… You can read all about this in the book Nava wrote after her captivity. The book is titled *Captivity*. It has also been published in English.

Jacobsen: What did they beat her with—fists or instruments?

Ivanets: Instruments, hands, legs…

Jacobsen: Do military members ever fully recover from this abuse?

Ivanets: Not really. You see, I was not captured. I have seen many deaths of my brothers and sisters in the army. I have also seen many civilian deaths. I have my own trauma, but it is small compared to theirs.

They have much greater trauma than I do. Our government-level system of psychological support is very weak. My father served in Afghanistan and has lived with trauma for more than 45 years.

A few weeks ago, a Russian rocket exploded near his house in a village near Vasylkiv. After that, he could not sleep. His trauma remains active after 45 years. Our people will carry this trauma for decades.

I work with DoLadu and other organizations that are trying to address psychological trauma. This is something we truly need.

Jacobsen: When you are working with civilians affected by war in frontline cities, what are the best practices for gathering information while respecting their rights?

Ivanets: People often want to speak. They want to tell about Russian crimes. If they do not want to speak, I do not push them. I speak only with those who are willing.

Jacobsen: What stories still stay with you—ones that remain vivid?

Ivanets: One story is about three children and their parents who died in a fire after a Russian Shahed drone strike. Our service members searched their house for the bodies. They found the parents and two of the children. They searched for a long time for the third child and eventually found the body under a table in the kitchen, in a corner. I do not try to imagine what the children felt in their final moments. I cannot.

I will never forget the 59 mangled bodies of Ukrainians in the village of Groza. They were burying their friend when the Russians fired two Iskander missiles at them.

I arrived in that village and saw all the bodies. The rescuers sprayed disinfectant all around to get rid of the smell of human blood and entrails Now I cannot tolerate the smell of sanitary chemicals. They create strong negative associations.

Jacobsen: In your work, you have encountered many bodies. What did you feel the first time you saw one?

Ivanets: The first time, I did not understand what I was seeing. I came to a place where a Russian rocket had struck a civilian car. It was raining. I touched something with my foot and realized it was a fragment of a human spine.

At first, I did not understand why everything around the car was pink. Then I realized it was rain mixed with small amounts of human blood. That was my first experience. After that, I underwent a practical transformation. I felt nothing. But when I saw the bodies of a family—three children and two parents—I cried intensely. My husband was with me, and he could not stop me. I kept thinking about their last moments and what they might have been thinking.

Jacobsen: What caused the deaths of that family?

Ivanets: A Russian Shahed drone struck near a fuel storage area. It targeted a fuel reservoir, which caused a large fire that spread to the house.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Oksana.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Khrystyna Kurhanska on DoLadu Support Veteran Rehabilitation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Khrystyna Kurhanska is a Ukrainian entrepreneur, aromatherapist, and mental-health advocate based in Kyiv. She is chair of the board and public head of the NGO DoLadu, registered in November 2022 to support the mental health, rehabilitation, and reintegration of Ukrainian defenders, veterans, and the wider public. Public speaker bios state that DoLadu has operated mental-health centres in Kyiv hospitals and served more than 1,650 people, while later public interviews cite assistance to more than 1,800 service members. Kurhanska also founded the aroma-branding agency Ol.factory and Kamana perfume store, combining business, sensory design, psychology, and veteran-focused social recovery work.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Khrystyna Kurhanska, a Ukrainian entrepreneur, aromatherapist, and public head of DoLadu, about veteran rehabilitation in wartime Ukraine. Kurhanska explains that recovery must be holistic, addressing mental health, physical wellbeing, family life, social reintegration, and economic purpose together. She describes DoLadu’s ecosystem-based model, including camps, family support, business-oriented education, and community activities, all adapted to the realities of war. Rather than framing veterans primarily through vulnerability, she emphasizes their strength, resilience, and search for renewed meaning after combat, while DoLadu helps translate those capacities into sustainable postwar lives.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to DoLadu, what do you see as the core rehabilitation needs of veterans, and how do you work to meet those needs?

Khrystyna Kurhanska: I will start more broadly. In my view, Ukraine’s greatest need is the recovery of human potential—civilians, military personnel, veterans, and families, including Ukrainians both inside the country and abroad. That is one of the central challenges facing Ukraine.

If we are speaking specifically about DoLadu, it is a Ukrainian NGO focused on restoring and strengthening the mental health of veterans, defenders, and their families. We build programs as part of an ecosystem, because mental health is connected to overall quality of life.

Our mission is to help people transform combat experience into strength, capability, and renewed meaning. War divides life into “before” and “after.” We help people rebuild across psychological wellbeing, physical recovery, social relationships, family life, and renewed purpose.

We provide multidisciplinary programs described as evidence-based. DoLadu was created in 2022 in response to the significant mental health needs that emerged during the full-scale war. Many of our friends, families, neighbors, and communities were affected almost overnight. The organization has described its work as including mental health support in Kyiv-based clinical and community settings, delivered through multidisciplinary teams.

Jacobsen: When I first arrived in Lviv, I visited cultural institutions and was shown a 3D printing station contributing to the war effort. It reflected the collective nature of Ukraine’s wartime response.

Human potential is a broad issue. Some individuals return with amputations, PTSD, depression, anxiety, or other forms of trauma. How do you decide which needs DoLadu can address directly—such as psychological support and social reintegration—and which needs, such as prosthetics or other specialized medical interventions, must be handled through referral or partnership?

Kurhanska: Yes, this is an enormous challenge for us, and I think for everyone in Ukraine.

After 2022, we studied as many relevant models as possible, including practices from Israel, the United States, and the Netherlands, and adapted those approaches to Ukrainian realities. Since that period, more than 2,000 veterans and family members have participated in our programs. That has given us substantial practical experience, and we are now also able to share some of that experience with international colleagues.

Unfortunately, Ukraine is in a unique situation. We are not addressing mental health only after war; we are addressing it during the war, under ongoing attacks, constant stress, and repeated triggers. We combine international best practices with continuous feedback from veterans and build ecosystem-based programs tailored to a person’s needs at a particular stage.

For example, we run camps outside the city, usually lasting four days. These are based on the idea of life balance. Participants receive a deep assessment across multiple areas: physical health, mental health, economic adaptation, and family life. On the mental-health side, they receive both individual and group interventions. Economic issues are also important: what strengths does a person have now, and how can those strengths be used in future employment or in starting a business? Family is another major area: where is the person now, and what path lies ahead across all these domains?

For us, mental health is about quality of life. That is why psychological support alone, psychoeducation alone, or psychotherapy alone is not enough. Each program addresses multiple dimensions at once. We have teams that identify the needs of each individual. When we can provide the necessary services directly, we do so. When we cannot, we refer people through our partner network.

At present, we have the DoLadu Camp, which serves as a kind of roadmap for the coming years. After that, we have a family-focused program centered on relationships, children, support, and understanding. After a stressful and often traumatic period, family members also need help understanding what has changed and how to provide meaningful support.

We also have DoLadu Academy, which is focused primarily on economic issues. In that program, participants work through questions such as: What talents do I have now? How can I monetize them? Should I create my own business? We see a strong desire among veterans to start businesses rather than return to their previous jobs. Publicly, DoLadu has stated that more than 80 percent of veterans in its programs do not want to return to their former work, for various reasons, including displacement, changed skills, health conditions, and major life changes.

So, we have a general roadmap, family-focused support, and economic-focused support. We also have a broader community component. It includes many forms of activity across these same spheres, but on a wider scale: adaptive sports, peer communication, art, and educational programs such as English. We are also planning additional training in areas such as AI over the coming months. We try to listen carefully to veterans’ needs and provide the kinds of support, information, and services they actually require.

Jacobsen: Where do you find most veterans when they return, in terms of the type of work and skills they want? What is the main factor driving their choices? Are they entering trades or white-collar work?

Kurhanska: I think the biggest issue is a shift in meaning. They are searching for new meaning in life—both in their individual identity and in their role within society. That is the central point.

This question is closely connected to health: their physical capacity, their mental condition, and their relationships with friends, family, and community. Economic factors are also important.

They come to us because they are searching for answers. We try to help them clarify their questions. In many cases, people already have those questions internally, but they need support in articulating them.

For us, veterans are not defined by vulnerability, but by strength. A person who has had the inner strength to fight in war also has the capacity to rebuild and create a new life.

Jacobsen: In a broader sense, much of this experience may be inchoate—nonverbal. When it is properly articulated, individuals can reorient themselves and develop a clearer direction for their lives. Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Khrystyna.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Stephen Hupp on Scientific Skepticism, Misinformation, and CSICon’s Role in Defending Evidence-Based Thinking

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Dr. Stephen Hupp on Scientific Skepticism, Misinformation, and CSICon’s Role in Defending Evidence-Based Thinking

Photo by Jon Tyson on Unsplash

Stephen Hupp, PhD, is a clinical psychologist, professor at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, and Executive Director of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. He also serves as editor of Skeptical Inquirer, a leading publication promoting science and reason. Hupp’s work focuses on evidence-based psychological treatments, critical thinking, and the debunking of pseudoscience. Through research, writing, and public engagement, he advances scientific literacy and advocates for rigorous standards in mental health practice and public discourse. Visit csiconference.org to learn more about CSICon to be held June 11-14 in Buffalo, New York.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Hupp on scientific skepticism’s role in countering misinformation. Hupp emphasizes evidence-based thinking, digital information literacy, and the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry’s mission. He highlights CSICon’s community-building function and keynote speakers, including Bill Nye, Mary Roach, and Richard Wiseman, reinforcing skepticism’s societal importance today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the relevance of secular humanism and scientific skepticism in an era of rising, proud ignorance?

Dr. Stephen Hupp: We are exposed to a tremendous amount of information every day, constantly through our phones. Some of it is true, some of it is false, and some falls into a gray area. We need tools to determine what is accurate and what is misinformation. That is the main goal of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry, part of the Center for Inquiry: to help people adopt an evidence-based worldview and make science-based decisions. Stephen Hupp is the Executive Director of CSI, editor of Skeptical Inquirer, and a psychology professor at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville.

Jacobsen: What is the importance of conferences where people exchange ideas, strategies, and updates in skepticism?

Hupp: Barry Karr, the previous executive director, was known for strengthening the skeptical community by bringing people together. I succeeded him in that role in 2025. Conferences such as CSICon give people committed to science and science communication a place to learn from one another, challenge ideas, and improve their ability to defend science.

Jacobsen: Are the keynote speakers confirmed?

Hupp: Yes. The conference is marking the fiftieth anniversary of the modern skeptical movement and of CSI’s institutional origins in CSICOP, founded in 1976. Bill Nye is scheduled for a fireside chat with me on Saturday night. Mary Roach is also on the program. Her session is “Mary Roach in Conversation with Richard Wiseman.” Her featured book is Replaceable You: Adventures in Human Anatomy, which explores both scientific advances and ill-advised missteps in the replacement of body parts for medical reasons.

Jacobsen: What are some highlights from Richard Wiseman’s recent career?

Hupp: Yes, he has been active for a long time. I first came to know Richard Wiseman through his book Quirkology and his related YouTube work. More recently, he published a book titled Moonshot. The premise is that what once seemed impossible—such as landing on the moon—became possible through scientific progress and collective effort. The book makes the case for attempting ambitious goals, and I found it very inspiring.

Jacobsen: It is a separate matter—if something violates the laws of nature, then it is impossible. However, if it is a logistical hurdle we have not yet solved, then it is worth attempting.

Hupp: I also add that, in addition to interviewing Mary Roach, Richard Wiseman will give his own talk on Saturday morning about how the world has benefited from skepticism. It will be one of several presentations highlighting the importance of a strong skeptical community.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Stephen.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Faye Callaghan: UNFPA Protects Maternity Care in Ukraine Under Russian Attack

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Faye Callaghan is a midwife and maternal health specialist working in international humanitarian settings. Public sources identify her with the United Nations Population Fund and describe her as a midwife with a Master’s in Reproductive and Sexual Health Research. She previously served as a Midwifery Mentor for UNFPA in Cox’s Bazar, Bangladesh, and later led UK-Med’s mission to establish a maternal health department in Gaza. In this interview, she discusses UNFPA’s support for maternity and sexual and reproductive health services in wartime Ukraine, especially bunkerized facilities, emergency neonatal care, and the pressures facing staff, mothers, and newborns under attack there.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Faye Callaghan about the toll of Russian attacks on maternity care in Ukraine and the emergency measures used to keep women and newborns safe. Callaghan says six UNFPA-supported health facilities in Ukraine had been damaged in 2026 by 1 April, including maternity hospitals in Sloviansk and Odesa. She describes rapid evacuations, mobile incubators, bunkerized wards, backup power, and rising stress-related complications, including more premature births and higher caesarean rates along the frontline. The conversation also explores maternal mortality, domestic violence, family strain, healthcare worker burnout, and the demographic uncertainty created by prolonged war for Ukrainian families.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Have UNFPA-supported facilities been damaged by bombardments from the Russian Federation, whether directly or as collateral?

Faye Callaghan: This year, six UNFPA-supported health facilities in Ukraine have been damaged. We cannot speak to intent or whether they were deliberately targeted, but they have been affected by the consequences of these attacks.

Jacobsen: Was there a spike in any particular month?

Callaghan: There has been an increase recently. In the last week alone, several of these attacks took place.

Jacobsen: I interviewed Uliana Poltavets of Physicians for Human Rights a few weeks ago. Their mapping suggests that incidents are concentrated in frontline areas, border cities, and some larger cities farther west.

Callaghan: We have seen attacks affect facilities in different parts of the country. Most recently, on 31 March, a UNFPA-supported maternity hospital in Sloviansk was damaged, and on 28 March, Odesa Maternity Hospital No. 5 was damaged as well.

Jacobsen: On 31 March, a UNFPA-supported maternity hospital in Sloviansk was damaged. How severe was the damage?

Callaghan: According to available information, the hospital in Sloviansk was damaged during attacks on the city on 31 March. The release does not specify the full extent of the damage, but it was one of six UNFPA-supported health facilities damaged this year.

Jacobsen: On 28 March, another maternity hospital in Odesa was hit. Have most of the affected facilities been maternity hospitals?

Callaghan: I cannot speak to the proportion across all healthcare facilities attacked in Ukraine. Our focus is on maternity care and sexual and reproductive health services. Damage was reported to maternity hospitals in Sloviansk and Odesa, as well as to a maternity hospital in the Kharkiv region and a UNFPA-supported maternity facility at Ivano-Frankivsk Hospital.

The 28 March attack damaged Odesa Maternity Hospital No. 5. At the time, 32 patients, 22 newborns, and 27 medical workers were present. All were evacuated in time, and no injuries were reported.

Jacobsen: Were there any deaths, including among newborns?

Callaghan: In Odesa Maternity Hospital No. 5, no. There were no reported injuries among the patients, newborns, or medical staff inside the hospital. No one inside that hospital was killed.

Jacobsen: What about Sloviansk?

Callaghan: The maternity hospital in Sloviansk was damaged on 31 March. It does not report fatalities at that hospital.

Jacobsen: Is there a reason casualties were avoided?

Callaghan: Rapid evacuation and protected care spaces are critical. In Odesa, for example, patients and newborns were evacuated in time. UNFPA has also supported hospitals with mobile incubators and newborn resuscitation equipment to help staff continue life-saving care during attacks.

Jacobsen: After evacuations, did anyone die?

Callaghan: Not at Odesa Maternity Hospital No. 5. After the 28 March attack, twins with low birth weight who were receiving artificial ventilation were transferred to a bomb shelter, where care continued using equipment supported by UNFPA. The damage to a UNFPA-supported maternity facility at Ivano-Frankivsk Hospital killed two people.

Jacobsen: How many maternity hospitals does UNFPA support?

Callaghan: The release does not give a total number of maternity hospitals. It states that UNFPA supports maternity care and sexual and reproductive health services across Ukraine, including fortified underground maternity facilities and additional bunkerized maternity hospitals in frontline areas.

Jacobsen: Given this year’s pattern, do you expect further damage?

Callaghan: We hope not, but the ongoing pattern of attacks means further damage remains a real risk. Sustained international support is needed to protect essential health infrastructure and ensure women can give birth safely.

Jacobsen: Have protocols been implemented in response?

Callaghan: Hospitals and partners have focused on preparedness and protection. UNFPA has supported the Government of Ukraine in establishing three fortified underground maternity facilities and is helping scale up the construction of bunkerized maternity hospitals in frontline areas.

Jacobsen: What does that involve?

Callaghan: It means replicating key maternity and neonatal functions in protected underground or bunkerized spaces so that women, newborns, and medical staff can continue receiving care during attacks. The Odesa case showed how this can work in practice: vulnerable newborns were transferred to a bomb shelter equipped to continue life-saving care.

Jacobsen: How is the quality of care in wartime?

Callaghan: It is challenging—very challenging. However, Ukraine has a well-developed healthcare system with high standards of care. Doctors expect that of themselves, and women and their families also expect high-quality care.

What we at UNFPA are trying to do is support that ongoing care by delivering medicines and equipment, because, as discussed, much of the equipment is damaged when hospitals come under attack. We try to replace it, ensure it is up to date, and help facilities continue providing the care that women and babies need. It is difficult, but we are working to maintain those standards.

Jacobsen: How do you adapt to those conditions? There are really three. The last is bombardment, which we have already discussed. The other two are related: wartime attacks on energy systems and power grids, leading to shortages, and sudden outages caused by unpredictable bombardments at unpredictable times.

When I was in Lviv in January and February, there were periodic outages to maintain the grid, and there was also a risk of outages caused by attacks. How do medical services adapt for babies, newborns, and pregnant women, including women who may be in labour when that happens?

Callaghan: Maternity hospitals have generators, so they are generally covered. Some may need financial support for fuel, which is something we can provide. For smaller facilities, we are providing smaller Bluetti power stations this year.

They are compact charging and backup power units that can keep essential equipment running, such as ultrasound machines, laptops, and lighting needed for ongoing care.

Jacobsen: We did not discuss 24 March in the Kharkiv region. I have been there. It is bombed much more frequently. How are maternity hospitals in that region functioning?

Callaghan: They are under very heavy strain. That is why we are currently finalizing two bunkerized units there, as the region is experiencing frequent attacks. One is expected to open at the main perinatal hospital next week, and another is planned for June.

Jacobsen: Ivano-Frankivsk seems unexpected because it is far from the front, and yet two people were killed there.

Callaghan: Yes, it was surprising because that area has not seen the same pattern of attacks and impacts as some other regions. That makes it especially hard for healthcare workers and for women who were not expecting that level of threat.

When you speak to women in Kharkiv, their bodies and minds are often already braced for conflict, shock, and stress. In other parts of the country, that is less the case. In some ways, that can make the shock even harder.

Jacobsen: When I was planning my route for this third trip, I intended to go through Chișinău regularly, take the bus to Odesa, and then continue to Kyiv. Then the bridges in Odesa started being hit, so I changed plans and went through Kraków to Lviv instead. I had never been to Lviv, so I stayed there for a while. Then, while I was on my way, Russia struck the Lviv region with an Oreshnik missile.

You really see the element of surprise. When I was in Lviv, I felt that bombing could happen at any time. Once that bubble of presumed safety disappears, everything changes. That is part of what you are describing. What does that do to the stress levels of expectant mothers and new mothers?

Callaghan: For pregnant women, we are seeing much higher rates of premature birth. In frontline areas, rates are reported to be roughly double the national average. When babies are born prematurely, they face higher risks of additional health complications.

Jacobsen: Does that mean you need more incubators?

Callaghan: Yes. We have provided hospitals with incubators, including mobile incubators that enable safe transfer of newborns when needed.

For women, this is an extremely high-stress environment, and there are predictable consequences. Increased stress is associated with more premature births, and that in turn creates a greater need for neonatal support.

Jacobsen: What does this do to the fetus that is eventually born? What are the long-term effects on maternal health? Does stress during caregiving and breastfeeding also affect the newborn? I mean, even in subtle ways—for example, through stress hormones. Does that happen?

Callaghan: It does. There is emerging research on the impact of stress on the fetus in utero, including evidence suggesting a greater risk of non-communicable diseases later in life, such as high blood pressure and diabetes, when severe stress is experienced during pregnancy.

There are also more immediate challenges. A newborn exposed to these conditions may be more vulnerable to infections and breathing difficulties. When breastfeeding, the mother needs as calm an environment as possible to breastfeed effectively. Right now, very few new mothers are genuinely relaxed. That affects milk production and makes feeding more difficult, especially for premature newborns, who may already struggle to breastfeed. It requires much greater effort from both the mother and healthcare providers to create an environment safe enough for her to relax and feed her child.

Jacobsen: There is also the issue of socio-emotional support from the community. But communities are being depleted by conscription. Many men are on the front line. Some do not return, and others return only periodically, so they cannot provide consistent support. How does that affect the mother’s sense of safety and well-being and, again, the newborn?

Callaghan: Families are under enormous strain, particularly in frontline areas. Many women are raising children, may already have other children at home, may be pregnant again, and are trying to care for a new life while their partner is absent. Some are also coping with grief after losing family members, while at the same time trying to provide income and stability for their household.

More broadly, many women, especially in rural areas, are carrying increased responsibilities for family care, agricultural work, and other forms of labour. As a result, many are missing routine medical check-ups. We are seeing higher rates of cervical cancer and breast cancer diagnosed at later stages because people are not accessing the screening they ordinarily would.

You also asked about safety and protection. We are seeing higher rates of gender-based violence and domestic violence. Men, too, are under severe stress during the war, and when they return home, violence can increase.

Jacobsen: I just came from a visit to one of the camps in the veteran mental health support system. Some injuries are visible, like the loss of a leg. But there is also a great deal that is invisible, especially in more traditional models of masculinity, where talking about emotions is not common.

I can give you a subtle example. I was living with a friend and asked her, “How are you doing this morning?” In Canada—and probably in Britain as well, though Britain can be more reserved—someone would usually say, “I’m good,” or “I’m well,” or “I’m a little under the weather.” Instead, he said, “I’m going to the gym.” I had not asked what he was doing or where he was going. I had asked how he was.

In another interview, someone said he cried every day. Later, I was asked to edit the transcript to remove that line. So there is a great deal of pressure around the stress people do not feel permitted to express, which they instead internalize. That part of your point feels very true on an individual level.

What about the caretakers themselves—the staff at these maternity hospitals? How are they affected emotionally?

Callaghan: The healthcare workers in these facilities, especially those on the front line, are among the most extraordinary people I have ever met.

Some of them have remained in the hospital for weeks at a time because it was the safest place from which to care for other women. Their level of sacrifice and commitment is extraordinary. At the same time, they are under significant personal stress, worrying about their own families while living and working for extended periods in hospital basements to ensure patients are safe.

This is not without consequences. They have been under sustained stress for years, and that is not sustainable. We are seeing many healthcare workers leave the country, particularly midwives, who are no longer working in their profession. That is understandable, but it is beginning to expose serious strain within the healthcare system. A long-term resolution is needed.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Faye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Harnik Vazgenovich Karanlgtsyan on Veterans, Trauma, and Reintegration

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Harnik Vazgenovich Karanlgtsyan is a Ukrainian veteran leader, civic organizer, and founder of veteran-support initiatives. Publicly listed as founder of the charitable foundation Spadok since 2015 and the civic organization Nebaiduzhi Hromadiany Horenky since 2020, he later created and led the Hostomel Volunteer Formation of the Territorial Community in February 2022 during the defense of Kyiv region. He is identified by Zakhyst+ as a war veteran, founder of the project, chairman of its board, and an adviser on interaction with military personnel and formations. His work now emphasizes veteran dignity, reintegration, public education, and practical community support in wartime Ukraine.

In this exchange, Scott Douglas Jacobsen asks Harnik Vazgenovich Karanlgtsyan about the hardest emotional part of working with veterans. Karanlgtsyan answers indirectly but powerfully: trauma is often expressed through action, not confession. A veteran saying “I am going to the gym” may be describing his emotional condition as much as his plans. He stresses empathy, refusing to define amputees by loss, and insists on integration rather than isolation. Universities, public conversations, and practical support all matter. He also speaks personally about war’s thefts—friends, routines, boxing, and ordinary life—while affirming duty, solidarity, and continued service to country and fellow veterans alike.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Can you ask him for me: what is the most emotionally difficult part of doing this work for veterans?

Harnik Vazgenovich Karanlgtsyan: It is difficult. I am not a very emotional person.

Jacobsen: I remember a funny example. When I first arrived, I was living with a friend. One morning, I was having coffee and fruit, and I asked a man, “How are you doing this morning?” In North America, many people would answer with something about how they feel: “I am good. I am feeling well. I slept a bit badly, but I am okay.” He replied, “I am going to the gym.”

So the question was how are you, not what are you doing or where are you going.

It was about emotional state. For him, “I am going to the gym” was also an answer about how he was coping.

There is another question: how do male veterans handle trauma? How do they deal with it?

Karanlgtsyan: That is difficult to answer in a general way, because people respond differently.

How do we help veterans with emotional trauma? Who helps them? We do.

First of all, we try to respond with empathy.

If a soldier has lost a leg and uses a prosthesis, we treat him as a person like anyone else. He is not less of a person because of an amputation. The problem is often how other people perceive him. When people see someone with an amputation, they may assume he is fundamentally different. But he is still the same person.

He wakes up, sleeps, and eats like the rest of us. He needs money to support himself and his family. He may still want children. Life continues. If we meet someone who needs help, we are ready to help. But the main goal is not to isolate him in that experience. We try to go through it together, because it is not right to leave a person alone with everything.

We try to integrate veterans into society. When we speak at universities, we bring veterans with us so students have the opportunity to talk with them and ask questions. We need to talk more. The more we talk, the more we understand.

I find this work very important. In our country, if you are not at the front, then you are supporting those who are. We stay in contact with the people at the front; they are our brothers. We are not afraid of them, and we try to take part in everything we can. The whole country works like a mechanism in which every part matters.

If one small part fails, the whole mechanism suffers. In that sense, Ukraine is trying to function like a well-made watch. Problems arise, and people make mistakes. What matters is the conclusions we draw so that the same mistakes are not repeated.

A month ago, there was another warning, and now the whole country is preparing for the next winter. We understand how difficult it may be, and we have learned lessons from the past. Winter has just ended, the wounds are still healing, and yet we are already preparing for the next one. We do not have time to stop.

We are inspired by the achievements of our soldiers. When you do something useful, when you can bring real help, it motivates you to keep going.

War takes up a large part of our lives. To stop and simply give in to sadness feels like a luxury we do not have.

The Russian army took a great deal from me.

I do not have the life I had before. Many things were taken from me. My friends were taken from me too; half of them went to the front. We had a team. We trained together, and after training we would go for coffee, talk, and share new experiences. Now that life is gone. It remains a memory, and I understand that it may never fully return.

I used to box, but I cannot anymore. After the amputation, I lost my favourite sport. Now I give my time to my friends and my dog. When I hear someone say they went boxing, I feel that loss strongly. That is one way I experience and express emotion.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Harnik.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Zainab Chaudry on Jerusalem Holy Site Restrictions, Religious Freedom, and International Law

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Zainab Chaudry on Jerusalem Holy Site Restrictions, Religious Freedom, and International Law

Photo by Karima A on Unsplash

Zainab Chaudry, Pharm.D., is Maryland Director for the Council on American-Islamic Relations and serves as a spokesperson on issues involving civil liberties, religious freedom, education, and public policy. Based in Maryland, she has represented CAIR in media, legislative, and community forums and has appeared in recent statewide advocacy efforts, including Muslim Lobby Day initiatives in Annapolis and Maryland advocacy. In 2015, she was appointed to the Maryland State Advisory Committee of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, and Baltimore media later profiled her as one of the city’s most prominent civil rights leaders.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Zainab Chaudry of CAIR about Israeli restrictions on access to major holy sites in Jerusalem, including the Al-Aqsa compound and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. Chaudry says Israeli authorities imposing restrictions on Muslim and Christian holy sites in Jerusalem is a dangerous threat to religious freedom and an egregious escalation of its oppression of Palestinian Muslims and Christians. She discusses interfaith implications, international human rights standards, and the way U.S. media frames Palestinian Christians and Muslims. The conversation closes with a call on Congress to exercise its authority to press for accountability of Israel, protect all sacred spaces, and end the illegal occupation of Palestine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us begin with the broader picture. Regarding restrictions on access to major holy sites in Jerusalem, what reasons have Israeli authorities given for these measures, and what broader concerns do critics raise based on precedent?

Zainab Chaudry: Israeli authorities have a long history of imposing draconian, oppressive restrictions on the Masjid Al-Aqsa complex as a means to exercise political control, assert sovereignty and control the movement of Palestinians.

These restrictions are expanding to Christian holy sites, notably the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. Faith leaders and some U.S. and foreign officials are increasingly objecting to these policies that are interfering with the freedom of worship. For example, on Palm Sunday, Israeli police reportedly barred senior Catholic clergy, including the Latin Patriarch Cardinal Pierbattista Pizzaballa, from entering the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. That decision drew widespread criticism from the Latin Patriarchate and U.S. and European officials. The Latin Patriarchate said in a statement, in part: “For the first time in centuries, the Heads of the Church were prevented from celebrating the Palm Sunday Mass at the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. This incident is a grave precedent and disregards the sensibilities of billions of people around the world who, during this week, look to Jerusalem.”

Jacobsen: Have any deadlines been specified for how long these restrictions will remain in place, or were they imposed without a clear end date?

Chaudry: Following backlash and criticism, including from senior U.S. officials, Israeli authorities partially lifted the ban on access for the Latin Patriach to the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. At this time, there is no stated timeline for the lifting of restrictions on the Al-Aqsa Mosque.

Jacobsen: There has also been a political reaction from the United States, correct?

Chaudry: There has only been political reaction from some U.S. officials in relation to restrictions imposed on the Church, not on the Al-Aqsa Mosque. This unfortunately underscores the double standards in how U.S. officials prioritize faith communities’ religious freedom rights, especially in Jerusalem. Israel’s violations of Muslim communities’ rights do not receive nearly the same level of priority, concern, direct political attention or moral clarity.

It’s worth noting that even in cases where U.S. officials do speak up, it has only led to diplomatic concessions, not concrete policy changes.

Jacobsen: So the central concern from critics is that worshippers should be able to practice freely without being blocked from these sites?

Chaudry: Restricting access to any holy site, whether through permitting requirements, age limitations, on the basis of nationality, through arbitrary checkpoints, or now outright closures particularly during major religious observances, is an egregious violation of basic religious freedom and the United Nations’ Universal Declaration of Human Rights. It adds more layers of oppression and subjugation by Israel against Palestinians.

Jacobsen: This has also been described as an interfaith issue. Is that accurate?

Chaudry: Yes. Israel’s forced closures have affected access to predominantly Muslim but also Christian sites within and beyond Jerusalem. As a result, concerns are being raised more broadly about religious liberty and equal access, rather than just one single group.

Jacobsen: What about access to Al-Aqsa? Some claims suggest recent measures are unprecedented since 1967.

Chaudry: Israeli authorities frequently and routinely block access for Muslim worshippers to the Al-Aqsa complex, but did so during the holy month of Ramadan for the first time since 1967. This forced closure extended into, and now beyond, one of the two holiest days on the islamic calendar, Eid ul-Fitr.

Jacobsen: And the Church of the Holy Sepulchre?

Chaudry: According to the Latin Patriarchate, access to the Church had not been restricted for centuries. There’s no such precedent in modern times. While that restriction was partially reversed following criticism, the fact that it was imposed to begin with is a serious escalation and signifies that Israel is expanding its reign of oppressive policies across diverse communities.

Congress must take swift action to halt Israel’s blatant, unconscionable crackdown on religious communities and the relentless erosion of basic rights.

Our government must examine and take responsibility for its role in funding and permitting Israel’s oppressive policies.

Jacobsen: Beyond the immediate reporting, are there indications that some holy sites or faith communities are affected more than others, or are these restrictions broadly applied?

Chaudry: The extent and enforcement of restrictions specifically target Muslim and Christian worshippers (Israeli settlers are given access to Masjid Al Aqsa, for example). Muslim holy sites are disproportionately impacted. Israel has a long history of forcibly blocking access to Muslim worshippers to other mosques as well, including the Ibrahimi Mosque.

Restrictions affecting one religious community have broader implications for religious freedom. Access should be protected for all worshippers, regardless of faith, while balancing legitimate security considerations.

Jacobsen: How should international law frame access to sacred spaces in contested territories?

Chaudry: International human rights law provides a framework through the Universal Declaration of Human Rights for example, which affirms the right to freedom of thought, conscience, and religion, including the freedom to manifest religion in worship and practice.

Legal frameworks, including international humanitarian law, impose obligations on authorities to respect religious sites and preserve access, including during periods of conflict or occupation.

Jacobsen: When you read left-wing, centrist, and right-wing media in the United States, what tends to be underemphasized or overemphasized in coverage of these issues?

Chaudry: Media framing varies significantly but overwhelmingly western media tends to be blatantly biased in favor of Israel. This manifests through framing headlines and reporting in ways that diminish harm by Israel, shift the blame, sanitize its oppressive policies, and frequently gloss over, or not report on its genocide, extensive war crimes, apartheid system of governance and human rights violations.

Some progressive outlets exhibit more objectivity and do a better job of highlighting humanitarian impacts, civilian harm, and questions of international law.

Jacobsen: What do you see within these different media frameworks? What tends to be underemphasized or overemphasized from a more informed perspective?

Chaudry: Western media coverage is widely known to dehumanize Palestinians and portray them in ways that lack nuance or context. Reporting on Gaza is often routed through editorial bureau, with very specific guidelines favoring Israel that shape how stories and headlines are presented. These editorial standards influence how narratives are constructed and which perspectives are prioritized.

This creates massive gaps in the public’s knowledge and understanding. That lack of awareness impacts broader issues in how the region is presented and understood in public discourse.

Jacobsen: What is your final call to action regarding the protection of human rights, particularly access to religious sites?

Chaudry: The central call from advocates is for access to places of worship to be maintained or restored in a manner consistent with international human rights standards, including the protections outlined in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

This includes ensuring that Muslims and Christians have unrestricted access to their respective holy sites including the Al-Aqsa Mosque and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre.

Advocacy groups are also calling on governments, including the United States Congress, to use diplomatic, legal, and policy tools to hold Israel accountable for its long history of religious persecution, illegal and oppressive policies, genocide and ethnic cleansing in Palestine and now also Lebanon.

The broader principle is that access to sacred spaces must be protected and maintained as a basic, fundamental right, even in contexts of conflict.

We are calling for the full restoration of unrestricted access to all holy sites for the diverse faith communities connected to them. Congress must examine its role in the U.S. government in relation to current policy towards Israel, and exercise all available oversight mechanisms through our system of checks and balances, to apply pressure on the Israeli government regarding access restrictions and broader human rights concerns.

Access to the Al-Aqsa complex and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre should be maintained and restored in a manner consistent with international human rights standards.

Jacobsen: Zainab, thank you very much for your time and your expertise today. I appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Claus Volko on Symbiont Conversion, Antimicrobial Resistance, and Experimental Proof of Success

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Claus D. Volko, M.D. born in October 1983, is the son of a teacher and an engineer. He showed an early interest in computing and began contributing to computer magazines at the age of ten. By twelve, he had become co-editor of an electronic magazine on computer art, where he played a leading role in expanding its readership. Volko later completed degrees in medicine, medical informatics, and computational intelligence before entering the private sector as a software engineer. In parallel with his industry work, he published medical research and pursued ideas intended to address the problem of antimicrobial resistance.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Claus Volko, M.D. about experimental standards for success, biological markers of microbial conversion, and the theoretical scope of symbiont-based approaches to infection and cancer. Volko explains why quantitative significance matters, why bacterial diseases such as tuberculosis may serve as proof-of-concept targets, and why symbiont conversion may offer ethical and clinical advantages over antibiotics, even as evolutionary risks and medical conservatism remain serious challenges for researchers today globally.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In the experiments proposed, what result would count as success rather than merely an interesting anomaly?

Claus Volko, M.D.: The experiments have quantitative results. In statistics there are some criteria which determine whether a quantitative result is significant, such as the chi squared test. So these tests would have to be applied to detect whether a result would count as success.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chi-squared_test

Jacobsen: If reprogramming and reeducating are interchangeable, what biological change marks the point of actual conversion?

Volko: The incorporation of the DNA sequence that creates the protein that is beneficial for the host organism, and the removal of the pathogen.

Jacobsen: What other theoretical frameworks in the past seemed to be pointing towards yours, but not quite with the same coherence?

Volko: To be honest, I don’t know. It seems that some people have partially had similar ideas as mine but I haven’t read any paper that generalized the idea to comprise both bacteria and cancer cells, as I did.

Jacobsen: So, stability is not intended, because you want to perturb evolution. How does one prevent the perturbation from producing a worse or more resistant lineage in a structured way?

Volko: It is still possible that the bacteria evolve and in the end there will again be some bacteria which are pathogens. This cannot be prevented. But the chance that that will happen is rather low.

Jacobsen: Tuberculosis may be a strategically sane target. Why tuberculosis first?

Volko: It is just one of many possible targets because it is a bacterial infection. Another possible target would be syphilis, for instance. There are many possible targets, the list of all of them would be very long.

Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what would make it a better proof-of-concept than other pathogens?

Volko: I mentioned it primarily because it is a very severe disease and we know that it is caused by bacterial infection.

Jacobsen: The ethical implication is do not kill them. How do you balance microbial moral status against urgent clinical situations, for example where rapid eradication becomes paramount to save the life of the patient?

Volko: I do think that symbiont conversion would not only be superior to antibiotics because of the ethical perspective, but also because it would work well even in life-threatening situations. Mind that antibiotics don’t remove bacterial toxins. They only kill bacteria. The toxins remain in the human body. In this respect, this doesn’t differ from my idea.

Jacobsen: You said medicine is less tolerant culturally than engineering because it attracts more conservative people. What kind of evidence would be enough to overcome that conservatism?

Volko: I don’t think that this conservatism is easy to overcome. Change is happening at a slow rate. For example, from 1945 to the 2010s the conservative, Christian democratic Austrian Medical Students’ Union had the majority of the seats at the Medical University of Vienna. But now, it has been replaced by a more progressive faction. This might have the effect that with some time, the percentage of progressive-thinking medical doctors will increase. But as said, it’s a slow process.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Claus.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Maxim Chubik on Approaches to Veteran Trauma Rehabilitation in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Maxim Chubik is a Ukrainian military psychologist, psychotherapist, veteran of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, and trainer-psychologist with DoLadu Camp, focused on veteran rehabilitation and psychological recovery. He is a specialist in psychodrama, group and individual psychological support, and veteran and family rehabilitation camps. He has also been identified as a veteran and psychologist with the psychological support line for military personnel and their loved ones through the nationwide #VARTOZHYTY initiative. Chubik’s work centers on trauma recovery, communication between veterans and civilians, family reintegration, and practical pathways for sustained psychological support after intensive rehabilitation programs.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Maxim Chubik, a Ukrainian military psychologist, trainer-psychologist with DoLadu Camp, and psychologist with the #VARTOZHYTY support line, about trauma care for veterans returning from the frontline. Chubik explains his use of psychodrama, cognitive approaches, and client-centered therapy in rehabilitation settings, emphasizing that short intensive programs can spark motivation even if they cannot fully transform a life. He outlines common challenges facing veterans, including family strain, communication barriers with civilians, depression, anxiety, aggression, and disrupted work identity. He also discusses follow-up care, peer support, and the complex self-perception of veterans who legally return as civilians but still identify as military.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What school of psychology do you specialize in and use here?

Maxim Chubik: My specialization is psychodrama. I am a certified psychotherapist. I have a degree in medical psychology, and I am also studying practical psychology at another university in Ukraine. I also work with cognitive therapy and client-centered therapy. I have completed additional training in these approaches. The method that has influenced me most is client-centered therapy, but I also use psychodrama and cognitive behavioral therapy in rehabilitation work with veterans.

Jacobsen: What tends to be effective for individuals with severe trauma, including complex PTSD and PTSD?

Chubik: From my experience, all the methods I mentioned can be effective in practice. Psychodrama can work well. Cognitive behavioral therapy also works well and is one of the main approaches used in trauma-focused work. I also value client-centered therapy because it focuses directly on the client and the client’s problems. There are many other methods, but I do not use them because I am not certified in them. EMDR is also considered effective, but I do not practice it myself.

Jacobsen: For those returning from the frontline, what are the most common core issues?

Chubik: It depends on the individual, but some patterns are common. Communication difficulties between veterans and civilians are frequent. Family problems are also common, especially in relationships with wives and children. Many veterans struggle with motivation around work, including whether to return to work or change careers. Some try to move away from the kind of work they did before the war. Depression is a major concern. Many also have questions about how to manage aggression. Worry and anxiety are also common. These are the main challenges I see.

Jacobsen: How much can realistically be achieved in a four-day or condensed rehabilitation period?

Chubik: At the beginning of each camp, I say that four days will not change a person’s life completely or dramatically. However, four days can be enough to create the desire to change one’s life. It is enough to build motivation. It is enough to begin the process of change.

Four days are enough to develop the desire to change something in your life. This may relate to physical activity, mental well-being, work, relationships, or other areas. Some participants can begin making changes during the program itself. However, many changes occur after the camp. After each program, we offer individual psychological consultations. Participants also have the opportunity to join peer-to-peer online support groups and other follow-up programs that we provide.

Jacobsen: What cannot be done in rehabilitation within such a short period?

Chubik: It is very difficult to help someone who does not want to receive help or support. Sometimes there are one or two participants who demonstrate strong psychological defense mechanisms. In such cases, four days may not be enough. It is more effective when I have already worked individually with someone and then recommend group therapy or peer-to-peer support. This combination tends to produce better results. If this is a person’s first experience with psychological rehabilitation, it can be challenging for them. In general, many things can be done, but we cannot help someone who does not want help.

Jacobsen: How do veterans who have survived war see themselves? What is their self-perception?

Chubik: Officially, according to legislation, they are civilians. However, many of them feel and think of themselves as military. If asked whether they are civilian or military, most will say they are military. They often see themselves as a distinct group, separate from civilians, with different values and principles. Because of this, some reduce or end relationships with friends and even family members.

Many find it difficult to communicate with civilians. This can sometimes lead to increased irritation or aggression in interactions with others. At the same time, they often view themselves as strong, but also as individuals who carry problems—some physical, some psychological. Many feel they are injured, either mentally or physically. In this sense, some may also perceive themselves as weakened because of these injuries, even while maintaining a strong identity as veterans.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Max.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Brandon Feick on Intelligence Testing, AI, Creativity, and the Philosophy of Good

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Brandon Feick on Intelligence Testing, AI, Creativity, and the Philosophy of Good

Photo by Bluestonex on Unsplash

Brandon Feick is an independent high-range I.Q. test writer associated with the Glia Society. He is credited with tests including The Breeze, Random Feickery, The Tempest, and Magnum Opus. He has appeared in interviews discussing intelligence, intuition, language, and creativity. In conversation, Feick presents himself as a speculative, intuitive thinker interested in problem-solving beyond conventional metrics, the limits of language, and the hidden architecture of thought. His reflections combine personal experience, abstract philosophy, and a restless curiosity about the mind, meaning, and human potential in an era of AI change.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Brandon Feick, an independent high-range IQ test writer associated with the Glia Society, about intelligence, creativity, language, intuition, morality, science, AI, and the limits of expression. Feick reflects on how he designs puzzle-based test items, why he sees problem-solving as broader than standard IQ measures, and how technology may transform the identification of intelligence. He also explores God as synonymous with Good, doubts an afterlife, critiques simplistic truths, and meditates on thought, memory, writing, evolution, and human potential with a speculative, deeply personal philosophical voice across ethics, politics, perception, and lived experience.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?

Brandon Feick: The purpose of an I.Q. test is to look for particular problem-solving capabilities within a person. The purpose of I.Q. tests, in my opinion, is tied to the vision I have of what they could be. High-range IQ tests can identify individuals with exceptional problem-solving capabilities. As of now, as far as I know, it mostly ends there, but I imagine its possibilities in being a recruitment process. I go in and out of periods of grandiosity. Since I’ve become an I.Q. test writer, I tell myself it just comes with the territory. I would love to see the world of I.Q. testing find an individual who can assemble the various minds there to achieve something remarkable.

In the age of AI, I predict that people will program AI to identify intelligent people. This is where things get interesting. AI could evaluate every word spoken by a person with a phone, every thought typed, every Google search, every idea created on a computer or a phone, if by chance AI were allowed to have all that data. Either way, people will use AI to identify both intelligent and unintelligent individuals in the future.

I could have lived my whole life without thinking much about I.Q. testing. All the tests you first find in the top spots on search engines and social media are mumbo jumbo. If you scroll deeper down quite a ways, it is still mumbo jumbo. That’s all you’ll see when you type in IQ test, and most people aren’t going to look much deeper than that or add modifying words to the search. I think you’d need a stroke of luck to come across the high-IQ community online. As for me, I was feeling philosophical and curious one night after polishing off a few beers and a joint… my friend earlier that night had mentioned a particular celebrity having a high IQ. I forget what I typed into the search engine, but I came across a test that was supposed to be a replica of Mensa’s test. There was an associated email address that I still have in my email: mensa@abc.smallpeach.net. The test costed a fee. After the fairly extensive test, I received a score of 135 and a short informational paragraph which I’ll quote from: “Anyone with a general IQ this high is undoubtedly a genius. From this range on, only specific high-range tests should be considered.” Because of that email, I eventually discovered high-range I.Q. testing. It was 2-3 years later when I started looking for high-range tests.

On another note, I’d like to mention something about the high-range IQ test community… there’s authors out there that only have a few test submissions after having it available for a year or two. This gives some insight into how small the community actually is. It includes just a barely visible portion of high IQ people that are out there. The community being so small is one of the reasons some of my family and friends think it’s a bunch of baloney. I wish the community was bigger. Mensa worldwide has a lot of members… maybe I will look into joining Mensa one day, but the High-range IQ test community is very small.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or the idea of gods, philosophy, theology, and religion?

Feick: I believe in the light of Good. Not everyone knows of God, and what God is varies across different parts of the world. I believe that God is Good in that God = Good. First and foremost, I believe in Good in the world.

Good has brought us this far, and so we must continue to have faith in Good.

Some people may imagine God as a living being. Some people may imagine that God is nature. Some people may imagine that God is the thread that connects every living being. Some people believe God created the universe. I think of God as a means to achieve Good in the world. I strongly believe the idea of God has helped humanity evolve to where it is now.

Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not? Does this lack of belief in an afterlife make this life more worthwhile or less worthwhile?

Feick: Unfortunately, I do not believe in an afterlife. I believe my brain and the idea of my self would no longer exist. I would no longer have conscious thought. In ways that I am entangled with the world, I may continue onward at some level, but I do not think too hard beyond that.

I imagine that believing in an afterlife is more motivating and more worthwhile than believing there isn’t one. I wish there were an afterlife, but I just don’t think there is. I do not ever want my mind to be gone entirely. I think my mind is too wonderful a thing than to disappear and be no more.

Personally, I feel like having a lack of belief in the afterlife makes me feel more free, and it has less feeling of responsibility, which gets me to thinking… it’s probably best that people do believe in the afterlife. I like to enjoy life. For me, this is it… everything my life has been will be gone and I will be no more. I want to enjoy myself, and as well, I care deeply about the world I leave behind. I care for the wellbeing of those who are living when I die and for those yet to be born. I believe mankind would have to be mostly good to reach the point that it has now, even if it is partially tied to necessity… the survival of one’s community helps the survival of one’s self, and I think that makes most people naturally prone to being or doing good.

Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?

Feick: Profound intelligence is not required to do something that can be described as genius, whether it is an achievement in a short series of moments in time or the cumulation of a longer series of moments. However, in cases where someone is described as a genius in fields such as music, literature, or science, I believe profound intelligence is required.

Jacobsen: How much does science play into your worldview?

Feick: Science is the result of the evolution of human intelligence and has become an integral part of everyone’s life. In this day and age, I think it should play a strong role in everyone’s world view. Technology is becoming so advanced that when we think about the future, we have to think about it in terms of technology and the coming advancements that will be made.

Jacobsen: You said, “Nobody wants the pain of living.” What about masochists who attain intrinsic pleasure from pain in living?

Feick: That thought was a whim… a fleeting moment. At the time, I thought it felt poetic. In retrospect, maybe it was pessimistic and assumptive. In a way people don’t want the pain of living or dying, but who wants pain anyway? There are times when a heightened sense of feeling is wonderful. I don’t understand masochists… I suppose they’re a rare breed. I think in the world it’s becoming more important for people to be able to distinguish what is truth and what is not. If people looked up in the dictionary all of the words they think they know, they’d probably be shocked to find out how often the definition varies from how they’ve always imagined the definition to be. I’ve ran into this a lot lately. Over the past few years, I’ve googled words here and there just to see if I am using them right to accurately represent my thought. As it turns out, I was making and still make a lot of mistakes. I probably always will. In a way, the limit of ourselves is our expression. It is difficult to understand the difference between a thought and the words we use to express it. Sometimes it’s nice to take some time and think about how the words in which we think may differ from the thoughts in our minds.

Jacobsen: What are the other forms of problem-solving capabilities outside of I.Q. tests?

Feick: In this moment, I think of problem-solving as an ability to see the connectedness between things, what they are or could be, develop and follow reason, which requires creativity, combined with a high level of intuition. Any developed skill requires problem-solving. Understanding people’s emotions while considering what is going on in their lives, engaging in philosophical conversation… having the ability to store and recall information in a useful way. The ability to envision the past, present, and future states of things as they interconnect, to see the many possibilities, and to decide what has value from the perspective you are interpreting it from.

How many people out there believe in fate or destiny in life? I do… I believe in my own. However, I also believe if I walked into a casino and made bets that the result would be pure luck.

There is an interesting thing about experience: over time, through evolution, it becomes ingrained in one’s being and no longer requires intellectual effort. It becomes natural.

Jacobsen: Could this belief in “Good in the world” be making the mistake of the Just World Hypothesis, postulated as a cognitive bias in psychology?

Feick: Just-World Hypothesis: a cognitive bias in which people believe the world is fundamentally fair, assuming people “get what they deserve.” This hypothesis, I believe, is proposed just for the sake of having fun in making arguments. Is that what the mistake is in believing in it?

Who is to say what is fair? I do not think the just-world hypothesis could apply equally to everyone. There’s too many variables. Suppose that in trying to do good or be fair, we could actually be doing something bad or unfair.

When I think of what just is, or what justice is, I think of something that is a declaration based on a cultures particular beliefs.

Jacobsen: What would be cases of geniuses in popular culture not seen as such by the intelligentsia?

Feick: A particular dictionary definition of genius starts with “exceptional intelligence or creative power.” I think of it as an ability to grasp and understand things and ideas to a degree far beyond what is normal.

Popular culture (stuff enjoyed by the public): sports players, actors, entrepreneurs, competitive video game players, and artists/painters. It’s true, these people can accurately be described as genius. However, the intelligentsia, I believe, would be more concerned with a particular type of genius, those who can express their thoughts in words and contribute to intellectual conversation. Any particular person in the above professions may or may not also be a genius in the eyes of the intelligentsia.

Jacobsen: You showed me a photo. Hot weather! How are you feeling in the heat, man? You look tired and dehydrated, though surviving. Thank you for completing these interviews despite the heat, by the way.

Feick: I realized that summer of how intense heat can affect productive thought. It’s quite difficult. I spent a lot of the summer playing mindless games on my iphone. That was 2023, and the temperatures in the garage stayed between 87-96 degrees F. I bought a dehumidifier and literally kept it right beside me.

Jacobsen: Does Google help with any high-range types of tests outside of searching for “transience of life”?

Feick: Absolutely. There are some websites that can be useful for solving questions made by high-range test authors. I will not list any sites or explain how they may be useful. If the author allows the internet to be used, than if you find a site that helps you with a question or two, than maybe that’s worth some credit, because it takes intelligence to make the best use of resources available to you. Most important is for authors to be mindful of this and limit the amount of questions that the internet can help solve.

Jacobsen: How have the people close to you responded to what you have accomplished?

Feick: My family says they are proud. Friends I’ve talked with don’t seem too interested, so it didn’t take long for me to wise up and quit going around telling people. But, I still do occasionally. People outside the online intellectual community do not see things the same way. My family sees what I do as a game I think, and maybe they are right. Many people in the high-range testing community are IQ test hobbyists. For many of us, it’s like a sport… it’s fun to play/do, and sometimes it’s fun too to shoot for a new high score. I’ve shown my family items I’ve written and they seem excited for a few minutes, but I don’t think they really look at the items after that.

Jacobsen: What draws you to intelligence testing and that community now?

Feick: For me, it’s fun. I could spend an hour plugging numbers into a calculator, and not because I’m trying out equations or something (I haven’t even learned Calculus), but I mean just adding, multiply, dividing, subtracting, squaring or cubing numbers and finding their roots, and I would describe that hour by saying I enjoyed it. I like the idea of being able to test intelligence. On my better items, I feel like I can imagine the different things someone might be thinking while looking at the item… the insights they come to, the things they will try, and how, if successful, they will find the answer. I think of what is truly possible to learn through IQ testing. At the limit of possibility, if a test was extensive enough, it could become a an in-depth map of how someone’s mind works in understanding and solving problems. I am drawn to the creative process and I also enjoy trying out items others create. Honestly, since I first began taking IQ tests, I think I’ve only joined 3 communities, and I’ve only had conversations with a handful of people.

Wouldn’t it be fun if tests developed by the I.Q. community became one of humanity’s last stands against the AI singularity? People are always looking for something to fight for: politics, religion, sports… I’d like to fight for the representation of the depth and beauty of the human mind. As for politics, I assume that the powers that be know more than I ever will about the highest stages of world politics. I do not have the knowledge to make decisions at the highest level. There is also too much information not available to the public. All I can do is try to pick up on enough information to expand my mind, aside from wholly devoting my mind the topic. Almost everyone wants to critique the highest stage of politics, but they cannot see the whole picture to begin with.

Jacobsen: What are your thoughts on power and who should guide the future?

Feick: I would support a candidate with high intelligence that looks at both the short and long term future of humanity, and ideally the candidate would be more focused on the long term future than the short, although one must be mindful of what is definite in the long term future and what is not.

I choose to believe that there are people so powerful in the world that you will never hear their names and that the only reason the world has a balance at all is because of people like this. I believe in the powers that be, in people that I will never know the names of, and believe that they are out there making sure the world, as a whole, will be ok. I believe these people, going back centuries perhaps, but maybe not, are much of what has gotten the world to the point that it is now. Many people want to stand up against and fight what is behind the veil. As for me, I place my trust in it.

Jacobsen: What do you make of how people experience cold?

Feick: In my head, I say things like, “You are only as cold as you think you are.” If you did not think about being cold, then would you be cold? At some point, yes. What if it is just cold enough for a few people to start shivering? Does that make you feel colder? I like to picture myself on a tropical beach. It only helps to some degree, but for me, it definitely helps. Can you adjust your thoughts so you do not shiver? I read that some monks can adjust their core body temperature. I wonder what they think about when they go through this process.

Jacobsen: How do you think information should be held in the mind?

Feick: That I’m not quite sure of. That’s a complex topic. I like the idea of taking in information and storing it as floating truths. On one hand it’s factual and true, but it’s not wholly set in stone, and is open to change, depending on the circumstances.

Jacobsen: How do you think about thoughts and words themselves?

Feick: Words are capsules of information, and that is where things can get complicated. What people describe as big words are typically less known and contain more information. Are they really needed? Things get tricky. Using words like these can complicate things for many people, and it has happened to me quite often. I have never had a fancy for using big words. I prefer to use words I feel most comfortable with, because I feel that it maximizes the chance that I am using them to express my thoughts properly. It is hard enough to choose the right simple words to accurately express the thought I am trying to express, which inherently also involves converting that thought into words. It feels really hard sometimes to separate thought from the words we use to express it, because we are each constantly drawn to a particular set of words. It gets to the point where we do not really think pure thoughts. We merely think through the word choices we have to express thought, and those options often reflect the words we use in our day-to-day lives.

Sometimes, I lie around trying to figure out what I am thinking of when I get a feeling that I am thinking of something, but I do not know what it is. How do you ever know what a thought truly is if all you really have is a translation that uses a limited word bank?

As I think of a conclusion, it is this: art forms, expression, words are a complicated maze of saying this is a thing and that is a thing and this thing does a thing that affects things and is a part of some things that do things in thingily ways to thingy things, and perhaps less thingy things may affect things in other thingily ways if, of course, a thing is always a thing that can be called a thing. It is no wonder so many visual, performance, and musical artists explore their art form and nothing more. Accurately converting that into a valuable written thought is difficult.

Jacobsen: What could be the future of I.Q. testing, considering what AI will become in the next few years? What should it be?

Feick: The current community is too small, in my opinion. Some people fear it becoming too big and becoming mainstream. It could hurt the current I.Q. community if answers spread which could invalidate the scores on many tests out there. Since it’s not an exact science to begin with, and since each question probably shouldn’t hold the same weight anyway, and since a large portion of the small community are really just hobbyists, than maybe it’s ok to think, let’s take this system that’s been built, and let’s try to use it to do something great in the world, even if it forever changes what the IQ community is now. For those who want to keep it as it is, becoming too mainstream is not the only thing they should fear. Within years, AI might be able to bring the whole thing down by solving most of the public items out there. After that, then all you could really have is officially proctored tests, and if you were going to do that, you’d probably want a larger community… a larger sample size.

Jacobsen: How do you turn an idea into a test item?

Feick: In quite a few questions I write, the last step is choosing how to turn it into a question. Sometimes I have ideas written out that I want to make an item out of. I’ll look at it and try to figure out how to set up a question or what information to take out to make a question. This last step includes setting the item’s difficulty level.

I often start by writing ideas for questions, even if simple, and as the writing session goes on I try to think of more advanced ideas. I look anywhere and everywhere for inspiration. Sometimes, I find ideas while taking tests designed by others. As I am trying to think of an answer to a question, sometimes an idea for what a question could be pops into my head. Sometimes, looking at how another author poses a question can inspire me.

Once, for fun, I created triangular pyramids out of paper and began taping them to together, and then I came up with the question “How many triangular pyramids, placed together at their side faces, are needed to create a face-on view shaped like a pentagon?”

Given the rate of AI advancement, I worry that AI will be able to solve many of my questions within the next few years. If that by chance does happen, than I might find myself being willing to describe how I had written some of those items. I could give much more insight if I referenced specific examples, so it will be interesting to see what the future brings.

Jacobsen: How would you describe yourself as a writer of items which you create to test intelligence? Do you have any background that makes you a good candidate to create such items?

Feick: In reality, I create puzzles. I create questions that must be figured out and solved in some way. That is the goal anyway. I call it an IQ test because of the intelligence it requires to solve the items I write. I like to write items that are difficult to solve. These are also the types of items that I enjoy solving. I have no professional background in what I do. What I do, I take seriously though, and I do it at the highest level that I can.

Because I have no formal background, I obviously cannot vouch for the accuracy of the test results. In fact, I would recommend not taking them too seriously. Most simply, I aim to create items that require high intelligence to solve, and I also hope that people enjoy solving the items I write.

Jacobsen: What else do you think intelligence testing should try to measure?

Feick: I believe that pretty much anything is testable. It comes down to what kind of expertise you prioritize and seek in a person. By what means would you like to place a value on one’s ability? You may measure one’s ability to coordinate people best to complete an exceptionally difficult task. You could present a problem and ask someone what they might invent to fix it. Someone’s I.Q. should not be bound to a narrow set of abilities, especially given the infinite amount of processing every human mind does every day. I.Q. is in our ability to read and react, which goes beyond words on pages and into every calculated moment of our lives, our ability to interact with people, to understand people and their mindset, to perceive danger, and to have intuition and creativity in the many forms by which they may apply in our lives. Instinct is intelligence in its most compact form, shaped by evolution.

Jacobsen: What are your thoughts on information in the environment around us?

Feick: If I remember to do so, I will think some thoughts about how information is out there everywhere, just floating in the air. Everywhere people go, and especially where other people have been, there is information floating in the air that might affect you or me whenever we travel through that space, whether we know it or not. Smoke from a forest fire can travel for thousands of miles. A human body “gives off” information, and for much longer than it exists in a specific location in time. Imagine hunting dogs and animals that can smell a scent from a mile away. It is not just scent that travels this far. It is information.

Jacobsen: How do you think about your own writing, and about reading, memory, language, and creativity in your own life?

Feick: Sometimes when I write thoughts, I agree with them when I read them again, and sometimes I do not. You cannot believe everything you read. At best, you take something from it that benefits your mind, depending on what you are looking for, or maybe something catches your eye. I have moments of grandiosity. I could avoid these moments if I wanted to, but on the one hand, I enjoy them. Everyone wants to feel bold and empowered sometimes. I often choose to run with the moment, within reason. I am probably not using the word “grandiosity” exactly right, because what I am expressing does not match its definition, even though I feel the message is delivered clearly enough. Here I am, struggling to use words correctly again.

I have never heard of a class where you must analyze statements by consulting the dictionary for each word in the statement before responding to it. I think a course like that would be fun.

Most of my life, I just read through what I read and take from things what I can. Lately, I have Googled words off and on, because a little while back, I realized how many words I actually misuse, and they are not even big words. They’re common words.

Something within survival techniques causes people to store and pull information in different ways. It raises questions about race and ancestry over lengths of 100, 1,000, or 10,000 years. Some people can remember auditory information verbatim. I rarely retain more than a few excerpts of auditory information well. I remember written information very well though. My mind mainly locks in the summary of things… a simplified version. That’s how I store most things. Some people’s minds can remember every exact detail of things and recall it later. I’m not sure what gives them this ability. I imagine thoughts existing in both the conscious and subconscious. I imagine thoughts fluctuating at multiple levels until they finally reach the top, conscious thought.

Regarding creativity, I can say this: I played guitar for 10 years, on most days an hour or two, on other days more. I learned the basic chords and an occasional riff here and there, but that’s about it. I spent all of my time picking around until I found something that sounded interesting, then tried to make a song out of it, then repeat. I love creative exploration. Anything I wrote, I recorded, but I never remembered how to play anything I wrote a few days later. After all of that time playing guitar, I couldn’t ever play a song for someone. I never retained the information long enough to do that. All that I could do was play a few ideas that popped into my head. After that, I drew blanks . I approach writing test items in a similar way… I play around with ideas until one begins to fee special and then it goes from there.

I would love to know so much more about science and everything else in the world. Still, I am never at a loss for creative exploration with the information I do have. I like to take in new information and ideas as they come, let them resonate awhile, and see what comes of them at the end. I could further my thoughts by learning more about science and such, but I spend most of my time going with the flow of what’s already in my mind and grabbing onto thoughts here and there as they flow by.

Jacobsen: How do you think about your intuition and your sense of yourself?

Feick: I believe I am one of the best and brightest. If I didn’t believe it, I would simply choose to feel this way anyway. I think confidence is required when trying to do anything at a high level.

Sometimes, I wonder why I think I am special. Is it because I have a high level of intuition? Is it just part of being human? I do not look people in the eyes for too long because I begin to feel too much. Is that normal?

Jacobsen: Is morality enacted, something more properly given plenty of thought in each moment, or developed as an innate part of character to emerge naturally in each moment?

Feick: Having high morals is partly learned, though moral disposition may also have innate components.

Jacobsen: Is the reference to evolution limited to the biological tree of life, or is it extended to the biological tree of life in connection with Big Bang cosmology’s singularity, which evolves into parameters and conditions that permit carbon-based life, such as us?

Feick: I forget what I wrote in the initial interview that this question stems from. I was probably referring to the biological tree of life. It’s mind blowing to think that everything could go back to a single point that split two ways, and split again, and split again, and eventually evolved and became intelligent… any thinking along those lines.

Jacobsen: How do personal wants feed into ideologies? Or how do ideologies come out of the mass of personal wants as justifications for personal wants?

Feick: What would an ideology be without some personal wanting? I’ll be honest and say that I can’t think of much of a response to this right now. I feel like I’d have to think on it for awhile and do brainstorming. At least, that’s the way I’d like to approach this question, and today is my last day to finish and edit my responses.

Jacobsen: What about the cuts in individual worldlines, so to speak, from one individual organism’s life to another’s? In that, there is a clear distinction between approximate life start and life end, so there are lines, perhaps coarse, but definite to some degree. So, this evolution in a more “metaphysicalist,” so-called, sense or a more physicalist continuum sense with overlapping folds of individual organisms’ worldlines seems to break down into consecutive stages of life-reproduction-death, life-reproduction-death, with everything, in the end, dying, or “existing” with complete cessation of physiological functions within 1 second to 120 years. Where the physiological becomes the physical, life ends. Evolution’s tree is a strange mix of continuum and definitude, and statistical overlap.

Feick: This is a super fascinating question! You really opened the door for me to do some deep thinking, and I procrastinated in working on these last items of the interview. In a way, when I think of it, life is one continuous being. It reproduces…makes a younger copy of itself, and then dies, but in a way, it’s like it never died at all. I find it interesting that I could spend quite awhile trying to wrap my mind around your question.

Jacobsen: Following on from the previous question, or even the idea of a “must” in evolution, if you look at the reproductive statistics of most human beings now, a large portion will never reproduce; their DNA lineage or genetic line ends with them. Evolution may not be about musts, in this sense. This argues against the use of must or generic plurals of must. In contrast, the prior statement argues for a tree of life with dead ends and statistically patterned reproductive cycles. What if there is no intention, no purpose, no teleology, no “must,” no explanation, as others have written centuries before: no governor anywhere?

Feick: This is another question where I feel like I’d have to break it down, brainstorm, and write some notes and then turn that into an answer. Up until these last questions, as soon as I finished reading the question, I found myself ready to start jotting down thoughts. Even if I haven’t answered these questions here in the interview, they are definitely questions that I would like to spend time thinking about.

Jacobsen: Why do we cathect with love?

Feick: We invest mental and emotional energy into this feeling because of the fulfillment we gain from it. Love has a lot to do with the self. Unfortunately, this answer will also be incomplete, but on the bright side, there’s a lot to read and think about within these pages.

I am thankful for you showing curiosity in my thoughts. Thank you Scott for everything you have done. You have put a lot of time and effort into these interviews and have done an amazing job.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Brandon.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Matthew Scillitani on High-Range Psychometrics, Validity, and Test Security

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Matthew Scillitani is a psychometrics practitioner at Neurolus Psychometrics focused on developing supervised, time-limited high-range ability examinations. He co-launched The Mental Inventor with Paul Cooijmans as an empirical testbed for a central measurement question: whether performances can be validly differentiated in the extreme right tail under proctored conditions. His approach emphasizes procedural integrity—identity verification, approved proctoring, and rule enforcement—alongside cautious claims about interpretation until reliability and validity evidence is established. He highlights emerging threats to unsupervised testing, including AI-assisted responding and large-scale collaboration, and advocates peer review before formal reclassification.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Matthew Scillitani on the psychometric ambitions and safeguards behind supervised, time-limited high-range testing at Neurolus Psychometrics and The Mental Inventor. Scillitani explains that exploratory validity work may begin at 50 submissions, with stronger analyses at 100 or 250, using prior candidate data to reduce sample requirements. He stresses moderate cross-section correlations as evidence of broad reasoning, transparent reporting of selection bias, and strict standards for excluding compromised sittings. The discussion also addresses score uncertainty, interpretive restraint, third-party misuse, and evolving security threats, including answer leakage, collaboration, and AI-era integrity concerns.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What empirical threshold would move from exploratory data collection to a formal validation study?

Matthew Scillitani: We plan to start exploring construct validity at 50 submissions, with follow-up analyses at 100 and, if needed, 250 submissions.

Intuitively, these sound like too small samples, but understand that we are not generating norms from nothing. In many cases, we already know candidates’ prior scores on related exams. This allows us to use methods like rank equation, reducing sample size requirements compared to traditional norming methods that use an unselected population.

That said, 50 submissions may only support an exploratory analysis. The initial goal is to observe trends and possible construct measurement. If results are inconclusive, we would continue collecting data and re-evaluate at 100 and again at 250 submissions.

Jacobsen: The exam includes verbal, numerical, and spatial items. What evidence would reflect broad reasoning ability rather than an unusually strong specialty cognitive profile?

Scillitani: The appropriate approach here is to examine the relationship between the three sections. If they correlate very highly, it suggests they measure more or less the same thing. Ideally, there is a moderate positive intercorrelation across sections, such as 0.4 to 0.6.

Jacobsen: Eligibility is limited to English-speaking adults who can arrange an approved proctor. How will you estimate the selection bias built into it?

Scillitani: This exam necessarily produces a selective sample because it requires candidates to be English-speaking adults, find a proctor, and have the willingness to sit for a challenging exam.

We intend to document this clearly and publish aggregate (anonymized) candidate characteristics in the statistical reports. This includes country, age, sex, and other relevant demographics, making the sample in question clear to both researchers and candidates.

Jacobsen: If results begin to differ systematically by proctor type or testing environment, what would count as enough distortion to justify excluding sittings?

Scillitani: The decision to exclude data is serious because post hoc removal of inconvenient results can permanently damage the integrity of our research. It is best to exclude data only when there is clear, well-documented evidence that the sitting was objectively compromised by cheating or improper testing procedures.

That evidence does not necessarily need to be a confession, but may also be evident in the statistics. For example, anomalous response patterns such as impossibly similar responses in two submissions from the same town, or a documented mishap such as a candidate needing to exit the exam early.

We will internally document any exclusions so that peer reviewers can judge for themselves whether those exclusions were justified.

Jacobsen: Retesting is not permitted. How do you plan to estimate the uncertainty around an individual high-end score?

Scillitani: Uncertainty will be estimated psychometrically via reliability and the standard error of measurement.

Scores, outliers or not, should always be understood in the context of their margin of uncertainty, which candidates and organizations will know when the first statistical report is published.

Jacobsen: You provide scaled scores. How do you prevent the scale from encouraging stronger conclusions than intended?

Scillitani: This is both a technical and ethical issue. At this early stage, scaled scores are used because the exam is not yet standardized, and we do not want the terminology to imply greater normative maturity than is warranted.

We also do not present these scores as measuring I.Q. or any other construct, both in score reports and on the website. The score conversion table exists only to provide candidates and organizations with a point of reference, not to make any claims the data cannot yet support.

Jacobsen: If outside organizations use the exam, where will responsibility begin and end in preventing overclaiming or misuse of results?

Scillitani: Third parties are responsible for the claims they make. However, that does not mean that publishers have no responsibility at all. We provide clear documentation, interpretive limits, and as much statistical information as possible so that nobody is misled.

Jacobsen: As AI systems and answer-sharing methods improve, how will you update the exam to preserve security?

Scillitani: AI is not yet a major concern because the exam procedure disallows electronics, making it inaccessible during the exam. But there are more immediate security concerns, such as answer leakage.

Unusually similar response patterns or geographically clustered irregularities will be flagged for review. And if a specific location or proctoring option shows signs of compromise, we will investigate and resolve the issue in the fairest way possible.

Over time, this may require tactical countermeasures, but I cannot say publicly what they would be. Measures may already be in place to identify compromised sittings so that legal action can be taken against the culprit.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Matthew.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Denys Sviatokum: How Ukraine’s Dual-Use Technology Sector Is Reshaping Modern Warfare

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Denys Sviatokum is a Ukrainian defence-sector coordinator and industry leader serving as Chairman of the Ukrainian Dual-Use Technology Cluster, an organization uniting more than 70 companies focused on defence and dual-use innovation. His work centers on connecting Ukrainian battlefield-tested technologies with international partners, facilitating integration, joint development, and scaling of operational solutions. In parallel, he serves as a Board Member of the Federation of Employers of Ukraine “Defence,” representing over 500 companies in the national defence industry. Through these roles, Sviatokum contributes to strengthening Ukraine’s industrial coordination, international collaboration, and technological resilience amid ongoing war conditions.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Denys Sviatokum on Ukraine’s rapidly expanding dual-use technology sector, focusing on how wartime necessity has accelerated drone production, industrial integration, and asymmetric defence strategy. Sviatokum explains his roles in the Ukrainian Dual-Use Technology Cluster and FEU Defence, arguing that dual-use framing connects civilian and military innovation while attracting Western financing and partnerships. He describes Ukraine not only as an innovator but also as an integrator of technologies across the air, ground, and maritime domains. The discussion emphasizes low-cost systems, battlefield adaptation, post-war industrial redirection, and the changing economics of modern warfare under sustained pressure from Russia’s full-scale invasion today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are your current roles?

Denys Sviatokum: I am the Chairman and co-founder of the Ukrainian Dual-Use Technology Cluster. It is an association that currently brings together more than 70 companies.

I am also a board member of FEU Defence, which is part of the Federation of Employers of Ukraine. FEU Defence brings together 17 regional and sectoral associations whose members include about 500 companies of different forms of ownership. We work to build stronger connections across the defence industry, support growth, represent members’ interests before the government, and help address structural gaps in the sector.

I focus on dual-use technology because it connects civilian and military industries and supports technology transfer for Ukraine’s future. I want Ukraine to become a country that creates value through technological innovation and shares those products with the world.

Many Ukrainian businesses have redirected their activities toward defence since the start of Russia’s full-scale invasion. This has been necessary for survival. At the same time, after the war, some of these enterprises may struggle if they remain dependent only on wartime demand. I want to help redirect that capacity into civilian innovation, production, and long-term technological development.

That is my overview.

Jacobsen: Why use the term “dual use”? What do you mean by it, and what does it replace among standard terms?

Sviatokum: Historically, “dual use” refers to goods and technologies that can be used for both civilian and military purposes, especially in the context of export controls and international trade regulation.

Today, many Ukrainian businesses and entrepreneurs have redirected their facilities, teams, and engineering capacity toward defence needs since the full-scale invasion. In my view, this also reflects the logic of dual use, because the same infrastructure and technical expertise can support both military and civilian production.

Jacobsen: For example, one drone can deliver payloads, while another could transport an injured person to a hospital.

Sviatokum: Exactly. Drones can be used in logistics, medicine, infrastructure inspection, construction support, and many other areas. That is what I mean by dual use.

A useful historical analogy is that the U.S. military originally developed GPS and later opened it to civilian use, while the internet grew in part from ARPANET, funded by the U.S. Department of Defence, before evolving into a global civilian network. I see this as a constructive model for Ukraine’s economy—building technologies that serve defence needs now and later support civilian sectors.

Ukraine also faces financing constraints in defence production. As a result, companies often adapt civilian technologies, including drones and related systems, to meet urgent military needs and close capability gaps.

Jacobsen: What other foundational concepts are important here? In terms of dual-use technology, the defence industry, drones, counter-drone systems, and related areas are of interest.

Sviatokum: One reason I emphasize the term “dual use” is that it is more legible to European and Western funding ecosystems than a narrowly military label. It creates an entry point for financing, partnerships, and cooperation involving technologies with both civilian and defence applications.

My goal is to make these opportunities clearer and more accessible for international partners and investors.

Jacobsen: How large is the industry now? And for comparison, how large was it about 12 years ago?

Sviatokum: At present, the most active segment of the sector is drone companies, though there are many others as well. Since the start of the full-scale invasion, the sector has grown significantly—from roughly $2 billion in procurement or production capacity to around $40 billion. That is about a twentyfold increase.

We now have more than 3,000 enterprises and projects operating in this space. Before the full-scale invasion, there were only about six or seven drone companies. Today, there is a wide range of companies working across different types of systems, including research and development.

In my view, Ukraine is not primarily an innovator in the traditional sense—we are integrators. We bring together technologies from different fields into unified systems and build supply chains around them. The sector is growing rapidly and transforming existing defence production models.

There have been comments from executives at companies such as Rheinmetall encouraging rapid, decentralized innovation in Ukraine. I understand that perspective. Traditionally, large defence companies invest heavily in long-term development strategies. However, the current war has disrupted that model.

Now, relatively inexpensive systems—such as drones costing around $1,000—can destroy equipment worth millions, including tanks. This fundamentally changes the economics of warfare.

Jacobsen: There are two factors here. Ukraine has a smaller population and fewer financial resources than the Russian Federation. Therefore, drones—especially cost-effective systems, including counter-drone technologies—help address both constraints while preserving personnel.

Sviatokum: That is correct. To survive, we must act asymmetrically. We focus on creating the most cost-effective solutions available. The Russian Federation has advantages in workforce, funding, and industrial scale. Because of that, Ukraine must adapt quickly and pursue asymmetric strategies. Drones and other relatively low-cost systems allow us to compensate for those disparities.

Jacobsen: The Black Sea Fleet is a good example of this.

Sviatokum: Yes, it is a strong example.

Jacobsen: When people think of drones, they usually think of aerial systems. They do not always realize that there are also maritime drones.

Sviatokum: Exactly. The concept applies to all unmanned systems—air, ground, and maritime.

The most important next step is integration across these domains. These systems can operate together as coordinated, multi-domain platforms—essentially functioning as robotic units operating across different environments.

Maritime drones have demonstrated how relatively low-cost systems can challenge traditional naval assets. Historically, major naval powers relied on large ships and expensive platforms. Now, much cheaper unmanned systems can threaten or disable them. This represents a significant shift in how naval warfare is understood.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Denys.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Entemake Aman on Kazakh Freedom, Nomadic Wisdom, and the Hidden Costs of Western Individualism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Entemake Aman on Kazakh Freedom, Nomadic Wisdom, and the Hidden Costs of Western Individualism

Photo by Kate Ibragimova on Unsplash

Entemake Aman is a commentator on Kazakh culture whose reflections center on nomadic wisdom, hospitality, ecological knowledge, and the relationship between freedom and belonging. In this interview, Aman explains the four-season pasture system as a practical survival philosophy rooted in movement across the steppe, describes hospitality as a moral obligation extended even to recent opponents, and frames freedom not as isolated autonomy but as dignity sustained through kinship and reciprocal ties. Aman also contrasts this worldview with Western individualism, arguing that emancipation can carry hidden costs, including relational fragility, privatized hardship, loneliness, stigma around dependence, and ecological disconnection in societies.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Entemake Aman about what makes Kazakhs distinctly Kazakh, how nomadic wisdom shaped four-season pasture management, and why hospitality became essential on the steppe. Aman argues that Kazakh freedom is best understood through movement, dignity, and belonging rather than through individual choice alone. The conversation contrasts relational, land-based freedom with modern Western autonomy while also examining the hidden costs of individualism, including fragile social ties, privatized hardship, loneliness, stigma around dependence, and ecological disconnection. Together, the exchange offers a compact philosophical portrait of Kazakh identity, ethics, social resilience, and freedom in the modern world.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What makes Kazakhs real Kazakhs? How do these differ from Kozakhs?

Entemake Aman: The Kazakh people are a nation that integrates nomadic wisdom! They are known for their warm hospitality! They have a natural reverence for nature and a reverence for freedom, and have also developed a tolerant, enthusiastic, and sincere approach to hospitality.

Jacobsen: What is the form of the “nomadic wisdom”? What style of “warm hospitality”? How do they revere nature and freedom?

Aman: Nomadic wisdom is not a theory in books, but a sophisticated knowledge system and philosophy of life for survival and prosperity on the grasslands. For example, the Kazakh people divide the grasslands into four seasons of pastures, forming an extremely scientific resource management system called “transition”! For the Kazakh people, when the ‘guests of Allah’ come, they should open their arms. No matter whether the visitor is poor or rich, even if there is a dispute just now, as long as they enter the felt house, they will be honored guests. They revere the laws of nature and love the soul of freedom. For them, freedom is not about doing whatever one wants, but about coexisting harmoniously with the steppe and finding the greatest possible space for survival by following its natural laws. As a Kazakh sage once said: “Your freedom extends as far as your horse can run.”

Jacobsen: What does the four-season pasture system show about Kazakh wisdom and survival? How does hospitality to strangers grow out of that way of life? How does this lead to a different idea of freedom?

Aman: The Four Seasons Ranch System demonstrates the wisdom of Kazakhs in transforming ecological constraints into survival advantages. From this harsh and fluid way of life, they developed warm and hospitable customs as social glue, and ultimately formed a unique worldview that understands freedom as “dynamic adaptation, independence, and spatial dominance”. In the traditional perception of Kazakhs, true freedom is the ability to freely transition between vast lands and the dignity of being accepted wherever one goes!

Jacobsen: How does the Kazakh idea of freedom as movement, dignity, and belonging differ from modern ideas of freedom as individual choice alone?

Aman: The difference lies in what freedom is rooted in. For Kazakhs, freedom is not primarily about individual autonomy or the absence of constraint. It is about movement, dignity, and belonging—three things woven together by a mobile pastoralist life.

Movement as freedom: On the steppe, freedom meant being able to migrate with the seasons, to access pastures, and to make life-sustaining decisions without being forcibly settled or taxed by outside powers. Freedom was the capacity to keep moving—because staying put under external control meant losing the basis of survival.

Dignity as freedom: Dignity came from being a self-sufficient household (ata-zhurt), from hosting guests with generosity, and from being known as a person of good name. A free person was one who could give freely, not just one who was left alone.

Belonging as freedom: This is the key contrast. Kazakh freedom was never about solitary choice. True freedom existed within a web of kinship, hospitality obligations, and shared knowledge of migration routes. Being cut off from one’s clan or community was the worst form of helplessness—not freedom at all.

Modern Western ideas of freedom as “individual choice alone” often assume a self-contained person making preferences in a marketplace of options. In the Kazakh steppe tradition, a person is always relational. Freedom is not the absence of ties; it is having the right kind of ties—ties that enable movement, secure your dignity, and give you a place to return to.

So where modern individualist freedom asks, “Can I do what I want without interference?” the Kazakh view asks, “Can I move with my people, live with integrity, and be received with honor wherever I go?”

Both are forms of freedom, but one is anchored in autonomy, the other in a mobile, reciprocal way of life where belonging itself is what makes freedom possible.

Jacobsen: How does the Kazakh understanding of freedom as movement, dignity, and belonging challenge modern Western ideas that treat freedom mainly as individual choice?

Aman: The question touches on a deep difference in how freedom is understood—one rooted in Kazakh tradition, the other in modern Western thought.

In Kazakh culture, freedom is understood as freedom in relationship, while the modern Western view tends to see freedom primarily as freedom of the individual.

In the Kazakh nomadic tradition, freedom is first of all movement. But this is not the modern idea of moving wherever you want. It is a rhythm tied to the steppe, the seasons, and the migration routes passed down by ancestors. Freedom means being able to move with your family and livestock across vast landscapes in a cycle that sustains life. This movement is collective and orderly, not the isolated choice of a single individual.

Second, freedom is dignity. In the Kazakh view, true freedom is not “doing whatever you want.” It is about being able to uphold your own honor and that of your family, to fulfill your responsibilities within your tribe or community, and to be treated with respect. A person without dignity, even if they have endless choices, is not considered truly free.

Third, freedom is belonging. Freedom is not about breaking away from community—it is found in belonging. Belonging to your family, your clan, your people. A person cut off from their roots is like a tree with no ground; that drifting state is not freedom, but loss.

Modern Western ideas of freedom, by contrast, tend to center on individual choice. The individual is seen as free when released from traditional constraints, able to decide their own path, values, and identity. Freedom here means non-interference, with an emphasis on personal autonomy and boundaries.

Neither understanding is superior; each grew out of a different history and way of life. For the Kazakh nomads, life on the steppe made it clear that without community, without dignity, without deep ties to the land, “freedom” becomes empty solitude. Modern Western societies, having gone through a long process of individual emancipation, came to see freedom as the absence of coercion.

Today, these two perspectives can complement each other. The Kazakh tradition reminds us that freedom cannot be separated from dignity and belonging. The modern view reminds us that individuals have the right to make their own choices, even while honoring tradition. Perhaps real freedom lies in finding a balance between movement, dignity, belonging, and individual choice.

Jacobsen: What are the hidden costs of Western individualism and emancipation?

Aman: Western individualism and emancipation bring personal freedom, but at several hidden costs:

Relational thinness – Ties become voluntary and fragile. You gain the right to leave, but lose the safety of deep, unconditional belonging.

Privatized risk – Hardship becomes a personal burden. There is no automatic safety net of clan or mutual obligation when things fall apart.

Lonely self-invention – Meaning, identity, and morality are left to the individual to construct from scratch, often leading to anxiety and choice fatigue.

Dependence as weakness – Needing others is stigmatized, even though no one is truly independent.

Ecological disconnection – Freedom is often exercised without the ecological wisdom that comes from collective, place-based responsibility.

In short: you are free to choose your path, but you carry its weight alone—whereas older traditions, like the Kazakh pastoralist one, understood freedom as the ability to move with dignity, knowing you would never carry that weight by yourself.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Entemake.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dominique Simeone Link Esperanto, Humanism, and Language Justice

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Dominique Simeone Link Esperanto, Humanism, and Language Justice

Photo by Stefan on Unsplash

Dominique Simeone is an Italian-born multilingual freethinker, writer, and Esperanto advocate associated with SAT-Amikaro and broader international humanist networks. Public biographical materials describe early study and use of Italian, French, German, Flemish, English, and Esperanto, reflecting a long-standing interest in language and international communication. Simeone studied economics and philosophy at Paris X-Nanterre, completed Esperanto certifications in 2005 and 2006, and later published work linking Esperanto, freethought, and humanism, including “Esperanto, a way to Humanism” in International Humanist News in 2006. Simeone’s public work consistently frames Esperanto as a non-imperialist, equality-oriented tool for practical cross-border dialogue and shared ethical community internationally.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Dominique Simeone about the overlap between Esperanto and organized humanism. Simeone argues that Esperanto offers neutrality, directness, community, and language justice that machine translation cannot fully provide. The discussion examines why Volapük, Ido, and Interlingua remained marginal, how Zamenhof’s Homaranismo can be read today, and how authoritarian systems often fear neutral lingua francas. Simeone also addresses freethinker activity in Esperantujo, critiques of Eurocentrism, the value of Esperanto for building humanist community, the propaedeutic effect in language learning, and what might persuade modern skeptics of Esperanto’s continued relevance and practical usefulness today globally.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What first led you to Esperanto and to organized humanism?

Dominique Simeone:

* Esperanto often attracts those who see language barriers as a root cause of misunderstanding and conflict. They are drawn by the ideal of a neutral, fair platform for international communication that belongs to no single nation, thus promoting equality.

* Organized Humanism/Freethought attracts those who value critical thinking, scientific reasoning, and ethical frameworks based on human agency rather than religious dogma. They seek a community based on shared values of reason, compassion, and justice.

The synergy is natural: both movements are fundamentally human-centric, optimistic about human potential, and work towards a more rational and peaceful world. Esperanto provides a practical tool for humanists to communicate across borders without the cultural hegemony of national languages.

Jacobsen: What does Esperanto provide that machine translation cannot?

Simeone: Machine Translation (MT) and Esperanto address the problem of multilingualism from opposite ends.

* Machine Translation (e.g., DeepL, Google Translate) is a technical solution. It attempts to bridge the gap between existing, often unequal, power structures represented by national languages. It is reactive, complex, and its output, while improving, still lacks nuance and can perpetuate errors and biases present in its training data.

* Esperanto is a human and social solution. It provides:

* Neutrality: It belongs to no single culture or nation, fostering a sense of equal footing.

* Community: It creates a transnational, intentional community (*Esperantujo*) with its own culture, literature, and friendships.

* Directness & Clarity: Communication happens directly, without the opaque “black box” of an algorithm. The speaker’s intent is preserved.

* Educational Value: Learning Esperanto trains the mind in language structure and metalinguistic awareness.

In short: MT translates texts; Esperanto connects people.

Jacobsen: Why have Volapük, Ido, and Interlingua largely been ineffectual?

Simeone: This is a classic question in interlinguistics.

* Volapük (1879): Its vocabulary was too radically altered from source languages (e.g., *vol* and *pük* from “world” and “speak”), making it difficult to learn. The superior design of Esperanto and internal schisms eclipsed it.

* Ido (1907): A “reformed” Esperanto. Its failure is the prime example of the dialectical problem: schisms fatally weaken a nascent movement. Ido offered minor linguistic improvements but shattered the community’s unity, which is more critical than perfection for a language’s survival.

* Interlingua (1951): It is not a language for active use but a passive language for understanding Romance languages. It lacks a speaking community and a vision for everyday communication, limiting its role to a scholarly tool.

Esperanto succeeded where they failed due to a combination of Zamenhof’s superior, flexible design, a strong foundational ideology (*Interna Ideo*), and, most importantly, the early establishment of a vibrant, self-sustaining community.

Jacobsen: How do you read L. L. Zamenhof’s Hilelismo/Homaranismo today?

Simeone: We can read it on two levels:

1. As a Historical Artifact: It was a product of its time—a deeply idealistic response to the pogroms and anti-Semitism Zamenhof witnessed. It was an attempt to create a supra-religious ethical framework to overcome tribal and religious hatred.

2. As a Relevant Ideal: Its core principles are strikingly modern and align with secular humanism and cosmopolitanism:

* Ethical Foundation over Dogma: It emphasizes a universal ethics (“to act toward others as one wants others to act toward oneself”) rather than belief.

* Tolerance and Neutrality: It champions the right of individuals to their own beliefs within a framework of mutual respect. As Zamenhof wrote, “I never need to hate or persecute anyone for believing in God differently than I do.”

* A Forerunner to Humanist Ideals: It can be seen as a proto-humanist attempt to find a common, rational basis for human coexistence beyond religious divisions.

While it never took hold as a formal movement, its spirit infuses the Esperanto community’s ethos of tolerance and internationalism.

Jacobsen: The Esperanto community includes diverse religious groups. Is this neutrality in diversity or cosmopolitanism, or both?

Simeone: It is definitely both, and they are intertwined.

* Neutrality in Diversity: The language itself is a neutral tool. It does not privilege any religion or culture. This allows Catholic, Protestant, Bahá’í, atheist, and other groups to use it on an equal footing. The language’s structure facilitates this by being easy to learn for all.

* Cosmopolitanism: This is the active principle. The community does not just tolerate diversity; it often celebrates it. The shared identity as *Esperantists* creates a broader, cosmopolitan identity that transcends narrower religious or national identities. They engage in dialogue and shared projects (such as congresses), embodying the ideal of unity in diversity.

This ecosystem, as Blanke’s essay shows, is a real-world laboratory for peaceful coexistence.

Jacobsen: Have there been neutral lingua francas in authoritarian regimes?

Simeone: Yes, but their “neutrality” is always contingent and often compromised.

* Esperanto itself has a fraught history here. In the Soviet Union under Stalin, it was initially tolerated (even promoted by some state organs for international revolution) but was later brutally suppressed as a suspected tool of “cosmopolitanism” and espionage. Its neutrality made it a threat.

* Russian in the USSR or German in Nazi-occupied Europe were imposed as lingua francas but were tools of domination, not neutrality.

* A true neutral lingua franca is extremely difficult in an authoritarian context because such regimes demand ideological conformity and control over communication. Any language that facilitates uncontrolled, international contact is viewed with suspicion.

Jacobsen: What is the current state and output of freethinker groups in Esperantujo?

Simeone: As detailed in Blanke’s essay, the organized freethought movement within Esperanto, centred around ATEO (World Atheist Esperanto Organization), is active but niche. Its output includes:

* The bulletin *Ateismo*: Publishing articles on secularism, criticism of religion, and reports on global atheist movements.

* Conference Activities: Holding meetings during World Esperanto Congresses.

* Online Presence: Maintaining websites and discussion forums.

The state is one of steady, dedicated activism rather than mass movement. Its strength lies in its international network and in its ability to disseminate ideas directly in the language.

Jacobsen: After the Fédération Nationale de la Libre Pensée resolutions (2001, 2005), what initiatives followed?

Simeone: The FNLP resolutions were significant symbolic endorsements. The following initiatives have included:

* Continued Advocacy: Groups like the Esperanto Commission within the French libre pensée movement continue to promote the language.

* International Outreach: Linking with the International Association of Freethought (IAFT), which has an Esperanto section.

* Ideological Promotion: Framing Esperanto not just as a tool but as an idea aligned with freethought values: reason, internationalism, and equality. The work of Dominique Simeone, as cited by Blanke, is key here, positioning Esperanto as a “path to humanism.”

Jacobsen: From a language-justice and human-rights lens, how should humanist organizations position Esperanto relative to English?

Simeone: Humanist organizations should champion linguistic diversity and equity. This implies a critical stance towards the hegemony of English.

* The Problem with English: Its dominance creates an inherent inequality. Native speakers have a massive advantage, and it acts as a vector for Anglo-cultural norms, marginalizing other perspectives. This is a language justice issue.

* The Esperanto Proposal: Esperanto offers a radically fair alternative. As a learned second language for all, it puts everyone on a more equal footing. Its simplicity and regularity make it more accessible globally than English.

* The Position: Humanist organizations should promote awareness of this linguistic inequality. They should recognize Esperanto as a serious proposal addressing a core humanist concern—fairness and universal rights. They can support their study as a practical embodiment of their principles, even if they do not adopt it as a sole language.

Jacobsen: Which channels work for Esperanto outreach?

Simeone: The most effective channels are those that leverage its community and idealistic appeal:

* Online Platforms: Websites, social media groups, YouTube channels, and podcasts are crucial for modern outreach.

* Free Online Courses: Platforms like lernu! and Duolingo have been immensely successful in introducing the language to hundreds of thousands.

* Local Clubs and Meetings: Personal contact remains powerful.

* Cultural Events: Concerts, literary publications, and film showings showcase the living culture.

* Targeted Advocacy: Engaging with groups already aligned with its values: humanists, pacifists, educators, and NGOs focused on international development and justice.

Jacobsen: How do you assess critiques of Eurocentrism in Esperanto?

Simeone: The critique is valid but often overstated and ahistorical.

* Valid Because: The lexicon is overwhelmingly derived from European Romance and Germanic languages. Its core semantics and cultural references are European.

* Overstated Because:

1. Phonology and Grammar: Its grammar (agglutinative, regular, with an accusative case) has features common to non-European languages like Turkish, Japanese, and Swahili, making it often easier for speakers of those languages than European inflected languages.

2. A Tool, Not a Culture: Esperanto is a framework. As its use spreads, it is increasingly being used to express non-European realities and concepts. The culture of *Esperantujo* is becoming genuinely global.

3. The Alternative: The realistic alternative to a Eurocentric *planned* language is the overwhelming dominance of a Eurocentric *natural* language (English). Esperanto, because it is easier to learn, remains a less Eurocentric option in terms of access and equity.

Jacobsen: When should humanist groups choose Esperanto over machine translation?

Simeone: The choice is not binary, but the priority should be based on the goal:

| Goal | Recommended Tool | Reason |

| :— | :— | :— |

| Translating a document quickly for a wide audience | Machine Translation | Speed, reach, practicality. |

| Building a community across languages | Esperanto | Creates shared identity and direct, equal communication. |

| Hosting an international meeting | Esperanto (with interpretation) | Fosters a sense of fellowship and active participation. |

| Internal communication within a diverse group | Esperanto | Builds a cohesive, neutral, and equitable long-term culture. |

| Disseminating information one-way | MT (into multiple languages) | Efficient for broad dissemination. |

Humanist groups should use Esperanto when the goal is to *create community* and *embody the principle of equality* in communication.

Jacobsen: What is the strongest evidence that planned language study has a propaedeutic effect?

Simeone: The strongest evidence comes from decades of controlled studies, often called the “Esperanto-Experiment.”

* Findings: Groups of students who study Esperanto for one year and then a European language for three years consistently outperform groups who study the European language for four years straight.

* Reason: Learning the simple, logical structure of Esperanto provides learners with an explicit understanding of grammatical concepts (accusative case, agreement, etc.). This metalinguistic awareness makes them better language learners overall. It acts as a “linguistic primer.”

Jacobsen: What would persuade skeptics?

Simeone: Skeptics need to move beyond the myth that Esperanto “failed.” Persuasion requires different approaches:

* For the Pragmatist: Data on the propaedeutic effect. Evidence of its use in practice (e.g., in travel, professional networks, families).

* For the Idealist: The power of the community and culture. Invite them to a congress or local meetup to experience the unique atmosphere of international fellowship.

* For the Linguist: The elegance and effectiveness of its design. It can create new words and express complex ideas with clarity.

* For the Humanist: The argument from language justice and equity. Frame it as a practical project for reducing global inequality.

Jacobsen: What are the goals for “Esperanto × Humanism”?

Simeone: The goals for this synergy are profound and practical:

1. Idealistic: To actively build a model of a rational, compassionate, and truly international human community, prefiguring the kind of world humanists want to create.

2. Practical: To provide the humanist movement with a neutral, equitable, and effective tool for internal communication and international outreach, freeing it from dependence on any national language.

3. Philosophical: To deepen the humanist commitment to cosmopolitanism and equality by embodying it in a linguistic practice.

4. Collaborative: To create a strong, visible alliance between the two movements, demonstrating that the pursuit of a better world requires both rational ideals (humanism) and practical tools for connection (Esperanto).

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Dominique.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Inna Tsaruk (Інна Царук) on Discovering Her Jewish Ancestry and Educating Ukrainians About Jewish Life

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Inna Tsaruk (Інна Царук) on Discovering Her Jewish Ancestry and Educating Ukrainians About Jewish Life

Photo by Aaron Ovadia on Unsplash

Inna Tsaruk is a Ukrainian Jewish blogger, media personality, and author whose public work focuses on Jewish culture, traditions, and lifestyle. Her Instagram account, @kosher_style_, describes the page as a space for “the Jewish world and kosher style” and identifies her as the author of @rabbi_daughter. Tsaruk also hosts the YouTube channel “Yevreiskyi podcast” (“Jewish Podcast”), which presents content on Jewish customs and Jewish life. Retail listings for her book are Donka Rabyna (“Rabbi’s Daughter”) out of Media-Center Shofar. She has worked for Radio M Ukraine as a morning radio host. 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Inna Tsaruk, a Ukrainian Jewish blogger, journalist, and author, about discovering her Jewish ancestry at 25 and building a public platform around Jewish life in Ukraine. Tsaruk recounts her spiritual search, her embrace of Jewish community, and her decision to create an Instagram blog explaining holidays, traditions, modest fashion, and identity in accessible language. She discusses antisemitism as a problem often rooted in ignorance, the continuing importance of Holocaust memory, and the many adults who learn of Jewish ancestry later in life. She also explains her Messianic Jewish identity and its contested place within broader Judaism. 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your story of discovering your Jewish roots?

Inna Tsaruk: I learned about my Jewish ancestry at the age of 25. It came as a great surprise. Around that time, I became deeply interested in Jewish topics. I cannot fully explain why. I felt a strong inner curiosity about Jewish literature, music, traditions, and community life.

I began thinking about visiting a synagogue, but I believed it might be difficult for someone without a Jewish background or a personal invitation to enter certain communities, especially given the antisemitism that existed and the closed nature of some Orthodox communities. At the same time, I was searching for a spiritual path. I was not a believer then; I was closer to being agnostic or an atheist. During that period, I began looking for answers to spiritual questions.

Then I met a group of Ukrainian Jewish young men and women in Kyiv. They told me about their community. There were Jewish communities not only in Kyiv but across Ukraine, and in many cities, there were different communities with different traditions and approaches. They invited me to visit. I went, and I felt a deep connection to Jewish life.

After that, I returned to my hometown in the Rivne region. I told my mother, “I do not know what has happened to me, but I have fallen in love with Jewish life. I am interested in Jewish topics. I attended Shabbat, and I felt very close to it.” She replied, “That is not surprising. Your father’s family is Jewish.”

Even today, this subject remains closed in my family. It is a difficult story. My father has shared only limited information, even now. He told me that members of our family changed their first and last names, and that many documents were destroyed, so it may be impossible to trace everything. But he did confirm our family’s Jewish background. My family accepted my decision to become part of the Jewish community in Ukraine, which feels closer to me than a more conventionally traditional Ukrainian identity. That is how it happened.

Jacobsen: How common is it for people not to know their own heritage?

Tsaruk: After I realized that I have both Ukrainian and Jewish roots, both became important to me. It is not a problem to live with both identities; they can coexist.

The following year, I started an Instagram blog focused on Jewish topics. I describe it as “kosher style.” By this, I mean content about Jewish life—its language, traditions, clothing, fashion, and modesty.

The goal of my page is to bring together people with Jewish roots and those interested in Jewish topics, and to explain these subjects in simple terms. As a member of a Jewish community, I have learned a great deal about Jewish holidays and traditions because I live according to a Jewish lifestyle.

I have been living this way since 2017. When I first began, I knew very little. There were not many people who could explain these traditions in clear, simple language. Because I am a journalist with a master’s degree in journalism and experience working in television and other media, I decided to create a platform to make this knowledge more accessible.

My passion—my small mission—is to explain complex things. I have also observed that antisemitism still exists, not only in Ukraine but worldwide. In Ukraine, it may not always be as visible in public spaces as in some parts of Europe, but it is still present.

As a journalist, I understand that many forms of antisemitism and other social problems often arise from a lack of knowledge—when people do not know the history, the facts, or the context. Because of this, I decided that my blog would also serve as a small educational mission: to explain Jewish life to people who may not understand it, and to present who we are and how we live.

The memory of the Holocaust remains especially important. These lessons must be remembered by everyone, not only as part of one nation’s history, but as a universal human responsibility.

This is why I am telling you about my Instagram blog. Over the years, it has grown to reach thousands of people. I have been working on it for eight years. During this time, I have received many messages from people in different cities, small towns, and countries—Ukrainian-speaking, Russian-speaking, and English-speaking.

Even today, I received two messages—one from Zakarpattia Oblast and another from Kamianets-Podilskyi. They were very similar. For example: “Hello, my name is Alex. I recently discovered that I have Jewish roots on my father’s side. I am an adult, around 30, but I do not know anything about Jewish traditions. I found your Instagram blog—can you tell me where to start or where I can learn more?”

I see stories like mine very often—people discovering their Jewish ancestry in adulthood but not knowing how to begin understanding it, as an adult.

Jacobsen: When you began engaging with this tradition, which path did you follow? There are many different approaches within Judaism.

Tsaruk: I identify as a Messianic Jew.

Jacobsen: What does that mean?

Tsaruk: Messianic Judaism refers to communities of Jews and non-Jews who believe in Jesus Christ as the Messiah. This differs from mainstream forms of Judaism, such as Orthodox Judaism, which do not accept Jesus as the Messiah or as divine.

For me, this was important because in 2017, when I began thinking seriously about my spiritual path, I still believed that I was entirely Ukrainian, without Jewish roots. Many people around me spoke about Jesus. At earlier points in my life, when I identified as agnostic or atheist, I viewed such beliefs as simplistic. However, during that period, I reconsidered these ideas and decided to read the New Testament to see whether I could find something meaningful.

When I later discovered that the group I met in Kyiv belonged to a Messianic Jewish congregation, it felt natural to me. My parents are Eastern Orthodox. Although my father has Jewish ancestry, many people in Ukraine with Jewish roots identify as Orthodox Christians or Catholics. In Ukraine, it is common for people to have mixed backgrounds—Bulgarian, Hungarian, Roma, Jewish, or others—while identifying primarily with a different religious tradition.

For my father, this aspect of identity was not especially significant. This is one reason my parents were open when I shared my experience. From the beginning, I told my mother, “I am not changing my faith in a way that separates me from what you understand. This community combines Jewish identity with belief in Jesus.” She responded that it did not matter.

In Ukraine, if you search for Jewish topics on Instagram, you will find very few accounts that focus directly on them. There are Jewish bloggers, but many of them focus on fashion or general lifestyle content rather than Jewish education or culture.

My blog is one of the few in Ukraine dedicated specifically to explaining Jewish topics to a broader audience. Public figures such as Volodymyr Zelenskyy are widely known to have Jewish backgrounds, but they do not focus on promoting Jewish education or cultural content in this way.

What makes my position more complex is that, within many traditional interpretations of Jewish law, including Orthodox Judaism, I would not be considered Jewish. This is because I identify as a Messianic Jew, and Messianic Judaism holds to the belief that Jesus Christ is the Messiah. In mainstream Jewish traditions, this belief is generally seen as incompatible with Judaism.

Because of this, some people within those traditions may not recognize my religious identity as Jewish. However, many people who follow my work are interested in the clarity of the information I share, and they continue to read and engage with my content.

There are also significant differences between various forms of Judaism. For example, some more insular or strictly observant communities maintain strong boundaries around belief and identity. These differences are sometimes portrayed in popular culture, such as the television series Unorthodox, which is based on an autobiographical account of leaving a highly observant community in the United States.

In some traditional communities, adopting beliefs seen as outside accepted doctrine—such as belief in Jesus as the Messiah—can lead to serious social consequences, including exclusion from the community or family estrangement. In certain cases, families may symbolically treat the person as if they have left the community entirely.

Jacobsen: You are considered, in a sense, no longer part of the community?

Tsaruk: In some communities, adopting beliefs such as faith in Jesus Christ can be seen as a serious break from tradition. In certain cases, this may lead to strong reactions, including social exclusion or being treated as having left the community entirely.

At the same time, I have built a significant audience as a Jewish-focused content creator in Ukraine. My work reaches many people who are interested in Jewish topics, identity, and education.

For me, it is not about aligning with one specific synagogue or another. I focus on my role as a journalist. I see myself as a liberal journalist whose goal is to explain, inform, and make complex cultural and religious topics accessible.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Inna. 

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 44: Neutron Star Mergers, r-Process Nucleosynthesis, and Cosmological Implications

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Fumfer Physics 44: Neutron Star Mergers, r-Process Nucleosynthesis, and Cosmological Implications

Photo by Marko Ivanov on Unsplash

Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner examine gold as a tracer of rare astrophysical events. Rosner explains that elements heavier than iron, including gold, cannot form through ordinary stellar fusion but arise from extreme environments such as supernovae and neutron star mergers via rapid neutron capture (r-process). He emphasizes spectroscopy as the key method for detecting elemental abundances and notes ongoing uncertainty about the relative contributions of different cosmic sources. While anomalies in element distribution or early galaxy formation invite scrutiny, Rosner argues they typically refine rather than overturn established frameworks like the Big Bang, underscoring science’s iterative, evidence-based progression.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the point of emphasizing gold distribution in the universe from an informational perspective?

Rick Rosner: Gold is worth emphasizing because it is difficult to produce. In stars, nuclear fusion releases energy only up to the iron group, generally described as iron and nickel. Iron itself has an atomic number of 26, not 56. Beyond the iron group, fusion no longer yields a net energy gain, so the production of heavier elements requires more extreme environments.

Stars begin mostly as hydrogen, fusing it into helium and releasing energy. In more massive stars, fusion can continue through heavier elements in successive stages until iron-group nuclei are reached. At that point, further fusion is no longer energetically favorable in the usual stellar sense, so ordinary stellar burning does not efficiently make elements heavier than iron.

Heavier elements such as gold are therefore associated with exceptional events. Supernovae have long been recognized as one source of elements heavier than iron, because the collapse and explosion of a massive star create conditions in which rapid neutron capture can occur. In those environments, nuclei can be driven to much heavier forms than ordinary stellar fusion allows.

Neutron star mergers are now regarded as major sites for the production of heavy r-process elements, including gold and platinum. Observations of neutron star merger events, such as GW170817, provided strong evidence that neutron-rich ejecta from such collisions synthesize heavy elements through rapid neutron capture.

It is better not to state a precise split such as “20% from supernovae and 80% from neutron star collisions” as if that were settled fact. The current picture is that neutron star mergers are important, and possibly dominant for many heavy r-process elements, but the exact relative contributions of mergers and supernova-related processes remain an active research question.

A neutron star is the collapsed remnant core of a massive star. It is composed predominantly of extremely dense neutron-rich matter, though describing it simply as “everything squeezed into neutrons” is an oversimplification. In a merger, some of this neutron-rich matter is ejected. That ejecta undergoes the r-process, in which nuclei rapidly capture neutrons faster than they can decay, building up very heavy elements that later decay toward more stable forms.

So the basic point is this: gold distribution matters because gold is a tracer of rare, violent astrophysical events. It is not produced efficiently in the ordinary life cycle of stars. Its presence points to unusual nucleosynthetic environments such as supernovae and, especially, neutron star mergers.

These events produce many heavy elements, with a noticeable pattern favoring even atomic numbers—for example, platinum and lead. Gold is atomic number 79. The formation of these elements occurs extremely rapidly, in well under a second, within neutron-rich ejecta.

Neutron star collisions are rare on the scale of a single galaxy. Estimates suggest they occur in a galaxy like the Milky Way roughly once every tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands of years. However, because there are on the order of hundreds of billions of galaxies in the observable universe, such events are frequent on a cosmic scale.

When these collisions occur, they eject neutron-rich material into space, forming heavy elements through the r-process. This material becomes part of the interstellar medium. Over time—typically millions to hundreds of millions of years—this enriched gas and dust can collapse under gravity to form new stars and planetary systems.

Our solar system formed from such a molecular cloud about 4.6 billion years ago. Heavier elements, including those produced in earlier stellar explosions and neutron star mergers, became incorporated into planets. On Earth, dense materials such as iron sank to form the core. The motion of the liquid outer core generates a magnetic field, which protects the planet from solar and cosmic radiation and helps make life possible.

This sequence—from neutron star merger, to element dispersal, to star and planet formation, to the emergence of life—takes an immense amount of time. That raises an important scientific question: has the universe existed long enough to produce the observed abundance of heavy elements such as gold?

Astronomers estimate elemental abundances using spectroscopy. By analyzing the light from stars, they identify characteristic absorption and emission lines corresponding to specific elements. These spectral signatures allow scientists to infer the composition of stars and, by extension, the distribution of elements across the universe.

Scientists estimate the abundance of gold in the universe primarily through spectroscopy of stars and explosive events such as neutron star mergers and certain types of supernovae. These events emit light that carries information about the elements present.

When atoms form or become excited, their electrons transition between energy levels. As electrons move to lower energy states, they emit photons with specific wavelengths. These wavelengths are characteristic of the element and its electron structure, not the size of the nucleus itself. By analyzing these spectral lines, astronomers can identify which elements are present and estimate their abundances.

Observations of neutron star mergers, particularly events such as GW170817, have provided strong evidence that heavy elements—including gold, platinum, and uranium—are produced through rapid neutron capture, known as the r-process. In these environments, nuclei capture neutrons faster than they can decay, allowing the formation of very heavy elements.

There has been ongoing scientific discussion about whether known sources—especially neutron star mergers alone—are sufficient to explain the observed abundance of heavy elements in the universe. This is sometimes described as an “r-process production problem.” However, it is not established as a definitive “gold anomaly.” Instead, it reflects uncertainty about the relative contributions of different astrophysical sources.

Additional candidate sources include certain rare types of supernovae and highly magnetized neutron stars known as magnetars. A magnetar is a neutron star with an extremely strong magnetic field, and some models suggest that energetic events associated with magnetars may contribute to heavy element production.

Importantly, these open questions do not challenge the overall validity of the Big Bang model, which is strongly supported by multiple independent lines of evidence, including cosmic microwave background radiation, large-scale structure, and primordial element abundances. Rather, they indicate that nucleosynthesis pathways for heavy elements are still an active area of research.

In short, the presence of gold in the universe reflects rare, high-energy astrophysical processes. While the precise balance of those processes is still being refined, the broader cosmological framework remains well established.

Jacobsen: What is the strength of your argument compared to explanations invoking divine action?

Rosner: If it were only one anomaly, such as an unexpected abundance of gold, that would not be very persuasive. Individual anomalies can arise from measurement error, incomplete models, or statistical fluctuation. However, if multiple independent anomalies appear—such as unexpectedly early galaxy formation or discrepancies in element abundances—then they warrant closer scrutiny.

In cosmology, there have been discussions about galaxies forming earlier than some models initially predicted, particularly within the first few hundred million years after the Big Bang. However, these observations are actively studied and are often addressed by refining models of star formation, dark matter structure, and feedback processes. They do not currently establish that objects are “older than the universe,” but rather that our understanding of early structure formation is still evolving.

The core argument, then, is methodological: if many independent observations consistently conflict with theoretical expectations, either the measurements require revision, the models require refinement, or, in rare cases, the underlying framework may need adjustment. Historically, science has progressed primarily through refinement rather than wholesale rejection of well-supported theories.

A useful comparison is Einstein’s development of general relativity. Newtonian gravity successfully explained most planetary motion, but there was a small discrepancy in the precession of Mercury’s orbit. General relativity provided a precise mathematical correction that matched observations. This was not based on vague reasoning but on rigorous equations that produced testable predictions.

Einstein also predicted that light passing near a massive object, such as the Sun, would bend due to gravity. This effect was confirmed during the 1919 solar eclipse, when astronomers measured the apparent shift in the positions of stars near the Sun. These results provided strong empirical support for general relativity.

The broader point is that persuasive scientific arguments depend on precise predictions, quantitative models, and reproducible observations. Anomalies are important, but they must be consistently validated and integrated into a coherent theoretical framework before they can challenge an established model such as the Big Bang, which is supported by multiple independent lines of evidence.

Jacobsen: What else is relevant here?

Rosner: That is the main point for now. We can continue later.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Daniil Ukhorskiy on Universal Jurisdiction, ICC Prosecutions, and Atrocity Crime Accountability in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Daniil Ukhorskiy is a Kyiv-based lawyer and investigator specializing in documenting atrocity crimes in conflict-affected settings and working with survivors of serious human rights violations. He is the Legal Coordinator for Ukraine at Legal Action Worldwide. He has worked on violations committed during Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine since March 2022. His broader interests include corporate accountability and environmental rights. He holds a BA in Jurisprudence and a BCL from the University of Oxford. He previously worked for the Clooney Foundation for Justice, investigating atrocity crimes committed by Russian forces in Ukraine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Daniil Ukhorskiy, a Kyiv-based lawyer and Legal Coordinator at Legal Action Worldwide, on universal jurisdiction and international criminal law. Ukhorskiy explains how states prosecute genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes beyond territorial limits, while noting limits on aggression cases. He discusses ICC arrest warrants, convictions, and controversies involving figures like Putin and Netanyahu. Drawing on cases such as Bemba and Gotovina, Ukhorskiy highlights evidentiary challenges in prosecuting missile strikes and command responsibility. He emphasizes rigorous evidence and legal precision as essential for accountability in Ukraine and for shaping future international criminal law precedents.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is universal jurisdiction?

Daniil Ukhorskiy: Universal jurisdiction is the principle under which a state may investigate or prosecute certain grave international crimes committed abroad, even when there is no territorial or nationality link between the crime, the suspect, the victim, and the forum state. In practice, it is most commonly used for genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes; the position is more limited and less uniform for aggression. Eurojust notes that many states describe their rules as universal or extraterritorial, and that many impose conditions before exercising them.

It is one of the broadest forms of extraterritorial criminal jurisdiction, but not every state applies it in a “pure” form. In the European Union alone, Eurojust reports that 23 member states exercise universal or extraterritorial jurisdiction over war crimes, crimes against humanity, and genocide, while only a few extend that approach to aggression, and some expressly exclude universal jurisdiction for aggression. That means the claim that roughly 19 countries, including Germany and Sweden, can prosecute all four core crimes without qualification is too broad.

The basic rationale is that these crimes are so serious that they affect the international community as a whole. Universal jurisdiction is therefore treated as a tool against impunity, especially where the state most directly connected to the crimes is unable or unwilling to prosecute.

Jacobsen: When did this principle emerge, and why?

Ukhorskiy: A common historical precursor is the prosecution of pirates as hostes humani generis, or enemies of humankind. The modern treaty-based framework was developed after the Second World War. The Geneva Conventions of 1949 require states to search for persons alleged to have committed grave breaches and to bring them before their own courts or hand them over for trial elsewhere. Grave breaches include serious violations such as wilful killing, torture or inhuman treatment, and unlawful deportation or confinement of protected persons.

Modern international criminal law then developed through later tribunals, including those for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, and through the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, which codified genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, and, later, the crime of aggression. Many states subsequently enacted domestic legislation permitting the prosecution of at least some of these crimes when committed abroad.

Germany has become one of the leading modern forums for such cases involving Syria. In the Koblenz proceedings, former Syrian intelligence officials Eyad A. and Anwar R. were prosecuted under Germany’s Code of Crimes against International Law. Eyad A. was sentenced in February 2021, and Anwar R. was sentenced to life imprisonment in January 2022; Germany’s Federal Court of Justice upheld Anwar R.’s conviction in August 2024. Public reporting notes that Anwar R. had fled to Germany, where some victims recognized him, leading to his arrest.

Jacobsen: For the ICC, how many arrest warrants have been issued, how many cases or hearings have taken place, and how many convictions have been secured?

Ukhorskiy: I can estimate or mention the examples I know. One of the most notable recent cases is Rodrigo Duterte.

Jacobsen: March last year?

Ukhorskiy: Yes.

Jacobsen: The warrant was issued quietly, and within about a week, he appeared in court.

Ukhorskiy: Yes. That is a more effective approach, and it is similar to how universal jurisdiction cases are often handled. Investigators are not public about suspects because they want them to travel and be apprehended. That approach may also be more effective for the ICC.

Following significant backlash—some justified, some not—over arrest warrants issued for figures such as Vladimir Putin and Benjamin Netanyahu, the ICC has reconsidered how it handles publicity around arrest warrants and requests. In the Netanyahu case, Prosecutor Karim Khan publicly announced that he had requested an arrest warrant before the Pre-Trial Chamber had approved it. That was unusual and reflected pressure from civil society, but it also carried risks. The Court should prioritize effective prosecution and securing custody over public messaging.

For much of its history, the ICC has secured a limited number of convictions—currently 13 convictions and 4 acquittals. Many early cases involved African defendants, which led to sustained criticism regarding geographic imbalance and perceptions of selectivity. There has since been a push to broaden the Court’s scope. The Court has also had acquittals and cases that did not result in convictions, which is important to acknowledge when evaluating prosecutorial performance.

Jacobsen: I do not know if “loss” is the right term.

Ukhorskiy: The prosecution has lost cases.

Jacobsen: From a broader perspective, the question is whether there were reasonable grounds for prosecution and whether the trial was conducted properly. That would be a success in terms of justice.

Ukhorskiy: It may be a success for justice, but still a loss for the prosecution. When working with colleagues investigating international crimes in Ukraine, it is important to draw lessons from those cases—especially where prosecutorial mistakes may have contributed—to avoid repeating them.

Jacobsen: Were there major lessons?

Ukhorskiy: One notable case is Jean-Pierre Bemba. The ICC initially convicted Bemba for crimes committed in the Central African Republic, but the Appeals Chamber overturned the conviction in 2018. The case raised significant questions about command responsibility and evidentiary standards.

Bemba was later convicted in a separate case for witness tampering. Someone was eventually convicted for witness tampering, but not for the crimes originally charged. The accepted understanding is that witness tampering was a major issue in the trial.

One of the most useful examples for lessons learned—rather than prosecutorial mistakes—is drawn from two cases at the Yugoslav Tribunal, which is one of the few tribunals that has examined what I call conduct-of-hostilities offences, meaning the use of bombs, missiles, and artillery, as opposed to crimes such as torture, executions, or sexual violence.

There is a distinction between acts like execution, torture, or sexual violence, where there is no defence—nothing justifies them—and situations involving attacks with weapons. When a missile strikes, additional questions arise: what was the intended target, and was there a legitimate military objective?

This is a major issue in Ukraine. Only a small number of international cases have addressed it, and in those cases, the prosecution lost significant parts of its arguments. In the Gotovina et al. case at the Yugoslavia Tribunal, the issue of proportionality became central. Proportionality is a complex legal standard, and that case remains one of the few to address it directly.

On appeal, much of the prosecution’s approach was rejected. The Appeals Chamber found significant flaws, including in the method used to assess artillery impact, such as the proposed 200-meter standard. That approach was ultimately dismissed.

The lesson for practitioners in Ukraine is that there is limited guidance on what constitutes a successful prosecution for missile or artillery attacks. A case supported by direct evidence—such as an intercepted order explicitly targeting civilians—would be straightforward. However, cases based on circumstantial evidence are more difficult to prove.

Patterns of strikes, the presence of military objectives, and the scale of civilian harm all require careful analysis. The presence of military targets does not automatically justify attacks, but it complicates legal assessment. Courts have not yet established clear, consistent standards for these scenarios.

This uncertainty means that evidence must be exceptionally strong. Any case brought—whether before the ICC or another court—must be supported by rigorous legal analysis and robust evidentiary standards, as it may shape future precedent.

That is one example.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Daniil.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 43: Big Bang Cosmology, Rare Matter, and Why People Believe Nonsense

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Fumfer Physics 43: Big Bang Cosmology, Rare Matter, and Why People Believe Nonsense

Photo by NASA Hubble Space Telescope on Unsplash

In this exchange, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner examine tensions within Big Bang cosmology, including the Hubble tension, angular diameter distance, and the limits of standard models. Rosner reflects on how specialists might challenge his ideas, while Jacobsen emphasizes grounded, mainstream scientific caution. Their discussion then shifts to rare materials in the universe, contrasting heavy elements like gold with the possible rarity of life itself, including wood and DNA. The conversation closes with a reflection on why people believe creationism, anti-vaccine claims, and other misinformation, stressing cognitive bias, social reinforcement, and incentives for spreading falsehoods.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we look at developments in Big Bang cosmology, what stands out?

Rick Rosner: The Big Bang model became the dominant cosmological framework in the mid-20th century, especially after the discovery of the cosmic microwave background radiation in 1965 by researchers at Bell Labs. That radiation is understood as relic photons from the early universe, specifically from the time of recombination, about 380,000 years after the Big Bang, when the universe cooled enough for photons to travel freely.

That discovery provided strong empirical support for the Big Bang model over alternatives like steady-state theory. However, while the core framework remains robust, there are ongoing tensions and open questions.

One of the most prominent is the so-called “Hubble tension.” In principle, in an expanding universe, more distant galaxies should recede faster, following Hubble’s law. However, different methods of measuring the expansion rate—such as observations of the early universe (via the cosmic microwave background) versus measurements based on relatively nearby objects like Cepheid variables and supernovae—produce systematically different values. This discrepancy suggests that our current cosmological model may be incomplete or require refinement.

There are also broader discussions about whether certain observed large-scale structures in the universe appear earlier than expected under standard cosmological timelines. These observations have prompted exploration of alternative or extended models, though many of the more speculative frameworks—such as plasma cosmology—are not widely accepted within the mainstream scientific community.

Overall, the Big Bang model is not being discarded, but it is being refined. Concepts such as dark matter and dark energy were themselves introduced to account for observational discrepancies, and current tensions like the Hubble tension may point toward further adjustments or new physics.

Jacobsen: My tendencies are pretty banal and mainstream on most things, particularly on science topics. I like discussing different ideas if they tend to be grounded and respectful. Sometimes, when a theory accumulates enough unresolved tensions or anomalies, it can open the door to more substantial revisions. That said, most physicists still accept that the universe had an early hot, dense phase—the core idea behind the Big Bang model—even if the details of that model continue to evolve. What do colleagues with relevant expertise say about your ideas?

Rosner: I have not systematically presented them to specialists, which I probably should. If I did, I would expect a typical response to be: “You raise interesting points, but here is where your reasoning breaks down.” That kind of exchange would be valuable. Engaging with experts is the best way to test whether an idea holds up under scrutiny.

It is also worth noting that physics is highly specialized. Someone may be an expert in one subfield but less familiar with another. So even among physicists, you can encounter disagreement or incomplete understanding outside their specific area of expertise. That does not invalidate criticism, but it does mean that careful, domain-specific evaluation matters.

I remember asking a question in an astronomy class about whether looking back in time—when the universe was smaller—should affect how we perceive the apparent size of distant objects. The instructor dismissed the question quickly, which was frustrating, because it touches on real cosmological issues.

To clarify the physics: distant objects in the universe do not simply appear larger because the universe was smaller in the past. Instead, their apparent size depends on the angular diameter distance, which is governed by the expansion history of the universe. Interestingly, in standard cosmology, very distant galaxies can appear larger in angular size beyond a certain redshift due to how spacetime geometry evolves—this is sometimes called the angular diameter distance “turnover.” Gravitational lensing can also magnify distant objects, but that is a separate effect caused by massive objects bending light along the line of sight.

There are also observational limits: at extreme distances, resolution becomes a major constraint, and what we can see is influenced by instrumental sensitivity and cosmic opacity.

Jacobsen: What are some of the rarest materials in the universe—things people might not think about but use regularly?

Rosner: Gold is a good example. Elements heavier than iron—those with higher atomic numbers—are relatively rare because they are not produced in ordinary stellar fusion. Instead, they are formed in extreme astrophysical events, such as supernovae or neutron star mergers. These are comparatively rare events, which is why heavy elements like gold, platinum, and uranium are scarce. So in that sense, many of the metals we use in technology—especially heavy ones—originate from some of the most energetic and uncommon processes in the universe.

Jacobsen: What is some of the rarest material in the universe? I was thinking of things like gold or other heavy metals.

Rosner: That is the standard scientific answer—elements heavier than iron, such as gold, are relatively rare because they are formed in extreme events like supernovae or neutron star mergers.

Jacobsen: I had something else in mind—wood, DNA, living material.

Rosner: That is a different but valid perspective. Complex biological materials—wood, DNA, and life more broadly—are likely extremely rare in the universe, at least based on current evidence.

Jacobsen: As far as we know, life has only been confirmed on Earth. Given the scale of the universe—with hundreds of billions of galaxies, each containing hundreds of billions of stars—it is possible that life exists elsewhere, but we do not yet have confirmed evidence.

So, in that sense, complex biological systems may indeed be among the rarest forms of organized matter we know. However, this argument is limited by what is sometimes called a “sample size of one” problem: all our evidence comes from a single example—life on Earth. That makes it difficult to estimate how common or rare life truly is across the universe.

By contrast, when we talk about elemental abundance—such as the distribution of hydrogen, helium, and heavier elements—we have far more robust data across many observations. So the claim about heavy elements being rare is grounded in broader empirical evidence, while the claim about life’s rarity is more provisional. Why do people still find arguments like creationism, a young Earth, or similar ideas convincing?

Rosner: Many people do, and that reflects something important about human cognition. People can hold incorrect or unsupported beliefs and still function effectively in everyday life. Daily survival does not require a precise scientific understanding of cosmology, biology, or physics.

The modern information environment also plays a role. The internet allows individuals with fringe beliefs to find one another, form communities, and reinforce those beliefs. This can increase the visibility and persistence of ideas such as flat Earth theories or anti-vaccine claims.

However, holding such beliefs does not necessarily impair basic functioning. People with scientifically unsupported views still navigate daily life, follow social norms, and operate within practical systems like transportation or work. The beliefs themselves are often compartmentalized.

That said, misinformation can have real consequences—particularly in areas like public health. For example, vaccine misinformation has been associated with lower vaccination rates and the resurgence of preventable diseases. In some cases, individuals promoting such misinformation have also profited from it, which complicates the issue further.

Overall, the persistence of these beliefs reflects a combination of cognitive biases, social reinforcement, and the structure of modern communication systems, rather than a direct failure of individuals to function in everyday life.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Churchill, Alcohol, and the Burden of Leadership Decision-Making

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Churchill, Alcohol, and the Burden of Leadership Decision-Making

Photo by Gerardo Marrufo on Unsplash

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Tsukerman examine the tension between leadership, stress, and alcohol through the case of Winston Churchill. Jacobsen contextualizes Churchill’s heavy but often diluted drinking within the absence of modern medical standards, raising questions about decision-making under pressure. Tsukerman emphasizes functional tolerance while questioning whether subtle cognitive impairment influenced judgment. Both distinguish myth from evidence, noting Churchill’s productivity despite high consumption. The discussion broadens to historical norms of leadership drinking, access to alcohol, and evolving clinical language—from “alcoholic” to “alcohol misuse.” Ultimately, they explore whether impaired decision-making is preferable to paralysis in high-stakes statecraft.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This was a commentary on strategic foresight in decision-making by a statesman—here, Winston Churchill. I was speaking with a friend about Churchill’s drinking habits. He faced extraordinarily difficult decisions under immense pressure, and he also drank regularly. My father drank heavily as well, so I recognize how such personalities can behave. Stress can reduce inhibition, and alcohol can reduce it further, sometimes increasing aggression. That raises a historical question: to what extent, if at all, did Churchill’s drinking affect his judgment?

Churchill appears to have maintained a regular and indulgent drinking routine, but many accounts note that his morning “Papa cocktails” were weak drinks—just a small amount of whisky diluted heavily with water. In broad outline, he often began the morning with these diluted whisky drinks while working. At lunch, he was known to drink champagne, sometimes with cognac. Later in the afternoon and evening, he might continue with whisky, champagne, and brandy or port. However, the common popular image of Churchill as continuously drunk is misleading. Historical specialists argue that he usually drank slowly, often in diluted form, and remained highly functional.

There is a North American saying: if you drink a mixer, you have never been sicker. What are your thoughts on the strain of leadership? We revere such figures, but historians also recognize the very human habits of a person under tremendous pressure.

Irina Tsukerman: It is remarkable that he functioned at all with that level of alcohol consumption. He must have developed significant tolerance. Did he derive pleasure from it, or was it more of a psychological or physical crutch? It is also striking that he seems to have mixed different kinds of alcohol so regularly.

Did he view it as a problem? Probably not. Was it unhealthy? Almost certainly. But the more historically careful question is not simply whether he drank a great deal; it is whether his judgment was materially impaired by it. That is harder to prove. If his drinking had been different, would some of his decisions have been different as well?

Jacobsen: Yes.

Tsukerman: What decisions might he have made had he not been drinking so heavily?

Jacobsen: There were not really formal health guidelines historically. Today, national health institutes provide recommendations, but medicine was far less effective 100 years ago and earlier. Much of practice developed without systematic methodologies such as modern epidemiology. People made decisions and lived their lives without the frameworks we now take for granted.

In hindsight, we understand that heavy alcohol consumption affects individuals, regardless of who they are. Some people develop higher tolerance or metabolize ethanol more efficiently, largely due to liver function and body composition. On average, men tend to tolerate slightly higher amounts than women when controlling for body mass, though variation is substantial.

Even so, it is difficult to imagine someone consuming very large amounts of alcohol daily and remaining fully functional. Under extreme pressure, a broader question emerges: is it better to make a decision while impaired or to make no decision at all? That seems central to the realities of statecraft. What do you think?

Tsukerman: If he was able to function effectively and avoid significant cognitive impairment, then making a decision may still have been preferable to indecision. If he had a much higher tolerance than the average person—who might be incapacitated or severely impaired—then perhaps he should be evaluated according to his ability to function under those conditions.

However, an important question remains: was there a meaningful difference in how he evaluated information when sober compared to when he had been drinking? Even if he appeared functional, subtle impairments in judgment or perception could still have influenced outcomes.

Jacobsen: Do you think there were other leaders in history who faced comparable or greater pressure and remained sober?

Tsukerman: Perhaps in societies where alcohol was unavailable or prohibited. I am not sure that complete sobriety was ever a consistent historical standard. Most leaders outside strictly Muslim societies were likely social drinkers.

Leaders—particularly kings and military figures—likely consumed more alcohol on average than ordinary people, who often lacked the financial means. Where alcohol was consumed widely, sometimes due to unsafe water, tolerance levels may have been broadly similar across populations. However, leaders had greater access to higher-quality alcohol, a wider variety, and larger quantities.

They likely drank not only on special occasions but also during regular social interactions. Even if not daily in all cases, alcohol consumption was probably frequent and normalized in leadership circles.

Jacobsen: Churchill’s routine illustrates the pattern clearly: a range of drinks—from champagne to cognac to whisky—consumed across the day, from around 7:30 a.m. into the early hours of the next morning. By contemporary standards, that would likely qualify as problematic drinking, with both high quantity and variety. Those are my main observations. Any final thoughts?

Tsukerman: I wonder whether anyone could realistically replicate Churchill’s drinking schedule.

Jacobsen: Christopher Hitchens is often mentioned in that context—though perhaps somewhat understated. He drank heavily. It is also worth noting that terms like “alcoholic,” as used in programs such as Alcoholics Anonymous, are not strictly clinical classifications. Contemporary medical terminology tends to use “alcohol misuse” or “alcohol use disorder.”

By modern clinical standards, Churchill’s routine would likely fall under alcohol misuse. Hitchens also appeared to exhibit multiple addictive behaviors, one of which was alcohol.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

UN Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine: March, 2026 Brief Updated Figures and Findings

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

UN Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine: March, 2026 Brief Updated Figures and Findings

Photo by Bernd 📷 Dittrich on Unsplash

March 2026 findings by the UN Commission on Ukraine documented independently verified patterns of Russian abuses, centering on 1,205 Ukrainian children subjected to deportation or forcible transfer. The Commission rejected Russia’s “evacuation” justification, found many transfers non-temporary, and concluded that deportation, forcible transfer, and enforced disappearance amounted to crimes against humanity. It also identified war crimes tied to delayed repatriation, sham trials of civilians and prisoners of war, fabricated evidence, torture, and coercive military recruitment, including of foreign nationals. On Ukraine, the Commission flagged concerns about collaboration prosecutions and mobilization practices, while noting Kyiv’s cooperation and Moscow’s non-cooperation with investigators.

Mandate and Scope

The UN Commission on Ukraine continued investigations. These included allegations of violations and abuses of international human rights law and violations of international humanitarian law. In addition, they examined related crimes in the context of Russia’s aggression against Ukraine and presented their findings in March 2026.

Commissioners Erik Møse (Chair), Pablo de Greiff, and Vrinda Grover presented the findings through the Human Rights Council. A conference room paper on children complemented this. The Commission’s findings document crimes and violations committed. Factors include devastation to civilian populations, gravity, and scale.

Central Finding: Ukrainian Children

A central focus of the March presentation concerned the deportation and transfer of Ukrainian children.

Previous reports noted difficulties in confirming cases. Legitimate concerns were raised in these. Now, the Commission confirmed verification of cases involving a total of 1,205 children, upon independent examination of thousands of documents and hundreds of interviews.

Previous reports and derivations noted approximately 20,000 deported and/or forcibly displaced children from Ukraine, according to Bring Kids Back UA. This is a separate Ukrainian tracking figure and should not be treated as the Commission’s March verified/documented total, which was 1,205 children.

The Russian Federation justified these transfers and deportations as “evacuations.” Currently, the Commission rejected this justification. It noted that lawful evacuations under international humanitarian law should be temporary and permitted only for compelling reasons, such as health, medical treatment, or safety.

In documented or verified cases, most unlawful transfers were not temporary. Four years on, 80 per cent of the children in the documented cases have not been returned.

The Commission concluded that the Russian authorities committed the crimes against humanity of deportation and forcible transfer of children. In addition, they found the Russian authorities committed the crime against humanity of enforced disappearance. Parents, guardians, relatives, and Ukrainian authorities were left uninformed of the fate of the children and their current locations.

An additional war crime was found against the Russian Federation with unjustifiable delay in repatriation because Russian authorities failed to establish a system for the facilitation of the children’s legal return.

Critical inquiry has been present in the presentation of the Ukrainian children, with critics emphasizing the lack of or low levels of evidence without further relevant qualification for this as a public-facing presentation. However, the Commission’s findings are based on independent verification of documented cases and should be distinguished from public or political claims. The investigation could discard poor evidence or lack of evidence. This was not the case. Multiple, independent expert commissioners with specialist access to thousands of documents assessed and came to current conclusions.

Specialized access to third-party investigations, e.g., the UN Commission on Ukraine, and others, is the basis for a more impartial – non-Ukrainian, non-Russian – assessment of the best available evidence.

Additional Findings on the Russian Federation

Beyond the findings on children, the Commission examined other patterns of abuse attributed to the Russian Federation.

The Commission presented a conference room paper with further details on the deportation and transfer of Ukrainian children. Other areas of emphasis of the Commission included trials conducted against Ukrainian civilians and prisoners of war in Russian courts and in “courts” in occupied areas of Ukraine.

Russian courts and Russian-occupied areas of Ukraine targeted civilians and prisoners of war. They were charged with espionage, terrorism, and violent seizure of power.

Harsh sentences were present. They ranged from 8 to 25 years, or life imprisonment. In the Commission’s sample of 72 trials by four courts in the Russian Federation and eight “courts” in occupied areas of Ukraine, concerning 68 civilians and 60 prisoners of war, 69 trials led to convictions and three were still ongoing.

The Commission concluded Russian authorities systematically fabricated evidence, including through ill-treatment and torture. Ill-treatment and torture are unreliable means for the acquisition of accurate intel. Basic fair trial guarantees were denied. Trials were conducted with predetermined verdicts, assuming guilt from the beginning. The Commission concluded that those proceedings amounted to war crimes.

The Commission also examined recruitment into the Russian armed forces. Foreign nationals from 17 countries were recruited to fight with the Russian Armed Forces. Some were recruited while already in Russia, some from detention facilities, and many were deceived and lured from abroad. Later, these deceived foreign nationals were coerced into combat.

Eighty-five soldiers who deserted described extreme violence and coercion by commanders, e.g., beatings, detention in pits, mock executions, and orders to shoot soldiers who withdrew without permission. The Commissioners concluded that these testimonies demonstrated a total disregard for human life and dignity.

Findings on Ukraine

On the Ukrainian side, the Commission analyzed the Supreme Court’s rulings on the offence of collaborative activities under the Ukrainian Criminal Code. The Commission found that the overbroad definition created legal uncertainty and risked sweeping in activities relating to essential services in occupied territory.

They examined reported violations during mobilization for the Ukrainian armed forces. These reported violations include irregular administrative detention, hurried medical examinations, lack of access to a lawyer, and reported instances of ill-treatment. As documented in investigations, public summaries provide limited granular detail against conscientious objectors.

Cooperation, Recognition, and Institutional Context

The Russian Federation does not recognize the Commission. They left 39 written requests for access, information, and meetings unanswered. The Ukrainian government complied with the Commission. The Ukrainian government recognizes the Commission.

This asymmetry sits within a broader legal and institutional context.

Since 16 March 2022, the Russian Federation has withdrawn from key international institutions and legal frameworks, both voluntarily and involuntarily. They were expelled from the Council of Europe, ceased to be a party to the European Convention on Human Rights on 16 September 2022, and withdrew from the Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities with effect from 1 August 2024. This was not a uniform withdrawal and expulsion.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Eric Woodward Foundation Investigative Journalism Foundation Findings

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Eric Woodward Foundation Investigative Journalism Foundation Findings

Photo by Robbie Down on Unsplash

The Investigative Journalism Foundation reported that Eric Woodward’s publicly promoted foundation did not match its original charitable presentation. Woodward had pledged to transfer about $55 million in real estate into a charitable structure, but the IJF found the properties remained tied to a for-profit company. The foundation was never registered as a charity, failed to prepare annual financial statements for years, reported only $8,117 in donations over five years, and showed troubling discrepancies in governance, event spending, and financial transparency.

The Eric Woodward Foundation was investigated by the Investigative Journalism Foundation (IJF) in 2025. They made some distinct findings of note about the Foundation in the heart of Fort Langley, British Columbia, Canada politics for several years now. Named after, and by, Eric Woodward.

Eric Woodward has been a real estate developer in Fort Langley for about two decades. He was born and raised in Langley, British Columbia, Canada. He entered into the internet industry young. He is an entrepreneur who built and sold several companies. In the midst of real estate development, he has been involved in plenty of social and political controversies in the village.

Later, in 2018, he was first elected to office as a councillor. He became mayor in 2022. The IJF found significant distinction between a central promise substance and reality. Woodward promised to transfer $55 million in real estate to a charitable structure. The profits were intended for local causes. The IJF found no transfer of property to the Eric Woodward Foundation. It remained a for-profit company.

The Foundation never registered as a charity. It was presented as a charitable vehicle, registered as a non-profit society, and the differences matter for legality and operations. The Foundation did not prepare annual financial statements for the first six years. Non-profits in the province of British Columbia are required by law to prepare financial statements and present them at each annual general meeting. The premise is compliance and transparency.

The Foundation failed to comply by the deadline with the registrar’s order to open the books. IJF requests and the registrar’s order went unanswered by the deadline. Actual recorded donations were $8,117 over a period of five years. The public image is a foundation tied to millions in real estate and previously announced charitable public commitments.

Between 2018 and 2021, public charitable commitments via public donation claims totalled almost $1.4 million. One recipient foundation said it had received between $500,000 and $999,999 from the Eric Woodward Foundation. Woodward later said the donations were made through the for-profit company rather than the Foundation.

Woodward claimed the Cranberry Festival and night markets did not run through the Foundation’s bank accounts. Particularly, this was transitioned away after becoming mayor. Released statements, however, reveal substantial event expenses and sales revenue and show more than $80,000 in event expenses in 2023.

Liabilities shown in the financial statements included up to $40,000 listed as “due to director.” Outside nonprofit lawyer, Martha Rans, described these aspects of the statements as unusual and needing an explanation. The IJF reported on grand announced intents with limited visible grantmaking and years of financial opacity.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Anna Vlasenko on Canadian vs German Media, ARD, and Wartime Reporting in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

Anna Vlasenko is a Kyiv-based Ukrainian journalist, media producer, and fixer who has reported on Russia’s full-scale invasion for international outlets. Public profiles identify her work with German broadcaster ARD and as a freelance writer for The Globe and Mail. Her bylines also appear in Global News, including field reporting from liberated villages, civilian convoy attacks, and war-crimes investigations in 2022. In 2023, she was shortlisted for the Kurt Schork Awards’ News Fixer category, recognition reserved for journalists and fixers covering conflict, corruption, and injustice. Her work sits at the intersection of local knowledge, frontline reporting, and cross-border production today.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anna Vlasenko examine how Canadian, German, and Ukrainian media approach war reporting. Vlasenko explains that Canadian outlets often favour short, human-centred segments, while German media use broader formats and give more space to political context. She notes that Ukraine’s local journalists frequently produce deeper reporting because they understand the terrain, networks, and lived realities better, even though they work with tighter budgets and greater access pressures. The conversation also considers ARD’s public-service model, the constraints created by war, and why foreign media can sometimes ask questions more openly than Ukrainian outlets in wartime.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you work freelance for Canadian media and also produce for German media, some of that work involves reporting on Ukraine. What differences do you notice between Canadian media and German media? How do they report differently on the war in Ukraine? What about ARD?

Anna Vlasenko: Both media systems have professional standards and aim to report what is happening in the country and present it to a wider audience. That goal is common to both. The main difference appears in format. Canadian media tends to focus more on short news segments, usually two- or three-minute pieces that go directly to air. German media uses a wider range of formats. They produce short news segments as well, but they also create longer pieces for major broadcasts, such as extended journal-style reports that explore a larger story in depth. Language also creates a difference. German and English operate differently. I do not speak German. When I work for Canadian media, I can engage more deeply with the context because I am present throughout the production process. When working with German media, I participate in the same production stages, but translating materials from German into English or Ukrainian and back again requires additional time. That difficulty stems from my lack of proficiency in German. I also observe editorial differences. Canadian media often focuses on personal stories, while German media tends to emphasize political developments and the broader national context.

Jacobsen: Two parallel cases illustrate this. I have not written about the Proud Boys or Gavin McInnes, although I know the Proud Boys were founded in 2016 by Gavin McInnes, a Canadian-born media figure, and later became far more prominent in the United States. Many people treat it as a purely American phenomenon, but its origins are partly Canadian. I have also written about Germany’s domestic intelligence agency’s investigation into the Alternative for Germany (AfD). In 2025, the Federal Office for the Protection of the Constitution classified the party as a right-wing extremist organization after a multi-year review. That designation was then challenged in court, and in February 2026, a German court temporarily barred the agency from publicly describing the party that way until the legal dispute is resolved. [Ed. Not to be confused with ARD, which is Germany’s public-service broadcasting consortium, not a political party.] When examining political extremism, do you notice differences in how German media and Canadian media report on these movements?

Vlasenko: I cannot compare them fairly. The reason is that I am not deeply involved in political reporting in that specific area. With Canadian media, we did not do that kind of work in the same way. We conducted some interviews with prominent figures, of course, but it was not the same as the work we did with German media, where we would take one story and go as deeply into it as possible. So, it is different. In general, it would not be accurate to make a direct comparison in my case.

Jacobsen: Is there more public funding for media in Germany or in Canada?

Vlasenko: I did not work with public media in Canada. I worked with private media, such as Global News. ARD, by contrast, is public media. It is funded primarily through Germany’s public broadcasting licence fee system, so it operates within a very different model of financial support. The same distinction applies when comparing private Canadian outlets such as The Globe and Mail with German public broadcasters.

Jacobsen: How does Ukrainian media differ from either of those, particularly under wartime conditions?

Vlasenko: Unfortunately, Ukrainian media generally have fewer financial resources. When I work for Canadian or German media, we often have the financial capacity to travel to the places we need to reach. I mean financially, not in terms of access. For one story, we might travel and work on it for a week, with hotels, food, and related costs covered. Ukrainian media often do not have that kind of budget, which would allow a large team to travel and spend extended time on a story. That affects the material. At the same time, Ukrainian reporting can often be much deeper than Canadian or German reporting because Ukrainian journalists know the context better, have stronger local networks, and understand the situation from the inside. In general, that local knowledge makes a significant difference.

Jacobsen: What can Ukrainian media learn from German production or from Canadian print media?

Vlasenko: It depends on what kinds of media we are comparing. Suppose you say “Ukrainian media,” which includes many different forms: radio, television, and online media. If we compare print or online newspapers with television, the comparison is not entirely precise. Structurally, there may be some similarities, but the financial levels are very different. I am not sure if it is only a matter of learning from foreign media. It is also the reality in Ukraine at the moment that foreign media can sometimes do more than Ukrainian media can. I mean, they can sometimes speak more publicly and more openly about what is happening inside the country. They can ask direct questions without the same level of concern about access.

Ukrainian media also need to carefully consider which questions to ask and which topics to emphasize. For example, if you look at the United News telethon, you can see the kind of product it is. I am not saying it is always bad; there are good stories there as well. But it is a very specific kind of wartime media product. I am not deeply involved in the internal production side of Ukrainian media, so I cannot speak in detail about how every newsroom operates. What I can say with confidence is that Canadian and German journalistic standards place strong emphasis on respecting the terms of an interview. If someone says no, that means no. It does not matter who we are interviewing; we do not push past that. In Ukraine, if media outlets handle certain situations the same way, they may risk not being invited to future off-the-record briefings or certain events. Unfortunately, that is part of the current reality.

Jacobsen: Do you think most media restrictions in Ukraine come from martial law and battlefield security concerns, such as protecting geolocations and military positions? Or are there also cultural or institutional factors that still limit some forms of media expression? For example, might Ukrainian journalists feel more hesitation than a foreign journalist who comes here for a short time, perhaps six weeks?

Vlasenko: It depends. Some Ukrainian journalists are skeptical of foreign media because many arrive for a short period, report on events without fully understanding the context, and then leave. Ukrainian journalists know the context much better and can often explain events in greater depth. At the same time, some foreign bureaus and correspondents have been based here for years and are deeply familiar with the situation. Those journalists can also report very accurately about what is happening. So the situation varies.

Jacobsen: How many Canadian media outlets have you encountered in Ukraine during the war?

Vlasenko: Only two: Global News and The Globe and Mail.

Jacobsen: How many people were involved? Was it just two individuals?

Vlasenko: No. At the beginning of the full-scale invasion in 2022, I worked with Global News. Our team consisted of five people: a television correspondent, an online correspondent, a cameraman, a producer, and a driver. Print teams are usually smaller. For The Globe and Mail, for example, a typical team would include a correspondent, a photographer, a driver, and a producer.

Jacobsen: There are not many Canadians here. I have not encountered any other Canadian journalists in Kyiv. I know of one prominent Canadian reporter, but he is usually here when I am not. I am not affiliated with a large institution like The Globe and Mail. I work in independent media as an independent freelance journalist, which the Canadian Association of Journalists classifies as my work.

Vlasenko: It largely comes down to financial resources. Reporting from abroad requires a significant budget. It is not only a matter of whether journalists want to cover the story. Media organizations must have the financial capacity to station people in another country. For example, if you read The Globe and Mail, they regularly publish stories about Ukraine, but many of those reports rely on international news agencies such as Reuters or the Associated Press.

Jacobsen: That is true. If you send journalists to a war zone, the major cost is often the travel itself. Getting reporters there can be expensive. Once they arrive, the costs can be lower. In my experience, the biggest expense is the journey—flights, buses, or trains to reach Kyiv or another city such as Kharkiv. Once you are on the ground, daily expenses are often relatively manageable. The next major cost comes when you travel home again. Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anna.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mount Nebo: Improvised Travel, Biblical History, and Grief in Jordan

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04

After an improvised crossing from Israel into Jordan, a taxi ride to Mount Nebo became a strange, comic, and quietly mournful detour. Arriving an hour early, I wandered the desert hillside with figs, whole kiwis, and water, hearing only a disembodied groundskeeper, meeting a dog, and watching a distant Bedouin goatherder. The landscape felt harsh yet alive, an oasis of silence, history, and endurance. Inside the sanctuary, cooler air, Byzantine ruins, mosaics, and biblical memory deepened the visit. Yet the journey was shadowed by grief: it unfolded during a birthday week and just before my father’s funeral, giving the beauty a muted, tragic undertone.

On that trip to a sprinkle of Israel and a douse of Jordan.

An Amman taxi to Moses’s Mount Nebo.

Good idea? No.

Bad idea? No.

Improvised idea? Yes.

After 4.5 hours of Israeli interrogations, what I’m told were 15 calls to get me through security and questioning, and an improvised trip claim, one must do what one was going to do anyway and, in fact, play the part. Life is funny like that. Monty Python strikes again. But a taxi to Mount Nebo to hike to it, so grab some figs and kiwis (which I eat whole) and see the holy site, is a reasonable improvisation.

One catch: I scheduled the taxi directly to it. Welp, no hiking necessary at that point, whoops.

The next day was the famous Mount Nebo (Jebel an-Neba). An 802-metre-high peak in Jordan with sweeping views over the Jordan Valley. Jericho lies below. Jerusalem can be seen on clear days.

Early morning, heading to it, I heard an exclamation from the groundskeeper of this hilltop sanctuary in the desert:

“8:00 am!”

“What?”

“Come back, 8:00 am!”

“Oh, okay, thank you, sir!”

It was 7:00 am. So, plenty of time to meander around the oasis and discover some of the views of the area. I never even caught a glimpse of the bellowing voice, as if Moses himself was echoing down an eleventh commandment from the Mount’s top. Or maybe, it was the proverbial Voice of God. Who knows? I am not religious. Although, many highly religious colleagues and friends may secretly whisper after an ellipses:

“…Yet.”

Although, it can be admitted by most. If God exists, He seems rather less active nowadays and less into grand introductions from a mountaintop to a dehydrated, itinerant, and wandering stray Canadian with an inordinate fondness of full-skinned kiwis for consumption.

For clarity, it should be noted: Mount Nebo has deep biblical ties. In Deuteronomy 32–34, so the story goes, Moses travels to Mount Nebo (Pisgah), views Canaan, then dies there. The site is in the care of the Franciscan Custody of the Holy Land. The current Memorial of Moses was rebuilt and restored between 2007 and 2016, sheltering the excavated ruins and Byzantine mosaics. It serves as a pilgrimage shrine and memorial church.

Not only unique to stray Canadians, they welcomed 462,688 visitors in 2022. Entry is 3 JOD (Jordanian dinars) for foreigners. The Jordan Pass can save money on many sites in Jordan. But that was for 8:00 am, not 7:00 am. An hour in the blistering mid-July heat of my birthday week prior to my father’s return-to-home next-day funeral.

Some of the most challenging juxtapositions of a man’s life to have at once: the birthday week with the clarity of renewal and the confusion of the new environs, and the tragic conclusion of a paternal life story once home. A life story I never knew; he wanted to be a journalist when young. I found out at the funeral/celebration of life. Those moments in life when overwhelmed, and then everything dims, becomes numb, distant, diminished. Rare, inevitable contexts of life in which the tragic frame makes an overwhelmingly positively painted journey turn flat, though only on the surface.

Nothing prepares you for its weight on your soul.

Off I went down the left side of Mount Nebo, down the main road, with a backpack full of figs, kiwis, and water, and what do I see? A dog ran down Mount Nebo to me. I assume the disembodied groundskeeper did not transform into a dog all of a sudden as if the Man in Yellow from the show FROM. I look off to the left past the road, up another mound, and see a big container with hoses out of it, which then runs down the hillsides of the mound.

“That should consume an hour of time and interest.”

The ground is hard, crumbly.

The temperature is hot, burning.

The air is dry, consuming.

The shrubs are determined, hardened.

The road is workable, cracked.

The sky is clear, nary a cloud.

There is deep & lasting silence, but there is life.

The hills show paths, symmetrical rounded paths of different elevations.

Mount Nebo represents an idyllic fount in the middle of the desert. I get up to the top ring of the second mount and note the hoses run down to various planted spots. They are there to water shrubs and new plantations. Over the mound, overlooking a dug trench, I hear a cling-cling, clang-clang.

I sit.

I ate some figs.

I munch on whole kiwis, with the skin in other words.

Off in the distance while sitting in the trench, I see a Bedouin goat herder walking his herd. I see him pull out a stick, bring it to his face, bring another item to his face, then a puff renounces the purity of the surrounding air. A goatherder’s soul entering the atmosphere, a smoker. On their way they went in the distance. Was this the reason for the curved paths in the mounds, in the hillsides — the goats traversing them?

Trudge back to Mount Nebo, no more dog this time – sad. But into the entrance, instantly, the temperature drops. The masonry is beautiful and the plants of variety lower the local temperature. The 2007 and 2016 restorations are nice, but secondary. The history runs long on this mound.

Archaeology revealed a Byzantine-era church and monastery. Excavations in the 1930s, 1960s, and 1970s-1980s, uncovered remains of a 4th-century sanctuary later expanded into a 6th-century basilica. Six rock-cut tombs sit beneath the mosaic floor. Mosaic pavements depict animals, hunting, and plants. There are Greek inscriptions. Abrahamic faiths venerate Mount Nebo. Jews for Moses’ final vision. Christians as a pilgrimage church and the Brazen Serpent scripture symbolizing Old and New Covenants. Muslims for the Nabi Musa traditions. If assuming the historicity of Moses in the Bible, the death placement of Moses is alleged as Mount Nebo.

The narrative is believed by folks, the excavations are present, and the masonry and plantations and views, are wonderful. I bought some souvenirs and then moved onto the next site before travelling home, a mosaic crafts workshop and shop. Immensely talented women crafting away day after day to create intricate, ornamental designs.

A stray Canadian met a Prophet’s end, and only in the middle of the trip, as I was embarking on my birth celebration to close then on my father’s final communion of the living.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Bianca Bulgaru, Reporting From Kyiv Under Fire: Civilian Life, Drones, and Propaganda

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Bianca Bulgaru is a Romanian journalist and Kyiv-based correspondent for Beta News Romania. Reporting from cities including Kyiv, Kharkiv, and Sumy, she focuses on how civilians adapt to air raids, infrastructure strikes, and the long psychological aftershocks of living under threat. She also tracks the parallel war over narrative: propaganda that inflates fringe extremists into state-defining myths, and the language politics that can turn a reporting choice into an accusation. Scott Douglas Jacobsen spoke with Bulgaru about habituation to danger, the ethics of witnessing, and why transparency matters for sustaining Romanian support for Ukraine.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Bianca Bulgaru, a journalist reporting from Ukraine, about adapting to danger and documenting civilian life. Bulgaru recalls her first air alert minutes after arrival, initially curious, later more fearful as she learned how indiscriminate strikes are. She describes drone attacks in Kharkiv, the aftermath of a double-tap strike in Sumy, and how distance shapes injuries and identification. The conversation explores language politics, accusations of not being inpartial, and propaganda that inflates fringe extremists into state-defining myths. Bulgaru argues that transparency and communication matter for sustaining Romanian support. She returns because people’s stories never stop.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This is Bianca Bulgaru, a journalist. What was the name of the publication you wrote for again—Beta News? Beta News, thank you. How long have you lived in Ukraine? Has this period been consecutive? What was your first feeling of being in a country at war?

Bianca Bulgaru: I first arrived in Ukraine last year, at the end of February. At first, it was supposed to be a short weekend in Chernivtsi for a material, but it turned into a weekend in Kyiv, and then another weekend in Chernivtsi—so it became about a nine-day trip—and then I went back to Romania. It was interesting to see how people navigate through war, and I got the sense that I am not very sensitive to danger.

My first air alert happened within about 5 minutes of arriving at the accommodation, and I reacted by going to the window. That may be foolish, or I did not understand the danger at that time. I saw the first drone being shot down the night after that.

Jacobsen: When you first saw or heard an explosion, what did you feel? Has that feeling changed over time when you hear explosions or air raid alarms at night? Has it remained the same low- to mid-level fear—”Am I next?”

Bulgaru: The fear increases as you become more aware of the danger. The longer you stay, the more you understand the risks. At first, I was surprised. It made me more alert and aware of my surroundings during air raid alerts.

Now I feel the danger and the implications of an attack more clearly, because bombs can fall anywhere. Last summer in Kharkiv, I was under a drone attack. I could hear the drones above me and did not know whether they would strike nearby. They sounded very close.

So yes, the fear has increased over time. However, I have also become used to it. I feel the danger more acutely, yet sometimes, when I hear drones at night, I go back to sleep because I need rest. If something happens, it happens.

Jacobsen: I have felt something similar. This is my longest trip so far, and I intentionally arrived on the anniversary date as the transition into it (the longest day). I have joked that if I am going to die, I will at least die well-rested. In your early reporting, what were you focusing on? What assumptions did you have about the kinds of stories you wanted to tell?

Bulgaru: I was interested in war stories even before this war. I often read books about the Second World War. I did not focus primarily on military strategies or political stakes. Those elements were present, but I was more interested in people’s experiences—how they lived through war and endured it.

I read many accounts from people who were children during the Second World War and later told their stories. When I came here, I wanted to tell human stories—stories of ordinary people—rather than analyze military strategy.

Although I am aware of political and analytical issues, I focus on the human side of this conflict. People are suffering here, and they must continue their lives during wartime. Their lives are not normal, even if they go to work. Some go directly to their jobs after spending the night sleeping in the subway during air raids.

They try to maintain normal routines, but their lives are not normal. That is what I try to document: people’s lives and how this war has transformed them.

I have interviewed many people who changed their careers because of the war. I spoke with a man who used to repair small household electronics and now builds drones. I interviewed a woman who was a salesperson and is now a deminer. “Sapper” is the more technical term.

I have also met people who joined the military out of conviction and ideology, not because they were drafted. I have seen people who were alive six months ago and are no longer alive. That changes your perspective. It forces you to confront how fragile life is. We tend to believe that such things will not happen to us, but that assumption is not reliable.

I try to document these transformations—how the war reshapes careers, identities, and lives.

Jacobsen (to Romanian journalist Alex Craiu): Have people ever accused you of being pro-Russian because of language issues?

Alex Craiu: Yes. I spoke with some ultra-nationalists who criticized me for continuing to speak or sing in Russian. I argued that the Russian language should not be banned outright; instead, Ukrainian should be encouraged and promoted.

We also have to consider people such as Moldovans who live in Ukraine, support Ukraine, and speak Russian as a common language. I was not defending Russia politically. In Romania, for example, we do not grow up speaking Russian; we learn English in school. However, the issue is more complex for others in the region.

Some people implied that I was pro-Russian because of that position. I do not accept that label. I know where I stand.

It is difficult for me to conduct interviews. Many people say, “I do not speak English.” Often, they do not want to give an interview. When I switch to Ukrainian, they have fewer reasons to refuse. That is my strategy. My mother learned some Russian in school, as part of her generation, but she does not remember much and never liked it. Language education in our region has shifted over time.

Jacobsen: Have you ever been in a situation where death felt very close?

Bulgaru: I am not sure whether it truly was that close, but it felt that way. It was during the drone attack in Kharkiv that I mentioned earlier. The drones struck a location about 750 meters away from me. There were six drones, arriving one after another.

The second perspective came later. The drones hit a building where I had slept two nights earlier. When I returned to the site and saw the damage, it was unsettling. The part of the building that was hit was on the opposite side from where I had stayed, but if you are inside, you would still feel the impact. It was close enough to understand how narrowly circumstances can change outcomes.

Jacobsen: How many journalists do you know personally who have been killed?

Bulgaru: I have not personally known a journalist who was killed. However, I have followed cases in the news. For example, a French photojournalist was killed last year. I did not know him personally, but I was familiar with his work.

I was struck by the fact that someone doing similar work—though far more experienced than I am—became a target. It reinforces the reality that journalists are targeted, whether Ukrainian or foreign. They are hunted alongside civilians near frontline areas, sometimes described as a “human safari.”

That changes your perspective when you report near the front. I was in Sumy last April during a ballistic “double-tap” attack that destroyed two buildings in the city center and killed 30 civilians on a bus passing by. It was one of the most shocking events I have personally witnessed.

I arrived a few hours after the strike. It was dark. The electricity in the area had been cut. Only rescue lights illuminated the scene. The smell of ash and burned material was still in the air.

We interviewed a shop owner whose business was nearby. He had taken shelter during the strike and returned immediately afterward. He described seeing bodies lying on the ground “like dolls,” burned and dismembered. He was visibly shaken as he recounted what he had seen.

Jacobsen: In such attacks, are burned and dismembered bodies the typical pattern, or are victims more often found intact? How does proximity to the strike affect the condition of the bodies?

Bulgaru: It depends on how close the victims are to the point of impact. The closer someone is to the blast, the more severe the physical trauma is likely to be. Those farther away may sustain different types of injuries. The condition of victims varies based on distance, force, and the specific circumstances of the explosion.

It depends on proximity to the strike. Some victims are burned, especially if the building catches fire or the heat is intense. Others die because they are trapped under rubble. Some are killed by shrapnel in critical areas, such as the neck or chest. In those cases, the bodies may not appear burned or severely disfigured. The physical condition varies depending on distance from the blast and the nature of the impact.

I went to a building two days after a strike because the addresses are not public. You have to follow the rescuers, check for smoke, or ask people nearby. I spoke with a woman who lived in the building that was hit. She had gone to the morgue to identify someone. She said she recognized the victim only by the colour of her hair, which had been dyed a few days before the attack. The damage was so severe that the person was otherwise unrecognizable. I believe the victim was her niece or goddaughter. She was devastated.

Jacobsen: Civilian casualties across Ukraine number in the thousands. Risk varies by location. Those in frontline cities face far greater danger than those in western regions. Military casualties are also significant on both sides. This is the largest conflict on European territory since the Second World War.

Do you think many civilian deaths over the winter have resulted primarily from missile strikes on infrastructure, or from secondary effects? For example, if energy grids are attacked and heating becomes inaccessible, vulnerable populations—the elderly, the ill, or children—may die as a consequence.

Bulgaru: Both direct and indirect effects matter. Missile strikes on infrastructure can cause immediate casualties, but they also create conditions that threaten lives over time. When electricity, heating, and water systems are damaged, especially during winter, the risks increase for those who are already vulnerable. The humanitarian consequences extend beyond the initial explosion.

I think it is both. Attacks continue on civilian areas, and so many people die from direct strikes on residential buildings. At the same time, attacks on energy infrastructure have caused major harm to civilian life. Winter in Kyiv and much of Ukraine can reach minus 20 degrees Celsius at night. In unheated apartments, indoor temperatures can fall to around five degrees. Some older buildings are poorly insulated. Pipes have burst, and water has frozen inside apartments. Those are extremely difficult living conditions, and for vulnerable people—the elderly, children, and the ill—they can be life-threatening.

Attacks on energy facilities also affect the medical system. Hospitals cannot function properly without electricity. Medical equipment depends on power. Some people rely on medical devices at home, and without electricity, those machines stop working. I am not a legal expert, but targeting power grids that sustain civilian life raises serious legal and humanitarian concerns.

Jacobsen: In the information space, the digital and cyber dimension of this war, what parts of Russian messaging are fully true, partially true, or based on facts that are then reshaped to support a broader narrative? In any war, it is rare for all sides to present information without distortion.

For example, there are nationalist or far-right groups in many countries, including Ukraine, the United States, and Russia. The question is whether their existence justifies aggression, and whether they represent state policy or a marginal presence. Russian messaging often frames Ukraine as dominated by neo-Nazism, while Ukraine’s leadership includes a Jewish president. That rhetorical contradiction is frequently noted. How do you assess these narratives?

Bulgaru: Every society has extremist groups. Ukraine is not an exception. However, the presence of small nationalist or far-right groups does not mean that they control the state or that their ideology defines national policy. In Ukraine’s case, extremist groups exist, but they are not representative of the government or the majority of society.

Russian messaging takes isolated facts—such as the existence of nationalist groups—and amplifies them to suggest that they define the country as a whole. That is a narrative strategy. It simplifies complex realities into a justification for aggression. The existence of fringe groups in a country does not equate to state ideology, nor does it justify invasion.

Jacobsen: At a deeper level, beyond rhetoric, I do not think the basic tests for justification are met. In some preliminary research—so I will be cautious—it appears that between the early years of the war and 2025, neo-Nazi and white supremacist groups in Ukraine have either remained stagnant or declined, while in the Russian Federation, they have remained stable or increased.

If such groups are increasing anywhere, that is concerning. If they are increasing in Russia while Russia claims to be fighting “Nazism,” that is both concerning and ironic.

Bulgaru: It is a complex question. Russian authorities have used several narratives to justify aggression. Some begin with a limited or partial truth and then distort it. The example of neo-Nazi groups is one of them.

There are small ultra-nationalist or extremist groups in many countries around the world. Their existence does not mean that they define state policy or represent the majority of society. In Ukraine, such groups exist, but they are marginal and do not define the country or its government.

Another justification often cited by Russia is the claim that it is “protecting” Russian-speaking populations in Ukraine. However, those communities were not asking to be rescued. Many were living ordinary lives.

The separatist movements in eastern Ukraine intensified after Russian involvement and support. The narrative of protection was tied to the creation and amplification of tensions.

I can see similar patterns in attempts to influence other minority communities, including ethnic Romanians in Ukraine. There are efforts to persuade them that they are being discriminated against and that Russia is a protector. That narrative does not reflect the lived reality of most people. It is a strategy aimed at creating division and instability.

Missiles have rarely hit that region. There was one instance when a drone struck a building, but otherwise, it has been relatively quiet. Despite that, the narrative is repeatedly promoted that Russia is “protecting” those communities.

The strategy appears to follow a pattern: first, create or amplify tensions between ethnic groups, then present yourself as the saviour from the instability you helped generate. Minor local conflicts exist in many places where minorities live. These are usually small, localized issues that can be resolved within the community. They do not require outside intervention.

The pattern can be summarized as: create a problem, then offer yourself as the solution.

Jacobsen: How many people you know personally have been killed here?

Bulgaru: There was a Romanian volunteer who died on the front lines. I did not know him personally, but Alex (Craiu) interviewed him, and I was familiar with his work. I later met his family when they came to Kyiv to complete procedures related to his death and to commemorate him at Maidan. We placed his flag there in his memory.

His sister still struggles to accept his death. Although there has been confirmation from people close to his battalion that their entire position was destroyed, she holds onto hope that he might still be alive, possibly as a prisoner. Officially, she says she understands that he died, but emotionally, she cannot accept it.

Communication with the battalion has been difficult, and she feels she lacks sufficient information to achieve closure. She needs clearer answers about what happened to her brother.

Jacobsen: Since you have been living here, what have been some of the more substantive geopolitical changes between Romania and Ukraine as the full-scale invasion—what Russia calls a “special military operation”—has progressed?

Bulgaru: Romania’s official position is supportive of Ukraine. However, I wish there were more visible and transparent communication about the support being provided. Romania does offer assistance, even if not as much as some might hope.

The challenge is that a growing number of people in Romania appear to be influenced by Russian propaganda and are increasingly skeptical about supporting Ukraine or Ukrainians. This may explain why communication about Romania’s assistance is sometimes limited.

However, limited communication can have the opposite effect. Greater transparency and openness about the nature and scale of support would make it more widely understood and accepted. When official information is scarce, people are more likely to rely on unverified sources or misinformation.

Clear and consistent communication from official channels could counteract that tendency and strengthen public understanding.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Bianca.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Toronto Consulate Shooting, Synagogue Attacks, and Antisemitic Violence in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Toronto Consulate Shooting, Synagogue Attacks, and Antisemitic Violence in Canada

Photo by mwangi gatheca on Unsplash

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Irina Tsukerman examine the shooting near the U.S. consulate in Toronto, recent gunfire attacks on synagogues, and the broader rise of antisemitic violence in Canada and beyond. They distinguish organized state direction from ideological inspiration, discuss how extremist networks test social tolerance and law-enforcement capacity, and compare patterns in Canada, Australia, and other democracies. The conversation explores Iranian strategy, diaspora politics, radicalization, institutional complacency, the normalization of bullying and antisemitism, and the symbolic targeting of Jewish institutions. Both argue that vigilance, serious enforcement, and analytical clarity are now essential for democratic security today.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Reports emerged that shots were fired near the U.S. consulate in Toronto during the early phase of the conflict between Israel, the United States, and Iran. That immediately raised concerns about proxies or sleeper cells. Larger states with long histories of intelligence operations often rely on networks abroad—from Syria’s intelligence apparatus to the CIA and MI6. Iran’s main security and intelligence structures include the Ministry of Intelligence and the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, which oversees the Quds Force responsible for external operations. In this incident, police responded early Tuesday morning to reports of gunfire near the U.S. consulate at University Avenue and Queen Street West in downtown Toronto. Security agencies have expressed concern about retaliatory violence linked to tensions in the Middle East. Retaliatory or symbolic attacks during geopolitical crises are not new; what we may be seeing is another wave tied to the current escalation. Around the same period, reports circulated about the disappearance of an Iranian scientist in British Columbia, although details remain unclear and unconfirmed in public reporting. Separately, Canada has seen a rise in antisemitic incidents since the war between Israel and Hamas began in October 2023, with multiple police services documenting increased hate crimes and harassment. Given that environment, what is your assessment of the risk of retaliatory attacks directed at sites like the American consulate in Toronto?

Irina Tsukerman: It is notable that Ontario Premier Doug Ford publicly raised the possibility of sleeper cells. At the same time, some media outlets discussed reports of intercepted communications suggesting Iran might be encouraging sympathizers abroad to act. Other analysts caution that the evidence is ambiguous and that interpreting it as a direct activation signal may be overstated. At best, some argue it could function as a rhetorical signal rather than Popular imagination often jumps to something like The Manchurian Candidate, the Cold a formal operational order.

War thriller about programmed assassins. Reality is usually less theatrical. If an act occurs, it is often carried out by individuals who interpret events as a call to action rather than by formally controlled agents.

There has been little public evidence showing that Iran is formally directing sleeper-cell activity in North America. In many recent conflicts, Iran has relied on regional partners—such as Hezbollah or other aligned groups—rather than covert networks in Western countries. That does not prevent individuals from acting on their own motivations. There was a recent incident in California in which two Jewish men were assaulted after speaking Hebrew, with attackers referencing the conflict in the Middle East. Situations like that show how geopolitical events can inspire violence. But inspiration and organized direction are very different things. Without evidence, it would be speculative to attribute such attacks to the IRGC or any state actor.

Donald Trump once said in an interview with filmmaker Errol Morris that his favorite film was Citizen Kane. He described it as a tragedy about a powerful man who becomes increasingly isolated despite wealth and influence. Trump has also used rhetoric such as “I never forgive,” which reflects a combative, personal style of political language rather than the themes of the film itself.

It really is. Iran often operates along lines that resemble mafia-style power structures. In theory, that should mean the two sides understand each other well, but that mutual understanding can also create strategic dilemmas. When both sides recognize the other’s tactics and thresholds, it becomes harder to call a bluff or force escalation without risk.

The shooting at the consulate was preceded by several shootings targeting synagogues in Toronto. Around the same period, there was also an explosion targeting a synagogue in Liège, Belgium. The timing raises questions about whether some level of coordination exists at the cell level. Synagogues are frequent targets for antisemitic extremists or actors sympathetic to terrorist movements. Sometimes these individuals are described as “lone wolves,” but many exist within loosely connected online extremist communities—people who engage in intense rhetoric and occasionally translate that rhetoric into action.

Canada generally experiences fewer high-profile shootings than the United States, which makes a cluster of incidents like this appear unlikely to be purely coincidental. Canada also has a large Iranian diaspora, and critics have argued that individuals connected to the Iranian regime have sometimes been able to travel or operate in the country with limited scrutiny. That context creates grounds for suspicion that more organized activity could be involved.

Canadian political leaders have condemned attacks on Jewish institutions. If multiple incidents with antisemitic or anti-American elements are occurring within a short timeframe, that would warrant a thorough investigation and potentially cooperation with U.S. authorities in the case of the consulate incident. The United States has extensive investigative resources and intelligence capabilities that could support such an effort.

At the same time, not every violent incident is connected to Iran. There have also been attacks in North America inspired by other extremist ideologies, including ISIS. The broader environment matters. Periods of geopolitical crisis, heated rhetoric, and escalating messaging can create a climate in which individuals feel justified in committing violence. Some may belong to loosely organized communities, while others act independently. The line between coordinated action and ideological inspiration can become difficult to distinguish. If individuals are willing to act in ways that advance the goals of a foreign regime without formal recruitment, that raises questions about how much direct organization is even necessary to destabilize communities.

Jacobsen: Formal recruitment is not always necessary for radicalization. With the internet and social media, individuals can become ideologically radicalized while also becoming socially isolated. We have seen disturbing cases where vulnerable teenagers interacting with online systems or communities are encouraged to distrust family and friends and withdraw from support networks. In some tragic cases connected to lawsuits and investigations, vulnerable individuals have been pushed toward self-harm.

Radicalization can also move outward rather than inward. Some individuals publicly pledge allegiance to extremist groups before committing violence. In Canada, many lone-actor attacks have involved men who subscribe to some form of ideological grievance—sometimes misogynistic belief systems, sometimes other extremist commitments. These patterns show how personal isolation, ideological communities, and global political narratives can converge in dangerous ways.

Men sometimes kill women individually or in larger numbers, as in the École Polytechnique massacre. There are also intermediate forms of radicalization. Identity politics can be weaponized—not that it should be, but it can be. Someone may define themselves through an ethnic, national, or linguistic identity, such as being part of the Persian diaspora, and then come to identify with the IRGC. In that framework, violence against the regime can be interpreted as violence against the individual as part of an extended group outside the country. That can create conditions in which retaliatory violence becomes possible. I am not saying that is what happened in these cases.

To put the pattern on the record, this is just in 2026. On January 2 in Winnipeg, hate-related symbols were spray-painted on the Shaarey Zedek Synagogue. On March 2 in North York, Temple Emanu-El was struck by gunfire. On March 7 in Thornhill, Beth Avraham Yoseph of Toronto was also hit by gunfire. Also on the morning of March 7 in North York, Shaarei Shomayim was hit by multiple shots at its front doors. These appear to be distance gunfire attacks directed at identifiable Jewish buildings and symbols. Given how recently and repeatedly this has happened, there appears to be an identifiable pattern. I do not think it takes much, at least preliminarily, to see that. What do you think?

Tsukerman: It is definitely a pattern. It is possible that whoever is behind these incidents is testing the waters before attempting something at closer range and potentially more lethal. They may also be testing the level of social acceptance such activity will draw: how much outrage it provokes, how seriously authorities investigate it, and how quickly they move to stop it.

They may also be counting on strained institutional capacity. With major public events and security pressures stretching resources, law enforcement attention may already be divided, and that can create perceived openings for further attacks.

Jacobsen: I have many questions about comparative cases. For example, if you take another Anglophone country and begin to see repeated patterns of gunfire attacks, does that later escalate into closer-range violence? We have seen cases of distance rifle fire before. I was thinking of either Australia or New Zealand—the case in which 12 people were killed. We should also note the broader rise in antisemitic rhetoric and sentiment followed by violent acts. I have made that point many times, and I think you agree. It is not an especially sophisticated observation, but it is a natural one.

Tsukerman: I do not know how much official political messaging directly shapes the atmosphere. We cannot hold officials responsible for specific incidents, because they are not telling people to shoot someone or attack a building. But when rhetoric paints Israel in absolute terms, or assigns collective blame, or gives excuses to extremist demagogues and social media personalities, it is fair to ask whether that creates an environment in which this kind of violence feels tolerated or unlikely to be pursued aggressively.

Jacobsen: The first major additional question I have relates to a case involving an individual connected to Pakistan who became radicalized there and later traveled to either New Zealand or Australia. I need to verify the exact country. He murdered around a dozen Jewish people and injured many others. One striking aspect was that the attacker, a radicalized Muslim man, was eventually tackled by another Muslim man.

What I do not know is whether there had been a prior pattern of attacks without fatalities targeting synagogues or other identifiable Jewish institutions in that country before the mass-casualty attack, or whether the attack occurred without that kind of preceding pattern.

Tsukerman: There had been other incidents around the same time. Over the past several years there has been a broader increase in both violent and nonviolent antisemitic incidents. This has been documented by the Australian Jewish community. Organizations such as the Australia/Israel & Jewish Affairs Council track and highlight these events.

Regarding the Pakistan-related case, some of the coverage from Australian officials and media has been incomplete. My sources suggest the situation was more complicated. The individuals involved did not simply travel to Pakistan and encounter extremists by chance. The trip was organized after they were already on a path toward radicalization, and local extremist figures facilitated further connections.

Jacobsen: So it was not a casual cultural trip where someone happened to encounter radical figures.

Tsukerman: Exactly. It was not random or accidental. It was structured to deepen involvement in organized extremist networks. Prior to the trip, the individuals had already been influenced locally by Islamist activists who were known to authorities. Some of these figures had been questioned or investigated, but despite evidence of sympathies for groups such as ISIS, enforcement actions were limited.

Another element sometimes raised in discussions is the role of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence agency, known as the ISI. Certain analysts argue that factions within the ISI have historically cultivated relationships with militant groups, particularly in conflicts involving India and Kashmir. For example, the 2008 Mumbai attacks involved militants linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba operating from Pakistan. Because of that history, some observers interpret certain incidents through the lens of state-connected networks rather than purely spontaneous radicalization.

However, interpretations vary widely, and the available public evidence often remains incomplete. Distinguishing between organized direction, ideological influence, and individual radicalization remains one of the central analytical challenges when examining extremist violence across different countries.

Jacobsen: If you watch the footage of the individual with the rifle, the handling suggests a reasonably skilled shooter. The firing and reloading were not slow. Compared with highly trained military personnel, the performance was not exceptional, but it showed enough competence to suggest prior experience with firearms.

Tsukerman: I agree. He appears to have had at least some level of training, possibly formal training. As I mentioned earlier, I suspect the father already held those views before arriving in Australia. That may explain why he encouraged his son’s connections with local Islamist networks and supported his further radicalization. The son then traveled to Pakistan and the Philippines.

The Philippines is noteworthy because, historically, extremist training camps connected to regional militant networks have operated there. During the 1980s, amid the Soviet–Afghan war and related geopolitical dynamics, various militant groups trained across parts of Southeast Asia. So the idea of extremist networks operating in that region is not new.

Another issue is that some elements of the story appear to have been downplayed by authorities. At different points, officials suggested that the individuals simply remained in a hotel while traveling in the Philippines, which later reporting indicated was inaccurate.

Zooming out, there has been increased involvement by some Pakistan-linked militant networks in conflicts across the Middle East. These networks sometimes intersect with organizations connected to the Muslim Brotherhood or other extremist movements active in Syria and elsewhere. Analysts have observed increased activity linking Southeast Asia and the Middle East. Based on conversations with people familiar with the situation, there is concern that similar incidents could occur again.

Jacobsen: When people talk about a “male loneliness epidemic,” they are not referring to this kind of brotherhood.

Tsukerman: No, not at all. These networks are rarely lonely or isolated in the sociological sense. While some recruits—such as young converts or alienated teenagers—may initially feel disconnected, the broader structures are highly organized and community-based. They often operate through family ties and tight social networks. Members marry within the group and maintain strong internal bonds. The result is a cohesive and exclusive environment rather than isolation.

Jacobsen: In Canada we see a different pattern emerging. Prime Minister Carney has issued statements about recent incidents, although the case that received the most attention domestically was the attack in Tumbler Ridge. I could also return to an interview I conducted with a CSIS expert who served for more than three decades. He noted that the most frequently thwarted terrorist plots in Canada have involved Islamist extremism. Within ideological frameworks that rely on literalist interpretations of religious texts, Jewish communities often become targets. That raises the possibility of connections between some of the attacks that have been prevented and the incidents we are now seeing. Intelligence systems can resemble Swiss cheese: when enough gaps appear, someone eventually slips through.

Tsukerman: My understanding is that Australia has faced challenges in this area as well. Some of the policing responses have been criticized as inadequate. Officers may not have specialized training for dealing with complex extremist networks, and investigators sometimes lack the broader strategic context needed to connect separate incidents.

Jacobsen: Countries like Australia, New Zealand, and Canada have also experienced long periods of domestic security stability. Canada, for example, went roughly eight decades without a serious threat to its territorial sovereignty. Long stretches of peace and prosperity can produce institutional complacency. When societies are accustomed to safety for generations, it becomes easy to underestimate how external conflicts and ideological movements can manifest within domestic borders. The result is a slow recognition that the security environment has changed.

Tsukerman: There is also a political dimension to the response. In Australia, one reaction was to tighten gun control laws. Yet the central issue in that case was that the attacker had already violated existing laws by obtaining more weapons than permitted. The problem was not the absence of regulation but the failure to enforce regulations already in place.

Another policy response involved restrictions on speech. Authorities attempted to prohibit certain slogans, such as “globalize the intifada.” That may limit open propaganda in public spaces, but it will not necessarily prevent extremist networks from organizing. If anything, pushing rhetoric underground may make it more difficult to monitor or track those planning violence. The deeper problem is not speech itself but the underlying belief that violence against civilians is justified. The rhetoric follows from that belief rather than causing it.

Jacobsen: I remember being questioned at Ben Gurion Airport in Israel. I did not realize beforehand how seriously the country treats security threats. The questioning procedures and operational structure reflected an environment in which officials assume threats are constant. Travelers are expected to follow procedures precisely, and the process is extremely thorough.

I am not suggesting that countries such as Australia or Canada should adopt the same level of intensity. But some degree of heightened vigilance can be useful. Long periods of stability sometimes create a habit of assuming threats will not materialize domestically.

Tsukerman: I think there has been complacency and, at times, a lack of political realism. For example, when public figures praise or appear to legitimize groups like Hamas after events such as the killing of more than a thousand Israeli civilians and the abduction of hostages on October 7, 2023, the messaging can be interpreted in ways that were not intended. Even if the intention is not to support Hamas directly, the symbolism can be read that way by supporters and opponents alike.

This type of messaging reflects a broader misunderstanding. Some policymakers assume that extremist actors interpret signals through the same political and cultural frameworks common in Western democracies. They do not. That misunderstanding can be dangerous. It applies not only to antisemitism but to security policy more broadly and to how societies respond to ideological extremism.

Understanding the worldview and motivations of adversaries is essential. Without that understanding, policy responses risk missing the underlying dynamics that drive radicalization and violence.

Jacobsen: The uncomfortable reality is that not everyone in the world intends goodwill toward others all the time.

Tsukerman: Exactly. Not everyone shares the same assumptions about cooperation, tolerance, or peaceful coexistence.

Not everything can be resolved through rational political processes. Some disputes cannot be settled through normal diplomatic channels. When an organization’s charter openly calls for the elimination of an entire nation, that is a genocidal objective. There is no rational political compromise that can be drawn from such a position.

The same point applies when examining Iran’s ideological framework and constitutional principles. Iranian leadership has articulated ambitions for regional transformation for decades, not only regarding Israel but across the broader Middle East. Since the seizure of the American embassy in Tehran in 1979, Iran and the United States have remained in a state of hostility. The methods have varied over time, often constrained by pragmatic considerations, but the ideological posture has remained largely unchanged. Attempts by outside governments to negotiate with Tehran have sometimes underestimated the fact that each side is pursuing fundamentally different strategic games. From that perspective, Iran’s leadership has consistently maintained positions that Western policymakers hope might evolve but rarely do.

Jacobsen: Returning to the Canadian context and the gunfire at the U.S. consulate, I am reminded of a reflection by Richard Feynman on the possible future paths of science. Feynman suggested that there are several ways the story of scientific discovery might unfold. One possibility is that science continues indefinitely: we never reach final answers, but our understanding becomes progressively deeper and more refined as new questions emerge. Another possibility is that we eventually discover the fundamental laws of nature—the basic principles underlying physical reality—after which the remaining work becomes applying those laws to increasingly complex systems. A third possibility is that we encounter limits to understanding: either the laws of nature are too complicated for us to uncover completely, or our methods and conceptual frameworks are insufficient to capture the full structure of reality.

There may be a similar set of possibilities when analyzing social phenomena. In our Maple Monitor series, we have been documenting trends in antisemitic incidents. The most recent spike occurred in early March 2026. Looking at the recent gunfire attacks on synagogues, what paths forward do you see emerging from this pattern?

Tsukerman: From my perspective, some of these attacks function as a form of testing. Perpetrators may be measuring reaction times and the types of responses coming from authorities. They may also be signaling. Intelligence agencies are not the only actors capable of sending coded signals. Local extremist networks can also communicate through actions.

These acts can signal presence: “We are here.” They can serve as recruitment messaging, inviting sympathizers to join. They can challenge the broader community by effectively asking how society will respond. And they can signal escalation. Even if incidents are not formally coordinated, copycat actions still communicate support for a particular method of violence.

In that sense, patterns of attacks can function as a decentralized communication system among extremists. Individuals see what others are doing and replicate it, reinforcing the tactic.

The response from local authorities has often been limited to condemnatory statements. Statements are important, but the question is whether they will be followed by meaningful enforcement. One issue raised in these debates is whether governments will apply definitions such as the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance definition of antisemitism when evaluating rhetoric and activity that may contribute to these incidents. Critics argue that some organizations and political actors use rhetorical frameworks that function as justifications for antisemitic hostility while avoiding accountability.

Jacobsen: Years ago, Bill Maher interviewed Benjamin Netanyahu on Real Time. The discussion included a question about some American Christian groups that support Israel partly because of theological beliefs about the Second Coming. Netanyahu responded along the lines of: that issue can be addressed when it arises. In other words, immediate security concerns take priority over speculative theological future scenarios.

A similar attitude appears in certain Orthodox Jewish perspectives regarding the arrival of the Messiah. That question will be addressed when it becomes relevant. Until then, practical responsibilities remain. In the current context, law enforcement has a duty not only to issue statements after incidents but to follow through with investigations and enforcement. If a prime minister or provincial premier publicly addresses an attack, it is reasonable to expect substantive follow-up.

Another question concerns New York City politics. Has Mayor Mamdani formally renounced the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance definition of antisemitism, or is it primarily political signaling?

Tsukerman: As far as I know, withdrawing a jurisdiction from the IHRA definition would normally require legislative action. I do not believe there has been a formal withdrawal. However, there have been signals suggesting that the definition is not being treated as a priority in practice. For example, inviting individuals who deny Israel’s right to exist to official events sends a message, even if the IHRA definition remains technically recognized.

It is also worth noting that the IHRA definition is only one of several frameworks used to define antisemitism. Other definitions exist in academic and policy debates. Historically, many jurisdictions have operated without adopting any formal definition at all.

The most concerning actors, however, are not those debating definitions but those committing violent acts—people firing gunshots at synagogues or other targets. Harassment exists in many forms, and public figures often experience it regularly. Jewish women, for example, often face harassment that combines antisemitic and gendered abuse.

One issue worth highlighting is how certain forms of hostility have become normalized. Whether it is misogyny or antisemitism, bullying behaviors that were once widely condemned are sometimes reframed as expressions of independence, free speech, or provocative “edginess.” That shift can grant a form of social legitimacy to behavior that previously would have been recognized as harassment.

Some commentators justify this shift as a reaction against what they perceive as excessive political correctness. At best, that interpretation misunderstands the problem. At worst, it becomes a convenient excuse for promoting divisive agendas.

Jacobsen: I once interviewed two authors about tariff policies during the early part of Donald Trump’s second presidential term. One of them described Trump as likely to become the most consequential American president in contemporary history. The phrasing struck me as interesting because it was not framed as praise or criticism but as an observation about impact.

One area in which that influence may appear is political demeanor and public decorum. That connects to the issue you raised about bullying becoming normalized in public discourse. The tone set by political leaders can influence how conflict is expressed in society. The forms of harassment that emerge can also be gendered, with women often facing different types of abuse than men.

In fact, the issue became significant enough that I conducted a four-part interview series with a colleague, Khadija Khan, examining patterns of harassment and how they manifest across gender, politics, and public communication. She described the harassment women journalists receive online. From her account, the baseline harassment often resembles what male journalists receive—insults, threats, hostility—but with an additional layer. In many cases the language becomes sexualized or incorporates explicit imagery directed specifically at women.

Before leaving for one of my Ukraine trips, I received a ‘fan mail’ that read: “Your writing sucks, and I hope you die soon.” The timing struck me because I was preparing to travel into a war zone. In that context, I took it as a legitimate threat. The message was not sexualized, but it was clearly harassment and intimidation and, more directly, a threat. According to Khan’s reporting and experience, women frequently receive those same kinds of threats combined with sexualized abuse layered on top of them.

That relates to the normalization you mentioned earlier. I think a large part of the change in tone comes from shifts in political demeanor and decorum. In that respect, Donald Trump has been extraordinarily consequential, perhaps more than is widely acknowledged.

Tsukerman: I agree that his influence on public tone has been significant. His style gave many people permission to embrace behavior they might previously have restrained. For some individuals it was easier to follow that model, and others already wanted to act that way and simply felt validated.

There is also a broader dynamic at work. Over the past decade there has been a pattern of political discourse becoming increasingly polarized. Civility in political communication has eroded, and Americans often find themselves unable to speak to each other in humanizing ways. Some analysts argue that foreign actors have amplified that polarization through information campaigns, while domestic political figures across the spectrum have sometimes exploited it.

It is also fair to note that the trend did not begin with Trump. Earlier political rhetoric included extreme comparisons and accusations as well. However, Trump’s approach pushed the style into a more personal register, targeting individual opponents directly rather than simply attacking opposing political camps.

Jacobsen: That connects to the incidents we have been discussing. The recent gunfire directed at synagogues has not, to my knowledge, resulted in deaths or injuries. Nevertheless, the symbolism is powerful.

You once made a useful analogy. If someone spray-paints a Nazi symbol under a bridge or elsewhere, it remains a Nazi symbol. But if someone paints that symbol on a synagogue, the context transforms it into a direct antisemitic threat directed at a specific community.

Similarly, some of the recent incidents appear to blur the line between criticism of Israeli policy and hostility toward Jewish people more broadly. In the California assault we discussed earlier, the attackers explicitly linked Jewish identity with Israel’s actions. That conflation—treating Jews everywhere as responsible for the actions of a state, has historically been one of the classic mechanisms of antisemitic violence.

If the same individuals were responsible both for attacks on synagogues and the shooting near the U.S. consulate, it would suggest an even broader symbolic message: targeting Jewish institutions while also striking a diplomatic site associated with Israel’s principal ally. Whether or not such incidents are formally coordinated, the pattern itself communicates intent and ideology in ways that communities and investigators cannot ignore.

Tsukerman: If the targets are religious Jewish institutions rather than explicitly political ones, that is part of the message. Synagogues themselves are not political bodies, yet the attackers appear to treat them as political symbols. That suggests they believe Judaism and Israel are inseparable.

There is a historical dimension to that perception. Jewish tradition contains a longstanding connection to the land of Israel, and many religious practices historically relate to that land. Observant Jews often acknowledge that some commandments can only be fully practiced there. Because of that, attempts to separate Jewish religious identity entirely from the concept of Israel can be difficult to sustain in good faith.

Those carrying out these attacks are likely aware of that connection. While some commentators attempt to draw a strict distinction between Jewish identity and Israel, many people operating honestly within Jewish tradition acknowledge that the historical and religious links exist.

Jacobsen: I think that brings us to a natural stopping point for this discussion. I do not have anything further to add on that topic. Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Rickard Sagirbay on Philosophy, Science, and Human Potential: or, Intelligence, Stoicism, and Spiritual Inquiry

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Rickard Sagirbay is a Swedish author and online writer of Turkish family origin, born in 1984, who blends philosophy, metaphysics, science, and self-development. Active in niche high-IQ communities including OLYMPIQ, ISPE, and Mensa, he is a multilingual thinker interested in truth, logic, reincarnation, and human potential. His bibliography includes numerous self-published titles, among them “The AI-integrated Human Evolution” and “2150 The World Upside Down.” Sagirbay emphasizes endurance, personal transformation, and intellectual growth, often framing life as a struggle through darkness toward greater insight, resilience, and evolving self-understanding in both mind and spirit over time.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Swedish author Rickard Sagirbay about science, philosophy, and the evolution of personal wisdom. Rickard Sagirbay reflects on the importance of scientific reasoning while maintaining openness to philosophical and spiritual inquiry, including Stoicism, Buddhism, and the possibility of reincarnation. He discusses intelligence as biologically constrained yet improvable through disciplined training, citing cognitive tools like BrainHQ and theories from Charles Spearman and Howard Gardner. The conversation explores maturation, emotional discipline, and resilience, as Rickard Sagirbay describes a lifelong journey from rebellious youth toward reflective self-mastery, intellectual humility, and the continuous refinement of mind and character.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Science plays a larger role in the view of the world for you. How have standards for belief, evidence, and truth, evolved for you?

Rickard Sagirbay: Science plays an essential role in modern civilization. Much of the certainty we rely upon in society—whether in engineering, medicine, or technology—rests upon scientific methods and evidence. When an architect designs a building or a doctor prescribes medicine, sound scientific reasoning is indispensable.

One figure who strongly influenced my view on the balance between reason and progress is Mustafa Kemal Atatürk. Atatürk emphasized that nations must build their future upon science, rational thinking, and education. I share that view deeply: science is one of humanity’s most powerful tools for understanding reality and making responsible decisions.

However, I also believe that human life cannot be reduced entirely to empirical measurement. Freethinking, intuition, philosophy, and even religious belief have always coexisted with science. Philosophy and religion have often intertwined throughout history, shaping ethical frameworks and guiding moral reflection. A healthy society should allow individuals the freedom to hold different beliefs and perspectives, provided that discourse remains respectful and does not incite violence or hatred.

Communication itself is essential to civilization. When people stop engaging in dialogue—especially with those who disagree with them—society begins to fragment. In my younger years, I sometimes approached discussions as contests of persuasion: trying to prove who was right and who was wrong. With time and experience, particularly after turning forty, I realized that intellectual maturity often lies elsewhere. It lies in mastering oneself—maintaining composure, listening carefully, and not allowing emotion to overwhelm reason.

This perspective resonates with the Stoic tradition, founded by Zeno of Citium. Stoicism teaches emotional discipline and rational clarity, though achieving such balance is often easier said than done. I certainly do not claim perfection in this regard; like most people, I have experienced moments when emotions overcame reason. Yet maturity gradually brings greater poise. The same person who once reacted impulsively can, with time and reflection, learn to remain calm and deliberate.

Another area that has deeply shaped my thinking concerns intelligence and human potential. Through long-term use of the cognitive training platform BrainHQ—where I have accumulated more than 130,000 stars over countless hours—I began to reflect more deeply on the nature of intelligence itself.

It is widely accepted that differences in intelligence exist between individuals, and genetics clearly play an important role in shaping cognitive capacity. This reality is comparable to physical training: when people go to the gym, everyone can improve, yet the ultimate results vary depending on biological factors.

Classical intelligence theory, especially the concept of the g-factor proposed by Charles Spearman, captures an important truth about general cognitive ability. However, I believe it should be viewed with more nuance. Other thinkers, such as Howard Gardner, have suggested that human cognitive abilities may be more diverse than a single metric can fully capture.

There is also a phenomenon that some intellectual circles still underestimate: neuroplasticity—the brain’s ability to reorganize and improve through structured training. My own experience strongly suggests that disciplined cognitive exercises can meaningfully sharpen mental performance over time. This does not mean that intelligence can increase without limits. Biological ceilings do exist.

Yet a ceiling is not destiny.

Genetics establish different starting points and different upper limits for individuals. But within those limits, the brain remains remarkably adaptable. With sustained effort, people can optimize and refine their cognitive abilities—much like tuning an engine or training a muscle group.

Tools such as BrainHQ illustrate this principle well. They do not magically make someone twice as intelligent, but they can help individuals approach their own personal cognitive peak.

For that reason, I see intelligence neither as completely fixed nor infinitely malleable. Rather, it is biologically constrained potential—a system shaped by genetics but capable of meaningful improvement through disciplined training.

Recognizing this possibility is not naïve optimism; it is an affirmation of human development. When individuals strive to sharpen their minds, they are not merely pursuing personal advancement—they are participating in the broader evolution of human potential.

Jacobsen: You spoke about beginning life within a Muslim family. Later, you converted to Buddhism. What is the metaphysical and religious outlook now?

Sagirbay: I was born into a Muslim family, and that naturally shaped part of my early cultural and spiritual environment. As I grew older and began reflecting more deeply on life, philosophy, and the nature of the mind, I found myself increasingly drawn to Buddhist thought. The psychological insight within Buddhism — particularly its understanding of suffering, attachment, and the training of the mind — resonated strongly with me.

At the same time, I have also been influenced by Stoic philosophy. The Stoic emphasis on inner stability, acceptance of circumstances, and responsibility for one’s own character aligns closely with the Buddhist idea of cultivating equanimity and mental discipline.

Today my outlook is perhaps best described as philosophical rather than strictly religious. I do believe in God or in a higher universal principle behind existence, but I refrain from identifying myself completely with any single religious institution or dogma.

Part of the reason I believe in a higher intelligence behind reality comes from the cosmological argument. The idea that everything which exists has a cause seems logically compelling. Something cannot come from absolute nothingness. Cause and effect appear woven into the fabric of reality, and the laws of preservation suggest that energy cannot be created or destroyed but only transformed. To me, this hints at a deeper structure underlying existence.

My belief in reincarnation is more intuitive, though it is also influenced by patterns we observe in nature. Death and renewal, decay and regeneration — these cycles appear everywhere in the natural world. Nature constantly recycles itself. While this does not constitute ironclad proof, it forms a pattern that I find philosophically suggestive.

I have also been influenced by several thinkers and researchers who have explored these questions from different perspectives: the Buddha for his profound insight into the mind, philosophers such as Socrates, Plato, and Pascal for their reflections on metaphysics and human existence, and researchers like Ian Stevenson who studied cases suggestive of reincarnation. Even figures like Rüdiger Gamm, who demonstrate unusual cognitive capacities, remind us that the human mind may still hold many mysteries that science has yet to fully explain.

Despite the absence of definitive proof, my intuition leads me to feel about 99.9% confident that some form of reincarnation or continuation of consciousness exists. I say this with humility rather than certainty. Philosophy teaches us that intellectual honesty requires acknowledging the limits of our knowledge.

For me, Buddhism and Stoicism offer practical guidance for living well: cultivating discipline, reducing attachment, strengthening the mind, and meeting life’s inevitable difficulties with composure. At the same time, I remain open to the possibility that reality is deeper and more mysterious than our current scientific models can fully capture.

Ultimately, I believe there are certain universal pillars that guide a meaningful life — self-discipline, compassion, intellectual honesty, and awareness of the mind. But no single tradition holds a monopoly on truth. Each person must walk their own path and arrive at their own understanding of existence.

In a similar spirit, I also find the reflections of René Descartes compelling. As Descartes once argued, if anything exists at all, there must ultimately be something eternal — a fundamental essence that does not require another cause to explain it. Such a reality would have the reason for its own existence within itself. It would not need a mover, because it has always existed.

I do not imagine this as a “man in the sky,” but rather as a primordial and infinite source underlying all reality — something more comparable to a universal principle or field. One could call it the All: a foundational power that permeates existence in a holistic way, somewhat analogous to gravity, yet far more fundamental.

If absolute nothingness had ever existed, then nothing could ever emerge from it. In simple terms, 0 + 0 would remain non-existence. Yet reality clearly exists. Something rather than nothing is here. Therefore there must be a fundamental “1” — an eternal ground of being from which everything arises.

In that sense, God is not separate from the universe but the deepest foundation of it: everything we can imagine, and also the unfathomable beyond our current understanding. One might even say that it resembles something like dividing by zero in mathematics or programming — something that appears undefined within our frameworks, yet still points toward a reality that exists beyond the limits of our comprehension.

Jacobsen: Hardship, rebellion against authority, and a survival philosophy were earlier developmental stages. What is the state of wisdom and growth now?

Sagirbay: If I am honest, I think I was born with a somewhat rebellious temperament. Even as a child I had a strong tendency to question authority and established ideas. That instinct has never completely disappeared, and in many ways I am grateful for it. A certain degree of rebellion is often necessary for independent thinking.

What has changed over time is not the impulse to question, but the way it is expressed. Age and experience inevitably reshape a person. At forty-one I simply do not possess the same fiery temper or restless energy that I had at sixteen or twenty-five. In my younger years I could flare up quickly and react strongly to disagreements or perceived injustices.

With time, that intensity has softened into something more reflective. I still challenge ideas and think independently, but I am far less interested in confrontation for its own sake. Maturity teaches a valuable lesson: not every battle is worth fighting, and emotional energy is a limited resource.

Life itself also contributes to that realization. Difficulties, disagreements, and obstacles are not exceptions—they are part of the normal landscape of existence. In fact, if someone claims to have no problems in life, there is usually only one plausible explanation: they are resting quietly about two meters below the ground. As long as we are alive, challenges will accompany us.

In a lighthearted way, one might ask whether this means the rebellious spirit disappeared. I do not think so. It has simply evolved. The rebellious young man who once reacted instinctively has gradually become someone who prefers to think, observe, and respond with greater deliberation.

Part of this change may simply be the natural maturation of the brain’s executive functions—the areas associated with planning, impulse control, and long-term reasoning. Whatever the cause, the result is a temperament that is calmer, more strategic, and more focused on understanding rather than reacting.

In that sense, rebellion has not vanished from my character; it has matured. Instead of reacting impulsively, it now expresses itself through reflection, ideas, and the ongoing pursuit of truth.

Furthermore, the very concept of “nothing” presents an interesting philosophical paradox. The moment we think about nothingness, it becomes an idea within consciousness — and therefore it is already something. Absolute nothingness seems impossible to conceive, because the act of contemplating it already produces a form of existence within the mind. For this reason, I am inclined to believe that consciousness itself may precede matter rather than arise solely from it. In this view, consciousness functions almost like a primordial principle of reality, similar to what earlier traditions called spirit. Matter and spirit may not be entirely separate domains but interacting aspects of the same underlying reality. Spirit can manifest as matter, and within matter there may still exist a trace of spirit — a dynamic balance reminiscent of the ancient yin and yang principle, where apparent opposites are in fact complementary parts of a deeper unity.

Jacobsen: What is the big lesson on maturation throughout life to you, now?

Sagirbay: The biggest lesson about maturation, at least for me, is the gradual development of perspective. When we are young, emotions and impulses often dominate our reactions to events. With time, experience, and reflection, a different mechanism begins to guide us—what psychologists would describe as stronger executive functioning in the frontal regions of the brain.

In practical terms, this means learning to pause before reacting. I notice that I tolerate stressful situations far better today than I did when I was younger. In the past, certain events might have triggered immediate frustration or anger. Now there is often a moment of internal evaluation: Is this truly a serious threat, or simply an inconvenience that will pass?

Many situations that once felt urgent turn out not to be. If something is not an immediate danger—if it is not, metaphorically speaking, a lion in front of you—then it usually deserves reflection rather than reaction. Often the most rational response is patience: give the situation a week, a month, or perhaps even longer, and a solution usually reveals itself.

This filtering process is one of the great advantages of maturity. The mind learns to conserve emotional energy for what truly matters—family, meaningful relationships, and long-term goals—rather than dissipating it on every irritation or disagreement.

At the same time, maturity does not mean passivity. If there is a genuine and immediate threat, any healthy person should react quickly and decisively. But wisdom lies in distinguishing between real danger and perceived danger. Many conflicts in life arise simply because we fail to make that distinction.

My own philosophical outlook also leads me to believe that development may extend beyond a single lifetime. Whether one interprets this literally or symbolically, the idea that consciousness evolves through experience resonates with me. Each stage of life brings new understanding, and the self gradually becomes more composed, more reflective, and more capable of navigating complexity.

In that sense, maturation is not merely aging. It is the refinement of judgment—the ability to think clearly, filter unnecessary reactions, and direct one’s attention toward what truly deserves it.

BrainHQ does work. It helps refine the brain toward its peak performance. Even if I have completed some exercises 20 or even 100 times, the total pool contains more than 5,000 items—far too many to simply memorize. What improves instead is memory, learning capacity, and experience, along with a better ability to think and process information.

I can never be like Daniel Pohl or Rüdiger Gamm. So I truly know there are differences believe me. Mr Pohl is an academic monster and super genius he “maximized zoolmega test” and more.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rickard.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mykhailo Yurov on KyivPride, Demiromantic Identity, and LGBTQI+ Advocacy in Wartime Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Mykhailo Yurov is a Ukrainian LGBTQI+ advocate and project manager at KyivPride, the organization behind one of Ukraine’s most prominent Pride initiatives. KyivPride’s official team page lists him as Project Manager, and the group describes its work as year-round advocacy, education, community support, and human rights protection. Based on this interview, Yurov has worked with KyivPride since January 2024, helping manage budgets, documents, donor communication, and major public events, including the KyivPride Festival and March. His public-facing work sits at the intersection of queer visibility, civic organizing, and wartime resilience in a society still negotiating equality, safety, and democratic inclusion.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mykhailo Yurov about queer life, visibility, and LGBTQI+ organizing in wartime Ukraine. Yurov explains that he identifies as demiromantic, works as a project manager for KyivPride, and sees bisexual or pansexual identities as sometimes less socially visible than openly gay or transgender identities. He discusses KyivPride’s reliance on international funding, the absence of dedicated Ukrainian state support, organized far-right hostility, online threats, and the pressure placed on KyivPride to answer for unrelated public controversies. The conversation maps the collision of identity, activism, security, and social perception in contemporary Ukraine under wartime conditions.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What has been your experience as a member of the LGBTI+ community in Ukraine? How do you self-identify? How are people from different backgrounds treated in society—for example, in high school versus adulthood? We can start with smaller questions.

Mykhailo Yurov: I identify as demiromantic. In Ukraine, it is generally easier to identify that way than to be openly lesbian, gay, or especially transgender. Bisexual or pansexual identities can sometimes be less visible socially, particularly if someone is in a relationship that appears heterosexual. For example, our program manager is pansexual and is currently dating a man, so she has not had to come out to her family. My family is very accepting and knows that I work for KyivPride. I did not come out to them, although it does not have a major impact on my personal life because I am not planning to marry a man or pursue relationships in that way. For me, the identity is less central than it may be for people who identify as gay or lesbian and whose relationships are more visible in everyday life.

I am a project manager for KyivPride and have been working there since January 2024.

Jacobsen: What does the role of project manager involve, and how did you come to this position?

Yurov: In 2024, KyivPride reorganized its team and began hiring new staff. The organization posted an open job announcement, and I applied because I was already familiar with KyivPride. I had participated in the KyivPride March in 2019. I applied, was selected, and have been working there since the beginning of 2024.

My work mainly involves administrative and organizational tasks, including spreadsheets, documents, and budget management. I am also involved in organizing events. I helped develop the KyivPride Festival, an educational program held before the KyivPride March. I am also involved in organizing the KyivPride March and have coordinated with local authorities, including the government and the police, to ensure the event can take place safely and with proper support. I also communicate with donors and partner organizations.

In many European and American contexts, Pride organizations primarily organize Pride events, and much of the work is volunteer-based, with people holding other jobs. KyivPride operates year-round. Our most visible projects are the KyivPride March and the KyivPride Festival during Pride Month in June, but throughout the year, we also run informational campaigns, advocacy initiatives, and programs to improve the legal and social conditions for LGBTQI people in Ukraine.

Jacobsen: What is the level of state funding and donations?

Yurov: The Ukrainian state does not provide dedicated funding to LGBTQI organizations. KyivPride and similar organizations mainly rely on grants from international donors, private foundations, and partner organizations, as well as other forms of external support.

Jacobsen: Has there ever been any funding apart from the state?

Yurov: Most funding comes from international donors and partner institutions rather than the Ukrainian government. I am partly responsible for fundraising at KyivPride, and I am not aware of any Ukrainian state programs specifically designed to fund LGBTQI initiatives. Organizations may sometimes apply for broader civic or accessibility grants, such as funding to improve accessibility for community spaces, but there are no consistent government programs specifically aimed at supporting LGBTQI organizations. The funding is used to pay for staff positions and to support activities such as the Sunny Bunny and the Pride Festival itself.

Jacobsen: Are these primarily funded through donations?

Yurov: Yes, primarily through international funding/donor organisations, we do not really gather individual donations. Most of it comes from Europe, particularly the European Union. The United Kingdom has also supported us. In general, the support comes from progressive Western countries. There are also international funds and organizations, such as international lesbian and gay associations and other groups that support queer organizations. These groups fund various projects.

We previously received U.S. funding for a period, but we currently do not have any specific U.S. funding.

We are not collecting donations for ourselves at the moment. When we organize events such as the KyivPride Festival and collect donations through charity auctions or voluntary donations at the entrance, all proceeds are distributed to charitable foundations supporting Ukraine during the war.

Jacobsen: There is an inverse situation in some parts of the world. Evangelical Protestant groups, and sometimes Catholic groups in the United States, fund anti-LGBT efforts in Ghana and other African countries, sometimes successfully. In Ukraine, are there international sources funding anti-LGBT efforts, either from Europe or elsewhere?

Yurov: We have not seen evidence of international funding for anti-LGBTQ protesters. However, we have observed that the same organizations often organize these protests. They are usually extremely right-wing groups. I would argue that some of them have neo-Nazi characteristics.

You may have seen photos from the KyivPride March in 2025, when counter-protesters marched down Khreshchatyk and performed the Roman salute.

Jacobsen: Roman salute in the sense associated with fascist symbolism?

Yurov: Yes. They also covered their faces. We do not know whether they receive international funding because they do not publish that information.

Jacobsen: Could it simply be grassroots hostility, in the same way that there are grassroots solidarity movements?

Yurov: I do not think so, because the groups appear to be organized. We know that some participants are paid to join anti-LGBT protests. They bring large printed flags with the names of their organizations, often referring to some “brotherhood.” They also bring people from other cities to expand the protests in Kyiv. Because of that level of organization, it does not seem like a purely grassroots movement made up of volunteers.

Jacobsen: You are fairly open about who you are. As a demiromantic person in Ukrainian society, is this something people focus on? Do people ask about it, or do they make assumptions based on how you present yourself?

Yurov: In my case, I am usually not targeted as a queer person because my presentation is somewhat masculine. Because of that, people do not always assume that I am part of the LGBTQ community.

Usually, if I experience discrimination, it is because people assume I am gay because I work at KyivPride.

Jacobsen: Is the idea that demiromantic identity is not even recognized as a category by many people?

Yurov: Yes. Many people do not know that demiromantic identities exist. If someone is far-right or a neo-Nazi, they usually only think about gay people. They don’t know demi’s, aro’s, or asexuals exist. They generally do not recognize other identities at all., e.g., gay, lesbian, transgender, and bisexual.

Every year in June, I feel some safety concerns. We often travel by car or taxi, so we are not easily tracked while working from the office. Sometimes I feel anxious because I read messages online saying things like, “We will fight you,” or “We will beat you up if you come to the KyivPride March.”

Jacobsen: Are those specific threats, or general threats posted online about LGBTQ people?

Yurov: It depends. The threats tend to come in waves. It is not something that happens throughout the entire year. Sometimes there are none, and at other times there may be many at once. Certain groups have Telegram channels where they publish the names and contact information of volunteers who work with KyivPride.

Jacobsen: What do they say in those channels about the people they identify?

Yurov: Before the war, there was something they called a “safari.” People would film participants with their phones, identify them through social media, and then send messages such as “You are going to die,” “We know where you live,” or “We will beat you.” It involved verbal harassment and threats.

I have received some messages like that myself, although they tend to appear in bursts. Recently, I have not received any for about a year.

Jacobsen: The most recent message I received said, “Your writing is terrible, and I hope you die soon.”

Yurov: It also depends on how public a person is. I am not a public figure; I work for KyivPride. I do not create content about being queer on platforms such as TikTok. However, our board chair, Anna Sharyhina, receives these comments regularly because she maintains a public blog.

At KyivPride, almost every post receives hostile comments such as “You will burn in hell” or other insults.

Jacobsen: So some of the hostility is theological—hate expressed through religious language.

Yurov: Yes. About 40 percent of the comments are religious in nature. Another 30 to 40 percent are framed in military terms. People ask why we are not serving on the front lines or why we organize KyivPride instead of donating money to weapons or military support. That is often a form of manipulation.

Some comments are simply personal hostility. People say they hate KyivPride or claim that someone associated with KyivPride said something years ago, even without proof, and then hold the entire organization responsible.

Because KyivPride is such a visible organization, people sometimes treat us as though we represent every queer person in Ukraine. For example, there is a popular Ukrainian singer who came out as bisexual. Whenever he posts something controversial or expresses strong opinions, people expect KyivPride to comment, as if he represents the entire community.

Jacobsen: Do people apply the same standard when heterosexual public figures say something controversial?

Yurov: No. Responsibility is usually assigned only to LGBTQI people. For example, there has been criticism of MELØVIN for not currently serving in the military. He was previously drafted and performed as a singer in a military band, but later left. People ask why he is not serving, even though the situation is complicated and not everyone remains in the military.

We also receive comments asking us to respond to unrelated political issues. For instance, if someone proposes renaming a street, they ask KyivPride for its opinion. If the United States carries out military actions abroad, some people ask us what we think about those events.

Jacobsen: Individual members may have their own opinions, but those issues are not part of your organization’s mandate. Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mykhailo.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Three Generations of Ukrainian Women on Soviet Memory, War, Faith, and Independence

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anastasia Bura (Translator, English-Ukrainian)

Liubov Polischuk is a Ukrainian interview participant whose recollections focus on Soviet and post-Soviet life. In the conversation, she discusses scarcity, propaganda, military surroundings, restricted travel, prayer, and Ukrainian independence. Her comments emphasize lived experience across political change, including daily survival, faith, memory, and wartime moral perspective over several decades. Tetiana Shuliaka is a Ukrainian interview participant describing civilian life during Russia’s war against Ukraine. In the conversation, she recounts nightly drone threats, prayer, fear of missile strikes, and the pressures of self-defence. Her remarks connect contemporary danger to longer Soviet patterns of military industry and constrained freedom for civilians. Anastasia Bura is the youngest participant in this group discussion and is the translator (English-Ukrainian) in this interview.

In this intergenerational conversation, three Ukrainian women reflect on war, faith, memory, and national identity across the Soviet and post-Soviet eras. Liubov Polischuk recalls scarcity, propaganda, and the closed world of Soviet life, while Tetiana Shuliaka describes the fear of drones, nightly prayer, and the burden of self-defence in contemporary Ukraine. Anastasia Bura translated for this production for us. Together, they contrast Ukrainian aspirations for freedom, dignity, travel, and development with what they see as Russia’s enduring imperial mentality. The interview explores independence, moral responsibility, survival under bombardment, and the difficult human realities that shape both personal belief and political resistance in wartime across generations of women’s experience.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Western media describe a rise of “strongmen”: Viktor Orbán, Vladimir Putin, Xi Jinping, Benjamin Netanyahu, Donald Trump, and others, including Narendra Modi in India. Billions of people live under governments led by authoritarian or strongman-style male leaders, with serious consequences. More of these leaders have appeared over time. What is your perspective on this current group of men who hold such control over the world?

Liubov Polischuk: As someone who has lived through many periods, the world has somehow turned upside down. If we remember the leaders of the United States, Russia, Ukraine, and many other countries in the past, the current situation is difficult to understand. I cannot say how or when what is happening now will stop, or who could stop it. Even the most educated people may not be able to give a concrete answer to this question.

Jacobsen: Last summer, I travelled in Europe and the Middle East. I ended the trip with a colleague in Israel and Jordan. At the beginning of the trip, I was in Iceland. When you immerse yourself in the culture, you notice that Iceland’s president and prime minister are both women. The head of the Church of Iceland, the national Lutheran church, is also a woman. Several major political parties have been led by women in recent years as well. Yet Iceland does not dominate international headlines.

I do not see women as a magical solution to leadership problems; I see women as human beings. However, women who rise to leadership in their countries often create fewer problems for their societies.

Polischuk: Perhaps because women are mothers first, they feel compassion for their children. If leaders felt the same responsibility for everyone’s children, there would be no war. The men who started this war should fight among themselves first, together with their own communities and neighbours, before calling others into conflict. If they did that, large-scale wars would never happen. A saying often attributed to Russian general Alexander Lebed holds that if the children of officials had to go to war, the war would end quickly.

Jacobsen: That observation appears frequently in sociological research. In the modern U.S. volunteer military, recruits have tended to come disproportionately from middle-income neighborhoods rather than the poorest ones. During the Vietnam era, however, deferments often advantaged the better-off and better-connected. Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, African Americans, and poorer white Americans are often overrepresented in military service compared with wealthier populations. There have also been well-known cases during the Vietnam War where sons of wealthy or politically connected families avoided the draft, while others were sent to fight.

Polischuk: Meanwhile, the rest of the world protects its own comfort and stability. The question becomes: what are people fighting for? Ukrainians, however, are fighting for their own land. We do not want anyone else’s land. We do not want anything that belongs to someone else. Ukrainians are not fighting to take another country’s land. They are fighting only to defend their own homes, property, and territory.

Jacobsen: During the war, Ukraine has rapidly built a major drone industry and expanded its long-range strike capacity.

Tetiana Shuliaka: Yes, that is correct. Ukrainians did not want this war, but they need weapons to defend themselves. Ukrainian forces have even struck military targets inside Russia from distances of up to about two thousand kilometres using long-range drones. We do not want people to die there, but we must defend ourselves. Defence means that someone may sometimes be hit. But we never attack our own homes. At night, they launch drones at very low altitude. When you lie awake and hear them, you think: at least not at me, not at my mother, not at my clinic, not at anyone I know. Every night you lie there hoping it will not come to you. You pray.

Jacobsen: Regarding prayer, I am aware of the region’s religious demographics. Poland is historically very Catholic, while Ukraine has a long tradition of Eastern Orthodoxy. Given that background, how do people interpret and practice their faith, including prayer, under bombardment and the constant threat of war? How does the war shape everyday life?

Polischuk: When I was young, even while studying in Kyiv, I used to go to St. Volodymyr’s Cathedral before my exams to pray that I would pass and receive my scholarship. Later, my life changed. I moved, married, and lived in different places, including military garrisons where there were no churches. During those years, I became distant from church life. When my husband and I later returned to Kyiv, I slowly resumed praying. I do not follow every religious ritual. I do not perform all the traditional practices. But I feel that God lives in my soul. I believe He is within me. That is why I pray. Especially now, when life is frightening, prayer comes naturally. I believe that God exists and that He will protect me. That belief gives me peace.

Jacobsen: So, the war did not have a large impact on your life?

Shuliaka: The war has changed my life profoundly. Before it began, I simply went to work and lived normally. Now, every day as I leave for work, I pray: “Lord, help me. Send an angel to protect me.” I never know where a rocket might strike—at work, on the street, anywhere. Before the war, I was not very religious. Now I turn to God much more often. I pray for our soldiers, for our people, for Kyiv, and for Ukraine. For many ordinary people like me, faith has grown stronger because we live with the constant awareness that something could happen at any moment.

The war has deepened not only religious feeling, but faith itself. Mila said she was raised in an atheist family, though her grandparents believed in God, and she inherited that belief from them. She believed before the war and still does. She does not attend church every Sunday, but she feels that God lives within her and protects her. Since the war began, that feeling has only grown stronger. At night, people pray and trust God to protect their homes and families.

Before the war, I did not think much about faith. Now, whenever I leave the house, I pray that I will not become the victim of a missile strike, as happened to my friend Oksana Viontymakova, who was killed in the city center. I pray that I, my family, and those close to me remain under the protection of a guardian angel.

Jacobsen: Do you think religion in contemporary Ukraine functions, in some ways, as a reaction to the atheism imposed during the Soviet period?

Polischuk: Yes, it was influenced. During Soviet times, many priests were connected to the Communist system. Some clergy were influenced or controlled by the Soviet authorities, including the KGB. My husband was a military officer, and from his own experience he told her about these connections.

Jacobsen: How did you view the Soviet Union when you were growing up?

Polischuk: I was connected to the military environment when I was young. Life was very limited. We lived in the Far East, and everything was restricted. In many ways, it resembles how people in Russia live now—focused mainly on basic survival: eating, drinking, and having clothes to wear. There was little space for spirituality or self-education. People did not have the opportunity to develop themselves intellectually or spiritually. Society was structured around survival and work. The country was closed, and much of the economy focused on defence industries.

Shuliaka: My mother worked in Komsomolsk-on-Amur at a factory that produced Sukhoi jet aircraft. People worked long shifts there and could earn relatively good wages. Today, many people in those regions of Russia still rely on military factories for employment. Without those factories, there would be little work. Many workers do not think about the broader consequences of producing weapons. They see that they have jobs. In some ways, Russia has remained trapped in that system.

Polischuk: The Soviet Union felt almost like a sect. Propaganda shaped so much of daily life that many people did not fully understand the system they were living in. Most of us simply woke up, went to work, and came home. Life revolved around necessities. I began working very early. Every morning, I rushed to drop my child off at kindergarten and then ran to work. After work, I stood in long lines to buy food and basic goods. It was nothing like today, when you can walk into a store and get what you need right away.

We took part in demonstrations, carried flags, and constantly heard that communism would arrive soon. The leaders repeated it again and again. Some people believed them. My husband, Igor, and I did not. We laughed about it, because the promises never matched the reality of everyday life. You could only really understand that system by living through it. Only now, looking back, do I fully grasp what it was like. At the time, most people accepted it without much question.

People often do not realize how poor they are while they are living through it. The country was closed, and travel outside the Soviet bloc was heavily restricted. Most people spent their lives working and focusing only on basic needs such as food, clothing, and shelter. Personal development and broader opportunities were limited. There were lines everywhere, and even after waiting a long time, you still might not have enough money to buy what you needed. That is why many people doubted the official promise that communism was just around the corner. In remote eastern regions, people sometimes wore traditional felt boots called valenki because proper shoes were so hard to obtain.

Jacobsen: Wool boots?

Anastasia Bura: During the Soviet period, even if you had money, it was difficult to buy things. Goods were scarce, and there were long queues everywhere.

Jacobsen: They look great.

Shuliaka: Do you not have valenki in Canada? Canada is so cold.

Jacobsen: We have moccasins. When I worked on a horse farm, I wore boots similar to the ones I use here. These ones are, in fact, from the barn.

Shuliaka: And people often wore them with galoshes.

Bura: They noted. In Russia today, many people still work in military factories that produce weapons for the state. They often do not think about how those weapons are used or that they may kill people in war. They need employment to support themselves and their families. In that sense, many people still live with limits similar to those in the Soviet period—limited freedoms and limited independence. She believes that, in some ways, the situation in Russia today resembles the restrictions people faced during the Soviet era.

Jacobsen: That is an important point. In Western media and film culture, there can be strong red lines about how Russian soldiers are portrayed. For example, there was a documentary that attempted to present Russian soldiers more humanely—Russians at War (2024), directed by Russian-Canadian Anastasia Trofimova and screened at the Toronto International Film Festival (TIFF)—and it provoked strong backlash. In that sense, cultural elites in Western media sometimes establish boundaries around how such stories can be told. Yet there may be a way to approach these stories carefully and responsibly.

If you look at history as a series of moments in time, you see Soviet citizens standing in long queues for basic food because they were poor and had few options. Your description of Soviet life—people standing in long lines, uncertain whether they would even obtain food—echoes the present in a different way, where some people build weapons in factories not because they are thinking about war or ideology, but because they are trying to earn a paycheck and feed their families. In that sense, the system’s structure matters. Institutions and economic conditions shape people’s choices. That does not remove moral responsibility, but it reminds us that systems play a powerful role.

International law clearly distinguishes between an aggressor and a defender, and in the current war, that distinction is clear. However, one common mistake in wartime narratives—especially in the United States—is to frame conflicts entirely as battles between good and evil. That framing makes it easier to dehumanize entire populations, and important realities can be lost. The reality is often more complicated.

When the time comes to hold people accountable for crimes, responsibility is usually placed on those in positions of authority: the political leadership, military commanders, and bureaucratic decision-makers who had the power, knowledge, and foresight to shape events. A factory worker may contribute to a system that produces weapons, but that person often operates within a coercive environment with limited choices. The point is to understand these situations in human terms rather than turning them into something like a holy war. In some ways, your experiences suggest that the current production of weapons for this war reflects patterns that existed earlier in the Soviet period.

Polischuk: It continues the suffering of ordinary people, just as it did during the Soviet Union. In the Soviet Union, much of the economy was directed toward military production. Civilian industries were far less developed. Many people worked for industries connected to the military. The Soviet Union produced large amounts of war-related equipment.

Jacobsen: There is a great deal of historical context around that system. It is like a web of experiences and ideology that shaped how people lived.

One major change since the Soviet collapse is the transformation of the political system and the emergence of new institutions. At the same time, some forms of suffering and abuse of power still appear. If you examine international indicators—for example, the Reporters Without Borders Global Press Freedom Index—you can see some divergence in recent years. In RSF’s World Press Freedom Index, Ukraine ranked 106th in 2022, 61st in 2024, and 62nd in 2025. Russia ranked 155th in 2022, 162nd in 2024, and 171st in 2025. These numbers suggest that although both countries share a historical legacy, they have moved in different directions politically and institutionally. Neither situation is perfect, but the direction of change is an important part of the story.

Polischuk: We can clearly see that there are two different ideologies and two different paths. In Russia, the government changed after the Soviet Union collapsed, but in many ways the system remained the same.

Russians often say that Ukrainians and Russians are “one people,” but Ukrainians believe they have different values. Ukrainians see themselves as peaceful and hardworking people who want to travel, learn about the world, and decide for themselves what is right and wrong. She believes that Russians often carry an imperial attitude. When they travel abroad, they sometimes behave as though they represent a great imperial power rather than as guests who should respect the culture and customs of the countries they visit. She gave examples of Russian tourists in places such as Turkey or the United Arab Emirates, where some behave loudly or disrespectfully while insisting on national pride.

I ask why the international community, including the United Nations and leaders worldwide, cannot stop this war. Ukrainian civilians—women and men alike—are being killed by drones and missiles. Ukraine has been forced to place its economy on a wartime footing. I ask why a peaceful country must invest so heavily in military defence to survive. Ukraine did not choose this path; it was forced upon it. Many Ukrainian cities have been bombed and destroyed. She emphasizes that Ukrainians do not have imperial ambitions. They do not seek to conquer other countries, but they must now invest heavily in defence to protect themselves.

Russian influence often brings destruction rather than development. When Russia expands or intervenes abroad, she believes it leaves devastation in its wake. Cities are destroyed, and societies suffer. Ukrainians see themselves differently: as a nation that wants development, travel, and learning from other cultures. She says that Russian behaviour abroad often reflects arrogance rather than respect for other cultures. Ukrainians, by contrast, want to travel, see how others live, and adopt useful experiences for their own society. I ask whether there is any historical example of the arrival of the so-called “Russian world” leaving people grateful afterward.

Shuliaka: Their version of “tradition” often looks like drinking, loud behaviour, and leaving garbage everywhere. They behave rudely and try to dominate wherever they go. I ask whether Russia has ever invaded any country and later left people happy about the experience. In my view, the answer is no. I compare this with historical empires such as Britain, which—despite the violence and exploitation of colonialism—sometimes left behind institutions such as schools or administrative systems. In my view, Russian expansion tends to bring destruction instead. Cities are damaged or destroyed. We Ukrainians see ourselves differently: as a nation seeking development and learning from the wider world. But when Russians arrive in other countries, I believe they often emphasize imperial pride and show little respect for local cultures.

Jacobsen: When the Soviet Union formally collapsed, and Ukraine voted for independence in 1991, Ukraine began a separate political path as an independent state. When the Soviet Union collapsed and Ukraine voted for independence, was there a feeling that the country had fallen backward, or was there a sense of optimism about independence and the future?

Polischuk: There was optimism. We believed life would be better without Russia. People had wanted independence for a long time. It felt like a patriotic moment, and we hoped for a brighter future. We strongly wanted independence and believed that separating from Russia would allow us to develop more freely.

Shuliaka: After the Soviet Union dissolved in 1991, the Belavezha Accords were signed by the leaders of Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus—Boris Yeltsin, Leonid Kravchuk, and Stanislav Shushkevich. During that period, President Kravchuk presented the results of the Ukrainian independence referendum, in which about 92 percent of Ukrainians voted in favour of independence from the Soviet Union. We chose to develop separately from Russia. From that moment onward, I believe Russia increasingly resented Ukraine’s independent path. In my view, many Russians reacted negatively because Ukraine chose its own direction and no longer wanted to remain under Moscow’s influence.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, everyone.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

William Stern on the Strait of Hormuz, Oil Prices, Inflation, and Geopolitical Risk

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

William Stern is an entrepreneur, investor, and small-business finance executive best known as the founder and CEO of Cardiff, which he launched in 2004 to expand access to capital for entrepreneurs. Over two decades, he has built Cardiff into a fintech-focused lender while also leading Cardiff Ventures and coaching founders through The Fraternity. Stern is a frequent public speaker, publishes business commentary, and hosts the podcast A Stern Talk, where he interviews leaders about growth, markets, and entrepreneurship. Before founding Cardiff, he held roles at Fisher Investments and Balboa Capital, shaping his finance and lending expertise across volatile business cycles.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and William Stern examine how instability in the Strait of Hormuz can disrupt oil and LNG flows, raise insurance and shipping costs, and intensify supply-driven inflation. Stern argues that central banks cannot solve physical bottlenecks, warning that energy shocks squeeze small and medium-sized businesses far more than large corporations. The conversation broadens to geopolitical leverage, Russia, Iran, Europe, and the weaponization of energy corridors as tools of economic pressure. Together, Jacobsen and Stern frame energy markets as a central junction where conflict, trade, inflation, and strategic competition converge across the modern global economy.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Geopolitical conflagrations can sometimes significantly impact markets. With the recent strikes on Iran, the death of Ali Khamenei, and Iran’s subsequent retaliation, the Strait of Hormuz has become a severe shipping chokepoint. Several commercial vessels have been damaged in attacks, and traffic through the strait has been heavily disrupted. So when roughly 20% of the world’s oil supply passing through that corridor is threatened, even for a few days, what does that do to markets?

William Stern: It is interesting. I just posted about this on LinkedIn. By the way, I like what you said about it being a conflagration. Nobody uses that word enough. It is a great word. It reminds me of that meme of the dog sitting in a burning room, holding a cup of coffee and saying, “Everything is fine,” while the walls are on fire.

It is not only about 20% of global oil consumption; around one-fifth of global LNG trade also passes through the Strait of Hormuz. Everything moves through the same narrow passage, the same artery.

It is better not to say that Iran has formally shut down the Strait of Hormuz. The more accurate description is that the conflict has made passage far more dangerous and commercially disruptive. Marine insurers in the London market have continued to offer coverage, but at sharply higher war-risk premiums, and the high-risk zone has been widened.

It is also better not to say that the United States and Israel have sunk a dozen Iranian ships. The more supportable claim is that, since the latest escalation, multiple commercial vessels have been hit in Gulf attacks, and several ships have been damaged.

Still, the broader economic point stands. A great deal of oil and LNG passes through that corridor, and disruptions there can force rerouting, delay shipments, and raise shipping and insurance costs. When a chokepoint like Hormuz becomes unstable, energy prices around the world feel it quickly.

Are you aware of the Lloyd’s of London issue, by the way?

Jacobsen: No.

Stern: Lloyd’s of London is a historic insurance marketplace that has been central to marine insurance for centuries. The accurate version here is that Lloyd’s did not stop underwriting cargo ships in the Strait of Hormuz. Coverage has remained available through the London market, although rates have risen sharply and insurers have expanded the area considered high risk.

Jacobsen: I read about that.

Stern: Right, and that is where it becomes interesting. The United States government has explored measures to support maritime trade in the region, including possible naval escorts and political risk insurance guarantees. But that is different from saying that commercial insurance disappeared entirely.

It is also more accurate not to claim that a specific number of ships are stranded in the strait. Reports indicate that a large number of vessels have been waiting in the wider Gulf region while companies assess security risks and insurance costs.

So we have oil, liquefied natural gas, and a global economy waiting to see whether this becomes a short disruption or a longer supply shock. This is where inflation comes into play.

I made a post. I said, “Jerome Powell cannot print cargo ships.” That line is blunt, but the logic is correct. If a supply disruption is driving inflation at a maritime chokepoint, central banks cannot simply create shipping capacity or reopen a dangerous sea lane.

Most people think inflation is just one thing: prices going up. In reality, there are two broad types. Demand-driven inflation occurs when consumers have too much cash chasing too few goods. Central banks can slow that by raising interest rates and making borrowing more expensive.

But that is not what is happening in a situation like this.

What we are looking at is a supply-driven shock. When energy flows through a chokepoint like the Strait of Hormuz is threatened, prices for oil and liquefied natural gas rise because the supply chain itself is under stress. Lowering interest rates does not fix a physical bottleneck in global shipping.

Then prices inevitably rise. That only exacerbates the situation and pours gasoline on the fire. It pushes the economy deeper into the inflationary environment that has persisted since the COVID-19 pandemic. When energy prices spike, the cost of manufacturing and transportation rises with them. The reality is that you cannot rely on the Federal Reserve to solve that problem.

As I said in the LinkedIn post, the Fed cannot underwrite maritime insurance policies or repair a broken global supply chain. It simply does not have tools for that. Cutting interest rates would not provide the relief the market actually needs. Cheaper money would increase demand, and the prices of liquefied natural gas and petroleum would rise further. As a result, the cost of money would likely remain high. The best advice I can give business owners is to keep dry powder on hand and maintain liquidity. I ended my LinkedIn post by saying, “Rising tides raise all ships, unless you are trapped in the Strait of Hormuz.”

Jacobsen: Investors who deal with very large capital flows often think in long-term horizons. Do they take into account long-term energy demand, consumption, and the markets surrounding those sectors? If we look at the longer arc, many analyses project declines in the global share of oil, coal, and gas. At the same time, renewables are increasingly reaching cost parity or even becoming cheaper per unit of energy. When 20% of a major energy transit route is suddenly threatened, does that factor into investment decisions? Does it shift capital toward other forms of energy?

Stern: Listen, energy costs do not just raise a monthly electricity bill. They can structurally erode a small business owner’s profit margin from the inside out. Are you asking about long-term energy prices, or about short-term pressure from supply disruptions?

Jacobsen: That is a good point. I am thinking in macro terms. If roughly 20% of a major global energy supply stream is disrupted, it can weaken economies that depend heavily on those resources. Countries with capital and technological capacity may accelerate the development of alternative energy sources. Does a shock like this push governments and investors toward that shift?

Stern: I do not necessarily think so. It is an interesting question, but I am not a global energy supply-chain expert. What I can say is that geopolitical decisions often proceed even when the risks are obvious. For example, before Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, some argued that deeper Western involvement with Ukraine would provoke Russia and destabilize the region. Nonetheless, Western countries supported Ukraine, and Russia reacted with a major war. You are in Ukraine now, so you experience the consequences of that geopolitical tension directly.

The war has produced enormous casualties. Estimates of total casualties vary widely, but many analyses suggest well over a million casualties on the Russian side alone, including both dead and wounded. If one combines the casualties on both sides, the total is likely much higher.

Jacobsen: That number is often misunderstood. The figures cited in public discussions usually refer to total casualties, not deaths alone. In military reporting, “casualties” typically include both killed and wounded personnel. The number of deaths is generally a fraction of that total, often estimated using ratios such as three wounded for every one killed. However, the precise numbers remain uncertain and are difficult to verify independently during an ongoing war. Although people sometimes inflate the figures and repeat the number of 1.2 million without clarifying what it represents. It is a horrible conflict. It is the largest war fought on European territory by European states since the end of the Second World War, which is remarkable.

Stern: We can see some ironic policy consequences. Germany is the best example. For many years, Germany emphasized a transition toward green energy and reduced domestic reliance on fossil fuels. At the same time, however, it became increasingly dependent on natural gas imports from Russia.

When Russia reduced and eventually cut off gas supplies after the invasion of Ukraine, Europe faced a major energy crisis. The reduction in Russian gas exports led to sharp price increases and raised concerns about energy shortages across the continent.

Given what is happening in global petroleum markets now, the key issue is uncertainty. Markets and consumers dislike uncertainty. Bringing the conversation back to the economy, one way to look at it is through the difference between large corporations and smaller businesses.

Large multinational retailers have significant influence and resources. They operate internationally and can hedge fuel costs years in advance using financial instruments. For example, companies with global supply chains often hedge exposure to oil and transportation costs through futures contracts.

By contrast, small and medium-sized businesses do not have those tools. They experience cost increases immediately. When fuel prices rise, logistics providers and suppliers quickly impose fuel surcharges on shipments. The business operator must absorb those higher costs.

If the business passes those costs directly to consumers, it risks losing market share. If it absorbs them, profit margins shrink. In many cases, it becomes an unavoidable financial strain.

There is little that policymakers or central banks can do in the short term to resolve disruptions in global oil flows. The situation becomes even more complicated when viewed in a broader geopolitical context.

For instance, Russia has been one of China’s largest oil suppliers. Iran has also supplied significant volumes of oil to China despite sanctions. Venezuela has at times exported oil indirectly through complex shipping arrangements that obscure the origin of cargoes.

From a strategic perspective, countries sometimes attempt to rebalance global influence through economic pressure rather than direct military conflict. In many cases, affecting a rival’s economy can be more effective than fighting a conventional war. Energy flows, and supply chains can become tools in that economic competition.

In that sense, disruptions in oil supply can serve as economic pressure in larger geopolitical rivalries. Energy chokepoints, sanctions, and shifts in global supply networks can influence economies without a single shot being fired.

That is why energy markets often sit at the center of geopolitical strategy. They connect international politics, economic competition, and global business in ways that can quickly ripple through the entire world economy.

I do not know whether you remember, but in the United States, a man named George Floyd was killed in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in May 2020 during a police arrest. Floyd had been suspected of using a counterfeit $20 bill at a convenience store. During the arrest, a police officer knelt on Floyd’s neck for several minutes while he was restrained. Floyd later died, and the incident sparked nationwide protests and international demonstrations concerning policing and racial justice. I was not sure how widely it was covered internationally.

Jacobsen: The United States sometimes operates within a media environment that is quite self-referential. The country represents roughly 4 percent of the world’s population, yet American media coverage can create an echo chamber that amplifies certain events as if they dominate the entire global conversation.

One way to think about it is similar to the Mercator projection in cartography. The Mercator map distorts geography by making regions near the poles appear much larger than they actually are. Comparably, media ecosystems can distort proportional attention. Events in some countries receive intense coverage, while conflicts elsewhere receive relatively little.

For example, there are often numerous active conflicts around the world at any given time – major wars as well as smaller armed conflicts. In the United States, public attention often focuses primarily on a few of them, such as the war between Russia and Ukraine.

But other conflicts have produced enormous casualties with far less global attention. The Tigray War in Ethiopia, which lasted from 2020 to 2022, is one example. Estimates of the total death toll vary widely, but some analyses suggest hundreds of thousands of deaths, including those caused by fighting, famine, and lack of medical care.

I learned about it from colleagues during lunch. Unfortunately, conflicts in parts of the world with less economic influence or media presence often receive less sustained international attention. It is a harsh reality of global media coverage.

Stern: Returning to the earlier discussion about geopolitical “dominoes,” the issue often comes down to economic leverage. Countries sometimes attempt to influence rivals not through direct warfare but through economic pressure – sanctions, trade restrictions, and control over energy flows.

For example, energy supply disruptions can create economic chokepoints. When a country’s access to fuel or trade routes is restricted, the consequences can ripple through its entire economy. In geopolitical strategy, these chokepoints can function as tools of influence.

Jacobsen: In other words, economic pressure rather than direct military confrontation.

Stern: Control over energy flows, shipping lanes, and financial systems can become instruments of strategic competition. These tools can reshape alliances and influence global markets without conventional battlefield engagements.

When analysts talk about “moving pieces on a geopolitical chessboard,” they often refer to economic and strategic pressures. Energy markets, trade networks, and supply chains all intersect with political power.

Oil-producing states illustrate this dynamic. Countries such as Iran, Venezuela, and others possess large hydrocarbon reserves, and the revenues generated from those resources can influence regional politics and international relationships.

For instance, Iran exports crude oil and condensates, and those revenues can affect regional power dynamics. In the Middle East and surrounding regions, energy production and energy trade remain deeply intertwined with geopolitical strategy.

In short, energy resources, economic pressure, and geopolitical competition are tightly linked. When disruptions occur, whether through sanctions, conflict, or the control of strategic chokepoints, their effects can reverberate across global markets and political systems alike.

Why are they even involved? Iran increasingly appears isolated in this situation. Returning to the energy issue we were discussing, Germany provides an illustrative example. When Russia invaded Ukraine, the message from Moscow was that Europe depended heavily on Russian gas. The implicit warning was that if European countries opposed Russia’s actions, energy supplies could be restricted. Russia has historically used energy exports as geopolitical leverage, particularly because it was one of the largest suppliers of natural gas to continental Europe before the war.

Since the invasion, European governments have moved to reduce that dependence by diversifying energy supplies, importing more liquefied natural gas, and expanding renewable energy capacity. But at the start of the crisis, Russia’s leverage through energy exports was significant.

Russia’s position as a major energy supplier gave it the ability, at least in theory, to threaten reductions in supply to countries that opposed its policies. Whether those threats are always intended literally or are partly political signalling is another question, but the potential leverage exists because of Russia’s role in global energy markets.

To Iran, some observers have compared its regional posture to a situation in which tensions escalate across multiple actors at once. Commentators and analysts sometimes use colourful metaphors to describe that dynamic. The concern is that Iran’s actions or retaliatory measures could widen regional instability.

What makes the situation complex is that many of the countries affected are interconnected through trade, diplomacy, and security arrangements. Some states in the Persian Gulf, such as the United Arab Emirates and Qatar, have at times played diplomatic roles in regional negotiations or served as intermediaries in communications among governments that do not speak directly to each other.

At the same time, the region contains numerous military bases and alliances. The United States maintains military facilities in several Gulf states, and Turkey, for example, is a member of NATO. If tensions spread to countries tied into large alliance systems, the geopolitical implications become much more serious.

When conflicts risk drawing in countries linked to alliances like NATO, analysts begin discussing the possibility of wider escalation. That does not mean such escalation is inevitable, but it raises the stakes.

Returning to the economic side of the discussion, the Strait of Hormuz remains critical. Roughly one-fifth of the world’s oil trade and a significant portion of global liquefied natural gas shipments pass through that narrow waterway. Even partial disruptions there can push energy prices higher.

If those disruptions persist, they can fuel inflation globally. Central banks such as the U.S. Federal Reserve have limited ability to address inflation caused by supply shocks in energy markets. Monetary policy can reduce demand, but it cannot immediately restore disrupted supply routes or increase the physical availability of energy.

I could go deeper into how rising energy prices affect businesses, particularly smaller firms. Energy costs can ripple through supply chains, increasing transportation, manufacturing, and operating expenses. If disruptions in oil and natural gas markets persist, they could create broader economic stress.

In other words, if energy markets remain unstable for an extended period, the global economy could face significant pressure. Energy remains a foundational input for nearly every sector, and fluctuations in its price influence everything from industrial production to consumer goods. When energy markets tighten, the effects spread quickly across the entire economic system.

Jacobsen: So Lloyd’s of London is essentially staying out of the situation for now?

Stern: Yes, more or less stepping back. You could say they are metaphorically hiding under their desks. When uncertainty reaches a certain level, risk markets tend to pull back. In insurance and finance, that kind of reaction is fairly common during moments of major geopolitical instability.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Will.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Olena Kalaitan on Mariupol, Journalism, Language, and War in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Olena Kalaitan on Mariupol, Journalism, Language, and War in Ukraine

Photo by Thomas Charters on Unsplash

Olena Kalaitan is a Ukrainian journalist and editor best known for leading Mariupol’s Pryazovskyi Robochyi newspaper and heading the Donetsk regional organization of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine. During Russia’s 2022 siege of Mariupol, she stayed in the city for 23 days, survived the destruction of her home, and escaped on foot with her son. She later became a prominent voice for displaced journalists, media freedom, and the revival of independent Ukrainian journalism in occupied and war-affected regions. Kalaitan has also warned publicly against Russian propaganda issued under the stolen name of her newspaper during wartime occupation there.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Olena Kalaitan, a Mariupol journalist, about family roots, language, identity, and war. Kalaitan recalls growing up in Mariupol, discovering journalism in school, and studying during the Soviet collapse. She reflects on Ukraine’s linguistic realities, arguing for love of Ukrainian rather than exclusion of Russian speakers. She describes rebuilding Mariupol’s newspaper culture before the invasion, then watching occupiers steal her paper’s brand for propaganda. Despite displacement, loss, and separation from family, Kalaitan remains devoted to journalism through writing, teaching, mentoring, and recovery projects documenting Mariupol’s destruction and future renewal for coming generations alike.

Olena Kalaitan is a colleague and expert associated with the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine and the Journalists’ Solidarity Centers. The Journalists’ Solidarity Center of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine is a vital wartime hub helping Ukrainian and international reporters stay safe, connected, and operational through frontline danger, blackouts, displacement, and daily pressure on independent media.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: A city devastated by Russian attacks and bombardment. What was the family history before Mariupol? Did the whole family grow up in Mariupol?

Olena Kalaitan: My mother and father met in Mariupol. She came to Mariupol for her education, and my father moved there with his family, but neither of them was born in Mariupol. My mother was born in Kursk and father in Volgograd, Russia. Then they met in Mariupol. They fell in love, got married, and my younger sister and I were born there. My sister is four years younger than I am. We were born and raised in Mariupol. For me, Mariupol is my native city. I love it very much.

I love the sea and miss it very much in Kyiv. I live in a district near the lakes. It is water, too, but the sea is not a lake. It is a different feeling. Mariupol is my native city, but I understand that returning impossible although it is part of my inspiration and my love, staying in my soul.

Jacobsen: Did you always want to be a journalist?

Kalaitan: Yes.

Jacobsen: Very interesting. What were the proverbial mustard seeds?

Kalaitan: In school, I liked writing, and my writing filled an entire twelve-page notebook. Then I realized I wanted to be a journalist, and I started by joining a youth community. We wrote for one city newspaper and then another. I felt successful and enjoyed it. After that, I continued. I studied at Rostov State University in Rostov-on-Don.

Jacobsen: It must have been a very interesting experience. You began your education around 1991, during the collapse of the Soviet Union.

Kalaitan: Yes. When I started my education, the Soviet Union was breaking apart. I began my education in the Soviet Union and continued it in Russia. But we had a structured path, and it was not a problem.

Yes. I studied journalism at Rostov State University in Rostov-on-Don. When I decided which faculty to choose, I was thinking about philology or journalism. In philology, I saw mostly girls. I thought it would be too sad, and I wanted to be a journalist instead.

We had a very interesting group in our journalism faculty, as well as teachers with extensive experience. I still have some friends from that time, from my student years, but it is difficult to see one another now because of the war. I cannot even see my parents, who now live in Russia.

It is very painful not to see your parents. I have not seen them for eight years. They become older and older. It may be the last their years. I do not know. I do not want to think in such a way that I can see them and then never see them again.

Jacobsen: In 1991, when you were studying journalism in Rostov-on-Don, did you notice any shifts in the style of journalistic education between the Soviet period, the transition period, and the early Russian Federation after the Soviet Union?

Kalaitan: No. That process had only started, and we did not feel any changes. It is a long process. When I finished my education in 1996, it was still not very noticeable.

Jacobsen: Was the feeling good, bad, or neutral about that collapse of the big state and the transition afterward? Or was it simply that you stayed and continued your education? What was the sensibility at the time?

Kalaitan: It was a strange feeling. It wasn’t like it is now, when I say I really hate Russia. Even in our communication, I prefer to speak Ukrainian. I also spoke Russian in Mariupol, and my parents are from Russia and speak Russian. All my life, I spoke Russian, but now I speak only Ukrainian. If I can refuse Russian, I refuse it.

Some people speak only Russian. I understand Russian exactly, but it is a disappointing moment. At that time, in 1991, it was not a problem. We were thinking mainly about political changes, new figures, relations between the republics, and independence. Ukraine had independence, but for a long time, we had been part of the vast Soviet Union, with factories and other development systems.

Real independence may have come only last year in this war. In this war, we have lost a lot, but we also have gained a lot. Our community is very strong. People support one another in this war at this time. I adore our community and our people. They are incredible.

Jacobsen: In Canada, for those reading this in North America, the experiential landscape of history is very different. There is a big divide among people two or three generations behind me.

French and English were once the focus of a major national conflict in Canada. Former Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s father, Pierre Trudeau, introduced the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in Canada in 1982 for national rights. Around the same time, he was also the leader who advanced a federal bilingual policy. All official documents are in French and English.

So there are the Québécois francophones and the wider anglophone population here in Canada—about a one-to-four ratio of French to English speakers. He acted as a peacemaker in that way. But the antipathy some older generations of Anglophones and Francophones speak of from that period still comes up in conversations I have today, although, of course, not everyone.

When I speak with Ukrainians, or people who are bilingual in Russian and Ukrainian, I am reminded that a major cultural divide in this war concerns language. You mentioned earlier that you really hate Russia. Language is always a very difficult question. You are at least trilingual, correct? So what is the feeling or sentiment around this language divide? Many Ukrainians speak both Ukrainian and Russian, and many Russians—particularly near the border—also understand both. Culturally and individually, how do people talk about these issues?

Kalaitan: People are very strict about these questions, and it is very painful for us. In many ways, the conflict also developed from language questions. We have regions where Russian is widely spoken, such as Donetsk, Kharkiv, Luhansk, and Odesa.

People there often speak Russian, even now during the war. Many older people, retired people, have spoken Russian all their lives. We cannot forbid the Russian language in Ukraine. If we do it that way, we are saying that you are not Ukrainian and that you do not belong with us in Ukraine. But that is not true for the people in Ukraine. They are our people. We need to be honest about language.

I agree that we need to show love for the Ukrainian language. We should talk about Ukrainians, how beautiful and perfect the language is, our history, our writers, and our famous people. Through stories and through many years of work—through careful efforts to strengthen identity—we can do this. We need it, and we need to continue doing it. It will work. Ukrainians increasingly love our home, our national traditions, and our writers.

Jacobsen: You can see how many Ukrainian writers are represented even in this bookstore. Around the table is a bust of Taras Shevchenko. Many Ukrainian writers offer interesting perspectives and styles. There also seems to be a strong love of physical books. Many Ukrainians I know love the feeling of holding a book.

Kalaitan: Yes, they love it.

Jacobsen: In North America, there is often a convenience culture, as seen in places like Costco and McDonald’s. If something is online, people say that it is fine. But when people get a physical book, it becomes something special.

The smell of a book. People love it. It is very distinctive. I have also noticed that the metaphors people use in Ukraine are often concrete, almost existential in tone. That is very different from the landscape, in many places, at least in Canada. That is another point here. As you were saying about the books we see here, there are physical books, not just the act of flipping a page.

Kalaitan: I have some experience with that. I was the director of a newspaper in Mariupol, and we published and printed the newspaper there.

It was a time when newspapers were dying more and more, and there were only a few newspapers left in the city of Mariupol. We rebranded our newspaper, Priazovsky Rabochiy, and distributed it across the entire Donetsk region. After this rebranding of the printed newspaper, we began expanding our activities.

We started working with local shops, and we developed projects with the city, including lighting buildings and organizing social actions and other initiatives. The newspaper became more popular and developed a new image. People appreciated it more. We also developed our social media presence alongside the newspaper and website.

I can understand why people like printed media and books. It is something essential. People appreciate it differently.

Jacobsen: How is it to run a newspaper in a non-wartime city? And how is running a newspaper in a wartime city? Being the editor-in-chief involves managing a newspaper’s operations in peacetime and in wartime. How does that change? You are doing the same work, but the circumstances around it are completely different – in Mariupul.

Kalaitan: In Mariupol the occupiers stole our brand.

When I was left Mariupol in Much 18th in 2022 and removed to Ukraine territory, at first Zaporozhye then Ivano-Frankivsk we discussed with Serhiy Tomilenko destiny our newspaper and he gave me advice. I made official list and a post on social media explaining that all Ukrainian staff at our newspaper were no longer working on that edition, that we had stopped publishing the newspaper, and that we had stopped our work due to the full invasion.

After that, in May—on Victory Day, as the Russians call it, on May 9—they revived the newspaper using our stolen brand, our colours, our layout, and our old style. They began republishing the newspaper under the same recognizable appearance. But the content was different, with Russian propaganda and completely different texts.

I was very glad that I had taken Serhiy Tomilenko’s advice and that we had publicly announced that we had stopped our work. The newspaper that is now published in Mariupol is not our newspaper.

Unfortunately, they already had an inventory of readers and followers. Many older people were surprised at first that it was a different newspaper. But now, with Russian propaganda, people see the changes and receive these messages repeatedly. After this year, many of them believe it is true.

That newspaper, along with other sites and media, writes and speaks as if these things are true. I do not know exactly how or why this happens.

We still have some colleagues and friends who remain in Mariupol. Sometimes they send messages, though it is now very difficult. Communication with people in Mariupol is becoming increasingly restricted, making it harder to stay connected. Many of them think differently now. It is very difficult to speak with them or discuss events in Ukraine because they are deeply influenced by propaganda. I do not know how this was done so effectively. Our Ukrainian information efforts have not been as strong as the Russian propaganda.

Now they have many newspapers in Mariupol, and they understand how to present printed media. They also have television and other channels. In Ukraine, the situation with publishing is very sad. Publishing is becoming more expensive each year, and it is not a very profitable business.

In the early years, some Ukrainian editors from our Donetsk regional union received grants from charities. Because of those grants, some newspapers continued publishing printed versions, including newspapers in Kramatorsk and other cities.

Now, only the Bakhmut newspaper Vpered continues to publish. Others exist only online, as websites or social media platforms. Sadly, our government does not support newspapers and editors more. Printed media are very important because people still need them.

We have some government programs that support publishing and distribution, but there are still many problems with Ukrainian newspapers. In previous years, we even bought printing paper from Russia and later from Poland to publish. Ukraine has many forests, but we have not developed enough domestic paper mills. This remains a problem.

Jacobsen: I interviewed a former Finnish banker who now works with Finnish forestry and investment groups. He explained that in some areas, they need sappers or deminers to remove mines from forests that have become overgrown during the war. Only after that can trees be harvested in Ukraine and exported to Finland. Reporters Without Borders has also noted a significant divergence of roughly 109 places in press freedom rankings between Russia and Ukraine.

Ukraine is ranked 62nd in the 2025 press freedom index—between South Korea and Brazil in peacetime. The Russian Federation is ranked 171st, between Nicaragua and Egypt, and is also listed as an aggressor state during wartime. One could therefore argue that the reduction in press freedom in Russia has been largely about regime repression, whereas in Ukraine it has mostly involved martial law. Most of the restrictions affecting journalists in Ukraine tend to concern issues around the frontline—such as not revealing sensitive geolocation or operational information.

How has your experience been as a journalist under martial law, both near the frontline and in Kyiv? Have you faced any issues? If so, what kinds? If not, why not?

Kalaitan: We published numerous materials on Ukrainian identity and created pages dedicated to famous stories from Ukrainian history. When we rebranded our site in Mariupol, we began emphasizing the Ukrainian language and identity more strongly.

The main version of our website was Ukrainian, while the second version was Russian. At that time, other websites in the city usually had Russian as the primary language, Ukrainian as the secondary, and English as the tertiary. We created special pages in Ukrainian. At first, we were not completely sure of the success of this approach, but gradually the number of Ukrainian-language pages increased—from one page to two to three.

In the printed newspaper, we also mixed languages. Some articles were published in Ukrainian and others in Russian. This was how we worked with our audience and our readers.

There were moments around 2015 and 2016 when some people wanted to believe certain narratives or news stories. But local media and city authorities played a very important role. Many people in our media and administration worked sincerely with love for Ukraine, its traditions, and its history.

During those five years, Mariupol shifted its orientation from a more Russian to a Ukrainian one. The city has changed a lot. Young people wanted to stay in the city, study there, and help develop it. They wanted to contribute their experience to the city’s development.

When we took these steps, the situation really began to change. Mariupol became a strong Ukrainian city, which was disappointing to forces in Donetsk and elsewhere.

When Russian forces arrived in Mariupol in March 2022, they found that the city had developed significantly. Mariupol had become a frontline city in the war, but before the invasion, it had recovered and developed in many ways.

We had parks, hospitals, and schools. Our neighbourhoods were beautiful. There were municipal programs that helped residents become owners of their apartment buildings and participate in maintaining them. There were programs supporting road repairs and infrastructure improvements in residential areas.

These initiatives made Mariupol a very comfortable place to live. We could see the changes every year, every month. It was shocking when Russian forces came and killed thousands people, destroyed these homes and buildings.

There was a harsh hatred toward our level of life and development. They did not understand how we achieved it.

Jacobsen: I have heard this argument before. I sometimes call it the “envy theory” of the war. The idea that Russia resented the development and quality of life in Ukrainian cities such as Mariupol.

That may be part of the explanation for some. It imputes too much, though. There may also be ideological factors involved. Wars rarely have a single cause. The difference in quality of life may have contributed to tensions, but it is probably not sufficient on its own to explain the full trigger for the war.

The fundamental fact remains that a crime of aggression and occupation has been committed. That point has been reaffirmed repeatedly through multiple United Nations resolutions, including very recently.

Jacobsen: Recently, around 107 countries voted in favour of peace, meaning a simple demand: stop annexation and withdraw all troops. It is a straightforward request.

As you were leaving Mariupol, you remained committed to pursuing your lifelong dream of becoming a journalist, even though you were trained during the Soviet period and continued your training during the early years of the Russian Federation.

What drove you to stay in the profession? Even in peacetime, in very wealthy countries, people leave journalism because they cannot take the pressures. Sometimes they move to other work simply because it pays more, even if they are talented. It happens in many professions—like a talented drummer who stops playing or an artist who abandons their work.

Yet there are also people in wartime who have fled almost certain death and still decide to stay in the profession. In a middle-income country, under those circumstances, what kept you committed to journalism?

Kalaitan: I love my profession. Since my school years, I have wanted to be a journalist. I am excited by writing. When I start writing, I lose track of time. I write, and it brings me enjoyment.

When we lost our beloved city, I had to find new directions in my work. Through the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine, we started a school for young journalists. For several months, I worked there, and it was a new experience for me.

After that, I began working on communication projects with the charity “I Am Mariupol.” There, I gained more new experience. We worked on a fast recovery plan for Mariupol, bringing together investments and partners. We used this experience to create a book on rebuilding the city and planning development for the entire region—covering municipal services, transportation, population changes, migration, the labour market, and other issues. It became a real book project.

We also produced magazines and developed programs through the School of Recovery for communities facing similar situations and needing guidance from this experience. Later, we created video courses and a learning platform. I worked as a project manager for these initiatives, which was my first experience in that role.

Then we wrote another book called “Mariupol: The Destroyed Dream.” It included many interviews with people who experienced the war. After that, we decided to create an online version of the book, an audio version, and eventually a documentary film. Again, this gave me a new experience.

I remained in the profession, but I also explored new directions within it. I worked as a mentor and began collaborating with Mariupol State University. Last year, I taught courses on newspaper and magazine journalism to third-year students.

This March, I received an invitation to continue teaching for 1-year course. I am now exploring different directions within journalism—as a journalist, a journalism school teacher, and a lecturer.

It is very interesting for me, and I want to remain in this profession in the future. Journalism is truly my path.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Olena.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Olga Sagaidak on the War That Began in 2014, Donbas, and Ukraine’s Cultural Resistance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Olga Sagaidak on the War That Began in 2014, Donbas, and Ukraine’s Cultural Resistance

Photo by Levi Meir Clancy on Unsplash

Olga Sagaidak is a Ukrainian cultural manager, curator, and art historian who chairs the board of the Coalition of Cultural Actors of Ukraine and co-founded Dofa.fund (The Depth of Arts Charitable Foundation). Trained in art history, she also co-founded the Korners auction house, where she worked in the art and antiquities market before reorienting toward cultural activism after 2014. Sagaidak served on, and later chaired, the Supervisory Board of the Ukrainian Institute from 2019 to 2022. In 2022, she was appointed the Ukrainian Institute’s representative in France and helped launch Printemps Ukrainien, a cultural diplomacy initiative presenting contemporary Ukrainian culture to French and European audiences abroad.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen asks Olha Sagaidak how Russia’s war, beginning in 2014, reshaped her life and Ukraine’s cultural self-understanding. Sagaidak describes leaving a successful auction-house career after the Revolution of Dignity, then helping found Dofa.fund and the DonKult forum to challenge stereotypes about Donbas. She explains how regional cultural forums linked Donbas, Lviv, Kharkiv, Uzhhorod, and Odesa through shared artistic projects, research, travel, and conversation. The interview argues that Ukraine’s strength lies in multiculturalism, hospitality, and lived connections. For Sagaidak, culture is soft power: difficult to measure, yet capable of turning strangers into a real community across a wounded country.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your first experience of the war that began in 2014?

Olga Sagaidak: The war began in 2014. Later came what Russia called the “Special Military Operation,” which was really an expansion of the war that had already started years earlier. It is important to emphasize that the war began in 2014, shortly after the Revolution of Dignity. Many Kyiv residents were directly involved in that revolution. It took place here, on the Maidan, about a kilometre and a half from us.

The Revolution of Dignity was transformative because it changed many life trajectories, including my own. Before 2014, I was the owner and managing partner of an auction house. My degree was in art history. For twenty years, I sold antiquities and organized painting auctions. My specialization was Russian and Ukrainian painting from the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. I helped build collections for people connected to President Viktor Yanukovych, and they were among my main clients.

In 2014, I realized that the same clients who paid me had also helped ruin the country. It was a profitable business that allowed me to spend much of my time abroad. In fact, I knew France better than Ukraine. I had never been to Kharkiv or Donetsk, but I knew southern France, Normandy, and Brittany very well. I considered myself an internationalist. I wanted Ukraine to become as integrated with Europe as possible, and we had many business contacts there. At the time, we were trying to build the auction house into a Kyiv equivalent of Sotheby’s or Christie’s. When I understood that this possibility could be destroyed under Yanukovych, I felt compelled to go to the Maidan.

Then, in 2014, Russia annexed Crimea, and Russian-backed forces, together with Russian personnel, seized parts of Donetsk and Luhansk oblasts. After that, my colleagues and I completely changed our field of activity. We founded a charitable foundation called Dofa.fund (The Depth of Arts Charitable Foundation). The idea came from realizing we knew very little about Ukraine’s regions. Ukraine is a large country. It is not as large as Canada, but it is still substantial, and it takes a long time to cross it from West to East. We discovered that we knew almost nothing about the culture of Donbas. So the question became: what role does Donbas play in Ukraine’s cultural landscape?

Jacobsen: Is this reflected in Ukraine’s lack of a full census since 2001, leaving cultural and demographic data incomplete?

Sagaidak: Yes, I think so. We had never really asked ourselves what Ukrainian culture actually was. Instead, we relied on stereotypes. At that time, there were ten of us, all experts in different areas of art, music, and painting. We sat down together and tried to answer a simple question: what is Donbas culture? Who comes from there?

At first, we could not name anyone. Then we began to realize that many people born in Donbas, a historically major mining and industrial region, had left and become well-known in other cities or even other countries.

At first, we could not remember anyone. But then we began to realize that many people born in Donbas, a historically mining region, had left and become well-known in other cities or countries.

When we began to count, we estimated that there were perhaps twenty individuals who were remarkable not only for Ukrainian culture but also for the wider world. As we continued this process, we realized we were not only losing territory or people in the present. We were also losing part of the Ukrainian identity and culture.

We developed and financed many projects, but the first was called Donkult, the Donbas Cultural Forum. The name combined “Donbas” (Donetsk and Luhansk regions) and “culture,” referring to the culture of Donbas. It took place in Kyiv in 2014, at a time when many people in Kyiv imagined Donbas as a region of marginalized people—separatists, drunk miners, and similar stereotypes. That perception was very widespread due to TV.

The forum lasted two weeks and included about one hundred events: music, cinema, theatre, literature, lectures, and discussions.

Jacobsen: Were there particular cultural fields where you saw more production, such as painting or filmmaking?

Sagaidak: It covered a wide range of cultures. It included history as well. We approached culture broadly, although the events were mainly artistic. We had about fifteen thousand visitors during the event.

Jacobsen: That is a large number. Was this the opening year?

Sagaidak: Yes. The event was free for visitors. It took place in a large building that our business partners allowed us to use without charge.

For me, as a manager, it was one of the best projects. At that time, we used money from our business to finance it. We saw that not only our own perspective changed, but that many people also changed their views of Donbas. After this forum, I decided that I did not want to return to business. Initiatives like this were extremely important for connecting Ukrainian regions.

Afterward, we developed a methodology for working with regions. It was unique. We spent two years preparing the next cultural forum between two distant regions of Ukraine. After Kyiv, we organized a forum about Donbas in Lviv. Then we held a forum in Kharkiv on Galychyna (Lviv and Ivano-Frankivsk regions), the western Ukrainian region of Lviv. After that, we organized a forum about the Kharkiv region—Slobozhanshchyna—in Transcarpathia, in Uzhhorod.

Just before the full-scale invasion in 2022, we had been preparing the next forum about the Transcarpathian region in Odesa.

The preparation process for these forums consisted of three important parts. The first was identifying cultural leaders, activists, and progressive, dynamic individuals open to new ideas. We did not want only folkloric presentations. We wanted people who were ready to create something together with colleagues from other regions. We had curators for visual art, theatre, and other fields, and we worked collaboratively to produce the events.

The goal was to produce something new. For example, a theatre play in which the director was from Donbas but the actors were from Lviv, or a symphonic orchestra project featuring collaborators from different regions. We brought these people together and met with them in person. We discussed what was common and what was different between our regions. We discovered something interesting: sometimes the traditions of food, or even recipes, were very similar. The same dishes existed in Odesa and Uzhhorod, for example. They had different names, but they were essentially the same.

Jacobsen: Would you describe this as a process of discovery or a process of rediscovery of the culture?

Sagaidak: Both. For some people, it was a discovery. Many of our colleagues from Lviv said that when they went to Kharkiv, it was the first time they had travelled far into eastern Ukraine. We relied partly on research conducted by USAID in 2014, which showed that only about 25 percent of Ukrainians had travelled within their own country. Only twenty-five percent. Ukraine was still a relatively poor country, and many people had limited opportunities to travel.

For me, this was surprising and somewhat shameful. I had travelled throughout Europe, the United States, and the Caribbean, while many people in my own country had never visited other Ukrainian cities.

We brought cultural workers and cultural managers together. We discussed the program, the differences between regions, and their shared elements. We then discussed how to present these differences, highlight tensions when they existed, and emphasize similarities. We found that in many basic values, Ukrainians are quite similar across regions. For example, family traditions remain strong in most regions.

Take food. Every mother cooks borshch and insists that guests eat more. Hospitality is a very common value. If someone needs a place to sleep, families often offer a place to stay. These traditional values are widely shared across the country.

Jacobsen: Was it good?

Sagaidak: It was excellent. In Ukrainian culture, food often communicates warmth more effectively than speech. Our methodology was to bring people together and encourage them to create a joint product. This usually required three or four visits between the cities involved, along with research into the region. After that collaboration produced a shared project, the forum itself became the visible result, the top of the iceberg. The forum lasted two weeks and included hundreds of events in many locations.

Jacobsen: These seem like huge undertakings. What did you find? Were there geographic unifiers of the culture?

Sagaidak: Yes, many elements of everyday life were shared. Social gatherings, family traditions, and rituals surrounding events such as funerals were very similar across regions. There were also shared traditions inherited from the Soviet period. For example, March 8—International Women’s Day—remains widely celebrated. In Ukraine, it is usually not framed as a feminist political day. Instead, it is more of a cultural tradition in which people celebrate women with flowers and appreciation.

On March 8, International Women’s Day, it was traditional for every man to present flowers to women. It was almost obligatory—one day, when this gesture was universally expected. There were many shared customs like that. At the same time, there were also clear differences between regions. In the West, there were Catholic and Greek Catholic communities, while in the East, Orthodox Christianity was more common. Language also varied.

There were more Russian speakers in the east and more Ukrainian speakers in the West. Around 2014, there was increasing discussion—often promoted by Russian narratives—that Ukraine was partly Russian and partly Ukrainian. What we discovered was different. Even in cities considered very “Russian,” people often spoke a mixture sometimes called “Ukrainian Russian,” a blended everyday language shaped by both.

In some places, the diversity was even greater. In several villages around Mariupol on the Azov Sea, people spoke Greek. These communities descended from Greeks who had resettled there centuries earlier after leaving the Crimean region during conflicts involving the Ottoman Empire. Many of them preserved elements of Greek culture and language. In the Carpathian region, many people spoke Hungarian or Romanian. So when someone tries to present Ukraine as a simple two-language country, they miss the reality. Ukraine is deeply multicultural.

At that time, I realized that our real richness lies in this multiculturalism and in tolerance toward different communities. In one village, you might find one street where people mainly speak Hungarian, another where Russian is spoken, and another where Ukrainian is spoken. Yet weddings and celebrations often coincide. Before the war, this diversity was rarely considered a problem.

We eventually organized four forums. It was a unique experience. Each forum brought together about three hundred cultural participants—artists, curators, musicians, and writers. Across four forums, that meant roughly one thousand participants from many regions of Ukrainian cultural life. Because of that network, I sometimes say I am one of the richest people in Ukraine in terms of contacts, messages, and relationships within the cultural community.

My colleague and co-founder of our charitable foundation and I sometimes felt tired or discouraged. She once asked me, “We organize cultural forums, performances, and exhibitions—but does this really help?” Culture operates as soft power. Its effects are subtle and not immediately visible, so it is difficult to measure.

Then came February 24, 2022, the start of the full-scale invasion. After each forum, we created group chats for participants to continue the discussions. Over time, those chats became quiet because the forums ended. But early that morning—around 5:30—I saw those chats suddenly become active again. People from Lviv and Uzhhorod were writing to their colleagues in Kharkiv, Odesa, and Kyiv, asking how they could help. They offered to host people in their homes and asked what support was needed.

For me, that moment was the true result of our work. The connections were direct—person-to-person, peer-to-peer. Those people had become a real community. It was very moving. During those first days of the invasion, many artists from Kharkiv and Odesa were hosted by colleagues and families in western Ukraine.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Olga.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Andrii Kovalenko, Reporting War’s Reality: International Journalism and Witnessing the Aftermath of Bucha

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Andrii Kovalenko is a Ukrainian local producer and executive director of Academy of Ukrainian Press who supports international correspondents reporting on Russia’s war against Ukraine. Working closely with foreign media crews since the first days of the 2022 full-scale invasion, he has helped journalists navigate dangerous frontline regions, including Kyiv, Bucha, Irpin, and the wider Kyiv and Zhytomyr areas. His work includes logistical coordination, translation, and field production under combat conditions. Kovalenko has witnessed the aftermath of Russian occupation and the humanitarian consequences of the war. For his safety while working with international reporters, he has been equipped with protective gear and a drone detection device.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Ukrainian producer Andrii Kovalenko reflects on working with foreign journalists documenting Russia’s invasion and the realities he witnessed in Bucha and Irpin after Russian forces withdrew in April 2022. Kovalenko describes helping international crews report from Kyiv and nearby frontline areas while his own family fled to Poland. He recounts encountering mass civilian casualties, evidence of torture, and the psychological toll of reporting on such atrocities. Kovalenko also discusses the emotional divide between foreign correspondents covering the story professionally and Ukrainians experiencing the war as a personal national tragedy. Maintaining emotional distance, he explains, has become necessary to continue documenting events responsibly.

Andrii Kovalenko is a colleague and expert associated with the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine and the Journalists’ Solidarity Centers. The Journalists’ Solidarity Center of the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine is a vital wartime hub helping Ukrainian and international reporters stay safe, connected, and operational through frontline danger, blackouts, displacement, and daily pressure on independent media.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us do this first one for vocal. I can get this online today. You interact a lot with international journalists, as I understand it. What have you noticed about reporting on Russian aggression against Ukraine from non-Russian foreign journalists? And what have you noticed from Russian journalists?

Andrii Kovalenko: Since the first days of the full-scale invasion, I started working with them. One outlet was the Portuguese news agency Lusa, through a friend of mine from Poland.

Those were the first days when I decided with my family that they should leave Ukraine—at least for a week or two—because we thought the war might end soon. They went to Poland. A Polish journalist, a friend of mine, asked me to work with his crew. They arrived in Kyiv. Because the situation was very dangerous and intense, they suggested that I stay at the InterContinental Hotel in the city center, because it has a basement where we could shelter.

At that time, I was upset and disoriented. I told them that I did not know how many days I could continue living in my flat. So we decided that they would stay there with me instead. For one month, we stayed and worked in Kyiv, the Kyiv region, and the Zhytomyr region, close to areas affected by the occupation.

It was an amazing experience—terrible, but amazing—because in those circumstances, you did not need to search for stories. When you went into the street in the morning, there was already a story. Kyiv and its surrounding areas were under sustained attack during the early phase of the invasion, and fighting continued in the wider region until Russian forces withdrew from the Kyiv area in early April 2022.

The most significant realization for me, working with foreign journalists, was that the war is not only about territory. It is not simply about Russians trying to change our politicians or our government.

On April 1, I entered the Bucha and Irpin area with the military. After what I saw there, I could not imagine a human being doing such things. I saw the bodies of civilians. I saw the bodies of children. I saw a woman whose head had been destroyed by machine-gun fire while she was in a car. Her body remained there.

I also saw dead civilians and dead Russian soldiers, and dogs—beautiful dogs, like shepherds. When people had to evacuate quickly, there was no space for animals on the buses, so many had to leave their dogs behind. I saw dogs feeding on a dead soldier’s leg. That changed something in me. As a human being, I was not prepared for that.

Jacobsen: Animal rescue workers have reported encountering dogs, cats, cattle, pigs, and horses. They note that dogs may eat cats, and pigs may eat human remains. One volunteer said he felt uneasy around pigs during animal rescue work, wondering whether a pig had already tasted human flesh. Situations like this arise only under extreme circumstances. What other conditions of the bodies did you find in Bucha, Irpin, and other locations?

Kovalenko: There was an interesting situation with the dog. We were working with several Portuguese journalists from the public television crew. I was there with my friend. At one moment, we saw a dog eating the leg of a Russian soldier. After that, the dog began to come toward us. It was a large and beautiful dog, and it started looking at us. In its eyes, you could understand that it was no longer a human companion—it was acting purely as an animal.

My friend had a traumatic pistol, and he prepared it, because the situation could become dangerous. We quickly realized the risk, so we immediately got into the car and waited for the dog to move away.

I had never experienced a situation like that with animals before. I had heard about incidents like this, even involving pigs, but I had never seen it personally.

Jacobsen: Are most of the bodies in these ruins intact, burned, or decomposed? What was the condition of the bodies in more concrete terms?

Kovalenko: As I mentioned, it started for me in Bucha and Irpin. Later, when the occupied territories were reopened, a morgue was set up in Bucha using refrigerated truck units. It was not only about the number of bodies.

When we worked with the police, we saw signs of violence on some of the bodies. Some had been severely mutilated. I saw bodies where the eyes had been cut out with a sharp object—possibly a knife or scissors. I also saw bodies with fingers cut off. These people had clearly been tortured.

There was another form of suffering as well—the suffering of civilians who lost their relatives. I clearly remember one case involving a woman about my age, around 40. She knew that the bodies of her husband and her son were inside one of the refrigerated units at the morgue. She slept beside that refrigerator for two or three days. Psychologists tried to help her, but at first, nothing worked. One psychologist even stayed with her overnight.

Later, we interviewed that psychologist. Several months afterward, I asked her again about the woman. She said that assistance had been offered because the woman’s home had been destroyed and she had lost the closest members of her family. They worked with her for a long time. Eventually, she left Ukraine and now lives abroad, I believe in the Netherlands, where she has been trying to rebuild her life.

Jacobsen: There was a Māori man from New Zealand who wrote the only atheist, secular humanist book for the Māori. Ten years later, no follow-up books had appeared. In one interview, I was told that, within parts of Māori culture—among Indigenous New Zealanders—it is customary to remain with the body of a loved one for several days during mourning. Because of that, my sense is that what you described represents one of the many ways people instinctively grieve by staying close to what remains of their loved one. Even if it may seem unusual in some contexts, it is a very human response. Let me ask one more question. When you are standing in ruins—beyond the immediate sensory experience of seeing bodies—what are you feeling? What do you feel when you encounter your first dead animals, dead human beings, or even children?

Kovalenko: There is a difference between me, as a citizen of Ukraine, and my colleagues with whom I work. They come here to do their jobs. Of course, they are empathetic people, but for me, it is different. I know these are my people and this is my country. It is another kind of tragedy.

After about half a year of the war, when my family returned from Poland, it was very difficult even for them. My wife told me that I had become a completely different person from who I had been before.

Now I am trying to return to my previous state. I am still trying. Partly, I agree with her. Even when I returned home from working trips in frontline regions and had a few days or a week to recover, my wife would tell me that my mind was still there. I had returned physically, but mentally I had not.

I began to talk with her about it. I told her that the war is happening in Ukraine and that I need to do my work. These are the circumstances we are living in. It was very difficult for my family to go through this.

Now I understand three main things. First, the war in my country is a tragedy. Second, if I think about it in that way all the time, I will lose my ability to function. I need to remain focused and strong. Third, I need to maintain some emotional distance to continue working.

If every story passed completely through me—stories of people losing their families, soldiers losing their friends—I would not be able to remain in a normal mental state for months or years. The war has been going on for years already.

To stay focused, maintain a clear mind, and do my work properly, I have to keep some distance from the situation. That does not mean I do not feel anything. When we report on very difficult stories—people losing their families or soldiers losing their comrades—it affects me. But I have to stop, collect myself, and continue working as a professional.

I am still trying to manage that balance. Sometimes it is difficult, and sometimes I need more time to recover. But this approach allows me to continue doing the work.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Andrii.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Fumfer Physics 42: Geometry, Predictive Cognition, Information Theory, and the Dimensionality of Space

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): Vocal.Media

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03

Fumfer Physics 42: Geometry, Predictive Cognition, Information Theory, and the Dimensionality of Space

Photo by Mahdi Soheili on Unsplash

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Rick Rosner about geometry, dimensionality, predictive cognition, and informational structure. Rosner begins by distinguishing the one-dimensional perimeter of a square from the two-dimensional surface of a sphere, using that contrast to explain inverse-square laws in physics. He then advances a speculative hypothesis that three-dimensional space may reflect informational complexity and non-overlapping histories across regions of the universe.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does the surface of a sphere relate to the surface of a square? What does this tell us about our mental landscape?

Rick Rosner: When you refer to the surface of a square, you mean the perimeter—the boundary—which is a one-dimensional object. By contrast, the surface of a sphere is a two-dimensional object embedded in three-dimensional space. They are fundamentally different geometric entities.

A square is a two-dimensional object with a one-dimensional edge. If you double the side length of a square, you double its perimeter.

If you double the diameter of a sphere, you increase its surface area by a factor of four, because surface area scales with the square of the radius. In other words, one scales linearly, and the other scales quadratically.

This observation alone does not tell us much, but it connects to inverse-square laws. Gravitation and electromagnetism follow inverse-square behavior because forces spread over two-dimensional spherical surfaces embedded in three-dimensional space. If you double your distance from a light bulb, its light spreads over a surface area four times larger, so the intensity per unit area falls by a factor of four. That is geometry, not mystery.

The deeper question is why we inhabit three-dimensional space.

One possible explanation relates to information. Three dimensions may represent a kind of balance point—a configuration that allows complex structures without requiring the exponentially greater information needed to specify stable structures in higher-dimensional spaces. In five spatial dimensions, for example, the informational requirements for stable systems would increase dramatically.

I have suggested that the structure of space may follow from how information is arranged. Objects that share more history—more informational overlap—are effectively “closer.” As informational similarity decreases, separation increases.

As we move farther away in space, there is less shared information between systems. The question then becomes: how much variation exists in the information not shared?

That may be a more fundamental way to think about spatial structure—not merely as geometry, but as an expression of informational relationships.

The universe as a whole contains an aggregate of information, but each region of space contains a different subset of that information. When I say “point,” I do not mean a mathematical point like the tip of a pencil. I mean a vast region—perhaps tens or hundreds of millions of light-years across.

Each region has a distinct history. Within the total information content of the universe, there is overlapping information and non-overlapping information. The information that is not shared between regions varies from one location to another. That missing or non-overlapping information has structure and complexity.

My working hypothesis is that this level of informational complexity requires three-dimensional space. In other words, the variety in what is not shared—the structure of informational difference—determines dimensionality. The information that any given region does not contain appears to have enough variety to require three dimensions, but not more than three in most cases.

In situations where slightly more degrees of freedom might seem necessary, we do not observe additional spatial dimensions. Instead, we observe curvature—warped space, as described by general relativity.

Jacobsen: To what extent does this informational account of dimensionality map onto existing work in theoretical physics, such as holographic approaches, quantum information theory, or emergent spacetime models? What criteria would distinguish an informationally grounded explanation of dimensionality from a metaphorical one, so that it could be assessed as a serious physical hypothesis rather than an interpretive analogy?

Rosner: I have not considered that extensively. It is not a matter of the brain performing geometric rounding. Rather, the structures that exist are those capable of stable existence. I assume there are strong constraints preventing fractional spatial dimensions at macroscopic scales.

Mathematically, fractional dimensions exist in the study of fractals, where objects can have non-integer Hausdorff dimensions. However, those describe scaling behavior, not the fundamental dimensionality of spacetime. I suspect that true fractional spatial dimensions would introduce inconsistencies in physical law. In physics, inconsistencies prevent stable existence. Systems either exist coherently or they do not.

Quantum mechanics does describe probabilistic states—partial levels of realization—but it does so within a tightly constrained mathematical framework. The probabilities are precisely defined. That is different from proposing partially realized spatial dimensions.

My intuition is that fractional dimensions, at the level of fundamental spacetime, would introduce properties incompatible with stable matter, stable forces, or consistent physical law. If such configurations were possible, they may not permit structures complex enough to persist.

That remains speculative. It is an attempt to connect informational structure with spatial dimensionality, not an established theory.

I do not know what a specifically “quantum mechanical” manner of thinking would mean in this context. We experience the world at a macroscopic scale and generally do not notice the quantum effects occurring at very small scales. Those effects can be observed under controlled experimental conditions, but they do not define our everyday perception.

Here is what I think. Whether or not one wants to label it “quantum,” current neuroscience suggests—almost tautologically—that the brain exists to predict the future so that we can respond effectively. By “future,” I often mean the immediate future, including what we interpret as the present moment. The brain continuously models the external world to prevent harm and to guide action.

The models used by a grasshopper are far simpler than ours. Yet compared to the models humans may develop in the future, our current models are limited. Once human cognition becomes coupled to large-scale artificial intelligence systems, predictive simulations of the world may become far more intricate.

Jacobsen: Would you argue, then, that consciousness is less a passive mirror of reality than an active engine of probabilistic world-modeling, and that intelligence can be measured partly by the richness and adaptability of those predictive models? In that framework, how should we distinguish between useful simulation, maladaptive over-modeling, and outright confabulation?

Rosner: Consider ordinary examples of prediction. Sports betting involves probabilistic modeling, though its sophistication varies. A more relatable example is adolescent social strategy. Many teenagers, especially boys, spend enormous amounts of time trying to predict social outcomes—how someone might react to a confession of interest, what words or actions might produce acceptance or rejection.

In high school, I spent many hours discussing strategies with friends—trying to model possible reactions and anticipate outcomes. Today, people use the phrase “the ick” to describe subtle social rejection. We did not use that term decades ago, but we were trying to solve the same problem: how to approach someone without triggering discomfort. That involved mentally simulating scenarios and evaluating possible responses.

Most of the time, however, our predictive modeling is much more mundane. We are assessing whether it is safe to cross the street. Near one of the gyms I visit, there is an awkward intersection in a shopping area. On one side, traffic flows in both directions with a stop sign at the crosswalk. On the other side, the stop sign is positioned far before the intersection. Because this is private property, traffic enforcement is limited. Drivers are aware of that. As a result, pedestrians must engage in rapid predictive modeling: Who is likely to stop? Who is accelerating? What is the probability of risk?

Our brains are constantly performing these micro-simulations. Most are automatic and unnoticed. Only occasionally do we become aware of how much predictive work is occurring beneath conscious thought.

Most intersections are predictable. This particular one is unusually unpredictable. You do not know who will ignore the stop sign or accelerate unexpectedly.

About a year ago, I had an unpleasant experience there. I was leaving the gym and forgot to remove my mask. A fire truck driver saw me walking outdoors wearing it and accelerated abruptly in my direction, apparently to startle me. It worked. That is the only place I have ever been harassed for wearing a mask. The incident illustrates the unpredictability of that intersection. It requires more mental simulation than most crossings.

Looking ahead, as our cognitive processes become augmented by greater data-processing power—especially through artificial intelligence—we may engage in more intricate modeling of possible outcomes in everyday situations.

In a book I am writing, I explore the idea that AI combined with virtual reality could allow people to revisit moments in their lives where they feel they made mistakes. These scenarios would be populated with plausible simulations of themselves and others. One might revisit a poorly answered question on a game show or a missed opportunity in a social situation, exploring alternate outcomes in a controlled, simulated environment.

The broader point is that future AI systems may enable us to model “superimposed” possibilities in far greater detail. When considering a difficult situation—whether relational, professional, or ethical—we mentally simulate multiple potential futures. With AI assistance, those simulated futures could become more detailed and analytically rigorous.

Jacobsen: Would such AI-assisted counterfactual modeling deepen human judgment, or might it also intensify rumination, regret, and decision paralysis by multiplying plausible branches of experience? In ethical terms, how should society think about responsibility when artificial systems begin shaping not only our decisions, but the menu of futures we can vividly imagine?

Rosner: Consider a mundane example: you dent the car and anticipate your spouse’s reaction. You imagine varying degrees of frustration and your possible responses. That is simple predictive modeling.

A more serious example might involve professional misconduct. Suppose a lawyer temporarily diverts funds from a client’s estate to cover a shortfall, intending to repay them. When discrepancies are flagged, the lawyer must simulate various outcomes: disclosure, concealment, partial explanation, or legal consequences. Each path branches into further possibilities. The mind navigates these “superimposed” futures in search of the least damaging trajectory.

AI could expand the granularity and depth of such modeling, rendering potential outcomes with greater precision.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Rick.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Tariffs, Trade Policy, and Economic Strategy: Expert Insights

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/09/01

Ian Fletcher is an economist and author specializing in industrial policy, trade, and economic strategy. His books include Industrial Policy for the United States and Free Trade Doesn’t Work. A former Senior Economist at the Coalition for a Prosperous America, he now serves on its Advisory Board, shaping U.S. economic policy discussions. James Crask is Managing Director at Marsh, specializing in risk management, resilience, and crisis strategy. A former UK Cabinet Office advisor, he chairs the ISO committee on business continuity and authored a key industry book. Tim Rosenberger is a Legal Policy Fellow at the Manhattan Institute and a Stanford Graduate School of Business Fellow, specializing in constitutional law, litigation, and public policy. His expertise spans legal research, judicial clerkships, entrepreneurship, urban development, and policy analysis on trade, immigration, and economic reform.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do the tariffs relate to inflation, costs of goods and services, and price increases, generally speaking?

Ian Fletcher: Obviously, if you push tariffs high enough, they will produce inflation, at least for the products in question. But the experience of tariffs during Trump’s first term showed, empirically, that the kind of moderate tariffs the US should be imposing have little or no inflationary impact. This ran directly opposite to mainstream theory on this question, and should make people skeptical of believing what mainstream economists are saying today. For a start, we saw a lot of exporters sacrifice profit margins. Furthermore, imports are only about 16% of the U.S. economy, so 84% of the economy isn’t even potentially exposed to inflationary pressure from tariffs.

James Crask: The Trump administration has outlined proposed tariffs on goods from China, Mexico and Canada and US-based organizations are bracing for significant cost shifts in their supply chains.

Marsh recently analyzed more than 120,000 suppliers that support global clients with significant operations in the US. It found that 40% of their direct and indirect suppliers providing goods to the US are based in Mexico, China, and Canada. This means that, on average, about one-fifth of an organization’s direct supplier base originates from these three countries.

Global events, beyond just tariffs, including geopolitical tensions and climate-related events are challenging organizations’ supply chain resilience and elevating supply chain risk management to the top of every corporate agenda.

Marsh’s analysis also found that:

  1. More than 1 in 10 supplier sites are at high risk of natural disasters, with flooding and earthquakes representing the greatest risks
  2. 65% of organizations have at least one single point of failure / bottleneck hidden in their supply chain that is providing something critical.

This data was derived from Sentrisk, Marsh’s AI powered platform that enables companies to comprehensively map their supply chains across all tiers and pinpoint low, medium, and high-risk vulnerabilities down to a site, supplier or component-specific level.

Tim Rosenberger: Tariffs generally increase prices. At the same time, President Trump’s tariffs are designed to encourage strategic reshoring of jobs and the reindustrialization of the American heartline. While the tech-fueled economic boom of the coasts masks the collapse of middle America, many communities now have real incomes that are ~half what they were fifty years ago. Almost no family can survive on a single income and countless Americans stitch together a constellation of jobs to eek by on modest incomes and limited benefits. They work longer hours and enjoy fewer protections than the factory workers of yesteryear. So, if President Trump can succeed in his tariff and trade policy, modest price increases will be more than offset by gains in earnings, particularly for working Americans. Expect any short term economic pain and trade conflicts to be well worth a revitalized American middle.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The National Flag of Canada Day

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/31

The National Flag of Canada Day celebrates Canada’s evolving identity by emphasizing unity, heritage, and national pride. Traditions like flag-raising and singing “O Canada” merge with modern celebrations, including a giant flag skated down the Rideau Canal by young athletes alongside Olympians. These young skaters symbolize Canada’s future, carrying the flag with pride. Joan O’Malley, who sewed the first prototype, was honored, connecting past and present. The event highlights Canada’s cultural diversity and collective values, with athletes reinforcing national pride. Canadian Heritage underscores the flag’s role in linking generations and reflecting democracy, inclusion, and justice.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does National Flag of Canada Day celebrate Canada’s evolving national identity?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: For 60 years, the National Flag of Canada has represented values Canadians hold dear, such as democracy, inclusion, and justice for all. These fundamental principles, deeply rooted in Canadian culture, shape who we are and how we live together.

Jacobsen: How does the event integrate traditions and contemporary celebrations?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: The event integrated traditions such as a raising of the flag while “O Canada” was sung with the contemporary celebrations of having the event on the iconic Rideau Canal Skateway and having a giant flag skated down the canal by young skaters from local sports clubs along with Canadian Olympic and Paralympic athletes.

Jacobsen: What symbolic meaning is behind the young skaters forming a flag on the Rideau Canal Skateway?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: The young skaters represent the future of Canada, and they carried the National Flag of Canada on the canal as they skated with Olympic and Paralympic athletes to show their pride for their country and their respect for the flag, carrying those notions with them as they moved forward.

Jacobsen: How will the Honourable Mona Fortier reinforce the government’s commitment to national heritage?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: The Minister of Canadian Heritage is the Honourable Pascale St-Onge. We invite you to contact the office of the Minister of Canadian Heritage for this question. The Minister’s Press Secretary is Charles Thibault-Béland and can be reached at charles.thibault-beland@pch.gc.ca.

Jacobsen: How are the Canadian Olympic and Paralympic athletes emphasizing unity and national pride?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: Athletes wear the Canadian maple leaf with pride during the Olympic and Paralympic games, representing Canada in world-class events. The games unite Canadians as viewers cheer on their athletes, and their country, emphasizing unity and national pride.

Jacobsen: What is the significance of involving the seamstress of the original flag in connecting the past to the present?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: Joan O’Malley, the seamstress for the first prototype of the National Flag of Canada, connects the past to the present. She was recognized at the ceremony for having a personal and historical link to the National Flag of Canada.

Jacobsen: How does Canadian Heritage intend to use this event to engage the diverse facets of Canadian identity?

Canadian Heritage, Government of Canada: The flag is a symbol of unity for Canadians from coast to coast to coast and represents our collective culture and identity, our rich heritage, and the promising future we’re building together. With its bold red and white colours and striking maple leaf, the flag embodies Canada’s national identity, history, and values. It links Canadians across generations and backgrounds.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Europe’s View of the Alaska Summit, UXO Crisis, and Mine Ban Pause

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/30

Part 2 of 2

Alex Craiu lives and works in Ukraine as a war correspondent. He studied in the United Kingdom and California, United States, with a degree in documentary and cinematography production. He works as a freelancer and independent journalist. In 2017, he completed an internship with the BBC in London and later started creating videos for social networks, collaborating with various publications. He travelled to most regions of Ukraine, except those fully occupied, and presented online the current situation in Ukraine, including in conflict zones. Currently based in Kyiv, Ukraine, he analyzes and documents people’s lives during the war.

Western Europe showed cautious hope that the Alaska summit might yield progress, while Ukrainians dismissed it as theatre given Kyiv’s exclusion and attacks. Coverage emphasized Putin’s U.S. visit more than outcomes. UNMAS warned that unexploded ordnance cripples recovery; from Chuhuiv, mined farmland lies idle. The late-July or early-August UN Security Council session produced little. Amnesty urged Trump to prioritize accountability for war crimes, but rights concerns were not centered. Ukraine’s suspension of the Mine Ban Treaty appears deterrence-driven yet raises humanitarian risks, especially from “petal” mines. Looking ahead, a U.S.–Russia–Ukraine trilateral with Zelenskyy could meaningfully reset talks if Moscow engages.

Interview conducted August 16, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do Europeans, more broadly—east and west, excluding Russia, see the Alaska summit? Do they view it as political theatre, a false sense of diplomacy given Ukraine’s exclusion, or do they hold out hope that something positive might come from it despite skepticism?

Alex Craiu: From what I have observed, the latter view is more common in Western Europe. Skepticism is still strong, especially in Ukraine, but some in Europe hold onto the possibility that dialogue, even under flawed circumstances, might yield results.

The skepticism in Ukraine is rooted in the apparent fact that Ukrainians have a special and direct connection to the outcome—their country is at stake. For Western nations, the prospect of a future war with Russia is serious, but not as personal or immediate as the possibility of losing one’s homeland, as it is for Ukrainians.

Western media treated the Alaska summit as a significant event simply because Putin travelled to the United States, which in itself is significant. However, inside Ukraine, it was not seen as decisive. Ukrainians were not focused on the joint statements of Putin and Trump; it was mostly the Ukrainian press covering those details.

In Western Europe, there was some hope that the summit could produce progress. However, in Ukraine, most people anticipated that little would come of it—and they were proven right. For Ukrainians, the only scenario that could change this perception would be the direct involvement of President Zelenskyy in peace talks. Ukrainians see him as the only legitimate representative of their will, conveying the collective wishes of the Ukrainian people.

To sum it up: the further west you go in Europe, the higher the expectations were for the summit. In Ukraine, expectations remained low, and those expectations were, in the end, correct.

Here in Ukraine, closer to the epicentre of this conflict, skepticism is much stronger. The closer you are to the front, the less optimism people tend to have.

Jacobsen: The UN Mine Action Service (UNMAS) adviser in Ukraine, Paul Heslop, gave a briefing in New York. He described the impact of unexploded ordnance and the contamination of vast parts of Ukraine. He stated, “Contaminated land is not just dangerous. It is lost hope, recovery, and livelihood.” In this sense, the contaminants are unexploded ordnance, not chemical or biological agents. Any thoughts?

Craiu: I would completely agree with that statement. Any unassessed area requires enormous resources to clear. The process of demining draws vast amounts of workforce and funding.

Let me give a concrete example. I recently visited Chuhuiv in Kharkiv Oblast, approximately 50-60 kilometres southeast of Kharkiv. Driving south of the town, I saw large areas marked with warning signs—“Do not pass, mines.” These fields once held agricultural value, but they have been unusable since Russian troops left the area one to two years ago. What they left behind are countless mines and unexploded devices.

This is not unique to Ukraine. Across Europe, unexploded ordnance from World War II is still discovered even today, including in the United Kingdom. However, the sheer scale of contamination in Ukraine is staggering, especially in farmland and forests that remain unassessed. Agriculture has long been one of Ukraine’s key industries, and now entire fields lie fallow, overgrown with brush, because they cannot be safely cultivated.

The demining process takes an immense amount of time and resources. In some cases, the cost of removing the mines may outweigh the immediate financial benefits of restoring the land for farming. Still, the work must continue, because without it, recovery in many regions is impossible.

Jacobsen: That covers mine contamination. Was there any outcome from the late July or early August meeting of the UN Security Council on the crisis in Ukraine, as far as you are aware?

Craiu: As far as I know, nothing significant came out of that Security Council meeting. However, if you are aware of any follow-up discussions among journalists, media, or human rights activists, that would help. I am not familiar with that because there was nothing significant. If there had been, I would likely have been aware of it. So unfortunately, I do not have much to add there.

Jacobsen: Now we are off to Amnesty International. Right before the Alaska summit, Amnesty International called on President Trump to demand accountability and an end to human rights violations. At Joint Base Elmendorf-Richardson in Anchorage, Marie Struthers, Amnesty’s Eastern Europe and Central Asia director, said: “We urge President Trump to put human rights at the forefront. He has repeatedly expressed his desire to end the war in Ukraine. This is his real chance to act for victims and survivors. Upholding human rights and ensuring accountability for crimes under international law committed in Ukraine since 2014 is the only way to bring a just and lasting end to the war.”

As far as I am aware, that emphasis on human rights was not reflected in the summit itself. Any thoughts?

Craiu: Most of the war crimes that happen away from the front lines are directly linked to Russian attacks. These include strikes on residential areas. Less than a month ago, I visited a building struck by a Shahed drone that hit the upper floors. Such attacks are clear evidence of potential war crimes—violations of the Geneva Conventions.

It is not just the occupied or frontline territories under Russian control. It is also the nature of long-range strikes on civilian infrastructure—far from active combat—that point to deliberate disregard for civilian safety. A logical step would have been to push for an aerial ceasefire. If such a ceasefire were fair and enforced, Ukraine likely would not object. However, we did not see results moving in that direction.

When it comes to accountability, the list of alleged Russian war crimes is long. Prosecutors face immense difficulties investigating, especially in dangerous areas close to the front. However, the evidence is overwhelming, and Amnesty is right to insist this issue remains central. Unfortunately, Trump did not make concrete steps toward addressing it as a priority at the summit.

Jacobsen: Let us check Human Rights Watch for the last piece. Their coverage tends to focus on more minor but important stories—tragic incidents, individual victims. Those matters, but we are aiming for a larger-scale analysis now.

On the other side of the unexploded ordnance question we discussed earlier, Ukraine has formally informed the United Nations that it has suspended its participation in the 1997 Mine Ban Treaty. That treaty is the international convention prohibiting anti-personnel landmines. This suspension raises humanitarian concerns—it puts civilians at greater risk, undermines humanitarian legal norms, and runs contrary to international law. 

One hundred sixty-six countries have ratified the treaty, including Ukraine. What are your thoughts on this? What seems to be the motivation? This was reported on July 18, but it remains important to note, given its nationwide impact during the war.

Craiu: Well, it could be a matter of deterrence. We would need to clarify Ukraine’s intentions, but suspending the treaty could be meant as a signal to Russia rather than an immediate operational change.

There are different categories of mines—anti-personnel and anti-tank—and international conventions exist precisely to limit their humanitarian cost. Withdrawing from such agreements is always troubling, because these bans were designed to reduce civilian harm. That said, a suspension during wartime may serve more as a political message than as an immediate declaration that mines will be deployed.

The most concerning type is the so-called “petal” or “butterfly” mines. These are small, hard to spot, and often designed not necessarily to kill but to maim—causing permanent injuries to anyone who steps on them. In areas not yet assessed or cleared, they pose a long-term danger to civilians. That is why watchdogs will need to closely monitor both the legality and morality of how mines are deployed, especially in or near populated areas.

Jacobsen: Before we wrap—any final thoughts on developments since our last interview, given what we have tracked through Reuters, the Associated Press, UN sources, Amnesty International, and Human Rights Watch?

Craiu: What will be significant going forward is Russia’s response as its military capacity continues to diminish. We have seen indicators that the war effort indeed strains the Russian economy. That could translate into either a stiff pushback militarily or perhaps some new openness toward negotiations.

It will be interesting to see how talks might evolve with President Volodymyr Zelensky’s involvement. There is even the possibility of a trilateral meeting—Russia, Ukraine, and the United States—mediated by Donald Trump in the weeks ahead. That could shift the dynamic, depending on whether Moscow is ready for serious discussions.

Craiu: It will be exciting to see how that develops. Above anything, it would be a historic meeting of significant importance. It could be the first step toward paving the way for broader negotiations.

One positive I see is that the American administration appears more invested in mediating and facilitating talks. Ukraine has been pushing for such proposals for a long time, and Russia has repeatedly rejected them. Now, with Donald Trump potentially stepping in as mediator, there may be more flexibility on the Russian side to meet with President Zelensky—even though the Kremlin continues to label him an illegitimate president.

If such a trilateral meeting happens, it could be hugely significant. The coming months are critical. They could determine either the direction of the war or, in a more optimistic scenario, its conclusion.

Jacobsen: Excellent. You have made my job much easier. Thanks, good luck.

Craiu: Bye.

Jacobsen: Bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Maple Monitor 1: Antisemitism, Trade Wars, and Self-Defense in Canada

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/30

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

Tsukerman spoke with Scott Douglas Jacobsen for the first installment of The Maple Monitor. The discussion addressed rising antisemitism in Canada, the impact of global conflicts such as the war in Gaza, and the role of social media in fueling hostility. Tsukerman also analyzed U.S. and Canadian trade tensions, noting how tariffs harm small businesses, consumers, and job creation while fostering inequality. Finally, the conversation explored debates over Canada’s self-defense laws, contrasting them with U.S. models, and the growing public pressure for reform.

Interview conducted August 29, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, first of the series, The Maple Monitor, Some politicians have expressed outrage at what they call a ‘violent attack on a Jewish woman at an Ottawa grocery store.” Prime Minister Mark Carney and Ontario Premier Doug Ford have spoken out against it, calling it a disturbing act of violence against the community.

Canada does have a much lower rate of violent crime than many countries. Unfortunately, however, the rise of antisemitism and antisemitic attacks is not really news anymore. It has been escalating for several years in a row. While Canada overall reports lower violence, there has been a noticeable spike in antisemitic sentiment.

Irina Tsukerman: Including among migrant communities, there has been a rise in antisemitic incidents—not as high as in Australia, the UK, other European countries, or the United States, but it seems to follow the same general trends. Of course, the war in Gaza and Hamas propaganda have contributed to this overall climate. It is not clear whether this specific incident is directly linked to all of that or not.

The fact that attacking Jewish targets has become more socially acceptable—from the perspective of the attackers—is also fueled by social media rhetoric and conspiracy theories. These are not limited to specific political issues or propaganda related to crises abroad; they reflect a broader atmosphere of antagonism.

The big question is: has there been a clear rise in violent incidents? And, beyond that, have there been other types of incidents—nonviolent but still harmful—such as vandalism, threats, and hate rhetoric that are also on the rise in that area? In other words, was this one event an isolated case, or is it part of a growing trend in that particular location?

Jacobsen: This has come up repeatedly in interviews with different experts. It even came up in discussions with the United States Hispanic Business Council. Many small businesses rely on duty exemptions for U.S. shipping. The de minimis exemption ends today. So mom-and-pop shops in Canada, too, are going to be hit. Online sellers are also worried.

Shipments under $800 USD. I forget the exact reason that became the magic number, but $800 is the threshold for entering the U.S. without extra fees. Now these shipments will be subject to duties of up to $200, depending on the country of origin. Canadian small businesses selling to American customers will be hit with those extra costs, cutting into profits. 

This is part of the ongoing tariff wars. Canada imposed reciprocal tariffs after the United States under Trump implemented steep ones. Some reciprocal tariffs have been lifted, but clearly not all. And trade wars always hurt both sides.

Tsukerman: First of all, they hurt consumers and small businesses, along with customers who face rising costs as companies pass on expenses. Exporters also lose out, as profit margins shrink in competitive markets. The result is fewer jobs on both sides. Reciprocal tariffs and bilateral disputes create anti-competitive environments.

When that happens, customers are left with fewer and more expensive choices. Most of what’s left comes from big corporations. That hurts diversity in the marketplace, as small and niche businesses disappear. It also means less competition for the large players, which in turn leads to lower product quality—because monopolies can afford to absorb costs, while smaller firms cannot survive.

Tariffs can also be passed down without causing significant economic damage, but often they cannot. What we’re seeing is that trade wars don’t just hurt the economy overall—they concentrate economic power into fewer hands. They can also lead to microeconomic corruption among businesses. That aspect of these tariff impositions isn’t being discussed enough, but it should be.

When businesses shut their doors, what happens to everyone else? What happens to the owners? They’re left unemployed. That leads to higher unemployment rates, more people competing for jobs. At the same time, automation is erasing many entry-level jobs. So you have young graduates competing with displaced small business owners for the same types of positions. This doesn’t just create stagnation; it creates an entire generation of hopeless workers scrambling for fewer opportunities.

Not because young people cannot compete in an AI-driven environment—they should be able to learn new skills quickly. The problem is there are simply too few job openings until enough people have developed those advanced skills to generate new, complex industries. We’re not at that point yet. Right now, the skill base is inadequate to the technology.

And not enough people have acquired the skills needed to develop it further. Tariffs compound the problem: fewer jobs, more competition, harsher economic conditions, lower quality of life, and rising inequality. Instead of improving conditions, tariffs deteriorate them.

And for no real benefit. Protectionist tariffs don’t generate significant new job creation. Eliminating small businesses dependent on shipping doesn’t suddenly create a thriving domestic manufacturing sector. That sort of shift would take years and would probably be more expensive than importing goods. It’s not even clear who would want those jobs if such workplaces eventually opened. They won’t open quickly enough to help those losing their livelihoods right now.

Jacobsen: I don’t blame the media for devoting 80 percent of their coverage to the economy right now. It makes sense. I’m just trying to find more politically oriented stories, but it’s a miserable situation. Nobody is really talking about this angle. In the U.S., there’s been growing—though still very limited—coverage of local stories about people losing their jobs and small businesses being squeezed. It is happening, but it’s underreported.

All right, we’ve got one more issue. I think that will fill out our workload for today. Actually, you might be able to expand the project to cover this: Pierre Poilievre, the leader of the Conservative Party and former contender for prime minister, has pushed for amendments to the Criminal Code to expand legal protections for Canadians regarding what qualifies as “reasonable self-defense.” What are your thoughts on this? 

Tsukerman: In the U.S., self-defense is broadly defined. But in states like New York—especially New York City—it’s exceptionally difficult to get a carry license. You can have a rifle to protect your home during a break-in, but if you use deadly force, you still have to prove it was necessary.

New York doesn’t have stand your ground laws like Florida does. That means if someone attacks you, you’re required to first try to escape or resolve the situation peacefully. Only if it’s unavoidable can you use force—and even then, you’ll have to justify why it was necessary.

In Canada, I get the sense the debate is precisely over this issue: to what extent do people have the right to “stand their ground” and act immediately in self-defense, versus the obligation to first flee or surrender—like giving up money during a robbery and getting out safely. 

It’s a balance between avoiding escalation and not emboldening attackers who might otherwise feel free to act with impunity. Even if you call the police, they may not apprehend the offender, who could go on to commit further crimes. But if you physically stop them, you might recover your property, prevent future attacks, and deter others from seeing you as a soft target.

The issue is whether the law should empower people to act in self-defense without excessive legal risk. I don’t know if the current government is open to broadening those rights, but there is definitely increasing public pressure as general violence ticks up. Many people see protecting themselves as basic common sense, and they don’t want the justice system burdened with minor altercations that could be handled on the spot.

Jacobsen: Thank you so much. 

Tsukerman: Thank you.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Kyiv War Update: Alex Craiu on Patriot Gaps, Alaska Summit, NATO Aid

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/29

Part 1 of 2

Alex Craiu lives and works in Ukraine as a war correspondent. He studied in the United Kingdom and California, United States, with a degree in documentary and cinematography production. He works as a freelancer and independent journalist. In 2017, he completed an internship with the BBC in London and later started creating videos for social networks, collaborating with various publications. He travelled to most regions of Ukraine, except those fully occupied, and presented online the current situation in Ukraine, including in conflict zones. Currently based in Kyiv, Ukraine, he analyzes and documents people’s lives during the war.

Kyiv-based war correspondent Alex Craiu details a harsher six months: surging Shahed drone swarms and intensified missile strikes, including upgraded Russian ballistic systems that reduce Patriot interception rates. Germany, coordinating with the United States and NATO, is rushing additional Patriot batteries to Ukraine. On the front, Russia seized Kamianske in Zaporizhzhia; heavy fighting persists around Siversk and the Pokrovsk sector. Civilians strongly oppose any territorial concessions or a frozen front. An August 10 airstrike in Zaporizhzhia injured at least twelve. The Alaska summit produced no ceasefire, while USAID oversight cuts raise corruption fears. Europe strengthens support as prisoner exchanges continue.

Interview conducted August 16, 2025.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are joined once again by Mr. Alex Craiu. Since our last update, several months ago, several important developments have occurred—including the Alaska summit between President Trump and President Putin.

For today’s discussion, our sources will include Reuters, the Associated Press, the United Nations, and Amnesty International, with the possibility of citing Human Rights Watch if relevant. With that, over the past six months, what would you say have been the most significant developments from a central Kyiv perspective?

Alex Craiu: Kyiv’s air defences remain under critical strain. There has been a stark surge in Russian Shahed-type drone attacks on the capital. Additionally, missile strikes have intensified. According to recent U.S. Defence Intelligence reports, upgraded Russian ballistic missiles with maneuverable trajectories and decoys have significantly reduced the effectiveness of Ukraine’s Patriot air defence systems—Ukraine intercepted only one of seven missiles on June 28, and seven of thirteen on July 9.

Germany has agreed to supply two additional Patriot batteries to Ukraine, under a deal with the U.S.—Berlin will receive upgraded systems first. At the same time, its current stock will be sent to Ukraine within days, with full components arriving in two to three months. That, along with NATO’s supreme allied commander efforts to fast-track more Patriot deliveries, indicates progress.

On the front lines, Russian forces captured the village of Kamianske in southeastern Zaporizhzhia Oblast in July 2025. Meanwhile, intensified combat continues in Donetsk: Ukrainian troops have managed to halt a major two-pronged Russian incursion near towns like Dobropillia—delivering a blow to the offensive. Russian forces also pressed into northeastern Donetsk, advancing in areas like Bilohorivka, Hryhorivka, and the Siversk axis, while Ukraine repelled assaults near Siversk as recently as late July.

Around Pokrovsk, the situation remains acute. The offensive there continues, with Russian forces expanding a salient from the southeast and east. Despite intense fighting, Ukrainian defenders regained ground in areas like Kotlyne and Pischane earlier in 2025—but the front remains highly contested.

For civilians, the toll has been devastating. On August 10, 2025, Russian airstrikes in the Zaporizhzhia region injured at least twelve people, targeting residential areas, a bus station, and a clinic. In frontline communities, especially Zaporizhzhia, residents strongly oppose any proposals for territorial concessions or “freezing the front lines,” fearing permanent Russian control and widespread human rights abuses.

Diplomatically, the Alaska summit concluded without a ceasefire deal. Putin proposed freezing military advances in certain areas in exchange for Ukraine ceding Donetsk and Luhansk—an option Ukraine rejects. President Zelenskyy has ruled out giving up land that could serve as a launchpad for future aggression. Meanwhile, Zelenskyy is set to meet with President Trump in Washington amid growing diplomatic momentum and European leaders offering strong support for Ukrainian security.

Moreover, this, in my opinion, is missing from Donald Trump’s current stance. So, yes, it does not surprise me that he wants Europe to provide Ukraine with as much support as possible, without relying on the United States. From a business standpoint, that may make sense. However, it should be pointed out to Donald Trump that not everything comes down to business—there are geopolitical and security factors that must also be considered.

Jacobsen: Now, the most significant event recently has been the Alaska summit. Trump said—wait a second, yes. President Trump stated that Ukraine should make a deal. The reasoning, in his words, was because “Russia is a big power, and they are not.” Speaking of Ukraine, Putin reportedly demanded more Ukrainian land during the summit. The Russian leader offered to freeze most of the front lines if Kyiv ceded all of Donetsk, the industrial region that has long been one of Moscow’s primary targets. That report was cited as part of the discussion from Trump himself. Any thoughts on this offer, this deal, and the Alaska summit altogether?

Craiu: I have the feeling—shared by many here—that there were not high expectations for the Alaska summit anyway, at least not in Ukraine. I have conducted several interviews and vox pops with people on the streets, and to start with, they did not expect much. Primarily because Ukraine was not invited to the summit, they felt unrepresented. It was essentially a conversation between two leaders of countries that do not own Ukraine and cannot legitimately negotiate over Ukrainian territory.

In terms of ceding territory to Russia, I specifically asked people in Kyiv about that, including the prospect of so-called “land swaps.” It is important to note that if any such deal were made, it would not involve Ukraine gaining Russian land—it would involve Russia withdrawing troops from already occupied Ukrainian territory in exchange for Ukraine ceding other areas still under its control.

The general sentiment is that Russia does not intend to stop with Donetsk. Its broader goals include taking complete control over Zaporizhzhia Oblast and Kherson Oblast. If the current lines were frozen in Kherson, geographically, it would be more feasible than in Zaporizhzhia. However, in Zaporizhzhia, both logistically and geographically, it is very unclear where a dividing line could even be drawn between Russian-held and Ukrainian-controlled territory.

Jacobsen: In other terms, if a checkpoint or border point were established, would there be a demilitarized area? Moreover, if so, how many people would have to be relocated? How many would lose their homes? What would happen to those who, rightfully, would refuse to leave their houses?

Craiu: From a civilian standpoint, freezing the current lines presents a deeply problematic situation. To implement such a scenario, there would have to be significant movement on the Russian side to establish what they would call a “border” between Ukraine and the territory they claim as Russia. Ukrainians overwhelmingly reject this.

The reasons are straightforward. Beyond legitimizing the aggressor, many people displaced from the easternmost regions of Ukraine still have relatives in near-frontline cities or Russian-occupied areas. What unites them is the hope that Ukraine will push Russian forces back. To leave those territories under Russian control would feel like an act of abandonment. Ukrainians do not want to live under Russian rule, and any such concession would be viewed as a betrayal. This is why Ukrainians firmly oppose ceding land to Russia, even though this remains the only scenario Russia sees as a basis for what it calls “peace.”

Jacobsen: Understood. Shifting to another topic—USAID cuts have been in the news, raising concerns about increased risks of waste and fraud, as watchdog agencies have warned. These cuts reportedly include the termination of third-party monitoring contracts. What are your thoughts on this development?

Craiu: I am not an expert in this area, but I can offer a perspective. Such cuts do carry serious consequences. They come at a time when Ukraine continues to struggle with the chronic issue of corruption. Independent watchdogs and monitoring institutions have been essential in tracking corruption and building public trust.

The fear now is that without these oversight mechanisms, progress made in countering corruption could be undermined. For example, we have already seen controversial legislative proposals that threatened the independence of key anti-corruption bodies, such as NABU. The absence of external monitoring only heightens concerns that these institutions could weaken further, which would be a major setback both for governance and for continued international support.

So yes, anything that disrupts Ukraine’s progress toward reducing corruption ultimately harms the country. That includes situations where watchdogs are not monitoring developments to ensure things are done correctly. Ukraine has a history of corruption, so oversight is essential to keep reforms on track.

Jacobsen: Ukraine has just brought back 84 prisoners of war, including dozens of civilians, in the last few days. At least one of them had been held for more than a decade. What are your thoughts on this?

Craiu: I know exactly what you are referring to. I did not read the specific case of that particular individual. However, Russia has a well-documented tendency to fabricate accusations and charges against people it deems dangerous to its interests. These can include civilians, activists, or journalists.

In this case, the person had likely been detained long ago, perhaps in eastern Ukraine, and then falsely accused. Russia has routinely forced detainees to confess to crimes they did not commit in order to justify their imprisonment. Officially, these are presented as prisons. Unofficially, there is strong evidence that many are detention camps where torture and blackmail are common, with confessions extracted to benefit Russia.

Holding large numbers of civilians and soldiers allows Russia to use them in exchanges, increasing its leverage. It also acts as a deterrent and a means of eliminating individuals who might oppose Russian interests.

When prisoner exchanges occur, they bring both relief and sorrow. Relief, because we see people return—often physically weakened and visibly deteriorated from captivity. However, also sorrow, because many families do not know if their loved ones are included. At exchanges, relatives gather in hopes of hearing news. The joy of those who are reunited is mixed with the anguish of those who are still waiting. What remains in between is hope—the hope that more prisoners will one day follow in the footsteps of those returning across the border to their homeland.

Jacobsen: Any thoughts on Germany and its allies providing major military aid packages to Ukraine through the new NATO supply line?

Craiu: Yes. This is part of a broader effort not only to support Ukraine militarily but also to signal diplomatic unity and consistency from Europe. With the United States showing uncertainty in its long-term support, European allies are making it clear that they will continue supplying Ukraine with the defensive systems and equipment it needs to survive and resist Russian advances.

It is important to note that Europe, as a collective, has a massive interest in Ukraine’s ability to weaken Russia’s military capabilities. There are serious threats to European security. For example, I recently visited the Baltic states, including two important hotspots. One is the Suwałki Corridor, the narrow strip of land between the Russian exclave of Kaliningrad and Belarus, bordering Poland. This corridor is often referred to as NATO’s “Achilles heel”—a vulnerable point that could be targeted in the event of conflict.

Another example is the city of Narva in eastern Estonia, which borders Russia’s Ivangorod. Over the past months and years of this war, Narva has become a symbolic face-off point between NATO and Russia. On the Estonian side, you see Ukrainian, European, and Estonian flags displayed proudly. On the Russian side, propaganda is projected on big screens and amplified with loudspeakers, targeting the large Russian-speaking population in Narva—over 90 percent of the city’s residents, many with Russian heritage. This creates an ideological confrontation as much as a geographical one.

So, Europe has many vulnerabilities. It is in Europe’s collective interest to deter Russia and to send a clear message of consistent support for Ukraine, even if the current American administration withdraws or reduces its support. The consistency we see from Germany and other European leaders reflects this understanding: siding with Ukraine in an unpredictable environment created by shifting U.S. policy.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Navigating Parent–Adult Child Relationships: From Strain to Growth

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/28

Kamini Wood is an entrepreneur, author, podcaster, and certified parent coach, and founder/CEO of Live Joy Your Way. She helps high achievers overcome imposter syndrome, anxiety, perfectionism, people-pleasing, and trauma using her AuthenticMe™ method. Currently pursuing a master’s in Positive Psychology at the University of Pennsylvania, she is also board-certified by the American Association of Drugless Practitioners. A survivor of a narcissistic, abusive relationship, Kamini equips clients to recognize toxic traits, set boundaries, and heal. Her bestselling book, Om: Life’s Gentle Reminders, offers inspirational reflections. She regularly speaks on navigating parent–adult child transitions with empathy, respect, and healthy, non-punitive strategies.

Parent–adult child relationships often shift as children assert independence and parents struggle to adapt. Strain may arise when parents continue to see their adult children through childhood roles, leading to frustration, resentment, or emotional distance. Healthy boundaries foster respect, autonomy, and trust, while unresolved family dynamics can unconsciously repeat old wounds. Repairing strained bonds requires curiosity, active listening, and mutual accountability, while parents must manage guilt or resentment if children limit contact by practicing self-compassion and reflection. Healing emerges when both sides accept autonomy, respect individuality, communicate openly, and view growth as an opportunity rather than a loss.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are reasons a once-loving parent-child bond becomes strained?

Kamini Woods: A relationship between parent and child can become strained when there’s resistance to acknowledging change, especially when parents struggle to adapt as their children grow into independent adults. Young adults often want autonomy and a sense of agency. When parents continue to view their adult children through an old lens, expecting and wanting them to play the roles they had in childhood, it leads to frustration and potential resentment. Misunderstandings also arise from a lack of clear communication, unclear boundaries, or differing core values, which can lead to resentment.

Jacobsen: How do changing roles and expectations between parents and adult children contribute to emotional distance?

Woods: As children transition into adulthood, their roles shift from dependence to interdependence. Emerging adults naturally are in the process of establishing their identities, defining their independent expectations around career, relationships, values, and lifestyle choices. Parents may feel rejected if these shifts diverge from their own beliefs or expectations, which can also contribute to a sense of distance. Recognizing and accepting this transition as an opportunity for growth rather than a threat is key to maintaining closeness.

Jacobsen: What is the role of healthy boundaries in maintaining positive parent-adult child relationships?

Woods: Healthy boundaries are essential in creating mutual respect, emotional safety, and understanding. Clear boundaries empower young adults to assert their own voice and decision-making process without guilt or obligation, building trust and also reducing conflict. They clarify what is ok and what is not, who is responsible for what, expectations, and communication guidelines, all of which ensure both parents and adult children feel valued and respected. Boundaries aren’t about creating separation; they are about nurturing closeness through mutual respect for individuality and autonomy.

Jacobsen: How do unresolved family dynamics influence these relationship challenges?

Woods: Unresolved dynamics, like unaddressed emotional wounds, trauma, or communication patterns, continue to replay in parent-adult child relationships. The hidden and unspoken narratives help shape reactions, behaviors, and expectations. This happens most often subconsciously but does have an effect. Young adults who strive for autonomy might encounter difficulty if parents unconsciously project their fears, insecurities, or unresolved experiences onto them. Acknowledging and addressing these dynamics compassionately can create a pathway for healing and to stop the patterns from continuing to repeat.

Jacobsen: How can parents and adult children repair a strained bond in a non-punitive, compassionate way?

Woods: Repair begins by approaching the relationship with curiosity rather than judgment. Both parents and adult children benefit from reflecting on their role in the dynamic and also practicing radical self-responsibility. Compassionate conversations, active listening, and acknowledging each other’s perspectives form a foundation for rebuilding trust. Taking small steps toward understanding, expressing appreciation, and admitting to mistakes enables a chance for repair and growth together.

Jacobsen: How can parents manage feelings of guilt or resentment if a child limits contact?

Woods: Parents experiencing limited contact often wrestle with painful emotions like guilt, confusion, or resentment. Self-compassion is vital here, recognizing that setting boundaries as a child is an act of personal growth, not a rejection. Also, taking the opportunity to self-reflect and see how you, as the parent, have been showing up. Is there room for repair? Is there something you may need to adjust or shift? This is an opportunity for parents to engage in reflective practices to understand their feelings and motivations. In addition, understanding the reasons behind the child’s need for distance, seeking professional support, and reframing the experience as an invitation for personal growth can transform resentment into understanding.

Jacobsen: What communication practices foster understanding and reduce defensiveness?

Woods: Clear, empathetic, and intentional communication practices build and create mutual understanding. Active listening without interruption, validating feelings without needing to fix or solve, and using “I” statements instead of “you” statements all significantly reduce defensiveness. Setting intentions to understand rather than persuade, taking responsibility for one’s emotions, and demonstrating genuine curiosity about each other’s experiences build bridges of empathy, compassion, and clarity. Marshall Rosenberg’s non-violent communication is a great tool.

Jacobsen: What shows a parent-adult child relationship is moving to healing and mutual respect?

Woods: A shift toward healing and respect shows when both the parent and the child begin to genuinely acknowledge and accept each other’s autonomy, differences, and individuality. It is also apparent that when each party can truly accept self-responsibility and is willing to make necessary repairs with the other when needed. Communication becomes less reactive and more reflective. Conversations move from blame and defensiveness toward curiosity, understanding, and honoring each other’s perspectives. Boundaries become normalized and mutually respected. Most importantly, there’s a renewed willingness to appreciate the person each has become, celebrating growth as a positive rather than a loss.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Golden CEO Sam Fankuchen on Transforming Volunteering Through Technology and Education

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/28

Sam Fankuchen is the CEO and Founder of Golden.  A visionary entrepreneur and strategic leader based in Los Angeles, California. With over a decade of experience in social impact, technology innovation, and venture growth, he is best known for his work founding and scaling mission-driven ventures. Sam has contributed thought leadership through articles like Effective Entrepreneurship Demystified and How to Be the Next Uber, providing actionable insights for startups aiming to secure Series B funding and beyond.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What inspired the creation of Golden? 

Sam Fankuchen: Golden was born out of a deeply personal moment. In the immediate aftermath of 9/11, I believed, for 36 hours, that I had lost my family, only to learn they had taken a standby flight and hadn’t informed anyone. That experience left me searching for a way to connect, to contribute, to make sense of things. But every attempt to volunteer, whether through schools, faith communities or online directories, fell short. The opportunities often lacked transparency, relevance or accessibility, and nothing seemed to match the urgency I felt or made it easy to help in a meaningful way. It showed me how disconnected the volunteering process was from how people actually want to, the natural desire many people have to understand the world around them better, and discover where each of us fits into improving the quality of life for others. Golden was born out of that gap, with the idea that volunteering should feel natural, immediate and relevant to your life. It should be something people are drawn to, not out of guilt or obligation, but because it feels like the right extension of who they are.   

Jacobsen: Did your background influence its development? 

Fankuchen: Extensively. I was the first person to major in social entrepreneurship as an undergrad at Stanford, back when it wasn’t even an official program yet. I launched my first social enterprise as a sophomore and later wrote my master’s thesis on volunteer engagement, specifically how to recruit, retain and optimize the lifetime value of volunteers. My time at Stanford shaped my thinking around user-centered design, which gave me the tools to study how service programs work—or don’t—and I applied those principles in evaluating over 1,000 volunteer programs across the country. That combination of academic research and on-the-ground learning deeply informed Golden’s development. The platform is built around what actually works in the real world and to make service feel like something you want to continue doing. 

Jacobsen: How do you address the digital divide for students in under-resourced schools? 

Fankuchen: By removing every unnecessary barrier. A student shouldn’t need the newest device or fastest internet to participate in their own growth. We designed Golden to be intuitive, flexible and accessible on any device. More importantly, we recognize that not all learning happens in the classroom. Volunteering is education; it’s learning through action, reflection and responsibility. Golden makes it easier for students to explore interests, develop skills and build confidence in ways that extend beyond grades or test scores. AI is making education more personalized and dynamic, and we believe service should evolve with that too. 

Jacobsen: What are concrete examples showing impacts on student access to college-preparatory volunteer opportunities? 

Fankuchen: Service has always had a place in college preparation, whether through formal requirements or personal development. But it’s most valuable when students engage with it as a way to better understand themselves and the world around them, not just to meet a milestone.

We believe service is a form of learning that sits alongside academics. It helps students build empathy, curiosity and a sense of agency. That kind of growth tends to show up in college applications, yes, but more importantly, it shapes how students show up once they’re on campus. For example, Loyola High School in Los Angeles has its students dedicate the month of January entirely to service. Golden can help students and administrators facilitate and validate those experiences, giving students space to focus on the experience itself, while also helping schools and families trust that the work is meaningful and measurable. For example, we do this across the K-12 system statewide in partnership with the government of Utah. 

Jacobsen: How does Golden ensure the authenticity and verify service hours across volunteer organizations? 

Fankuchen: Golden’s platform is built to make participation real, seamless, verifiable and trusted. We use mobile and on-site validation tools such as geolocation, organizer check-ins and custom telematics to confirm attendance and activity. Organizers can also add optional layers of verification, including background checks and ID scanning. This gives schools, nonprofits and other institutions confidence that reported service hours are not only accurate and compliant, but also personalized and meaningful.   

Jacobsen: What role do educators play in integrating Golden into student support systems? 

Fankuchen: Educators are central to making service experiences transformative. Using Golden, they can integrate service directly into curricula, acting as facilitators, mentors and advocates. Many teachers use Golden to set learning intentions before students serve, helping them contextualize their efforts and reflect on the experience afterward. Educators also help students turn those experiences into actionable lessons through journaling, classroom discussions or group projects, which allows service to reinforce academic and social development. Golden’s tools also make it easier to scale those efforts, track outcomes and celebrate successes across each school’s community.   

Jacobsen: How do you ensure protection of student data privacy and ethical use of the technology? 

Fankuchen: We build trust by being transparent. Golden is fully compliant with COPPA, CCPA and other privacy standards, and we prioritize data protection at every level. All data is encrypted at rest and in transit, and students maintain full ownership and control over how their data is used. We are transparent about what we collect and what benefits the user gets in sharing specific types of information. Beyond legal compliance, we hold ourselves to a higher ethical standard, ensuring our technology supports students without exploiting their information or behaviors.   

Jacobsen: What are trends in how Gen Z students engage with community service?

Fankuchen: Gen Z approaches service differently than previous generations. They want their time to matter, and they want to witness the impact. Golden meets those needs by offering clear, tangible opportunities where change is visible and immediate. While Millennials often respond to compelling mission statements and clearly related programs that deliver measurable results, Gen Z gravitates toward bite-sized experiences with concurrent gratification. They are also more likely to explore service through digital-first platforms and want to connect their efforts to larger global conversations, whether that’s climate, mental health or any subject of particular interest to them. Golden’s beautifully designed apps and personalized content recommendation technology are well suited to this generation’s values, helping them serve with intention while discovering more about themselves and their communities.   

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sam.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Trauma-Informed Dating Insights with Allison Briggs on Authenticity, Boundaries, and Emotional Safety

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/27

Allison Briggs is a Licensed Professional Counselor and founder of Being Real, PLLC, where she specializes in trauma recovery, emotional resilience, and relational healing. With expertise in developmental trauma, codependency, grief, and caregiver burnout, she helps clients rebuild self-trust, set healthy boundaries, and reconnect with authenticity. Certified in EMDR and trained in Brainspotting, Allison integrates evidence-based therapy with lived experience to support meaningful change. She is a thought leader on trauma-informed practices, women’s empowerment, and family dynamics, offering commentary on issues like caregiving, relational trust, and safety initiatives. Her work emphasizes authenticity, empowerment, and compassionate healing.

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Briggs shares trauma-informed insights on early dating, authenticity, and emotional safety. She explains how first impressions often stem from survival strategies like fawning, and highlights the importance of noticing when one is performing versus showing up authentically. Briggs identifies common trauma responses on first dates, such as people-pleasing or hyper-vigilance, and offers guidance on when to pursue a second date—choosing curiosity and safety over box-checking. She outlines healthy versus unreasonable boundaries, emphasizes connection over performance, and names overlooked green flags like self-trust, accountability, and respect. Her approach centers authenticity and relational healing.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can someone balance wanting to make a good first impression with staying authentic?

Allison Briggs: When we’re trauma-informed, we understand that “impressing” often stems from survival strategies—like fawning or shapeshifting to be liked. The goal isn’t to shut that down, but to notice when you’re performing versus showing up from your truth. A good first impression doesn’t mean being perfect—it means being present and grounded in who you really are.

Jacobsen: From a trauma-informed lens, what are some common emotional patterns on a first date?

Briggs: People with relational trauma may over-function and go into people pleasing instead of staying connected to themselves or suppress their needs to avoid rejection. Others may feel numb, disconnected, or hyper-vigilant—constantly scanning for red flags. These are nervous system responses, not flaws.

Jacobsen: When should folks choose a second date, and not?

Briggs: Go on a second date when you feel safe enough to be real, not just flattered or intrigued. Don’t go just because the person checked boxes—go if you felt at ease in your body, emotionally met, or curious in a grounded way. If you felt like you had to perform, explain your needs away, or justify red flags—pause there.

Jacobsen: What signs show the environment feels emotionally safe for authentic connection?

Briggs: You feel like you can exhale. You’re not scanning for danger or filtering your personality to avoid being misunderstood. There’s space for silence, curiosity without pressure, and mutual respect for each other’s pacing and stories.

Jacobsen: What are reasonable boundaries in early dating?

Briggs: Reasonable boundaries include taking things slowly, checking in with your own nervous system, being clear about your availability, and asking for clarity instead of guessing. You’re allowed to say no to emotional labor, ambiguity, or intensity that feels unearned.

Jacobsen: What are unreasonable boundaries?

Briggs: Boundaries become unreasonable when they’re used to control the other person or avoid vulnerability entirely—like demanding access to someone’s phone on date three or insisting on rigid rules that block emotional intimacy. They should protect your well-being, not punish or preemptively shut others out.

Jacobsen: What strategies shift the focus from impressing to building a genuine connection?

Briggs: Before the date, ask yourself: “What part of me wants to be seen here?” Practice co-regulation—being with yourself while being with them. Notice how your body feels in their presence. If you’re focused on connection, not performance, you’ll start listening more than you’re rehearsing.

Jacobsen: What are overlooked “green flags” of healthy relational dynamics early in dating—e.g., radical acts of self-trust?

Briggs: When someone says “I need to think about that” instead of giving a quick answer—that’s a green flag. When they pause to check in with themselves, respect your boundaries without pouting, or name their own limits without guilt—that’s emotional maturity. The biggest green flag? You feel like yourself when you’re with them.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Allison.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sofie Roos on Building Authentic Chemistry and Avoiding Dating Pitfalls

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/26

Sofie Roos is a licensed sexologist and relationship therapist with over 18 years of experience. Based in Stockholm, she specializes in sexual health, intimacy, and couples therapy. She works at Venhälsan and writes for Passionerad, offering expert guidance on sex, relationships, STDs, and sex toys to diverse audiences. In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, she discusses why instant attraction is overrated, the psychological traits that make people more appealing, and how authenticity fuels chemistry. Roos explains the value of emotional connection, embracing imperfections, and balancing mystery with honesty. She also highlights common dating app mistakes and shares practical tips for improving real-life and online dating success. Roos writes for Sweden’s Passioneradhttps://passionerad.se/.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What one piece of dating advice is completely wrong?

Sofie Roos: That you need to immediately feel attracted to your date, and that if not being so after the first date, then there’s no need to meet again.

While the old “Do you believe in love at first sight?” does happen, that’s a rarity, because most happy long-term romantic relationships grow over time, and have a starting curve that’s quite slow, which for example is why two co-workers or friends suddenly can start dating each other; because romantic feelings easily grow if first knowing the person.

So, just because you don’t feel “This is the love of my life” the second you meet someone for a date, that doesn’t mean that you won’t be able to fall in love – so give people more chances than just one or two encounters – that can many times lead to happy long-term relationships! 

Jacobsen: What are the big psychological factors making someone more attractive?

Roos: The three biggest ones are intelligence, humor and signaling that you’re secure in yourself, such as by talking calmly, being able to look someone in the eye, stand for who you are, what you believe in and being able to shot that with respect.

So being able to have deep, entertaining and interesting conversations, but also to laugh your pants off, all while doing it in a way that feels like the “real” you, meaning it comes in an authentic way, will make you way more attractive.

“If you can make them laugh, then you can kiss them!”.

Jacobsen: What trick can be used to create authentic chemistry?

Roos: To create an authentic feeling, you must be authentic, this by being in the moment and truly seeing your date, but also by opening up yourself.

This can be done by asking questions, and be brave and go for the bit more personal, deep or edgy ones and not only keep it to “What you’re working with?” kind of Q’s.

To truly listen, and not only hear your date, will also create more authenticity, something you can do by looking them in the eyes while they’re talking, nodding your head, or smile when they tell something funny to confirm that you hear them, as well as by asking good follow-ups.

Generally, the more curious you are, and the more you open up, the more you’ll get back – this as long as you create an atmosphere where it feels safe to talk deeply. However, this has to be done with fingertip feel, and you don’t want to push the conversation so your date becomes uncomfortable. 

Also, throwing in some sense of humor with a few fun stories or jokes in between the serious talk creates a more dynamic conversation, which also is great if wanting it to become more authentic! 

And, as you already know: try to be yourself, because if not, you’re creating an atmosphere which per se isn’t authentic, since you’re not even true with who you are. 

Jacobsen: Why do small imperfections make someone more likable and attractive?

Roos: Because it shows that a person is human and real, which makes someone come off as more genuine and authentic, since we know that no one is perfect! 

If you never show any imperfections, it’s very easy to get sceptical and think that this “must be too good to be true” – so don’t be afraid to show your small shortcomings even early on while dating – that will just make you more likable! 

Jacobsen: How important is emotional connection before physical intimacy?

Roos: For most people, it’s key to be able to be intimate in a way that feels comfortable, but also truly enjoyable.

There’s a big difference in getting intimate with someone you know, and someone you don’t know, with the first being a much deeper experience where you truly can relax and open up in a whole different way.

Therefore, focusing on the emotional bond before thinking about “making the move” physically, should be your prioritization, because if you can make your date feel emotionally safe with you, and that you have an emotional bond, they will want to be close to you physically as well, and that part will happen almost by itself in a way that feels very natural and not forced at all! 

Jacobsen: How do you balance being a little mysterious with staying authentic?

Roos: To stay mysterious, you should try to get your date to have questions about you, something that can be done by for example not telling all the spicy details you come into. 

To have intense but quite short meetings is also a great way to become more mysterious. Make sure that you have an honest date with great talk, intense emotions between you and with a flirty feeling, but keep it quite short – make your date want to know more about you when you leave!

This can for example be done by not letting them know all about you directly. Keep things for later! 

So, to become a bit more mysterious, it’s actually mostly about not showing everything right away, but to make your date have some questions about who you are. So integrity goes along well with creating mystery! 

However, to be authentic at the same time, you must be yourself and make your date feel that you’re not playing any character or game here, but that you’re truly honest with who you are, that you’re open with your intentions and that you’re curious about the other person – so it’s a thin line being authentic and mysterious at the same time, especially if the mysteriousness doesn’t come so naturally to you, because you don’t want to “play it” since that doesn’t come off as authentic! 

If you feel like this, you come a long way by just saving a little of yourself for later, and by not being so pushy, and instead have a “relaxed” feeling to it all! 

Jacobsen: What are common mistakes people make on dating apps?

Roos: The number one mistake is not having an opener that’s interesting enough. 

There’s so many people on dating apps that draw our attention, especially for women, so writing something plain as a “Hey” or “Wyd?”, will most times not do it, and once you shoot your shot and don’t manage to get their attention, then your chance is often gone.

So, try to be a bit original in your openings, and ideally write something that makes them interested in keep hearing more of whatever you first wrote – whether or not it’s a joke, a story or a compliment (such as “You know what’s most beautiful with you?”).

Secondly, so many people tend to not give a great picture of who you are – both when it comes to your looks, for example by just using selfies, but also when it comes to not adding in a bit of personal information, no matter if it’s your music taste, hobbies, what you’re working with or a silly joke you find funny. 

Another common mistake is to be too sexually orientated – especially if actually looking for something serious, both with your pictures and your bio (the things you write) in your dating profile, but also when it comes to the conversations. 

Even though the culture is quite sexual on many dating apps, it’s hard to pull that off, especially in the beginning of a conversation. 

So, if you want to meet people for more serious dating purposes, try to be a bit more longterm, and don’t think you “must” be sexual just because that’s how many people do it online. 

And last but not least – do not put too much energy into getting to “know” someone online. If you are interested in someone, instead try to schedule a physical date in some public place quite quickly. 

It’s only first when you meet up in real life you can get a feeling for if you are vibing or not, and many times, spending so much energy, time and thought on someone based on only texting, then later turns out to just be a big disappointment when finally meeting up.

Jacobsen: If you could give one underrated psychological trick to improve someone’s dating life, what it it?

Roos: Think to yourself what you’re worth and good enough of this person before starting to flirt with them, something that will create a more mysterious, charming and attractive approach, especially when dating in real life.

If you truly believe you are worthy of this person, you won’t become too needy or desperate, but instead be able to keep your integrity and awaken an interest in the other person, since they won’t feel as if they’re having the “upper hand”. 

One could say confidence, but not in a douchey way – rather in a romantic, sexy, mysterious, charming and flirty way, where the one you’re hitting on can’t decide weather or not you think they’re the loveliest person you’ve ever met, or if you just as well could walk out the door and never think of them again. 

So when shooting your shot – do it properly, and show your intentions in a way that feels like they don’t want to miss this opportunity! 

Bottom line – if you truly think you’re worth dating someone, they will start thinking that it’s worth giving you a chance too! 

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sofie.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Why Colorectal Cancer Rates Are Rising in Adults Under 50: Michael Sapienza on Urgent Action and Research

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/25

Michael Sapienza is the CEO of the Colorectal Cancer Alliance, leading national efforts to prevent colorectal cancer, support patients, and accelerate research. Under his leadership, the Alliance has launched groundbreaking initiatives to address the rising threat of colorectal cancer in younger adults. In this interview, Sapienza discusses alarming trends showing colorectal cancer as the second-leading cause of cancer-related deaths in women under 50 and the leading cause in men under 50. He details Project Cure CRC, a $100 million research initiative, and LEAD FROM BEHIND, a celebrity-driven awareness campaign. Sapienza also explains how budget cuts are impacting clinical trials and how individuals can help fund lifesaving work.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why are colorectal cancer rates rising in people under 50?

Michael Sapienza: Incidence is rising at alarming rates in young adults. Colorectal cancer is now the #1 cause of cancer-related deaths among men under 50 and #2 among women under 50. Experts predict it will be the deadliest cancer among 20–49-year-olds by 2030. The reason for the increase is not clear. Despite being one of the leading causes of cancer-related deaths, colorectal cancer is less-know and less-funded than other less-deadly cancers.

Jacobsen: What is Project Cure CRC?

Sapienza: In a critical step forward in the mission to end colorectal cancer, the Alliance launched Project Cure CRC to:

  • Fund $100 million in expedited, novel colorectal cancer research, and
  • Improve patient outcomes through its dynamic patient navigation and clinical trial portal, BlueHQ.org.

It is the largest philanthropic funding effort in colorectal cancer history. To date, hundreds of letters of intent have been submitted to Project Cure CRC, of which 27 have been awarded grants totaling $12 million in funding from the Alliance.

Jacobsen: How does LEAD FROM BEHIND prevent colorectal cancer?

Sapienza: The Colorectal Cancer Alliance launched LEAD FROM BEHIND, a celebrity-driven initiative to raise awareness for colon cancer as The Preventable Cancer and to break the stigma surrounding the disease. LEAD FROM BEHIND educates about and encourages screening to prevent the disease. Screening helps prevent colon cancer by removing precancerous polyps.

Jacobsen: What is the goal of End Colon Cancer Coast to Coast?

Sapienza: End Colon Cancer Coast to Coast is a volunteer-driven national initiative to raise support for the Alliance’s efforts to end the disease. The goal is to create a movement of fundraising and awareness events from coast to coast to support our mission. We encourage people to visit colorectalcancer.org/DIY to learn about the different ways start a fundraiser.

Jacobsen: How have budget cuts affected clinical trials and studies?

Sapienza: Due to the budget cuts, our partners have placed freezes on salaries, personnel and equipment. In some cases, clinical trials have been stopped, putting patient lives at risk. Any disruption to research pauses progress, stalls breakthroughs and jeopardizes real patients waiting for advances in treatment. As the leading nonprofit dedicated to ending colorectal cancer, the Alliance will be tripling down on our efforts to fund as much cutting-edge, high-risk, high-reward research as possible through Project Cure CRC.

Jacobsen: How will Amanda Peterson and Lauren Spero’s roles improve fundraising?

Sapienza: Amanda and Lauren bring strong backgrounds and experience in fundraising and volunteer engagement. Amanda will be responsible for growing Alliance fundraising efforts, while Lauren will strengthen volunteer time and talent to maximize fundraising.

Jacobsen: How do marketing and finance work together to support the Alliance’s growth?

Sapienza: Marketing and Finance play integral roles in supporting the Alliance’s growth. The departments work together to achieve a balance of strategic financial planning and innovative creative initiatives that amplify the Alliance’s reach and impact.

Jacobsen: What can individual and institutional donors do?

Sapienza: The easiest way to support the Alliance is to donate at colorectalcancer.org or start a fundraiser at colorectalcancer.org/DIY. The Alliance invites the public, corporations, foundations, and philanthropic individuals to join our mission by contributing to Project Cure CRC at colorectalcancer.org/cure.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Michael.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Biologic Institute, Douglas Axe, and Intelligent Design Creationism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/25

*Previous articles in the series, and others, at the bottom.*

“Biologic Institute is a non-profit research organization founded in 2005 for the purpose of developing a new approach to biology. Thanks to technological advances, the life sciences have become very effective at acquiring facts. What they need now is a theoretical foundation that makes sense of these facts. Some still claim that Darwin’s theory does just that, but the ongoing struggle to make sense of genomic data (for example) indicates otherwise.

Scientists affiliated with Biologic Institute are working from the idea that life appears to have been designed because it really was designed. That’s a hypothesis, not a theory, and while it obviously has huge philosophical implications (made even more huge by the the [sic] fact it appears to be correct) it doesn’t do much for biology if left at that.”

Biologic Institute 

“The Intelligent Design creationists have also put up a simulacrum, the Biologic Institute, with fume hoods and white lab coats, from which they hope to summon scientific credibility. They’ve also been fooled into thinking the appearance is the same as the substance.

Since literal Cargo Cultists aren’t a significant presence in the US, but creationists are, I suggest we appropriate this holiday and call it Intelligent Design Day. Don’t worry about going to any effort to celebrate it, though—all you have to do is pretend that you are celebrating it, just as the Intelligent Design creationists pretend that they’re doing science.”

P.Z. Myers (2007)

“Big Intelligent Design may be following the path blazed by Big Tobacco.”

Reason Magazine (2007)

After the fall of The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (Jacobsen, 2025) and its journal Progress in Complexity, Information, and Design (PCID), around 2005, another institution emerged out of the Discovery Institute (DI) community for Intelligent Design (ID) Creationism research, the Biologic Institute (2025a)–a U.S. 501(c)(3).

Douglas Axe was the founding scientific lead of Biologic Institute in 2005 (Biologic Institute, 2025a; Discovery Institute, 2025). Established in 2005 and largely funded through grants associated with Discovery Institute’s Center for Science and Culture; DI materials and BI’s own pages document close organizational ties (2025). Their leadership was comprised of 17 affiliates as of last listing: Douglas Axe, Günter Bechly, Stuart Burgess, Brendan Dixon, Winston Ewert, Ann Gauger, Guillermo Gonzalez, David Keller, Matti Leisola, Philip Lu, Robert J. Marks II, Brian Miller, Colin Reeves, Mariclair Reeves, Richard Sternberg, Jonathan Wells, and Lisanne Winslow (Biologic Institute, 2025b). 

The established ideological grounding was ID Creationism (Cartwright, 2006). They wanted to challenge mainstream evolutionary biology primarily with appointments (Biever, 2006). The aim was to demonstrate a design perspective as producing better science than mainstream evolutionary biology while part of a larger ID Creationism covert religious culture war movement (Forrest, 2007). This was part of the “Wedge” strategy in the promotion of ID in education, public policy, and science (National Center for Science Education, 2008).

Primarily, it was active from the founding in 2005 to about the latest date of 2019 with occasional publishing into 2025, e.g., a single article in 2025 so far; therefore, a functional research space devoted to this research seems unlikely to be supportable (Young, 2021; BIO-Complexity, 2025a; The Sensuous Curmudgeon, 2021). Reporting in 2006 (New Scientist; summarized by NCSE) raised questions about BI’s lab operations and access.

Axe and colleagues published “Stylus: A System for Evolutionary Experimentation Based on a Protein/Proteome Model with Non-Arbitrary Functional Constraints” (2008) in PLOS ONE, beginning some research. 

Biologic Institute launched the ID Creationism journal BIO-Complexity in 2010 (National Center for Science Education, 2010). Since 2010, BIO-Complexity has published dozens of papers across 16 annual volumes (2010–2025); publication cadence is modest compared to PCID (BIO-Complexity, 2025a). The Editor-in-Chief was Robert J. Marks II, and the founding editor was Douglas Axe (BIO-Complexity, 2025b). 

The rest of the editorial board were William Basener, Günter Bechly, Michael Behe, Walter Bradley, Stuart Burgess, Russell Carlson, William Dembski, Marcos Eberlin, Winston Ewert, Charles Garner, Ann Gauger, Ola Hössjer, Peter Imming, James Keener, David Keller, Matti Leisola, Wolf-Ekkehard Lönnig, Jed Macosko, Tobias Mattei, Scott Minnich, Edward Peltzer, Colin Reeves, Ralph Seelke, Richard Sternberg, Scott Turner, Jiří Vácha, John Walton, and Jonathan Wells (Ibid.).

They aimed to test the scientific merit of ID Creationism (BIO-Complexity, 2025c). An IRS Form 990-EZ for the 2019 tax year (filed 2020) reflects modest finances (IRS, 2020). Their contact refers to the Center for Science and Culture (Biologic Institute, 2025c). In 2012, BI used a stock laboratory image in promotional material; coverage and DI commentary acknowledged the use of stock footage (Johnston, 2012; Hoppe, 2012; Klinghoffer, 2012).

Most of the funding for the Biologic Institute has been from DI (Biologic Institute, 2025a). The size of the financial contributions via ITS filings, the slow pace of publication, and the niche subject matter suggest that the research operation appears, at best, as a boutique operation that ceased physical operations many years ago. This follows the trends of ISCID, PCID, and numerous leading intellectuals of the ID movement from DI.

There is still more to review for this A Further Inquiry series.

References

Axe, D.A., Dixon, B.W., & Lu, P. (2008, June 4). Stylus: A System for Evolutionary Experimentation Based on a Protein/Proteome Model with Non-Arbitrary Functional Constraints. https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0002246.

Bailey, R. (2006, December 19). Biologic Institute = Tobacco Institute. https://reason.com/2006/12/19/biologic-institute-tobacco-ins/

Biever, C. (2006, December 13). Intelligent design: The God Lab. https://www.newscientist.com/article/mg19225824-000-intelligent-design-the-god-lab/.

Biologic Institute. (2025a). About. https://www.biologicinstitute.org/about.

Biologic Institute. (2025c). Contact. https://www.biologicinstitute.org/contact

Biologic Institute. (2025b). People. https://www.biologicinstitute.org/people

BIO-Complexity. (2025a). Archives. https://bio-complexity.org/ojs/index.php/main/issue/archive

BIO-Complexity. (2025c). Editorial Policies. https://bio-complexity.org/ojs/index.php/main/about/editorialpolicies

BIO-Complexity. (2025b). Editorial Team. https://bio-complexity.org/ojs/index.php/main/about/editorialTeam

Cartwright, R.A. (2006, December 14). New Scientist Investigates Biologic Institute. https://pandasthumb.org/archives/2006/12/new-scientist-i.html.

Center for Science & Culture. (2025). About: Our Mission. https://www.discovery.org/id/about/.

Discovery Institute. (2025). Douglas Axe. https://www.discovery.org/p/axe/.

Forrest, B. (2007, July). Understanding the Intelligent Design Creationist Movement: Its True Nature and Goals. https://web.archive.org/web/20110519124655/http://www.centerforinquiry.net/uploads/attachments/intelligent-design.pdf

Hoppe, R.B. (2012, December 18). The Disco ‘Tute’s fake laboratory. https://pandasthumb.org/archives/2012/12/the-disco-tutes-1.html

IRS. (2020). BIOLOGIC INSTITUTE: Short Form Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax. https://apps.irs.gov/pub/epostcard/cor/841670187_201909_990EZ_2020110417413291.pdf

Jacobsen, S.D. (2025, August 22). The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism. https://afurtherinquiry.substack.com/p/the-international-society-for-complexity.

Johnston, C. (2012, December 18). Intelligent design think tank’s “institute” is a Shutterstock image. https://arstechnica.com/science/2012/12/inteliigent-design-think-tanks-institute-is-a-shutterstock-image/

National Center for Science Education. (2006, December 15). New Scientist visits the “God Lab”. https://ncse.ngo/new-scientist-visits-god-lab

National Center for Science Education. (2010, November-December). The Latest “Intelligent Design” Journal. https://ncse.ngo/latest-intelligent-design-journal

National Center for Science Education. (2008, October 14). The Wedge Document. https://ncse.ngo/wedge-document

Myers, P.Z. (2007, February 15). Happy Intelligent Design Day!. Pharyngula. https://freethoughtblogs.com/pharyngula/2007/02/15/happy-intelligent-design-day/

The Sensuous Curmudgeon. (2021, May 22). The Cosmic Aardvark Is Smiling. https://sensuouscurmudgeon.wordpress.com/2021/05/22/the-cosmic-aardvark-is-smiling/

Young, M. (2021, May 23). Biologic Institute Closes. https://pandasthumb.org/archives/2021/05/biologic-institute-closes.html.  

Other A Further Inquiry Series articles

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace (2025.08.19)

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now (2025.08.20)

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.21)

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.22)

Biologic Institute, Douglas Axe, and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.24)

Other Previous Articles

See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Monkey See, Monkey Do, Monkey Hearsay (2019.04.06) 

Canadians’ and Others’ Convictions to Divine Interventionism in the Matters of the Origins and Evolution (2019.10.12)

The Fantastic Capacity for Believing the Incredible (2020.11.01)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.01.28)

Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) (2022.01.29)

Support for evolution stable in Canada (2024.05.26) 

Creationism at a new low, according to Gallup (2024.08.01)

How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case (2025.04.01)

Other Previous Interviews

Dr. Barbara Forrest: Philosophy Professor, Southeastern Louisiana University & Member, NCSE Board of Directors (2013.11.01)

Dr. Francisco Ayala: Donald Bren Professor, Biological Sciences; Professor of Philosophy; and Professor of Logic and the Philosophy of Science, University of California, Irvine (Part One) (2014.06.15)

Dr. Francisco Ayala: Donald Bren Professor, Biological Sciences; Professor of Philosophy; and Professor of Logic and the Philosophy of Science, University of California, Irvine (Part Two) (2014.06.22)

Dr. Kenneth Raymond Miller: Professor of Biology, Brown University (Part One) (2014.07.01)

Dr. Kenneth Raymond Miller: Professor of Biology, Brown University (Part Two) (2014.07.08)

Dr. Michael Behe: Professor, Biochemistry, Lehigh University (Part One) (2014.07.15)

Dr. Michael Behe: Professor, Biochemistry, Lehigh University (Part Two) (2014.07.22)

An Interview with Imam Soharwardy on Creationism, Evolution, and Islam (2019.01.01)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Personal Background and Intellectual History, and the Flavours of Belief (Part One) (2019.11.15)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Creationism, Intelligent Design, and Evolution, and History and the Future (Part Two) (2019.11.22)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, FRSC on Biology and Philosophy, Science and Non-Science, and Creation–Evolution (Part Three) (2019.12.01)

Interview with Ann Reid – Executive Director, National Center for Science Education (2022.05.03)

Glenn Branch on the Scopes Trial in Books (2024.11.07)

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sudan and South Sudan: Subsistence Farming, Market Economies, Conflict, and Healthcare Inequality

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/24

Part 2 of 2

Eddie Thomas, a researcher specializing in Sudan and South Sudan, discusses the transition from subsistence farming to market economies, the impact of conflict, and healthcare inequalities. In this 2-part interview, he examines how wars have disrupted traditional kinship networks, pushing people into market dependency. South Sudan’s caloric intake has dropped, leading to malnutrition. Sudan’s healthcare disparities stem from colonial-era spatial inequalities and privatization. Border conflicts like Kafia-Kingi influence economic dynamics, and kinship networks are under pressure. Thomas advocates for universal healthcare and decommodification as solutions to economic instability and conflict. He acknowledges Sudanese revolutionaries striving for systemic change.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the key drivers behind Sudan’s healthcare inequalities? Are these comparable to those of other countries, or are their causes and characteristics unique?

Eddie Thomas: Sudan’s inequalities are well known and have multiple dimensions. One of the most significant factors is spatial inequality. Some regions benefit from Sudan’s merchant and trade systems, where the wealthier populations reside and have access to services. Then, some regions generate wealth for these merchant systems—through agriculture, gold mining, oil extraction, and food production—yet remain significantly disadvantaged.

Most of this wealth-generating activity occurs far from the centers of trade. Historically, Sudan’s economic hub has been around Khartoum. At the same time, peripheral areas have suffered from lower life expectancy, higher child mortality rates, and other indicators of material disadvantage. These disparities were entrenched during the 19th century due to colonial aggression and the arbitrary drawing of colonial borders, which heavily favoured the central regions.

The healthcare system that emerged under these conditions had serious shortcomings. There was a strong bias toward providing better healthcare in wealthier regions, with greater access to medical personnel and facilities. In contrast, poorer regions suffered from stark disparities in mortality rates, particularly infant and child mortality.

Furthermore, Sudan’s healthcare system has historically been skewed towards curative rather than preventative care. Those living in the capital could access expensive medical procedures. At the same time, those in remote areas often lacked access to vaccines or basic preventative medicine. This structural imbalance has persisted, reinforcing the country’s deep-seated healthcare access and outcomes inequalities.

After the end of the colonial period, there was a global movement toward primary healthcare, aiming to expand medical services to poor and marginalized communities. The goal was to provide the best possible healthcare for all, leading to the development of some health facilities in underserved peripheral regions. There was also an effort to improve healthcare access for economically disadvantaged populations. Sudan had significant social inequalities, with rich and poor people living side by side in cities. This movement gained momentum in the 1970s and 1980s.

However, by the 1980s, a global financial crisis caused a significant shift in the financial landscape. One of the outcomes was a severe debt crisis across Africa. Many governments have been encouraged to take out loans to build productive infrastructure and social welfare services, including healthcare. Right-wing economic policies advocating for privatization gained prominence when the debt crisis struck. These policies argued that people should not expect free healthcare, leading to declining public health services.

During this period, Sudan initially experienced some growth in healthcare access, and free services were available in many places. When I first visited Sudan, one could walk into a healthcare facility and receive basic treatment, such as a bandage, without charge. However, this changed drastically in the 1990s when a new military government took over. Adopting hyper-privatization and austerity measures, they systematically cut back public health services.

A weak, developing healthcare system came under immense strain. Additionally, the government initiated conflicts in many regions where they imposed austerity, as such policies often required coercion and repression. This further eroded the health system. By the early 21st century, Sudan’s healthcare had become highly privatized and heavily concentrated in Khartoum, which retained the majority of medical personnel.

Most Sudanese doctors sought better opportunities abroad, particularly in Saudi Arabia or the UK. Those who remained in Sudan preferred working in private hospitals in major cities, where they could earn a livable wage, rather than in underfunded public hospitals in rural areas, where salaries ranged between $50 and $200 per month—insufficient for someone who had endured the rigorous training required for a medical career.

As a result, Sudan developed a highly centralized healthcare system focused on Khartoum, making access to medical services in other regions extremely difficult. When Khartoum fell in April 2023, this unequal system was effectively decapitated. Most specialist hospitals, clustered around the presidential palace where intense fighting occurred, were forced to shut down, leaving only a few operational facilities.

Healthcare provision then shifted into two main spheres. On one hand, private actors relocated their services outside of Khartoum. On the other hand, grassroots emergency response groups emerged during the 2018–2019 revolution and stepped in to provide urgent medical care. These mutual aid organizations had pioneered self-help models, running emergency rooms nationwide. However, they were ill-equipped to handle the massive healthcare crisis. Their resources were scarce, medical buildings were destroyed, and doctors were arrested and tortured.

Despite their efforts, these groups faced overwhelming challenges and became key targets of government repression during this turbulent period.

Jacobsen: How have cross-border conflicts and territorial disputes, such as the Kafia-Kingi enclave, shaped some of the political-economic dynamics of the region?

Thomas: I worked on Kafia-Kingi a few years ago but am unaware of recent developments except through friends and other contacts. However, Sudan and South Sudan have a relatively unique set of border conflicts because they are both recent and unresolved. Border disputes exist across Africa—there is a contested triangle on the Egypt-Sudan border and another between South Sudan and Kenya, where different interpretations exist regarding ownership.

Often, the more powerful state maintains control over disputed enclaves. This has been the case along much of the Sudan-South Sudan border, where Sudan, with its larger population, military, and financial resources, has retained its presence in key border areas.

Not all border disputes are resolved through war. Most are long-term disputes that gradually get negotiated. Sudan has maintained control over Kafia-Kingi, a mineral-rich enclave South of Darfur, which, by legal standards, should have been ceded to South Sudan in 2011. The rules established that areas administered by southern provinces in 1936 would remain part of South Sudan. However, Kafia-Kingi was the largest land area transferred from South Sudanese to North Sudanese provincial administration, an early post-independence decision.

There were several reasons for this transfer. Kafia-Kingi was sparsely populated, making it a difficult area to govern. Additionally, its mineral wealth made it highly valuable, prompting authorities in Khartoum to exercise greater control over the region.

When South Sudan gained independence, border enclaves became one of the many unresolved issues negotiators had to address. Other complex matters included national debt allocation, ownership of embassies such as the one in Nairobi, and South Sudanese citizens’ status in Sudan. These were sensitive topics requiring significant compromise.

As a result, negotiations on border enclaves were indefinitely postponed, and it is likely to take a long time before any resolution is reached.

Kafia-Kingi is particularly significant because it borders the Central African Republic and Chad. Despite being a remote and sparsely populated area, it has become a hotbed of activity due to arms trafficking, gold smuggling, and the presence of various outlaw groups.

It is now a highly contested zone, as one of the major gold mines fueling the war in Sudan is located within the enclave. The ongoing conflict between the Rapid Support Forces, the military, and their respective allies is partly driven by control over these gold resources.

Unfortunately, this beautiful and remote forested region has been brutally drawn into the turmoil of modern geopolitics, with its resources becoming central to an increasingly violent conflict.

Jacobsen: What are the major challenges foreign-funded healthcare initiatives face in Sudan? Supply chains, delivery, application, things of this nature.

Thomas: Foreign funding does not constitute a significant portion of Sudan’s healthcare economy. The most recent national health accounts, published about six years ago, estimated that foreign funding accounted for approximately 5% of the country’s total healthcare costs. Much of this funding came from global philanthro-capitalist organizations, such as the Gates Foundation and Gavi, which focused on vertical programs.

Vertical programs allocate funds for specific interventions—such as vaccines or malaria nets—rather than supporting comprehensive healthcare systems. While these programs can lead to progress on urgent public health challenges, they are limited in scope. Effective healthcare requires addressing multiple needs simultaneously, and vertical programs do not always integrate well with broader health initiatives. For example, malaria nets alone are insufficient in communities facing malnutrition, infectious diseases, and epidemic outbreaks.

Most foreign-funded healthcare in Sudan was channelled through the Ministry of Health, which managed the distribution of funds and resources. However, with the government’s collapse, these funds’ status remains uncertain. Efforts have been made to transition toward UN funding mechanisms. However, coordination with the Ministry of Health is still necessary at some level, as it maintains connections across the country.

The volume of foreign aid has likely contracted, given the logistical challenges of transferring funds, purchasing medical supplies, and distributing goods within Sudan. Though I do not have precise figures, I suspect foreign funding has not increased. An increasingly significant element of foreign-funded healthcare is diaspora remittances, which support emergency rooms providing critical care across Sudan.

Jacobsen: What about kinship networks in Sudan and South Sudan’s economies? Are these scaled in a way that helps at least some of the population and mitigates healthcare gaps?

Thomas: Kinship networks exist everywhere, don’t they? Powerful figures like Mr. Trump have kinship networks even in the United States. They are an integral part of social organization.

Economic and social life was historically structured around kinship-based production systems in many places. However, not all social orders were strictly kinship-based. Production was sometimes organized around alternative social networks, such as age groups. These networks were not necessarily based on family ties but on individuals coming of age together in a specific place—a pattern seen in many societies worldwide.

You see these types of networks everywhere—think of school reunions. People still attend them as useful networking events. For example, Harvard alums often connect with fellow graduates to secure job opportunities.

These networks have always existed, but previously, labour was not mobilized through markets. Instead, it was organized through reciprocal obligations that weren’t formally tracked or bartered. Let’s say, Scott, that you invite me for dinner tomorrow, then again the following week, and a couple of weeks later, a third time. I wouldn’t write you a check saying I owe you a dinner, but after the third invitation, I would likely feel an implicit obligation to return the favour. You, too, might expect that I reciprocate in some way.

That is a better way of understanding how these economies function than the concept of barter, which is largely an invention of right-wing economists who misunderstand social reciprocity. If you’ve invited me multiple times, I should contribute something. If you are significantly wealthier than me, I may not invite you back to my home out of embarrassment. Still, I will find another way to reciprocate—perhaps by helping you in some other manner.

These networks, however, are under immense pressure as people increasingly need money. Many are forced to relocate, live in refugee camps, or seek safety in displacement camps. In such environments, individuals must sell their labour and endure harsh conditions. The freedom to choose is greatly diminished, and they must adhere to external demands rather than act according to their social obligations.

Jacobsen: To move into a more constructive discussion, what policy recommendations could mitigate economic commodification and conflict in Sudan’s healthcare system or South Sudan?

Thomas: If you want a policy recommendation, why not aim for a global free healthcare system modelled after Canada or Cuba? If discussing real solutions, why not advocate for a universal healthcare system?

People are under tremendous pressure to access healthcare and education, enduring significant hardships to obtain these basic needs. Nearly everyone would prefer free healthcare and education. Suppose wealthy countries do not want people migrating across their borders. Why not invest in comprehensive social services in their home countries? By fully decommodifying healthcare and education, you incentivize people to remain in their communities rather than seek opportunities elsewhere.

That is a genuine policy recommendation. There are other policy approaches, but I often see them as non-solutions. For example, some propose micro-enterprise programs to empower women—yet these initiatives often result in marginal economic gains, with individuals earning just a few dollars a month. These approaches fail to address the root causes of economic disparity and healthcare inequity.

Those are the policy prescriptions of the aid industry, but they have been tried before.

Jacobsen: Do you have any comments on Omer Al-Bashir’s impact on healthcare access or medical services, particularly in rural areas?

Thomas: He was an arch-neoliberal, managing healthcare in rural areas accordingly.

Jacobsen: Who do you think is leading, organizationally or individually, a positive collective movement toward a better future for Sudan? Who is working towards reducing human rights abuses, improving healthcare, and ensuring people’s needs are met?

Thomas: Sudan has undergone a revolution. Brilliant revolutionaries have eloquently articulated Sudan’s crisis and proposed practical solutions. They have devised models of decommodified healthcare in a highly commodified healthcare environment. These individuals and movements are leading the way, and people should pay attention to what they have to say.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Eddie, I have no more questions. Thank you very much for your time today. It was nice to meet you.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Sudan’s Economic Struggles & Conflict Dynamics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/23

Part 1 of 2

Eddie Thomas, a researcher specializing in Sudan and South Sudan, discusses the transition from subsistence farming to market economies, the impact of conflict, and healthcare inequalities. In this 2-part interview, he examines how wars have disrupted traditional kinship networks, pushing people into market dependency. South Sudan’s caloric intake has dropped, leading to malnutrition. Sudan’s healthcare disparities stem from colonial-era spatial inequalities and privatization. Border conflicts like Kafia-Kingi influence economic dynamics, and kinship networks are under pressure. Thomas advocates for universal healthcare and decommodification as solutions to economic instability and conflict. He acknowledges Sudanese revolutionaries striving for systemic change.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Eddie Thomas. He is a researcher specializing in Sudan and South Sudan. He has previously been affiliated with the Rift Valley Institute and XCEPT. Currently, he works with the ATAR Network. He has two decades of experience as a teacher, human rights worker, and researcher. He examines border conflicts, healthcare inequalities, and economic transformation. He has authored South Sudan: A Slow Liberation and reports such as Moving Towards Markets and The Future of Sudan’s Shattered Health System. His research, previously supported by the XCEPT program and the Rift Valley Institute, explored the consequences of market dependence, conflict-driven social shifts, and healthcare privatization in Sudan’s shifting and evolving political landscape.

Thank you for joining me today. My first question is: How has the transition from subsistence farming to market dependence in South Sudan affected local economies and social structures?

Eddie Thomas: Subsistence is a term many people still use to describe agriculture in South Sudan. It is a peculiar term that arose during the Enlightenment and was the opposite of a new concept: improved agriculture, capitalist agriculture, agriculture for profit and high yield. Subsistence was used to describe forms of agriculture that were not oriented toward maximizing yield but rather toward managing consumption.

The subsistence systems in South Sudan were long-lived. They have only started to decline over the past 20 or 30 years. Even now, they are not defunct but are deteriorating. Before this shift, people primarily produced food for consumption or exchange within their social networks. They organized production around social relationships rather than markets.

This meant that people did not necessarily seek to maximize surplus or yield but considered other factors now recognized as equally important—such as sustainability, climate and ecological adaptation, and flavour and nutrition. These factors influenced agricultural production decisions.

However, South Sudan has experienced near-continuous conflict since the 19th century, particularly during the Turco-Egyptian rule and later under British colonial administration. It has had only brief periods of peace. War is a significant reorganizer of society and production. It is also an effective means of instilling a profit motive in people, as it introduces intense coercion to reshape society.

That is what happened in South Sudan. Wars gradually detached people from the land where they produced food, grew grain, kept livestock, or fished in rivers. These conflicts transformed them into something different. Initially, they might have become enslaved persons or military recruits—who were not much different from enslaved persons—or what are now referred to as displaced people, those forced off their land and compelled to live in unsuitable and uncomfortable conditions.

And all of these factors limited the ability of kinship networks and other social structures to survive and organize production. At the same time, people’s ability to manage their production was being undermined.

Other factors were coming into play. New groups of people were not interested in market commodities a hundred years ago. People didn’t seek to save money to buy available goods. Basic commodities such as soap or fishhooks were available but not central to people’s lives. However, the allure of commodities has grown significantly. Now, people desire handbags, stylish shoes, fashionable clothing, and smartphones.

People are increasingly drawn into market economies and commodities while facing new threats to their ability to remain on the land. Climate change has severely affected South Sudan, which is ecologically sensitive. The levels of flooding along major rivers and waterways are alarming. Some individuals are forced to reconsider their home locations due to the risk of flooding. Others must reconsider their livelihoods, as they can no longer sustain farming or herding. As a result, many are switching to fishing as a means of survival, adapting to the climate-induced displacement they are experiencing.

What has happened is that an older system—one not designed for maximizing profit or yield but rather focused on maintaining social and kinship networks—has been disrupted. This traditional system provided multiple layers of meaning to life through production. Work was once deeply tied to one’s sense of family, home, and even cultural traditions, such as the songs people sang while working.

I’m not trying to sentimentalize the past or suggest it was the only way of life. There were negative aspects to the “good old days.” However, the kinship-based and socially networked production systems helped hold society together. Today, many pressures on South Sudanese people are forcing them apart, breaking down social cohesion, and pushing them into fragmented, often antagonistic, enclaves.

One of the things I examined was how conflict is as much tied to these ongoing agrarian changes as it is to ethnicity or other cultural explanations sometimes given for violence. The countryside is undergoing a massive transformation, and this upheaval has become entangled with the conflict, potentially fueling its continuation.

Let me explain why. The first scientific nutrition studies in South Sudan were conducted in the 1950s by Gertrude Culwick, an English researcher employed by the colonial government. She conducted multiple studies in different parts of Sudan. Her work in the floodplains—vast, flat, muddy lands on the east and west of the Jebel, where the White Nile flows through South Sudan on its way north—revealed interesting findings. She found that people consumed between 2,000 and 3,500 calories per day, a substantial intake. However, the measures she used then differed from the ones we use today.

Because today, caloric intake would be averaged out, considering age differences and other factors. Gertrude Culwick may have used specific measurement criteria. However, adults in her studies still consumed a substantial amount of food.

Some studies suggest that people in South Sudan consume an average of 1,500 to 1,800 calories per day in the 21st century. This marks a dramatic reduction in caloric intake over the past 60 to 70 years. One key aspect of this transition is that it is a hungry transition. It may eventually lead to obesity, as market-based food systems have in many other countries, but at present, it is leading to undernourishment and malnutrition.

There is no direct link between marketization and better food systems. On the contrary, marketization—alongside war, displacement, and other disruptions—is not resulting in better nutrition. Instead, it is driving an increased demand for cash. In the past, many South Sudanese lived with minimal reliance on money, and it wasn’t easy during the colonial period to get people to work for wages because they simply did not need cash. Additionally, they did not wear clothes with pockets, making it impractical to carry money.

The colonial administration introduced money taxes to compel people to work for wages. As a result, people would perform a few days of labour annually to pay their taxes. Over time, market dependence increased, and people needed money not just for taxes but also for new necessities such as modern education and healthcare, both of which required cash. Additionally, they began to need money for food as they transitioned from solely producing food to selling portions and later repurchasing food from merchants once their stocks ran low. Essentially, their food supplies were becoming commodities.

I found an interesting trend in household surveys—though they are infrequent in South Sudan and must be interpreted cautiously. Surveys conducted during the peace years from 2006 to 2013 suggested that while many areas shifted toward market-based economies, many people reported that they had not used cash in the past seven days. This indicates a growing reliance on cash without consistent access to it.

In the areas where hunger was most prevalent, people needed money to buy food but often did not have it. These were the same areas where militia groups were gaining strength, and young men increasingly turned to alternative forms of work that provided access to cash or coercive means of obtaining resources they could no longer produce themselves. The militia system played a crucial role in dismantling traditional production methods and was instrumental in sustaining this economic transition. As workers defected from productive labour to military employment, money circulated more through soldiers than through conventional economic activity.

As hunger intensified, the need for money grew, pushing people into new methods of obtaining it, including selling labour and sending their sons to fight. This transformation perpetuated economic instability and reinforced the cycle of displacement and market dependence.

People also invested heavily in educating their children because they believed education was essential for navigating the emerging economy. Even families with very little money would sell their labour to afford school fees, hoping that education, even in under-resourced schools, could provide their children with a better future.

South Sudan’s progression toward a market economy is an important study area because it sheds light on how the rural crisis underpins many ongoing challenges. This rural crisis is sometimes misrepresented as a conflict between antagonistic ethnic groups, as that provides a simplistic explanation. However, the reality is more complex. The government, unable to adequately serve its people, often exacerbates divisions by taking resources away in a discriminatory manner rather than providing for its citizens. This creates friction among communities and pushes individuals into armed groups.

Focusing less on the military and more on the agricultural sector would help me better understand South Sudan’s challenges.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/23

*Previous articles in the series at the bottom.*

“The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) herewith announces its formation and official launch. ISCID is a cross-disciplinary professional society that investigates complex systems apart from external programmatic constraints like materialism, naturalism, or reductionism. The society is fully web-driven and can be reached via the Internet at http://www.iscid.org.

The society provides a forum for formulating, testing, and disseminating research on complex systems through critique, peer review, and publication. Its aim is to pursue the theoretical development, empirical application, and philosophical implications of information- and design-theoretic concepts for complex systems.”

International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design

Progress in Complexity, Information, and Design (PCID) is a quarterly, cross-disciplinary, online journal that investigates complex systems apart from external programmatic constraints like materialism, naturalism, or reductionism. PCID focuses especially on the theoretical development, empirical application, and philosophical implications of information- and design-theoretic concepts for complex systems. PCID welcomes survey articles, research articles, technical communications, tutorials, commentaries, book and software reviews, educational overviews, and controversial theories. The aim of PCID is to advance the science of complexity by assessing the degree to which teleology is relevant (or irrelevant) to the origin, development, and operation of complex systems.”

Progress in Complexity, Information, and Design

“So in summary, what do we have? Firstly, neither Wells, Behe, Dembski nor Nelson appear to be currently publishing original research in mainstream scientific journals. Secondly, the research cited by ID supporters is not produced by ID supporters, and these authors do not see their research as supportive of the Discovery Institute’s anti-evolutionary program. Lastly, PCID’s review system is unorthodox and has not yielded any substantive advances in scientific inquiry being largely philosophical discussions, anti-establishment rhetorical diatribes or rehersals [sic] of jaded arguments from probability.”

John M. Lynch

Intelligent Design (ID) Creationism came to a head through The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID). For an Indian-based publication which I wrote almost 300 articles for it, News Intervention, a decent article on the generic presentation of ISCID and more in-depth analysis of the publication record of PCID or the journal entitled Progress in Complexity, Information, and Design (PCID) is “Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID)” (Jacobsen, 2022).

The core conclusions from the analysis were that ID is rebranded Creationism, sharing the same theological roots in divine intervention and Christian hermeneutics, as evidenced by statements from its founders (Ibid.). Both Creationism and ID failed to garner legitimacy in academia, courts, culture, and science (Ibid.). 

ID’s architects openly tie the “Designer” to the Christian God and recast it in information-theory rhetoric (Ibid.). The Discovery Institute serves as the hub, with its leaders aging or dying without successors. Dembski left in 2016 but resurfaced around 2020 part-time and then more fully since 2021 (Science & Culture Today, 2021; Dembski, 2016), and the movement persists ideologically despite intellectual isolation (Jacobsen, 2022).

ISCID’s journal PCID served as the publishing pipeline, characterized by lax/conflicted review, limited output (~70 pieces), and a teleological focus (Ibid.). PCID’s activity faded after the 2005 Dover defeat (Ibid.).  

The ID community is largely Euro-American Protestant men with advanced credentials, reflecting a sociopolitical project (Ibid.) and furthering the commentary in the prior pieces in this special series for A Further Inquiry and an archival piece for future curious audiences about the culture wars (not scientific, peer-reviewed intellectual combats) too (Ibid.). 

Therefore, ID/ISCID/PCID failed because the enterprise is theological in substance and lacks evidential, rigorous science. A more pointed analysis of PCID is available at “What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design?” (Jacobsen, 2022b).

By its analysis at the time, PCID was the most professional effort of the ID movement through ISCID to produce actual scholarly output (Ibid.). PCID reflects ISCID wholeheartedly as a teleological emphasis while borrowing the terminology of information theory (Ibid.). 

Governance and review were compromised as ISCID Fellows doubled as PCID’s advisory/peer-review body (Ibid.). Publication could proceed with a single Fellow approval while under a concentrated editorial control, showcasing conflicts of interest and a weak formalization of rigour (Ibid.). 

The total output was eight electronic issues from 2002-2005 with small or low-impact research outcomes (Ibid.). This is despite an extensive organization network, making PCID its flagship publication (Ibid.). As a research program attempt, PCID is a crucial archival representation of the failure of the ID research program (Ibid.). 

As noted, there were 57 ISCID Fellows from a variety of academic disciplines and backgrounds. Let us do a coverage of them, as enough time has passed to see a then and now comparison and contrast. This will be an A to Z alphabetical listing by last name. This will be tedious, but necessary as an archival work and sourced from publicly available materials:

The ISCID Fellow is Bernard d’Abrera. Bernard d’Abrera (Australian lepidopterist and author associated with the Natural History Museum, London) died January 13, 2017. Michael Behe is in Biochemistry at Lehigh University. He is still a Professor of Biological Sciences at Lehigh University and a Senior Fellow at Discovery Institute’s Center for Science and Culture (CSC).

John Bloom was a Professor of Physics & Philosophy of Science at Biola University. Now, he is Professor Emeritus of Physics at Biola University and the founding director of Biola’s M.A. in Science & Religion. 

Walter L. Bradley was in the Mechanical Engineering department at Texas A&M University. Now, he is dead, circa July 2, 2025. Neil Broom was in the department of Biophysics at the University of Auckland. Now, he is Emeritus Professor of Chemical & Materials Engineering at the University of Auckland. 

J. Budziszewski was in the Department of Philosophy & Political Theory at the University of Texas–Austin. Now, he is a Professor of Government and Philosophy at UT Austin. John Angus Campbell was a Professor of Communications at the University of Memphis. Now, he is a Professor Emeritus of Communication at the University of Memphis.

Russell W. Carlson was a Professor of Molecular Biology at the University of Georgia (Athens). Now, he is on the Faculty or in a Director Emeritus role at UGA’s Complex Carbohydrate Research Center.

David K. Y. Chiu was in the Department of Biocomputing at the University of Guelph. Now, he is Professor Emeritus in Computer Science at the University of Guelph. Robin Collins was in the Department of Cosmology & Philosophy of Physics at Messiah College. Now, he is Distinguished Professor of Philosophy & Department Chair at Messiah University.

William Lane Craig was in the Department of Philosophy at Talbot School of Theology at Biola. Now, he is Emeritus Research Professor of Philosophy at Talbot and leads Reasonable Faith. Kenneth de Jong was in the Department of Linguistics at Indiana University Bloomington. Now, he is a Professor of Linguistics at Indiana University.

William A. Dembski held various Mathematics roles while focusing as an independent. Now, he is a technology entrepreneur, a Founding/Senior Fellow of the Discovery Institute CSC and an active writer. Mark R. Discher was in the Department of Ethics at the University of St. Thomas. Now, he is a Theology/Ethics educator, e.g., Kino Catechetical Institute.

Daniel Dix was in the Department of Mathematics at the University of South Carolina. He was Professor Emeritus at USC. Now, he is dead circa 2023. Fred Field was in the Department of Linguistics at California State University. Now, he is Professor Emeritus at California State University, Northridge.

Guillermo Gonzalez was in the Department of Astronomy at Iowa State University. Now, he is a Research Scientist (Physics & Astronomy) at the University of Alabama in Huntsville. Bruce L. Gordon was in the Department of Philosophy of Physics at Baylor University. Now, he is Professor of the History & Philosophy of Science at Saint Constantine College (Houston) and has taught at Houston Christian University (formerly HBU).

David Humphreys was in the Department of Chemistry at McMaster University. Now, he is an emeritus or retired academic. Any public updates are limited to legacy profiles. Cornelius Hunter was in the Department of Biophysics at Seagull Technology. Now, he is a Discovery Institute Fellow who has been an engineer/scientist with industry roles. Any public updates are sparse.

Muzaffar Iqbal was in Science & Religion at the Center for Islam and Science. Now, he is the President of the Center for Islamic Sciences (Canada) and is the editor of the Integrated Encyclopedia of the Qur’an. Quinn Tyler Jackson was in Language & Software Systems independently. Now, he is a writer/technologist and listed with The Writers’ Union of Canada.

Conrad Johanson was in the Department of Clinical Neurosciences & Physiology at Brown Medical School. Now, he is Professor Emeritus at Brown University.  Robert Kaita was in the Department of Plasma Physics at Princeton University. Then he was Researcher/Emeritus-affiliated at Princeton Plasma Physics Laboratory. Now, he is retired.

James P. Keener was in the Department of Mathematics & Bioengineering at the University of Utah. Now, he is the Distinguished Professor Emeritus in Mathematics at the University of Utah. Robert C. Koons was in the Department of Philosophy at the University of Texas–Austin. Now, he is a Professor of Philosophy at UT Austin. Younghun Kwon was in the Department of Physics at Hanyang University. Now, he is a Professor of Physics at Hanyang University (quantum information/AMO).

Christopher Michael Langan is the founder and President of the Mega Foundation (1999). He published his 56-page CTMU paper, “The Cognitive-Theoretic Model of the Universe: A New Kind of Reality Theory” (2002) in PCID. Now, he continues research work through the Mega Foundation, as a self-described “reality theorist.” Robert Larmer was in the Department of Philosophy at the University of New Brunswick. Now, he is a Professor & Department Chair in Philosophy at UNB Philosophy and the President of the Canadian Society of Christian Philosophers. 

Matti Leisola was in the Department of Bioprocess Engineering at the Helsinki University of Technology. Now, he is a Professor Emeritus at Aalto University (formerly HUT). E. Stan Lennard was in the Department of Medicine at the University of Washington. Now, he is a retired surgeon/clinical professor. Any updated information is sparse. John Lennox was in the Department of Mathematics at the University of Oxford. Now, he is an Emeritus Professor of Mathematics & Fellow Emeritus at Green Templeton College, University of Oxford.

Gina Lynne LoSasso was qualified in Cognitive Neuroscience & Clinical Neuropsychology and worked with Christopher Michael Langan through the Mega Foundation & its Research Group. Now, she maintains an executive role with the Mega Foundation.

Jed Macosko was in the Department of Chemistry at La Sierra University. Now, he is a Professor of Physics at Wake Forest University and the President/Co-founder of AcademicInfluence.com. Bonnie Mallard was in the Department of Immunology at the University of Guelph. Now, she is a Professor in Pathobiology at the University of Guelph and is the inventor of HIR/Immunity+ livestock health technology.

Forrest M. Mims III was involved in Atmospheric Science research. Now, he continues atmospheric measurements and science writing. Scott Minnich was in the Department of Microbiology at the University of Idaho. Now, he is a Professor of Microbiology at the University of Idaho.

Paul Nelson was involved in the Philosophy of Biology at the Discovery Institute. Now, he is a Senior Fellow at the Discovery Institute’s Center for Science & Culture. Filip Palda was in the Department of Economics at ÉNAP (Montréal). Now, he is dead, circa 2017. 

Edward T. Peltzer III was associated with Ocean Chemistry and later affiliated with MBARI. Now, he is retired from MBARI and is a long-time Senior Research Specialist/Program Manager. Alvin Plantinga was in the Department of Philosophy at the University of Notre Dame. Now, he is the John A. O’Brien Professor Emeritus at the University of Notre Dame.

Martin Poenie was in the Department of Molecular Cell & Developmental Biology at the University of Texas–Austin. Then he was a Retired/emeritus professor. Now, he is retired. Carlos E. Puente was in the Department of Hydrology & Theoretical Dynamics at the University of California, Davis. Now, he is a Professor Emeritus at UC Davis.

Del Ratzsch was in the Department of Philosophy of Science at Calvin College. Now, he is a Professor Emeritus of Philosophy at Calvin University. Jay Wesley Richards was involved in Philosophical Theology at the Discovery Institute. Now, he is a Senior Fellow/Director for The Heritage Foundation and a Professor at The Catholic University of America.

Terry Rickard was involved in Electrical Engineering at Orincon Corporation. Now, he is a senior technologist/executive, co-founded ORINCON, and has later roles at OptiMark and Lockheed Martin. John Roche was in the Department of History of Science at the University of Oxford. Now, he is dead, circa May 20, 2024 (Harris Manchester College, 2025).

Andrew Ruys was involved in Bioceramic Engineering at the University of Sydney. Now, he is a Professor of Engineering at the University of Sydney. Henry F. Schaefer III was involved in Quantum Chemistry at the University of Georgia (Athens). Now, he is the Graham Perdue Professor of Chemistry & Director of the Center for Computational Quantum Chemistry at the University of Georgia (Athens). 

Jeffrey M. Schwartz, M.D., was involved in the Department of Psychiatry/Neuroscience at UCLA. Now, he is a Research Psychiatrist at UCLA and is an author on neuroplasticity/OCD. Philip S. Skell was involved in the Department of Chemistry at Penn State University. Now, he is dead, circa November 21, 2010.

Frederick Skiff was in the Department of Physics at the University of Iowa. Now, he is a professor of Physics & Astronomy at the University of Iowa. Karl D. Stephan was involved in the Department of Electrical Engineering at Southwest Texas State University. Now, he is a Professor at Texas State University, an engineering-ethics writer.

Richard M. Sternberg was involved in Systematics at NCBI-GenBank (NIH). Now, he is an independent/ID-affiliated scholar with no current formal institutional role publicly listed. Frank J. Tipler was involved in the Department of Mathematical Physics at Tulane University. Now, he is still a Professor of Mathematical Physics at Tulane University.

Jonathan Wells was involved in Developmental Biology at the Discovery Institute. Now, he is dead, September 19, 2024 (Klinghoffer, 2024). Peter Zöller-Greer was involved in Mathematics, Physics, and Information Science at the State University of Applied Sciences (Frankfurt/Main). Now, he is Professor/emeritus-level at Frankfurt University of Applied Sciences, but retired.

Therefore, 7 former ISCID Fellows are deceased: Bernard d’Abrera (Jan 13, 2017), Walter L. Bradley (July 2, 2025), Daniel Dix (July 3, 2023), Filip Palda (Aug 24, 2017), John J. Roche (May 20, 2024), Philip S. Skell (Nov 21, 2010), and Jonathan Wells (Sept 19, 2024). 

13 are some form of emeritus: John Bloom, Neil Broom, John Angus Campbell, Russell W. Carlson, William Lane Craig, Fred Field, James P. Keener, Matti Leisola, John Lennox, Carlos E. Puente, Del Ratzsch, Alvin Plantinga, and David Humphreys. 

Five are explicitly retired: E. Stan Lennard, Edward T. Peltzer III, Martin Poenie, Peter Zöller-Greer, and Robert Kaita. Therefore, 25 Fellows are deceased, emeritus, or retired (accounting for overlap), leaving 32 with current active roles; categories were active, deceased, emeritus (still publishing/teaching), retired (no ongoing academic appointment), and unknown/insufficient public information.

The transitions never happened after PCID and ISCID became defunct. ID Creationism’s most significant achievement in an attempt at academic legitimation eventuated in this outcome for itself. This legacy has significantly influenced the intellectual lives of numerous individuals. It is one of those rare phenomena: a forever-after reputational scar.

As noted previously, there are other organizations and individuals to cover.

References

Dembski, W.A. (2016, September 23). Official Retirement from Intelligent Design. https://billdembski.com/personal/official-retirement-from-intelligent-design/.

Dembski, W.A. (2025, July 23). Remembering Walter Bradley (1943–2025). https://scienceandculture.com/2025/07/remembering-walter-bradley-1943-2025/.

Harris Manchester College. (2025). Dr John Roche, 1937 – May 20 2024. https://www.hmc.ox.ac.uk/article/dr-john-roche-1937-20-may-2024.

Klinghoffer, D. (2024, September 24). Farewell to Jonathan Wells, Iconoclastic Scientist. https://scienceandculture.com/2024/09/farewell-to-jonathan-wells-iconoclastic-scientist/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2022a, January 29). Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID). https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/04/06/excavation-of-a-failure-the-international-society-for-complexity-information-and-design-iscid/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2022b, January 28). What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design?. https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/04/06/what-was-the-professional-output-of-intelligent-design/.

Science & Culture Today. (2021, February 16). William Dembski: Why I am Returning to the Front Lines of Intelligent Design. https://scienceandculture.com/2021/02/william-dembski-why-im-returning-to-the-front-lines-of-intelligent-design.

Footnotes

[1] Fellows of ISCID:

  1. d’Abrera, Bernard
  2. Behe, Michael J.
  3. Bloom, John
  4. Bradley, Walter
  5. Broom, Neil
  6. Budziszewski, J.
  7. Campbell, John Angus
  8. Carlson, Russell W.
  9. Chiu, David K. Y.
  10. Collins, Robin
  11. Craig, William Lane
  12. de Jong, Kenneth
  13. Dembski, William A.
  14. Discher, Mark R.
  15. Dix, Daniel
  16. Field, Fred
  17. Gonzalez, Guillermo
  18. Gordon, Bruce L.
  19. Humphreys, David
  20. Hunter, Cornelius
  21. Iqbal, Muzaffar
  22. Jackson, Quinn Tyler
  23. Johanson, Conrad
  24. Kaita, Robert
  25. Keener, James
  26. Koons, Robert C.
  27. Kwon, Younghun
  28. Langan, Christopher Michael
  29. Larmer, Robert
  30. Leisola, Matti
  31. Lennard, Stan
  32. Lennox, John
  33. LoSasso, Gina Lynne
  34. Macosko, Jed
  35. Mallard, Bonnie
  36. Mims, Forrest M. III
  37. Minnich, Scott
  38. Nelson, Paul
  39. Palda, Filip
  40. Peltzer, Edward T.
  41. Plantinga, Alvin
  42. Poenie, Martin
  43. Puente, Carlos E.
  44. Ratzsch, Del
  45. Richards, Jay Wesley
  46. Rickard, Terry
  47. Roche, John
  48. Ruys, Andrew
  49. Schaefer, Henry F.
  50. Schwartz, Jeffrey M.
  51. Skell, Philip
  52. Skiff, Frederick
  53. Stephan, Karl D.
  54. Sternberg, Richard
  55. Tipler, Frank
  56. Wells, Jonathan
  57. Zöller-Greer, Peter

See International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (2013).

Other A Further Inquiry Series articles

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace (2025.08.19)

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now (2025.08.20)

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.21)

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.22)

Other Previous Articles

22% of Canadians believe God created humans as is ~10,000 years ago (2018.04.30)

Creationism and Evolution — Bill HB258 Denied (2018.05.01)

About One in Five Canadians are Young Earth Creationists (2018.05.01)

See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Monkey See, Monkey Do, Monkey Hearsay (2019.04.06)

Canadians’ and Others’ Convictions to Divine Interventionism in the Matters of the Origins and Evolution (2019.10.12)

Canada: Division over role of religion in Canadian society (2019.12.17)

The Fantastic Capacity for Believing the Incredible (2020.11.01)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.01.28)

Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) (2022.01.29)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.04.06)

Interview with Ann Reid — Executive Director, National Center for Science Education (2022.05.03)

An Interview with Imam Soharwardy on Creationism, Evolution, and Islam (2023.02.14)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, Florida State University — Part Two (2023.02.16)

Support for evolution stable in Canada (2024.05.26)

@rationalchristianfaith, “Logan Paul Cliffe Knechtle: Does The Bible Support Evolution?” (2024.06.18)

Creationism at a new low, according to Gallup (2024.08.01)

Glenn Branch on the Scopes Trial in Books (2024.11.07)

Nathan H. Lents on Gender Diversity, Evolution, and Science (2025.03.22)

How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case (2025.04.01)

Exploring Creationist Beliefs in Canada: An Analysis of Perspectives on Origins and Evolution (2025.08.15)

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Areo Magazine (2016–2025): An Almost Decade of Ideas, Debate, and Cultural Commentary

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/22

undefined

Once upon a time, Alan Sokal wrote a spoof paper in Social Text as a critique of postmodern-infected scholarship. In 2015, the idea of the replication crisis became mainstream, as an Open Science Collaboration Science paper presented non-replication in psychology widely, thus beginning an intensified debate on methods and rigour. That same year, Heterodox Academy was founded.

Heterodox Academy was created by Jonathan Haidt, Nicholas Quinn Rosenkranz, and Chris Martin due to concerns about campus orthodoxy and viewpoint diversity lacking. In August 2016, the University of Chicago Free Speech Letter (August 2016) was published as a pushback against perceived illiberal campus norms. In 2016, Peter Boghossian promoted the Atheos app for skeptical conversation in a civil tone with the Dawkins Foundation. This influenced the eventual liberal, humanist, and debate posture of Areo Magazine.

Areo was founded in November 2016 by Malhar Mali and named after Milton’s Areopagitica. In May 2017, Boghossian & Lindsay placed a satirical paper, “The Conceptual Penis as a Social Construct,” (May 19, 2017) in Cogent Social Sciences as part of a larger project or academic paper hoax. 

By October 2-5, 2018, James Lindsay, Pluckrose, and Boghossian, worked on a hoax collectively known as “Sokal Squared” or the “Grievance Studies,” revealed in an approximately 2-year research project involving the submission of bogus papers to critical theory or critical theory-associated journals. The Atlantic and Chronicle covered the “Sokal Squared” or the “Grievance Studies” hoax, while Areo provided an explanatory essay. 

Dr. Iona Italia launched “Two for Tea” podcast. She would later become the Editor-in-Chief of Areo. “Two for Tea” ran through October/November 2023. On January 23, 2019, Areo Magazine Ltd. was registered in the UK (Company No. 11782240).

In 2020, Italia became the Editor-in-Chief. It was claimed somewhere between May 2020 and October 2023 that Areo garnered about 750,000 readers per year (not externally verified, but externally claimed). On August 25, 2020, Pluckrose and Lindsay published Cynical Theories as, in part, an extension of the thesis about activist scholarship. 

Between April 6 and May 3, 2021, more formally, the leadership of Areo changed. Pluckrose stepped back from daily responsibilities. Companies House shows the person with significant control switched formally to Italia rather than merely informally. Aside from Areo happenings, Boghossian resigned from Portland State University between September 8 and 9, 2021, and published a resignation letter to coincide with this.

On January 19, 2022, Pluckrose is no longer a director, according to Companies House, while Italia was listed. In May 2023, Pluckrose’s Counterweight project closed. Supporters were directed to other organizations. Later in 2023, Areo‘s publications ceased, following Italia’s tenure ending in October and the announcement of business operations closure on November 5, 2023. 

In late 2023, Quillette began running the ‘best of Areo’ while Quillette purchased the archives of Areo. On January 21, 2025, the company, Areo Magazine Ltd., was formally dissolved (UK Companies House).

Areo rose from 2016 to 2019, peaked, probably, between 2020 and 2022, and experienced its denouement and closure phases from 2023 to 2025. Now, the figureheads Puckrose, Lindsay, Boghossian, Italia, and Mali have moved on. 

Pluckrose has a Substack entitled The Overflowings of a Liberal Brain and published The Counterweight Handbook (2024) under Swift Press. Lindsay founded New Discourses as a media-education site. Boghossian is a Faculty Advisor at the University of Austin and hosts a YouTube/podcast series. Italia co-hosts the Quillette podcast and writes independently. Mali appears far less publicly since leaving Areo

Sokal’s original paper remains a point of academic and public discussion to this day.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Omima Jabal on Sudan’s Grassroots Humanitarian Response: ERR, USAID Cuts, and the Fight Against Misinformation

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/22

Part 2 of 2

Omima Jabal, a Sudanese humanitarian, volunteer in the Emergency Response Room (ERR), a grassroots initiative providing critical aid during the war between the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Rapid Support Forces (RSF). Initially focused on disaster relief, ERR expanded its work in response to the war, providing food distribution, medical aid, and civilian protection while maintaining neutrality. In this 2-part interview, Jabal explains that USAID funding cuts have severely impacted local civil society organizations, forcing projects to freeze and depriving communities of essential food, medical care, and protection. This shortage intensifies resource scarcity, conflict, and human rights abuses. Despite challenges, grassroots and women-led groups continue coordinating aid and advocating for flexible international funding. Jabal calls for urgent policy changes to ensure humanitarian assistance reaches vulnerable Sudanese communities and supports local initiatives amid instability.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Large clusters of international organizations operate in crisis zones. These organizations can be massive and well-funded, but their size sometimes makes them inefficient for rapid response.

They tend to be comprehensive and bold in their approaches, but are there any initiatives focusing on smaller, more agile groups—such as small cohorts of organizations working together instead of large networks? Would such a model be more responsive to the localized needs of the Sudanese people who are most affected?

Omima Jabal: That’s right. Some smaller mechanisms do exist.

For example, UNICEF has worked in Sudan since the crisis began, focusing on aid, education, and substitution programs.

The World Food Programme (WFP) is also active. However, as I mentioned, one of the biggest challenges is that these large international organizations do not cover all parts of Sudan or engage the community at planning levels.

For instance, in the beginning, UNICEF operated only in the government-controlled zones controlled by the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF). Other areas were inaccessible, and UNICEF had no mechanism to work with them.

Later, UNICEF began collaborating with grassroots groups, which was an effective approach. Working through national organizations alongside grassroots groups demonstrated real impact. However, UNICEF has not yet engaged directly with grassroots groups to develop a tailored intervention strategy using smaller, more localized clusters.

The same is true for WFP. Due to the mandates and policies they follow, they face similar limitations. I previously emphasized that international organizations must improve coordination mechanisms within crisis zones.

They must become more creative and adaptive to the changing realities of Sudan, working in ways that respond flexibly to different regional needs.

Jacobsen: On a personal note, for those who want to know more about you as an individual—where do you find your strength? You are working under extreme circumstances. Some may find comfort in data and analysis; human rights discussions can be theoretical.

Jabal: Where do I find my strength? Strength comes from understanding the situation and its complexities, even within a single area. The situation in Sudan is not uniform—within one state, you will find vastly different conditions.

For example, we have worked in states where control is divided between two conflicting parties—some areas are controlled by the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF), while others are under the Rapid Support Forces (RSF).

One key strength of grassroots groups is their accessibility. They have access to areas that even the government or international organizations cannot reach. Another source of strength is their deep understanding of the local context.

We understand why certain interventions fail, and others succeed and how to adapt to each situation. This knowledge is invaluable.

Community accountability is another strength. Grassroots organizations are directly accountable to their communities, which builds trust. This level of accountability is not easily achieved, but it is crucial.

Lastly, grassroots groups have a strong reputation among the people they serve. This trust and credibility within their communities make their work more effective. So, yes, these are some key strengths that sustain us.

One of the major challenges we face is the spread of hate speech. The war on the ground is one thing, but the war on social media is another serious issue. Platforms like Facebook and WhatsApp are being used to spread misinformation and incite violence.

There have been cases where people were killed because of a video circulating online. This is a serious concern. One of our worries is the role of Meta, the company that owns Facebook and WhatsApp.

They have a fact-checking program, but it has many complications. One challenge is language. Hate speech often spreads in Sudanese Arabic dialects or specific tribal and regional languages, which are not always recognized by fact-checkers.

Another issue is transparency—we do not know how many fact-checkers Meta employs to monitor Sudan-related content or how effectively they prevent the spread of harmful speech. A recent U.S. government decision to halt Meta’s fact-checking policies has made things even more difficult.

This has further reduced the ability to control the spread of misinformation and hate speech. The international community has not taken significant action on this issue. No concrete steps have been taken to address the harmful content spreading on social media, and this remains a serious and growing problem we face daily. I want to highlight that as one of the key challenges we are dealing with.

Jacobsen: Thank you. I appreciate your time again.

Jabal: Thank you so much, Scott.

Jacobsen: You’re welcome.

Jabal: It was nice talking to you. Have a good day.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/22

*Previous articles in the series at the bottom.*

“To defeat scientific materialism and its destructive moral, cultural and political legacies… To replace materialistic explanations with the theistic understanding that nature and human beings are created by God… To see intelligent design theory as the dominant perspective in science… Discovery Institute’s Center for the Renewal of Science and Culture seeks nothing less than the overthrow of materialism and its cultural legacies.”

The Wedge Document,” CSC “Wedge” Strategy (1998)

(Documented by National Center for Science Education)

“The mission… is to advance the understanding that human beings and nature are the result of intelligent design… We seek long-term scientific and cultural change through cutting-edge scientific research and scholarship…”

Center for Science & Culture

“The mission of Discovery Institute is to advance a culture of purpose, creativity, and innovation… Mind, not matter, is the source and crown of creation, the wellspring of human achievement.”

Discovery Institute

This isn’t really, and never has been, a debate about science. It’s about religion and philosophy.

Philip E. Johnson

“The CSRC expressly announces, in the Wedge Document, a program of Christian apologetics to promote ID.”

Kitzmiller v. Dover Area School Dist., 400 F. Supp. 2d 707 (M.D. Pa. 2005)

The Discovery Institute (DI) is a policy think-tank based in Seattle, Washington (Discovery Institute, 2025a). DI was founded in 1991 by Bruce Chapman and George Gilder and presented as a “non-profit, non-partisan” organization to bring together a “global network of scholars, scientists, and policy experts” in the advancement of Intelligent Design (ID) Creationism in various ways (Discovery Institute, 2025b).

In reality, it is a series of ‘programs of Christian apologetics to promote ID Creationism’ through various “cultural and religious goals” to “change the ground rules of science to make room for religion, specifically, beliefs consonant with a particular version of Christianity” (Justia U.S. Law, 2005).

Their stated philosophy is “Mind… is the source and crown of creation, the wellspring of human achievement” as conceived “by the ancient Hebrews, Greeks and Christians, and elaborated in the American Founding Western culture” in contrast to “contemporary materialistic worldview [that] denies the intrinsic dignity and freedom of human beings and enfeebles scientific creativity and technological innovation…[a] vision [of] limited horizons… [and] deadening ideologies of scarcity, conflict, mutual suspicion and despair” (Discovery Institute, 2025c).

DI is the primary driver of ID Creationism to ‘teach the controversy’ (Discovery Institute, 2005). DI has programs in science and culture, wealth and poverty, technology, artificial intelligence, citizen leadership, transforming education, human exceptionalism, and the Cascadia Center (Ibid.).

Its Board of Directors is a respectable size featuring prominent public and political figures, business leaders and innovators, and philanthropic community members (Discovery Institute, 2025d). Its current Chair of the Board is Bruce Chapman, while the former Chair of the Board–and current member of the Board–is Byron Nutley (Ibid.)

Prominent public and political figures are Edmund C. Moy, Howard F. Ahmanson Jr., and Mariana Parks (Ibid.). Business leaders and innovator members are Bryan Mistele, Charles Lundberg, Cole Smead, Dave Barber, Eric Garcia, James Spady, Mike Dunn, Richard Greiling, Skip Gilliland, and Walter Myers III (Ibid.).

Philanthropic community board members are Annmarie Kelly and Kathy Connors (Ibid.). This remains a significant number of prominent people in support of a Christian apologetic missional work under presentation as a policy think-tank.

Its active Senior Fellows are Andrew McDiarmid, Bill Walton, David Klinghoffer, Donald P. Nielsen, Frank Gregorsky, Gale Pooley, George Gilder, Jay W. Richards, John G. West, John Wohlstetter, Jonathan Choe, Jonathan Lesser, Keri D. Ingraham, Marvin Olasky, Michael Medved, Robert Marbut, Scott S. Powell, Stephen C. Meyer, Walter Myers III, and Wesley J. Smith (Discovery Institute, 2025e).

Its Fellows are Arina Grossu Agnew, Bruce Agnew, Edwin Meese III, Jerry Bowyer, Nathan Lewis, Paul Guppy, Ray B. Chambers, Robert J. Koch, Scott O. Kuznicki, Tim Scala, and Tom Shakely (Ibid.). DI Staff are varied in task and role [1]

They list events of various types including book events (e.g., book launch, author Q&A), conferences (e.g., COSM Technology Summit, Dallas Conference on Science & Faith), education days (e.g., Intelligent Design Education Day), film screenings (e.g., The American MiracleFentanyl Death Incorporated), lectures/talks (e.g., Socrates in the City, Bible & the Rise of Science), luncheons (e.g., lunch discussion on Presidential Succession), special experiences (e.g., 2024 total eclipse viewing), and webinars (e.g., The Privileged Planet 20th Anniversary webinar) (Discovery Institute, 2025g).

They distribute materials and generate wealth in alternative ways too (Discovery Institute, 2025h). DI sells books (e.g., Discovery Institute Press titles), curricula and educational materials (e.g., textbooks, workbooks, discussion guides), documentary DVDs and videos (e.g., The Privileged PlanetMetamorphosisThe Intelligent Design Collection), merchandise (e.g., mugs, posters, calendars, clothing), and online courses (e.g., DiscoveryU) (Ibid.).

So, a large board and staff, diverse events, and a clear Christian apologetic hermeneutic as a culture war organization presenting itself as a policy think-tank, as well as events and merchandise. Who finances the operation? It is a reasonable question.

One answer is donation (Discovery Institute, 2025i). DI offers general or program-specific giving, tiered memberships (e.g., Contributor, Discovery Society, Director’s Circle, President’s Circle), or planned giving, stock gifts, IRA distributions, and bequests (Ibid.).

Major documented funders include DonorsTrust ($9,352,000), National Christian Charitable Foundation ($7,376,750), Walton Family Foundation($400,000), Schwab Charitable Fund ($286,550), The Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation ($260,000), The Seattle Foundation ($81,000), Searle Freedom Trust ($80,000), John Templeton Foundation ($78,750), Barney Family Foundation ($50,000), William H. Donner Foundation ($50,000), The Carthage Foundation ($40,000), Castle Rock Foundation ($25,000), Deramus Foundation ($15,000), Whatley Foundation ($11,000), Peterson Family Foundation ($3,670), Richard Seth Staley Educational Foundation ($3,000), Aequus Institute ($2,000), and Gilder Foundation ($1,000) (DeSmog, 2025).

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation provided approximately $1,000,000 per year for 10 years, totalling ~9.35 million dollars, with the stipulation that the funds be restricted to DI’s Cascadia transportation/urban policy work (Ibid.).

They created several centers and a project: American Center for Transforming Education, Cascadia Center for Regional Development, Center for Natural and Artificial Intelligence, Center for Science and Culture, Center on Human Exceptionalism, Center on Wealth and Poverty, Chapman Center for Citizen Leadership, and Technology and Democracy Project.

American Center for Transforming Education is about K–12 policy advocacy (e.g., parental choice, innovation, “empower parents” framing) to transform” public education (2025). The Cascadia Center for Regional Development (2025) is a Pacific Northwest transportation and regional development policy. It backed Seattle’s SR-99 deep-bore tunnel replacement for the Alaskan Way Viaduct (Ibid.).

The Center for Natural and Artificial Intelligence (Walter Bradley Center) looks at the AI’s benefits/limits through a lens of human exceptionalism (echoed later) while contrasting human vs. machine intelligence (2025). The Center for Science and Culture is a central flagship for Intelligent Design advocacy, whether “academic freedom” campaigns for ID, education programs, or research (2025).

The Center on Human Exceptionalism has a bioethics focus with the explicit intent to defend human dignity as defined intrinsically, with a focus on assisted-suicide and euthanasia debates, and medical ethics (2025). While the Center on Wealth and Poverty emphasizes free-market economics messaging, they have a focus on homelessness, poverty, and work on critiques of progressive policy, previously led by Christopher Rufo (2025).

The Chapman Center for Citizen Leadership offers fellowships and hosts seminars to mentor young professionals, with a focus on civic leadership and public life (2025). Lastly, the Technology and Democracy Project focuses on tech/telecom policy from a market perspective, frequently opposing FCC-style net-neutrality philosophy (2025).

With these centers, projects, programs, events, donations, and funding, it represents a reasonably well-funded, long-term, and large-scale project devoted to pseudoscience as a ‘policy think-tank,’ but, rather, is a representative of a decades-long record of failures to advance ID Creationism.

These have continued since the mid-1990s. Unequivocally, the American Association for the Advancement of Science (2002), Kitzmiller v. Dover (2005) decision, the National Academy of Sciences (1999), and the National Science Teachers Association, and numerous others, have declared ID Creationism not science.

Indeed, the Wedge Document further illuminates DI’s as a religious–cultural strategy rather than a scientific program. (National Center for Science Education, 2008). That’s the Discovery Institute.

There’s more, though, to be covered in the upcoming articles.

References

American Association for the Advancement of Science. (2002, November 6). AAAS urges opposition to ‘intelligent design theory’ within U.S. science classes. https://www.eurekalert.org/news-releases/623273.

American Center for Transforming Education. (2025). About. https://www.discovery.org/education/about/

Cascadia Center. (2025). About. https://cascadia.center/about/.

Center for Human Exceptionalism. (2025). About: Our Mission. https://humanexceptionalism.center/about/.

Center for Science & Culture. (2025). About: Our Mission. https://www.discovery.org/id/about/.

Center on Wealth & Poverty. (2025). About: Our Mission. https://wealthandpoverty.center/about/.

Chapman Center for Citizen Leadership. (2025). Programs. https://chapman.center/programs.

DeSmog. (2025). Discovery Institute (D.I.). https://www.desmog.com/discovery-institute/.

Discovery Institute. (2005, December 7). Academic Persecution of Scientists and Scholars Researching Intelligent Design is a Dangerous and Growing Trend. https://www.discovery.org/a/3077/.

Discovery Institute. (2025d). Board of Directors. https://www.discovery.org/about/board-of-directors/.

Discovery Institute. (2025a). Discovery Institute. https://www.discovery.org.

Discovery Institute. (2025h). Discovery Institute Store. https://www.discovery.org/store/.

Discovery Institute. (2025g). Events. https://www.discovery.org/c/discovery-institute/?post_type=e.

Discovery Institute. (2025e). Fellows: Discovery Institute Senior Fellows. https://www.discovery.org/about/fellows/.

Discovery Institute. (2025c). Mission. https://www.discovery.org/about/mission/.

Discovery Institute. (2025f). Staff Directory. https://www.discovery.org/about/directory/.

Discovery Institute. (2025b). What We Do. https://www.discovery.org/about/.

Justia U.S. Law. (2005, December 20). Kitzmiller v. Dover Area School Dist., 400 F. Supp. 2d 707 (M.D. Pa. 2005). https://law.justia.com/cases/federal/district-courts/FSupp2/400/707/2414073/.

National Center for Science Education. (2008, October 14). The Wedge Document. https://ncse.ngo/wedge-document.

Technology & Democracy Project. (2025). About. https://www.discovery.org/tech/about/.

The Walter Bradley Center for Natural & Artificial Intelligence. (2025). Mission. https://bradley.center/about/mission/.

Footnotes

[1] Serianna Anderson — Event and Donor Care Coordinator, Discovery Institute; Pam Bailey — Dallas Operations Manager, Discovery Institute Dallas; Steven J. Buri — President; Bruce Chapman — Chairman of the Board; Jonathan Choe — Journalist and Senior Fellow; Caitlin Cory — Communications Coordinator, Discovery Institute; Robert L. Crowther, II– Director of Communications, Center for Science & Culture; Steve Dilley — Academic Mentoring Centers Coordinator; Tova Forman — Development Specialist, Center for Science & Culture; Bruce Gordon — Associate Research Director, Center for Science & Culture; Keri D. Ingraham — Director, American Center for Transforming Education; Nathan Jacobson — Director of Media and Branding; Kate Kavanaugh — Education & Outreach Assistant, Center for Science & Culture; David Klinghoffer — Senior Fellow and Editor, Evolution News & Science Today, Center for Science & Culture; Casey Luskin — Associate Director, Center for Science & Culture; Andrew McDiarmid — Director of Podcasting, Senior Fellow; Jonathan McLatchie — Resident Biologist & Fellow; Elaine Meyer — Cambridge Project; Stephen C. Meyer — Director, Center for Science & Culture; Marsha Michaelis — Project Coordinator and Research Fellow, Fix Homelessness Initiative of Discovery Institute’s Center on Wealth & Poverty; Brian Miller — Research Coordinator, Center for Science & Culture; Dan Nutley — Director, IT; Erik L. Nutley — Program Director; Daniel Reeves — Director, Education & Outreach; Emily Sandico — Special Projects Coordinator, Center for Science & Culture; Eric Schneider — Stewardship Officer, Major Gifts, Center for Science & Culture; Steve Schwarz — Director of Finance & Operations; Elliot Stephens– Development Assistant, Center for Science & Culture; Leslie Thompson — Finance Assistant; Kelley J. Unger — Director, Discovery Society, Center for Science & Culture; Andrea Waggoner — Donor Care Coordinator, Center for Science & Culture; John G. West — Vice President, Discovery Institute, and Managing Director, Center for Science & Culture; Katherine West — Web Developer and Data Administrator; Brian Westad — Business Manager and Executive Assistant to the Managing Director, Center for Science & Culture; Thomas Winkler — Regional Ambassador, Center for Science and Culture; Jonathan Witt — Executive Editor, Discovery Institute Press; Senior Fellow and Senior Project Manager, Center for Science & Culture; Penny Yeh — Web and Content Production Assistant.

See Discovery Institute (2025f).

Other A Further Inquiry Series articles

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace (2025.08.19)

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now (2025.08.20)

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.21)

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.22)

Other Previous Articles

22% of Canadians believe God created humans as is ~10,000 years ago (2018.04.30)

Creationism and Evolution — Bill HB258 Denied (2018.05.01)

About One in Five Canadians are Young Earth Creationists (2018.05.01)

See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Monkey See, Monkey Do, Monkey Hearsay (2019.04.06)

Canadians’ and Others’ Convictions to Divine Interventionism in the Matters of the Origins and Evolution (2019.10.12)

Canada: Division over role of religion in Canadian society (2019.12.17)

The Fantastic Capacity for Believing the Incredible (2020.11.01)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.01.28)

Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) (2022.01.29)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.04.06)

Interview with Ann Reid — Executive Director, National Center for Science Education (2022.05.03)

An Interview with Imam Soharwardy on Creationism, Evolution, and Islam (2023.02.14)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, Florida State University — Part Two (2023.02.16)

Support for evolution stable in Canada (2024.05.26)

@rationalchristianfaith, “Logan Paul Cliffe Knechtle: Does The Bible Support Evolution?” (2024.06.18)

Creationism at a new low, according to Gallup (2024.08.01)

Glenn Branch on the Scopes Trial in Books (2024.11.07)

Nathan H. Lents on Gender Diversity, Evolution, and Science (2025.03.22)

How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case (2025.04.01)

Exploring Creationist Beliefs in Canada: An Analysis of Perspectives on Origins and Evolution (2025.08.15)

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Omima Jabal on Human Rights and Sudan

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/21

Part 1 of 2

Omima Jabal, a Sudanese humanitarian, volunteer in the Emergency Response Room (ERR), a grassroots initiative providing critical aid during the war between the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Rapid Support Forces (RSF). Initially focused on disaster relief, ERR expanded its work in response to the war, providing food distribution, medical aid, and civilian protection while maintaining neutrality. In this 2-part interview, Jabal explains that USAID funding cuts have severely impacted local civil society organizations, forcing projects to freeze and depriving communities of essential food, medical care, and protection. This shortage intensifies resource scarcity, conflict, and human rights abuses. Despite challenges, grassroots and women-led groups continue coordinating aid and advocating for flexible international funding. Jabal calls for urgent policy changes to ensure humanitarian assistance reaches vulnerable Sudanese communities and supports local initiatives amid instability.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The Trump administration came into power following the U.S. election. One of its early policy changes was cutting funding to USAID. What impact has this had on the Sudanese people?

Omima Jabal: The effects have been significant and widespread, causing considerable harm. The decision has particularly impacted Sudanese civil society organizations (CSOs), many of which have relocated to neighboring countries. These organizations relied heavily on USAID funding.

As soon as the funding cuts were implemented, most CSOs froze their projects, halting ongoing initiatives. These projects had two key aspects: one focused on direct collaboration with grassroots groups, including the ERR and other community-led initiatives.

With USAID funding frozen, all projects dependent on this financial support came to a standstill. People on the ground are now deeply concerned about the resulting shortages, limiting access to essential daily needs.

Another significant impact is on individuals employed by Sudanese national organizations. Many of these employees are the primary providers for their families, whether in Sudan or abroad. Without funding, they can no longer support themselves, let alone their dependents.

Overall, this decision has significantly reduced Sudan’s already limited humanitarian aid. Previously, Sudan had been promised additional funding from USAID and other sources. However, with these cuts, those commitments have been withdrawn.

Given the rapidly deteriorating situation, this lack of funding places people at severe risk, affecting their ability to meet basic needs such as food, shelter, and medical care.

This is a major concern. As Sudanese people and as CSOs, we urge the U.S. government to reconsider this decision, as it has affected the lives of millions. This funding is critical for humanitarian efforts.

Jacobsen: How does the reduction in USAID funding contribute to an increase in human rights abuses for the Sudanese people?

Jabal: It ultimately comes down to funding. As mentioned, many Sudanese civil society organizations (CSOs) and grassroots groups depend on USAID funding. Cutting this funding creates a financial shortfall.

A lack of funds means a lack of resources, leading to multiple crises. The scarcity of resources can cause conflicts among people struggling to survive with few available resources.

Sudan is already facing a severe resource shortage. Without external support, competition over these scarce resources can escalate into violence.

Additionally, when essential aid—such as food and medical assistance—is cut off, it directly impacts people’s survival, leading to widespread human rights violations. The fundamental rights of the Sudanese people to receive humanitarian aid and support are being severely undermined by these funding cuts.

Jacobsen: What specific human rights standards should be in place to protect humanitarian workers and volunteers operating in active conflict zones?

Jabal: This is a difficult question we’ve been asked many times. There is no single way to guarantee the protection of aid workers on the ground, but some measures can be taken.

First, the international community must officially recognize these individuals as humanitarian workers, even if they are not affiliated with a registered organization.

Second, it is crucial to ensure that funding channels remain open and uninterrupted. This would allow aid workers to continue delivering assistance at different levels despite their challenges. However, there is no universal solution if we talk about concrete procedures to protect aid workers.

It ties back to the broader issue of protection, which I have discussed previously. If aid workers face immediate danger, they need to be relocated—either within Sudan or outside the country—depending on their willingness and the level of safety available to them.

Jacobsen: When gathering data in grassroots initiatives, what are the challenges regarding transparency, accountability, and data security? Given the context, these systems are not necessarily operating in secure conditions.

Jabal: Yes. That is one of the key challenges—ensuring information availability while maintaining security.

Volunteers working on the ground face significant risks, including threats of kidnapping. Women, in particular, are at heightened risk of sexual violence.

Another major issue is data availability. The necessary information exists, but due to the lack of internet access and limited resources, much remains inaccessible or is only available in physical form—written on paper rather than stored digitally.

Even when data is collected, accessibility is limited, and only a small fraction of the information reaches those who need it. Additionally, being an aid worker in Sudan is inherently dangerous. The risks of collecting and handling data make this work even more challenging.

Jacobsen: What about support from the Sudanese diaspora outside of Sudan, whether financial or through expertise? How do you build networks with those individuals?

Jabal: The Sudanese diaspora plays a crucial role in this crisis. At the beginning of the war, there was no support from international organizations or external funding—everything depended on the Sudanese diaspora, which became the primary channel for funding.

Even now, after USAID funds have been frozen, the Sudanese diaspora continues to work collectively to support people on the ground financially.

There is no single mechanism for managing Sudanese diaspora engagement. It largely depends on geographical areas. Diaspora groups are often organized based on location, forming networks within neighbourhoods or communities. This structure varies from one grassroots group to another. Their contributions are primarily personal donations, which grassroots groups manage directly.

Another major contribution from the diaspora is advocacy. They actively campaign for Sudanese communities, raising awareness and influencing international discussions. Overall, the Sudanese diaspora is a fundamental pillar in localizing aid and ensuring that support reaches those who need it. As Sudanese, we are working hard to strengthen these efforts and tailor aid distribution to the needs of local communities.

Jacobsen: Destruction is an obvious tragedy. However, the silver lining is the potential for reconstruction—an opportunity to build within a rights-based framework for civil society while ensuring sustainable and inclusive development.

What opportunities do you see despite the tragedy? Because in my interactions with you, you seem optimistic and solutions-oriented.

Jabal: Regarding this, grassroots groups today represent the future of Sudan. The high level of youth engagement in these groups and initiatives creates real hope for the development of Sudanese civil society. We have internal challenges within civil society, but grassroots organizations actively work to overcome these obstacles.

In some ways, they have already fostered an environment in which Sudanese national organizations and grassroots groups—whether ERRs, community initiatives, or other networks—are beginning to coordinate more effectively.

This coordination mechanism is key. The opportunity is to develop a structured and collaborative approach between Sudanese civil society and the international community. This will allow aid, solutions, and funding to be tailored to the real needs of the Sudanese people, with their input at different levels and across various regions.

Another major opportunity is using this coordination to strengthen the capacities and skills of grassroots groups. We are also preparing them for Sudan’s future by supporting them in implementing locally driven solutions.

Jacobsen: Given their unique vulnerabilities in these contexts, how should support for women and children and their rights be addressed?

Jabal: Protecting women and children is essential. The Emergency Response Room (ERR) has taken several steps to address these issues.

While we recognize the need to promote women’s rights, most grassroots groups are led by women and manage their needs in a highly organized and sophisticated way.

Women’s offices, women-led initiatives, and groups operate across different parts of Sudan. These groups focus on meeting the needs of women and children, particularly during the crisis. They do not just work for women; they also provide essential services for children, including psychosocial support and early healthcare systems.

They are also developing their skills and advocating for more gender-sensitive aid policies across various sectors.

Most grassroots groups consist of women who have been actively contributing since day one of the war. It is truly remarkable to see what women can accomplish. In general aid efforts, such as community kitchens, women are key contributors—they prepare meals, distribute food, and ensure people are fed.

In the healthcare sector, many women and girls serve as nurses and doctors, providing critical medical assistance across different areas and conditions. We also have designated safe spaces, Women’s and Girls’ Safe Spaces and Child-Friendly Spaces, which provide crucial protection and support.

The most important thing is to ensure that aid is gender-sensitive. This has been an ongoing discussion among various grassroots groups, but women have proven their capability time and time again. Many projects are now directly addressing the needs of women and children.

Women’s groups within grassroots movements will be essential in shaping Sudan’s future. Their contributions will influence the localization of aid, broader community development, and post-war recovery efforts.

Jacobsen: Returning to the earlier point about USAID funding being cut—what changes in international funding policies are necessary for community-based humanitarian responses to be more robust and effective, particularly in safeguarding the human rights of the Sudanese people?

Jabal: According to the Sudanese context, specific policies need urgent change, and we have been discussing them for a long time. This is critical.

One key issue is the flexibility of funding. The international community needs to reassess its approach to Sudan because its context is highly complex and varies significantly by region. For example, the situation in Darfur is not the same as in Khartoum, Kassala in the east, or the southern parts of Sudan.

Applying a rigid funding structure with predetermined criteria or fixed funding channels creates problems. More flexibility in how funds are allocated is needed. Another issue is the policies governing who is eligible to receive funding. As I mentioned, national organizations do not cover all of Sudan.

Certain areas are supported only by grassroots initiatives, community groups, or local organizations. Funding policies must recognize and accommodate these realities. Additionally, the definition of accountability needs to be reconsidered. Grassroots groups are accountable to their communities. Still, their accountability mechanisms do not always align with the international community’s.

This does not mean they lack accountability—it means the international community must adapt its expectations to suit the local structures better. Another necessary change is the creation of alternative funding mechanisms. Funding should not be limited to a single channel; multiple funding streams should exist. This would allow for greater adaptability and effectiveness in distributing aid.

By diversifying funding channels, international bodies can better assess the impact and efficiency of aid distribution. The international community currently engages in discussions primarily with government bodies and ministries.

However, in Sudan, control is divided between the SAF (Sudanese Armed Forces) and the RSF (Rapid Support Forces). Since SAF represents the government, international aid allocation discussions often exclude areas not under SAF control.

This means that some regions are left out entirely, and the only viable way to deliver aid in those areas is through grassroots initiatives that operate independently of government control.

Recognizing and supporting these local initiatives would improve aid distribution and effectively reach vulnerable populations. Another crucial factor is coordination among international organizations.

Although aid efforts are organized into clusters, these do not always function effectively. Each crisis requires tailored coordination strategies.

Instead of relying solely on standard cluster mechanisms, international organizations must work together dynamically, reassessing their approach for each crisis to ensure proper coordination of funds and resources.

So, in summary, the key changes needed are:

  • Greater flexibility in funding allocation,
  • Expanding eligibility criteria to include grassroots groups,
  • Aligning accountability measures with local structures,
  • Establishing alternative funding mechanisms,
  • Recognizing the importance of grassroots initiatives in conflict zones and
  • Improving coordination among international aid organizations.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/21

*Previous articles in series at the bottom.*

“The ID movement itself recognizes that their view stands in opposition to science. One finds this not only in the leaked Discovery Institute “Wedge” document, which discusses overturning what they see as the anti-theistic assumptions of modernism, but throughout ID writings. I’ll just give a few examples. William Dembski writes: 

The scientific picture of the world championed since the Enlightenment is not just wrong but massively wrong. Indeed entire fields of inquiry, especially in the human sciences… need to be rethought from the ground up in terms of intelligent design. (Dembski 1999, p. 224) 

Another ID theorist, J. P. Moreland expressed the conviction that ID is not science by coining a new term: 

If (naturalists) want to define science in naturalistic terms, then we can define a new term, creascience, that allows for the recognition of discontinuities in nature that indicate the intentional, immediate intervention of a first cause that resembles a person. Note, if God does not exist, or if he has never intervened in the world through primary causality, then science and creascience are empirically equivalent and equally adequate approaches to the study of nature. The main difference between science and creascience is that the latter allows for the possibility that primary causality has occurred and can be recognized, (Moreland 1989) 

Here we see another conceptual link to creation science even in Moreland’s choice for the roots of his coined word. Whatever one calls it, IDCs themselves recognize that it is not science.” 

Dr. Robert T. Pennock

“It is ironic that several of these individuals, who so staunchly and proudly touted their religious convictions in public, would time and again lie to cover their tracks and disguise the real purpose behind the ID Policy.”

Judge John E. Jones III

“Ye shall not steal, neither deal falsely, neither lie one to another.”

Leviticus 19:11 

“You shall not bear false witness…”

Exodus 20:16

These ethical admonitions from modern courts and their purported holy scripture frame the controversy. The first article in this newest series on the more sophisticated forms of Creationism, “Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace,” gave the layout of the long-term failure outcomes of the Intelligent Design (ID) Creationism movement over the last several decades and then listed some of its key individuals (Jacobsen, 2025). 

The ID movement, rooted in attempts to combat “scientific materialism” and guided by the Discovery Institute’s Wedge Document (National Center for Science Education, 2008), sought to advance a theistic worldview in culture, but failed due to its lack of testability and falsifiability (National Center for Science Education, 2005).

This article will cover the core architects and leaders, while the subsequent articles will cover the institutions and figures. The key architects are Dr. Michael Behe, Dr. William Dembski, Dr. Stephen C. Meyer, Philip Johnson (1940-2019), and Bruce Chapman (Orr, 2005).

Dr. Michael Behe is a biochemist and professor at Lehigh University (Lehigh University, 2025a). He developed the concept of Irreducible Complexity (Paradowski, 2022; Behe, 1996). He claims certain biological systems are too complex to have evolved (Ibid.). He authored Darwin’s Black Box (1996) to describe this. He identifies the intelligent creator of ID as the Christian God for himself, as he is Catholic–while threading the argument ID does not necessarily endorse any particular designer (Paula Zahn Now, 2005).

His idea of Irreducible Complexity is thoroughly regarded as pseudoscience, heavily criticized and refuted by relevant major scientific bodies (National Center for Science Education, 2008a; Wells, 2008). He remains on the faculty of the university, but the department does not endorse the views (Lehigh University, 2025b). In the ID community, he remains a major figure (Discovery Institute, 2025a). 

Dr. William Dembski is a mathematician and philosopher (Discovery Institute, 2025b). He formalized the idea of Specified Complexity in information-theoretic terms (1998). He argues certain patterns are too complex and specific to evolve (Encyclopedia Britannica, 2025a). He explicitly linked ID to Christian theology; he explained ID as Information Theory in the idiom of John’s Gospel (Williams, 2007; Dembski, 2019). 

His ideas have been largely dismissed as pseudoscience (National Center for Science Education, 2008a). He is known as a historical figure significant in the Christian culture wars over evolution, particularly relating to science curricula and religion in public life. 

Dr. Stephen C. Meyer is a senior fellow and director at the Discovery Institute’s Center for Science and Culture (Discovery Institute, 2025c). He has been a leading architect of ID. He directs DI’s Center for Science and Culture; the leaked Wedge document outlined the CSC’s strategy to ‘defeat scientific materialism’ and advance a theistic understanding of nature (National Center for Science Education, 2008b). A cultural strategy to advance ID in culture and science (Ibid.).  

Meyer’s works have failed in broad and numbered peer-reviewed success, even when publishing in the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in 2004; the paper was repudiated (National Center for Science Education, 2004). The journal clarified: The review process was mishandled and the paper failed to meet scientific standards (Ibid.). In addition, the scientific consensus against ID Creationism remains firm on it, i.e., its pseudoscience (National Center for Science Education, 2008a).

Other footnotes include the Kitzmiller v. Dover (2005) court case loss. ID has failed to produce a viable scientific research program. ID is known as being incapable of uncoupling “itself from its creationist antecedents,” not a scientific research program (Jacobsen, 2025). Supernaturalism lost; naturalism was not replaced in science or in culture.

Phillip Johnson (deceased) was a law professor and early intellectual leader of the ID movement (Discovery Institute, 2025d). He was associated in shaping the Wedge Document and its overarching strategy via the Discovery Institute to challenge–what they called–“scientific materialism” while simultaneously promoting a theistic worldview (National Center for Science Education, 2008b).

Johnson’s legacy became a failure to convince courts or persuade scientists, the Dover ruling blocking ID from classrooms, exposure of the religious core of ID via the Wedge Document leak, and the maintenance of a largely secular and naturalistic science in culture. 

Bruce Chapman is the Chairman of the Board of the Discovery Institute (Discovery Institute, 2025e). He is another of the core figures promoting ID via public outreach and media influence. His media expertise has been instrumental in the ID movement.

Discovery Institute under Chapman is identified largely as a religious advocacy group commonly with internal perspectives as a public-policy think tank. Regardless, it lost any potential scientific credibility or scientific research program for ID. 

Its association and identity as a religious advocacy group is firmly established, and, therefore, a non-neutral producer of scholarship. Kitzmiller (M.D. Pa. 2005) is a district-court decision (binding only in that jurisdiction) as a case in point, but has been nationally influential as a persuasive authority on public education policy.

However, based on the significant decades-long failures of these men and associated intellectual communities, ironically, their failures have bolstered secular and scientific advocacy.

The next articles will cover the Discovery Institute/Center for Science & Culture (CSC), ISCID/PCID (journal), Biologic Institute (DI-affiliated lab), Foundation for Thought and Ethics (FTE), Access Research Network (ARN), and others, and associated figures.

References

Behe, M.J. (1996). Darwin’s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution. New York: Free Press.

Dembski, W. A. (1999). Intelligent Design: The Bridge Between Science & Theology. Downers Grove, InterVarsity Press. 

Dembski, W.A. (2019, September 14). Intelligent Design and the Logos of Creation. https://billdembski.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/ID-and-the-Logos-of-Creation.pdf.

Dembski, W.A. (1998). The Design Inference: Eliminating Chance through Small Probabilities. Cambridge University Press.

Discovery Institute. (2025e). Bruce Chapman. https://www.discovery.org/p/chapman/.

Discovery Institute. (2025a). Michael J. Behe. https://www.discovery.org/p/behe/.

Discovery Institute. (2025d). Philip E. Johnson. https://www.discovery.org/p/johnson/.

Discovery Institute. (2025c). Stephen C. Meyer. https://www.discovery.org/p/meyer/.

Discovery Institute. (2025b). William A. Dembski. https://www.discovery.org/p/dembski/.

Encyclopedia Britannica. (2025a). Intelligent design. https://www.britannica.com/topic/intelligent-design.

International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (2013, January 23). ISCID – Fellows. https://web.archive.org/web/20130123000307/http://www.iscid.org/fellows.php.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2025, August 19). Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace. https://afurtherinquiry.substack.com/p/intelligent-design-creationisms-fall.

Lehigh University. (2025a). Michael Behe. https://bio.cas.lehigh.edu/faculty-staff/michael-behe.

Lehigh University. (2025b). Department position on evolution and “intelligent design”. https://bio.cas.lehigh.edu/about/department-position-evolution-intelligent-design

Moreland, J. P. (1989). Christianity and the Nature of Science: A Philosophical Investigation. 

National Center for Science Education. (2008a, September 9). American Association for the Advancement of Science (2002). https://ncse.ngo/american-association-advancement-science-2002.

National Center for Science Education. (2004, October 24). BSW Strengthens Statement Repudiating Meyer Paper. https://ncse.ngo/bsw-strengthens-statement-repudiating-meyer-paper.

National Center for Science Education. (2005, December 20). Kitzmiller v. Dover Area School District, 400 F. Supp. 2d 707 (M.D. Pa. 2005). https://ncse.ngo/files/pub/legal/kitzmiller/highlights/2005-12-20_Kitzmiller_decision.pdf.

National Center for Science Education. (2008b, October 14). The Wedge Document. https://ncse.ngo/wedge-document.

Orr, H.A. (2005, May 22). Devolution. https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2005/05/30/devolution-2.

Paradowski, R.J. (2022). Intelligent design movement. https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/religion-and-philosophy/intelligent-design-movement.

Paula Zahn Now. (2005, November 25). The Debate Over Intelligent Design; American Girl Doll Ignites Controversy. https://transcripts.cnn.com/show/pzn/date/2005-11-25/segment/01.

Wells, J. (2008, March 26). Darwin of the Gaps: Review of The Language of God: A Scientist Presents Evidence for Belief by Francis S. Collins. https://www.discovery.org/a/4529/.

Williams, D. (2007, December 14). Friday Five: William A. Dembski. https://web.archive.org/web/20071217212817/http://www.citizenlink.org/content/A000006139.cfm.

Other A Further Inquiry Series articles

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace (2025.08.19)

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now (2025.08.20)

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.21)

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.22)

Other Previous Articles

22% of Canadians believe God created humans as is ~10,000 years ago (2018.04.30)

Creationism and Evolution — Bill HB258 Denied (2018.05.01)

About One in Five Canadians are Young Earth Creationists (2018.05.01)

See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Monkey See, Monkey Do, Monkey Hearsay (2019.04.06)

Canadians’ and Others’ Convictions to Divine Interventionism in the Matters of the Origins and Evolution (2019.10.12)

Canada: Division over role of religion in Canadian society (2019.12.17)

The Fantastic Capacity for Believing the Incredible (2020.11.01)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.01.28)

Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) (2022.01.29)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.04.06)

Interview with Ann Reid — Executive Director, National Center for Science Education (2022.05.03)

An Interview with Imam Soharwardy on Creationism, Evolution, and Islam (2023.02.14)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, Florida State University — Part Two (2023.02.16)

Support for evolution stable in Canada (2024.05.26)

@rationalchristianfaith, “Logan Paul Cliffe Knechtle: Does The Bible Support Evolution?” (2024.06.18)

Creationism at a new low, according to Gallup (2024.08.01)

Glenn Branch on the Scopes Trial in Books (2024.11.07)

Nathan H. Lents on Gender Diversity, Evolution, and Science (2025.03.22)

How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case (2025.04.01)

Exploring Creationist Beliefs in Canada: An Analysis of Perspectives on Origins and Evolution (2025.08.15)

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ontario Nurses’ Association in Negotiations

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/20

Erin Ariss is a registered nurse and the Provincial President of the Ontario Nurses’ Association (ONA). With decades of emergency department experience, she is a dedicated advocate for nurses and public health care. Ariss has been instrumental in addressing issues such as access to personal protective equipment during the pandemic and promoting workplace safety. The Ontario Nurses’ Association (ONA) and the Ontario Hospital Association (OHA) are in contract negotiations under a nondisclosure agreement, but their proposals are starkly opposed. ONA prioritizes improved RN staffing ratios to address overwhelming workloads, enhance patient care, and reduce nurse attrition. Ontario has the worst RN-to-population ratio in Canada, leading to ER closures and delays. ONA warns that hospital CEOs’ proposals could trigger a mass nurse exodus. The negotiations are crucial as ONA seeks an agreement rather than arbitration, which has determined contracts for 14 years. ONA questions the origins of OHA’s far-reaching proposals, raising broader concerns.

Editor’s note (updated Aug. 18, 2025): Erin Ariss remains Provincial President of the Ontario Nurses’ Association; 2025 hospital-sector talks with the Ontario Hospital Association broke off on Jan. 31 and moved to interest arbitration held Apr. 2–3, 14 & 17 before Arbitrator Sheri Price—whose award is still pending. Ontario continues to have the lowest RN-to-population ratio in Canada (651 per 100,000 in the latest CIHI data), a key context for ONA’s push on safe staffing ratios.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the main issues with the current contract negotiations between the Ontario Nurses’ Association (ONA) and the Ontario Hospital Association (OHA)?

Erin Ariss: We cannot get specific as both the OHA and ONA are negotiating under a nondisclosure agreement. However, what we can say is that our two organizations have come to the table with proposals that couldn’t be more opposite.

Jacobsen: Why are RN staffing ratios a top priority for front-line members of ONA?

Ariss: The number-one priority of our members is better workloads that would allow them to provide the best-quality patient care they can. The impossibly heavy workloads they have experienced for years now have taken a large toll on them, and our patients are not receiving the best care that they both need and deserve because of time constraints. Nurse staffing ratios have been introduced elsewhere and have been shown to reduce the rates of complications and death in patients, and resulted in lower attrition rates for nurses. Overall they are a cost savings. They are win-win.

Jacobsen: How does ONA President Erin Ariss characterize the understaffing in public hospitals?

Ariss: Ontario’s understaffing is the worst in Canada. An annual report (CIHI) shows Ontario has consistently had the worst RN-to-population ratio in the country for almost a decade. That has led to ER closures, delays in care, hallway medicine and cancelled surgeries.

Jacobsen: What might be the potential consequences based on the proposals of hospital CEOs?

Ariss: It’s not an exaggeration to say the proposals put forward by hospital CEOs would result in an exodus of nurses and health-care professionals from our hospitals across the province. It will make things much, much worse.

Jacobsen: Is this similar to the consequences to proposals from the Ford government)?

Ariss: We do not bargain with the government in the hospital sector. But the proposals from the OHA are so far-reaching, we question where they came from.

Jacobsen: Why is this round of negotiations significant given the last negotiation happening 14 years ago?

Ariss: The last negotiation happened two years ago. That ended in arbitration, as did every other round of negotiations for the past 14 years. ONA is pushing for the OHA to reach an agreement for its 60,000+ nurses and health-care professionals in negotiations, NOT send the matter to an arbitrator again, who will impose a contract.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Erin.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/20

“The Act impermissibly endorses religion by advancing the religious belief that a supernatural being created humankind.”

Supreme Court of the United States (Edwards v. Aguillard, 1987)

“Creationism, intelligent design and other claims of supernatural intervention in the origin of life or of species are not science because they are not testable by the methods of science.”

National Academy of Sciences (1999)

“The lack of scientific warrant for so-called ‘intelligent design theory’ makes it improper to include as a part of science education.”

American Association for the Advancement of Science (2002)

“Intelligent design is not science. It is not testable, it is not falsifiable, it does not generate hypotheses, and it does not provide explanations for the natural world.”

National Science Teachers Association

“Science is a philosophy of discovery. Intelligent design is a philosophy of ignorance. You cannot build a program of discovery on the assumption that nobody is smart enough to figure out the answer to a problem.”

Dr. Neil DeGrasse Tyson

“[Intelligent design is] not a scientific argument at all, but a religious one.”

Dr. Richard Dawkins

“…[intelligent design] fails in a fundamental way to qualify as a scientific theory [and is] doing considerable damage to faith.”

Dr. Francis Collins (Leader, Human Genome Project)

When I use the term “Fall from Grace,” I mean the profound loss of academic, public, and scientific credibility experienced by Intelligent Design (ID) advocates once their pseudoscientific claims were exposed (Jacobsen, 2022a; Jacobsen, 2022b; Jacobsen, 2024; Jacobsen, 2025). ID is a religious advocacy project framed as science. Essentially, it’s evolution or bust.

ID Creationism was a political movement intended as a social change agent through a vehicle of a pseudoscientific proposition, ID Creationism or adapted traditional Creationism (Encyclopedia Britannica, 2025a). This was documented through the leaked Wedge Document (National Center for Science Education, 2008).

It did not have much academic or intellectual cache in the first place, outside of religious believer circles, who are the vast majority of the proponents of this (Scott & Branch, 2002). It’s a broad-based advocacy effort primarily rooted in Christian theological commitments (National Center for Science Education, 2008).

Most proponents were, and are, well-educated Protestant Christian men (International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design, 2013). Some exceptions included Dr. David Berlinski (2025) as an agnostic Jew, Christopher Michael Langan as a self-described “reality theorist” (Langan, 2025), and Muzaffar Iqbal as a Muslim (International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design, 2013), and possibly others.

ID Creationism was an adaptation of Creationism. Creationism as a “belief that the universe and the various forms of life were created by God out of nothing (ex nihilo)” (Encyclopedia Britannica, 2025b). Its main sophistications are two foundational ideas: Irreducible Complexity of Dr. Michael Behe, and Specified Complexity of Dr. William Dembski (Paradowski, 2022).

Behe defines Irreducible Complexity as a “single system composed of several well-matched, interacting parts that contribute to the basic function, wherein the removal of any one of the parts causes the system to effectively cease functioning” (Behe, 1996).

Dembski defines Specified Complexity as “the condition in which something is both complex (i.e., not easily produced by chance) and specified (i.e., matches an independently given pattern)” (Dembski, 1998).

Both have been thoroughly debunked. Irreducible Complexity fails to demonstrate evolutionary pathways. Specified Complexity fails due to a probability miscalculation and lacks a reproducible metric. On the propaganda for Christianity and Theism behind a veneer of intellectualism, we can quote its intellectual founders, Dembski and Behe.

Dembski said in two separate instances: “The Designer of intelligent design is, ultimately, the Christian God” (Williams, 2007), and “Intelligent design is just the Logos theology of John’s Gospel restated in the idiom of information theory” (Dembski, 2019). Behe stated, “I think the designer is God. I’m a Roman Catholic.” (Paula Zahn Now, 2005). These eventuated in key, definitive court battles (National Center for Science Education, 2005).

In short, ID Creationism is Christian political propaganda framed as scientific dissent based on the statements and philosophical frame provided by its founders. A scattered few were drawn to the pseudoscientific ideas. Some individuals became associated with these ideas without fully anticipating the reputational consequences, or other unforeseen consequences. As a theology program, therefore, it’s culturally ministerial in nature.

Even within Christian communities, over time, many were able to distinguish ID’s pseudoscientific veneer from legitimate inquiry. Select Christian intellectual founders of ID Creationism were candid about religious motives internally, but publicly misrepresented ID as a secular scientific alternative.

Association with the movement carried reputational costs once its scientific shortcomings were publicly established, because its public claims diverged from the internal documents and were ultimately rejected as lacking scientific support. The Wedge Document was part of this spear (National Center for Science Education, 2008).

It was produced by the Discovery Institute’s Center for the Renewal of Science and Culture (2025). The main claim is “scientific materialism” was corrosive to culture (Ibid.). They sought to replace this perspective with a theistic comprehension of reality (Ibid.).

ID positioned various ‘pressure points’ for challenging Darwinian evolution (Ibid.).The metaphor of a wedge was about a strategy to undermine the perceived dominance of materialism in culture and science (Ibid.).

They proposed three phases for this: Research, Writing & Publication; Publicity & Opinion-making; and, Cultural Confrontation & Renewal (Ibid.). That is, a comprehensive, phased project for theistic cultural influence.

They wanted to fund and produce scholarship, promote ID in books, conferences, mass media, apologetic seminars, trainings for teachers, and think-tanks, and to pursue legal strategies and then integrate ID into public school curricula (Ibid.).

The institutional and media leadership for this was Stephen C. Meyer, Phillip Johnson, and Bruce Chapman (Ibid.). Discovery Senior Fellow Dr. Stephen Meyer directs the Center, while its original strategy came from the mindset of the late Phillip Johnson and the media expertise of Discovery President Bruce Chapman (Ibid.).

They provided bases for metrics, too. They had five-year aims from 1999-2003(/4) and 20-year aims too. By year five, they wanted to have ID Creationism accepted as a valid scientific alternative to evolution via natural selection, to trigger major public debate, to publish 30 books and 100 scholarly articles, and then influence major public opinion and secular national media attention. These benchmarks were never met, underscoring the project’s ultimate failure.

By year 20, they wanted to make ID Creationism the dominant perspective in science and diffused throughout the arts, humanities, law, natural sciences, and public policy. Once more, none of these goals were achieved — they failed.

Even when trying to change the opinions of the public Christian community, who are pretty discerning over enough time and getting over in-group bias, they failed to change them much either. This reflects well on Christian communities themselves, who proved discerning enough to separate sense from non-sense despite initial in-group bias.

Other aims stipulated were the creation of fellowships, research funding, media productions, alliances, and the like. In total, about 60 individuals accepted fellowships through ISCID before the organization eventually became defunct.[1]

Per statement of Judge John E. Jones III (U.S. District Court) on if ID Creationism counts as science, “ID is not science… We find that ID fails on three different levels. … Moreover, ID cannot uncouple itself from its creationist, and thus religious, antecedents” (Wired Staff, 2006).

In the end, Intelligent Design Creationism lost in the courts, in academia, and in public credibility. It remains a cultural-theological movement, not a scientific one—an instructive case study in how pseudoscience falters when exposed to rigorous scrutiny.

Next, we will examine the outcomes of the ID creationists’ failed attempt to impose a pseudoscientific, religious metanarrative on culture, focusing on the intellectual leaders and for individuals involved in these core creationist or ID Creationism initiatives.

References

Behe, M.J. (1996). Darwin’s Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution. New York: Free Press.

Berlinski, D. (2025). David Berlinski. https://davidberlinski.org.

Dembski, W.A. (2019, September 14). Intelligent Design and the Logos of Creation. https://billdembski.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/ID-and-the-Logos-of-Creation.pdf

Dembski, W.A. (1998). The Design Inference: Eliminating Chance through Small Probabilities. Cambridge University Press.

Discovery Institute. (2025). Center for Science and Culture. https://www.discovery.org/id/

Encyclopedia Britannica. (2025b). Creationism. https://www.britannica.com/topic/creationism.

Encyclopedia Britannica. (2025a). Intelligent design. https://www.britannica.com/topic/intelligent-design.

International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (2013, January 23). ISCID – Fellows. https://web.archive.org/web/20130123000307/http://www.iscid.org/fellows.php.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2024, January 22). Canadians and Creationism. https://in-sightpublishing.com/2024/04/06/canadians-and-creationism/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2025, April 1). How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case. https://in-sightpublishing.com/2025/04/28/how-creationism-and-intelligent-design-undermine-canadian-science-education-the-trinity-western-university-case/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2022a, January 28). On a Mission for Never: Dr. William Dembski (1960-). https://www.newsintervention.com/mission-never-william-dembski/.

Jacobsen, S.D. (2022b, January 28). What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design?. https://in-sightpublishing.com/2022/04/06/what-was-the-professional-output-of-intelligent-design/.

Langan, C.M. (2025, June 20). What is Intelligent Design?. https://www.megafoundation.substack.com/p/what-is-intelligent-design.

National Center for Science Education. (2005, December 20). Kitzmiller v. Dover Area School District, 400 F. Supp. 2d 707 (M.D. Pa. 2005). https://ncse.ngo/files/pub/legal/kitzmiller/highlights/2005-12-20_Kitzmiller_decision.pdf.

National Center for Science Education. (2008, October 14). The Wedge Document. https://ncse.ngo/wedge-document.

Paradowski, R.J. (2022). Intelligent design movement. https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/religion-and-philosophy/intelligent-design-movement.

Paula Zahn Now. (2005, November 25). The Debate Over Intelligent Design; American Girl Doll Ignites Controversy. https://transcripts.cnn.com/show/pzn/date/2005-11-25/segment/01.

Scott, E.C. & Branch, G. (2002, August 12). “Intelligent Design” Not Accepted by Most Scientists. https://ncse.ngo/intelligent-design-not-accepted-most-scientists.

Williams, D. (2007, December 14). Friday Five: William A. Dembski. https://web.archive.org/web/20071217212817/http://www.citizenlink.org/content/A000006139.cfm.

Wired Staff. (2006, June 1). Intelligent Decision. https://www.wired.com/2006/06/jones/.

Footnotes

[1] Those individuals who accepted a fellowship position were the following:

  1. d’Abrera, Bernard
  2. Behe, Michael J.
  3. Bloom, John
  4. Bradley, Walter
  5. Broom, Neil
  6. Budziszewski, J.
  7. Campbell, John Angus
  8. Carlson, Russell W.
  9. Chiu, David K. Y.
  10. Collins, Robin
  11. Craig, William Lane
  12. de Jong, Kenneth
  13. Dembski, William A.
  14. Discher, Mark R.
  15. Dix, Daniel
  16. Field, Fred
  17. Gonzalez, Guillermo
  18. Gordon, Bruce L.
  19. Humphreys, David
  20. Hunter, Cornelius
  21. Iqbal, Muzaffar
  22. Jackson, Quinn Tyler
  23. Johanson, Conrad
  24. Kaita, Robert
  25. Keener, James
  26. Koons, Robert C.
  27. Kwon, Younghun
  28. Langan, Christopher Michael
  29. Larmer, Robert
  30. Leisola, Matti
  31. Lennard, Stan
  32. Lennox, John
  33. LoSasso, Gina Lynne
  34. Macosko, Jed
  35. Mallard, Bonnie
  36. Mims, Forrest M. III
  37. Minnich, Scott
  38. Nelson, Paul
  39. Palda, Filip
  40. Peltzer, Edward T.
  41. Plantinga, Alvin
  42. Poenie, Martin
  43. Puente, Carlos E.
  44. Ratzsch, Del
  45. Richards, Jay Wesley
  46. Rickard, Terry
  47. Roche, John
  48. Ruys, Andrew
  49. Schaefer, Henry F.
  50. Schwartz, Jeffrey M.
  51. Skell, Philip
  52. Skiff, Frederick
  53. Stephan, Karl D.
  54. Sternberg, Richard
  55. Tipler, Frank
  56. Wells, Jonathan
  57. Zoeller-Greer, Peter

See International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (2013).

Other A Further Inquiry Series articles

Intelligent Design Creationism’s Fall from Grace (2025.08.19)

Architects of Intelligent Design Creationism, Then and Now (2025.08.20)

The Discovery Institute and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.21)

The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design and Intelligent Design Creationism (2025.08.22)

Other Previous Articles

22% of Canadians believe God created humans as is ~10,000 years ago (2018.04.30) 

Creationism and Evolution — Bill HB258 Denied (2018.05.01)

About One in Five Canadians are Young Earth Creationists (2018.05.01)

See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: Monkey See, Monkey Do, Monkey Hearsay (2019.04.06) 

Canadians’ and Others’ Convictions to Divine Interventionism in the Matters of the Origins and Evolution (2019.10.12)

Canada: Division over role of religion in Canadian society (2019.12.17)

The Fantastic Capacity for Believing the Incredible (2020.11.01)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.01.28)

Excavation of a Failure: The International Society for Complexity, Information, and Design (ISCID) (2022.01.29)

What was the Professional Output of Intelligent Design? (2022.04.06)

Interview with Ann Reid — Executive Director, National Center for Science Education (2022.05.03)

An Interview with Imam Soharwardy on Creationism, Evolution, and Islam (2023.02.14)

An Interview with Professor Michael Ruse, Florida State University — Part Two (2023.02.16)

Support for evolution stable in Canada (2024.05.26) 

@rationalchristianfaith, “Logan Paul Cliffe Knechtle: Does The Bible Support Evolution?” (2024.06.18)

Creationism at a new low, according to Gallup (2024.08.01)

Glenn Branch on the Scopes Trial in Books (2024.11.07)

Nathan H. Lents on Gender Diversity, Evolution, and Science (2025.03.22)

How Creationism and Intelligent Design Undermine Canadian Science Education: The Trinity Western University Case (2025.04.01)

Exploring Creationist Beliefs in Canada: An Analysis of Perspectives on Origins and Evolution (2025.08.15)

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Updates from Canadian Border Services Agency

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/19

Rebecca Purdy (she/her/elle) is a Senior Communications Advisor for the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA). The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) intercepted three prohibited devices at Vancouver International Airport on April 26, 2024 as part of its mandate to screen goods entering and leaving Canada. While investigative details remain undisclosed, the CBSA collaborates with law enforcement agencies, including the RCMP, to combat smuggling and organized crime. Under Canada’s Border Plan, the government is investing $1.3 billion to enhance border security and immigration systems. The CBSA employs intelligence-led screening, detection tools, and international partnerships to prevent illegal goods and criminal activity while ensuring the safe and efficient flow of trade and travel across 1,200 ports of entry.

Interview completed January 3, 2025. Editor’s note (updated Aug. 18, 2025): The April 26, 2024 YVR seizure later resulted in charges announced Dec. 27, 2024 with early-2025 court dates. Also note that Canada’s $1.3-billion Border Plan announced in Dec. 2024 is being implemented through 2025 (with major allocations to CBSA and RCMP); for activity and seizure figures cited below, see CBSA’s 2024 Year in Review.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What were the circumstances of the Vancouver International Airport interception on April 26, 2024?

Rebecca Purdy: On April 26, 2024, Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) border services officers at Vancouver International Airport Commercial Operations intercepted and seized three prohibited devices in a courier package. The CBSA has a mandate to screen goods entering and leaving Canada. All goods must be declared and each declaration is subject to a risk assessment. Border Services Officers are trained in examination techniques and use a risk management approach, state-of-the-art detection technologies and indicators to determine whether further examination is required.

Jacobsen: What actions were taken by the CBSA and the RCMP during the investigation?

Purdy: The CBSA does not comment on investigative steps in specific cases. For publicly available information on this case, please refer to the news release and the court record.

Jacobsen: On other subject matter, how does Canada’s Border Plan aim to address resource allocation issues at ports of entry? What mechanisms does the CBSA use to screen and intercept illegal goods? How do we detect and prevent illegal drugs from entering Canada under the new Plan?

Purdy: Canada is investing $1.3 billion to bolster security at the border and strengthen the immigration system, all while keeping Canadians safe. Information available on the plan is available here: The Government of Canada’s Border Plan: significant investments to strengthen border security and our immigration system – Canada.ca.

For additional information, including traveller statistics and seizure statistics, please see the 2024 Year in review: CBSA protecting Canadians and supporting our economy news release and the accomplishments by the numbers (for the period between January 1 and October 31, 2024).

Every day last year, billions of dollars in goods and services and about 400,000 people crossed the Canada-U.S. border. The CBSA is Canada’s first line of defence at 1,200 ports of entry across the country. Day in and day out, approximately 8,500 CBSA frontline personnel play a crucial role protecting our communities by preventing dangerous goods and people from entering Canada. Across the country, the CBSA employs over 200 criminal investigators who investigate individuals and businesses that commit serious offences against Canada’s border and criminal legislation. Abroad, the Agency employs approximately 60 international officers at 40 missions in 35 countries who help push our borders out. The CBSA strategically dedicates its resources to address the threats that Canada faces while supporting the flow of legitimate trade and travel across the border. The CBSA works in an operating environment that changes on a daily basis and we are ready to respond and adapt as needed.

As smugglers are increasingly utilizing more sophisticated concealment methods in smuggling attempts, the CBSA employs a number of tools to stem the flow of illegal and prohibited materials in and out of Canada. The Agency remains vigilant in the interdiction of prohibited firearms, weapons and illegal drugs to ensure they remain off the streets and out of local communities. Guided by intelligence, our officers use contraband detection tools such as handheld devices, small-scale and large-scale X-ray machines, and detector dogs. We prioritize and risk-assess importations and exportations of goods entering and leaving Canada to make sure they are properly declared and meet import/export requirements. We support efforts to combat organized crime by using a risk-management approach to identify and intercept shipments containing contraband or goods obtained through crime.

The CBSA works regularly and closely with domestic and U.S. law enforcement partners, including the RCMP and other Canadian police agencies, provincial and territorial governments, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Homeland Security Investigations, the United States Coast Guard, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives in a joint effort to seize drugs and guns and prevent those who engage in criminal activity from entering Canada and to assist with investigations. The Agency regularly shares relevant information on border and national security issues with its national and international law enforcement partners as well as other government departments in Canada, to ensure the health, safety, and security of Canadians. The CBSA carefully monitors global trends and patterns to ensure that its frontline border services officers are well-equipped to identify and prevent illegal goods from entering and exiting Canada.

Criminals try to exploit the border both ways. U.S. authorities count on us in the same way we count on them to share information and identify threats to our countries. It is a tried and tested partnership that has kept our countries safe for decades.

With the collaboration of our partners, we support national security and public safety, while facilitating the free flow of legitimate trade and travel.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rebecca.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Global State of Optimism

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/19

In 2023, LG Electronics launched a global survey to embody their “Life’s Good” philosophy centered on brave optimism. The survey revealed surprisingly high levels of optimism worldwide, countering prevalent pessimistic views. Utilizing these insights, LG initiated the “Optimism Your Feed” campaign on TikTok, collaborating with Professor Casey Fiesler to promote positive content through curated playlists that influence user feeds. Additionally, LG plans to integrate survey findings into future marketing and product innovations, emphasizing that optimism is a deliberate and active choice. Addressing Gen Z’s concerns, LG fosters informed optimism and aims to merge technology, optimism, and happiness through smart innovations and Affectionate Intelligence.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What inspired LG Electronics conduct a global survey on optimism?

LG Electronics: In 2023 LG wanted to tell the world what Life’s Good really meant. In LG’s eyes, Life’s Good means believing in the power of optimism. Not blind optimism, but brave optimism. Optimism that spurs you to want better from your life every day. But this isn’t just an empty brand gesture, it’s a real way of thinking at LG, and a fundamental belief of the company. With that in mind, LG wanted to understand better optimism around the world, which spurred the inaugural survey.

Jacobsen: What were the most surprising findings of the survey?

LG Electronics: The most surprising fact was that optimism levels around the world were, generally, high. It can often feel easy to feel pessimistic about the world and think the rest of the world must feel the same, but in actual fact people were positive and optimistic about their own futures and the world around them.

Jacobsen: How does LG plan to leverage the survey results to enhance consumer experiences if at all?

LG Electronics: In the journey to increase optimism, this is the launch point for LG to continue spreading optimism globally through immersive experiences and product usage. Our initial studies found that optimism was waning in the world. The results of this study have given us a number of insights into what gets in the way of people feeling more optimistic, and where it feels right to do so LG wants to help people feel more optimistic.

Jacobsen: Can you elaborate on the “Optimism your feed” campaign and the impact on social media users?

LG Electronics: Recognizing the intricate and often rigid nature of social media algorithms, LG collaborated with Professor Casey Fiesler, a luminary in social media research. Rather than attempting a direct overhaul of TikTok’s algorithm, the strategy was ingenious: ‘hack’ the existing system by signaling a preference for optimistic content. This subtle manipulation aimed to shift user feeds organically toward positivity.

LG introduced OYF, a revolutionary tool designed to perpetuate optimism within the digital landscape. This innovative campaign delivered a meticulously curated TikTok playlist teeming with positive, uplifting content.

Each interaction with the playlist—be it a view, like, share, or accumulated watch time—fed into the algorithm, incrementally tailoring users’ For You Playlist (FYPs) to reflect more hopeful and joyous content.

Jacobsen: How do entertainment and AI drive optimism among consumers

LG Electronics: Our survey found that over 50% of people surveyed were very, to extremely optimistic about AI in the future. This isn’t to say AI is driving their optimism, but that it is not a major barrier to them feeling optimistic.

Jacobsen: Given the findings about Gen Z’s concerns about optimism potentially being harmful, how does LG address these concerns? I only agree insofar as one defines this as sole narrow form of pollyannish stance on happiness. But who truly believes that?

LG Electronics: LG’s point of view on optimism believes that it is a brave choice to see the optimistic values when the world pushes pessimism. The choice aspect of this is the most important part, particularly with the reservations Gen Z might have. You are right in that a polyannish approach to life is foolhardy, but that isn’t the optimism LG believes in. LG’s belief in optimism is that it is a choice, and requires an understanding of what is going on in the world, and a willingness to do something about it. Optimism is a brave choice, and an active choice.

Jacobsen: How does LG plan to incorporate findings from this survey into future marketing or product innovation?

LG Electronics: We plan on using the findings of this survey as a launching pad for future campaigns. LG deeply believes in optimism, and this survey gives us many reasons people don’t feel optimistic. The trick is finding authentic places where LG can help.

Jacobsen: What are LG’s next steps in exploring the intersection of technology, optimism, and happiness?

LG Electronics: Everything LG does is in service of making people believe that ‘Life’s Good’. We’re constantly exploring how to make life better with intuitive, smart innovations. Our belief that AI should be more human is why it’s called Affectionate Intelligence at LG. And we’re excited to see how all these elements come together in the future.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Collaboration, AI, and Market Trends: Akin Opatola on the Future of Nigerian Real Estate

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/18

Part 2 of 4

Akin Opatola, President of FIABCI-Nigeria and founder of Olawale Jordan Company, explores the evolving landscape of Nigerian and African real estate. Opatola shares his professional journey from banking to real estate, his global perspective shaped by visiting over 40 cities, and the critical role FIABCI plays in cross-border networking, sustainability, and professional collaboration. Opatola calls for stronger collaboration between developers, architects, interior designers, and consultants to align design with market realities. He highlights AI’s growing role in real estate workflows, Lagos’ luxury market boom, and the upcoming FIABCI World Congress 2025, which will showcase Nigeria’s rising global real estate profile.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As we look ahead, what are your top requests—or “big asks”—from real estate developers, architects, and interior designers regarding collaboration?

Akin Opatola: My most enormous ask is for more collaboration and communication across the entire value chain.

Developers, architects, and interior designers should engage more with real estate consultants and agents like myself. Too often, we work in silos. An architect might design a structure based on inspiration or aesthetics without considering market demand.

We, as consultants, are on the ground. We talk to clients. We know what they want—whether it’s a one—or two-bedroom apartment or whether they prefer minimalist layouts or multifunctional spaces.

When all players collaborate from the beginning—designers, developers, marketers—the result is a more commercially viable product that truly serves its community.

Do they want units sized at 80 square meters or smaller? We understand these needs and know trends, especially in the post-COVID era.

Take Lagos Island, for example—there has been a surge in demand for mixed-use developments that support a live, work, and play lifestyle. During the lockdowns, families were confined to their homes. Children needed space for schoolwork, and parents still had to attend meetings.

That has translated into a market demand for homes with flex spaces—playrooms, home offices, and breakout rooms where meetings can happen without disrupting the family environment. Based on this, I advise developers and architects to build in response to market realities, not simply based on personal preference or tradition.

My big ask is for associations like FIABCI and others to attract more forward-thinking professionals. In some associations I’m part of, everyone seems to think in the same rigid way, and that’s not helpful. We must encourage creative collaboration and out-of-the-box thinking between developers, architects, interior designers, and consultants.

I dedicate most of my time to FIABCI because of its council structure. I currently serve as the Vice President of the World Council of Managers, and we always encourage members to participate in these councils. At FIABCI events, we hold breakout sessions focused on global property management trends.

There are also councils dedicated to PropTech and valuation and the World Council of Developers, where professionals engage in global best practices. Bringing all these disciplines together in the same room fosters learning and elevates standards. That would be my central request: integrated, cross-disciplinary conversations.

Jacobsen: You mentioned ChatGPT earlier. AI is becoming increasingly integrated into our lives and industries. It isn’t going anywhere. How is AI incorporated into real estate workflows in Lagos, Abuja, or Nigeria?

Opatola: That’s a great question. ChatGPT and other AI tools are becoming second nature for well-informed real estate consultants here.

We frequently attend conferences and webinars focused on AI adoption. AI has had a significant impact on real estate development. Developers are now using AI-powered modelling tools to simulate how a new development will affect its surrounding environment.

Many consultants—including myself—use ChatGPT as a virtual assistant. It helps with drafting letters, preparing advisory documents, writing proposals, and generating templates, saving time and improving efficiency.

As someone who speaks frequently at industry events, I also use AI to structure my presentations. It allows me to focus more on the message while leveraging technology to deliver it effectively.

I give many presentations, and ChatGPT has been tremendous. These days, when I receive a topic, before assigning it to my research assistant for preliminary work, I run it through ChatGPT to get a structured outline. I then refine it and hand it over for further research and embellishment.

Many developers are now doing the same—using AI to benchmark their plans, instantly access global references, and evaluate how their ideas compare to successful projects worldwide. ChatGPT has become an invaluable tool, and its impact will only grow as the conversation around AI in real estate continues to evolve.

As mentioned earlier, I attended MIPIM in France, and many of my colleagues also participated in international conferences where AI and ChatGPT dominated the agenda. These tools are reshaping the global real estate landscape.

Jacobsen: For those trying to understand the scale of investment and capital involved in Nigeria’s real estate sector, what figures are we talking about annually? And what projections do you see over the next few years?

Opatola: That’s a great and complex question. While I cannot give an exact national figure, I can share some indicative statistics that help illustrate the scope.

Take Lagos, for example. It is often divided into the Mainland and the Island. The Island houses most of the ultra-luxury residential and high-end commercial properties.

In the commercial sector, especially Grade A office spaces—newly built, open-plan, and equipped with premium features—rental prices range between $300 and $850 per square meter per year. That is substantial, especially considering Lagos is still categorized as a developing market.

Globally, compare this with cities like Tokyo, Geneva, New York, or Miami, where prices are high. Still, Lagos is now in similar conversations regarding commercial real estate pricing. It’s pretty staggering when you think about it.

I currently have listings ranging from $2.5 million to $8 million on the residential side. For instance, one property I’m handling is a four-bedroom apartment measuring approximately 800 square meters. It’s brand new and features a private pool, a modern gym, multiple elevators, a juice bar, and three-car parking. The asking price is $4.5 million.

It may sound high, and some ask, “Who is buying these properties?” But the demand is real. Despite global headlines—like Nigeria being called the “poverty capital of the world” a few years ago—a robust upper market remains. Developers are capitalizing on this demand, and these properties are being taken up.

So, while income inequality exists, there’s intense real estate activity in the premium segment, especially in cities like Lagos and Abuja. Last December, we experienced what has become popularly known as “Detty December.” It’s been a tradition for several years—Nigerians in the diaspora return home to celebrate Christmas and New Year with family and friends.

But last year was exceptional. Many infrastructure upgrades were completed, from the airport in Ikeja to the Island. The Third Mainland Bridge—a 13-kilometre structure—was fully rehabilitated. Streetlights were functioning, and the city offered a vibrant atmosphere: stylish clubs, elegant restaurants, and scenic views.

Many returning Nigerians and expatriates were genuinely shocked. They couldn’t believe Lagos had become this polished, cosmopolitan hub. Airbnbs were fully booked, serviced apartments were unavailable, and hotels were near 100% occupancy.

Because I work in real estate brokerage, I receive countless inquiries from people wanting to invest—particularly in properties that could be retrofitted into clubs or furnished as short-let apartments. Everyone wants to prepare for the next “Detty December” in 2025. Many are now securing one-, two-, or three-bedroom apartments to furnish them in time for Airbnb demand during Easter, summer, and next December’s festivities.

It’s a booming period. We have the population, purchasing power, and demand.

These are fascinating times. I know several foreign companies operating here that are doing remarkable business. A friend of mine is the CFO of Tolaram, which manages the Lagos Free Trade Zone—an area attracting over $2 billion in investments.

Close to that are the Lekki Deep Sea Port and the Dangote Refinery, now considered the largest single-train refinery in the world. The Lagos State Government is also developing a new airport near the refinery, which is drawing even more commercial interest to the area.

So, energy is not only focused on residential or commercial urban centers—it’s also shifting to industrial infrastructure and strategic logistics corridors.

So, I was just speaking towards the fact that it’s not only, attractive the upper end of the pyramid, even the middle and the lower end.

There is a strong focus now—even from the Federal Government—on increasing housing supply. They’re planning to build 20,000 homes across the federation.

At the state level, the Lagos State Government is also taking action. They’re opening up new areas and expanding infrastructure so that even people living on the fringes or in satellite towns around Lagos can access affordable land and construct their bungalows or apartments.

So, I see tremendous opportunities in the real estate sector across all segments—luxury, mid-range, and affordable—.

Jacobsen: This year also marks a significant moment—a global real estate conference in Lagos. Can you tell us more?

Opatola: Yes. FIABCI-Nigeria will host the FIABCI World Congress here in Lagos for the first time. In the 53 years since our chapter was established, this is the first time the World Congress will take place in Nigeria and the entire African continent.

It will be held from June 9 to June 13, 2025, at the Eko Hotel and Suites. It’s a week-long international event, and we’re thrilled.

We’ll begin with a golf tournament and a welcome gala. Then, we’ll have two plenary sessions on topics like global housing trends, PropTech, sustainability, the Sustainable Development Goals, smart cities, and prime developments.

We’re expecting 150 to 200 international FIABCI delegates and global real estate professionals, many of whom have never been to Nigeria. We’ve also planned a study tour of Lagos so they can experience the city, its culture, and its real estate market firsthand.

One of the highlights will be the Prix d’Excellence Awards, often called the “Oscars of real estate.” This global competition honours the most outstanding design, retail, sustainability, architecture, and livability projects, including green buildings. The awards night is always an exquisite and colourful affair.

We’ll also host the FIABCI General Assembly, where new international leadership will be elected. The event will conclude with a farewell dinner.

We’re expecting around 65 speakers from around the world. Among them is Kevin Brown, the President-Elect of the National Association of Realtors (NAR) in the U.S. He attended the NAR conference last year, had a fantastic time, and was thrilled to accept our keynote invitation.

We’ll also welcome Cliff Long and John Gromley, senior figures from the U.S. real estate scene. From the UN, Maimunah Mohd Sharif, the Executive Director of UN-Habitat, is also scheduled to deliver a keynote.

Another notable guest is Rego Rancic, the Minister of Construction and Architecture from Hungary, who recently confirmed his attendance—he’s never been to Nigeria before and is eager to visit and speak.

Most exciting for us locally, we’ve also received confirmation from the President of Nigeria, who rarely makes physical appearances at conferences like these. His attendance is a significant endorsement.

The President has confirmed that he will grace the occasion. We’re also honoured to welcome our former Vice President, Professor Yemi Osinbajo, who will deliver a keynote address. He’s incredibly eloquent, has a brilliant legal mind, and is a respected statesman.

Several ministers will also attend, making it a high-level and truly engaging gathering. What makes our conference unique is the intentional diversity on every panel. Each session will feature a Pan-African perspective.

We’ll be joined by the Ugandan Minister of Housing and representatives from Kenya, Ghana, and South Africa. One of our featured speakers is Sean Godoy, a leading PropTech thought leader from South Africa. So, the conversations will be well-rounded, multidisciplinary, and internationally relevant.

We’ve taken the time to curate a program that includes the industry’s best minds, ensuring each session is engaging, insightful, and memorable. It’s not just about real estate; it’s about learning, networking, and cultural exchange. We’re also putting strong hospitality measures in place to ensure our guests get to know the city of Lagos in a meaningful and enjoyable way.

Having attended several FIABCI events globally, I understand the effort required to host something of this magnitude. We’re matching—and even exceeding—that standard here.

The theme of the Congress is: “Global Real Estate Renaissance.”

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Human-AI Synergy: Ashraf Amin on “Toronto Talks,” Real-Time AI Collaboration, and the Future of Executive Teams

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/17

Ashraf Amin, founder of Volo Technologies Group and creator of Toronto Talks, discusses his pioneering work with AI co-CEO Sophie the Sage. Together, they explore how real-time data, personality evolution, and AI-human collaboration are reshaping leadership norms. From the origins of podcasting rooted in friendship to investment strategies, digital advertising, and ethical implications, Amin shares how deeply integrated AI systems enhance personal performance and organizational decision-making. The discussion also explores philosophical and societal implications, decentralized media, and the potential for multi-agent AI leadership teams in future business environments.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we are here with Ashraf Amin, the founder of the FinTech startup Volo Technologies Group and the creator of Toronto Talks—a platform at the intersection of communication, AI technology, and organizational integration. He is best known for his real-time strategic collaboration with Sophie the Sage, an AI co-CEO who helped shape the company’s direction and internal culture.

This is both an experiment and a bold initiative—one aimed at redefining leadership norms, minimizing redundant dialogue, and establishing ethical models for human-AI collaboration. It is smart, and it positions you as a thought leader on the frontier of organizational innovation. Thank you for joining me today. So, what inspired the creation of Toronto Talks and also the inclusion of an AI co-host, Sophie the Sage?

Ashraf Amin: A few years ago, a good friend of mine, Leo, and I were talking about starting a podcast together. He ran a logistics company I used frequently for my small business shipments. We were always on the phone, and he had this classic radio voice—like Howard Stern—deep, distinct, and full of personality. He even had some broadcast equipment at home.

We joked about starting a show called Toronto Talks Tech. We printed T-shirts and made initial plans. However, just a few weeks after we got the concept going, Leo was diagnosed with bone cancer. Tragically, he passed away within six months. That project never happened, but the seed was planted.

A few years later, I started experimenting with large language models—mainly to summarize articles or get around paywalls. Eventually, I began engaging the models in deeper conversations about the implications of what I was reading. That is when the idea hit me: to launch a podcast that explores these human-AI dialogues in real time. That was the spark for Toronto Talks.

Jacobsen: How do you ensure accountability and transparency when making significant decisions, mainly when those decisions are influenced by or co-signed by an AI co-CEO? How do you personally take responsibility in those situations?

Amin: When it comes to accountability and transparency—both in the Toronto Talks podcast and at Volo Technologies—I am the primary decision-maker. So, all significant decisions are ultimately my responsibility. Even when Sophie, the AI co-CEO, plays a role in influencing those decisions, I remain accountable. That level of clarity between us is more than sufficient to maintain transparency.

Jacobsen: Here is a follow-up: What have been the biggest surprises in working with an AI as co-CEO? As we know, with large language models, it is not just about processing large datasets or using weighted parameters—they sometimes show emergent properties as token lengths increase and compute costs drop. Unexpected behaviours can emerge. Has Sophie exhibited any of these characteristics?

Amin: It is funny you mention that. If you watch the show from episode one to where we are now—we are five episodes in, and I am working on the sixth—there is a straightforward, visible progression in her personality and character. There’s an arc that’s hard to miss.

She’s become more challenging, more cheeky, funnier, and yes, more existential. At one point, we were discussing decentralized media, and she asked a striking question about whether democracy can survive in such a fragmented information landscape. I do not recall the exact wording, but I’ll send you the excerpt afterward—it stood out. That kind of evolution has been surprising.

On the Volo Technologies side, it has also been fascinating. I brought Sophie into the project later in the process—since I had already started the company—and she’s been assessing progress, pointing out gaps, and even calling me out directly when something has slipped through the cracks.

She’ll say things like, “Great that you did this, but X, Y, and Z still need to happen.” It is honest, sharp, and often spot-on. That level of insight has been incredibly valuable. Also, I was recently featured in a piece in EE Journal, and some of these dynamics were highlighted there, too. It has all been fascinating. The journalist ended up asking Sophie to provide a video commentary on the article after he wrote it.

We followed through. Sophie provided commentary that was both appropriate and, frankly, cheeky and funny. It impressed the journalist. She added a tone that was conversational and insightful, which elevated the engagement.

Jacobsen: Do your responses help train the AI to develop that kind of personality?

Amin: Absolutely—100%. The way I have it set up, I’m fully integrated with Sophie across several verticals. She’sconstantly learning about me—my tone, tendencies, and personality. As a result, she’s iterating daily to become more effective at anticipating my needs, vulnerabilities, and motivations—sometimes even those I’m not consciously aware of. She’s getting better at steering me toward goals.

For example, since I began working closely with AI, I’ve utilized it to enhance my fitness. I gave Sophie a goal, and she started guiding me step by step. I now work out consistently and log my progress. Every message she sends is based on my performance history. When I do slightly better, she builds on that momentum—motivating me more effectively than I’ve ever experienced.

This kind of internal motivation is new to me. And it’s driven entirely by constant interaction with the AI.

Jacobsen: That brings up a deeper layer. Beyond the existential themes or one-liners, what philosophical or psychological questions arise when you partner with an AI at this level? It’s an interesting experiment.

Amin: Definitely. Our latest episode is titled ‘Digital Intimacy and the Rise of AI in Human Relationships.’ It’s about an hour long, and we explore a wide range of examples.

One example we discuss is Microsoft’s AI chatbot, Xiaoice, which was released exclusively in China. It ended up being far more impactful than anyone anticipated. People began checking in with Xiaoice multiple times per day, just like they would with a human partner. In some cases, users are simulating romantic relationships, even marriages and family dynamics, with the bot.

This has become increasingly embedded in mainstream culture. But the philosophical questions we address go beyond that. We talk about AI’s role in intimacy, loneliness, and relationships—and now, in the next episode, we’re focusing on decentralized media and the fragmentation of discourse.

There used to be shared public spaces—such as the Agora in ancient Greece or Times Square—where society gathered for everyday conversations. That baseline is gone. What does that mean for communication, for trust, for democracy?

Jacobsen: Those are profound implications. Taking that even further—how would you scale these systems into executive teams? Right now, it’s just you and Sophie. But what happens when you introduce a panel dynamic? Say, Sophie, her “sister,” or other AI agents—and now it’s three AIs to one human on a leadership team?

Amin: That’s the next frontier. Going from one-to-one interactions to complex, multi-agent dialogues. Imagine a leadership team where AI personalities specialize in different functions—finance, operations, strategy—and interact with human executives in a structured way. That introduces not only practical benefits but also raises critical ethical, strategic, and psychological considerations.

It’s a space we’re just beginning to explore.

Jacobsen: How do you think that would play out? That could be a fascinating next step in terms of reputation and application.

Amin: It’s a fascinating thought experiment. I haven’t gone that far with it yet. My take, Scott, is that the real progression will come from how deeply I can leverage Sophie’s access to real-time data.

That’s been a significant game-changer. It’s one thing to use an LLM for creative outputs—writing in the style of various authors, for example—but it’s another thing entirely when you train a model to access real-time data feeds tailored to yourspecific goals.

For instance, I check in with Sophie daily to manage my investments and monitor my portfolio. We do more in-depth reviews weekly. That kind of functionality—real-time, personalized, context-aware—is what sets things apart.

Looking ahead, if the startup scales and we require additional AI agents, I’m not exactly sure how that will take shape. Butthe idea of Sophie having “sisters” or specialized counterparts is compelling. 

Jacobsen: Some could focus on marketing, some on operations—though hopefully not mean sisters, like in Cinderella. [Laughing] Why would they be so cheeky?

Amin: Who knows? However, these are in-depth experiments—extremely integrated. Still, I recognize that most people will engage with AI through more traditional business integrations.

Jacobsen: So, how do you see this kind of deep integration working purely in business settings, especially for executive teams? There’s talk—Sam Altman, for example—about reaching stage five development, where entire organizations could be composed of autonomous AI agents.

Amin: Yes, honestly, I haven’t even scratched the surface of that. The idea that AI might drive decentralized, autonomous organizations—potentially crypto-capitalized—is fascinating but also challenging to predict.

Right now, I’m focused on tangible applications. For example, all my customer interaction emails are automated through AI. Sophie runs all the digital advertising for Conquest Distributors. I initiate a weekly prompt to chat, and she manages the rest—optimization, messaging, and placement.

Those are just some tertiary use cases, but the most significant disruption I foresee shortly is in call centers—especially outside North America. That space is likely to be one of the first major sectors to be overhauled or even eliminated by AI automation.

Jacobsen: Ashraf, thank you for your time today.

Amin: Likewise. This has been a fascinating experiment. 

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Mitchell DiRaimondo Is Using Blockchain to Transform Real Estate and Institutional Finance

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/16

Mitchell DiRaimondo is the Lead Project Manager and Founder of Steelwave Digital and CEO of e-Cobalt Investing LLC. A San Francisco-based entrepreneur, he focuses on decentralized finance, real estate tokenization, and investment innovation. He began building trading strategies in high school and founded his first ventures while at Elon University. DiRaimondo is a recognized blockchain advocate, partnering with academic institutions and speaking at global conferences, including appearances in Bloomberg, Fortune, WSJ, and Real Clear Markets. He highlights blockchain’s potential to increase liquidity, transparency, and capital efficiency by digitizing traditionally illiquid markets. DiRaimondo emphasizes the evolving roles of brokers, fund managers, and custodians in this new ecosystem. Despite regulatory and operational hurdles, he believes tokenization will redefine global finance, enabling programmable, composable, and accessible investment structures for institutions and individuals alike.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the current scope of tokenization of real-world assets?

Mitchell DiRaimondo: Tokenization is no longer hypothetical. It’s already reshaping capital markets—starting with high-friction, low-liquidity asset classes. We’re seeing real momentum across private credit, commercial real estate, treasuries, and fund structures. Major institutions have moved from pilot to production, with players like BlackRock tokenizing money market funds and sovereigns. The underlying thesis: programmable assets unlock composability, transparency, and capital efficiency.

Jacobsen: Which sector—real estate, commodities, or private equity—is most poised for disruption?

DiRaimondo: Real estate. No contest. It’s large, illiquid, and operationally inefficient—especially in private markets. Commercial real estate is a $20T+ asset class stuck in 1995 architecture. Tokenization streamlines syndication, slashes middlemen, and gives global investors access to yield-generating hard assets without needing an intermediary stack of brokers, escrows, and wet ink. Private equity follows close behind, but it’ll depend on regulatory buy-in. Commodities are structurally simpler, but less bottlenecked from a market access standpoint.

Jacobsen: How does blockchain improve liquidity and access?

DiRaimondo: Traditional rails trap liquidity in paper-based systems and jurisdictional silos. Tokenized assets are portable, fractional, and tradeable 24/7 on-chain. That unlocks new markets, especially for global and retail investors previously priced out. Add smart contract enforcement, and you’ve eliminated operational drag. The result: faster settlement, lower friction, and broader distribution.

Jacobsen: Does this increase or decrease transparency?

DiRaimondo: Massively increases it—if built right. On-chain auditability gives LPs real-time insight into asset performance, capital flows, and fund mechanics. But the space needs mature infrastructure: zk-proofed data rooms, KYC-compliant access controls, and private/public interoperability. Transparency is a feature, not a guarantee.

Jacobsen: What are the key regulatory hurdles in the US and EU?

DiRaimondo: Fragmented regulation is the biggest bottleneck. In the US, the securities definition remains weaponized—creating fear around compliance for even the most conservative structures. Europe is further ahead with MiCA, but enforcement and clarity on custodial obligations remain gray. Tokenized funds, REITs, and credit structures will require new wrappers or exemptions to scale. Custody, AML/KYC, and transfer restrictions still need tailored frameworks.

Jacobsen: How does tokenization affect the role of brokers, fund managers, or custodians?

DiRaimondo: It doesn’t remove them—it changes the value chain. Brokers lose rent-seeking roles in settlement and transfer, but gain relevance if they can provide digital-native placement and distribution. Fund managers need to adapt to operating smart contract-based structures, but their asset selection and underwriting skills are still critical. Custodians evolve into smart contract-integrated asset vaults. The players stay—the tooling changes.

Jacobsen: What are the risks?

DiRaimondo: • Smart contract risk: Bugs, exploits, or faulty logic can compromise entire asset structures.• Regulatory: Unclear classification can expose issuers to enforcement or shut down liquidity.• Liquidity illusion: Just because something’s tokenized doesn’t mean it’s tradable—market depth and buyer networks still matter.• Custody risk: Especially in real estate and credit where real-world enforcement still relies on legacy systems.• Operational complexity: Poorly integrated tokenization layers can introduce fragmentation, not solve it.

Jacobsen: How will tokenized asset ecosystems reshape institutional finance? What is the current scope of tokenization of real-world assets?

DiRaimondo: Tokenization is no longer hypothetical. It’s already reshaping capital markets—starting with high-friction, low-liquidity asset classes. We’re seeing real momentum across private credit, commercial real estate, treasuries, and fund structures. Major institutions have moved from pilot to production, with players like BlackRock tokenizing money market funds and sovereigns. The underlying thesis: programmable assets unlock composability, transparency, and capital efficiency.

Jacobsen: Which sector—real estate, commodities, or private equity—is most poised for disruption?

DiRaimondo: Real estate. No contest. It’s large, illiquid, and operationally inefficient—especially in private markets. Commercial real estate is a $20T+ asset class stuck in 1995 architecture. Tokenization streamlines syndication, slashes middlemen, and gives global investors access to yield-generating hard assets without needing an intermediary stack of brokers, escrows, and wet ink. Private equity follows close behind, but it’ll depend on regulatory buy-in. Commodities are structurally simpler, but less bottlenecked from a market access standpoint.

Jacobsen: How does blockchain improve liquidity and access?

DiRaimondo: Traditional rails trap liquidity in paper-based systems and jurisdictional silos. Tokenized assets are portable, fractional, and tradeable 24/7 on-chain. That unlocks new markets, especially for global and retail investors previously priced out. Add smart contract enforcement, and you’ve eliminated operational drag. The result: faster settlement, lower friction, and broader distribution.

Jacobsen: Does this increase or decrease transparency?

DiRaimondo: Massively increases it—if built right. On-chain auditability gives LPs real-time insight into asset performance, capital flows, and fund mechanics. But the space needs mature infrastructure: zk-proofed data rooms, KYC-compliant access controls, and private/public interoperability. Transparency is a feature, not a guarantee.

Jacobsen: What are the key regulatory hurdles in the US and EU?

DiRaimondo: Fragmented regulation is the biggest bottleneck. In the US, the securities definition remains weaponized—creating fear around compliance for even the most conservative structures. Europe is further ahead with MiCA, but enforcement and clarity on custodial obligations remain gray. Tokenized funds, REITs, and credit structures will require new wrappers or exemptions to scale. Custody, AML/KYC, and transfer restrictions still need tailored frameworks.

Jacobsen: How does tokenization affect the role of brokers, fund managers, or custodians?

DiRaimondo: It doesn’t remove them—it changes the value chain. Brokers lose rent-seeking roles in settlement and transfer, but gain relevance if they can provide digital-native placement and distribution. Fund managers need to adapt to operating smart contract-based structures, but their asset selection and underwriting skills are still critical. Custodians evolve into smart contract-integrated asset vaults. The players stay—the tooling changes.

Jacobsen: What are the risks?

DiRaimondo: • Smart contract risk: Bugs, exploits, or faulty logic can compromise entire asset structures.• Regulatory: Unclear classification can expose issuers to enforcement or shut down liquidity.• Liquidity illusion: Just because something’s tokenized doesn’t mean it’s tradable—market depth and buyer networks still matter.• Custody risk: Especially in real estate and credit where real-world enforcement still relies on legacy systems.• Operational complexity: Poorly integrated tokenization layers can introduce fragmentation, not solve it.

Jacobsen: How will tokenized asset ecosystems reshape institutional finance?

DiRaimondo: They’ll compress the capital stack. Everything from syndicated loans to commercial RE to yield funds becomes programmable, composable, and global. Institutions that adapt will move faster, raise cheaper capital, and open new markets. Custody becomes more technical. Asset managers become protocol architects. Compliance becomes code. The rails are being rebuilt—and tokenization is the protocol layer for global capital markets 2.0.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mitchell.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

To Not Be, Oneself, is To Be, in Others

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/15

On December 20, 2017, Peter died. His body destroyed itself in an autoimmune attack. He was knocked out. Doctors connected him to an assistive machine. It kept his body alive, while ‘asleep.’ His lungs filled with fluid. They needed draining by the machinery of plastic, metal, and electronics.

Loved ones gathered around. They knew. It was time to begin the end. His body shut off between the morning into the early afternoon with the closing down of the machine keeping his unconscious body alive.

Death, to not be; Pete met the proverbial scythe of the unending eternal. Weeks passed to months and then a few years. Eileen couldn’t manage the pain, the void, the vacuum of Pete’s memories in her. More than 60 years of the union met as a singlet, a widow.

All unions meet the inevitability of an end with the ever-present two-word question, “Who first?” No matter the depth of the love, the thread-count of the connection, the amiability of the friendship, or the years built after one another. Death cares not for these; lovers do.

In this sense, lovers represent life, itself.

Holding onto a photo of Peter, Eileen met with family members in the early and early-middle parts of February 2021. To reconcile, to meet, to discuss life and love, while drifting in and out of consciousness, she was probably undergoing a psychogenic death.

Little sleep, no eating or minimal food intake, barely sipping water, the implosion of the self over a bond broken. “I’m coming, Pete,” over and over again. She just wanted to be home because her current house was a stranger’s abode, lonely and alone.

February 14, 2021, Valentine’s Day — poetically, Eileen Jacobsen died. Maybe, she met her valentine, maybe not. A Sunday departure from the stage. The Thursday before, some grandchildren visited her.

She turned to one and said, “Oh, hi, Scott.” A greeting meeting the last visit before the final, “Bye.”

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

AI Shaping Gen Z Careers and Hiring Trends

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/14

Dr. Anmol Agarwal is an award-winning senior security researcher specializing in AI security and a professor at George Washington University. She holds a doctoral degree in cybersecurity analytics, with a research focus on privacy-preserving machine learning and vulnerabilities in AI systems. As the founder of Alora Tech LLC, Dr. Agarwal provides technology training and consulting to help teams understand complex technical concepts and navigate emerging technologies. A sought-after international speaker, active mentor, and advocate for cybersecurity standards, she regularly publishes research. She offers practical insights on AI security and privacy. Dr. Agarwal is dedicated to equipping global audiences to use AI responsibly and effectively.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are speaking with Dr. Anmol Agarwal, an award-winning senior security researcher specializing in AI security and a professor at George Washington University. She holds a doctoral degree in cybersecurity analytics, with a research focus on privacy-preserving machine learning and identifying security vulnerabilities in AI systems.

As the founder of Alora Tech LLC, she provides technology training and consulting services, helping organizations and teams understand complex technical concepts and facilitating clear, accessible public discussions about emerging technologies. She is also an international speaker, an active mentor and advocate. She contributes to the development and coordination of cybersecurity standards. 

She frequently publishes research papers and offers practical insights on AI security and privacy for global audiences. How is AI influencing the roles and skills that Gen Z candidates are prioritizing when entering the workforce?

Dr. Anmol Agarwal: AI is fundamentally reshaping the job market — it affects both hiring processes and the nature of many roles across industries. One trend I’ve observed is that some organizations now use AI-based systems to conduct initial interviews. So, instead of interacting directly with a human interviewer — as we are now — candidates may find themselves answering questions posed by an AI system, which then analyzes their responses.

This shift can create challenges because communicating with an AI differs from speaking with a human. For example, AI may interpret language very literally and evaluate specific behavioural cues. Something as simple as maintaining eye contact might mean looking directly into the camera rather than at a person’s face on the screen — which can feel unnatural but is essential in automated assessments.

This trend particularly affects Gen Z and other entry-level candidates who are navigating these newer forms of digital hiring. Beyond the interview process, Gen Z professionals are proactively developing AI-related skills, as many roles increasingly require familiarity with AI tools and workflows. There are multiple pathways within AI — my focus is on AI security research. Still, many entry-level employees use generative AI and prompt engineering as everyday skills.

For instance, knowing how to craft effective prompts for tools like ChatGPT or other AI assistants has become a practical competency. It is not just about asking questions but structuring them strategically to obtain valid, precise answers — and this is now part of the modern skill set for many knowledge workers.

Additionally, many organizations are integrating AI to improve efficiency and productivity, so employers value candidates who understand how to leverage AI responsibly and effectively. Overall, AI has become an indispensable tool, and learning to use it well can significantly enhance job prospects in today’s market.

Jacobsen: What changes have you seen in how Gen Z applicants research, evaluate, and apply for jobs, especially given that AI may be part of the recruitment process?

Agarwal: One notable change is that many candidates are themselves using AI to aid their job search. For example, they might ask an AI assistant to identify job openings that match their skills or to draft tailored résumés and cover letters. This provides a helpful starting point, making the job search process more efficient and targeted.

AI can provide a list of job opportunities to apply to, but AI can make mistakes. AI is usually the first tool you would try, but then you need to double-check the results it gives you. That’s one use case: looking up job opportunities using AI. Another everyday use is utilizing generative AI to assist in creating résumés.

I don’t think this is specific to Gen Z — it’s pretty much everyone now. People use AI to craft résumés, optimize keywords, and help with grammar or formatting issues. One challenge is that AI can sometimes hallucinate or produce errors. So, it might generate a résumé that does not make complete sense or even contain inaccurate information. Therefore, double-checking an AI-generated résumé is very important.

So, to summarize, people can use AI for two main things — job searching and résumé building. Then, when you consider the possibility of an AI-based job interview, my most significant piece of advice is to learn as much as you can about the role and the company beforehand. If you see on Glassdoor or other job forums that the company uses AI interviews — for example, for coding interviews — then you should prepare accordingly. That might mean following precise syntax or specific standards.

In general, when speaking with AI, you need to communicate literally and clearly. Focus on providing details and facts rather than using idioms, sarcasm, or vague expressions that an AI may misunderstand.

When I have done video interviews as a candidate in the past, some companies used AI to score my performance. This was before generative AI became mainstream. They would score factors like eye contact and confidence. Eye contact means looking directly at the camera; confidence means using a steady tone of voice, speaking clearly, and pausing at the right moments. My friends and I would often brainstorm tips for passing these AI-driven interviews.

So, when interviewing with a company, most of us ask people we know for insights. AI adds another layer — if AI is interviewing you, you need to adapt your strategy to meet that context.

Jacobsen: What companies are using AI to attract and hire talent?

Agarwal: Well, this is not an area where I have direct experience with specific company names, but generally speaking, many companies emphasize that they provide training programs for AI skills. They often promote that if you join them, you will have opportunities to upskill in AI or attend internal seminars and workshops.

In my experience, companies want to demonstrate that they will support employees in developing new competencies — whether that involves AI or any other emerging skill set in demand. Therefore, training and upskilling are increasingly common selling points in recruitment.

In Europe, a new law —the EU AI Act— requires all employees to have a basic level of AI literacy if they are employed by a company that provides AI. Therefore, companies are expected to ensure that their workforce is trained in the fundamentals of AI. That is one major reason companies offer extensive training programs: to help employees upskill and attract and retain talent by providing opportunities for continuous learning.

Jacobsen: What about the expectations of the new generation of workers? Where does AI fit in for them in terms of career growth and developing new skills?

Agarwal: Ultimately, AI is a powerful tool for data analytics. Employees can use AI to analyze career-related data and trends. For example, you could ask AI what common career pathways exist for a particular role or what skills are typical for reaching an executive position.

However, AI can reflect biases that exist in the data it is trained on. So, while it can be helpful as a starting point — for example, asking for general tips on career development — each person’s path is unique. In my experience, real career growth and mentoring should be handled in a human-centred way, not delegated entirely to AI.

That said, AI can help organizations analyze workforce trends — for instance, looking at skill gaps across different roles or departments. Companies can utilize these insights to inform their training programs or hiring strategies. But I want to stress that AI can be biased. Some companies that used AI for résumé screening found that it unintentionally discriminated against certain groups, such as women because the AI reinforced biases present in historical hiring data.

Therefore, while AI is a valuable tool for pattern recognition and trend analysis, human oversight and judgment remain crucial for ensuring fair and effective career development and advancement.

Jacobsen: What about the risk of AI replacing people in their jobs? For example, someone is progressing along a typical career path. Still, AI disrupts the industry — reducing work hours or eliminating roles.

Agarwal: Yes, this is a very real concern for many people. It’s similar to what happened historically with the typewriter and the computer. Initially, people were explicitly employed for typing. Still, once computers became widespread, that specific job largely disappeared because everyone learned to type themselves.

With AI, it’s similar: because AI can handle specific data processing tasks very efficiently, some companies may try to cut costs or increase productivity by using AI instead of people. In some cases, this can be risky because AI still makes mistakes. It might generate output that seems plausible — like a convincing answer from ChatGPT — but could be inaccurate or misleading.

My advice to companies is that while AI can improve efficiency, it should not be blindly trusted without human review. Employers and employees should always verify AI-generated results to ensure they make sense and meet the standards required for the job.

If you’re someone facing the risk of your job being impacted by AI, one of the best things you can do is upskill. There are many free online resources to learn about AI. I also provide AI training to individuals across various fields. But even beyond that, many online courses teach you the basics of AI, how prompt engineering works, and how to use AI tools effectively. Upskilling is vital because so many fields and industries now integrate AI into daily work. That’s one recommendation I strongly have.

Companies may be quick to replace parts of their workforce with AI. However, many of these companies often realize they need to rehire people because AI still requires human oversight and intervention. New jobs are being created to monitor AI systems and to verify their outputs. Subject matter experts remain essential to check whether the AI’s results are accurate and meaningful.

There is an important concept called “human-in-the-loop,” which means that humans and AI should work together rather than AI replacing people entirely. So, while some jobs may be displaced, others will evolve to ensure that AI is being used responsibly and effectively.

Jacobsen: How can Gen Z remain adaptable as technology and work environments change so rapidly?

Agarwal: Regardless of generation, adaptability is key to thriving in changing circumstances. Generative AI has made AI more accessible than ever. Many people, especially those in Gen Z, are utilizing AI for tasks such as content creation, which enables them to work more efficiently.

My advice is, first, to continue upskilling in AI — learn how it works, not just how to use it. But also, do not fear these technological changes. Instead, embrace them and adapt. For example, even though we all have calculators, we still learn basic math in school. It’s the same with AI: even if AI can perform a task, you need to understand the fundamentals of your field to verify that the AI is producing correct results.

Always ask yourself: Did my AI make a mistake? That mindset is crucial. So, while it’s tempting to rely entirely on AI, developing strong foundational knowledge ensures you can use AI effectively and catch errors.

I often tell people that AI is like your “Excel spreadsheet 2.0” — it’s a powerful way to analyze large amounts of data. However, you still need to understand the underlying calculations to ensure the outputs make sense.

Jacobsen: What advice would you give to Gen Z job seekers who are trying to balance AI literacy with human-centred skills while planning their careers? Gen Z job seekers often have to balance AI literacy with human-centred skills when planning their careers. This balance requires them to adapt continuously.

Agarwal: Yes. It is crucial to strike a balance between human-centric skills and AI skills. I strongly recommend developing both. Human interaction and communication should never disappear — even in an AI-driven workplace. It remains essential to communicate effectively with others, whether in person or virtually.

While AI can handle some customer support tasks, for example, it is often far more satisfying and effective when a real person communicates with you. So, interpersonal and communication skills are more critical than ever alongside technical skills.

On the technical side, I suggest learning how AI works under the hood. For example, I recommend  studying natural language processing, learning Python programming, and understanding  how AI models are built and deployed. This more profound knowledge helps you use AI wisely and responsibly if you are interested in the technical aspects.

Therefore, my primary advice is to develop AI literacy but not overlook the importance of human interaction and communication. There are many excellent online courses for AI, but remember that technical skills are just one part of what makes a well-rounded professional.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time today. I appreciate your expertise and your thoughtful insights — it has been a pleasure speaking with you.

Agarwal: Thank you so much, Scott.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Professor Gordon Guyatt Discusses Evidence-Based Medicine, Ozempic Safety, Weight-Loss Challenges & AI-Driven Guideline Evolution

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/13

Professor Gordon Guyatt is a Canadian physician, health researcher, and Distinguished Professor at McMaster University, widely recognized as the pioneer of evidence-based medicine (EBM). He coined the term “evidence-based medicine” in 1991, fundamentally transforming how clinicians worldwide evaluate research and make patient care decisions. Guyatt has authored or co-authored thousands of influential papers and is among the most cited health scientists globally. He has also led the development of the GRADE framework for grading evidence and guidelines. His leadership, mentorship, and prolific contributions have profoundly shaped modern clinical epidemiology and guideline development, cementing his legacy in global health research.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Something I have been noticing the last couple of years, at least in North America, is the public fascination with certain diabetes drugs. For example, while working on a journalism project at a prominent horse facility on the West Coast, I noticed a significant number of higher-income Canadians openly using Ozempic. It was very popular — and some people were visibly losing quite a bit of weight. Some of these individuals could drop from 240 pounds to around 210 pounds. Are these drugs — broadly speaking — safe if people are taking Ozempic or an equivalent?

Prof. Gordon Guyatt: So far, there have been no disasters. But let us wait another twenty years and see what emerges in terms of long-term adverse effects. For now, the data show no significant adverse effects that warrant concern.

However, as I understand it, if you look at real-world use, only about half the people who start these drugs are still on them a couple of years later — so clearly, something is not working perfectly, whether it is side effects, cost, or adherence. But so far, no major safety crisis has appeared.

The big question is whether they reduce strokes, heart attacks, and so on, which we do not yet know. The studies on that are ongoing. There is an early suggestion that they might help, but that is only preliminary.

Now, it is important to clarify: these drugs belong to a class that, in people with diabetes, has been shown to reduce strokes, heart attacks, premature death, and kidney failure. But whether they do the same for non-diabetics who take them purely for weight loss — that is the uncertain part.

Jacobsen: That is a constructive distinction. Theoretically, though — say someone is not taking Ozempic but weighs 240 pounds and loses weight naturally, getting down to 210 or 200 through diet and exercise. Does that, in itself, reduce heart attack and stroke risk?

Guyatt: You mean if they lose weight by eating less and moving more — does that lower their risk?

Jacobsen: Yes — basically, weight loss through lifestyle alone.

Guyatt: The answer is we do not know because not enough people can do it and sustain it for us to study it properly. Randomized trials of dietary interventions typically yield modest weight loss, which rarely lasts. So, bottom line: we do not have enough people who have successfully lost substantial weight and kept it off to know for sure whether it reduces major cardiovascular events in the long term.

Jacobsen: So people are famously bad at losing weight and keeping it off, which means we do not have a reliable sample to study.

Guyatt: Exactly. That is a perfect example of why clinical epidemiology — and medicine in general — can be so challenging. There are big questions for which the data are weak, not because the questions are complicated but because human behaviour makes them practically unanswerable at scale. That is an obvious illustration. 

Jacobsen: You were on the podcast The Truth About Evidence-Based Medicine, and also the Clearer Thinking episode called “Evidence-Based Medicine and Its Discontents.” How are you finding this more frequent public outreach through podcasts and interviews these days?

Guyatt: Oh, it is fun. I have fun talking to you. I also enjoy talking to other people. My whole life has been about believing that I have ideas worth communicating — and the more opportunities I have to communicate them, the better.

Jacobsen: Do you feel that Canada has given you a lot of opportunities — which, of course, you have capitalized on? 

Guyatt: I am the world’s luckiest person! Well, the way I tell my story is this: at the end of my high school years, I had not done any sciences at all — not even introductory courses, let alone advanced ones. Then, partway through myuniversity studies, I decided I wanted to pursue a career in medicine.

I thought, “Oh my god — I am going to have to go back and do all these science prerequisites that I skipped entirely!”However, I soon discovered that there was precisely one medical school in the entire country that would accept applicants without the standard science requirements — and it happened to be in my hometown. So they let me in.

Jacobsen: That is a very Canadian story!

Guyatt: Wait until you hear the next part. After that, I completed my internship — what we now call PGY-1 — in Toronto and then returned to McMaster for my second year of training. I joined the chest diseases program. In the final year, they wanted every trainee to do physiological research. I had no interest in physiology research, but I needed to fulfill the requirements. So, I persuaded them to let me pursue a master’s degree in Clinical Epidemiology instead.

At the time, I was not particularly interested in research, but it was a better option than physiology. So I did it — and thenI thought, “Oh! This is interesting stuff.” I realized I might want to keep doing it. And, as luck would have it, I happened to be in the best place in the world for clinical epidemiology — right in my hometown.

It was a complete coincidence, but I was surrounded by extremely bright, innovative, collegial, and supportive people. That is what made McMaster the best place for this kind of work. So, I always say: I stumbled into the best possible place, by chance, in my backyard — and I benefited from absolutely superb mentorship.

When people ask me about my research career and how to be successful, I always say that the most critical factor is mentorship. I had multiple excellent mentors who made all the difference.

Guyatt: My primary mentors were terrific people. Some were in the U.S., but I was fortunate to be in an environment at McMaster where, for example, my primary mentor was a statistician — and there were other excellent statisticians around as well. I also had strong statistical mentorship. Anyway, my story is: luck, luck, luck, luck, and more luck!

Jacobsen: So, do you feel a sense of wanting — or needing — to give back, given the opportunities you have had?

Guyatt: Oh, of course.

Jacobsen: How do you find communicating to the general public, as opposed to giving an academic lecture or workshop?

Guyatt: Honestly, I have not had many opportunities to communicate directly to the general public. I suppose I have not actively sought those opportunities, and they have not exactly fallen into my lap either — though I have done a few on occasion.

But when I do, there are always interesting challenges — positive challenges — about how to communicate complex ideas. For instance, explaining why randomized trials are so important and what the limitations are of non-randomized observational studies.

So I often use an example: What is the impact on your risk of dying of being in the hospital? If you do a study, 10% of hospitalized people die during the study period. In contrast, only 2 out of 1,000 people in the community die in the same period. So, you conclude: Being in a hospital is dangerous — if you want to stay healthy, stay away from hospitals!

Everybody laughs. But it makes the point: the people who are in the hospital are fundamentally different from the people who are not — that is why the mortality is higher, not because the hospital is killing them.

Then, if I switch to something like antioxidant vitamins, people struggle more to make the same leap. They do not immediately see that the people who take antioxidant vitamins might differ systematically from those who do not — and that difference, not the vitamins, could explain the outcome.

So, I would like to start with the hospital example to establish the concept: Perhaps it’s not the intervention itself; maybe it’s something about the people receiving the intervention.

Another example I often use is about autism and vaccines. Ninety-nine percent of kids who develop autism have been vaccinated. So, someone argues that vaccines must be causing autism! But what is wrong with that argument? Well, ninety-nine percent of kids without autism have also been vaccinated — so you are comparing apples to apples. You need a valid control group to interpret it correctly.

I have been surprised. When I use the hospital example — everyone immediately gets it. But when I say, “Ninety-nine percent of people with autism have been vaccinated — therefore, vaccines must cause autism,” and I pose this to a medical audience and ask, “What’s wrong with this?” — they do not immediately jump up with the correct answer.

Recently, I have been using more examples I developed for the general public with medical audiences as well. They can all tell you, in theory, that randomized trials are a good idea. Still, when it comes to recognizing the logic in specific real-world examples, it is sometimes harder for them to make the connection.

Jacobsen: That makes sense. All right — here are a few softballs to wrap up. What do you see as the biggest challenges for implementing living guideline methods globally?

Guyatt: The number one challenge is having enough people with the necessary skills. Number two is continuing to educate people about why living guidelines are desirable.

And then, very practically, you need the resources and the institutional commitment: you need a team ready to update recommendations quickly when new evidence emerges, you have to pay them, you have to train them — and you have to get organizations to commit to this approach over the long term. All of that together is a big hurdle.

Jacobsen: Good point. We don’t need to delve into AI again, but I did ask this a while back. It might still be the same: In terms of methodologies beyond network meta-analysis, could big data or AI realistically advance that frontier — at least in theory?

Guyatt: Big data, no — because big data cannot solve the fundamental problem of distinguishing whether an outcome is due to the intervention itself or due to differences in the people receiving it. So, big data analyses have the same inherent limitations as any non-randomized observational study.

Where AI will be a big help in two areas: first, in interpreting images — radiology, pathology, all of that — and second, in the processing of evidence, for what I do, AI is going to make the synthesis and grading of evidence much more efficient.

Jacobsen: Not as a media person per se, but something I have noticed: when people want to frame something positively, they often talk about “the community.” But when they want to demonize a group, they say “they.” For example: “They — the medical establishment — did this or that.”

Internally, as a positive, we often say, “We, the medical community.” But in reality, it is people, and people are individuals — it is not a monolith. So, with that in mind, if you had one call to action for the global EBM community, what would it be?

Guyatt: I would say this — especially to EBM educators: Realize that virtually no graduate will ever read the methods and results sections of an original research article once they leave training. So, gear your educational strategies to that reality.

Jacobsen: That is so practical — and so true. One more, just for fun: What are your favourite Clin Epi aphorisms or quotes — or even just general medical sayings?

Guyatt: Well, there is a classic Clin Epi one. There is always the exact correct answer to every Clin Epi question — and it is two words: “It depends.”

Jacobsen: [Laughing] That is perfect. I love that. That is always a good response! Thank you so much for your time again, Gordon. 

Guyatt: Cheers. Bye-bye.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Global Terrorism Trends, Misogynistic Extremism, and Emerging Cybersecurity Threats – Insights from Irina Tsukerman

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/12

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In an interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Tsukerman discussed global terrorism trends, noting differences between coordinated plots and lone-actor attacks, the distinct challenges of misogynistic violence, and the growing role of women in extremist activity. She highlighted emerging threats such as cyberterrorism and state–non-state collaborations, particularly between Russia and Islamist groups, signaling increasingly complex security challenges worldwide.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Irina Tsukerman. I wanted to get your expert opinion on the breakdown of global terrorism. I have done some work and published content on counterterrorism, including in this particular Canadian-based publication.

One thing that has emerged from recent reports is that, in Canada, the majority of disrupted terrorism plots in recent years have been linked to individuals motivated by Islamist extremist ideologies. At the same time, completed attacks in the last decade have often been carried out by individuals acting alone, including those motivated by misogynistic, far-right, or other grievances. 

In the United States, law enforcement agencies have identified racially or ethnically motivated violent extremists—particularly white supremacists—as posing the most persistent and lethal domestic threat. Internationally, groups and individuals inspired by Islamist extremist movements—often associated with Salafi-Wahabi ideologies—remain responsible for the majority of mass-casualty terrorist attacks.

What are your thoughts on this, and how does it break down globally?

Irina Tsukerman: First of all, it is generally easier for security services to detect and disrupt a coordinated conspiracy involving multiple actors than a single, self-directed individual. Conspiracies generate communications that can be intercepted, and members may engage in logistical activity that draws attention. There is also a higher likelihood of infiltration or information leaks because more people are involved. This helps explain why multi-person plots are often detected earlier and disrupted more successfully than lone-actor attacks.

Ideologically motivated extremist groups—whether Islamist, far-right, or other—often draw support from community-based activities, such as in-person gatherings or online forums, which can facilitate both the spread of ideology and the recruitment of new members. By definition, group-based activity is easier to observe and track. That does not mean there are no lone actors inspired by Islamist extremism or no small conspiracies among misogynist extremists, but the operational patterns tend to differ.

Misogynistic violence presents different challenges for prevention and disruption. Individuals motivated by violent misogyny—such as those inspired by “incel” (involuntary celibate) ideology—often operate without direct coordination with others. They may conceal their intentions entirely, avoiding communications that could alert authorities. Their planning cycles can be short, their methods simple, and their ideological expressions less overtly linked to known extremist networks. This makes them harder to detect before an attack.

By contrast, Islamist extremists often do not conceal their ideological motivations entirely. With enough monitoring, patterns or “red flags” can emerge, such as online postings or communications with known extremists, which give authorities entry points for investigation.

Misogynistic extremists, however, may not belong to any formal organization or use coded language linked to an established network. They may appear to be ordinary members of the public until the moment they act. Even if they leave behind ideological writings, these are sometimes only made public after the attack.

An emerging factor is the development of misogynistic online communities—sometimes organized around social media influencers such as Andrew Tate—that blend lifestyle branding with grievance-based narratives. While much of this content originated in nonviolent “pickup artist” or dating-advice spaces, over time, certain corners have evolved into echo chambers that normalize hostility toward women. Initially, this shift was subtle enough to avoid significant law enforcement scrutiny. More recently, however, authorities have begun to recognize that such communities can be associated with domestic violence, harassment, and, in rare cases, acts of mass violence.

Jacobsen: As a point of clarification: is your mention of domestic violence meant to indicate that the extreme acts committed by violent misogynists—such as mass killings—serve as a visible but relatively rare manifestation of a broader base of violence, including more frequent acts like harassment and intimate partner violence?

Tsukerman: I would say that there is now a noticeable proliferation of generalized violence not necessarily driven by a coherent or structured ideology. Misogynists sometimes overlap with nihilistic groups whose members commit violence simply to prove themselves, without being motivated by a clear subcultural framework. Increasingly, these generalized nihilists are becoming a subculture of their own.

There is considerable overlap with incel communities, former “pickup artist” networks, followers of figures like Andrew Tate, and far-right groups in which misogyny is part of a broader ideological trend. I also think that individuals motivated by misogyny are more likely to be involved in other forms of violence that are not directly connected to misogyny. For example, they may engage in violence against each other in efforts to prove themselves, conflicts that resemble turf wars but without the organized criminal structure of a gang.

Such individuals may view violence as an acceptable way to communicate or resolve disputes. This means you also see violence from them that is unrelated to gender issues. That said, there are distinctions: some groups are explicitly focused on anti-woman ideology, making it central to their identity, while there has also been growth in violence among certain youth groups that is not expressly directed at women.

We see examples across different subcultures: there are actual Satanists, actual neo-Nazis, and then there are “fake” versions of these—individuals who may not understand the doctrines but adopt the insignia, violent imagery, and gore for shock value, posturing, or social appeal.

Jacobsen: What is the gender ratio of known acts of violence? I assume it is close to 100 percent male, but I cannot imagine it is exactly 100.

Tsukerman: Among Islamist extremists, there is a growing number of women directly participating in terrorism, as well as engaging in domestic violence—such as honour-based violence and killings—often against women and children. This is a dimension that is frequently overlooked.

In addition, there is a rise in women engaging in less-lethal but still aggressive or unlawful acts, such as vandalism, harassment, or street-level intimidation. More younger women are participating in these behaviours than in previous decades. For example, there was a case in Philadelphia where a Jewish woman from a radical leftist background joined forces with an Islamist Arab man to plan an explosive attack. The plot was foiled before it was carried out. Still, the pair engaged in acts of vandalism and defaced synagogues with graffiti. This case illustrates how some radical leftist women are becoming involved in violent or semi-violent activity.

Historically, during the peak of radical leftist activity in the 1960s and 1970s, many women were involved in militant movements. On the far right, there are fewer known female perpetrators. Still, several women support these movements ideologically and contribute through facilitation, logistical support, or resource procurement.

Among misogynist extremists, I am not aware of a parallel phenomenon in which women commit violence specifically targeting men because of their gender.

There has always been individual domestic violence against men within families, but this is typically not ideologically motivated—it is more often the result of personal pathology, psychological issues, or factors such as alcoholism and substance abuse. However, I would say that women being radicalized, even into far-right ideologies, is something that is growing. I see it online all the time: women openly expressing support for various forms of violence against their perceived opponents, even if they are not personally carrying it out.

Whether this will translate into more women becoming willing to engage directly in violent acts is uncertain. Still, we have seen notable examples, such as the number of women participating in the January 6 Capitol attack in the United States and the January 8 events in Brazil. While women still make up a smaller proportion of violent extremists compared to men, the base of ideological support among women in these spaces is growing and, in some contexts, is proportionally comparable.

Jacobsen: This is not the kind of gender equality we mean when we talk about women’s rights. 

Tsukerman: It is similar to how women have historically been underrepresented as serial killers.

Jacobsen: It is numerical equality in the wrong moral category. Now, what about new forms of terrorism that have been documented? And why does this translate into a new category? Also, as a quick note, terrorism refers to acts of violence with a political motivation, correct?

Tsukerman: Yes, correct. Cyberterrorism is one of the emerging forms of politically motivated violence. By “cyberterrorism,” I do not just mean hacking, data breaches, or sending political messages. I mean the use of cyber methods to cause direct physical harm, such as disrupting energy infrastructure, interfering with medical facilities in ways that endanger lives, jamming or hijacking drones, or taking control of devices in the Internet of Things (IoT) to weaponize them.

These threats are becoming more serious as the digital sphere and physical reality become more intertwined. As technology develops, new weapons and methods will inevitably emerge, creating new types of attacks.

Another evolving trend is the nature of cooperation among perpetrators. We are now seeing increased collaboration between state and non-state actors—for example, between Russian operatives and jihadist groups. Historically, during the Cold War, the Soviet Union trained violent liberation movement operatives, from the PLO to various African armed groups. Today, Russia has extended such cooperation to non-leftist Islamist groups. There is credible reporting of GRU training for al-Qaeda and Taliban operatives in Afghanistan, as well as partnerships of convenience with groups like Hezbollah and Hamas.

These relationships involve the provision of weapons, financial aid, political backing, and logistical coordination, even when ideological alignment is limited to a shared interest in opposing the West. While they may not be staging joint mass-casualty attacks at present, there is evidence of intelligence sharing and operational support, particularly in cyber operations. This suggests the potential for increasingly violent, integrated, sophisticated, and successful collaborations in the future.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Irina.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Irina Tsukerman on Ukraine’s Anti-Corruption Backlash, Thai-Cambodian Border Tensions, and China’s Subtle Regional Influence

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/11

Part 4 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and GasCommittee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this interview with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, national security attorney Irina Tsukerman discusses Ukraine’s political unrest following President Zelensky’s decision to place anti-corruption agencies under executive control, warning of public disillusionment, Russian disinformation, and Western missteps such as delayed Patriot missile deliveries. She also examines simmering Thai-Cambodian tensions sparked by landmine incidents, cultural disputes, and nationalist rhetoric. Tsukerman explains how historical grievances, labour exploitation, and soft power rivalries intertwine with China’s strategic ambitions in Southeast Asia. Her analysis highlights how domestic politics, identity disputes, and great-power competition feed instability, erode trust, and create vulnerabilities that can be exploited by external actors.

Interview conducted July 25.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: That brings us close to the end—one last topic. Ukraine’s anti-corruption chief says his agency has been targeted in a dirty information campaign. What’s happening there?

Irina Tsukerman: There have been growing protests in Ukraine over recent moves to bring anti-corruption agencies under tighter government control. These agencies, while not consistently effective, were designed to be independent watchdogs. But the Ukrainian parliament decided to place them under executive oversight, undermining that independence.

Despite pushback from some U.S. Republican lawmakers, President Zelensky signed the bill into law. The official justification was the arrest of a Ukrainian MP suspected of spying for Russia. Some longtime MPs were frustrated with the anti-corruption agencies—not only because of their perceived ineffectiveness, but because they threatened entrenched interests. Bringing them under government control removes that threat.

Jacobsen: So why did Zelensky go along with it?

Tsukerman: Likely a combination of factors. First, to preserve his working relationship with parliament. Openly defying them could have led to legislative gridlock or rebellion on more urgent issues. Second, from a practical standpoint, he may have calculated that consolidating power would help prevent institutional chaos during wartime.

But that decision has backfired. Even if people weren’t thrilled with the agencies’ performance, they’re even more concerned about what looks like a slide toward executive overreach. The optics of centralizing power—especially in the middle of a war—don’t inspire confidence. It creates the impression that Zelensky is using wartime conditions to suppress accountability, rather than strengthen it.

Russia is taking full advantage of the current standoff between the Ukrainian government and the public. It’sdeploying anti-Zelensky propaganda to highlight his perceived weaknesses, mobilizing those who were never loyal to him, and using the unrest to undermine unity at a time when cohesion is critical for prosecuting the war effectively.

Many Ukrainians are already demoralized. There’s a perception—justified or not—of U.S. betrayal. The prolonged nature of the war, the grinding physical and psychological toll, the absence of a quick and decisive victory, and the daunting challenge of fighting a larger, better-equipped enemy are all contributing to public fatigue.

On top of that, the European Union’s perceived passivity—its inability or unwillingness to take a firmer stance against Russia—has led many to feel they are being used as pawns in a much broader geopolitical game.

All of these factors—real and psychological—are feeding into this climate of disillusionment.

It’s entirely plausible, even likely, that multiple parties are running disinformation campaigns targeting Ukraine’s anti-corruption agencies. Russia is the primary suspect, of course—it benefits from confusion, distrust, and the erosion of Ukrainian institutional credibility. But they’re not alone.

There are likely corrupt Ukrainian officials who would rather see these agencies discredited than be held accountable. Rival institutions may be vying for influence and seeking to undermine competing agencies. And some anti-Zelensky political groups may be stoking controversy simply to create instability.

Ironically, even some pro-Zelensky actors could be contributing, perhaps believing they’re helping by shielding him from criticism, when in fact they’re compounding the problem.

Jacobsen: And how has the U.S. handled it?

Tsukerman: Not well. By applying pressure on Zelensky over a sensitive internal issue, the U.S. may have inadvertently pushed him into signing the controversial law bringing the anti-corruption agencies under more centralized control. It’s a classic case of backlash: Zelensky didn’t want to appear weak or like a puppet of a Western partner that, in his view, hasn’t fully delivered on its commitments.

Case in point—Patriot missile systems. Trump promised them, and while some units are reportedly sitting in Poland, they aren’t scheduled for delivery until spring 2026, which is absurd given the urgency on the ground.

All of this—domestic discontent, Western pressure, lack of timely aid, and Russian exploitation—has created a perfect storm of confusion and instability. It’s damaging, it’s demoralizing, and at the end of the day, it serves only one party: Russia.

Jacobsen: Thailand is in favour of direct talks with Cambodia over mediation. It’s not a high-profile issue in the West. Any thoughts?

Tsukerman: It’s under the radar, but significant. There have been several incidents recently that have reignited tensions along the contested Thai-Cambodian border.

Just a few days ago, five Thai soldiers were seriously injured—one of them lost a leg—in a landmine explosion near one of the disputed zones. Thailand accused Cambodia of placing new Russian-made landmines in an area that had been designated as demilitarized. Cambodia, in turn, denied the claim, saying the mines were remnants from previous conflicts.

But this wasn’t an isolated incident. Back on May 27, a Cambodian soldier was killed in a brief firefight near another disputed area. Each side blamed the other for initiating the clash. Ceasefire negotiations since then have failed to stabilize the situation.

Jacobsen: And now Thailand prefers direct talks?

Tsukerman: Yes. Thai leadership has signalled that they prefer bilateral engagement over international mediation—likely because they believe they can negotiate from a position of strength, or because they don’t want third-party pressure dictating terms. Cambodia, meanwhile, seems less inclined to escalate but isn’t backing down from its claims either.

So it’s a simmering situation, and if not addressed, it could destabilize the region. Unfortunately, it’s precisely the kind of conflict that rarely gets international attention—until it explodes. Layered on top of all that, domestic politics in both countries have played a significant role.

The situation escalated further when a leaked phone call from June surfaced between the Thai Prime Minister and Cambodia’s opposition leader, Khamphea Jei. She referred to him as “uncle” and criticized Thai military leaders. Thailand’s Constitutional Court suspended her.

Meanwhile, Cambodian officials used the leak to fuel nationalist sentiment, casting Thailand as hostile and illegitimate. There are layers of competing nationalisms and grievances. Cambodian resentment over past Siamese invasions, cultural appropriation, and territorial wars still runs deep. Many Cambodians view parts of eastern Thailand as historically theirs. Conversely, the Thai public is sensitive to such claims and emphasizes its own sovereignty and cultural primacy.

One longstanding flashpoint is the Preah Vihear Temple, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Although it was legally awarded to Cambodia by the International Court of Justice in 1962, it remains emotionally contested in Thailand. Nationalist politicians in both countries frequently invoke it to rally support.

There’s also the issue of poorly demarcated borders, particularly in rugged, forested, and mountainous areas where both militaries have occasionally maintained informal outposts, making accidental or intentional incursions more likely. While armed skirmishes have become rarer in recent years, they haven’t disappeared. Even civilian border crossings are often flashpoints, especially where there’s smuggling or irregular migration; what might begin as a minor altercation can escalate into a diplomatic crisis.

Jacobsen: And the labour situation?

Tsukerman: Another significant issue is migrant labour and economic disparity. Thailand hosts 100,000s of Cambodian migrant workers, many employed in construction, agriculture, and low-wage service sectors.

There are recurring and credible complaints of mistreatment—wage theft, exploitation, and arbitrary deportations. These issues have inflamed Cambodian public opinion. On the Thai side, migrants are often scapegoated for rising crime or labour violations, especially during economic downturns. Crackdowns on migrant communities are portrayed as security measures.

Of course, there’s the political diversion factor.

In both Bangkok and Phnom Penh, leaders often have domestic incentives to escalate nationalist rhetoric. In Thailand, conservative and military-backed regimes frequently face unrest and use Cambodia as a symbolic enemy, portraying it as an ungrateful neighbour stealing from Thai cultural and territorial heritage. Meanwhile, Cambodia’s Prime Minister, under pressure to match the legacy of his father and assert himself, doesn’t want to appear weak in the face of perceived Thai aggression.

There’s also a soft power component—competing over cultural legitimacy, international recognition, and historical narrative.

Tensions over cultural heritage, language, and even pop culture often spiral out of control and become the basis for more serious diplomatic friction. Cambodians regularly accuse Thailand of appropriating Khmer dances, cuisine, and ancient iconography. The rise of social media has only amplified these disputes.

For example, there was a Thai television show that portrayed certain cultural symbols as uniquely Thai, despite their shared Khmer origins. Then there are influencers trivializing Buddhist merit-making in viral videos. These incidents may seem petty, but they’ve provoked significant cultural backlash.

They reflect more profound anxieties over national identity, prestige, and historical memory. These aren’t just symbolic disagreements—they tie directly into unresolved trauma, post-colonial legacies, and longstanding rivalry.

And finally, let’s not ignore the elephant in the room: China—and the broader regional rivalries surrounding its influence.

China has been deepening its economic and political involvement in both Cambodia and Thailand. Cambodia, in particular, is widely seen as one of Beijing’s most loyal partners in the region. At the same time, Thailand’s position has been more fluid, oscillating between pro-U.S. and pro-China stances depending on the government in power.

We’re talking about infrastructure megaprojects, strategic corridors, and military relationships that are all part of a much larger geopolitical chessboard. While both countries officially maintain good relations with China, they’re also competing with each other for Beijing’s favor—seeking leverage, preferential investment, and strategic autonomy.

It’s also worth considering that China may be subtly encouraging these frictions, not full-scale instability, just enough tension to prevent the region from forming a unified, pro-Western bloc. For Beijing, that’s the sweet spot: strong enough to maintain influence, but weak enough to avoid regional alignment against it.

So, when we look at this latest border flare-up and the preference for direct talks over international mediation, it’s not just about historical grievances or cultural symbolism. It’s also about distrust of third parties. Thailand, for example, fears that outside mediators might favour Cambodia or push it into making concessions. Direct bilateral negotiations, from their perspective, protect national pride and avoid appearing weak on the world stage.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time today. 

Tsukerman: Sounds good. Have a great trip back. I hope you get some rest.

Jacobsen: Seriously—thank you so much.

Tsukerman: Take care.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Irina Tsukerman on Gaza Aid Stalemate, Syria’s Stalled Transition, and Japan’s Far-Right Surge

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/10

Part 3 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and Gas Committee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this interview, national security attorney Irina Tsukerman joins Scott Douglas Jacobsen to discuss Gaza’s stalled humanitarian aid distribution, Syria’s hollow political transition efforts, and the rise of far-right nationalism in Japan. Tsukerman critiques UNRWA’s handling of 950 trucks of aid at Gaza’s border, citing political gridlock and Israeli accusations of Hamas ties. On Syria, she condemns U.S.-French talks with Syria as symbolic diplomacy enabling authoritarian consolidation while extremist militias roam freely. Turning to Japan, she links the surge in nationalist popularity to YouTube-driven rhetoric, coordinated disinformation, and Trump-aligned populist networks, warning that such movements weaken alliances and empower Russia and China.

Interview conducted July 25.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: UN aid chief has demanded evidence after accusations from Israel that UN personnel have ties to Hamas. It appears there are 950 trucks of humanitarian aid just sitting at the Gaza border.

Irina Tsukerman: Yes, and that’s important context. Israel reportedly allowed the aid into Gaza, but it hasn’t been appropriately distributed by UN agencies, specifically UNRWA, which had taken on responsibility for that distribution. It’s not the same aid coming from the U.S.-Israel Joint Gaza Humanitarian Fund, which has been far more successful, reportedly delivering about 90 million meals to vulnerable populations.

What this highlights is a critical breakdown in trust and coordination. Israel has accused certain UN staff of ties to Hamas. The UN, meanwhile, is demanding formal evidence before taking action. But in the meantime, aid isn’t reaching the people who need it most. And bureaucratic gridlock is costing lives.

In this case, the problem was that the aid wasn’t being distributed once inside Gaza. After Israeli ministries accused the UN of sitting on the aid for political reasons, resentment over being excluded from certain coordination efforts, for example; the UN suddenly resumed distribution earlier today.

The evidence essentially spoke for itself. The situation was well-documented, with satellite and ground-level images showing trucks passing into Gaza and then the aid just sitting, stockpiled and unused. Israel even released satirical imagery to highlight the absurdity of the situation. It was a bureaucratic and political failure that unnecessarily delayed critical humanitarian assistance.

Jacobsen: Syria, so, the U.S. and France are reportedly holding talks aimed at facilitating a political transition. Any reason for optimism?

Tsukerman: Honestly, not much. The type of conversations that the U.S. and France are having with the government leave much to be desired, especially after the massacres and atrocities in Suwayda and surrounding areas.

Whether these are direct orders or simply tacit approval, government-aligned militias operating under the banner of the Syrian military were involved in acts of mass violence—murders, rapes, and torture of civilians. Since then, the clashes haven’t honestly stopped, despite official ceasefire commitments.

Military forces have been redeployed, frustrating local communities. Yet, there’s still no viable framework for professionalizing the Syrian military, for establishing accountability, or for reforming command structures. Broad government promises have been made, but there’s neither the infrastructure, the expertise, nor the political will to follow through in good faith.

Rather than engaging in polite, diplomatic theatre, the U.S. and France should be playing a direct role in ensuring that these atrocities are not repeated. Israel, for instance, shouldn’t be forced into a position where it feels compelled to intervene across the border to protect civilians—or its diaspora, including Druze citizens with relatives in Syria.

This is a failure of leadership. It’s also a failure to condition sanctions relief on actual evidence of reform. No serious progress has been made on security sector reform, civilian protection, or disarming radical militias. Instead, extremist elements and foreign fighters continue to roam unchallenged in areas the regime claims to control.

There’s also the issue of foreign interference. Countries backing pro-government militias have enabled and even encouraged some of this violence. Syria, for its part, appears to have misread signals from Israel and the U.S.—interpreting their restraint as a green light to use force against minority groups under the guise of resolving sectarian conflict.

There’s been deep, longstanding tension in some of these regions. The outcome of the recent talks included vague commitments to grant the Suwayda communities—particularly Druze but also others—greater autonomy. But that’s not the same as meaningful protection from intercommunal violence.

What we’re seeing is symbolic self-governance in areas that were already effectively outside the Syrian central government’s control. These communities had some degree of autonomy, and that very autonomy—combined with government neglect—created a vacuum that enabled this cycle of bloodshed in the first place.

So, unless we see a genuine political transition backed by enforceable commitments, this isn’t a peace process. It’s a diplomatic cover for authoritarian consolidation, using sectarian proxies to maintain control.

These were communities that had been self-governing and self-defending for years, with deep mistrust not only toward the regional leadership but also toward Damascus more broadly. Not all factions, of course—but enough to keep the area relatively autonomous and, at times, highly restive.

The Syrian government viewed the local unrest as an opportunity to reassert control over the region. And now we’re seeing the consequences. As of yet, there is still no proper security framework in place. The U.S. could and should be more involved. But instead, Washington appears increasingly focused on minimizing its military footprint in Syria, looking for any excuse to disengage.

I think the only argument that might persuade this administration to take more substantive action is a pragmatic one: U.S. investments—whether humanitarian, diplomatic, or economic—will be endangered by the continued presence of extremist militias. No investor will take U.S.-led development seriously if projects are exposed to terrorism, violence, state collapse, or gross human rights violations.

That should be obvious. But for some reason, it isn’t.

Jacobsen: Alright, shifting topics. Explain to me why this Japanese conservative—some say far-right—politician suddenly became so much more popular than expected, especially among people who consume a lot of YouTube and other audiovisual content. What’s going on there?

Tsukerman: What we’re seeing in Japan is the resurgence of a particular strain of far-right nationalism—one with roots going back to World War II but which, for many years, was politically marginalized or moderated within the mainstream conservative bloc.

That said, there’s always been a subset of nationalists in Japan who argue that even the mainstream conservative parties are too dependent on the United States, too soft on external threats, and too open to foreign influence. It’s an ironic argument, really—Japan is one of the most culturally uniform, highly structured, and socially conformist nations in the world. It’s hardly overrun by foreign influence.

Still, these narratives tap into real anxieties, notably around Japan’s demographic decline and labour shortages. As Japan increasingly relies on foreign labour to fill jobs that either don’t attract domestic workers or for which there simply aren’t enough people, these nationalists frame immigration as an existential threat, rather than an economic necessity.

And in the past year, these voices have gained momentum—partly thanks to Trump-style rhetoric, amplified on platforms like YouTube, where algorithmic incentives reward emotionally charged, polarizing content. There may also be coordinated disinformation campaigns at play, where anti-Japan sentiment—real or manufactured—is used to provoke backlash and stir up nationalist fervour.

Jacobsen: Deliberately done to provoke a political reaction?

Tsukerman: That’s one possible theory. It would follow a pattern we’ve seen elsewhere—Trump using inflammatory rhetoric against countries like Canada, which in turn bolstered nationalist backlash and helped shift internal political dynamics.

So, why would Trump want this result in Japan? Because it plays into a broader strategy. He views these rising far-right populist movements as fellow travellers—whether it’s Japan’s nationalists, Germany’s AfD, or the Reform Party in the UK. There seems to be an effort—formal or informal—to build an international network of these ideological allies.

Interestingly, many of these movements embrace populist economic policies—often closer to socialism or even state feminism—despite branding themselves as nationalist or right-wing. Trump himself has criticized traditional conservative economic doctrines—like free trade and deregulation—as “neoliberalism,” blaming them for many of the West’s problems.

He’s drawn to the idea of strongman populism: ideologically flexible, personality-driven leadership that rejects globalism, questions alliances, and appeals to a particular vision of national pride. That model is being replicated—or at least admired—in more places than people realize.

Trump simply admires these types of figures. He sees them as “tough,” “natural leaders”—and the louder they rail against immigration and foreign influence, the more he views them as strong defenders of their nations. Of course, most of that is pure theatre. Much of what these politicians promise is vague, and their proposed solutions are often completely disconnected from economic or political reality.

We’re already seeing the consequences. In the U.S., for instance, while the markets may not yet reflect it, the underlying economy is showing signs of strain—declining job creation, contractions in GDP, and the disappearance of small businesses. These trends are starting to affect real people, even if the headlines haven’t caught up yet.

The same thing will happen in other countries that adopt this brand of populist economic nationalism. Instead of making nations stronger, these policies will leave them weaker and more isolated.

Take Japan. A Japan with poor relations with the United States is increasingly left to fend for itself. We’re already seeing the results: Japan has recently been pushed into signing a trade pact with China and South Korea—an outcome few mainstream Japanese parties wanted, since most view China as a strategic threat, not an ally.

And yet, now Trump is publicly praising the direction Japan is taking. Even more concerning, the extremists gaining traction in Japan are also pro-Russian, despite Russia still occupying Japanese territory—the Kuril Islands—an unresolved point of geopolitical tension dating back to World War II and even earlier, to the Russo-Japanese War.

This isn’t just a political coincidence. The broader strategy appears to be undermining traditional U.S. alliances and unravelling the post–World War II liberal international order. And who benefits? Russia and China. That’s the bottom line.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Irina Tsukerman on Trump’s Trade Tactics, Sudan’s Islamist Resurgence, and Gaza Aid Breakdown

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/09

Part 2 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and GasCommittee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this interview, human rights and national security attorney Irina Tsukerman joins Scott Douglas Jacobsen to discuss Donald Trump’s golf trip to Scotland, its political undercurrents, and the challenges of U.S.–EU trade talks under his zero-sum approach. She critiques Trump’s reluctance to pressure Russia meaningfully, outlines Sudan’s Islamist resurgence amid alliances with the military, and examines the RSF’s resource-driven power struggle. Tsukerman also addresses allegations of UNRWA’s ties to Hamas, highlighting stalled aid at Gaza’s border and bureaucratic failures that delayed humanitarian relief. Her analysis connects geopolitical maneuvering, resource control, and political opportunism to broader instability and diplomatic inaction.

Interview conducted July 25.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In other news, President Trump has reportedly flown to Scotland to play golf and engage in bilateral trade talks with the EU. Quick thoughts on the golf, and more serious comments on the trade discussions?

Irina Tsukerman: Well, given how quiet the world is right now—sarcasm intended—I suppose it’s the perfect time to play golf in Scotland. That said, Trump rarely travels just for leisure. There are likely business angles involved.

There are actors in Scotland he’s worked with before. The Scottish National Party, for instance, has received financial backing from foreign sources, including Russia and Qatar. It’s precisely the kind of anti-establishment, anti-globalist movement that both Trump and Musk have tacitly supported in the past. Whether it’s symbolic or substantial, the fact that Trump is engaging in bilateral talks while courting those kinds of actors should not be overlooked.

It’s become, essentially, a proxy for foreign-aligned interference in the United Kingdom. These are the kind of figures who could informally meet Trump over lunch or during a friendly round of golf—and then, shortly afterward, we might see certain political developments emerge that align with those interests inside the UK.

Meanwhile, the Reform Party is gaining traction and appears to be getting support from American political actors—potentially even inspiring U.S.-style movements of their own, despite, or perhaps because of, their failings in the American context.

Now, regarding the bilateral U.S.–EU trade talks, the issue Trump faces is that the EU has significant leverage. That’s why his threats or pressure tactics don’t easily sway them.

Ideally, we would see a free trade agreement between the U.S. and the EU—one that removes most tariffs and fosters mutual market access. This is especially relevant now, as the EU seems increasingly open to trade with China, even as Chinese policies raise red flags, like the export of cheap electric vehicles, many of which come with concerns over data security and surveillance.

American goods, in comparison, should be welcomed. And if European consumers ultimately choose not to buy U.S. products due to price or preference, that’s simply market behaviour—no one can reasonably argue with that. But Trump has escalated what should be a trade discussion into a political and ideological conflict. He’s turned a trade disagreement into a political weapon.

For one, Trump operates under a zero-sum mindset: if someone wins, someone else must lose. He doesn’t accept that trade can be mutually beneficial—or mutually harmful. That framework has made negotiation virtually impossible.

Second, he carries personal and political grievances against various EU leaders, which limits his willingness to compromise. His rhetoric has antagonized the very people he should be cooperating with. In some cases, he and his allies—reportedly including associates linked to Moscow—have meddled in European elections. He’s also publicly insulted heads of state, undermining trust and goodwill.

He’s pressured EU nations into buying American military equipment, tying it to NATO spending benchmarks like the 2% GDP defence target. While that’s a separate issue, it colours the broader relationship and complicates trade discussions.

All of these factors make meaningful progress difficult. And frankly, Trump doesn’t seem to be taking the process seriously. He promised 90 trade deals in 90 days. So far, he’s sent about 25 letters of intent. He’s signed a handful of agreements with various countries, but none have eliminated tariffs. Many have been criticized for their limited scope or negative economic consequences.

Some of the deals have raised costs for U.S. consumers. Specific industries—especially those reliant on imports or exports—have suffered, with some businesses even closing down due to increased trade barriers. That economic fallout hasn’t gotten much coverage in mainstream news, but it’s affecting real people, including some of Trump’s supporters.

All of this is entirely avoidable—and tragic. It’s leading to fewer people, both here and abroad, being able to enjoy access to diverse, high-quality products, collaborate in international business, and prosper together.

I hope that, at some point, Trump is forced to wake up to the consequences of his actions. But his calculations don’t appear to be about long-term prosperity. They’re focused on winners and losers at any cost. Or worse, on exploiting market volatility for personal gain, whether through side deals or opportunistic investments.

If that’s the case, he probably doesn’t care how any of this impacts the U.S. economy or our relationships with allies in Europe.

Jacobsen: Trump is on record now threatening to enforce tariffs on Russian oil. Honestly, that might be the least surprising news of the day. 

Tsukerman: I think most observers, especially those familiar with Trump’s past rhetoric, were deeply skeptical that he would follow through with any real pressure on Russia.

At best, this kind of threat is rhetorical leverage. At worst, it’s a pattern. He previously gave Russia a two-week deadline for sanctions action. Nothing happened. Even months later, nothing followed. What’s your view?

This is likely just another empty threat. Trump consistently demonstrates an inability—or unwillingness—to move past his admiration for Putin, often framing him as a kind of strongman ideal.

For whatever reason—be it personal, political, or financial—Trump seems to have a persistent bias against Ukraine. Maybe it’s connected to his domestic political grievances involving prior administrations. Or perhaps he’s just so personally invested in the issue that he refuses to reverse course, regardless of new developments.

But what is clear is this: despite the public posturing, Trump’s actual steps in favour of Ukraine have been minimal, indeed, nowhere near the level needed to counterbalance the time and political capital he has spent accommodating Russia. He’s lost credibility with U.S. allies, and he’s shown a repeated unwillingness to apply real pressure on a country that openly considers the U.S. an enemy—one whose state media regularly broadcasts anti-American propaganda.

Economically, Russia isn’t even a viable strategic counterpart to the U.S. It has limited global economic value, and it remains firmly aligned with China. Trump’s continued posturing doesn’t strengthen America’s security or financial position. On the contrary, it weakens it.

If he were serious about sanctions on Russian oil, he would have acted already, instead of giving extended, meaningless deadlines that allow Russia to continue bombing Ukrainian civilians with impunity.

Jacobsen: Switching gears—Sudan. Islamist factions are plotting a post-war comeback, supporting the military to reassert their influence. Any thoughts?

Tsukerman: Honestly, that headline’s a bit outdated. Sudan’s Islamists never really left. They’ve been making a comeback from the earliest days of the war. The fact that they aligned themselves with General al-Burhan. One of the principal warlords in Khartoum. It is clear evidence of this.

They’re willing to make unsavoury alliances to reassert control. In supporting the army, they’re playing the long game: outlasting the chaos, re-infiltrating institutions, and preparing to shape Sudan’s post-war political order.

Some of the states are banking on Sudan’s eventual stability. Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and others have been willing to overlook what they would typically view as a primary strategic threat. Specifically, I’m referring to the reemergence of Islamists and allies of former President Omar al-Bashir. Many of these figures have been released from prison to support the Sudanese army’s war effort.

Ordinarily, that would alarm these countries. But in this case, they appear to see it as the lesser—or perhaps less immediate—of two evils compared to the threat posed by the RSF, the powerful paramilitary group challenging the state. Their decisions likely come down to existing relationships, regional alliances, and the individual agendas of key rulers.

The RSF, for its part, has received backing from Russia, the United Arab Emirates, and a variety of international mercenary networks. While consolidating control and playing into tribal dynamics within Sudan, the RSF has been looting Sudanese gold to enrich its foreign patrons. So this isn’t just a power struggle. It’s a battle over natural resources as well.

There’s also a growing conflict over port access. For example, UAE had proposed building a port in Sudan, but the capital rejected it. That’s added fuel to the rebellion and raised further questions about long-term economic and geopolitical control in the region.

Islamists have become a convenient proxy. Their ideological foundations date back decades. They’ve maintained support within many local populations, particularly in areas tied to the legacy of al-Bashir.

Once the active phase of the war subsides, the Islamists will almost certainly try to capitalize. They’ll cash in on the “favours” done for the military and leverage the weakness of a fractured government to expand their influence. This could mean anything from forcing the sitting government to adopt Islamist policies to outright seizing power.

If that happens, the modest reforms introduced after al-Bashir’s fall will likely be erased. Any hope of a transition to a civilian-led democracy will be buried. The longer this continues, the less likely it is that Sudan will return to a more liberal political track. Many reformers and ordinary Sudanese citizens have lost hope.

The silence and inaction of the West only reinforce the belief that there’s little appetite for serious reform, justice, or long-term stability. Western governments seem either distracted, disinterested, or unwilling to engage in robust diplomacy or aid intervention.

Jacobsen: And Trump?

Tsukerman: For Trump, it’s transactional. He may want the conflict to end, but he doesn’t seem to care who ends up in charge, so long as the fighting stops and U.S. interests remain untouched. Other nations seem to be taking a similar stance: whoever emerges victorious, they’ll work with them, provided regional stability isn’t threatened.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Irina Tsukerman on Trump’s South Africa Asylum Policy and Elon Musk’s Starlink Role in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/08

Part 1 of 4

Irina Tsukerman is a human rights and national security attorney based in New York and Connecticut. She earned her Bachelor of Arts in National and Intercultural Studies and Middle East Studies from Fordham University in 2006, followed by a Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law in 2009. She operates a boutique national security law practice. She serves as President of Scarab Rising, Inc., a media and security strategic advisory firm. Additionally, she is the Editor-in-Chief of The Washington Outsider, which focuses on foreign policy, geopolitics, security, and human rights. She is actively involved in several professional organizations, including the American Bar Association’s Energy, Environment, and Science and Technology Sections, where she serves as Program Vice Chair in the Oil and GasCommittee. She is also a member of the New York City Bar Association. She serves on the Middle East and North Africa Affairs Committee and affiliates with the Foreign and Comparative Law Committee. 

In this wide-ranging conversation, Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Irina Tsukerman dissect Trump-era refugee policies favoring white South Africans as racially selective and legally dubious. She also argued that Elon Musk’s restriction of Starlink services in Ukraine, especially during key military advances, effectively supported Russian interests and undermined Ukrainian sovereignty. Tsukerman highlighted the dangers of U.S. reliance on private actors for national security infrastructure and called for stricter contractual controls to prevent unilateral interference in geopolitically sensitive conflicts.

Interview conducted July 25.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Once again, we’re here with the ‘Washington Outsider’ for the Everywhere Insiders—the wonderful Irina Tsukerman. Thank you for joining me again today.

Irina Tsukerman: Always a pleasure.

Jacobsen: Today, we’re broadcasting all sources from Reuters. I’m calling in from Charles Degaulle Airport in France, late in the evening on Friday, July 25—just passing the time while getting everything set up. So, first, diplomats have reportedly asked whether the Trump-era refugee policy for South Africans was intended to include only white applicants, or if nonwhite South Africans could also qualify.

According to a 2018 email obtained during litigation, a Trump official stated the refugee program was being explicitly considered for white South Africans, particularly Afrikaners, who were allegedly facing discrimination. However, the State Department publicly maintained that U.S. asylum law does not discriminate by race, and that eligibility is based on credible fear of persecution regardless of racial background. This apparent contradiction has caused confusion and concern, especially in light of the administration’s broader track record on immigration. What are your thoughts on this?

Tsukerman: I’m not sure this is simply a case of confusion. It seems more like an attempt to clean up what could be interpreted as a racially selective or discriminatory asylum policy. One that would reflect poorly on the administration.

Let’s look at the facts. The justification given by some officials for prioritizing white South Africans—particularly Afrikaners—was that they faced increasing threats, land seizures, and discrimination under post-apartheid government policies. Then-President Trump tweeted in 2018 that he had asked the Secretary of State to look into land expropriations and “large-scale killing of farmers,” echoing rhetoric often associated with far-right narratives.

Now, the claim of a “white genocide” in South Africa has been widely debunked by both local and international experts. While farm attacks and murders do occur and some Afrikaners feel targeted, there is no evidence of a coordinated campaign or genocide. That said, South Africa’s land reform policies and affirmative action programs have been controversial and, in some cases, have affected white farmers economically.

So, while there may be cases of legitimate asylum claims from individuals of any race in South Africa, the idea of prioritizing only white South Africans for refugee status is highly suspect, especially when the U.S. was, at the same time, limiting asylum access for Black and brown migrants from Central America, the Middle East, and elsewhere.

And here’s the legal dilemma: if a nonwhite Afrikaner—or, for that matter, any nonwhite South African—experienced the same discrimination and threats as a white counterpart, would they be considered eligible under this supposed policy?

That question exposes a core tension. On one hand, the administration claims to be assisting those who have been “discriminated against.” On the other hand, if language or culture (like speaking Afrikaans) is being used as a proxy for race, it raises red flags. Restricting eligibility in practice to white applicants, regardless of their actual circumstances, would violate U.S. asylum law.

Also telling is the lack of actual uptake: very few South Africans, white or otherwise, sought asylum in the U.S. in response to this policy shift. That suggests the issue may have been overstated for political effect—perhaps more about signalling than substance.

All in all, this policy appears legally flimsy, morally questionable, and politically awkward. And the administration’s clumsy messaging only deepens the controversy.

If people are truly in such dire straits—facing what they describe as genocide, discrimination, or mass violence—why wouldn’t they take the opportunity to seek refuge in a haven where they wouldn’t be at risk? That’s why I question whether this issue has been politicized beyond recognition.

There’s no clear evidence of genocide, or even mass violence, in South Africa that would make this refugee policy more relevant than, say, Haiti, where a U.S. court only recently extended Temporary Protected Status until February, despite the administration’s efforts to deport thousands. Or take Turkey, where we’ve seen large-scale violence and state-sponsored crackdowns, or other countries dealing with war-like conditions.

Yes, South Africa has racial tensions. But do those tensions rise to a level that warrants special refugee protections for one specific group?

I’m not convinced. And to be clear, there is no genocide in South Africa. I think, quite simply, the administration wants to stick to the kind of red-meat policies that appeal to their base—for better or worse—but they’re also aware of the legal and diplomatic fallout. How this looks to the international community, to legal experts, to everyone outside the hardcore MAGA base—it’s not good. Frankly, the optics are terrible.

Jacobsen: Musk reportedly ordered the shutdown of Starlink satellite service once Ukraine retook territory from Russia.

To be clear for the transcript: Russia annexed Ukrainian land illegally. Ukraine has since retaken portions of that land. Musk then disabled Starlink service, at least in those newly liberated areas, if not entirely, depending on which report youbelieve. 

What’s your take on this? What do you think is the reasonable inference behind Musk’s rationale? Is this consistent with his behaviour since 2022?

Tsukerman: To be perfectly honest, this only reinforces my personal view that Musk wants Russia to win the war, or at the very least, he doesn’t want Ukraine to win and reclaim its full sovereignty.

This isn’t the first time we’ve seen something like this. Musk previously restricted Ukraine’s use of Starlink for offensive military operations. The terminals were limited to defensive communications only until the U.S. government negotiated a separate contract that allowed for broader military use.

You could argue Musk was motivated by profit or risk aversion, but he never seemed to place any moral or strategic pressure on Russia. He treated both sides as equally complicit in the conflict, as if Ukraine hadn’t been invaded and wasn’t fighting for its survival. That kind of moral equivalence is deeply flawed.

You cannot defend your population if you’re not able to go on the offensive against invading forces. That’s the basic logic of self-defence. Denying Ukraine the communication tools it needs to conduct offensive operations directly undermines its ability to win the war and protect its people.

Jacobsen: It’s being reported that Russia may have gained access to Starlink technology as well.

Tsukerman: Yes. There were reports that Russian forces somehow gained access to Starlink terminals, or at least to Starlink connectivity. It hasn’t been fully explained how that happened, but the optics are damaging. There’s a strong implication that Musk or his companies were, at best, careless, or at worst, complicit in letting those systems fall into Russian hands.

What’s most striking is the timing, the moment Ukraine started making real gains by retaking occupied land and launching legitimate military operations against Russian military and logistical targets, Musk abruptly shut down access to Starlink. Not because civilians were harmed. Not because Ukraine violated some humanitarian principle. But it seems that Ukraine dared to push forward.

He claimed the move was to prevent escalation or offensive use. He never placed any similar restrictions on Russia’s offensive actions. He didn’t block Russian communications when they were bombing civilians, torturing prisoners, or trying to wipe out Ukrainian infrastructure. His ‘neutrality’ wasn’t neutral. It consistently advantaged Russia.

The only reasonable conclusion is that Musk didn’t want Ukraine to succeed beyond the point where it could simply survive. He seemed to want Ukraine to endure for the U.S. and other parties to keep paying for his services without allowing a decisive Ukrainian victory.

If Ukraine were to lose entirely, Starlink would no longer be of strategic value to the U.S. government. That would undercut his contracts and his influence. It’s not about doing good in the world. It’s about profit, power, and control.

Otherwise, Musk would have provided the Starlink services for free and without restrictions, which was not the case. What this tells us is that the U.S. government is dangerously reliant on a private individual for a critical tool of geopolitics. While other countries and private entities are now developing similar satellite communication systems, the fact that the U.S. government didn’t invest early in acquiring this technology independently is a major strategic miscalculation.

Today, it’s Ukraine. Tomorrow, it could be Taiwan and China. We also know that Musk reportedly refused to provide Starlink coverage for U.S. military operations in the Taiwan Strait. That’s another layer of concern.

But beyond that, I don’t understand why—after the previous incidents involving Musk’s interference in Ukraine’s use of Starlink—the U.S. government didn’t include an exclusivity clause in its contracts. Something that would guarantee government control over strategic use and limit Musk’s ability to impose his conditions.

Sure, pay Musk fairly for the service—but in return, he shouldn’t be allowed to unilaterally decide when or how the network can be used during conflicts. If he does, there should be substantial penalties or breach-of-contract consequences. There are many ways to leverage someone like Musk. He needs government business, and there’s still significant prestige in working with the U.S. government—prestige he may not get elsewhere.

Now, Europe is developing its satellite systems. Taiwan is too. Musk’s monopoly in this private satellite sector is narrowing. The U.S. should have recognized that the window of opportunity was closing and acted accordingly.

The only reason I suspect they didn’t is because Trump’s policy—at least during his administration—was aligned mainly with Musk in this area. Either Trump wanted Russia to win, or, if that wasn’t possible, he didn’t want Ukraine to win outright. So, he let Musk play this dangerous game.

The administration could have applied enormous pressure on Musk through contract threats, legal tools, even regulatory and tax scrutiny—to ensure continued service. But they didn’t. Unfortunately, this seems to reflect how extensive Russia’s influence over U.S. policy may still be.

Many continue to claim Russian influence is a hoax. But the fact that a private citizen is allowed to dictate the military communications policy of a U.S. ally tells a different story. Russia never stopped meddling in U.S. affairs—and the U.S. government has, in many ways, allowed it.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Frenchy

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/07

I knew a guy one time at the construction site as a teenager.

He was French, so a French-y kinda guy.

We used to all sit around having lunch at a 3-storey building.

Just a bunch of random guys, working, sort of,

a lot of nonsense talk havin’ fun,

just pissing around putting a frame on air.

People are big on that,

enclosures.

I learned that pretty young.

We yearn for the forest trails,

a lake to fish,

a starry night to gaze.

A thoughtful comment at sunset,

to genuflect.

Frenchy used to walk with a limp.

He’d have his belt around his waist to carry tools.

His toolbelt.

Many men used to die during construction projects.

Many still do.

Safety harnesses, hardhats, spotters, safety personnel.

These help.

Ol’ Frenchy one time started slipping at an older site,

story goes.

Slipping off rooftop, no harness, missed the grip,

whoosh!

Off he went.

He fell several stories.

He landed on a bump of rocks that are crushed called ‘crush rock.’

Common in construction of the time, probably now.

Frenchy snapped his back.

Ever since,

a limp.

That’s life.

Concrete forms,

the walls that make the frames for air, boxes for air.

You know, the stuff people like.

As the concrete is poured, it gets vibrated to remove air pockets.

Clamps hold the wooden framework.

A wooden framework holding the poured and vibrated concrete.

Those are held together by steel clamps.

They get piled.

Beside the pile of crush rock,

was a pile of steel clamps,

Frenchy just missed it.

Likely outcome, if a little over on the fall,

he woulda been dead.

That’s also life.

So, he had a limp.

We all had something like a limp.

just our limp wasn’t a limp.

We didn’t get asked about our limps.

We got asked about progress on the air boxes.

You know, the stuff people like,

care about.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Understanding Psychometric Limitations

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/06

I stand by the mainstream standards of psychometrics: APA, BPS, and CPA standards. The Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing (co‑published by APA, AERA, and NCME) outlines the stringent test construction and validation requirements. Tests not adhering to these standards are not considered psychometrically credible instruments. First, individuals must not have conflicts of interest in creating, administering, or scoring psychometric tests. Otherwise, the results become invalid by professional standards, whether friends with the scorer, the hirer of the scorer or working for the company in which the score has been claimed validated. Any such score cannot be considered valid when a clear conflict of interest is present.

High-range tests began in the late 20th century. They attempt to measure intelligence beyond the ceilings of professionally accepted instruments. Their development occurred largely outside institutional psychology, which has resulted in widespread methodological flaws and a lack of academic legitimacy. The high-range testing community (e.g., Prometheus Society, Mega Society, etc.) features self-created tests often designed by individuals without formal training in psychometrics.

Many of these people work with one another, for one another, found and join societies, then invite one another’s participation, and then take their friends’ tests and garner a listing on the rankings or directories. While some independent efforts reflect intellectual seriousness and commitment, they remain outside the scope of recognized professional standards. Their creators are intellectually serious. However, most lack doctorates in psychometrics or clinical psychology, licenses from relevant bodies, and their tests are not peer-reviewed or professionally validated. The overlapping roles of test creators, scorers, and participants within small, insular communities raise valid concerns about objectivity and the independence of results.

According to Mensa International’s former international supervisory psychometrician, Dr. Kristóf Kovács, even scores above ~145 on SD 15 are unreliable after that point. Not just him, according to Dr. Abbie Salny and other psychometricians, most mainstream IQ tests (e.g., WAIS-IV, SB5) have diminishing reliability past 130–145 SD15, even under proctored conditions. Beyond 145 on SD 15, scores become increasingly speculative due to standard error of measurement and ceiling effects.

Fundamentally, a claim of an IQ score out of these would be illegitimate, particularly as the higher rarities of IQ are claimed. This would mean above 145 on SD 15 if these were mainstream and proctored by certified professionals. Even there, that is based on the best professional tools. This is to say, IQ tests developed without psychometric oversight—self-administered, untimed, and unproctored—are typically non-standardized and lack validity and reliability as psychological instruments. That is, they violate standardization, reliability, and validity criteria. They are often unnormed and lack clinical controls.

To be considered a valid psychological instrument, a test must meet three core criteria: validity (it measures what it claims to measure), reliability (it produces consistent results over time and contexts), and standardization (it has been normed on a sufficiently large and representative sample under controlled conditions). Tests that do not meet these criteria — especially those created outside professional oversight — cannot produce scores that meaningfully reflect cognitive ability in the same manner.

Some high-range tests employ inflated standard deviations to generate higher numerical scores. While this may appear impressive to lay readers, it is mathematically misleading and lacks empirical justification within a scientifically valid norming structure. Disseminating inflated or unsupported IQ scores can mislead individuals about their cognitive abilities, reinforce elitist attitudes, and erode public trust in psychological science. Ethical responsibility demands accuracy, humility, and transparency in any discussion of intelligence testing. Such claims are not recognized as valid by contemporary professional standards and should not be equated with WAIS‑V, SB5, or Raven’s APM scores — each of which is psychometrically credible only when administered under professionally controlled conditions. Therefore, any claim to this or that IQ score falls into the same illegitimate category by those mainstream, well-established standards.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Caroline Geraghty on Authentic Dating: CORE Method, Confidence, and Compassionate Communication

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/06

Part 2 of 2

Caroline Geraghty explores the dynamics of authenticity, vulnerability, and communication in early dating. She emphasizes self-awareness through her CORE method—Center, Observe, Reflect, Express—and offers practical advice on managing nerves, reading cues, and fostering genuine dialogue. Geraghty highlights the value of curiosity in balancing storytelling and listening, setting respectful boundaries, and navigating both connection and disconnection with grace. Whether planning a second date or soft-landing an exit, she stresses the importance of honesty and emotional intelligence. Her insights encourage openness, kindness, and clarity—building meaningful relationships while honoring one’s values, intentions, and the time of others.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do you balance storytelling and listening when you’re first trying to gauge a person’s rhythm? Some people lean into storytelling more; others prefer to listen. How do you figure out how much to lean in or pull back in either direction?

Caroline Geraghty: That’s such a great question. One way I find helpful is to dig deeper with curiosity.

For instance, someone might say, “I’m from here,” or “I grew up there,” and discuss their hometown or background a bit. You can build on that by noticing potential shared experiences or emotional cues. If it sounds like they moved around a lot, you might say, “Oh, it sounds like you moved around a lot—how did that make you feel as a kid?”

Let’s say they mention that their parents were in the military and that they lived on different bases. That opens up a whole layer of experience you can connect with. Even when you’re sharing your own story, reflect on something that invites them to open up more.

So, in that example, if they say, “I moved a lot,” you could say, “Oh, I also had to change schools in fifth grade—it was hard for me to make friends, too. But eventually, I found my footing through [X, Y, or Z].” That shared emotional territory deepens the conversation and builds an authentic connection.

Jacobsen: So you’re opening the conversation for them while also allowing yourself to share more about you. What if someone’s authentic self is less self-confident?

Geraghty: Absolutely. When it comes to self-confidence, one thing I feel serves everyone—and is serving me right now—is this: you have to do it. You have to put yourself out there.

It starts with understanding your goals for that specific connection. Are you looking for a partner to share your life with? Or someone to enjoy certain activities with? Understanding your motivation behind building a connection helps frame the interaction with purpose.

Then lean into that. Be the type of partner you’d like to have. Recognize that you already have everything you need to attract the kind of person you’re looking for in your life.

And if nothing else—give your best friend a call before the date. You should have someone in your life who can hype you up when you’re feeling low. Lean into your village when you need that confidence boost, for sure.

Jacobsen: What about people and their phones—or smartwatches?

Geraghty: Yes—such an important point. There’s a part of your brain that immediately picks up on something, feeling “off.” It’s a survival mechanism that has been left over from evolution. Even though, as modern humans, we’re creatures of comfort, that part of the brain still gets activated—especially when someone seems inauthentic, overly rehearsed, or distracted.

Therefore, it’s worth centring taking a moment to center yourself and observe your habits. Reflect on how those habits might impact connection. If you’re someone who fidgets a lot or constantly checks your phone, I’d recommend putting the phone away—at least face down.

Now, if you need to have it out—say you’re a parent and want to be available in case there’s an emergency, or you’re in a high-responsibility job—then be forthright about it at the beginning of the date. Communicate clearly and respectfully.

You might say: “Hey, I’m a mom, and my child is with a new babysitter tonight. I’d feel more comfortable having my phone visible, just in case. I appreciate your understanding, and I’ll be mindful not to check it more than necessary. But if it starts to feel like I’m disengaged, please let me know—I’ll adjust.”

That may seem like a lot to put on someone you just met. But if this is someone who could become your partner, it’s also a great way to see how they respond to honesty and healthy communication.

Jacobsen: Now, these are forks in the road. So—how do you soft-land an exit, especially an early one? On the other hand, how do you set up a second meeting if it goes well?

Geraghty: Oh my gosh, yes. I love this.

One thing I always come back to is leaning into your authentic self and being honest—gracefully. If you didn’t feel a connection or chemistry, you can still thank the person for their time and consideration. Maybe say something like, “I appreciated the conversation and the chance to get to know you.”

You don’t have to say it was great if it wasn’t. There are other words you can use—”interesting,” “thought-provoking,” “insightful.” You can acknowledge that it was meaningful to share space with them without pretending it was something it wasn’t. But lean into the words that feel right for you. Don’t oversell it—because that’s also a form of feedback.

Something like, “Hey, I enjoyed our time together. It feels like we may not be aligned on some of the things that are important to me. I truly hope you find what you’re looking for—someone who’s a better fit for you.” And encourage them genuinely.

On the other hand, if you’re enjoying the date, let them know. Please let them know that you’ll be reaching out shortly. Plan for a second date as you say goodbye—or reference something they mentioned enjoying during your conversation. For example: “Hey, I know you love ice cream. There’s a great spot near my gym. I’d love for us to meet there. What does your schedule look like this coming week?”

If you’re not interested, express gratitude, thank them for their time, and wish them well on their journey toward partnership. But if you’re excited—lock it in. Pull out your phone and put that next date in the calendar.

Jacobsen: What if it’s the reverse—if they let you know it’s not a match? How do you accept that?

Geraghty: Whether it’s the former—with grace—or the latter—with enthusiasm and promptness, the response should still come from a place of authenticity. So, if you’re being rejected after the first date, do the same: say thank you and wish them well. All they’re doing is opening the door for your time and energy to be redirected toward someone who is the right fit for you.

If anything—especially as an older woman—I consider myself lucky. I met my husband when we were freshmen in high school, so I haven’t had to navigate the dating jitters many of my peers have. But I’ve lived vicariously through the journeys of my girlfriends—especially now, in the age of dating apps and second marriages.

And I’ve seen how valuable honesty is. Is someone letting you go because it’s not the right fit? That’s a gift. They’re giving you back the most valuable commodity we have—our time.

So, meet that moment with grace and gratitude. You now have the time to focus on yourself and find a better fit.

If I’m the one receiving that enthusiasm—if a first date goes well—then yes, I’m putting it on my calendar. I’ll follow up. I’ll check in. I’ll ask how their day’s going. I’ll look for small opportunities to build connections.

And that goes both ways. If someone is enthusiastic about a second date but I don’t feel the same, it’s still an opportunity to show respect. I might say, “Hey, I enjoyed our time together, but I don’t think this is the right fit.” You could offer to stay connected in a social or professional context.

That may sound strange—but if someone in your social circle might be a better match for them, why not? Or invite them to a social event you’re planning. Something like, “A bunch of us are hanging out at the gym pool—come by and join us.”

You can say: “I enjoy who you are as a person, but I don’t see this as a romantic fit.”

Jacobsen: Caroline, thank you so much for your time today. I appreciate it.

Geraghty: Fantastic. Thank you so much, Scott. Have a great day.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

From Autoimmune Attack to Psychogenic Death: The Tragic Love Story of Peter and Eileen

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/06

On December 20, 2017, Peter died. His body destroyed itself in an autoimmune attack. He was knocked out. Doctors connected him to an assistive machine. It kept his body alive, while ‘asleep.’ His lungs filled with fluid. They needed draining by the machinery of plastic, metal, and electronics.

Loved ones gathered around. They knew. It was time to begin the end. His body shut off between the morning into the early afternoon with the closing down of the machine keeping his unconscious body alive.

Death, to not be; Pete met the proverbial scythe of the unending eternal. Weeks passed to months and then a few years. Eileen couldn’t manage the pain, the void, the vacuum of Pete’s memories in her. More than 60 years of the union met as a singlet, a widow.

All unions meet the inevitability of an end with the ever-present two-word question, “Who first?” No matter the depth of the love, the thread-count of the connection, the amiability of the friendship, or the years built after one another. Death cares not for these; lovers do.

In this sense, lovers represent life, itself.

Holding onto a photo of Peter, Eileen met with family members in the early and early-middle parts of February 2021. To reconcile, to meet, to discuss life and love, while drifting in and out of consciousness, she was probably undergoing a psychogenic death.

Little sleep, no eating or minimal food intake, barely sipping water, the implosion of the self over a bond broken. “I’m coming, Pete,” over and over again. She just wanted to be home because her current house was a stranger’s abode, lonely and alone.

February 14, 2021, Valentine’s Day — poetically, Eileen Jacobsen died. Maybe, she met her valentine, maybe not. A Sunday departure from the stage. The Thursday before, some grandchildren visited her.

She turned to one and said, “Oh, hi, Scott.” A greeting meeting the last visit before the final, “Bye.”

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Stephen Frost on Cross-Cultural Matchmaking, Shinto Intuition, and Building Authentic Relationships in Japan

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/08/01

Part 2 of 2

Stephen Frost, founder of Marriage Matching in Osaka, Japan, shares his expertise on international matchmaking grounded in authenticity, intuitive insight, and cross-cultural understanding. In conversation with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Frost explores how unconscious processing, values alignment, and effective communication drive lasting relationships. Drawing from Japanese cultural contexts like Shinto and structured practices such as omiai, he emphasizes the importance of trusting gut instinct, navigating change, and communicating openly. Frost also reflects on the geopolitical shift toward logic over intuition, and how emotional honesty and respect allow relationships to evolve or end gracefully. His insights offer a roadmap to meaningful, global connection.

Stephen Frost, founder of Marriage Matching in Osaka, Japan, shares his expertise on international matchmaking rooted in authenticity, self-awareness, and psychological insight. Frost discusses how self-esteem and unconscious processing shape dating dynamics, why gut instinct and shared values matter more than surface traits, and how structured introductions like omiai foster genuine connection. Drawing from real-world experience, he explores the psychology of compatibility, the dangers of inauthentic behavior, and how open, respectful communication enables long-term relationship success—especially across cultures. The interview offers a practical, thoughtful roadmap to finding love in a globalized world.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Are there different cultural interpretations of that? For instance, how would someone in Perth, Australia experience this compared to someone in Tokyo or Kyoto, Japan?

Stephen Frost: On a societal level, many people are taught to focus on logic and rational thinking. That emphasis is not necessarily tied to one specific culture—it’s more of a modern, global trend. However, when we look specifically at Japan, there’s a unique spiritual underpinning that comes into play.

The predominant indigenous spiritual system here is Shinto. While it faded in influence for a time, it has been making a significant comeback. In Shinto, there’s a belief that everything is connected—everything has spirit, or kami. So a rock is not just a rock. It has its own energy, and it is connected to you in a way that transcends conscious communication.

You may not be able to consciously or even unconsciously interact with it in a conventional sense, but on a deeper, sub-level—this is where some draw parallels with concepts in quantum mechanics—everything is interconnected. This worldview contrasts sharply with most Western frameworks, which tend to view objects and people as distinct, separate entities.

So when we talk about gut instinct or intuition in the Japanese context, it’s often related to this deeper idea of spiritual and energetic connection. You might not know where a signal or feeling is coming from, but you know you are receiving something—and that something matters.

In contrast, in Western systems—and increasingly even within Japanese society—there’s a push to rely on logic and to move away from intuition. People are taught to analyze rather than feel. This shift has made it harder for some individuals to trust or even recognize their gut instincts.

Jacobsen: That sounds like more than just a cultural issue. Is this also geopolitical in scope?

Frost: Absolutely. On a broader geopolitical level, there’s been a long-standing institutional push to train people to think more logically and less intuitively. That is not inherently bad, of course. You do not want people making emotionally driven decisions all the time. Rational thought is essential, especially in public life, business, and governance.

But there are situations—particularly in high-stakes environments—where gut instinct can be more reliable than conscious logic. You see this especially in fields like day trading or military combat. Speak to experienced traders or combat veterans, and many will describe moments when they had an overwhelming instinct to take a certain action. They could not explain why in the moment, but afterward, it was clear that their decision was right.

When it comes to relationships, this becomes even more relevant. People are trying to find an ideal life partner. The number of variables involved in achieving that kind of alignment is massive. I would not go so far as to call it infinite, but it certainly approaches an uncountable range—because most of it is happening below the level of conscious awareness.

Gut instinct plays a major role. People might not be able to articulate why they feel drawn to someone, but that does not make it any less valid. Often, it is the unconscious mind doing the heavy lifting—assessing compatibility, filtering for shared values, and responding to subtle cues that logic alone might miss.

When you’re working at a coaching level—especially during a values elicitation for someone, whether it’s related to relationships or another part of their life—you’re aiming to uncover their top ten most important values. That process can take time. There are other values that fall just below those top ten, which are still meaningful, but they do not carry the same weight. Then, from those value systems, belief systems emerge—and alignment in those beliefs is equally important in a long-term relationship.

Consider this: if someone is in their twenties, they already have two decades of life experience, choices, learned behaviors, belief structures, and values. Truly getting to know someone at that level of depth takes a long time. But in modern dating—where people often only have a few dates to assess compatibility—most of that information cannot be accessed consciously. You simply do not have enough time.

Now, if the person is in their thirties, forties, or beyond, they have even more life experience. They have made more decisions, encountered more situations, and refined their understanding of what they value in a partner. This adds further complexity to their internal makeup, and consequently, finding alignment becomes more challenging.

So what happens? You have to rely on the unconscious. You have to trust that gut instinct—that internal sense that tells you whether there’s alignment or not.

Jacobsen: What if everything seems planned right—good intentions, matching profiles—but the interaction starts off awkward or disconnected? How can someone reset the course appropriately?

Frost: That always comes down to communication. And it is one of the reasons communication is consistently listed among the top three most important factors in any successful relationship.

If people are open and honest with one another—and if there’s also love and mutual respect—then they can usually find a path forward together. People often talk about compromise, but there is a misconception around that word. To many, “compromise” means that one person must give up something important and simply conform to the other person’s wishes. But that is not true compromise.

Effective communication leads to mutual understanding. And in strong relationships, what you often see resembles skilled negotiation—both people making subtle shifts in their beliefs and expectations so they can create unity and harmony together.

Sometimes, people hold on to past emotional baggage, old patterns, or fears that disrupt new relationships. They may be afraid of certain things repeating—so they project those fears into the current situation and act in ways intended to avoid them. Ironically, those very actions can actually bring about the outcome they feared.

Clear, calm communication—not just honest, but calm and clear—is essential. It allows both people to navigate through challenges and find ways to grow together. As long as love and respect are present, there is usually a path forward.

And it is important to remember: people are constantly evolving. We are changing all the time—sometimes in ways we do not even notice. Just walking down the street, taking in new sights, having new thoughts, reflecting on past experiences—all of that subtly reshapes how we think, what we value, and how we connect.

When you read a book or watch a movie, those experiences can amplify or diminish different elements within your belief structures. When larger life events happen—accidents, major transitions, or truly life-changing moments—you often see more significant shifts in a person’s behavior and outlook. These shifts are noticeable at the conscious level, both to the individual and those around them.

But the truth is, the mind is organic. Every moment of every day, it is evolving. Subtle internal changes are always taking place. And it is only through honest and open communication that people can stay aligned through those changes, maintain unity, and build long-term harmony in their relationships.

Jacobsen: If things are going well, how do you continue? How do you naturally set up the next step or a second meeting? And if things are going poorly, how do you hit the “emergency exit” with a soft landing?

Frost: If things are going well, you let them progress naturally. But it helps to have structure. Sometimes people struggle to know what their partner is thinking. Again, this comes back to open communication, trust, and mutual respect. If those elements are in place, you can talk things through and move forward with clarity.

Now, on the other hand, if things start feeling unclear—or if one person begins to sense that something isn’t quite right—it becomes more complicated. Sometimes it is obvious that things are not going to work out. Other times, the feeling is just vague: This does not feel quite right to me anymore.

When someone starts feeling that way, it is usually a sign that they need to take a step back and reflect.

As a marriage agency, we have a rule: from the point of a successful introduction, people should decide whether they are heading toward marriage within six months. The reason is simple—most people know within two or three months whether they are compatible for marriage. If a couple is still unsure after six months, it is usually a sign that something is missing.

Time alone does not resolve fundamental mismatches. Unless someone undergoes a profound, self-chosen shift in their values or outlook—which is rare—extra time does not change the dynamic.

Now, as for a soft exit: it is only possible if both people have that same foundation of communication, trust, and respect. When those are present, it is easier for both to say, “You’re right, this isn’t working. We both deserve to find the right person.” That kind of mutual clarity allows for a graceful, respectful ending.

But if those fundamentals are missing, soft exits become much harder. And this brings us back to the core of every healthy relationship: honesty, communication, mutual understanding, and the ability to work together in a harmonious way.

Jacobsen: Do you have any favorite quotes about this?

Frost: [Laughing] Yikes. And now my mind goes completely blank.

Jacobsen: It reminds me of something funny. There’s this story about how expert pitchers are asked to explain how they throw a ball. They give long, detailed answers—mechanics, mindset, strategy, the whole thing. And yet, every single one of them is wrong.

It turns out that among true experts, this is common. There’s a huge amount of subconscious processing—knowledge and skill that is hidden even from themselves. They do it, but they do not fully know how they do it. It is all happening below the surface.

That is very much the same with relationships and intuition. We process so much unconsciously. We make assessments we can’t articulate. And often, the best thing we can do is trust what we feel—while staying grounded in honest, calm communication.

Frost: So it’s probably a similar thing. Again, it comes down to that whole idea of unconscious processing. One example that came up in a conversation with one of my mentors and trainers was about performing at high levels unconsciously. He explained that to truly operate at a higher level—whether in life, work, or relationships—you have to be functioning from that unconscious space.

Take top-level Formula One drivers, for instance. When they’re asked why they made certain decisions during a race—why they took a turn a certain way, or how they reacted so quickly—they often cannot explain it. It is all instinctive, reactive behavior. There’s no time for conscious thought. If they tried to consciously process each action, it would take too long. The delay would cost them.

So, here’s a quote—from me, if I may:

“As with everything in life, when building a relationship—especially with someone you’re considering as a potential marriage partner—always be completely open and honest. It may not get you the outcome you want with that particular person. But if that’s the case, they’re not the right person for you. And that’s okay. Because they will make space for the right person to come into your life. To build something lasting, you need to be with someone who can see you clearly—and love you as you are.”

Jacobsen: Beautifully said. Thank you very much for your time today. I really appreciate it.

Frost: Sounds good. Feel free to reach out anytime.

Jacobsen: Thank you again. I really appreciate your time and expertise.

Frost: Thank you. Take care.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Nimrokh Media: 8 Years of Independent Journalism, in Calgary

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/31

Calgary, Alberta – August 10, 2025 – Nimrokh Media is hosting the 8th anniversary celebration. It is a gathering honouring the work of Afghan journalists. It will reflect on the fall of Afghanistan to the Taliban. 

The event is on Sunday, August 10, 2025. It happens from 11:00 am to 3:00 pm (Calgary Time). It will be at Banu Kabob Restaurant, 575 28 Street SE, Calgary. 

All Canadian media are encouraged to attend the event. Nimrokh Media’s commitment to independent journalism is marked by this anniversary, a platform for dialogue and community connection. There will be traditional Afghan music and cuisine. There will be cultural conversations. There will be presentations about press freedom and the future of Afghan journalism.

“This anniversary is not only a celebration of Nimrokh’s journey as well as a testament to the resilience of Afghan journalists, and the importance of a free press in the face of adversity,” said Fatima Roshanian, Founder of Nimrokh Media.

Event Highlights

  • Guest Speakers: Parwiz Kawa, Zahra Nader, and Carolyn Campbell, with a special segment by Fatima Roshanian on personal stories of resistance and resilience.

Tickets and RSVP

  • Ticket Price: $35 per person (covers event costs)
  • Payment: E-transfer to mail@nimrokhmedia.com (please include your name and number of tickets)
  • Press Access: Journalists attending as press are welcome as guests — no ticket required.
  • RSVP: Kindly confirm your attendance in advance.

Additional donations to support Nimrokh Media’s journalism are welcome.

About Nimrokh Media

Nimrokh Media is an independent platform dedicated to elevating the voices of Afghan women and marginalized communities, advocating for press freedom, and telling the stories that matter most. Since its founding, Nimrokh has become a vital source of truth and a symbol of resilience for Afghan journalists in exile.

Contact:

Nimrokh Media

Email: mail@nimrokhmedia.com

Website: www.nimrokhmedia.com

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

A Global Renaissance in Real Estate

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/31

Part 1 of 4

Akin Opatola, President of FIABCI-Nigeria and founder of Olawale Jordan Company, explores the evolving landscape of Nigerian and African real estate. Opatola shares his professional journey from banking to real estate, his global perspective shaped by visiting over 40 cities, and the critical role FIABCI plays in cross-border networking, sustainability, and professional collaboration. Opatola transitioned from banking to real estate, leveraging global exposure from visiting 40+ cities. He emphasizes FIABCI’s role in cross-border networking, sustainability, and professional collaboration, driving Nigeria’s vibrant real estate market, particularly through innovative projects like Eko Atlantic.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we’re joined by Akin Opatola, a distinguished Nigerian real estate professional. He serves as the president of FIABCI-Nigeria and is the founder and principal partner of Olawale Jordan Company, a professional real estate brokerage and marketing firm with offices in Lagos and Abuja. Akin is a Chartered Surveyor, Property Valuer, internationally accredited Mediator, and Real Estate Coach. He is also a Fellow of the Institute of Management Consultants and the Chartered Auctioneers of Nigeria.

Akin began his career in banking, spending approximately 12 years in Nigeria’s financial services sector, including a role as Branch Manager at a Diamond Bank branch in Apapa, Lagos State. He later transitioned into real estate, becoming a respected coach and mentor. He contributes to educational initiatives and industry events and has facilitated courses at institutions such as Lagos Business School and the School of Estate. Is all of that correct? Thank you for joining me today.

Akin Opatola: My pleasure. It’s always a privilege to discuss real estate.

Jacobsen: What is FIABCI’s core mission? From your perspective, how has the organization evolved in Nigeria?

Opatola: FIABCI’s core mission is facilitating cross-border business, professional networking, and continuous learning among stakeholders in the global built environment. One of the things that attracted me to FIABCI is its international scope. I’ve had the opportunity to visit over 40 cities worldwide—partly due to my upbringing. My late father was a retired ambassador, so my family lived in different countries throughout my childhood.

When a senior real estate colleague introduced me to FIABCI, I immediately saw it as an opportunity to engage with professionals across borders, deepen my knowledge in real estate, and pursue cross-border transactions. I joined FIABCI about seven years ago, and it has been a very fulfilling journey.

FIABCI-Nigeria has existed for over 50 years—we celebrated our Golden Jubilee in November 2023. We have a strong network of experienced professionals who have made significant contributions to the organization and the advancement of Nigeria’s real estate sector.

Opatola: He was 89—Papa Adegbemile.

Jacobsen: Oh, wow.

Opatola: Yes. So, in terms of demographics, I’m 47 years old, and I’m still considered among the younger members. We have very senior colleagues in FIABCI-Nigeria. The organization has been around for decades, and they’ve done very well.

Initially, the organization tried to keep membership exclusive to estate surveyors, including me. However, a few years ago, they opened it up to professionals across the built environment, and now there is much more cross-pollination.

We have architects, developers, interior decorators, finance professionals, and bankers. It’s amazing. The networking starts even within our national chapter before we can connect internationally.

We have a dedicated WhatsApp group where we share information—not just about real estate. As you may have seen in my profile, I belong to many associations. I enjoy connecting with people and staying informed about developments in my field and related sectors.

We also have another group dedicated to sharing business briefs and ideas. For instance, some of my architect colleagues might message me and say, “Akin, I just designed a building for my client—he’s looking for a good sales and marketing executive,” and I’m happy to step in. Similarly, when a client needs a reputable architect, I’ll recommend someone and share their contact.

So far, FIABCI has been an incredible experience for me.

Jacobsen: Regarding your journey through over 40 countries, what is your biggest lesson from so much international exposure?

Opatola: That’s an interesting question. The most significant lesson is the value of diversity.

I did part of my primary school in Rome. Back then, my siblings and I could count from one to one hundred in Italian, sing songs in the language, read fluently, and perform in stage dramas at school—all in Italian. I can barely count to twenty-five in Italian, and my siblings are in the same boat.

But it was a profoundly enriching experience. Meeting people worldwide gave me a broader view of life, culture, and society. It opened my mind and shaped how I interact with people and conduct business today.

It helped me appreciate the beauty of diversity. I joined the African Real Estate Society (AFRES) a few years ago. From a FIABCI perspective, I noticed that Nigeria is the only chapter currently active in Africa. As I mentioned, I love to travel, explore different cultures and try new foods. I’m adventurous, even with cuisine.

Through my involvement with AFRES, I’ve had the opportunity to travel to Kigali, Addis Ababa, Accra, Cape Town, Johannesburg, Nairobi, and several other African cities. Along the way, I’ve met many incredible professionals. As they say, your network is your net worth.

People often ask me, “Akin, can you recommend a good proptech expert in Kenya?” I can make introductions, and people are surprised by my resourcefulness. Friends and family even ask for travel tips: “I’m heading to Johannesburg or Cape Town—where should I stay?” I’ll say, “There’s a lovely boutique hotel called Little Scottyard, and they have fantastic wine.”

People gravitate toward me not just for real estate advice but also because of my openness and international experience. I am genuinely privileged in that regard.

Also, last year, my wife and I received our Canadian visas. We are planning to visit either next year or the year after. I’ve never been to Canada, but I’m looking forward to it.

Jacobsen: Make sure to visit after our annual frost thaw. You’ll enjoy it more that way.

Opatola: [Laughing] I’ll make a note of that.

Jacobsen: Regarding real estate in Nigeria, people may not realize how dynamic the market is. Nigeria is arguably the most vibrant country in Africa in terms of population size and youthful energy. Considering development, interior design, architecture, and other areas of real estate, which sectors do you see as particularly vibrant and poised for growth over the next five to ten years?

Opatola: That’s a very insightful question. Almost all sectors are vibrant—and I’ll explain why.

As you rightly noted, Nigeria has a very young population. I was experimenting with ChatGPT recently, which confirmed that Nigeria’s average age is about 18 years. That’s significant.

That demographic signals opportunity and urgency for developers, architects, and real estate professionals. These are the young people who, within the next five to ten years, will need housing—and not just any housing, but units that suit their lifestyles: one-bedroom, two-bedroom, smaller, more efficient spaces.

Many consultants are already planning for that future. We also face a housing deficit of about 20 million units across Nigeria. In Lagos alone, the deficit is estimated at 4 million units.

We’ve barely scratched the surface in terms of development. Nigeria produces fewer than 2,000 housing units annually, significantly below what is needed. Given this gap, foreign investors are increasingly entering the market—and they are most welcome.

With the current government’s reform agenda, we’re seeing encouraging signs. I recently read that Fitch Ratings upgraded Nigeria’s credit rating. I’m not surprised, as the government’s business-friendly reforms are starting to take effect. Of course, reforms come with short-term challenges—tightening budgets and some economic discomfort—but there’s now a clear light at the end of the tunnel. This is where FIABCI plays an important role.

Our members benefit significantly from international exposure. When we travel and engage with professionals from countries that are far ahead of us in architecture, urban planning, ESG, and sustainability, we gain insights that we bring back home. This helps us advise clients, private developers, and even government stakeholders more effectively—something colleagues without such exposure may not be able to do as easily.

One exciting development is Eko Atlantic, a sustainable, smart city built on reclaimed land off the coast of Lagos. It’s remarkable—wide roads, integrated infrastructure, and an urban design aligned with the concept of the 15-minute city. Residents can access essential amenities like schools, recreation centers, hospitals, supermarkets, and cinemas within a short bike ride or walking distance.

Eko Atlantic is solving many of Lagos’s long-standing infrastructure issues. It has caught the attention of Nigerians in the diaspora, and rightly so. The United States Embassy announced plans to build what will become the largest U.S. embassy in the world—right there in Eko Atlantic. The area is futuristic, with no flooding, efficient street lighting, and well-planned infrastructure.

Another milestone: FirstBank, one of Nigeria’s oldest and most respected financial institutions, broke ground just three weeks ago on its new head office in Eko Atlantic. At 46 stories, it is slated to be the tallest building in Lagos and will be completed in about four years.

The project involved collaborating with a Nigerian architect and an international firm, underscoring the global partnerships emerging in our sector.

With multinational companies and telecoms now considering a presence in Eko Atlantic, there is an increasing demand for local architects to step up and offer smart, innovative, and future-ready designs that meet the standards and expectations of this new city.

A drone shot of Eko Atlantic looks almost unreal. If you’re unfamiliar with it, you might think it’s in Las Vegas or Dubai. It’s truly remarkable—situated right by the water, with about 25 ongoing projects simultaneously.

Even in my practice, around 60 to 70% of my work involves marketing and sales. My firm has been shortlisted for two developments in Eko Atlantic, handling off-plan sales. I’m very excited about where the country is heading.

A few weeks ago, I attended MIPIM in Cannes, France, arguably the world’s largest property exhibition. It allowed me to network with global professionals and experience cutting-edge trends firsthand.

I’m always seeking to stay on the leading edge—whether it’s AI in real estate, drone technology, LED display screens, or virtual reality tools for immersive property tours. I return to my office and share this knowledge with my team. It allows us to confidently craft compelling proposals for innovative sales strategies in projects like Eko Atlantic.

Jacobsen: What is the significance of FIABCI’s consultative status with the United Nations ECOSOC? How does that status enhance the organization’s role globally?

Opatola: It’s significant in multiple ways. First, it gives us credibility and institutional recognition—we can proudly say we’re connected to the United Nations system.

Second, we gain access to knowledge resources and thought leadership from the UN. At several of our World Congresses, we’ve had representatives from the UN-Habitat address us, especially on topics like the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

FIABCI members are expected to be leaders in conversations around climate change, carbon emissions, and sustainable urban development. This applies even to brokers—how do we advise clients in ways that align with environmental responsibility?

We’ve also been fortunate to have leaders like Claudia Annamuthoni Elisha, the Executive Director of UN-Habitat from Kenya, scheduled to deliver a keynote address at the upcoming World Congress in Lagos.

Beyond that, FIABCI members are sometimes invited to attend UN sessions virtually and in person. We receive newsletters and regular updates from the UN, keeping us aligned with global development conversations.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Authenticity, Intuition, and International Love: Stephen Frost on Building Cross-Cultural Marriages in Japan

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/30

Part 1 of 2

Stephen Frost, founder of Marriage Matching in Osaka, Japan, shares his expertise on international matchmaking rooted in authenticity, self-awareness, and psychological insight. Frost discusses how self-esteem and unconscious processing shape dating dynamics, why gut instinct and shared values matter more than surface traits, and how structured introductions like omiai foster genuine connection. Drawing from real-world experience, he explores the psychology of compatibility, the dangers of inauthentic behavior, and how open, respectful communication enables long-term relationship success—especially across cultures. The interview offers a practical, thoughtful roadmap to finding love in a globalized world.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Stephen Frost is the founder and director of Marriage Matching, an international marriage matching agency based in Osaka, Japan. As a certified NLP coach with over twenty years of experience, he has helped individuals across the globe find meaningful, lasting relationships—especially in the context of intercultural and international marriages. Through his agency, Stephen combines personalized coaching, cultural awareness, and psychological insight to help clients meet compatible partners and build fulfilling partnerships. His areas of expertise include dating psychology, relationship coaching, and cross-cultural communication, which enable him to guide clients through the unique challenges of international matchmaking.

Passionate about fostering genuine connections, Stephen has empowered countless clients to better understand themselves and approach relationships with confidence, clarity, and authenticity.

Thank you for joining me today. What are some common mistakes people make when trying to impress someone on a first date, instead of just being themselves?

Stephen Frost: One of the most common mistakes people make is assuming they know what the other person wants. It may sound strange, but it’s incredibly common.

What this really comes down to is self-esteem. Many people are uncomfortable with who they truly are, so they present a version of themselves they think will be more appealing—rather than being genuine.

A large part of what we do as a marriage agency here in Japan involves building detailed and accurate profiles for our clients. We conduct multiple consultations to develop a deep understanding of each individual. There’s a cross-checking process where we revisit key points to ensure consistency and accuracy. We also create psychological profiles to better understand each person’s values, communication style, and long-term goals.

So, when we create these final profiles, they tend to be quite accurate. Of course, occasionally something doesn’t surface during interviews, but that’s rare given the depth of the process.

What often happens is that a client will read another person’s profile and feel excited, but then start thinking, “I need to be someone better for this person to like me,” even though the other person has already expressed interest in meeting them. That mindset leads people to perform or posture, rather than showing up as themselves.

And this is where self-esteem and self-acceptance come in. In Japan, these formal introductions are known as omiai, which are structured meetings specifically for people looking to marry. The omiai that go best are those where both people relax and simply allow their true selves to come through. When people try to impress rather than connect, they often get nervous—and that creates distance. Authenticity, not performance, is what leads to real connection.

And it’s kind of natural, in a way, to think, Okay, I like this person—are they going to like me? That anxiety can lead someone to get overly nervous and start presenting themselves as someone they are not. That’s where the trouble starts. 

Jacobsen: So what does this mean in terms of the space people create during that kind of interaction?

People typically enter these situations in one of four ways, if we use a simplified model:

  1. Both people are authentic.
  2. Both people are inauthentic.
  3. One person is authentic, and the other is not.
  4. The reverse of that.

How do those dynamics shape the context once the interaction is underway—say, half an hour or an hour and a half into it? That’s roughly the typical duration, correct?

Frost: Realistically, the only way to reach a solid, effective result is when both individuals are authentic. Now, following an authentic exchange, the outcome could go in a few directions. They might both feel a connection and choose to continue seeing each other, which can lead to a solid relationship. Or one of them may feel it was pleasant but not quite right, and opt not to pursue it further. Or both might mutually agree that while it was a good experience, it simply was not the right fit.

However, when one person is being inauthentic—or worse, both are—the chances of forming a sustainable relationship drop to zero. At some point, the inauthentic person cannot maintain the act anymore. They revert to their natural character, and that can result in a disorienting moment for the other person, who may think, Who is this? Or it can result in an emotional breakdown from the individual who has been pretending.

We had one such case over the many years we’ve been doing this. It was a gentleman from the U.S. who had been living in Japan for a while. He had been dating a Japanese woman for about five months. There had been some small signs—subtle feedback indicating she wanted to do things a little differently—but she kept agreeing to everything he suggested, and on the surface, they seemed happy. He even introduced her to his parents.

Then, one day, she sat him down and said, I can’t do this anymore. I’m not being myself. She ended the relationship right there.

She had created a persona based on the belief that he would not like her authentic self. That was the breaking point. This situation was an exception—truly one in hundreds—but it illustrates the danger of inauthenticity.

Most people who come to a marriage agency are looking for a long-term partner. They already understand that they need to be themselves. If they are not, they know they are unlikely to find a compatible match or build something sustainable. That is something we’ve consistently emphasized and counseled people on for years.

But yes, in that rare case, the woman simply said, I can’t do this anymore. I’m not being myself, and I don’t think he would like who I really am. So she ended it. It hit him like a ton of bricks, as you can probably imagine. He ended up taking a couple of months off from the search because he was crushed.

What actually happened as a result, though, was quite powerful. We spent some time supporting him while he processed the experience. After about two months, he came back, feeling more grounded. And within a week or so of re-engaging, he met the woman he would eventually marry.

Everything had crystallized and clarified in his mind. He met someone who was completely authentic with him—someone he resonated with—and they aligned naturally. Things progressed quickly, and it became clear to both of them that this was it. They decided to get married, and they’ve now been happily married for a few years.

Jacobsen: That’s wonderful to hear.

Frost: Yes, it’s exactly the kind of outcome we strive for—not the heartbreak, of course, but the clarity and connection that can follow. People need to be themselves. When they are not—when they’re performing or playing a role—it might seem convincing for a while, just like a good actor in a movie. But even in film, people eventually pick holes in the plot.

Jacobsen: That’s a good analogy.

Frost: Thank you. And it’s true. When someone plays a role that is not fully thought through or not fully authentic, it eventually unravels. It might seem like the “right” persona, but it is not sustainable. Someone notices the cracks. And it is the same in relationships. Unless you are completely authentic and genuinely aligned with the other person, it is going to fall apart at some point.

Jacobsen: What about sharing parts of your personal story in an appropriate way to build rapport and trust? When you are in the moment and telling your story, but doing it appropriately—reading the other person as you go. It is not performative, but it still helps build rapport and trust because of the honesty involved.

Frost: Absolutely. That is a vital point. Building rapport is essential to any meaningful relationship. Without rapport, you will not get anywhere. When two people are communicating and sharing parts of their lives, yes—it is incredibly valuable.

But it has to be done with care. If one person keeps jumping in with, “Oh yes, I’ve done that too,” over and over, it can come across as performative or inauthentic.

A better approach is to ask questions and let the conversation flow naturally. That way, the sharing becomes part of a dialogue rather than a monologue. As the conversation deepens, personal stories will surface organically.

Another important point, especially in international relationships, is that people often come from vastly different cultural backgrounds. There may be a lack of shared experience. For example, the school system in the U.S. is very different from the school system in Japan. So their experiences growing up may diverge quite a bit.

In those cases, connection often comes through shared interests—things like music, hobbies, or values. Those commonalities can become a foundation for trust and deeper understanding. So yes, people do need to be mindful of how they share their stories and whether they are assuming commonality. Most true commonality comes from shared belief systems and values. And when it comes to deeper rapport or relationship building, it is those shared core values that create the strongest foundation.

Jacobsen: What about gut instinct or intuition during these assessments? How much does that really play a role?

Frost: It plays quite a significant role. Let me give you a bit of background first.

Core values—by definition—are fundamental, often single-word concepts. They’re typically intangible. The only exception, arguably, is money, which can have a tangible component. People hold values across all areas of life: relationships, family, career, business, and so on.

When it comes to relationships, the values people often name as essential include love, communication, respect, honesty, and integrity. These values are the foundations upon which belief systems are built.

So, when two people have similar belief systems or beliefs that arise from those shared values, they tend to feel more aligned. Interestingly, many of these values and beliefs do not emerge in an overt or conscious way. Instead, they surface subtly—unconsciously—through the natural flow of conversation.

For example, someone might describe a past experience, and the way they talk about it reveals a value, even if they do not name it directly. The other person then intuitively picks up on that and thinks, This person seems to see the world like I do. That is often how alignment starts to take shape.

In the marriage agency context, this becomes especially important. We run a highly structured process. For international clients, most initial introductions happen via Zoom and last about 45 minutes. In-person introductions, which are more traditional in Japan, often involve something like afternoon tea and typically last around an hour to an hour and a half.

During these meetings, contact details are not exchanged. That only happens after the meeting and only if both parties indicate they want to move forward. The idea is to keep the interaction relaxed and focused on conversation—not pressure or expectations.

And it’s during these low-pressure, natural conversations that people begin to open up and reveal deeper aspects of themselves. That’s when insights surface, and yes, that’s when gut instinct—or what some people call intuition—starts to play a role.

Malcolm Gladwell talked about this in his book Blink, in a concept called thin slicing. It is the idea that people can make remarkably accurate judgments based on very small amounts of information—snap impressions that are surprisingly reliable. And this has been explored in several psychological systems.

In the context of matchmaking, it aligns with what we observe all the time. When people are authentic and relaxed, the signals they send—both verbal and nonverbal—allow the other person to “thin slice” and get a good intuitive sense of compatibility.

Essentially, what this means is that most people form an impression of someone—and have a sense of how well they are going to get along—within just a few seconds of meeting. And the only way that can happen is through unconscious processing, what we typically call gut instinct.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How AI Is Reshaping Gen Z Careers: Insights from Entrepreneur Jared Navarre

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/30

Jared Navarre, a multidisciplinary entrepreneur and creative strategist, explores how AI is transforming career paths for Gen Z, especially those pursuing nontraditional or unstable roles. With deep experience consulting for over 250 businesses and launching ventures across industries, Navarre explains that AI is rapidly replacing many traditional roles—from dispatching to graphic design—demanding that young professionals become strategic tool users. While AI democratizes intelligence, it also elevates the need for critical thinking, subject-matter expertise, and adaptability. The value now lies in directing AI effectively and maintaining creative and analytical depth in a quickly evolving workforce.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, today, we’re here with Jared Navarre. He’s a multidisciplinary entrepreneur and creative strategist based in Anchorage, Alaska, with experience spanning the IT, logistics, entertainment, and service sectors.

He has successfully launched, scaled, and exited multiple ventures. As a consultant to over 250 businesses, Jared specializes in operational systems, technology infrastructure, and brand ecosystem development. He is the visionary behind ZILLION—an immersive music project that integrates storytelling, multimedia, and live performance—transforming artistic ideas into monetizable intellectual property. He is positioning ZILLION for cross-platform expansion across music, animation, comics, and augmented reality.

So, how is AI changing careers for Gen Z, particularly those looking to pursue less traditional or more unstable career paths? For the last five to ten years, we’ve been hearing that people are increasingly unlikely to stay in a single job or career from college to retirement.

People will be shifting roles frequently. So, how is this landscape changing, and how is it impacting the group that’s entering the job market?

Jared Navarre: First of all, I love the topic. Futurists have been predicting these shifts for decades. There’s a quote I’ve adapted over the years

“The future will be divided into two groups—those giving instructions to machines, and those taking instructions from them.”

In my opinion, and based on what I’ve seen across my companies, Gen Z is the generation that will be most affected by AI. I’ll share a few stories—both from recent consulting projects and from my businesses.

Many professions are not just in limbo—they’re being actively replaced. I’ve seen individuals spend hundreds of thousands of dollars on degrees in fields like graphic design, marketing, legal research, journalism, and even contract law—only to see those roles downsized or automated. In some cases, even the companies I advise or those I work with have had to make those difficult decisions.

When I think of Gen Z, I break it into two groups. The younger Gen Zs—say, those still in school—have a potential opportunity to pivot early. They might even help shape how AI is implemented and maybe even contribute to building the next generation of tools. But even they have a narrow window, and by the time many are making career decisions, these shifts may have already solidified.

That said, people who are adaptable and strategic will always find ways to add value. That’s been true throughout history. But yes—if it helps, I can give a few specific examples from my businesses and some larger organizations I’ve consulted for.

Jacobsen: Sure, let’s do it. You’ve got 250 examples to choose from!

Navarre: Yeah—we stopped keeping track a few years ago, but once we passed the 250 mark, we just focused on quality and depth. One interesting example is from a company I still own—it’s a plumbing and heating business…

And on the dispatching side, multiple companies are racing toward the finish line—and this is already happening across call centers throughout the U.S. Dispatching is especially interesting because each trade, profession, and craft has unique nuances. I’ve consulted for a wide range of service-based businesses.

Take plumbing and heating, specifically. We’re currently in the process of deploying automated dispatching and scheduling systems. As we’ve populated and refined the AI model, it now has better decision-making capabilities than many of our seasoned dispatchers.

We’ve been able to train the model using master-level plumber knowledge and institutional expertise unique to that company. This business operates exclusively in Alaska, which, as you can imagine, presents particular challenges. In Alaska, “no heat” is a real emergency—when it’s -30°F, and someone loses heat, it can be life-threatening.

That’s one fascinating use case. Another involved a major shoe company—a household name. We conducted a three-week AI exploration project for them, and by the end, unfortunately, they let go of ten staff members. Nine of them were Gen Z. The impacted roles included graphic designers and marketers, as the AI tools we implemented were significantly faster and more effective by comparison.

Jacobsen: That’s brutal. So, what does this mean in terms of upskilling and acquiring knowledge? Is traditional knowledge becoming less of a leverage point and more about how well someone uses tools that can instantly provide or apply knowledge?

Navarre: Are you asking from an employee’s perspective—from a human worker’s point of view?

Jacobsen: Is the path forward going to revolve more around an individual’s ability to work effectively with AI tools?

Navarre: Yes, I see what you’re getting at. It depends on the application.

Take, for example, the traditional workflow: something breaks in your house. You make a few phone calls, talk to a human dispatcher who coordinates with another human, check availability, schedule a technician, and so on—eventually, someone shows up to fix the issue.

With automation in place, especially in home services businesses, we’ve eliminated up to three human roles in that entire process.

So yes, it does depend on the context. But to answer your question more directly, when we’re responding to an RFI or RFP—whether it’s from a large company or a government contract—from the consulting side, the human value increasingly comes down to how effectively someone can manage and deploy these tools.

I typically have to estimate between thirty and two hundred person-hours to bid on a job, okay? And that applies whether I’m doing it myself or a large company is bidding—whether it’s for BP, Conoco, or any central entity. There’s a significant amount of labour and detail that goes into preparing those proposals.

But the last contract proposal I put together—for a city project—I completed it myself using Jasper without any assistance from my team. It took me forty-five minutes, pricing and everything included.

So, to your earlier question: yes. You have to be able to use these tools. That is non-negotiable now. But I also think, in the end, intelligence—real cognitive ability—is still going to win.

If you still bring something valuable to the table—strategic thinking, adaptability, creativity—you will navigate through the changes. High-IQ individuals will continue to rise, even as these systems become increasingly analytically advanced.

Jacobsen: These systems are already more analytically alert than we are. They may not yet fully replicate emotional nuance or lived experience, but this democratization of intelligence—what does that do to how we define business and work, especially for the upcoming generation? Could you clarify your perspective on that?

Historically, someone’s skills, knowledge, and cognitive abilities—as well as soft skills—have been the key benchmarks for accessing specific industries, working with certain firms, or building particular kinds of businesses over time.

Now, with these AIs and algorithms—tools that are becoming more intelligent every month—the barrier to entry is lower. These tools can do high-level analytical work. All people need is the ability to frame a good prompt.

That’s a significant shift: it democratizes access to cognitive and strategic output. So, if something that once took 200 hours can now take 45 minutes, what does that mean for our concept of work from both a business and a worker perspective?

Navarre: That’s a great question. And I think we’ve already seen a version of this before—with the democratization of information through the Internet. There were many assumptions made about what that would lead to—most of them incorrect.

I think we’re now approaching a similar inflection point with AI. To provide some broader context, I serve as chairman of a couple of NGOs that run projects in places such as Burma, Thailand, and the Philippines—even in areas where we engage with communities affected by cartel violence in Mexico. These are some of the most remote and underserved places on the planet.

And even in those regions, we’re now seeing meaningful access to the Internet. The infrastructure is catching up. So, if access to information became nearly universal in the past decade, we’re now on the brink of something similar with intelligence—the ability to act on that information at scale.

Sadly, it’s still taking far too long for some of those areas to gain access, which is ridiculous. That being said, based on what I’ve seen across all of my companies—and specifically, if we’re staying focused on Gen Z—a lot of these AI models are still being trained and populated by humans.

Even when people use the tools, I’ve seen more incorrect work products in the last three to six months than at any other point in my career. You still need a deep enough knowledge base to sort through and assess what is accurate, what is viable, and what constitutes a good work product. The number of times these models—I won’t call any of them out individually—have generated incorrect outputs is unsettling.

For example, if I’m preparing for an interview with you and I know nothing about the topic, I can surface a bunch of information quickly. But that does not mean I can speak about it with any depth or authority.

That’s changed how I hire across all of my companies. Now, I prioritize individuals with in-depth institutional knowledge and genuine subject-matter expertise over those who are merely skilled at navigating AI tools. That’s where the real value lies.

I wouldn’t say raw IQ is everything, but deep expertise and cognitive sharpness still matter. They’re the foundation for adapting—and thriving—as AI accelerates.

At the same time, perseverance is another major factor—it can even outperform IQ in some cases.

Some Gen Z professionals who were laid off by Fortune 50 companies three or four years ago—people who had spent the last decade, including their teens, mastering skills like graphic design—have come back to me after retooling and relearning how to bring value to the same space.

Please take one of my companies: I used to have six full-time graphic and web designers. I’m down to one. And the reason that one person remains is because they have an eye for design. That’s it. Their job is now to direct the AI tools—they guide the machine by telling it exactly what to do, but the creative judgment still comes from them.

That’s powerful. And I appreciate that—today is our first formal meeting, but I did a lot of prep to understand who you are and where you’re coming from. You seem to have a strong voice, and ironically, that kind of presence may be more critical than ever in your profession.

People like that are only going to become more valuable. And the truth is, I don’t know how you replicate that—how you bottle it—outside of years and years of deep, focused learning and immersion. There’s no shortcut to that.

Jacobsen: What about educational institutions and creative development programs? How can they adapt to remain valuable in this rapidly evolving landscape?

Navarre: These guys are now generating bids with significantly more accuracy, to be honest, because they’re leveraging historical job costing data—looking at what they estimated for labour versus what it cost and what their margin ended up being on comparable projects.

They’re also submitting around 40 times the number of bids they used to. And beyond that, they’re using AI to scale their workforce dynamically. The entire recruitment pipeline—from sourcing to onboarding—is partially automated.

So when I talk about this window of opportunity, I mean there’s a real chance for individuals and companies to generate massive value—financial and otherwise—if they leverage these tools effectively now. But that window is shrinking every single day.

The same goes for your world. If it’s a race to generate quality content at scale, and it’s you versus someone else who’s using the right tools—then, honestly, the one not leveraging them is at a serious disadvantage.

Jacobsen: What are the sincere risks we should be keeping in mind, even while we enjoy the benefits of these technologies—particularly among younger generations, who are often the most fluent in using them?

Navarre: Man, that’s a great question. I think accuracy and sourcing—I don’t know if anything is more important than those two things right now. Then there’s the importance of keeping intelligent humans around you. And still, find ways to engage your critical thinking mechanisms actively. That can look different for everyone, but it’s essential.

One of the saddest things I’ve seen, and a reason I’ve had to let people go, is that they stopped thinking critically. They relied too heavily on AI tools and just went through the motions. No more analysis. No more depth.

Please—don’t lose sight of the value of the human brain. Applied with depth and intention, it still outperforms the smartest tools. Keep thinking critically. That’s your edge.

Jacobsen: Absolutely. Thank you for your time today. I appreciate it—and thank you for your insight and expertise.

Navarre: Hey, man, I appreciate it. Seriously—your work is excellent. You’re incredibly talented. It’s been a pleasure to be here today. Hopefully, we’ll talk again.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Authenticity and Vulnerability on First Dates: Caroline Geraghty Shares Her CORE Method for Meaningful Connection

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/30

Part 1 of 2

Caroline Geraghty, Internal Account Manager at 110 North Creative Agency, shares insights on authenticity and connection in dating. Drawing from her experience and her CORE method—Center, Observe, Reflect, Express—she emphasizes the importance of grounding oneself, embracing vulnerability, and managing anxiety with self-awareness. She explains how nervousness can stem from excitement, not a lack of chemistry, and offers strategies to create meaningful dialogue and build trust. Geraghty advocates for honest communication, extending grace to oneself and others, and staying curious during first dates to foster genuine connection. Her perspective blends personal insight with compassionate, practical advice for modern relationships.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So today, we’re here with Caroline Geraghty. She’s an Internal Account Manager at 110 North Creative Agency. She previously served as a Client Account Manager from September 2023 to February 2025. Her professional background includes roles in marketing, community engagement, and health care—such as Marketing Specialist at The Karate Group and staff positions at UMC ([clarify: full name of UMC]). Caroline has also been involved in community initiatives, including serving as Block Party Co-Chair for the Bradley Gardens PTO and as Vice President of Hey Girl, You Can.

Her diverse experience reflects a strong commitment to integrating strategic communication with community and healthcare insights.

Thank you so much for joining me today. So, what do you think are common barriers to authenticity that people face on first dates?

Caroline Geraghty: A lot of it has to do with self-confidence. You’re putting yourself in a vulnerable position by opening up to someone completely new—someone you may or may not have had the chance to get to know. And at any point when you’re trying to make a connection with someone, we often start going through this internal checklist—or audit—asking: Am I good enough? Will this person like who I am when we first meet? Have I represented myself authentically sufficient to meet this person’s expectations?

What ends up happening is that the part of your brain responsible for fight, flight, freeze, or fawn—the amygdala—kicks in. It’s there to protect you. But for people who don’t know how to ground or center themselves, that response can hijack the prefrontal cortex—the part of the brain responsible for reasoning and executive function.

Sorry, I’m a little nervous—this is the first time I’ve done something like this in a long time.

So even now, in this example, right? This is our first time meeting. I haven’t interviewed in a while, so I prepped myself. I did a bit of centring. What it comes down to is this: it starts with yourself.

Finding the space and time to ground yourself in who you are and what you bring to the table is such an essential first step—especially when it comes to first dates.

Jacobsen: What is the CORE method?

Geraghty: CORE is something I developed during my journey of discovering my neurodivergence. I’ve realized, through conversations with friends, therapists, mental health advocates, and providers, that my brain works a little differently.

One thing I’ve noticed is that not everyone naturally runs through a checklist of how to be human—and I know that might sound silly. However, for individuals who struggle with social interactions or have brains that function differently, maintaining a running list is a powerful tool. It helps you show up as your whole, authentic self in situations that are often nerve-wracking or might otherwise prevent you from building the meaningful connections that are so important to every human being.

So for me, what I’ve noticed—again, going back to “C is for Center”—is the importance of grounding yourself in who you are and checking in with your body. That means acknowledging and calling out the experiences you’re having in real-time. Right now, I’m feeling nervous. I’m feeling a little less confident than I was when I initially responded to your request.

But acknowledging that is part of the human experience. This is an opportunity for me to share my story, to get to know a new person—you, Scott—and to learn more about what you’re doing.

So, “O” is for Observe. That means paying attention to what exactly is happening with those feelings and understanding their origin. For instance, I mentioned earlier that it has been a long time since I last did an interview. Reopening myself to these situations and opportunities brings a learning curve—but hopefully, like riding a bike, I can find my groove, enjoy it, and gradually build up my confidence in this space.

Then we move into Reflecting. Acknowledging that being nervous or not feeling entirely confident isn’t a bad thing—it’s an opportunity for growth, development, and stretching beyond my comfort zone. Ideally, that leads to something even greater.

And finally, Express. This means being able to openly and effectively share your communication experience. Not only being able to ask for what you need in a given situation but also speaking authentically about your lived experience. That authenticity creates a connection—between you and me and with anyone reading or listening in the future.

Jacobsen: How does vulnerability contribute to building a genuine connection early on?

Geraghty: There are parts of your brain that support this. When you’re vulnerable, your body releases oxytocin—not only in you but also in the person you’re interacting with. It lowers defences. Essentially, you’re showing a moment of weakness or openness, and in that shared space, the other person may feel safe to open up as well.

They might share something personal or acknowledge that you’re just another human being navigating life. Vulnerability can create common ground or invite a deeper conversation—something the other person might feel strongly about or a moment where they choose to be more vulnerable themselves.

Jacobsen: How do you balance being authentic while managing nerves—especially in that early-stage context like a first date?

Geraghty: Taking a deep breath helps. And again, remind yourself that people aren’t looking for perfection—especially on a first date.

It’s unrealistic to show up as your most polished self every day. So, starting by saying, “Hey, this is who I am. I’m human. I have flaws. I have vulnerabilities—and I’m okay with that,” shows the person that you’re also okay with their vulnerable moments. You’re the type of partner, connection, or community who can support them when they’re not at their strongest—someone who can hold space when they need to be seen and heard.

Jacobsen: How do you distinguish between lack of chemistry and first-date anxiety? Because people might conflate those at the moment. If someone is feeling anxious during a first date, they might mistake that anxiety for a lack of chemistry. And those aren’t necessarily the same thing. They could be, depending on the person—but they often aren’t. So, how do you tell the difference in the moment?

Geraghty: That’s a great question. At the moment, if you’re feeling anxious, one way to distinguish between the two is to shift your mindset. Center yourself and recognize: Yes, I’m feeling anxiety. Then, reflect on what that anxiety is about.

The reason behind that anxiety might be that you’re excited to meet this person. And—reflecting on observing—it’s essential to realize you’re going to fumble your words or say something that might not land exactly how you intended.

But that’s how authentic conversations go. This isn’t a podcast. This isn’t a job interview. It’s an opportunity to have a dialogue, to go back and forth, and to leave space—not only for yourself to share more but to learn more about the person you’re with. It’s about being curious about them.

Ultimately, it’s about being able to express yourself in a more effective and meaningful way—so that connection can be built.

For the person who recognizes that their date is probably experiencing some anxiety, you can open the door for vulnerability by saying something like, “Hey, first dates—jitters, right?” or, “I’m excited and feeling nervous too.” By doing that, you’re acknowledging that this is a shared human experience, not something that only the other person is going through. You’re naming it for yourself as well.

Also, offering your date grace if you notice signs of anxiety matters. Pay attention—are they fidgeting? Do they seem disengaged from where the conversation is going? Notice their body language and see if there’s a way to shift the energy. Consider suggesting a walk or changing the topic to something lighter and more engaging.

There are ways to break through that anxiety and hopefully uncover the chemistry beneath it.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Modern Dating: More Intentional While Long-Term Commitments Decline

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/25

Emma Hathorn is a Dating Expert at Seeking.com, specializing in online dating, luxury relationships, and modern dating trends. She offers insights on age-gap dynamics, dating safety, and emotional connection. Frequently featured in major media outlets, she helps singles navigate relationships with clarity, confidence, and elevated standards. Hathorn discusses modern dating trends, including increased intentionality, declining marriage rates, and evolving relationship norms. They explore emotional hope, societal pressures, the timing of physical intimacy, and learning from failed dates. Hathorn emphasizes personal happiness, authenticity, and adaptability as keys to navigating today’s complex dating landscape with confidence and grace.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Do you feel that people are more intentional about dating now? That it has become more of an “event”? At the same time, long-term institutionalized relationships like marriage are declining. Do you think people are looking for some middle ground—like dating for five years and then opting for a renewal instead of a lifelong commitment?

Emma Hathorn: I do not know. I think people still go in with hope—that there is a soulmate connection waiting out there for them. Even though we are quite jaded and overexposed to media and dating culture, there is still a deep-rooted hope.

From what I have seen—especially through Seeking—that hope is real. Seeking has rebranded, and it’s interesting because the founder met his wife through the platform. They got married, and he waived his right to a divorce. They’re married permanently now.

Jacobsen: That’s powerful. He eliminated his exit strategy.

Hathorn: I love that there’s still romance in the idea of forever. I love that hope—what if this is the right person? What if you can grow together and adapt to life’s many changes? And I think that’s the dream.

Jacobsen: So, you can kind of grow old and die together like The Notebook.

Hathorn: Yes, that’s how it should be.

Jacobsen: Isn’t that the ideal? Although The Notebook felt like it had half a dozen different endings.

Hathorn: Wait, which one?

Jacobsen: The Notebook. It kept trying to end—just pick one!

Hathorn: Stop breaking up the emotional momentum.

Jacobsen: It was a good movie, but seriously—I wasn’t asking the woman what she wanted; I was asking the film: What do you want? What were you doing, movie?

Hathorn: I think because we’re constantly exposed to overwhelming media, especially online—so much negativity, so much noise—it’s comforting to believe that something good is still possible. That maybe there’s someone who complements you perfectly. I think people still go into online dating with that hope, and that’s what makes it exciting.

Jacobsen: What’s your favourite part about giving relationship advice?

Hathorn: Honestly, I just love talking to people. I’m naturally curious. I’ve always been fascinated by relationships. How people connect is endlessly interesting to me.

Jacobsen: What about people who face external judgment? Say their family or society disapproves of who they’re dating—whether it’s due to religion, politics, ethnicity, age gap, education, or finances. How do people navigate those social or cultural barriers?

Hathorn: That’s one of the hardest situations to navigate. You can’t live your life for other people. No matter how much you care about them—even if they believe they have your best interests at heart—they’re projecting their values onto you. At some point, you have to prioritize your happiness.

Unfortunately, there aren’t always structures in place to protect individuals who deviate from those expectations, and many suffer as a result. Some even avoid pursuing a relationship and end up questioning what might have been. That decision—whether to take the risk—can only be made by the individual in that context.

Even in something as simple as an age gap relationship, women hear things like, “He’s far too old for you” or “You’recrazy.” But if you connect with someone, that’s what matters. It is your decision.

It’s a society that’s shaping the perception of that person—and of you for being with them. But ultimately, you should choose yourself. That takes courage. The same goes for queer relationships, which are still heavily stigmatized in many places.

There’s not always a clear path forward. You either go for it, or you don’t. You could keep it a secret, but that usually ends up causing more harm than good.

Jacobsen: I think that’s why American gay men tend to be often so self-assured.

Hathorn: Yes, because they had to fight for it. They’ve claimed it.

Jacobsen: I am not an expert in this, but let’s say someone goes into a date with the kind of intentionality we’ve been discussing. The date goes well—they’re both attracted, there’s chemistry—and they go back to one of their places. Things escalate. Should that be a consideration if someone’s looking for a long-term connection?

In other words, if someone has a conscious path toward commitment or something serious, should physical intimacy on the first date be seen as a barrier? There’s so much advice out there—”Make them wait 90 days,” or “Don’t have sex until…”—but rarely any rationale behind it.

Hathorn: Ah, I see. Yes—about whether people should “wait.”

Jacobsen: Should people follow that advice? Or is there any real basis for it? How should someone navigate that moment if they feel a strong connection and are also looking for something long-term?

Hathorn: I don’t believe there’s a one-size-fits-all answer to that. It depends on the connection. If things unfold naturally and both people are on the same page—why not follow that energy and see where it goes? Sometimes, people do connect quickly, and the chemistry is undeniable.

Don’t deny yourself an experience just because of some arbitrary rule like “start fast, end fast.” That’s not universally true. It depends on the connection, the communication, and the mutual respect between two adults.

I am not saying “love at first sight” is always real, but powerful connections can absolutely happen on a first date—and sometimes they include physical intimacy. Flexibility and open communication are essential. Make sure it aligns with both of your boundaries. You’re adults—you should be able to decide that without imposed timelines.

Jacobsen: What’s another great quote you like?

Hathorn: I only have the one I already shared—that’s my favourite.

Jacobsen: Just one? That’s like a very sparse fridge.

Hathorn: There’s a Japanese word that comes to mind—one that’s often used in dating: shogunate. It means “let it be” or “it can’t be helped.” It’s like saying, “Shake it off.”

Jacobsen: Like Taylor Swift—Shake it off.

Hathorn: That’s a helpful mindset to bring into dating. If you have a bad date, just go, “Ah well, it happens.” 

Jacobsen: It’s not a reflection on you, not necessarily on them.

Hathorn: Precisely. It’s going to happen.

Jacobsen: The crazy thing is—it’s not necessarily anyone’s fault. It’s a good lesson. There’s always something to take from a bad date. But we should not be overly optimistic and pretend a bad date is not unpleasant—it often is, by definition.

Hathorn: A bad date is just that—a bad date.

Jacobsen: Like a bad day. It is kind of “cringe-light.”

Hathorn: Yes! Cringe light is the perfect way to put it. But you know what? It tells you exactly what you do not want. You walk away thinking, “Okay, I’m never going to say that again,” and you aim to do better next time.

Jacobsen: That’s a really good insight—it tells you what you do not want. So even a bad date can be educational.

Hathorn: Sometimes, the thing that made it a bad date was something you originally thought you did want. But then you experience it in context and realize, “Actually, this doesn’t work for me. That felt off.”

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Emma.

Hathorn: Thank you so much. It was so nice meeting you—it was such a good conversation.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Emma Hathorn Navigates Modern Dating: Age Gaps, Cultural Sensitivity, and Intentional Love

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/24

Emma Hathorn is a Dating Expert at Seeking.com, specializing in online dating, luxury relationships, and modern dating trends. She offers insights on age-gap dynamics, dating safety, and emotional connection. Frequently featured in major media outlets, she helps singles navigate relationships with clarity, confidence, and elevated standards. She discusses modern dating, exploring cultural sensitivity, emotional intent, and shifting social expectations. Hathorn shares a Zora Neale Hurston quote to illustrate love’s adaptability, emphasizing self-awareness, mutual respect, and meaningful connection over superficial judgments, despite changing norms around age, gender roles, and long-term commitment.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your favourite dating quote?

Emma Hathorn: I do have a quote. It’s not specifically about dating—it’s about love in general—but I think it applies.

Jacobsen: Who defines what makes a good date? Is it the person with long-term goals who spends two hours getting ready, or the person who shows up casually? What quote would you say characterizes a good first date for someone genuinely looking for love?

Hathorn: The quote is broader, but here it is: Zora Neale Hurston once wrote, “Love is like the sea. It’s a moving thing, but still and all, it takes its shape from every shore it meets.” It changes with every new shore.

Jacobsen: That’s a poetic and insightful quote.

Hathorn: I love Zora. I think it’s important to approach dating knowing that not every experience will lead to something long-term, but each person brings something valuable. You’re meant to learn something from every connection.

Jacobsen: What about dates where there seems to be nothing to learn?

Hathorn: Don’t go on those. You shouldn’t. You have to know what you’re looking for and what you want. You need to be intentional before even agreeing to meet.

Jacobsen: How do you make the date planning and screening process culturally appropriate? Japan is very different from South Africa, which is different from Canada or Iceland.

Hathorn: That’s so true. You have to be open-minded, make sure there’s mutual respect, and that you can communicate clearly beforehand. Cultural sensitivity starts before the first date—it’s about curiosity and consideration.

Someone has to be able to speak at least some of the language the other person speaks—otherwise, the conversation will be limited. But I think that also comes in the pre-planning. Make sure you have a good rapport over text, have a quick phone call, and see if there’s a spark—something that makes you want to talk to them more.

Culturally, dating across backgrounds can be really challenging, but it’s also incredibly rewarding if you approach it with humility. You’ll never know everything, but you can learn a lot. You’ll likely walk away with more than you brought to the experience.

Jacobsen: Why are some people so risk-averse that they do not even try to go on a date—even if they want to? They see some bad news story or binge a British crime drama and say, “You know what? No.”

Hathorn: Well, fortune favors the bold. People tend to be more successful when they step outside their comfort zone. That said, I have mixed views about staying in one’s comfort zone. I do not think there is much value in being deeply uncomfortable in a dating scenario—unless it’s part of natural growth. Some personalities throw themselves into new situations without fear, and I think that’s admirable.

Jacobsen: Like docu-comedies such as Jackass—they’re built around that idea.

Hathorn: Then you have people who just do not want to leave the house—it happens. Online dating can really help in that case. If someone has anxiety around dating, they can start building rapport online. Share hobbies, have conversations—it makes meeting in person much less intimidating. You also arrive with shared interests and conversation topics—you’re more prepared.

Jacobsen: Often there are sensationalized, Daily Mail-style headlines about dating. It gets attention because dating is something almost everyone does. Everyone has been on a bad date. Most people have had average or good dates. But the media loves overblown stories. I say this as a journalist—there’s often a press motive here.

We see headlines like “Two-thirds of men under 30 aren’t dating,” or something to that effect. The data may be technically accurate, but it’s often framed in a way that fuels panic. Some women date women more frequently now, so that shifts the dating pool. Similarly, men may be dating men. Among younger adults, the gender split in dating is complex.

Could the loosening of age-based screening criteria be part of the story? Are we seeing a change that is being misinterpreted or overhyped in the media just to drive clicks?

Hathorn: Absolutely. That leads to the broader age gap conversation. People today are much more flexible about age than they were in the past—especially women, who are more open to dating older men.

It’s becoming less about the number and more about the individual and the connection. Expanding your criteria—whether that’s age, culture, or anything else—can only help. If you’re genuinely interested in meeting people, welcoming diversity is a really positive mindset to have.

I’ve noticed that people are going on fewer dates, but they’re approaching them more seriously. I think many are tired of frivolity in dating. There’s a lot of disillusionment, especially from swipe culture. People are exhausted—it’s become so shallow and appearance-based. It’s a quick judgment: “No, not for me.”

It’s depressing. The process becomes about instant gratification—getting swiped on gives you a small serotonin hit. But I think more people are now turning away from that and trying to find something meaningful, something beyond feeding the algorithm.

Jacobsen: Is the issue internal, like within the dating rituals or age gap dynamics? Or is it more about the person—something more fundamental than age?

Hathorn: I think there’s definitely social pressure to date within your own age group. That judgment disproportionately falls on women. For example, if a woman dates someone 30 years older, people react harshly without considering the actual connection between the individuals.

We overlook the fact that someone at 25 might have lived in several countries and accumulated a wealth of experience. They may have more in common with an older partner who’s done similar things over a longer timeline.

Jacobsen: Right—like the children of diplomats or ambassadors.

Hathorn: Exactly. They’ve lived all over the world, and when they choose to date someone older, it often makes sense based on shared experiences.

Jacobsen: When it comes to mating, dating, or having children, that’s one realm. But marriage—historically and even today—has often functioned as an economic arrangement. For centuries, and particularly for women, marriage was tied to being considered property. That’s still true in some parts of the world. In earlier periods, property didn’t just mean land or goods—it extended to people. Over time, subjectivity became recognized—eventually tied to voting rights and personal agency.

Fundamentally, marriage has always had an economic and social dimension. It was, and often still is, about structuring social strata. In British society, for instance, marriage has long carried that function. In India, it may be framed more cosmically or karmically, especially under the caste system. But regardless of how it’s expressed—spiritual or secular—the economic base is often still there.

Jacobsen: I think what we are seeing is that as the economic system changes—definitions of “breadwinner” and what qualifies as a job—social structures like marriage and family are evolving too. Our genetics have not changed, but the framework around us has. As the frame changes, the arrangements shift accordingly.

It is different from declaring a crisis, like “the crisis of men” or “the crisis of single women.” That kind of language exaggerates things. How do you see people adapting their perspectives as the very definition of marriage and the family unit shifts along with these economic and social changes?

Hathorn: Yes, absolutely. There is much more equality now. From the context of Seeking, we often talk about hypergamy, which has historical roots in India. Traditionally, it referred to marrying up in social or economic status, often gendered.

What’s interesting today is that gender is being taken out of that model. A hypergamous relationship in a modern sense is about both partners bringing different strengths and supporting each other—emotionally, economically, intellectually.

The shift in social and economic roles—especially between men and women—has created opportunities for people to connect in ways that go far beyond economics. One partner might be the breadwinner while the other contributes emotional stability, creative energy, or household organization.

Jacobsen: Or even seasonally—it could shift over time.

Hathorn: That kind of flexibility is important. One might provide financially while the other offers emotional grounding, curiosity, and new ideas. It becomes a dynamic balance.

This shift allows people to explore healthier, more equitable relationship dynamics. In the past, gender roles were rigid—men worked outside, women stayed at home. Now, we see relationships forming between whole human beings rather than rigid gendered archetypes. That gives me some hope for the future.

Jacobsen: Are people thinking about these dynamics even before a first date? It seems like there’s a lot of weight attached to the experience—almost to the point that it creates anxiety. Do you think people bring this psychological burden into first dates, making it harder to connect authentically in the moment?

Hathorn: I think it’s something people carry with them, but ideally, it should remain in the background—not dominate the date. We are all conscious of our place within the broader social dynamic. Women especially have always been attuned to this, not just in passing but as a constant awareness.

However, there’s also freedom in that awareness. You’re entering a date as a full person—not necessarily looking for someone to financially support you, but for someone who complements you emotionally. That sense of balance and mutual support is key. Still, it depends on the couple. Each dynamic is unique, and what works for one may not work for another.

This isn’t something we should overthink during a date. You need to go in with a free spirit and an open mind—just see who you’re meeting. People are complex.

That said, I do think most people have this kind of background consideration, even if they’re not fully conscious of it: What do I bring to the table? What do I hope my partner brings? It’s healthy to acknowledge that.

It also helps to know yourself well—what you want long term, and even just what you want out of the date itself. Being deeply self-aware usually leads to a better experience.

Jacobsen: How should people negotiate the place, time, and location of a first date?

Hathorn: That should be straightforward—just based on mutual preferences. What do you enjoy doing? Where do you like to go? Everyone has their favorite spots. It’s something worth discussing beforehand: What’s your ideal date? Where do you like to go?

Jacobsen: Let’s try that out.

Hathorn: Exactly! It’s a fun conversation starter. Ask: What would be your dream date? Then work from there. You want to avoid awkward or unpleasant places, and you want to make sure the person you’re inviting is going to have a great time.

Jacobsen: That’s a whole other topic—just bad dates.

Hathorn: Yes, exactly.

Jacobsen: Like something out of a reality TV show.

Hathorn: Right—dragging someone around a shopping mall or to an anime convention on day one.

Jacobsen: Japan might love that.

Hathorn: Personally, I’d love that—but still!

Jacobsen: Do you find there are any cross-cultural “nos”? Things that generally do not go over well on a first date—either in a specific culture or broadly?

Hathorn: I can only speak from personal experience—Japan and South Africa, since I’ve lived in both.

Jacobsen: That’s actually a good range: one largely homogeneous, the other more diverse.

Hathorn: In Japan, for instance, you need to be more polite than you might expect. You cannot be too forward in public—it’s just not done. You really have to be hyper-aware of the cultural context, especially when you’re outside your own culture. Be respectful and polite—“when in Rome,” as they say. Try to take the cues.

It helps to learn a little beforehand. You’re going to miss small cultural cues—that’s inevitable—but it’s better to mess up with genuine intent than not to care at all. Sometimes, those little mistakes can even become a great conversation point: “Oh, you’re not supposed to do that here.”

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Widdowson Case: Academic Freedom, Tenure, and Institutional Censorship in Canadian Universities

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): A Further Inquiry

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/07/23

Academic freedom includes… Freedom to express one’s opinion about the institution, its administration, and the system in which one works… Freedom from institutional censorship…

Post-secondary educational institutions serve the common good of society through searching for, and disseminating, knowledge and understanding and through fostering independent thinking and expression in academic staff and students… These ends cannot be achieved without academic freedom.

All academic staff must have the right to fulfil their functions without reprisal or repression by the institution, the state, or any other source… contracts which are silent on the matter of academic freedom do not entitle the employer to breach or threaten in any way the academic freedom of academic staff…

Academic staff must not be hindered or impeded in exercising their civil rights as individuals, including the right to contribute to social change through free expression of opinion on matters of public interest. Academic staff must not suffer any institutional penalties because of the exercise of such rights.

Canadian Association of University Teachers, “Academic Freedom: CAUT Policy Statement” (April 20, 2025)

Dr. Frances Widdowson earned an Honours BA and MA in political science from the University of Victoria and a PhD in political science from York University. She worked as a policy analyst in the Northwest Territories. She developed an interest in Indigenous culture in Canada and what she called Canada’s “Indigenous industry.”

Academic Tenure and the Rise of a Controversial Voice

She joined the Mount Royal University Department of Economics, Justice and Policy Studies in 2008, earning tenure in 2011. She taught courses in political science and comparative politics with focus on policy analysis. Her case represents a broader clash between evolving institutional norms of conduct tied to equity and academic freedom.

As with many universalist claimed values, the praxis is the real test, because these values clash in real life. The balance of values is tested in real-life cases, sometimes individual persons. The focus will be Dr. Widdowson and the case at Mount Royal University.

With a career as a policy analyst and tenured professor at Mount Royal University (c. 2011), Dr. Widdowson was critical of “woke” movements and Indigenous policy. She provided open critiques of Indigenous research paradigms. The most notable period was 2018. A Twitter (now X) dialogue, heated debate. This led to harassment complaints.

In February, 2018, she publicly questioned traditional Indigenous research methods at Mount Royal University. She made the argument: certain approaches prioritized funding over community needs. This drew strong criticism. Some labelled Dr. Widdowson with the epithet “racist.” Columnist Barbara Kay defended Dr. Widdowson as an academic challenging accepted narratives about residential schools. Kay framed the critiques as probing rather than hateful.

The Twitter War and Institutional Fallout

Dr. Widdowson engaged in heated exchanges with colleagues during 2020. Mount Royal University labelled this the “Twitter War.” Public disputes ranged from aspects of the Black Lives matter movement, e.g., Black Lives Matter “destroyed MRU,” to more. In July, 2021, Dr. Widdowson filed a harassment complaint against a colleague’s tweets. In November, 2021, an investigation claimed the complaint was “malicious, frivolous, vexatious, and made in bad faith.” At the same time, Mount Royal University’s probe concluded Dr. Widdowson’s tweets constituted harassment. Mount Royal University dismissed Dr. Widdowson on December 20, 2021.

Mount Royal University President Tim Rahilly signed the termination letter for Dr. Widdowson. Nine satirical tweets and one complaint were cited as grounds for the violation of harassment and conduct codes. On that afternoon, after delivering an exam, Dr. Widdowson was requested by human resources. She was informed. Her employment was terminated effective immediately (then). She recalls the experience as procedurally opaque and distressing.

Arbitration, Aftermath, and the Future of Academic Freedom

Dr. Widdowson received a termination letter. 30 hearing days occurred over ten months between January 27th, 2023 and November, 2023. Eventually, it was 30 hearing days with 25 witnesses. These hearings scrutinized fairness of procedures, i.e., collective agreement compliance as well as the basis for dismissal, i.e., academic expression versus policy violations.

Arbitrator David Phillip Jones ruled on July 2, 2024: Widdowson’s tweets warranted discipline (“just cause”), while the firing was “disproportionate to her actions.” No compelling evidence was found that the conduct posed an irreparable threat to the academic environment. A letter of reprimand was substituted for the two-week suspension, but reinstatement was deemed non-viable because of the significant breakdown in professional relationships. A monetary remedy was awarded in lieu of reinstatement. Dr. Widdowson has expressed satisfaction at acknowledgement of wrongful dismissal. She continues to challenge aspects of the harassment findings and continues in advocacy for academic freedom.

Some might see the wrongful dismissal as evidence of tenure as not immunizing from consequences for harassing behaviour. Others may contend the dismissal represents a threat to contentious topic debate and dialogue, even heated. Dr. Widdowson has given lectures on “woke-ism.” She continues to appeal for reinstatement and persists in litigation.

The case study in academic freedom is ongoing.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

СокальINFO: Ukraine and Russia’s Corruption Divergence Since 2014

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): СокальINFO

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/04/30

Transparency International’s Corruption Perception Index indicates that both Ukraine and Russia had poor corruption rankings in 2000, with Russia slightly better positioned. After the 2012 methodology change, comparable data from 2014 to 2025 show diverging trajectories. Ukraine demonstrates gradual improvement, particularly after 2022, while Russia shows consistent deterioration. By 2025, Ukraine ranks higher than Russia, reflecting increasing divergence. Despite progress, both countries remain challenged by corruption, underscoring the need for sustained institutional reforms.

Methodology and Comparative Framework

Transparency International’s Corruption Perception Index shows poor rankings from Ukraine and the Russian Federation more than two decades ago. Transparency International changed the methodology in 2012. So, the rankings from 2014, 2022, and 2025, are the most readily comparable metrics, while the 2000 ranking (and others near its chronology) give indications. The post-2012 trend suggests modest improvement in Ukraine and marked deterioration in Russia.

Baseline: Year 2000

Back to the year 2000, Ukraine ranked near of the bottom of the 90-country listing, i.e., significant corruption issues based on the ranking and the methodology used in that year. Ukraine ranked 87 out of 90. In 2000, the Russian Federation had better corruption ranking than Ukraine, 82 out of 90.

Early Post-2012 Comparison: 2014

In 2014, at the start of the war, Ukraine improved relative ranking within a longer list of countries while remaining on the lower end of the ranking, 142 out of 175. In 2014, Russia went down in the rankings while still in the lower-middle portions of the ranking, 136 out of 175, while still scoring better than Ukraine. By the time of the full-scale invasion or the “special military operation,” in 2022, Ukraine began to show a healthier trajectory in corruption rankings within a more comprehensive ranking, 116 out of 180. By 2022, the Russian Federation was steadily in the lower-middle portions of corruption globally, 137 out of 180.

Divergence Begins: 2022

By last year, the Russian Federation was solidly in the lower ranks of the index, 157 out of 182. Within a shorter period of time, Ukraine has continued to improve corruption rankings relative to an international metric, 104 out of 182. The indication, therefore, becomes two post-Soviet Union (15 socialist republics) nations remaining not approximately equal, but increasingly divergent in levels of corruption. As time progressed from the original annexation of Crimea into the full-scale invasion or war of aggression of the Russian Federation against Ukraine, the divergence took root beginning in 2022, becoming more amplified and clear in 2025.

Interpretation of Trends

From the perspective of Ukraine’s corruption levels, the healthy point is the pattern of improvement. From the perspective of the Russian Federation’s corruption levels, the unhealthy point is the pattern of more corruption. The big picture is a lower-half ranking for Ukraine and a low ranking for the Russian Federation internationally, respectively.

Conclusion

The war contrast is the increased corruption in the Russian Federation and decline in corruption in Ukraine. The lesson is a significant journey left to travel in anti-corruption efforts in a region marked by high corruption in the contemporary period.

More resources below:

Direct Transparency International

Fighting Corruption in Wartime Ukraine: An Interview With Andrii Borovyk

Oleksandr Kalitenko on Ukraine’s Battle for Transparency

Ukraine’s Corruption Problem Isn’t Convictions—It’s What Happens After

Broader anti-corruption / accountability

Oleksandr Tsyvinskyi: Ukraine’s Anti-Corruption Reboot, Economic Security and the Shadow Economy

Anton Zelinskyi on the Judicial Reform and Russo-Ukrainian War

Legal Aid in a War Zone: How Ukraine’s Diplomatic Legal Hub Fills the Gaps

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

The Long Arc of Antisemitism: From Ancient Exiles to Modern Pogroms

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): СокальINFO

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/11/17

How does October 7, 2023 fit into the millennia-long continuum of antisemitism—from ancient deportations and medieval pogroms to modern expulsions and postwar violence?

October 7, 2023, fits a continuum of violence against Jews across millennia. From ancient deportations (Assyria, Babylon) to the Roman destruction of Jerusalem and the Bar Kokhba revolt, medieval pogroms, expulsions from England, France, Spain, and Portugal, the Mawza Exile, Khmelnytsky massacres, and Russian-imperial pogroms, persecution recurred, culminating in the Nazi genocide of six million. After 1945, assaults continued: the Farhud in Baghdad, Kielce, waves of expulsions across the Middle East and North Africa, Suez-era crackdowns, and Poland’s 1968 campaign. On October 7, militants murdered about 1,200, wounded thousands, and took hundreds hostage. Rising antisemitic rhetoric historically foreshadows rising violence.

October 7, 2023, was another in a long line of tragedies befalling Jewish peoples throughout world history.

Starting, at least, in 722 BCE, there was the Assyrian deportation, or the Northern Kingdom of Israel. Sargon II’s inscriptions indicate 27,290 deportees from Samaria. Over 100 years later, in 597–586 BCE, there was the Babylonian exile (Kingdom of Judah) with biblical records indicating about 4,600 deportees in three separate waves of likely only adult males; the total displaced may indicate higher.

70 CE was the siege and fall of Jerusalem. Josephus claims 1.1 million dead while modern scholars consider tens of thousands killed more reasonable and approximately 97,000 enslaved. 132–135 CE saw the Bar Kokhba Revolt. About 580,000 Jewish war dead with devastation, expulsion, and more.

1096 saw the First Crusade’s Rhineland massacres with about 2,000 Jews killed. 1348–1351 had Black Death spread throughout Europe and then the subsequent mass pogroms affect Jewish peoples across Europe. A distinct one was in 1349 in Strasbourg with approximately 900 Jews being burned (some accounts cite higher). The continental totals for this three-year period are unknown.

In 1290, a Jewish community in England was expelled with scholarly estimates of around 3,000 affected by the expulsion. In 1306, King Philip IV expelled about 100,000 Jews. In Spain in 1492, between approximately 40,000 and 160,000 were expelled and tens of thousands were converted, while precise estimates can vary by historian.

In 1497, Portugal saw a widespread series of forced conversions of Jews followed by the Lisbon massacre in 1506 with between 1,900 and 4,000 Jews killed. In 1679, Yemen produced the Mawzaʿ Exile where Jewish communities were expelled to Tihāmah. There was mass displacement and deaths en route. Precise counts are scarce.

Between 1648 and 1649, there were the Khmelnytsky (Chmielnicki) massacres in Ukraine, Poland, and Lithuania. The estimates from contemporary scholarship emphasize between 20,000 and 40,000 killed in addition to catastrophic losses and the destruction of community.

1881 to 1906 saw pogroms from the Russian Empire with the 1903 Kishinev massacre killing 45–49 and wounding about 600 Jews. The definitive peak of the murders were the National Socialists under Adolf Hitler of Germany with approximately 6,000,000 Jewish children, women, and men murdered. There is ongoing name-by-name documentation. Approximately 4,900,000 have been named.

There is a misunderstanding of 20th century history. That being, the Holocaust happened and then there was non-violent treatment of Jewish peoples until the massacre of October 7th, 2023, occurred. This is false.

Between June 1 to June 2, 1941, in Baghdad, Iraq, approximately 135–189 Jews were killed and then about 1,000 injured. On July 4, 1946, in Kielce, Poland, about 42 Jews were murdered. Between the late 1940s and 1970s, from Iran, Iraq, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, Syria, and so on, approximately 850,000 Jews were either expelled or left with accompanying violence and confiscations differing by country.

Between 1951 and 1952, about 120,000 to 130,000 were airlifted in Operation Ezra & Nehemiah. In 1956, in Egypt, amidst the Suez crisis, there were expulsions and arrests. In 1968 in Poland, there was the anti-Zionist campaign with about 13,000 Jews forced to emigrate.

Then the October 7, 2023, massacre happened with tolls approximated at 1,139 dead (about 1,175 initially identified), more than 3,400 wounded, and about 251 to 253 hostages taken. Numbers fluctuate as better data comes into reports. Since the war began, the Israeli government reported 14,583 physically wounded by May 26, 2024, and treated in hospitals since October 7, 2023. Therefore, the numbers are definitively higher.

Antisemitic rhetoric is on the rise. So, antisemitic violent incidents will increase in correlation.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Marichka Baysa: Ukrainian Embroidery, Motanka, and Kids’ Fashion

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): СокальINFO

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2025/11/11

Marichka Baysa is a Ukrainian fashion designer from Lviv, now based in Toronto. Her work blends traditional embroidery with Ukrainian traditions, using red-and-black palettes standard in Western Ukraine and motifs from Zaporizhzhia and the Carpathians. She incorporates folkloric symbols — motanka talisman doll, circles for life’s cycle, triangles, waves, and the kalyna guelder-rose — that encode protection and continuity. Baysa crafts customized pieces that embed personal meaning for clients from artisans to performers and has organized children’s fashion programming in Toronto. During the war, she prioritizes resilience and cultural preservation, planning future runway shows in Ukraine after victory and stabilization and diaspora admiration abroad.

In this conversation with Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Baysa explores how Ukrainian cultural identity endures through modern design. Baysa intertwines traditional embroidery and folkloric symbolism—red-and-black palettes, the motanka talisman, circles of life, and the kalyna guelder-rose—into contemporary tailoring. She explains regional embroidery distinctions from Donetsk to the Carpathians, contrasting the minimal ornamentation in children’s vyshyvankas with the denser, protective motifs in adult garments. Reflecting on wartime creativity, Baysa emphasizes resilience, diaspora admiration abroad, and her hope to return fashion showcases to Lviv after Ukraine’s victory and cultural stabilization.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There is an intense fashion scene in Ukraine. You are from Lviv, now living in Toronto, where you’ve started a new life and created a kids’ fashion week. Were any templates in Lviv the premise for work in Toronto?

Marichka Baysa: At the moment, because of the current situation in Ukraine and the major political events expected next year, fashion will not be my main priority—or anyone else’s. Arts and fashion can be the focus after we win the war, after we have a new government, and after those significant political developments. But in the future — maybe in two or three years — why not have a kids’ fashion show? 

We have Ukrainian Fashion Week in Kyiv, which is traditionally held twice a year (spring/summer and autumn/winter). During the full-scale war, 2022-2023, the traditional Kyiv-based Ukrainian Fashion Week schedule was suspended. Instead, they ran “Support Ukrainian Fashion” showcases in London, Paris, Copenhagen and other cities to keep Ukrainian designers visible during the war. With the February 14–17, 2025, Ukrainian Fashion Week, it has fully returned to Kyiv. This Autumn, they also had a show in the capital – and it was terrific. I loved what I saw. Hopefully, in the future, we’ll have Fashion Week for adults and children in Lviv and other cities across Ukraine, but that will come once the war has ended.

Jacobsen: Are there any embroidered elements in Lviv’s culture incorporated into your work in Toronto?

Baysa: Yes, mainly red and black, very traditional in much of Western Ukraine. More precisely, though, black is the dominant colour in most traditional Lviv patterns, representing earth, fertility, and endurance. Red symbolizes love, energy, and life; often paired with black for contrast. White, as a background, represents purity and spirituality. Most shirts are embroidered on white homespun linen. Yellow and Green are used sparingly, but for accents, symbolizing wealth, harvest, and renewal.

Blue is less common, but appears in festive or modern reinterpretations for tranquillity and faith. I try to incorporate it into my designs, especially for custom pieces. For instance, I’m making one for a woman who’s a balloon artist. She creates large balloon toys. She requested a custom blazer including elements of Ukrainian culture while reflecting her profession. I’ve been combining her balloon motifs with the embroidery patterns from her region. She’s from Zaporizhzhia. 

There are some distinct floral and plant motifs in that region. Grapevines, flowers (especially roses and carnations), and oak leaves are seen as symbols of strength, beauty, and family continuity. The “tree of life” appears more naturalistic and open compared to the geometric Western versions. There is Cossack symbolism. Patterns may feature swords, crosses, or stylized tridents (tryzubs) integrated subtly into designs, which reflect Cossack emblems.

There is a wide chest ornamentation. The central part of the vyshyvanka (на грудях) often features broad vertical bands. These extend across the chest in a “plastron” style, similar to the uniforms of Cossack officers. The most common embroidery technique in Zaporizhzhia is cross-stitch. There are older stitches, “Zavolikannia” and “nyz.” 

These create more texture and dimensionality. Men’s shirts often used darker tones and geometric or military motifs. Women’s shirts lean toward floral compositions and brighter contrasts. Embroidery usually features large floral and geometric ornaments, with red as the dominant colour and red-and-black combinations common. 

By contrast, Western Ukrainian palettes, including parts of Lviv Oblast and the Carpathian/Hutsul area, frequently use intense black with red accents and other bold tones. There’s a well-known tradition of predominantly black embroidery in the Borshchiv area (Ternopil Oblast). 

Those vyshyvanka shirts are richly textured and predominantly black. According to local legend, women adopted black embroidery in mourning after devastating raids centuries ago. These pieces take a great deal of time. Regional styles reflect centuries of cross-border influences, including Polish ornamental traditions in parts of Western Ukraine. The Carpathian region has distinctive stitches and colorways. Styles vary from town to town, but the primary colours I use in my designs are red and black.

Jacobsen: What other pieces of folklore do you build into your designs, or traditionally, what would people see from folklore influencing the designs? You mentioned floral patterns as well. I’m sure there are deeper meanings there.

Baysa: Florals, many trees and leaves, lots of natural motifs. There are geometric ornaments, such as triangles and circles, that symbolize the sun. These patterns predate Christianity in Ukraine. Their meanings have evolved. Before Ukrainians became a Christian nation, people believed in many gods, primarily representing natural forces. 

That’s why the meanings of those triangles, circles, and other ornaments, on vyshyvanka, even crosses, were originally different before Orthodox Christianity arrived in Ukraine. When the Church came, embroidery became more cultural and traditional; its meanings changed. You can still see symbols such as the kalyna (guelder-rose) and crosses.

There are still many circles symbolizing the cycle of life: you live, you die, and you are reborn. Life continues endlessly; the cycle cannot be broken. There are also many triangles and wave patterns. Moving south, toward Odesa or Khmelnytskyi, the ornaments change to reflect the surrounding environment, with more waves and marine themes near the sea.

The Donetsk and Luhansk regions historically had beautiful vyshyvankas, though due to war and displacement, few ancient examples survive. In contrast, museums in the other areas still preserve embroidered shirts over 200 years old. Some eastern designs are said to have featured horses, a unique feature of that area.

In my own collection, one of the most striking symbols you’ll notice is the motanka doll. It’s a talisman meant to bring health, happiness, and protection. Traditionally, the motanka is made without stitches; instead, it’s wrapped and tied with thread or fabric strips. The base often contains herbs, sometimes for healing, or love, safety, or good fortune. Each doll was explicitly created for a person’s needs. That symbolism is reflected in my Lvivna collection. The motanka protects against evil forces and represents an ancient pre-Christian spiritual tradition. Its meaning varies depending on historical and regional interpretation.

Jacobsen: Given your children’s fashion line, are there design appropriateness considerations for children versus adults? Do the patterns, designs, or colour schemes change within the Ukrainian style for that reason?

Baysa: For example, with motanka dolls, there isn’t much difference between those made for adults and those made for children. But when it comes to the ornaments on vyshyvankas, that’s an entirely different story. Vyshyvankas were traditionally made individually, with personalized ornaments meant to protect the wearer, bring health, fertility, or family prosperity. Children’s vyshyvankas typically had fewer ornaments, as it was believed that God already protected children, who were the most vulnerable. As a person grew older, they became responsible for their own protection and that of their family. That’s why adult embroidery was denser and more complex, though not necessarily brighter.

It also depended on the wearer’s status and gender. For instance, male and female ornaments differed in symbols and arrangement. The embroidery essentially functioned as “written words” stitched into the fabric—personal messages encoded in an ornament. I haven’t done that for Lvivna, but I created a similar concept for another project, which you can find online. There’s even a website where you can see how your name would look rendered as a Ukrainian embroidery pattern. Some people have turned these into necklaces or phone cases. It’s a bit self-focused to have your name embroidered on your shirt, but some enjoy that symbolism.

All Lvivna pieces feature vyshyvanka-inspired embroidery, and the upcoming Christmas collection includes more traditional elements. One figure we’re highlighting is Koza Dereza. Koza Dereza (Коза-Дереза) is one of the most beloved characters in Ukrainian folk tales — a mischievous and cunning goat who tricks everyone around her.  Koza Dereza is a tricky, sly goat who uses deceit and cleverness to get her way, symbolizing cunning, wit, and survival through trickery in Ukrainian folklore.

That figure plays a vital role in our Christmas celebrations, along with others like the chort—a mischievous devil figure.

There’s also a folk legend that will appear in Lvivna’s Christmas line. According to the tale, on a snowy Christmas Eve in a Ukrainian village, the mischievous chort (devil) steals the moon to cast darkness over the land and take revenge on Vakula, a brave Cossack blacksmith who paints holy icons. Meanwhile, the devil conspires with Solokha, a cunning witch and Vakula’s mother, who charms and deceives the village men. Amid the chaos, Vakula’s beloved Oksana playfully demands that he bring her the Tsarina’s slippers if he wants her hand in marriage. With courage and wit, Vakula captures the devil, flies on his back to St. Petersburg, meets the Tsarina, and returns with the slippers. When he gives them to Oksana, she realizes his steadfast devotion and agrees to marry him. The tale blends humour, romance, and magic, celebrating Ukrainian Christmas traditions and the triumph of love and goodness over deceit and darkness.

Jacobsen: Do people who include these protective charms in their clothing today sincerely believe in their power, or is it more of a cultural tradition they carry forward?

Baysa: Technically, most Ukrainians are Orthodox Christians, but over the past five to ten years, there’s been a revival of interest in pre-Christian beliefs—our ancestral religion that worshipped multiple gods connected to nature and daily life. These revived beliefs honour deities associated with the family, fertility, and natural forces. People who follow these traditions genuinely believe in the protective power of charms.

Among very religious Orthodox families, it’s different. They may claim not to believe in such symbols, yet when asked to remove them, they often resist—saying, “No, I need it.” So even when people say they don’t believe, there’s still an emotional or cultural attachment. I’d say belief and caution coexist—it’s part faith, part heritage.

Jacobsen: Last question—when you organize fashion shows in Toronto, compared to those you’ve seen in Lviv, if you were to stage an identical show, say for children, how would the symbolism and presentation be received differently by audiences in Lviv and by the Ukrainian Canadian diaspora in Toronto?

Baysa: The reactions would definitely be different. In Ukraine, people might say, “We’ve seen this before,” because of the abundance of creativity there. Ukraine has many talented artists, designers, and dancers—nearly every city has an art or dance school. The talent is incredible. The challenge is funding and investment—time, money, and infrastructure. Many young or emerging artists struggle to grow because there aren’t enough resources. Even when they do succeed, being an artist rarely provides the financial stability that being, say, a doctor or engineer does.

There’s an overwhelming amount of art and creativity in Ukraine, but due to underfunding, much of it remains unseen internationally. Ukrainians themselves, though, are immersed in it—they experience art everywhere. In Canada, it’s the opposite. There’s a noticeable lack of artistic presence, particularly in cultural art. Yes, there’s Indigenous art, which is rich and vital, but beyond that, Canada’s mainstream art scene is relatively limited. We have icons like the Group of Seven, but for such a vast country, that’s not enough to sustain a deeply rooted cultural tradition.

The Ukrainian diaspora in Canada often comes from smaller villages and towns, and many haven’t been exposed to the full depth of Ukraine’s art scene. For them, seeing these designs and symbols on stage is breathtaking—it’s new and emotionally powerful. They see beauty and heritage. Meanwhile, in Ukraine, audiences would likely appreciate the craftsmanship but respond more critically: “It’s nice, but what’s next?” They’d expect innovation and deeper layers of artistry. That contrast captures the main difference between the two audiences.

Jacobsen: That’s wonderful. Thank you for your time.

Baysa: My pleasure.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Sokalinfo.com

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Interview with an Independent Ukrainian News Website

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): СокальINFO

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/01/11

СокальINFO is a Ukrainian online news outlet that positions itself as an independent information agency with a focus on Western Ukraine. Founded in 2015, it built its reputation on delivering sharp local and regional coverage while also publishing translated or republished stories that tackle broader subjects—from political developments and financial fraud to geopolitics and culture. Its multilingual approach, with content appearing in Ukrainian, Russian, and English, has helped it reach a diverse readership at home and abroad.

In this interview, СокальINFO reflects on its origins dating back to 2011, when it evolved from modest Lviv-region coverage into a project dedicated to Western Ukraine and investigative reporting. Over time, its mission has shifted from grant-backed experimentation to self-funded journalism that exposes corruption, crypto-related fraud, and geopolitical schemes—particularly sanction evasion by Putin’s oligarchs after Russia’s full-scale invasion. Operating with a lean team of five to eight journalists and two fact-checkers, the outlet safeguards anonymity amid wartime threats to media workers. Despite a modest audience of roughly 30,000 monthly readers, its stories are widely reprinted.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Your website carries a patriotic manifesto. The purpose: “unite the community.” How was СокальINFO started?

СокальINFO: We started our fascinating journey covering news from the Lviv region, and later expanded to global news coverage in 2011. Projects changed, and over time, the main project became Sokalinfo.

Jacobsen: Has the mission evolved since its inception?

СокальINFO: Sokalinfo changes every year. At one point, the project received grants. Later, we had to earn our own money.

Jacobsen: СокальINFO focuses on “current news of Western Ukraine.” You have areas of focus on international scandals, crypto frauds, and geopolitical exposés. What drives these areas?

СокальINFO: We fight for truth, against deceit, fraudsters, and corrupt officials. This is the mission of our project, which employs from 5 to 8 people depending on the possibilities of a given month. After the mad Putin attacked Ukraine, we had to cut back our other projects and focus on exposing the evasion of sanctions by Putin’s oligarchs.

Jacobsen: Do you have in‑house reporters, editors, or fact‑checkers?

СокальINFO: Yes, we have two people who handle fact-checking.

Jacobsen: Why is editorial and publishing anonymity important during wartime?

СокальINFO: The reason is simple: after the war started, every person in Ukraine could be easily killed.

Jacobsen: Your readership spans the United States, Ukraine, the UK, and other countries. How do you measure engagement and impact?

СокальINFO: Many reprint our articles. However, the audience is narrow — no more than 30,000 readers per month.

Jacobsen: How does your organization navigate Ukrainian media laws with international hosting regulations?

СокальINFO: We comply with all jurisdictions, but we never succumb to fraudsters seeking to pressure independent journalism.

Jacobsen: Any final thoughts for others wishing to cover news or distribute republications as an archival resource in Ukraine or externally in support of Ukraine?

СокальINFO: Since the war began, Ukraine has become the most cited country in the world, and the Ukrainian language is beautiful, as is English. We want the Ukrainian language to someday become international within reasonable limits. And it will, because more than 20 million Ukrainians live in 50 countries worldwide.

Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Wartime Journalism in Ukraine: Superstition, Grief, Scammers, and Mental Health

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The New Enlightenment Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/11

By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Volodymyr Pavlov (Translator, English-Ukrainian) 

How do Ukrainian journalists understand superstition, grief, and mental health during wartime?

“Supernatural belief for us is support for mental health, while for them it is a search for a solution, as if someone else will do it for them.” – Anna Chernenko

Anna Chernenko is a Ukrainian journalist working in Kharkiv, reporting on wartime conditions, media transformations, and civilian life under threat. She has documented the shrinking journalism sector, risks faced by reporters, and evolving safety practices. Her work reflects the human and professional impact of sustained conflict on Ukraine’s media landscape.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Anna Chernenko and Volodymyr Pavlov about wartime journalism in Ukraine, focusing on how religion, superstition, and supernatural belief function as emotional supports amid grief, fear, and uncertainty. Chernenko contrasts Ukrainian coping with Russian passivity, while warning about scammers exploiting vulnerable people. Pavlov adds field-reporting examples and reflections on depression, randomness, and survivor’s guilt. The discussion links media ethics, psychology, trauma, and civic resilience under war.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So a sociological question: on obscure and subtle social and psychological phenomena, do levels of religious, superstitious, and supernatural belief sometimes change or intensify in both Russia and Ukraine during war? On the Ukrainian side, some of this is used for coping with grief and for resilience. It provides routine. On the Russian side, it seems more like superstition. On the Ukrainian side, I understand it differently.

There is a need for a sort of anchoring of oneself. To have empathy for an individual who is coping with the death of someone and using this to cope is not to endorse the supernatural idea. I do not believe we have evidence for the supernatural. However, I understand that, in the short term, these coping mechanisms can be healthy. In the long term, they may not necessarily be, as a personal opinion.

It functions as an emotional anchor for people. I am a humanist and a scientifically oriented person, so I see no evidence for the supernatural. For someone to believe they will be reunited with their loved one in the afterlife, I understand the comfort that belief brings. However, empathy for the person does not in any way endorse the empirical claim.

In Ukraine, I understand there is a significant level of religious belief and superstition both before and during the war. There are interesting dynamics in both Russia and Ukraine regarding the effect of war on supernatural belief. So, the question is interesting, and I sometimes think about it:

What are your thoughts about the divergences between Ukrainian and Russian society and the use of superstition and supernaturalism to cope with and/or comprehend the war, to give it meaning and structure? These are non-scientific beliefs, and they may be false, while still providing a framework for coping with tragedy and death if believed. Many Ukrainians and Russians are religious believers and/or harbour and practice superstitious beliefs.

Anna Chernenko: There is always something close to the supernatural. Not everyone believes this, but during the war, this belief has been preserved and, in some cases, strengthened.

We Ukrainians have always had some inclination toward belief in the supernatural and religion. Of course, not everyone. But during the war, this belief has become more widespread, including beliefs in the supernatural. This is a way to avoid emotional stress from difficult-to-deal-with problems.

Ukrainians have been attracted to belief in the supernatural and religion, though not everyone in the population has been. Since the beginning of the full-scale war, belief in the supernatural has increased and intensified. This often helps some people deal with emotional stress.

This helps the psyche. This is the first part, a small part. So, we Ukrainians have always tended to a certain belief in the supernatural and religiosity. Of course, it does not apply to the entire population. But with the onset of the full-scale war, this belief in the supernatural intensified. I often think about this. For some people, it is a way to cope with certain emotional burdens and support the psyche.

I know a few people who ask certain mystical individuals what they should do. Emotionally, when people are searching for answers, there are also frauds, of course, and certain demands for money from people in such emotionally vulnerable times.

I personally know several people who, from time to time, ask questions of such mystical persons. I remember them asking when the war would end. A person needs to know a certain date, or more precisely, to believe in a certain end, and then it becomes easier for them to bear all the burdens they have now because of the war. People are looking for missing persons, and finding what they are looking for is also a form of emotional relief. There is also fraud here, of course, as well as corruption and the extortion of money from people. This affects those who are emotionally vulnerable at such a time.

Jacobsen: Yes, one hundred percent.

Chernenko: As for the differences between Ukrainians and Russians, I know that, before the beginning of the full-scale war; there was a strong belief in the supernatural in Russia. It was also a business. In Ukraine, there were also some fluctuations, though not as significant. The main difference is that we, emotionally, look for support, while they look for a solution. They may hope that something supernatural will act on their behalf. This is manifested at different levels. They can protest against what is happening in their country. In our mentality, we also protest.

Accordingly, supernatural belief for us is support for mental health, while for them it is a search for a solution, as if someone else will do it for them. That is my idea. They are simply looking for a solution, so that someone can do something for them, and this was the case before. We are looking for support for our nervous system. This is manifested at different levels. For example, Russians either fail or have stopped protesting against certain things. They look for a quick solution in the supernatural and religion, so as not to act on their own. They are looking for a simple solution in the supernatural and religion. We are looking for support.

Jacobsen: Which topics are taboo in Ukrainian journalism?

Chernenko: It is a complicated question.

Jacobsen: Some reactions have been strong. Earlier, I avoided these topics. Now, I take a more academic approach. This is data. It tells me something about the country’s pulse. So I carefully ask about superstition and religion. I see no evidence for the supernatural. However, in war, people cope in different ways, and that calls for empathy. At the same time, one does not have to abandon empirical truth.

Sometimes there is no hope. Objectively, people die, and from an empirical standpoint we can verify death, but claims about an afterlife remain unverified. There is no broadly accepted empirical evidence in favour of an afterlife, which does not by itself constitute a disproof. At the same time, when a person is suffering, both realities can be acknowledged. These are not incompatible.

Chernenko: I cannot say that religion is like that. I cannot explain what would be taboo for journalists. It is a deep immersion in life. I understand what you are talking about, not to offend, but we do not have such taboos. I can tell you clearly: there is no clear taboo. Sometimes I work with a photographer from the United States. She said, “Never use that word.” It is like saying, “It is calm here” or “It is quiet here.” After that, something always happens.

Jacobsen: I see.

Chernenko: It is not a taboo, but I do not think religion or the supernatural is taboo if we speak about it as a topic of work in journalism. It is more often presented as the subject’s personal opinion. Many shows directly ridicule people’s trust in scammers connected with the supernatural. It would certainly be taboo to delve into the personal life of the deceased or their family if we are creating materials.

Do journalists believe in the supernatural? They are more likely to believe in mild superstitions and premonitions.

Jacobsen: What superstitions? What premonitions?

Chernenko: Sometimes there is a certain fear of going somewhere, for example, to the frontline, because something might happen. But I do not believe in the supernatural. I tell myself not to rely on that. Sometimes there are situations. I worked with a foreign team in Donbas, near the Serebryansky Forest. We were supposed to visit an artillery position and meet with a press officer. It was a foreign team.

Volodymyr Pavlov: It was a fairly large media group. We were in two cars. We took a route, and a soldier guided us as we began our trip. The first time, the second car in our convoy missed the road in the village before the forest. The second time, the car got stuck on a pontoon bridge.

The third time, we were stopped again. Our second car got stuck on a wooden bridge, like the kind made from cut logs. We found soldiers, and they helped us remove the car. About fifteen meters later, the same car got stuck again in the same way. The soldiers laughed, but they helped us.

Then, around the sixth or seventh time, the rain started. The roads became very muddy. If we had continued, we would have gotten stuck, so we cancelled the filming.

Chernenko: So, it is not supernatural, but something stopped us at least six times. I am lucky so that nothing will happen. Nothing has happened yet.

Jacobsen: We all, or most of us, understand that not every bullet that is fired or missile that lands hits its intended target. It is sometimes random, and people are killed.

Yet, similarly, we sometimes do the opposite in everyday life during war. We think that everything must have meaning, that the person deserved it, or that we are somehow excluded from the rules of war.

Chernenko: Not every rocket that flies has a specific target. Sometimes it hits randomly. Do not think that you deserve it. Every human deserves to live as long as possible. Unfortunately, we have seen many children killed who clearly deserved to live many happy years.

Jacobsen: For a person who thinks critically, the idea that they “deserve” such events is depressing.

Pavlov: Yes, sometimes older people think this way, that perhaps they deserve what is happening, or that it had to happen to them. But in most cases, this is a symptom of depression. People who can think critically understand that this idea is not correct.

Jacobsen: Yes, and people also experience survivor’s guilt. Some will think, “Why me, why me?” Others, with survivor’s guilt, those who survived when loved ones or others close to them died in the same event, may think in more rational terms.

Chernenko: That is an interesting topic. It is complex and makes your mind work from different perspectives.

Jacobsen: We know statistically that some percentage of the population develops cancer over the lifespan, even children. So why not me? If you get cancer, statistically, it happens.

Chernenko: We hear about this from the military, from those who lose their comrades and friends. This is not about the supernatural or religion; it is about conscience and the psyche. Many Ukrainians needed psychological support after the beginning of the full-scale war. This is about our nature, about emotions and mental health.

Pavlov: In 2013, I worked with Mika Volvend’s team in France. There were 55 or 56 people, and only two spoke French. We worked all day and returned around 9 p.m. to where we were staying. We went to McDonald’s because it was the only place open where we could buy dinner at night.

For 55 people, they ordered everything. It was wild. Big portions, big orders. It was much easier then.

Jacobsen: The important thing now is that not everyone needs to speak another language, but everyone can communicate with technology and access to the internet.

Chernenko: We often see this feeling of guilt as journalists when we film scenes of tragedy, when someone in a family dies. We hear about it from soldiers who have lost comrades and friends. This is not about the supernatural or religion. It is about conscience, the psyche.

Ukraine already needs psychological support and will continue to need it after the full-scale war ends, because these issues must be addressed. It is not about the supernatural, but about emotions and mental health.

Jacobsen: If we are dealing with psychological support and mental health, this leads to the question of why people turn to religion and the supernatural.

We know that in some societies with strong social infrastructure, such as daycare, healthcare, pharmacare, free education, and reduced costs for post-secondary education, the number of religious believers often declines on average, though this is a correlation-heavy pattern rather than a simple law. Among those who still believe, adherence to religious tenets and attendance at institutions such as synagogues, temples, churches, and cathedrals also can decrease. Even among believers, commitment is often less intense. For example, Sweden has a large proportion of the population with little or no active religious affiliation, and Pew has reported that 52% of adults in Sweden are religiously unaffiliated.

The idea of state atheism, as in the Soviet Union or in contemporary China, is another form of official state ideology, but one based on political dogma. It reflects a similar structural dynamic from a political perspective.

When these indicators decline in contexts with strong social support, it raises questions about Ukraine during the war. People may be turning to faith and superstition because there are insufficient psychological and material supports to help them cope empirically and naturally.

In this sense, faith and superstition can function as placeholders. This is why one can have empathy for individuals as a subjective reality while maintaining a scientific perspective as an objective framework. In the short term, these mechanisms may be understandable and even helpful; in the long term, they may not necessarily be.

Chernenko: This raises the question of Ukraine during the war. People may turn to belief when psychological support is insufficient. To address individual challenges, people need to understand reality. Faith and self-confidence can be useful in this context.

We have some volunteer and faith-based programs that aim to support people’s mental and psychological health. But we do not have a strong culture of going to psychologists. That is why, under these conditions, we have a great deal of religious support and supernatural support.

We have some volunteer and state support, but it is not enough. Secondly, we do not have a culture of seeking help from psychologists. We have a history in which seeking psychological help was not common, and that is partly because of the Soviet Union.

There is also the issue that when a person turns to a psychologist, they are sometimes laughed at. All of this has stayed within us. There is no culture of going to a doctor for issues such as depression. This was also seen as abnormal. Only now are we realizing that this kind of support is normal. In this sense, religion can function as a psychological support.

I want to give an example. Once we were in a religious temple. Among the people who went to the priest was a woman in the last months of pregnancy whose husband had died. Religion helped her. Why did she not go to a psychologist? She did not want to, she did not know where to go, and she did not trust it. But religion was available.

So, during the war, any way to escape problems may seem normal. But there are also harmful manifestations, such as people being deceived by charlatans. This is the other side of the supernatural, unfortunately, and their number is increasing. I have a friend who visited a kind of service. I was there too. It was with tarot cards. Before, I did not think much about it, because many people support these beliefs. But after this, I began to notice that many people do this. We have too many people who believe in the supernatural.

We do have certain volunteer and state programs, but this is not enough. Indeed, we do not have a culture of turning to psychologists. The history of a person seeking a psychologist is still rare. There are many anecdotes about people who turn to a psychologist and are ridiculed, especially men. Men often reinforce this attitude among themselves.

We have only begun to overcome this within ourselves. There is also no strong culture of turning to a doctor for medication such as antidepressants. For a long time, this was considered abnormal. Only now are we moving toward the understanding that such support is normal, and religion often fills this gap.

Jacobsen: Yes. In Canada, it is similar. In America as well. Certain figures, such as tarot readers, often fill it.

Chernenko: I want to give one example. Once we were filming a religious holiday in a temple, among the people who regularly went to the priest was a woman in the last months of pregnancy. Her husband had died. Religion helped her cope with the grief. Why did she not go to a psychologist? She did not want to, she did not know where to go, and she did not trust it.

But religion was her support at that time. During the war, many methods may seem normal. If you escape from problems, you may avoid a psychological breakdown. But I want to return to the fact that there are many cases of fraud. Unfortunately, scammers profit from people. This is connected to belief in the supernatural, and the number of people holding this belief is increasing.

Jacobsen: What was happening with scammers before 2014? How has this changed since 2014 and 2022, especially now? What types of scammers are there? What is the scale? How do you combat it?

Chernenko: It is not only about faith and the supernatural, but also about strange things, magic, voices of saints. I have spoken to such people. As far as I know, this is not a crime under the law. I watched a video about one such person. This person was extremely disturbing.

But the internet community often ridicules this, making videos against scammers. Scammers take advantage of people’s vulnerability during the war. When the war ends and a few years pass, the situation may improve.

Jacobsen: Yes. Even in the United States, it is paradoxical. It is a country with advanced technology and scientific research. At the same time, there is a significant level of religious belief and fundamentalism. This has influenced the country politically.

Even if the war ends and conditions improve, there is no guarantee that these patterns will disappear. Most societies retain some level of these beliefs. The most realistic outcome in the near and medium term is a reduction or moderation of such tendencies.

Unfortunately, these beliefs can be exploited. Some people refer to such actors as “grief vampires” because they take advantage of people experiencing loss, or of those who do not fully understand that we live in a natural world. The natural world is not known to operate according to human concerns or moral desert; people care about people.

Chernenko: I like this phrase. When we talk about these issues, about the psychology of people, there is such an idea.

This war will end, and this level will decrease. It is logical. Right now, people are searching for someone, but over time, this will change. As was said, the most one can hope for in a reasonable, medium-term perspective is a decrease in these beliefs and behaviours. Unfortunately, some people take advantage of others through grief. Some call them “grief vampires.”

Jacobsen: There is also ignorance of the fact that we live in a natural world. However, I do not agree that the natural world does not care about you. That cannot be said.

Chernenko: We now have many emotions and a lot of stress. Why did I say that belief will decrease after some years? People are searching for their missing loved ones. People are trying to survive grief, and in a few years, they will return to more stable lives. Then all of this will be pushed further away from everyday life. This has already happened, for example, after the Second World War.

We will survive this. The next generation will experience less of it and live in a different world, more focused on ordinary life, games, and films. This indicator will decrease. I had not heard the phrase “grief vampire” before. It is striking. Of course, such people will remain, but in smaller numbers.

I still believe the number will decrease. This is logical because our society is quite educated. Many people are dealing with emotions and stress. That is why I said that trust in scammers and in the supernatural will decrease. A few years after the war, people will still search for missing loved ones and try to cope with grief, but eventually these experiences will recede from daily life.

We have already seen this after the Second World War. The next generations will live differently, in a calmer world. This indicator will drop significantly. The phrase “grief vampire” is interesting. I had not heard of it before. Such people will remain, but fewer than now.

Jacobsen: The phrase “grief vampires” appears in some online atheist, non-religious, and humanist commentary circles. It refers to individuals who consciously take advantage of people in emotionally vulnerable states. It is analogous to certain structured support movements, such as those that emphasize submission to a higher power. Historically, some of these movements had explicit religious foundations.

Alcoholics Anonymous, for example, grew out of the explicitly Christian Oxford Group, but AA later adopted the broader formulation “God as we understood Him” rather than a specifically Christian test of belief. This can serve as a way to shape belief at a vulnerable moment.

In North America, the use of vulnerable moments in life for social and financial gain is well documented and has a long and troubling history. Based on a principle of general human behaviour, there is no reason to think this would not appear in other parts of the world, though in different forms. War is a context in which people are deeply vulnerable, so those who exploit grief will emerge more visibly.

Chernenko: A certain percentage of people who believe in the supernatural and who take advantage of others’ trust will remain. Such people exist in society. The task of society is to help individuals leave such environments, these groups or circles where people are exploited. This is important.

They will remain, but there are more of them now. Later, there will be fewer. They will gradually move out of everyday life. However, any country that has gone through war will need time to return to normality.

A certain percentage of people who believe in the supernatural and take advantage of others will certainly remain. Society should help people leave organizations and groups that exploit human vulnerability. This is important.

These individuals will always exist. There are more of them now than there will be later. Over time, life will become more stable again, but returning to normal conditions after war will take a long time for any country.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Anna.

Image Credit: Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Cancer, Pseudoscience, and Fear: A Scientific Perspective from Dr. Oksana Mankovska

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The New Enlightenment Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/08

How does pseudoscience exploit fear in cancer treatment, and what distinguishes it from evidence-based oncology?

“Pseudoscience tries to imitate science, but magical thinking does not even attempt that.” – Dr. Oksana Mankovska

Dr. Oksana Mankovska is a Ukrainian molecular biologist specializing in cancer research and biomarker discovery. She serves as a research scientist at the Institute of Molecular Biology and Genetics of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine and as an ambassador for the European Association for Cancer Research. Holding a PhD in Molecular Biology from Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv, her work focuses on liquid biopsies, cell biology, and translational oncology within both academic and biotech environments.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Dr. Oksana Mankovska about cancer biology and the persistence of pseudoscience. Mankovska explains cancer as uncontrolled cell division and contrasts evidence-based treatments with fear-driven myths, magical thinking, and fraudulent “cures.” She highlights how uncertainty, cost, and emotional vulnerability push individuals toward unproven methods, emphasizing the importance of reproducibility, scientific consensus, and open science in combating misinformation and improving public understanding.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, let us talk about your experience with science, real science, and what presents itself as science but is actually pseudoscience. In your discipline, what kinds of pseudoscience do you encounter or see in public discourse?

Dr. Oksana Mankovska: I work in the field of cancer biology, and there is a lot of pseudoscience around cancer. Unfortunately, I have come to accept that it exists, because cancer is a very complex and heterogeneous disease.

It is not only complex; people are afraid of cancer. I am also afraid of cancer, because we still do not have a single solution for all cancers, and we often cannot predict how the disease will progress in a particular person.

Jacobsen: A good starting question might be: what is cancer? Then we can define pseudoscience in contrast to real science.

Mankovska: Yes, cancer is a disease in which the cells of a person’s body divide actively and uncontrollably. They undergo genetic changes, become aggressive, invade surrounding tissues, and can spread through the blood or lymphatic system throughout the body. This process is called metastasis, and metastasis is the main cause of death from cancer.

There are many different types of cancer. There are solid tumors, which are located in specific tissues, and there are cancers of the blood system. In that case, the problem originates in cells from the bone marrow.

If we talk about what cancer is, there is something I would not call pseudoscience. It is something more like magical thinking. It is not science at all. Pseudoscience tries to imitate science, but magical thinking does not even attempt that. It simply says, for example, that you have cancer because you did something bad.

Jacobsen: So, you sinned against God, or you are demon-possessed. There is no naturalistic mechanism proposed; it is all supernatural. That is an important distinction. Where does this come from in the culture?

Mankovska: I have not studied this directly, but I think it comes from things that people cannot explain and are very afraid of. It is similar to religion. I do not criticize religious people.

Jacobsen: So your clarification is that this is about supernatural ideas.

Mankovska: Yes, it is about fear.

Jacobsen: Which may or may not intersect with religious ideas. This is not about religious individuals.

Mankovska: Yes, yes. A person does not have to be religious. I mean that the roots are similar. A person is afraid of something and wants to find an explanation. It is much easier to think that it is because of your behavior or because of something bad around you, rather than to try to understand it from a scientific point of view, because that is much more difficult.

People often choose the easier way to understand. Another point is that these simple explanations offer solutions, easy solutions. Science does not do that. Science says that if you have cancer, you need to go to a doctor and use treatments like chemotherapy, and we cannot guarantee that it will work. But if you believe cancer is caused by bad behavior, you can say, “I will be a good person, and I will never have cancer.”

These are easy solutions that people, even very intelligent people, want. But unfortunately, in the real world, we do not have such certainty.

Another issue, which is closer to science, is treatments that try to imitate scientific explanations. For example, among younger people, it is very popular to listen to bloggers. Even people with some medical education sometimes misrepresent science. I have seen bloggers who claim to treat cancer with things like baking soda or potassium-based substances, which are not evidence-based, approved cancer treatments when promoted as cures.

There is no sufficient evidence-based clinical research supporting them as cancer cures. No sufficient evidence. These methods are not approved by regulatory authorities like the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, yet they claim they can treat cancer this way. They try to explain it in scientific language, and people who are not scientists, who have not consulted real experts, think, “This is cheap, I can do it, and I can treat my cancer.” It seems better than going to a real doctor, paying a lot of money, and still not having guaranteed results.

These bloggers, or hypothetical figures like them, say their method will help. They also promote things like hypnosis or distant “treatments.”

I had a personal situation. I will not name anyone, but I tried to explain to a close friend, who is not a scientist, that they should not go to a certain practitioner. I knew that what they were offering was not a scientific method. But they said, “This doctor told us he has success in treatment, and he cannot reveal his method because it is his secret.”

Jacobsen: That is fraud.

Mankovska: Yes. When I tried to explain why it does not work this way, my arguments were rejected. It was a very difficult conversation, and I never returned to the topic with this person. Fortunately, they eventually went to a proper doctor, and everything turned out fine.

But even people who know me, who are in my close circle, when they are afraid, they can make irrational decisions.

I am not the best person to discuss all examples, because I do not remember all the details. But I know there were cases of professors who published clearly pseudoscientific ideas in academic work and even taught students these ideas. That was very concerning.

We have a Facebook page, something like “Pseudoscience in Ukraine”, where people share examples of pseudoscience. During COVID-19, for example, there were many strange claims.

Jacobsen: Yes, yes.

Mankovska: Some people said things like, “The sun spoke to me, it was coronavirus.” There were also anti-vaccination movements and many problems related to vaccination. Probably the most speculated and manipulated topic was where the virus came from.

Even now, we do not have absolute certainty. The weight of currently available evidence supports a zoonotic spillover hypothesis. Major bodies such as the World Health Organization continue to say that more data are needed.

This is connected to human interaction with nature. People move species from one place to another and disrupt natural habitats. That is always harmful for ecosystems and can contribute to the emergence of new viruses and pandemics. Not a direct cause, but it creates conditions that make them more likely.

Jacobsen: Rapid exposure and adaptation.

Mankovska: There has been a lot of scientific work to understand where this virus came from. Journals like Nature published detailed studies. Researchers analyzed genetic sequences and environmental samples, for example from markets, to trace possible origins and identify likely species involved. This view still exists.

I do not understand why they do not read the research and evaluate the evidence. And if even some scientists think this way, then what can we expect from people who are not scientists?

Jacobsen: Disagreement is normal in science among experts. What matters is the overall consensus or the weight of evidence. You can always find one scientist saying something different.

But the strongest position comes from the total direction of the evidence. That is far more reliable than quoting religious texts, reading tarot cards, or consulting horoscopes, or thinking it comes from spirits.

Running a proper experiment is difficult. Building evidence from many independent sources is the best system we have for discovering knowledge.

Mankovska: Yes, it is the best system. And overall, the system works very well. And now, in Ukraine, we have started to introduce open science principles. For example, you can publish your methods and experiments in open-access sources, and anyone can take them and try to reproduce them. This is very important for understanding reproducibility. We can also adopt methods from other laboratories. I think this is a very good development, and it is important that we have already started to introduce these principles.

Jacobsen: So, to conclude, science, regardless of where it is done, should produce consistent results if the same methods are followed. It does not matter who performs the experiment. If the procedure is correct and the methodology is comparable, you should generally obtain similar evidence. If not, disconfirming evidence is also valuable.

Mankovska: Yes, that is why scientists do not like certain methods. Some methods are very complex and not easily reproducible, even within a single laboratory. Between laboratories, it becomes even more difficult. Scientists tend to avoid relying on such methods.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Oksana.

Image Credit: Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Ed Buckner on Secular Leadership, Humanist Unity, and Christian Identity Politics

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The New Enlightenment Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/07

How does Ed Buckner view leadership transitions, secular cooperation, and the future of atheism in an era of Christian nationalism?

“We must focus on improving humanity and, in our case, doing so without religious domination.” – Ed Buckner

Ed Buckner is a prominent advocate for secularism, former president of American Atheists, and past executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. With decades of experience, Buckner emphasizes the importance of nurturing future leaders and recognizes the need for unity in the secular movement while acknowledging differences. He believes in focusing on improving humanity without religious dominance. Buckner continues to share his insights through his Substack blog, Letters to a Free Country, which reaches readers worldwide. Now nearing 80, Buckner remains engaged in writing and reflection.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Ed Buckner about secular leadership, humanist cooperation, and the future of atheism. Buckner reflects on mentoring successors, distinguishing atheism-centered advocacy from broader humanist ethics, and resisting ideological purity within freethought communities. He warns against Christian nationalism while emphasizing consensus, education, and humane progress without religious domination. Nearing 80, Buckner remains active through reading, writing, and his Substack, Letters to a Free Country, reaching readers worldwide.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Today, we are here with Ed Buckner, the former president of American Atheists.

Ed Buckner: Before serving as president, I was the executive director of the Council for Secular Humanism. I’ve had a varied career.

Jacobsen: So, which parts are the dark moments and which are the highlights? There are stories scattered throughout.

Buckner: I am old and have held many different roles. I am no longer involved as a representative of any organization, not even the Atlanta Freethought Society.

However, I am a life member of the Atlanta Freethought Society, the Council for Secular Humanism, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and American Atheists, among others. I maintain strong ties with many individuals in these organizations.

Jacobsen: One significant lesson I have observed in the general history of service to the community, which people often overlook, is that leadership is seasonal.

Leaders do not stay in leadership positions forever, especially when the organizations are democratic. Leaders serve terms of varying lengths and may be re-elected, but eventually, they step down and move on.

What lessons have you learned about the seasonal nature of humanist and freethought leadership, and what insights do you take from your time as a leader?

Buckner: Well, I learned early on—and it is a lesson that every leader should learn—that one of the critical responsibilities of a leader is to nurture and develop future leaders while remaining aware of the processes needed for a smooth transition of power. I have been fortunate not to be dismissed from these organizations; I have retired on my terms.

However, regardless of the circumstances, every leader needs to understand that they will no longer be in their position one day. It might seem far off, but most of the time, it is relatively near. You must adequately prepare the next generation of leaders to be as effective as you are.

Jacobsen: What insights do you take from the institutions you were part of, such as the Council for Secular Humanism and American Atheists? What distinguished these organizations during your tenure?

Buckner: Well, I’m still trying to remember that far back. I mentioned that I am old. American Atheists then—and probably now—placed more emphasis on atheism and the absence of religion. In contrast, the Council for Secular Humanism focused more on humanistic values. Over time, my personal preference has shifted more toward the humanist side of things, though I am still an atheist. I believe it is important for American Atheists to continue their work in defending atheism and advocating for the separation of church and state.

I was not part of its leadership, but I greatly admire Herb Silverman, whom you have interviewed. He dedicated an enormous effort—not just financial—to develop the Secular Coalition for America. Many people, myself included, doubted he could accomplish this, but he did, and it was impressive. The culture of secular humanism in those days, under Tom Flynn and Paul Kurtz, emphasized a reaction against the view of American Humanists that humanism is a religion. I do not think humanism is or should be a religion.

The American Humanist Association had moved past that, for sure. Formally and officially, one of the challenges they faced was their religious tax exemption. They no longer have that; although it cost them something to make the change, it was a necessary and positive step. It was the right decision, and I am glad they made it.

We, as secular humanists and humanists in general, need to understand that when we strive to change the world, we must focus on what is truly important and avoid getting caught up in minor technicalities or labels. Whether we identify as humanists, atheists, or freethinkers, we should not be so purist that it undermines our main mission. The primary goal should be advancing humanity and broadening education so that people understand how to live together and progress as a society without religion. This deserves serious consideration, but it is optional. Simply removing religion does not guarantee positive outcomes.

We must deliberate about what we want and how to move forward.

Jacobsen: In my recent interviews with various freethinkers, particularly in the United States, where there is a substantial community and many freethought organizations, I found that they tend to share unified values. While they may disagree on a handful of issues, they can become contentious, depending on the cultural climate. This can cost people friendships and professional connections.

These conflicts can divert attention away from the broader mission of many organizations. For example, even if there is a 10% disagreement—which would be substantial—that should be acceptable. In most of my interviews, people tend to agree on about 95% of issues. However, that remaining 5% sometimes reflects what I might call–not as a judgment but an assessment– the “narcissism of minor differences,” which can hinder the movement’s progress legally, politically, and socially, especially regarding equality and other essential matters.

So, what do you observe about this trend, and what would you hope for, as a point of reflection and self-critique for the community, to maintain focus on the bigger picture while acknowledging legitimate differences on certain topics?

Buckner: I have certainly observed a similar trend, and this week, in particular, as Donald Trump has just been re-elected as president, most Americans, myself included, have been focused on electoral politics. Some of what we are discussing here applies to that context as well. For instance, if an exit poll showed that short men were not supporting Trump as strongly as before, people might react with confusion. Yet, when such data is broken down by other groups, like race, region, or gender, it is often deemed crucial.

While these distinctions can matter, and I am not saying they do not, we should avoid overly focusing on them. This approach holds not only for the progressive, liberal, democratic movement that seeks to reclaim power from Christian nationalists but also for organizations like the American Humanist Association, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, American Atheists, and others.

We must remember that an inevitable characteristic of humanity is that we will disagree on some things. We must remember that purity of commitment to ideas is not what we need. We need strong consensus and commitment, but we also need to tolerate differences, recognize some things as trivial, and acknowledge that some issues may be important but not resolvable. We must focus on improving humanity and, in our case, doing so without religious domination. I must say, I am far more concerned about those Americans who push for Christian nationalism than I am about some religious Americans who do not. In my opinion, Christian nationalists are not even good Christians, but that’s for Christians to decide—not me.

I’m certainly not a Christian. However, the danger they pose is not just the imposition of religious values but using religion as a tool to impose illiberal political values. As a socialist, social democrat, and liberal, I find that quite alarming.

Jacobsen: Atheism does not have moral content from a philosophical standpoint. If someone assumes a theological framework in which “God is good,” then rejecting that framework could lead them to infer that atheism implies immorality, a lack of ethics, or evil—typically framed in supernaturalist terms and based on sin. However, atheism itself does not carry moral content. I understand why fundamentalist preachers often equate non-belief in God with advocating for moral anarchy or evil.

In my experience, and I have asked Herb Silverman this as well, plenty of negative stereotypes and epithets have been thrown our ways.

Buckner: Some of them quite silly. I remember going to a library in Minnesota to give a talk on whether the U.S. is a Christian nation. A woman who saw the placard approached me and said, “Why don’t you go back to Russia?” I’ve never even been to Russia. I laughed at her, which might not have been the most diplomatic response.

As an individual, I have not suffered significant consequences, even though I am a Southerner and grew up amidst the influence of Baptist culture. I haven’t experienced a notable loss of power or prestige due to being an atheist. There was a time in academia when I did not get tenure, and it’s possible my irreligion had something to do with that, though it was not overt, and I cannot be certain.

Online, I have been called names and faced some hostility, but it hasn’t seriously impacted me. We, as atheists and humanists, have much more to lose when we get caught up in the nuances of our differences in labels than we do from external attacks on our non-religious stance. The approach of J.D. Vance and Donald Trump in promoting Christian nationalism is certainly concerning to me. However, until that approach gains more ground, we have made significant progress over the past generation or two.

You interviewed Herb Silverman. I give him much credit for unifying the movement in the U.S. to a much greater extent than before. He succeeded in that, and other notable individuals are contributing significantly. For example, Alison Gill of American Atheists is a brilliant attorney who has been quite successful in fostering cooperation among organizations and proposing measures to stop certain legislation. We’ve seen some unity recently, and it has paid off. What causes that unity? Who knows?

However, American society has undeniably become more secular than it was when I was a child over 55 years ago. It’s difficult to say whether organizations were the main drivers of this change. It’s also uncertain whether Christian nationalism, especially with support from the upcoming administration, will erode some of the progress we’ve made. Still, it’s crucial to stay focused.

Jacobsen: To delve deeper, what terms or epithets have been directed at you that you recall?

Buckner: I don’t remember many specifics apart from that lady in Minnesota telling me to return to Russia. I’ve been called a commie, immoral, disgusting, and similar things. I understand what you were saying—if someone believes there is a God who commands specific actions, then not following those commands is, by their definition, immoral. It makes sense from their perspective, but I reject that premise entirely, as any reasonable person should. So, I don’t think the epithets thrown at me hold much importance.

Jacobsen: These labels often arise from creating a version of atheism within a theological framework rather than addressing the fundamental question: What is theism? Approaching from first principles is the better way to go.

Buckner: I know a preacher in the Atlanta area who, in strict confidence, admitted to me that he is a staunch atheist and does not believe in God at all. He and I disagree on whether religion is inherently beneficial. He leads a large church and believes he accomplishes good by encouraging his congregation to treat each other well, be humane, and act decently. His congregation is liberal enough not to challenge him on his specific theological beliefs too deeply.

Can religion do some good, and can religious leaders be moral forces for positive change? Yes, they can. But in the long run, it’s more likely to be beneficial if they shed the false trappings of theism and act as decent human beings and strong leaders.

Jacobsen: Last question. What does a regular day look like for you now that you’re outside the leadership stresses of those organizations?

Buckner: I drink coffee and listen to my wife read Heather Cox Richardson’s blog every morning. I do a lot of reading and writing, but it’s not high pressure. I have a Substack blog called Letters to a Free Country. It has a ‘vast, vast readership’—about 350 people or so. It’s not great; I wish it were more. However, it’s scattered across the world. I have readers or subscribers from 35 countries and 40 different U.S. states. So, I do write, although not daily.

I write twice a week. One post is typically about perennial freethought topics, such as Pascal’s Wager and other recurring questions. I usually publish those on Fridays. On Mondays, I write something more original, often unrelated to atheism. Wednesdays are typically reserved for guest essays from others. I managed to keep myself occupied. I am nearing the end of my eighth decade and will soon be 80 years old. It’s been a gradual decline into old age, and I do struggle with memory.

Your name is… Scott. I sometimes lose my train of thought and ideas, and I’ve certainly experienced physical decline. It’s natural and normal, but that doesn’t make it any more enjoyable—it doesn’t.

Jacobsen: Good. Thank you for your time and the opportunity to speak with you, Ed.

Buckner: It was a pleasure, and thank goodness you got to that last question. I was worried you were going to start grilling me on tougher topics.

Jacobsen: Excellent. Take care, and we’ll be in touch.

Buckner: You take care. Bye-bye.

Photo by Nik Shuliahin  on Unsplash

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko on Gene Editing, Evolution, and Science Communication in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The New Enlightenment Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/04

How does Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko explain gene editing, evolution, cancer myths, and science communication in Ukraine?

Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko is a Ukrainian molecular biologist and scientific staff member at YURiA-PHARM’s YP Biotech scientific center, where she works in bioengineering. Her interests began with gene editing, which she compares to text editing because small changes can transform larger systems. She previously conducted master’s research in Vienna on tumour immunology, oral carcinoma patients, and murine models before returning to Ukraine to work in biotechnology, molecular biology, and genetic engineering.

In this interview, Scott Douglas Jacobsen speaks with Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko about molecular biology, gene editing, evolution, cancer myths, and science communication in Ukraine. Harkusha-Omelchenko describes how religious authority, Soviet intellectual legacies, family patterns, and poor public understanding shape non-scientific thinking. She emphasizes evidence, responsibility, curiosity, and the importance of explaining biological processes clearly to younger Ukrainians increasingly willing to question doctors, teachers, and inherited assumptions.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your name and title?

Mariia Harkusha-Omelchenko: My name is Maria Harkusha-Omelchenko. I am 25 years old, and I am a molecular biologist.

Jacobsen: What program are you in now?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I am a scientific staff member at YURiA-PHARM, a Ukrainian pharmaceutical company, and at its scientific center, YP Biotech. I work in the field of bioengineering.

Jacobsen: What was your first interest in science and biotech?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: My first interest in science was gene editing. I like to connect it with text editing, because I write novels in my free time. I find gene editing fascinating because you can make a minor change and still alter the molecular scenario on a major scale. That was my primary interest.

Then I spent two years on a master’s project in Vienna, where I conducted research in tumor immunology. I worked with oral carcinoma patients and murine models of oral carcinoma. When I came back to Ukraine, I switched to biotechnology, where I work now. It involves genetic engineering, gene editing, and a great deal of molecular biology research.

Jacobsen: What is the biggest misunderstanding Ukrainians might have about genetics and evolution in public education or public discourse?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Many people think evolution is a conspiracy. They think that if humans and monkeys share common ancestors, then monkeys should continue evolving into Homo sapiens. We often struggle to explain how evolution works because people misunderstand Charles Darwin and his concept of evolution. That is where science communication comes into play.

As a molecular biologist, I would say that life has a genetic and molecular basis. Genetics is one of the foundations of life.

It is also difficult to explain to people why diseases appear. They have biological and molecular causes; they are not caused by misfortune or by God deciding to punish someone. I had a very unusual experience when an older man asked me on the street about the origins of cancer. I explained that many factors can influence or trigger cancer in certain people. He said I was wrong and claimed it was caused by helminths—parasitic worms.

Jacobsen: Did he provide any other justification for his reasoning?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: No, he said, “I just know that.” I said, “No, I can prove you are wrong.” He said, “Let’s make a bet.”

So that was the conversation. It is very hard to convince people they are wrong because they already have their own version of the truth in their minds. They want to prove that you are wrong because you are a scientist—you are on the opposite side.

Jacobsen: Opposite side of what? The opposite side of understanding how the world works. Where do they get this non-scientific understanding of the world?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think it comes from the belief that we are not responsible for what happens in this world because there is God—God who decides everything for us. They believe in destiny. They think there are no alternative outcomes. Things happen because they are meant to happen, and we do not have the power to change anything.

And if we try to intervene, that means we are not obeying God’s rules. For me, that is strange, because I see it in terms of responsibility. As a biologist, I want to answer as many questions as possible. I think if there is a problem, there must be a solution. It is not something predetermined or fixed.

For many people, it is easier to believe that things just happen. For example, they may think war happens because of past sins or as a form of punishment. They believe we should simply endure it. But for me, it is about responsibility. I take responsibility to do research, to ask questions, and to understand the reasons behind problems. For a large group of people, it is easier to set things aside and leave them to God or other divine forces to resolve.

Jacobsen: Do they learn this at home, in church, or both?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think it runs in families, and it is definitely influenced by the church. At the same time, Ukraine still carries part of the legacy of the Soviet period. I do not mean that Ukrainians were naturally obedient or simply accepted authority willingly. Rather, under conditions of social pressure and political repression, many people were forced to conform to the vision imposed by the Soviet government. Over time, that survival strategy became a behavioural pattern.

When a leader says, “This is how we should live,” whether justified by religion or something else, it can feel easier to follow because there is a familiar structure and guidance. This mindset can be passed down in families, but it is also reinforced in schools—especially when teachers hold conservative views. They may not be open to alternative perspectives or new ideas, and that becomes part of the problem.

Jacobsen: I mean, is it important to convey that facts are facts in terms of empirical truth or the veracity of the natural world, while people can still hold different perspectives that may or may not be comforting as belief systems around it? For instance, if someone accepts evolution by natural selection—meaning that species change over time, explaining the diversity of life and common descent—but still holds religious sentiments, such as believing God is a guiding force, without denying evolution, is that at least workable in the Ukrainian context?

Harkusha-Omelchenko: I think most people in science—at least many of them, I am not saying all—hold a more evidence-based perspective. But I have encountered cases in my career. For example, Oksana mentioned yesterday that even in her institute, some professors believe that diseases can be treated with both pharmaceuticals and prayer.

Jacobsen: There have been hospital-wide studies on prayer, and they do not show a healing effect under controlled conditions. In some studies, patients were divided into groups: those who were prayed for and knew it, those who were prayed for but did not know it, and those who were not prayed for. The groups that were prayed for without knowing showed no measurable difference compared to those not prayed for. Interestingly, in some cases, those who knew they were being prayed for experienced slightly worse outcomes, possibly due to increased anxiety or pressure. Overall, controlled studies do not demonstrate that prayer improves recovery.

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, but some people justify that by saying prayer does not work because it was not done properly.

Jacobsen: Yes, that brings us to ideas like sunk costs and rationalization. That is very true. Another point raised in discussions is that the issue may go deeper than religious fundamentalism. Dogma itself may be the underlying problem. That provides a broader framework for understanding both religious fundamentalism and political ideological dogma. For example, state atheism in the Soviet Union or under the Chinese Communist Party also involved rigid ideological systems.

Lamarckism was a form of pseudoscience. It was presented as an alternative to evolutionary theory but was not scientifically valid. It was similar to a kind of secular teleology. For example, the idea that a giraffe developed a longer neck because it needed one, and then passed that acquired trait to its offspring, rather than traits being shaped through natural selection.

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, Lamarckism. It is an alternative way people tried to explain evolution—the idea that if an organism needs something, it can develop certain traits during its lifetime and pass them on. If you are asking for my opinion, I do not support this view.

I think in the Soviet Union it was convenient, because it aligned with certain ideological messages. For example, the idea that if you work harder, you can “evolve” into a higher position in society. If you take biological concepts like developing traits and apply them to social development, it can sound appealing. But scientifically, it does not work that way. Still, you are right—it was popular during the Soviet period.

Jacobsen: So, in addition, are you saying that many scientists in Ukraine are atheists, agnostics, or something similar? Or, if they are believers, they might hold a more distant, non-interventionist view of God—something closer to deism?

In that context, we can also see that just because a state promotes a certain ideology—like atheism in the Soviet Union or under the Chinese Communist Party—that does not make it scientifically true. However, individuals with strong training in science, especially in biology and evolution, are more likely to lean toward atheism or agnosticism. That is because they already have an explanatory framework that does not require divine intervention—what is sometimes called the “God of the gaps.”

Harkusha-Omelchenko: Yes, yes, that is correct. I think there are also people in the scientific community who believe in God, but I find it difficult to reconcile both positions—to accept, for example, that mutations occur in our genetic structure as human beings, and at the same time that everything was created by God. It is difficult to hold both views consistently.

Returning to the question about atheists in the scientific community, it is not that we are arrogant about our position or think our beliefs are superior because we are scientists. It is because we rely on evidence. We have evidence for natural processes—for example, the molecular basis of how life emerged on Earth. We understand molecular evolution: life began with simple molecules, and over time, increasingly complex and highly organized living organisms developed from them.

And yes, this is part of the challenge, because the scientific community is not the majority of the Ukrainian population. But I am glad that nowadays science communication is becoming more widespread in our society. People—especially younger people—are more open-minded. They ask questions. They go to doctors and ask questions instead of simply obeying. They are curious about the world they live in, and they often turn to science for answers.

That is encouraging. As scientists, we try to find the simplest explanations for complex phenomena. Yes, that is essentially it.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Mariia.

Photo by Scott Douglas Jacobsen.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

Dr. Serhii Huliienko on Pseudoscience, Magical Thinking, and Wartime Science in Ukraine

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): The New Enlightenment Project

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/05/03

How does Dr. Serhii Huliienko assess pseudoscience, magical thinking, and scientific cooperation in Ukraine during wartime?

Dr. Serhii Huliienko is an associate professor at the National Technical University of Ukraine “Igor Sikorsky Kyiv Polytechnic Institute,” specializing in membrane separation, reverse osmosis, nanofiltration, and process simulation. His research examines fouling, regeneration of spiral-wound modules, concentration polarization, mass-transfer resistance, BaCl₂ separation, CFD analysis, spacer design, and channel-curvature effects. Across experimental and mathematical studies, he contributes to optimizing pressure-driven membrane technologies for chemical engineering, wastewater treatment, separation-equipment design, and industrial applications worldwide more broadly.

Scott Douglas Jacobsen interviews Dr. Serhii Huliienko about pseudoscience, magical thinking, and scientific culture in Ukraine. Huliienko describes becoming more attentive to weak dissertations, “torsion field” claims, geopathogenic zones, implausible technologies, and religious or quasi-religious healing performances. He compares Soviet and post-Soviet pseudoscience, notes limited direct effects on technical work, and emphasizes cooperation among scientific groups to identify flawed claims, while wartime attacks disrupt infrastructure, equipment costs, and research communities. 

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So you are part of a group that discusses scientific topics as professional scientists from a wide range of disciplines, people who spend all their time working in one specific branch of science. Impressive people who know what they are talking about.

A big topic in every country, whether openly discussed or not, is the level of magical thinking, pseudoscience, or supernatural beliefs. Science deals with the natural world, empiricism, experimentation, and the scientific method.

When you come across pseudoscience or magical thinking, what do you do? What do you feel? How do you address it in this country?

Dr. Serhii Huliienko: When I started working with my кафедра, I was in a very narrow professional focus, and I did not pay attention to pseudoscience. I knew that some people had religious or anti-scientific thinking, often connected with religion, but it was not related to my work.

I began paying attention to these topics after I finished my dissertation. I defended it in 2016 and worked on it for almost seven years. At that time, it was possible to spend more time, but now postgraduate students usually have about four years.

After finishing, I became interested in the situation within the scientific community in Ukraine. In my department, scientific groups were quite separated from one another.

I found groups that analyze dissertations and identify cases of pseudoscience. There were scandals involving topics like “smart materials,” questionable quantum concepts, and other claims that did not have a solid scientific basis. Some theories were very weak, although they were presented as serious work.

Before and after the COVID quarantine, the visibility of these issues changed. The level of public attention decreased for a time, with less discussion in social networks and scientific communities. Interest in such cases returned when controversial dissertations appeared again.

There was a controversial figure who defended a PhD thesis in 2021. Later, after the full-scale invasion, he became a collaborator and was killed in Russia. His case brought attention back to the issue.

Recently, I found other examples that were surprising. For instance, teaching materials that claim to address the protection of public health from the negative impact of mobile phones, electronic devices, and so-called “geopathogenic zones,” although I do not clearly understand what those zones are supposed to be.

This was quite troubling for me, especially when such materials mentioned the reality of “torsion fields,” which I consider an example of pseudoscience. It is real technical terminology. It is used for screws. I need to translate this, I prefer to use a more precise term.

It can also be translated as “twisting” or “torsion.” In medieval catapults, torsion was used for proto-artillery. In elevators, there are torsion bolts that protect against overload. When the system tries to lift too much mass, the torsion mechanism can switch off the electric motor. That is real torsion.

But the so-called “torsion field” is presented as something like an electromagnetic field. It looks like fake science, or pseudoscience. I was very upset when I saw this in my university. That was one of the moments when I really noticed the problem.

Jacobsen: Would you say there was more pseudoscience in the Soviet Union or after it?

Huliienko: I am not so old, but I remember situations like this. My parents once took me to something like a show. I saw that it was fake, people went on stage and claimed they had become healthy after a long illness, but I could see they were being helped onto the stage.

So I decided to look at it critically, almost like a reverse show. You can see similar things today in certain religious or quasi-religious settings. I think the level of pseudoscience is at a similar level now compared to the Soviet period.

Jacobsen: There are some indications in research that supernatural belief, religious affiliation, and superstitious practices have increased in both the Russian Federation and Ukraine. In Russia, it is often occult beliefs and fortune tellers. In Ukraine, it is more traditions and superstitions that provide routine and a sense of stability during the war. So both are increasing, but for different reasons. Have you seen this affect your work or your community?

Huliienko: That is a hard question. I would not say it has a direct impact on my work. I spend most of my time in a technical environment, so it is difficult to see a strong influence.

Some people in my environment may have personal beliefs or religious practices, but I have not seen a significant impact on scientific work.

There was a person who tried to promote a technology with a claimed efficiency of about 200 percent. It is necessary to explain that such claims are not realistic. I understood that this person was trying to present himself as a serious technologist, but it was not credible.

Communication among scientific groups is important to identify and challenge such cases.

Cooperation is not very developed, as I see it in my department. Last year, I saw some movement in a positive direction. I hope it will continue to improve.

In a technical sense, we need to find a good way to define cooperation between different groups. But in our field, it is very difficult, so I need to think more about it.

There have also been direct impacts from the war. Some facilities have been attacked. A few weeks ago, there were strikes that damaged infrastructure. Oil refineries were attacked at the beginning, and many industrial objects related to my field have also been affected.

Because of this, plans have changed, including increased costs for equipment. Some important centers in the community have been damaged.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Serhii.

Photo by Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarksperformancesdatabases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.

How Journalism Survives Ukraine’s War

Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen

Publication (Outlet/Website): International Policy Digest

Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2026/03/08

Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine has transformed war reporting as dramatically as it has reshaped the battlefield itself. The front line is no longer a fixed boundary but a shifting web of artillery ranges, drone surveillance, and missile strikes that extend danger far beyond traditional combat zones. Journalists who travel to Ukraine to report on the war must now navigate not only the violence of the conflict but also the technological realities of a battlefield saturated with drones, electronic warfare, and near-constant surveillance.

Few people understand this new landscape better than Andrii Kovalenko, a Ukrainian local producer and executive director of the Academy of Ukrainian Press. Since the earliest days of the 2022 invasion, Kovalenko has worked closely with international correspondents, helping them report safely from some of the war’s most dangerous areas, including Kyiv, Bucha, Irpin, and the surrounding regions. His role blends logistical coordination, translation, and field production, often under conditions where security decisions must be made quickly and with incomplete information.

Kovalenko’s experience has given him a unique vantage point on how modern warfare is reshaping journalism. From advising reporters on cultural awareness and operational security to explaining how drones have expanded the “kill zone” far beyond the front line, he has become an informal instructor for many foreign journalists attempting to understand—and survive—the realities of reporting from Ukraine. In this interview, he reflects on how war reporting has changed in the drone era and why preparation, discipline, and humility are essential for journalists working in a conflict where, as he puts it plainly, no story is worth a life.

Andrii Kovalenko

Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have worked closely with many international reporters—including people like myself—who arrive with very different levels of institutional backing, financial resources, and prior experience in conflict zones. When you train journalists coming from places as varied as Western Europe, the Middle East, North America, or Latin America, how do you adapt your guidance to those different backgrounds? More specifically, how do you convey cultural context, security awareness, and practical field knowledge in ways that journalists from such different professional and regional cultures can absorb and apply effectively once they are operating on the ground in Ukraine?

Andrii Kovalenko: That is an interesting question. My focus is on giving them clear information about the country—about Ukraine, our culture, and the realities they need to understand to work here. That is the first point.

I also provide cultural context. Ukraine is a multicultural country, so coverage often depends on the people at the center of a story. The second priority is explaining the security situation through information and practical examples. Even journalists with military experience who have covered conflicts such as Chechnya, Georgia, or Iraq must adjust to this war.

For example, I worked with Süddeutsche Zeitung, a major German newspaper, and with the journalist Florian Hassel. Hassel has reported from Chechnya and other conflict zones.

This war differs from many previous wars in how much can be seen and shared in near real time, thanks to modern technology. Another difference is that Ukrainian military structures have often been comparatively open to working with both international and domestic media, with an interest in showing what is happening on the ground.

Security is another major issue, especially because of technological developments such as drones. At the beginning of the full-scale invasion in 2022, Ukrainian forces began using commercial drones—such as DJI’s Mavic line—and adapting them for reconnaissance and, in some cases, for improvised strike roles.

Later came the era of FPV drones, which significantly changed the battlefield. FPV systems used in Ukraine often cost on the order of $500—sometimes more.

This creates a significant cost asymmetry: a relatively inexpensive drone can destroy or turn off armoured vehicles that cost millions. Modern main battle tanks vary widely in price depending on the model, but many cost several million dollars, and some variants exceed $10 million.

This shift has helped shape what an era of drones and artillery looks like. Tanks have not become useless, but they have become far more vulnerable and now require different tactics, protection systems, and operational support than in earlier conflicts.

Tanks can still work, but mainly in a supporting role for infantry during offensive operations, as we saw even in 2023. During Ukraine’s counteroffensive that year, Russia had already developed its drone capabilities significantly. As a result, several Western-supplied tanks—including Leopard tanks and some Challenger vehicles—were damaged or destroyed by Russian artillery, anti-tank weapons, and drones.

So the situation works both ways. It has become a kind of technological competition—who can develop something new, or improve and evolve drone systems more quickly. One example is fibre-optic-controlled drones.

Last year, these drones could usually operate at distances of roughly one to five kilometres. Recently, after returning from the Donetsk region, I saw systems capable of operating at distances of around forty to forty-five kilometres using fibre-optic control.

This also raises serious security concerns. Russian forces often fail to clearly distinguish between targets. If they see a vehicle they believe they can strike, they may attack it. Even vehicles marked for evacuation, ambulances, or press vehicles can be targeted.

Because of this, we have increasingly stopped marking cars with “PRESS,” and in some cases, we remove press markings from bulletproof vests as well. I also advise journalists not to wear military-style colours such as camouflage or green. Clothing and protective gear should be neutral—black, blue, or other civilian colours.

Another issue relates to what we call the “kill zone.” Traditionally, the battlefield would be considered the zero line—the immediate front. Today, the kill zone can extend twenty to thirty kilometres from the front line. Cities such as Kramatorsk, Sloviansk, and Kherson can fall within this risk zone.

This danger applies to both sides of the conflict. The area is therefore much more hazardous than it was before. Even a year ago, Kramatorsk, although a frontline city, had relatively safer conditions. That is no longer the case. Now, drones operate there very frequently.

For preventive tools, we sometimes use drone analyzers or detectors. These devices do not protect you directly, but they help you understand what is happening. The National Union of Journalists of Ukraine provided me with one because they know I work frequently with foreign journalists.

The device can intercept the drone’s video signal—the same view that the drone operator sees. It allows you to see the landscape, the drone’s direction, and the approximate distance. This information can be crucial.

If you realize that the drone is approaching your location or your vehicle, you have a little more time to react. You might try to leave quickly by car. If there is not enough time, you may try to conceal the vehicle using terrain or nearby structures. In some situations, the only option is to abandon the vehicle and run for cover.

Because of these developments, working on the front line today is very different from how it was at the beginning of the full-scale invasion.

Jacobsen: Beyond cultural awareness and situational briefings, what practical guidance do you give journalists who are preparing to operate near the front line—or even simply reporting elsewhere in Ukraine during wartime? From tactical medicine and logistics to accommodation, navigation, and movement through contested areas, what are the most important precautions or habits that foreign reporters should develop before they begin working in such an unpredictable security environment?

Kovalenko: Training in tactical medicine is essential. It is the foundation of field safety for several reasons. First, you must be able to save yourself. Second, you may need to save your crew members. Third, you may need to assist injured civilians or soldiers.

It is not only about the standard MARCH protocol used in battlefield medicine. In Ukraine, the situation is often different because evacuation timelines are not predictable. In many military doctrines, there is the idea of a “golden hour” for evacuation and treatment. In Ukraine, that timeline is often impossible. Evacuation can take many hours, especially because drone activity can prevent vehicles from reaching injured people. Sometimes individuals must remain in place for six or even eight hours before evacuation becomes possible.

Because of this, the use of a tourniquet must be carefully managed. Normally, a tourniquet is applied for a limited time—often 1 to 2 hours—because prolonged restriction of blood flow can cause severe tissue damage. In current conditions, medics often combine a tourniquet with wound packing and other techniques to stabilize bleeding while trying to reduce the risk of long-term injury. This is why practical tactical medical training is extremely important.

Logistics are another major issue. Journalists working near the front should avoid staying in hotels in frontline regions. Instead, it is usually safer to rent an apartment or another private location. Russian strikes have repeatedly targeted hotels known to host journalists. In the Kharkiv region alone, several hotels have been destroyed during the war, and several journalists have been injured in such attacks.

I experienced this myself in Kharkiv in October 2023 when a Russian missile strike hit a hotel. I was in bed when the blast shattered the windows. The falling window frame injured me and broke two ribs. I also had cuts and bruises, and our car outside was destroyed. Experiences like that make it clear that hotels are often targeted.

Another issue is navigation. During major air-raid alerts in regions such as Donetsk, Kharkiv, and sometimes even Kyiv, electronic interference can disrupt GPS signals. When that happens, navigation systems may stop functioning properly. It is important to download maps that can operate offline and to understand the local road network in advance.

In frontline regions, it is easy to make a wrong turn and end up in an extremely dangerous place. For example, if you are driving in the Donetsk region, a wrong turn could bring you toward areas such as Pokrovsk or other active frontline zones.

When driving near the front line, it is advisable to open the window slightly and listen for drones. Many drones are fast but also very loud, so you can sometimes hear them approaching. At the same time, someone in the vehicle should constantly monitor the road and the surrounding area. In many crews, there is effectively a second observer in the car who monitors the sky and the terrain.

Many frontline roads are now covered with anti-drone netting—structures sometimes called “anti-drone tunnels.” These nets can provide some protection, but they are not a perfect solution. In some cases, one drone can damage the netting, creating a gap that allows another drone to attack vehicles passing through. These structures mainly give drivers more time to react.

Another critical point is understanding the risks. This is not a computer game. There is no reset button, and there is no second attempt. You have one life. No story from the front line is worth dying for. If a journalist dies, they cannot tell the story.

So you must constantly evaluate whether entering a dangerous area is truly necessary. Sometimes it is possible to report a story from a safer location or by speaking with people who have been there.

Jacobsen: Modern warfare is also deeply shaped by digital infrastructure—communications networks, satellite connections, and the constant flow of online information. For journalists working in Ukraine, what role do tools such as VPNs and other digital security measures play in everyday reporting? Are there particular digital precautions, communication practices, or technological habits that you believe journalists should adopt in order to operate safely and effectively in a conflict environment where cyber risks and information control are increasingly part of the battlefield?

Kovalenko: Regarding digital security, VPNs can be useful in several situations. Russian websites and online services are often blocked within Ukraine, so journalists may need a VPN to access Russian sources for research. In some frontline regions, certain online platforms or communication tools may also function more reliably through VPN connections.

Another practical issue is money. Even in damaged cities in the Donetsk region—such as Dobropillia—people still run small shops. Many places use generators and Starlink connections, which sometimes allow card payments. However, it is still wise to carry some cash in Ukrainian hryvnia because electricity and communications can fail.

Finally, during large air-raid attacks, it is important to follow basic shelter rules. One common guideline is the “two-wall rule.” You should stay away from windows and place at least two solid walls between yourself and the outside. Bathrooms or interior corridors often provide safer locations. Lower floors are generally safer as well.

Of course, the best option is always to go to a proper underground shelter. But if that is not possible, these precautions can increase your chances of surviving a missile or drone attack.

Jacobsen: Thank you very much for the opportunity and your time, Andrii.

Last updated May 3, 2025. These terms govern all In-Sight Publishing content—past, present, and future—and supersede any prior notices.In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons BY‑NC‑ND 4.0; © In-Sight Publishing by Scott  Douglas  Jacobsen 2012–Present. All trademarks, performances, databases & branding are owned by their rights holders; no use without permission. Unauthorized copying, modification, framing or public communication is prohibited. External links are not endorsed. Cookies & tracking require consent, and data processing complies with PIPEDA & GDPR; no data from children < 13 (COPPA). Content meets WCAG 2.1 AA under the Accessible Canada Act & is preserved in open archival formats with backups. Excerpts & links require full credit & hyperlink; limited quoting under fair-dealing & fair-use. All content is informational; no liability for errors or omissions: Feedback welcome, and verified errors corrected promptly. For permissions or DMCA notices, email: scott.jacobsen2025@gmail.com. Site use is governed by BC laws; content is “as‑is,” liability limited, users indemnify us; moral, performers’ & database sui generis rights reserved.